REFERENCE MANUAL

XCAPtm
Interactive Image Analysis

VERSION 3.8

For use with:
PIXCI® Frame Grabbers



Copyright © 1998-2023 EPIX, Inc.
No part of this document may be reproduced, transmitted, photocopied, or translated into another language without the written consent of EPIX, Inc. Information in this document is subject to change without obligation or notice. EPIX, Inc. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this document, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. EPIX, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. EPIX, Inc. reserves the right to make changes to the specifications of hardware and software at any time, without obligation or notice.

4MIP, SVIP, XCIP, XCAP, 4MEG VIDEO, 1MEG VIDEO, SILICON VIDEO MUX, QUICK SET VIDEO, 12-7MUX, IMAGE MEMORY EXPANSION, COC40, and COC402 are trademarks of EPIX, Inc.

EPIX, SILICON VIDEO, and PIXCI are registered trademarks of EPIX, Inc.

Other brand, product, and company names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Printing: 28-Apr-2023

EPIX, Inc.
381 Lexington Drive
Buffalo Grove IL 60089
847.465.1818
847.465.1919 (fax)
epix@epixinc.com
www.epixinc.com

Table of Contents


 

 

 

1. Preface

This XCAP REFERENCE MANUAL provides a detailed description of the features within XCAP.

A word about conventions used in this manual. Highlighted phrases such as Main Window are a reference to a section of this manual. Highlighted phrases such as FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING are a reference to this or another publication. Highlighted phrases such as Current Image Buffer or Image File - Save generally refer to items within a window or a menu selection. Older HTML browsers may not show these variations in a distinguished manner.

Only selected pictures of the primary windows and dialogs are shown; hopefully persuading the reader to interact with XCAP while reading this manual. Even if the PIXCI® frame grabber is not installed, most of the windows and menus of XCAP can still be visited!


 

 

 

2. Software Installation

XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, XCAP-Ltd, and XCAP-Lite are easy to install by following the instructions below.

 

2.1. For Windows 8/10/11/ 32/64-Bit

Administrator privileges are required to complete the installation procedure.

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD or DVD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD/DVD, the CD/DVD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 10/8/7/Vista/XP/2000 32-Bit'' or ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 11/10/8/7/Vista/XP 64-Bit''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN32.EXE (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN64.EXE (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN32.EXE     (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        > XCAPWIN64.EXE     (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The Blue (older) or Green (newer) authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm) with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the USB port while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver may be installed in response to the Windows Device Manager's prompts (it will prompt once after detecting a newly installed card) and pointing the Device Manager to Drivers\Win8 or Drivers\Win10 for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or Drivers\Win8x64, Drivers\Win10x64, or Drivers\Win11x64 for Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory. Or may be installed during XCAP's installation (such as via the XCAPWIN32.EXE or XCAPWIN64.EXE installer). Or may be installed by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant feature within XCAP.

      Alternately, the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver can be installed as follows.

    2. Open the Windows Device Manager by right-clicking on the lower left corner of the screen and select ''Device Manager''. In the Device Manager look for an entry with a yellow exclamation mark that is labeled ''PCI Device'' or ''Multimedia Controller'' or ''Coprocessor'' or ''Unknown Device''. Double-click on the entry and then click the ''Update Driver...'' button. In the ''Update Driver Software'' window that pops-up, select ''Browse my computer for driver software''; in the ''Search for driver software in this location'' enter path Drivers\Win8 or Drivers\Win10 for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or Drivers\Win8x64, Drivers\Win10x64, or Drivers\Win11x64 for Windows 8/10 64-Bit and 11 64-Bit, within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next''. A window reports ''Windows has successfully updated your driver software.'' click ''Close'' and restart Windows.

    3. Alternately, using the Windows Explorer, highlight file EPIXXCW2.INF within Drivers\Win8 or Drivers\Win10 for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or highlight file EPIXXCW6.INF within Drivers\Win8x64, Drivers\Win10x64, or Drivers\Win11x64 for Windows 8/10 64-Bit and 11 64-Bit, within the chosen installation directory, right-click and select ''Install'', and restart Windows.

  4. Restart Windows. (Note that using Windows' Shutdown instead of Restart may delay Windows' recognition of these changes until the second subsequent shutdown!)

  5. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP for Windows''.

 

2.2. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit Esoterica

2.2.1. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details

The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver consists of files:

    EPIXXCW2.INF
    EPIXXCW2.CAT
    EPIXXCW2.SYS
for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or files:
    EPIXXCW6.INF
    EPIXXCW6.CAT
    EPIXXCW6.SYS
for Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit. Driver files for different versions of Windows, although with the same file name, may have different digital signatures as required by each version of Windows.

The PIXCI® frame grabber driver is installed by the Windows Device Manager, or by PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP.

Installation copies the driver files and creates registry entry:

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
for Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit. Most values within the registry entry are set by the Device Manager and should not be modified. The value:
    PIXCI   =  -IM <memorysize>  ...
may be created upon installation, added or modified by XCAP, or can be added or modified manually (i.e. via the Registry Editor (REGEDIT)); its component value(s) are Driver Configuration Parameters, as described below.

2.2.2. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Windows 8/10 32/64-Bit and 11 64-Bit, frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Registry entry described above, using an entry named ''PIXCI'', such as:

    PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 32768 KiBytes is used. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect. Note that using Windows' Shutdown instead of Restart may delay Windows' recognition of these changes until the second subsequent shutdown!

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Windows 8/10 32/64-Bit and 11 64-Bit limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors. Under Windows 8/10/11 32-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 1024 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup has not yet been determined, but is probably similar to the limit for Windows Vista 64-Bit: the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size.

Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during Windows initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if Windows is restarted.

2.2.3. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit, during Windows startup may be limited to a small percentage of total computer memory. Under Windows 8/10 32-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 1024 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup has not yet been determined, but is probably similar to the limit for Windows Vista 64-Bit: the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size. Some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows, and then instructing EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit, to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Use the Windows' BCDEDIT utility to create a copy of the ''{CURRENT}'' boot entry, set the new entry use limit memory usage via ''truncatememory'', and changing the new entry's description.

    Typical commands are:

        BCDEDIT  /enum
    
    to list current entries and obtain the current entry's description,
        BCDEDIT  /copy  {current}  /d  "CURRENT_ENTRY_DESCRIPTION [PIXCI=##M NT=##M"
    
    to create a new entry with modified description and boot prompt including a reminder of the amount of memory provided to Windows and to the PIXCI® imaging card,
        BCDEDIT /enum  /v
    
    to get the ID of the new entry, and:
        BCDEDIT /set <new_entry_id> truncatememory <memory_size>
    
    to limit the Windows memory size to <memory_size>, in bytes.

    Also using BCDEDIT change the timeout selection to be greater than 0:

        BCDEDIT /timeout 30
    
    Otherwise the boot configuration options will not be shown when Windows starts.

  2. Edit the registry entry:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
    
    for Windows 8/10 32-Bit, or
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
    
    for Windows 8/10/11 64-Bit. On the ''PIXCI'' field add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified ''truncatememory'' limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[1] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Restart Windows, using the newly added boot selection. Note that using Windows' Shutdown instead of Restart may delay Windows' recognition of these changes until the second subsequent shutdown!

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    BCDEDIT /set NEW_ENTRY_ID truncatememory 268435456
and use:
    PIXCI = -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the registry entry. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Note that if this memory allocation method is used, program access to image data may be slower. Thus, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as sequence capture) is not adversely affected. This method of memory allocation is primarily used for video rate acquisition of long sequences, followed by off-line analysis or saving of the sequence.

2.2.4. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.2.4.1. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\Win7+\HASPDINST -install
or
    HARDLOCK\Win7+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

2.2.4.2. USB Authorization Green Keys

Attach the USB green key. Run the Windows Device Manager, look for the ''USBKEY'', ''USBKEY64'', or ''Keylok 2'' device, ask the Device Manager to install or update the driver for the device, pointing the Device Manager to XCAP's chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
and subdirectory:
    Keylok\i386\WinXP+
for 32-Bit Windows, or subdirectory:
    Keylok\x86_64\Win10+
for 64-Bit Windows.

 

2.3. For Windows 7 32/64-Bit

Administrator privileges are required to complete the installation procedure.

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD or DVD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD/DVD, the CD/DVD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 10/8/7/Vista/XP/2000 32-Bit'' or ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 11/10/8/7/Vista/XP 64-Bit''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN32.EXE (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN64.EXE (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN32.EXE     (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        > XCAPWIN64.EXE     (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The Blue (older) or Green (newer) authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm) with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the USB port while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver may be installed in response to the Windows Device Manager's prompts (it will prompt once after detecting a newly installed card) and pointing the Device Manager to Drivers\Win7 for Windows 7 32-Bit or Drivers\Win7x64 for Windows 7 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory, or may be installed during XCAP's installation (such as via the XCAPWIN32.EXE or XCAPWIN64.EXE installer), or may be installed by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant feature within XCAP.

      Alternately, the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver can be installed as follows.

    2. Open the Windows Device Manager by clicking ''Start'', ''Control Panel'', ''System & Security'', ''System'', and ''Device Manager''. In the Device Manager look for an entry with a yellow exclamation mark that is labeled ''Multimedia Controller'' or ''Coprocessor''. Double-click on the entry and then click the ''Update Driver...'' button. In the ''Update Driver Software'' window that pops-up, select ''Browse my computer for driver software''; in the ''Search for driver software in this location'' enter path Drivers\Win7 for Windows 7 32-Bit, or Drivers\Win7x64 for Windows 7 64-Bit, within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next''. A window asks ''Would you like to install this device software?''; click ''Install''. A window reports ''The software for this device has been successfully installed'' and ''The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer''; click ''Finish'' and restart Windows.

    3. Alternately, using the Windows Explorer, highlight Drivers\Win7\EPIXXCW2.INF for Windows 7 32-Bit or Drivers\Win7x64\EPIXXCW6.INF for Windows 7 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory, right-click and select ''Install'', and restart Windows.

  4. Restart Windows.

  5. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP for Windows''.

 

2.4. Windows 7 32/64-Bit Esoterica

2.4.1. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details

The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver consists of files:

    EPIXXCW2.INF
    EPIXXCW2.CAT
    EPIXXCW2.SYS
for Windows 7 32-Bit, or files:
    EPIXXCW6.INF
    EPIXXCW6.CAT
    EPIXXCW6.SYS
for Windows 7 64-Bit. Driver files for different versions of Windows, although with the same file name, may have different digital signatures as required by each version of Windows.

The PIXCI® frame grabber driver is installed by the Windows Device Manager, or by PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP.

Installation copies the driver files and creates registry entry:

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
for Windows 7 32-Bit, or
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
for Windows 7 64-Bit. Most values within the registry entry are set by the Device Manager and should not be modified. The value:
    PIXCI   =  -IM <memorysize>  ...
may be created upon installation, added or modified by XCAP, or can be added or modified manually (i.e. via the Registry Editor (REGEDIT)); its component value(s) are Driver Configuration Parameters, as described below.

2.4.2. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Windows 7 32/64-Bit, frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Registry entry described above, using an entry named ''PIXCI'', such as:

    PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 32768 KiBytes is used. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect.

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Windows 7 32/64-Bit limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors. Under Windows 7 32-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 1024 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows 7 64-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup has not yet been determined, but is probably similar to the limit for Windows Vista 64-Bit: the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size.

Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during Windows initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if Windows is restarted.

2.4.3. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows 7 32-Bit, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows 7 64-Bit, during Windows startup may be limited to a small percentage of total computer memory. Under Windows 7 32-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 1024 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows 7 64-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup has not yet been determined, but is probably similar to the limit for Windows Vista 64-Bit: the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size. Some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows, and then instructing EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows 7 32-Bit, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows 7 64-Bit, to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Use the Windows' BCDEDIT utility to create a copy of the ''{CURRENT}'' boot entry, set the new entry use limit memory usage via ''truncatememory'', and changing the new entry's description.

    Typical commands are:

        BCDEDIT  /enum
    
    to list current entries and obtain the current entry's description,
        BCDEDIT  /copy  {current}  /d  "CURRENT_ENTRY_DESCRIPTION [PIXCI=##M NT=##M"
    
    to create a new entry with modified description and boot prompt including a reminder of the amount of memory provided to Windows and to the PIXCI® imaging card,
        BCDEDIT /enum  /v
    
    to get the ID of the new entry, and:
        BCDEDIT /set <new_entry_id> truncatememory <memory_size>
    
    to limit the Windows memory size to <memory_size>, in bytes.

    Also using BCDEDIT change the timeout selection to be greater than 0:

        BCDEDIT /timeout 30
    
    Otherwise the boot configuration options will not be shown when Windows starts.

  2. Edit the registry entry:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
    
    for Windows 7 32-Bit, or
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
    
    for Windows 7 64-Bit. On the ''PIXCI'' field add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified ''truncatememory'' limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[2] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Restart Windows, using the newly added boot selection.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    BCDEDIT /set NEW_ENTRY_ID truncatememory 268435456
and use:
    PIXCI = -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the registry entry. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Note that if this memory allocation method is used, program access to image data may be slower. Thus, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as sequence capture) is not adversely affected. This method of memory allocation is primarily used for video rate acquisition of long sequences, followed by off-line analysis or saving of the sequence.

2.4.4. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.4.4.1. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\Win7+\HASPDINST -install
or
    HARDLOCK\Win7+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

2.4.4.2. USB Authorization Green Keys

Attach the USB green key. Run the Windows Device Manager, look for the ''USBKEY'', ''USBKEY64'', or ''Keylok 2'' device, ask the Device Manager to install or update the driver for the device, pointing the Device Manager to XCAP's chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
and subdirectory:
    Keylok\i386\WinXP+
for 32-Bit Windows, or subdirectory:
    Keylok\x86_64\WinXP+
for 64-Bit Windows.

 

2.5. For Windows Vista 32/64-Bit

Administrator privileges are required to complete the installation procedure.

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD or DVD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD/DVD, the CD/DVD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 10/8/7/Vista/XP/2000 32-Bit'' or ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 11/10/8/7/Vista/XP 64-Bit''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN32.EXE (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN64.EXE (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN32.EXE     (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        > XCAPWIN64.EXE     (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The Blue (older) or Green (newer) authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm) with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the USB port while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver may be installed in response to the Windows Device Manager's prompts (it will prompt once after detecting a newly installed card) and pointing the Device Manager to Drivers\WinVS for Windows Vista 32-Bit or Drivers\WinVS64 for Windows Vista 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory, or may be installed during XCAP's installation (such as via the XCAPWIN32.EXE or XCAPWIN64.EXE installer), or may be installed by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant feature within XCAP.

      Alternately, the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver can be installed as follows.

    2. Click ''Start'', ''Control Panel'', ''System and Maintenance''. Select ''Device Manager'' and under ''Other Devices'' or ''Imaging Devices'' double-click ''PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''Coprocessor'' or ''PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board'' (the former two may appear if a PIXCI® driver was never installed, otherwise the latter appears). A ''Properties'' window appears; click ''Driver'' (tab), and ''Update Driver''. An ''Update Driver Software'' window appears; select ''Browse my computer for driver (advanced)'', enter path Drivers\WinVS for Windows Vista 32-Bit, or Drivers\WinVS64 for Windows Vista 64-Bit, within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next''. A window asks ''Would you like to install this device software?''; click ''Install''. A window reports ''The software for this device has been successfully installed'' and ''The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer''; click ''Finish'' and restart Windows.

    3. Alternately, using the Windows Explorer, highlight Drivers\WinVS\EPIXXCW2.INF for Windows Vista 32-Bit or Drivers\WinVS64\EPIXXCW6.INF for Windows Vista 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory, right-click and select ''Install'', and restart Windows.

  4. Configure Graphics Display:

    1. A ''High Color (16 bit or 65536 Color)'', ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'', or ''True Color (32 bit)'' setting for the graphics display is required for proper display of images and overlay graphics. The ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'' or ''True Color (32 bit)'' is suggested for higher quality, and quicker, display of images and overlay graphics. This may be checked and/or modified via Windows ''Start'', ''Control Panel'', ''Appearance and Personalization'', ''Personalization'', ''Display Settings''.

  5. Restart Windows.

  6. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP for Windows''.

 

2.6. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit Esoterica

2.6.1. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details

The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver consists of files:

    EPIXXCW2.INF
    EPIXXCW2.CAT
    EPIXXCW2.SYS
for Windows Vista 32-Bit, or files:
    EPIXXCW6.INF
    EPIXXCW6.CAT
    EPIXXCW6.SYS
for Windows Vista 64-Bit. Driver files for different versions of Windows, although with the same file name, may have different digital signatures as required by each version of Windows.

The PIXCI® frame grabber driver is installed by the Windows Device Manager, or by PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP.

Installation copies the driver files and creates registry entry:

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
for Windows Vista 32-Bit, or
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
for Windows Vista 64-Bit. Most values within the registry entry are set by the Device Manager and should not be modified. The value:
    PIXCI   =  -IM <memorysize>  ...
may be created upon installation, added or modified by XCAP, or can be added or modified manually (i.e. via the Registry Editor (REGEDIT)); its component value(s) are Driver Configuration Parameters, as described below.

2.6.2. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Windows Vista 32/64-Bit, frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Registry entry described above, using an entry named ''PIXCI'', such as:

    PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 32768 KiBytes is used. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect.

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Windows Vista 32/64-Bit limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors. Under Windows Vista 32-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 1024 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows Vista 64-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size.

Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during Windows initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if Windows is restarted.

2.6.3. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows Vista 32-Bit, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows Vista 64-Bit, during Windows startup may be limited to a small percentage of total computer memory. Under Windows Vista 32-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 1024 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows Vista 64-Bit, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size. Some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows, and then instructing EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows Vista 32-Bit, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows Vista 64-Bit, to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Use the Windows' BCDEDIT utility to create a copy of the ''{CURRENT}'' boot entry, set the new entry use limit memory usage via ''truncatememory'', and changing the new entry's description.

    Typical commands are:

        BCDEDIT  /enum
    
    to list current entries and obtain the current entry's description,
        BCDEDIT  /copy  {current}  /d  "CURRENT_ENTRY_DESCRIPTION [PIXCI=##M NT=##M"
    
    to create a new entry with modified description and boot prompt including a reminder of the amount of memory provided to Windows and to the PIXCI® imaging card,
        BCDEDIT /enum  /v
    
    to get the ID of the new entry, and:
        BCDEDIT /set <new_entry_id> truncatememory <memory_size>
    
    to limit the Windows memory size to <memory_size>, in bytes.

    Also using BCDEDIT change the timeout selection to be greater than 0:

        BCDEDIT /timeout 30
    
    Otherwise the boot configuration options will not be shown when Windows starts.

  2. Edit the registry entry:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
    
    for Windows Vista 32-Bit, or
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
    
    for Windows Vista 64-Bit. On the ''PIXCI'' field add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified ''truncatememory'' limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[3] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Restart Windows, using the newly added boot selection.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    BCDEDIT /set NEW_ENTRY_ID truncatememory 268435456
and use:
    PIXCI = -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the registry entry. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Note that if this memory allocation method is used, program access to image data may be slower. Thus, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as sequence capture) is not adversely affected. This method of memory allocation is primarily used for video rate acquisition of long sequences, followed by off-line analysis or saving of the sequence.

2.6.4. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.6.4.1. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

2.6.4.2. USB Authorization Green Keys

Attach the USB green key. Run the Windows Device Manager, look for the ''USBKEY'', ''USBKEY64'', or ''Keylok 2'' device, ask the Device Manager to install or update the driver for the device, pointing the Device Manager to XCAP's chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
and subdirectory:
    Keylok\i386\WinXP+
for 32-Bit Windows, or subdirectory:
    Keylok\x86_64\WinXP+
for 64-Bit Windows.

 

2.7. For Windows XP, XP(x64)

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD or DVD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD/DVD, the CD/DVD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 10/8/7/Vista/XP/2000 32-Bit'' or ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 11/10/8/7/Vista/XP 64-Bit''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN32.EXE (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN64.EXE (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt (i.e. Windows Terminal), or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN32.EXE     (for 32-bit XCAP for Windows)
        
        or
        > XCAPWIN64.EXE     (for 64-bit XCAP for Windows)
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, or C:\Program Files(x86)\EPIX\XCAP for installation of 32-bit XCAP on 64-bit Windows, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with a printer port authorization key or an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The printer port authorization key is black and approximately the size and shape of a printer's parallel port connector (5.5×4.5×1.6 cm), but with two 25-pin connectors. If provided, connect the authorization key to any printer port. If a printer cable was attached to the printer port, reconnect the printer cable to the back of the authorization key; the authorization key will not affect normal printer operation. The printer port authorization key is only supported on Intel i386 platforms.

      Do not connect the printer port authorization key to a 25-pin serial (RS-232) port, or to any other interface that happens to use the same style connector; the authorization key will not function, might be permanently damaged, and the warranty will be void!

      The Blue (older) or Green (newer) authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm) with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the printer port or USB port as appropriate, while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver may be installed in response to the Windows Device Manager's prompts (it will prompt once after detecting a newly installed card) and pointing the Device Manager to Drivers\WinXP for Windows XP 32-Bit or Drivers\WinXP64 for Windows XP 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory, or may be installed during XCAP's installation (such as via the XCAPWIN32.EXE or XCAPWIN64.EXE installer), or may be installed by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant feature within XCAP.

      Alternately, the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver can be installed as follows.

    2. Click ''Start'', ''Control Panel'', ''Performance and Maintenance'', ''System'', ''Hardware'', ''Device Manager'', and under ''Other Devices'' or ''Imaging Devices'' double-click ''PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board'' (the latter appears if a PIXCI® frame grabber driver was previously installed). Click ''Properties'', ''Driver'', ''Change Driver'' or ''Update Driver''. A ''Welcome'' window appears; select ''Install from a list or a specific location. (Advanced)'', click ''Next'', select ''Search for the best driver in these locations'', uncheck ''Search removable storage media'', check ''Include this location in the search'', enter path Drivers\WinXP for Windows XP, or Drivers\WinXP64 for Windows XP(x64), within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next'', ''Next''. A window reports ''The software that you are installing for ... has not passed compatibility testing''; click ''Continue Anyway''. A window reports ''The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer''; click ''Finish'' and restart Windows.

    3. Alternately, using the Windows Explorer, highlight Drivers\WinXP\EPIXXCW2.INF for Windows XP 32-Bit or Drivers\WinXP64\EPIXXCW6.INF for Windows XP 64-Bit within the chosen installation directory, right-click and select ''Install'', and restart Windows.

  4. Configure Graphics Display:

    1. A ''High Color (16 bit or 65536 Color)'', ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'', or ''True Color (32 bit)'' setting for the graphics display is required for proper display of images and overlay graphics. The ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'' or ''True Color (32 bit)'' is suggested for higher quality, and quicker, display of images and overlay graphics. This may be checked and/or modified via Windows ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Settings''.

    2. Under ''Start Button'', ''Setting'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Appearance'', ''Effects'', the ''Use the following transition effect for menus and toolbars:'', ''Show shadows under menus'', and ''Show window contents while dragging'' should all be disabled for maximum video performance.

  5. Restart Windows.

  6. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP for Windows''.

 

2.8. Windows XP, XP(x64) Esoterica

2.8.1. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details

The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver consists of files:

    EPIXXCW2.INF
    EPIXXCW2.CAT
    EPIXXCW2.SYS
for Windows XP 32-Bit, or files:
    EPIXXCW6.INF
    EPIXXCW6.CAT
    EPIXXCW6.SYS
for Windows XP 64-Bit. Driver files for different versions of Windows, although with the same file name, may have different digital signatures as required by each version of Windows.

The PIXCI® frame grabber driver is installed by the Windows Device Manager, or by PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP.

Installation copies the driver files and creates registry entry:

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
for Windows XP 32-Bit, or
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
for Windows XP 64-Bit. Most values within the registry entry are set by the Device Manager and should not be modified. The value:
    PIXCI   =  -IM <memorysize>  ...
may be created upon installation, added or modified by XCAP, or can be added or modified manually (i.e. via the Registry Editor (REGEDIT)); its component value(s) are Driver Configuration Parameters, as described below.

2.8.2. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Windows XP or XP(x64), frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Registry entry described above, using an entry named ''PIXCI'', such as:

    PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 32768 KiBytes is used. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect.

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Windows XP or XP(x64), limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors. Under Windows XP the maximum amount of memory that can be allocated by this method is typically limited to 512 MiByte, but not more than half of the physical memory. Under Windows XP(x64), the typical amount of allocated memory has not yet been determined.

Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during Windows initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if Windows is restarted.

2.8.3. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows XP, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows XP(x64), during Windows startup may be limited to a small percentage of total computer memory. Under Windows XP, the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to 512 MiByte, but not more than half of the computer memory size. Under Windows XP(x64), the amount of memory that Windows may grant during startup is typically limited to the computer memory size minus 1 GiByte, but not more than 27 Gbyte. Some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows and then instructing EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows XP, or EPIXXCW6.SYS for Windows XP(x64), to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Edit C:\BOOT.INI, restricting Windows XP or XP(x64), to use no more than a set amount of memory: by copying an existing configuration line, adding /MAXMEM=XX (where XX is the memory size in MiByte) and changing the prompt name. For example, changing:
        [operating systems]
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows XP"
    
    to:
        [operating systems]
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows XP [NT=64M PIXCI=256M]"  /MAXMEM=64
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows XP"
    
    Do not copy this new line as shown above; the first portion of the line must be copied from an existing configuration line in your C:\BOOT.INI file. The text between quotes appears as a boot selection prompt, use of ''[NT=64M PIXCI=256M]'' is a suggested reminder, but not required.

    Also in C:\BOOT.INI, change the timeout selection to be greater than 0:

        [boot loader]
        timeout=30
    
    Otherwise the BOOT.INI configuration options will not be shown when Windows starts.

    Keeping the original configuration line, as a boot selection option, is highly recommended as a backup.

    Under Windows XP, the BOOTCFG command, provided with Windows, can be used to change the BOOT.INI file instead of manual editing.

  2. Edit the registry entry:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
    
    for Windows XP, or
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW6
    
    for Windows XP(x64). On the ''PIXCI'' field add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified /MAXMEM limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! (i.e. for /MAXMEM=64, the smallest valid value of -IA is 65536, not 64000!). Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[4] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Restart Windows, using the newly added boot selection.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    /MAXMEM=256
in C:\BOOT.INI, and use:
    PIXCI = -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the registry entry. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Note that if this memory allocation method is used, program access to image data may be slower. Thus, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as sequence capture) is not adversely affected. This method of memory allocation is primarily used for video rate acquisition of long sequences, followed by off-line analysis or saving of the sequence.

2.8.4. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.8.4.1. Printer Port Authorization Keys

Printer port authorization keys are not supported on Windows XP(x64).

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options.

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures for the printer port version of authorization keys.

  1. The file HARDLOCK.SYS must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM32\DRIVERS directory, typically:
        C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS
    

  2. Using the Registry Editor (REGEDIT) provided with Windows, create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\HardLock
    
    This key must contain values:
        ErrorControl  =  0x00000001
        Group         =  "Extended Base"
        Start         =  0x00000002
        Type          =  0x00000001
    
    or, if using REGEDT32, the values should appear as:
        ErrorControl:REG_DWORD:0x1
        Group:REG_SZ:ExtendedBase
        Start:REG_DWORD:0x2
        Type:REG_DWORD:0x1
    

  3. Shut down and restart Windows for the new registry entries to take effect.

  4. If the authorization key is connected to a non-standard printer port, an additional entry may be required:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\HardLock\Parameters
    
    which contains a value:
        IoPortAddress0  = 0x????            (for REGEDIT)
        IoPortAddress0:REG_DWORD:0x????     (for REGEDT32)
    
    where the ''????'' is replaced with the parallel port's I/O address in hexadecimal. As before, Windows must be shut down and restarted.

2.8.4.2. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

2.8.4.3. USB Authorization Green Keys

Attach the USB green key. Run the Windows Device Manager, look for the ''USBKEY'', ''USBKEY64'', or ''Keylok 2'' device, ask the Device Manager to install or update the driver for the device, pointing the Device Manager to XCAP's chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
and subdirectory:
    Keylok\i386\WinXP+
for 32-Bit Windows, or subdirectory:
    Keylok\x86_64\WinXP+
for 64-Bit Windows.

 

2.9. For Windows 2000

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD or DVD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD/DVD, the CD/DVD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt, or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows 10/8/7/Vista/XP/2000 32-Bit''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory was formerly C:\XCAP and will be reused when updating a legacy installation. The default installation directory for new installations is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP. but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN32.EXE (for 32-bit Windows 2000 & later)
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt, or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN32.EXE             (for 32-bit Windows 2000 & later)
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory was formerly C:\XCAP and will be reused when updating a legacy installation. The default installation directory for new installations is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with a printer port authorization key or an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The printer port authorization key is black and approximately the size and shape of a printer's parallel port connector (5.5×4.5×1.6 cm), but with two 25-pin connectors. If provided, connect the authorization key to any printer port. If a printer cable was attached to the printer port, reconnect the printer cable to the back of the authorization key; the authorization key will not affect normal printer operation.

      Do not connect the printer port authorization key to a 25-pin serial (RS-232) port, or to any other interface that happens to use the same style connector; the authorization key will not function, might be permanently damaged, and the warranty will be void!

      The Blue authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm), with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the printer port or USB port as appropriate, while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver may be installed in response to the Windows Device Manager's prompts (it will prompt once after detecting a newly installed card) and pointing the Device Manager to Drivers\Win2K within the chosen installation directory, or may be installed during XCAP's installation (such as via the XCAPWIN32.EXE or XCAPWIN64.EXE installer), or may be installed by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant feature within XCAP.

      Alternately, the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver can be installed as follows.

    2. Click ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''System'' (if ''System'' is not listed, click on ''View all Control Panel options''), ''Device Manager'', and under ''Other Devices'' or ''Imaging Devices'' double-click ''PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board''. Click ''Properties'', ''Driver'', ''Change Driver'' or ''Update Driver''. A window stating ''Welcome'' appears; click ''Next''. A window stating ''This wizard searches for updated drivers for: PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''This wizard searches for updated drivers for: PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board'' appears; select ''Search for a suitable driver for my device (recommended)'', click ''Next'', select ''Specify a Location'', enter path Drivers\Win2K within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next'', ''Next''. A window reports that Microsoft's ''Digital Signature was not found''; click ''Yes''. A window reports ''This device is not configured correctly. (Code 1)'' (this error indicates that the newly installed driver will be functional only after a restart of Windows); click ''Finish'' and restart Windows.

    3. Alternately, using the Windows Explorer, highlight Drivers\Win2K\EPIXXCW2.INF within the chosen installation directory, right-click and select ''Install'', and restart Windows.

  4. Configure Graphics Display:

    1. A ''High Color (16 bit or 65536 Color)'', ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'', or ''True Color (32 bit)'' setting for the graphics display is required for proper display of images and overlay graphics. The ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'' or ''True Color (32 bit)'' is suggested for higher quality, and quicker, display of images and overlay graphics. This may be checked and/or modified via Windows ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Settings''.

    2. Under ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Effects'', the ''Show window contents while dragging'' must be disabled.

  5. Restart Windows.

  6. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP for Windows''.

 

2.10. Windows 2000 Esoterica

2.10.1. Windows 2000 - Manual Installation

Use of EPIXXCW2.INF (or EPIXXCNT.INF for version 2.0 and earlier), above, provides automatic installation of EPIXXCW2.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) in most circumstances. The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. The EPIXXCW2.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM32\DRIVERS directory, typically:
        C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS
    

  2. Using the Registry Editor (REGEDIT) provided with Windows, create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2  (version 2.1+)
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCNT  (version 2.0-)
    
    This entry must contain:
        ErrorControl  =  0x00000001
        Group         =  "Extended base"
        Start         =  0x00000001
        Type          =  0x00000001
    
    and may, as described below, also contain:
        PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
    
    Create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\System\EPIXXCW2  (version 2.1+)
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\System\EPIXXCNT  (version 2.0-)
    
    This entry must contain:
        EventMessageFile = "%SystemRoot%\System32\IoLogMsg.dll"
        TypesSupported   = 0x00000007
    

  3. Shut down and restart Windows.

Under Windows 2000, the Windows NT driver EPIXXCWT.SYS can be, and was previously, used instead of EPIXXCW2.SYS. In contrast to EPIXXCWT.SYS, the EPIXXCW2.SYS is Plug & Play compatible.

2.10.2. Windows 2000 - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Windows 2000 frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Registry entry described above, using an entry named ''PIXCI'', such as:

    PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 32768 KiBytes is used. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect.

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Windows 2000 limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors. Under Windows 2000, the maximum amount of memory that can be allocated by this method is typically limited to 64 or 92 MiByte.

Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during Windows initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if Windows is restarted.

2.10.3. Windows 2000 - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows 2000, during Windows startup may be limited to a small percentage of the computer memory size; typically 64 to 96 MiByte.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows and then instructing EPIXXCW2.SYS for Windows 2000 to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Edit C:\BOOT.INI, restricting Windows 2000 to use no more than a set amount of memory: by copying an existing configuration line, adding /MAXMEM=XX (where XX is the memory size in MiByte) and changing the prompt name. For example, changing:
        [operating systems]
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows 2000"
    
    to:
        [operating systems]
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows 2000 [NT=64M PIXCI=256M]"  /MAXMEM=64
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows 2000"
    
    Do not copy this new line as shown above; the first portion of the line must be copied from an existing configuration line in your C:\BOOT.INI file. The text between quotes appears as a boot selection prompt, use of ''[NT=64M PIXCI=256M]'' is a suggested reminder, but not required.

    Also in C:\BOOT.INI, change the timeout selection to be greater than 0:

        [boot loader]
        timeout=30
    
    Otherwise the BOOT.INI configuration options will not be shown when Windows starts.

    Keeping the original configuration line, as a boot selection option, is highly recommended as a backup.

    Under Windows XP, the BOOTCFG command, provided with Windows, can be used to change the BOOT.INI file instead of manual editing.

  2. Edit the registry entry:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCW2
    
    On the ''PIXCI'' field add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified /MAXMEM limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! (i.e. for /MAXMEM=64, the smallest valid value of -IA is 65536, not 64000!). Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[5] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Restart Windows, using the newly added boot selection.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    /MAXMEM=256
in C:\BOOT.INI, and use:
    PIXCI = -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the registry entry. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Note that if this memory allocation method is used, program access to image data may be slower. Thus, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as sequence capture) is not adversely affected. This method of memory allocation is primarily used for video rate acquisition of long sequences, followed by off-line analysis or saving of the sequence.

2.10.4. Windows 2000 - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.10.4.1. Printer Port Authorization Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options.

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures for the printer port version of authorization keys.

  1. The file HARDLOCK.SYS must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM32\DRIVERS directory, typically:
        C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS
    

  2. Using the Registry Editor (REGEDIT) provided with Windows, create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\HardLock
    
    This key must contain values:
        ErrorControl  =  0x00000001
        Group         =  "Extended Base"
        Start         =  0x00000002
        Type          =  0x00000001
    
    or, if using REGEDT32, the values should appear as:
        ErrorControl:REG_DWORD:0x1
        Group:REG_SZ:ExtendedBase
        Start:REG_DWORD:0x2
        Type:REG_DWORD:0x1
    

  3. Shut down and restart Windows for the new registry entries to take effect.

  4. If the authorization key is connected to a non-standard printer port, an additional entry may be required:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\HardLock\Parameters
    
    which contains a value:
        IoPortAddress0  = 0x????            (for REGEDIT)
        IoPortAddress0:REG_DWORD:0x????     (for REGEDT32)
    
    where the ''????'' is replaced with the parallel port's I/O address in hexadecimal. As before, Windows must be shut down and restarted.

2.10.4.2. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

 

2.11. For Windows NT

XCAP requires Windows NT Version 4 with Service Pack 3 or later.

Administrator privileges are required to complete the installation procedure.

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD, the CD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt, or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows NT/ME/98/95''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory was formerly C:\XCAP and will be reused when updating a legacy installation. The default installation directory for new installations is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN9598MeNT.EXE
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt, or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN9598MeNT.EXE
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory was formerly C:\XCAP and will be reused when updating a legacy installation. The default installation directory for new installations is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with a printer port authorization key or an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The printer port authorization key is black and approximately the size and shape of a printer's parallel port connector (5.5×4.5×1.6 cm), but with two 25-pin connectors. If provided, connect the authorization key to any printer port. If a printer cable was attached to the printer port, reconnect the printer cable to the back of the authorization key; the authorization key will not affect normal printer operation.

      Do not connect the printer port authorization key to a 25-pin serial (RS-232) port, or to any other interface that happens to use the same style connector; the authorization key will not function, might be permanently damaged, and the warranty will be void!

      The Blue authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm), with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the printer port or USB port as appropriate, while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® frame grabber's driver may be installed by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant feature within XCAP.

      Alternately, the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver can be installed as follows.

    2. Click ''Start'', ''Programs'', and ''Windows NT Explorer''. Within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), find and highlight file Drivers\WinNT\EPIXXCWT.INF (or EPIXXCNT.INF for XCAP version 2.0 and earlier). From the menu bar, select ''File'' and ''Install''. Restart Windows.

  4. Configure Graphics Display:

    1. A ''High Color (16 bit or 65536 Color)'', ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'', or ''True Color (32 bit)'' setting for the graphics display is required for proper display of images and overlay graphics. The ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'' or ''True Color (32 bit)'' is suggested for higher quality, and quicker, display of images and overlay graphics. This may be checked and/or modified via Windows ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Settings''.

    2. Under ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Effects'', the ''Show window contents while dragging'' must be disabled.

  5. Restart Windows.

  6. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP for Windows''.

 

2.12. Windows NT Esoterica

2.12.1. Windows NT - Manual Installation

Use of EPIXXCWT.INF (or EPIXXCNT.INF for version 2.0 and earlier), above, provides automatic installation of EPIXXCWT.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) in most circumstances. The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. The EPIXXCWT.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM32\DRIVERS directory, typically:
        C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS
    

  2. Using the Registry Editor (REGEDIT) provided with Windows, create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCWT  (version 2.1+)
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCNT  (version 2.0-)
    
    This entry must contain:
        ErrorControl  =  0x00000001
        Group         =  "Extended base"
        Start         =  0x00000001
        Type          =  0x00000001
    
    and may, as described below, also contain:
        PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
    
    Create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\System\EPIXXCWT  (version 2.1+)
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\System\EPIXXCNT  (version 2.0-)
    
    This entry must contain:
        EventMessageFile = "%SystemRoot%\System32\IoLogMsg.dll"
        TypesSupported   = 0x00000007
    

  3. Shut down and restart Windows.

2.12.2. Windows NT - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Windows NT, frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Registry entry described above, using an entry named ''PIXCI'', such as:

    PIXCI         =  "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 32768 KiBytes is used. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect.

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Windows NT limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors. Using the Control Panel's Device Manager to select Boot or System priority startup for EPIXXCWT.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) allows more frame buffer memory to be allocated than selection of Automatic startup.

Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during Windows initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if Windows is restarted.

2.12.3. Windows NT - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCWT.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) during Windows startup may be limited to a small percentage of the computer memory size.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows NT, and then instructing EPIXXCWT.SYS (or EPIXXCNT.SYS for version 2.0 and earlier) to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Edit C:\BOOT.INI, restricting Windows NT to use no more than a set amount of memory: by copying an existing configuration line, adding /MAXMEM=XX (where XX is the memory size in MiByte) and changing the prompt name. For example, changing:
        [operating systems]
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows NT V 4.00"
    
    to:
        [operating systems]
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows NT V 4.00 [NT=64M PIXCI=256M]"  /MAXMEM=64
        multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(7)\WINNT="Windows NT V 4.00"
    
    Do not copy this new line as shown above; the first portion of the line must be copied from an existing configuration line in your C:\BOOT.INI file. The text between quotes appears as a boot selection prompt, use of ''[NT=64M PIXCI=256M]'' is a suggested reminder, but not required.

    Also in C:\BOOT.INI, change the timeout selection to be greater than 0:

        [boot loader]
        timeout=30
    
    Otherwise the BOOT.INI configuration options will not be shown when Windows starts.

    Keeping the original configuration line, as a boot selection option, is highly recommended as a backup.

  2. Edit the registry entry:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCWT  (version 2.1+)
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EPIXXCNT  (version 2.0-)
    
    On the ''PIXCI'' field add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified /MAXMEM limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! (i.e. for /MAXMEM=64, the smallest valid value of -IA is 65536, not 64000!). Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[6] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Restart Windows, using the newly added boot selection.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    /MAXMEM=256
in C:\BOOT.INI, and use:
    PIXCI = -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the registry entry. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Note that if this memory allocation method is used, program access to image data may be slower. Thus, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as sequence capture) is not adversely affected. This method of memory allocation is primarily used for video rate acquisition of long sequences, followed by off-line analysis or saving of the sequence.

2.12.4. Windows NT - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.12.4.1. Printer Port Authorization Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options.

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures for the printer port version of authorization keys.

  1. The file HARDLOCK.SYS must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM32\DRIVERS directory, typically:
        C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS
    

  2. The file HLVDD.DLL must copied to the Windows SYSTEM directory, typically:
        C:\WINNT\SYSTEM
    
    or placed within the XCAP installation directory, typically:
        C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP\PROGRAM
    

  3. Using the Registry Editor (REGEDIT) provided with Windows, create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\HardLock
    
    This key must contain values:
        ErrorControl  =  0x00000001
        Group         =  "Extended Base"
        Start         =  0x00000002
        Type          =  0x00000001
    
    or, if using REGEDT32, the values should appear as:
        ErrorControl:REG_DWORD:0x1
        Group:REG_SZ:ExtendedBase
        Start:REG_DWORD:0x2
        Type:REG_DWORD:0x1
    

  4. Shut down and restart Windows for the new registry entries to take effect.

  5. If the authorization key is connected to a non-standard printer port, an additional entry may be required:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\HardLock\Parameters
    
    which contains a value:
        IoPortAddress0  = 0x????            (for REGEDIT)
        IoPortAddress0:REG_DWORD:0x????     (for REGEDT32)
    
    where the ''????'' is replaced with the parallel port's I/O address in hexadecimal. As before, Windows must be shut down and restarted.

2.12.4.2. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -install
or
    HARDLOCK\WinXP+\HASPDINST -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

 

2.13. For Windows 95, 98, ME

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD:

      1. If your computer is set to allow automatic execution of a loaded CD, the CD's interactive index program will be executed automatically. Otherwise, execute the index program, from a Command Prompt, or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
            > Z:SETUP       (replace Z with drive letter for your CD/DVD)
        

      2. Select ''Setup PIXCI(R) Imaging Software'' and ''XCAP Imaging Application for Windows NT/ME/98/95''. Click ''OK''.

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory was formerly C:\XCAP and will be reused when updating a legacy installation. The default installation directory for new installations is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/XCAPWIN9598MeNT.EXE
        
        from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site.

      2. Execute the downloaded program, from a Command Prompt, or via the Windows ''Start'', ''Run'':
        > XCAPWIN9598MeNT.EXE
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory was formerly C:\XCAP and will be reused when updating a legacy installation. The default installation directory for new installations is nominally C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP, but depends on the current Windows' CSIDL settings.

      4. The downloaded .EXE file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a new program group, containing XCAP and several .TXT files. The *.TXT files contain these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The PCITIPS.TXT file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with a printer port authorization key or an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The printer port authorization key is black and approximately the size and shape of a printer's parallel port connector (5.5×4.5×1.6 cm), but with two 25-pin connectors. If provided, connect the authorization key to any printer port. If a printer cable was attached to the printer port, reconnect the printer cable to the back of the authorization key; the authorization key will not affect normal printer operation.

      Do not connect the printer port authorization key to a 25-pin serial (RS-232) port, or to any other interface that happens to use the same style connector; the authorization key will not function, might be permanently damaged, and the warranty will be void!

      The Blue authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm), with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the printer port or USB port as appropriate, while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. Under Windows 95, 98, and ME, the Windows' Device Manager must be used for initial installation of the PIXCI® driver.

      If the PIXCI® frame grabber was not previously installed, the first time Windows starts after installation of the PIXCI® frame grabber, Windows will notice the new device and inquire.

      The first time Windows 95 starts after installation of the PIXCI® frame grabber, a window titled ''New Hardware Found'' appears; select ''Driver from disk provided by hardware manufacturer'', click ''OK''. A window stating ''Insert the manufacturers installation disk ...'', ''Copy manufacturers files from ...'' appears; click ''Browse'' enter path Drivers\Win95\EPIXXCW5.INF (or EPIXXC32.INF for XCAP version 2.0 and earlier) within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''OK'', ''OK''. Do not accept the offer to ''Reboot''; a full shutdown and reboot is required. Some later releases of Windows 95 behave similar to Windows 98; the inquiries and responses may instead follow the steps below.

      The first time Windows 98 starts after installation of the PIXCI® frame grabber, a pop-up window with the message ''New PCI Multimedia Device'' will flash. A window stating ''The wizard searches for new driver for PCI Multimedia Video Device'' appears; click ''Next'', select ''Search for the best driver for your device'', click ''Next''. A window stating ''Windows will search for new driver ...'' and ''Specify Location'' appears; enter path Drivers\Win98\EPIXXCW5.INF (or EPIXXC32.INF for XCAP version 2.0 and earlier) within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next''. A window reports that a driver was found, namely ...\Drivers\Win98\EPIXXCW5.INF, click ''Next'' and ''Finish''.

      The first time Windows ME starts after installation of the PIXCI® frame grabber, a pop-up window with the message ''New PCI Multimedia Device'' will flash. A window stating ''Windows has found the following new hardware: PCI Multimedia Video Device'' appears; select ''Specify the location of the driver (Advanced)'', click ''Next'', select ''Search for the best driver for your device'', check box ''Specify a Location'', Enter path Drivers\WinME within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next''. A window reports that a driver was found, namely ...\Drivers\WinME\EPIXXCW5.INF, click ''Next'' and ''Finish''.

      If the PIXCI® frame grabber was already installed under Windows 95 or 98, and ''Cancel'' was clicked when Windows started and announced the presence of new ''PCI Multimedia Hardware'', then instruct Windows to load the appropriate driver. Click ''Start'', ''Control Panel'', ''System'', ''Device Manager'', and under ''Other Devices'' double-click ''PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board''. Select ''Driver'', ''Change Driver'', ''Other''. Select ''PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board'', select ''Have Disk'', enter path Drivers\Win95 (Drivers\Win98 may be used interchangeably) within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''OK''.

      If the PIXCI® frame grabber was already installed under Windows ME, and ''Cancel'' was clicked when Windows started and announced the presence of new ''PCI Multimedia Hardware'', then instruct Windows to load the appropriate driver. Click ''Start'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''System'' (if ''System'' is not listed, click on ''View all Control Panel options''), ''Device Manager'' and under ''Other Devices'' double-click ''PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board''. Select ''Properties'', ''Driver'', ''Change Driver'' or ''Update Driver''. A window reporting ''This wizard searches for updated drivers for PCI MultiMedia Video Device'' or ''This wizard searches for updated drivers for PIXCI(R) Video Capture Board'' appears; select ''Specify the location of the driver (Advanced)'', ''Next'', ''Search for the best driver for your device'', ''Specify a Location'', enter path Drivers\WinME within the chosen installation directory (typically C:\XCAP or C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP), and click ''Next'', ''Next'', ''Finish''.

    2. Alternately, using the Windows Explorer, find and highlight file Drivers\Win95\EPIXXCW5.INF for Windows 95, Drivers\Win98\EPIXXCW5.INF for Windows 98, or Drivers\WinME\EPIXXCW5.INF for Windows ME as appropriate (or EPIXXC32.INF for XCAP version 2.0 and earlier). From the menu bar, select ''File'' and ''Install''. Restart Windows.

  4. Set Frame Buffer Memory Size (optional):

    1. By default, 4 MiBytes of frame buffer memory is allocated.

      Under Windows 95, 98, and ME, frame buffer memory must be allocated during Windows' initialization, as specified in the Windows' SYSTEM.INI file.

      Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

    2. If additional frame buffer memory is desired, then at the end of the Windows' SYSTEM.INI file, add a section:
          [EPIX_XC]
          PIXCI=-IM <memorysize>
      
      replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. Windows must be restarted for the new specification to take effect.

      Windows 95, 98, and ME limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the total computer memory size, and other factors.

      Windows may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be usable; reporting ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the amount of frame buffer memory can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Open/Close.

  5. Configure Graphics Display:

    1. A ''High Color (16 bit or 65536 Color)'', ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'', or ''True Color (32 bit)'' setting for the graphics display system is required for proper display of images and overlay graphics. The ''True Color (24 bit or 16777216 Color)'' or ''True Color (32 bit)'' is suggested for higher quality, and quicker, display of images and overlay graphics. This may be checked and/or modified via Windows ''Start'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Settings''.

    2. In Windows 95, under ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Plus!'', the ''Show window contents while dragging'' must be disabled (this feature is not present in older versions of Windows 95). Or in Windows 98/ME, under ''Control Panel'', ''Display'', ''Effects'', the ''Show window contents while dragging'' must be disabled.

    3. After changing the settings a full shutdown and CTRL+ALT+DEL reboot should be used. The quick restart offered by older versions of Windows 95, and the ''hot'' graphics display reconfiguration performed by newer versions of Windows 95, may not re-initialize all devices properly.

  6. Restart Windows.

  7. XCAP is now ready to run, by clicking the optional shortcut, or by clicking ''Start'', ''Programs'', ''XCAP Imaging'', and finally ''XCAP''.

 

2.14. Windows 95, 98, ME - Esoterica

2.14.1. Windows 95, 98, ME - Manual Installation

Use of EPIXXCW5.INF (or EPIXXC32.VXD for version 2.0 and earlier), above, provides automatic installation of EPIXXCW5.VXD (or EPIXXC32.VXD for version 2.0 and earlier) in most circumstances. The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. The EPIXXCW5.VXD (or EPIXXC32.VXD for version 2.0 and earlier) must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM directory, typically:
        C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM
    

  2. Using the Registry Editor (REGEDIT) provided with Windows, create an entry such as:
        HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Class\Unknown\0000
    
    replacing the \0000, if such an entry already exists, with the next available sequential number. This entry must contain:
        DevLoader=      "epixxc32.vxd"                      (for version 2.0-)
        DevLoader=      "epixxcw5.vxd"                      (for version 2.1+)
        DriverDesc=     "PIXCI(R) PCI Video Capture Board"  (optional)
        InfSection=     "Unknown"
        StaticVxD=      "epixxc32.vxd"                      (for version 2.0-)
        StaticVxD=      "epixxcw5.vxd"                      (for version 2.1+)
    

  3. Using the Registry Editor, edit the existing entry for PIXCI® SV2 or PIXCI® SV3:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1223\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1223&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SV4:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_109E&DEV_0350\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_109E&DEV_0350&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entries for PIXCI® SV5, SV5A, SV5B, or SV5L:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_109E&DEV_036E\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_109E&DEV_0878\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_109E&DEV_036E&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_109E&DEV_0878&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entries for PIXCI® SV6:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_14F1&DEV_8800\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_14F1&DEV_8800&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SV7:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EA02\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EA02&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SV8:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EA03\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EA03&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® D, PIXCI® D24, or PIXCI® D32:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_10E8&DEV_80D6\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_10E8&DEV_80D6&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® A:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_10E8&DEV_82B1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_10E8&DEV_82B1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® A110:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_A110\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_A110&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® A110:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_A117\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_A117&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® A310:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_A310\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_A310&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® CL3SD:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C300\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C300&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® CL3SD:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C301\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C301&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® CL1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C100\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C100&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® CL1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C10A\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C10A&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® CL2:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C200\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C200&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® D2X:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D200\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D200&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® D2X:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D201\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D201&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® D2X:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D20A\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D20A&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® D3X:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D300\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_D300&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® D3XE:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED30\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED30&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E001\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E001&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E0A1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E0A1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E4:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E004\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E004&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E8:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E008\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E008&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E8CAM:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E0C8\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E0C8&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E8DB:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED08\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED08&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E1DB:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED01\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED01&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E1DB:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EDA1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EDA1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E4DB:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED04\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ED04&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E4G2-2F:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E504\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E504&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E4G2-4B:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E704\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E704&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® E4G2-F2B:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E604\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E604&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® e104x4-2f:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E204\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E204&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® e104x4-4b:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E404\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E404&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® e104x4-f2b:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E304\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_E304&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB01\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB01&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1G2:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB13\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB13&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1-PoCL:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB11\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB11&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1G2-PoCL:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB14\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB14&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1mini:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB21\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB21&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1mini:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB31\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB31&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1tg:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB41\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB41&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EB1miniTg:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB43\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB43&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® miniH2F:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB23\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB23&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® miniH2B:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB22\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB22&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® miniH2x4F:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB25\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB25&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® mf2280:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB26\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EB26&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EC1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EC01\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_EC01&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EC1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECF1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECF1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® ECB1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECB1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECB1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® ECB1-34:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECB3\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECB3&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® ECB2:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECB2\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_ECB2&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EL1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F001\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F001&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EL1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F0A1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F0A1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EL1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F0F1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F0F1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EL1DB:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_FD01\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_FD01&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® EL1DB:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_FDF1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_FDF1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® ELS2:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F002\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F002&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C000\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C000&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C001\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C001&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C011\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C011&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C011\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C011&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI2:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C002\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C002&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI2:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C012\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C012&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI4:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C004\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C004&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® SI4:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C024\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_C024&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    or the existing entry for PIXCI® TNTX1:
    (Win 95)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F0B1\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    (Win 98)    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Enum\PCI\VEN_165A&DEV_F0B1&SUBSYS_00000000&REV_**\BUS_**&DEV_**&FUNC_**
    
    where the **'s may be any digits (assigned and created by Windows after detection of the PIXCI® frame grabber).[7] This entry must contain:
        Class=          "Unknown"
        ConfigFlags=    00 00 00 00
        DeviceDesc=     "PIXCI(R) PCI Video Capture Board"    (optional)
        Driver=         "Unknown\0000"                        (substitute 0000)
        Mfg=            "EPIX, Inc."                          (optional)
    
    where the ''0000'' is replaced by the sequential number used in the previous step.

  4. Restart Windows.

2.14.2. Windows 95, 98 - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW5.VXD (or EPIXXC32.VXD for version 2.0 and earlier) during Windows startup is limited to a small percentage of total computer memory.

A larger frame buffer memory can often be obtained by reserving memory before Windows starts.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. In C:\CONFIG.SYS, add a line:[8]
        DEVICE=C:\XCAP\Drivers\Win95\EPIXXC.SYS -IM <framebuffermemorysize>
    
    or
        DEVICE=C:\XCAP\Drivers\Win95\EPIXXC.SYS -OS <reservememorysize>
    
    after DEVICE=HIMEM.SYS, replacing ''<framebuffermemorysize>'' with the desired frame buffer memory size, in KiBytes. Alternately, the second form reserves ''<reservememorysize>'' KiBytes, for Windows and allocates (almost) all of the remaining memory for use as frame buffer memory.

  2. Edit the Windows' SYSTEM.INI file, add a section:
        [EPIX_XC]
        PIXCI=-IM 0
    
    so that EPIXXCW5.VXD (or EPIXXC32.VXD for version 2.0 and earlier) doesn't reserve and then waste additional frame buffer memory.

  3. Restart Windows.

This technique allows most of the computer's memory to be reserved as frame buffer memory (e.g. typically all but 8 or 16 MiBytes, as required by Windows). However, the memory is unavailable to Windows, even when the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver is not open.

If the specified amount of frame buffer memory could not be allocated, EPIXXC.SYS will attempt to allocate smaller amounts. If no memory can be allocated EPIXXC.SYS, will display an error message during Windows startup, and the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''.

This alternate frame buffer allocation method is not available under Windows ME.

2.14.3. Windows ME - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by EPIXXCW5.VXD during Windows startup is limited to a small percentage of total computer memory.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Windows ME, and then instructing EPIXXCW5.VXD to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Windows.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of forceful frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Restrict Windows to use no more than a set amount of memory: Edit the Windows' SYSTEM.INI file, add or modify the MaxPhysPage entry, specifying the maximum amount of memory to be used by Windows in units of 4096 byte pages, expressed in hexadecimal:
        [386Enh]
        MaxPhysPage=4000    ;; 64 MiByte in 4096 byte pages, in hexadecimal
    

  2. Edit the Windows' SYSTEM.INI file, add a section and entry:
        [EPIX_XC]
        PIXCI= -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
               -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
               -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all three fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    When using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of image memory, it may be necessary to append:

        -MU 0x01
    
    to the ''PIXCI'' field, conserving system memory mapping resources by not mapping the image memory directly into the application program's space. It may also be necessary to append:
        -MU 0x03
    
    which additionally conserves system resources by mapping memory only on demand.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified /MaxPhysPage limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! (i.e. for MaxPhysPage=4000 or 64 MiByte, the smallest valid value of -IA is 65536, not 64000!). Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

  3. Restart Windows.

For example, for a computer with 256 MiByte of memory, allocating 192 MiByte for Windows and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    MaxPhysPage=C000
and
    PIXCI = -IA 196608 -IM 65536 -MB 16384

2.14.4. Windows 95, 98, ME - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.14.4.1. Printer Port Authorization Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\Win95+\HLDINST.EXE -install
or:
    HARDLOCK\Win95+\HLDINST.EXE -help
for additional options.

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures for the printer port version of authorization keys.

  1. The file HARDLOCK.VXD must be copied to the Windows SYSTEM directory, typically:
        C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM
    
    or placed within the XCAP installation directory, typically:
        C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP\PROGRAM
    
Normally, all LPT ports are scanned for the authorization key. Should other hardware use, or overlap, one of the LPT I/O port addresses, the search may be restricted to specific I/O ports. In AUTOEXEC.BAT, specifying:
    SET HL_SEARCH=378p
    SET HL_SEARCH=278p,378p
forces only the I/O port addresses listed (in hexadecimal) to be searched. Note that setting HL_SEARCH from a DOS box has no effect, as the setting is not ''carried back'' from DOS into the Windows 95, 98, or ME environment.

2.14.4.2. USB Authorization Blue Keys

Run the authorization key utility program provided with XCAP from the chosen installation directory:

    > C:\Program Files\EPIX\XCAP
as:
    HARDLOCK\Win95+\HLDINST.EXE -install
or
    HARDLOCK\Win95+\HLDINST.EXE -help
for additional options. The authorization key's vendor does not provide detailed information regarding installation of drivers for USB port authorization keys.

 

2.15. For Linux

Super user privileges are required to complete the installation procedure.

  1. Install Files:

    1. If XCAP is provided on a CD or DVD:

      1. Assuming the CD/DVD has already been mounted, execute:
        /media/.../PIXCI(R)/XCAP/xcaplnx_i386.bin
        
        for 32-bit Linux, or:
        /media/.../PIXCI(R)/XCAP/xcaplnx_x86_64.bin
        
        for 64-bit Linux. Some systems mount the CD/DVD under /mnt/cdrom instead of /media/{loginname}.

      2. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is /usr/local/xcap, or /usr/local/xcap32 for 32 bit XCAP on an x86-64 platform.

    2. If XCAP is provided via the internet:

      1. Download:
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_i386.bin
        
        for 32-bit Linux and Intel i386; or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_x86_64.bin
        
        for 64-bit Linux and Intel x86-64; or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
        
        for 32-bit Linux and nVidia TK1 (ARM A15) or Boundary Devices NITROGEN6 (ARM imx6); or
        ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        
        for 64-bit Linux & nVidia TX1, TX2, Xavier, Xavier NX, Nano, Orin (ARM A57); from the EPIX, Inc. ftp site, or via the
            www.epixinc.com
        
        website.

      2. From a ''terminal'', change the downloaded program's mode:
            chmod a+x xcaplnx_i386.bin
            chmod a+x xcaplnx_x86_64.bin
            chmod a+x xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
            chmod a+x xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        
        and execute the downloaded program:
            ./xcaplnx_i386.bin
            ./xcaplnx_x86_64.bin
            ./xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
            ./xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        

      3. Follow the installation program's directions, such as to select an installation directory. The default installation directory is /usr/local/xcap, or /usr/local/xcap32 for 32 bit XCAP on an x86-64 platform.

      4. The downloaded .bin file may be deleted.

    3. The installation procedure creates a ''stub'' to start XCAP in one of the /usr/local/bin, /usr/bin, or /bin directories, which should already be in the user's execution ''PATH''. Several .txt files are installed under help in the installation directory containing these installation instructions, a list of distributed files, corrections or additions to this manual, or other up-to-date information. The pcitips.txt file provides the PCI Configuration Tips, with tips for resolving hardware and software conflicts.

    4. The installation procedure also, optionally, creates a desktop shortcut for XCAP. On some versions of Linux, the desktop manager may not show the shortcut created by the installer; using the Linux file browser, find, copy, and paste /usr/share/applications/xcap.desktop onto the desktop.

    5. For Intel i386 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP includes a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) and can use either the included JRE or a pre-installed JRE.

      For other platforms, XCAP expects a JRE to have been installed from the Linux distribution. Typically, using:

          apt-get update
          apt-get install openjdk-8-jre
      
      See a platform specific application note:

      • Installation: Boundary Devices NITROGEN6 (ARM imx6)

      • Installation: nVidia Nano (ARM Cortex-A57)

      • Installation: nVidia TK1 (ARM Cortex-A15)

      • Installation: nVidia TX1 (ARM Cortex-A57)

      • Installation: nVidia TX2 (ARM Cortex-A57)

      • Installation: nVidia Xavier (ARM Cortex-A57)

      • Installation: nVidia Xavier NX (ARM Cortex-A57)
      for tips on installing the Java JRE and other platform specific idiosyncrasies.

  2. Install Authorization Key (for XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd):

    1. XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd are provided with a printer port authorization key or an USB authorization key. XCAP-Lite is provided with a software Activation ID Code.

      The printer port authorization key is black and approximately the size and shape of a printer's parallel port connector (5.5×4.5×1.6 cm), but with two 25-pin connectors. If provided, connect the authorization key to any printer port. If a printer cable was attached to the printer port, reconnect the printer cable to the back of the authorization key; the authorization key will not affect normal printer operation.

      Do not connect the printer port authorization key to a 25-pin serial (RS-232) port, or to any other interface that happens to use the same style connector; the authorization key will not function, might be permanently damaged, and the warranty will be void!

      The Blue (older) or Green (newer) authorization USB key has the size and shape of a USB thumb drive (4 to 6×1.6×0.8 cm), with a standard USB-A 4-pin connector. If provided, connect the authorization key to a USB port.

      The authorization key must remain attached, to the printer port or USB port as appropriate, while XCAP is running. If the authorization key is missing, or disconnected while XCAP is running, then XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std or XCAP-Ltd, will behave similar to the XCAP-Lite version; selected image processing and analysis tools will not be operational.

      XCAP and its printer port authorization key is supported on Intel i386 platforms. XCAP and its Blue USB authorization key is supported on Intel i386 and x86-64 platforms. XCAP and its Green USB authorization key are supported on Intel i386 and x86-64 platforms as well as ARM aarch64 and armv7l platforms.

    2. Upon first use, XCAP will prompt for configuration as per the authorization key (including installation of drivers), or the software Activation ID Code.

      Subsequently, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup within XCAP, to change XCAP's configuration as per the authorization key or the software Activation ID Code.

  3. Install PIXCI® Frame Grabber Driver:

    1. The PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the PIXCI® driver.

  4. Configure Graphics Display:

    1. Configuring the graphics display to TrueColor or DirectColor modes (using XWindows terminology), or to 24 or 32 bit modes (using graphic display hardware terminology) is suggested for higher quality, and quicker display of images and overlay graphics.

      Within XCAP, the current graphics display configuration can be checked under Utility, Linux Info, X11.

  5. XCAP is now ready to run, by executing[9] ''xcap'', or by clicking the optional shortcut.

 

2.16. Linux Esoterica

2.16.1. Linux 2.4.x - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP provides convenient installation of the pixci_i386.o driver in most circumstances. The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Run
        insmod -o pixci [ --force ] pixci_i386.o [ "PIXCIPARM=<driver_config_parameters>" ]
    
    using --force if trying to install the driver under a different kernel than it was intended, and using PIXCIPARM= to specify any optional Driver Configuration Parameters described below. For example,
        insmod -o pixci [ --force ] pixci_i386.o "PIXCIPARM=-IM 8192"
    

  2. Run
        cat /proc/devices
    
    and note the major device number which is assigned to the pixci block device. Run
        rm -f /dev/pixci
        mknod /dev/pixci c <major_device_number> 0
        chmod 666 /dev/pixci
    
    If embedding these commands into a shell script:
        rm -f /dev/pixci
        mknod /dev/pixci c $(awk "\\$2==\"PIXCI(R)\" {print \\$1}" /proc/devices) 0
        chmod 666 /dev/pixci
    
    automatically ''reads'' and incorporates the major device number. The
        /dev/tty*
    
    nodes for optional Linux ''tty'' style access to the serial ports of Camera Link compatible PIXCI® cards are not supported under 2.4 kernels. The
        /dev/video*
    
    nodes for optional ''Video for Linux (V4L2)'' style access to video are not supported under 2.4 kernels

  3. For PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L frame grabbers, drivers other than those provided by EPIX, Inc. may have been installed during Linux's configuration. See http://will.freehosting.net/bttv-HOWTO.html, section 5.1 for information on removing the drivers. In brief, use
        lsmod
    
    for a list of currently installed modules and remove any named bt878 or bttv by using rmmod.

2.16.2. Linux 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP provides convenient installation of the:

pixci_i386.ko        (32 bit driver for Intel i386)
pixci_x86_64.ko      (64 bit driver for Intel x86-64
pixci_armv7l.ko      (32 bit driver for ARM armv7l)
pixci_aarch64.ko     (64 bit driver for ARM aarch64)
drivers in most circumstances. The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Use pixci.sh (and the pixci.rc implied by pixci.sh) files to install the required pixci_i386.ko, pixci_x86_64.ko, pixci_armv7l.ko, or pixci_aarch64.ko driver, configuring Linux to automatically load the driver upon execution and during subsequent reboots:
        pixci.sh install
                 <absolute path of directory containing pixci.rc>
                 <absolute path of directory containing pixci*.ko>
    
    The pixci.rc loads pixci_i386.ko, pixci_x86_64.ko, pixci_armv7l.ko, or pixci_aarch64.ko with Driver Configuration Parameters taken from /etc/default/pixci (re-read each time the driver is loaded).

  2. Optionally, for Linux ''tty'' style access to the serial ports of Camera Link compatible PIXCI® cards from third party applications, the pixcitty_i386.ko, pixcitty_x86_64.ko, pixcitty_armv7l.ko, or pixcitty_aarch64.ko drivers can be installed with:
        pixcitty.sh install
                    <absolute path of directory containing pixcitty.rc>
                    <absolute path of directory containing pixcitty*.ko>
    
    and its implied pixcitty.rc.

    The optional pixcitty_*.ko is NOT needed for access to the Camera Link serial port via XCLIB's proprietary API, nor is it needed by XCAP.

  3. Optionally, for Linux ''Video for Linux (V4L2)'' style access to the video from third party applications, the pixciv4l_i386.ko, pixciv4l_x86_64.ko, pixciv4l_armv7l.ko, or pixciv4l_aarch64.ko drivers can be installed with:
        pixciv4l.sh install
                    <absolute path of directory containing pixciv4l.rc>
                    <absolute path of directory containing pixciv4l*.ko>
    
    and its implied pixciv4l.rc, with ''V4L2'' configuration parameters taken from /etc/default/pixciv4l (re-read each time the driver is loaded).

    The optional pixciv4l_*.ko is NOT needed for access to captured images or video via XCLIB's proprietary API, nor is it needed by XCAP.

In some circumstances, it may be necessary to avoid use of pixci.sh and pixci.rc (and the implied use of Linux' /etc/rc for automatically loading of drivers during boot), and instead manually load the driver when needed.

  1. Run, as appropriate:
    insmod pixci_i386.ko    [ "PIXCIPARM=<driver_config_parameters>" ]
    insmod pixci_x86_64.ko  [ "PIXCIPARM=<driver_config_parameters>" ]
    insmod pixci_armv7l.ko  [ "PIXCIPARM=<driver_config_parameters>" ]
    insmod pixci_aarch64.ko [ "PIXCIPARM=<driver_config_parameters>" ]
    
    using PIXCIPARM= to specify any optional Driver Configuration Parameters described below. For example:
    insmod pixci_i386.ko    "PIXCIPARM=-IM 8192 -DM 1"
    insmod pixci_x86_64.ko  "PIXCIPARM=-IM 8192 -DM 1"
    insmod pixci_armv7l.ko  "PIXCIPARM=-IM 8192 -DM 1"
    insmod pixci_aarch64.ko "PIXCIPARM=-IM 8192 -DM 1"
    
    Some versions of insmod do not accept quoted spaces in the Driver Configuration Parameters; an underscore (i.e. ''_'') may be used instead of a space. For example:
    insmod pixci_i386.ko PIXCIPARM=-IM_8192_-DM_1
    

    To use the Driver Configuration Parameters as last set by XCAP's Driver Assistant and stored in /etc/default/pixci:

        insmod pixci_i386.ko PIXCIPARM=$(grep pixci.driver.parm= < /etc/default/pixci | sed -e "s/driver.pixci.parm=//"  -e "y/ \\\/__/")
    

  2. Run:
        cat /proc/devices
    
    and note the major device number which is assigned to the pixci block device. Run:
        rm -f /dev/pixci
        mknod /dev/pixci c <major_device_number> 0
        chmod 666 /dev/pixci
    
    If embedding these commands into a shell script:
        rm -f /dev/pixci
        mknod /dev/pixci c $(awk "\\$2==\"PIXCI(R)\" {print \\$1}" /proc/devices) 0
        chmod 666 /dev/pixci
    
    automatically ''reads'' and incorporates the major device number.

  3. Optionally, for Linux ''tty'' style access to the serial ports of Camera Link compatible PIXCI® cards run, as appropriate:
    insmod pixcitty_i386.ko      [ <tty_config_parameters> ]
    insmod pixcitty_x86_64.ko    [ <tty_config_parameters> ]
    insmod pixcitty_armv7l.ko    [ <tty_config_parameters> ]
    insmod pixcitty_aarch64.ko   [ <tty_config_parameters> ]
    
    The
        /dev/ttySPIXCI0
        /dev/ttySPIXCI1
        ...
    
    nodes for the first, second, etc. cards are created automatically.

    The ''tty'' configuration parameters are described in pixcitty.df. For example:

    insmod pixcitty_i386.ko      DEFAULT_BAUDRATE=9600
    insmod pixcitty_x86_64.ko    DEFAULT_BAUDRATE=9600
    insmod pixcitty_armv7l.ko    DEFAULT_BAUDRATE=9600
    insmod pixcitty_aarch64.ko   DEFAULT_BAUDRATE=9600
    

    The optional pixcitty_*.ko driver is used in addition to, and installed after, the corresponding pixci_*.ko driver. The optional pixcitty_*.ko is NOT needed for access to the Camera Link serial port via XCLIB's proprietary API, nor is it needed by XCAP.

  4. Optionally, for ''Video for Linux (V4L2)'' style access to the video from third party applications, run, as appropriate:
    insmod pixciv4l_i386.ko      [ <v4l_config_parameters> ]
    insmod pixciv4l_x86_64.ko    [ <v4l_config_parameters> ]
    insmod pixciv4l_armv7l.ko    [ <v4l_config_parameters> ]
    insmod pixciv4l_aarch64.ko   [ <v4l_config_parameters> ]
    
    The:
        /dev/video*
        ...
    
    nodes for the first, second, etc. cards are created automatically.

    The ''V4L2'' configuration parameters are described in pixciv4l.df. For example:

    insmod pixciv4l_i386.ko      STREAM_MODE=1  STREAM_BUFFERS=12
    insmod pixciv4l_x86_64.ko    STREAM_MODE=1  STREAM_BUFFERS=12
    insmod pixciv4l_armv7l.ko    STREAM_MODE=1  STREAM_BUFFERS=12
    insmod pixciv4l_aarch64.ko   STREAM_MODE=1  STREAM_BUFFERS=12
    

    The optional pixciv4l_*.ko driver is used in addition to, and installed after, the corresponding pixci_*.ko driver. The optional pixciv4l_*.ko is NOT needed for access to captured images or video via XCLIB's proprietary API, nor is it needed by XCAP.

  5. For PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L frame grabbers, drivers other than those provided by EPIX, Inc. may have been installed during Linux's configuration. See http://will.freehosting.net/bttv-HOWTO.html, section 5.1 for information on removing the drivers. In brief, use:
        lsmod
    
    for a list of currently installed modules and remove any named videodev, i2c, i2c-char, tuner, msp3400, bt878, or bttv by using rmmod.

2.16.3. Linux 2.4.x, 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

Under Linux, frame buffer memory must be allocated during the driver's installation.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

The requested frame buffer memory size must be specified in the Driver Configuration Parameters, described above, using parameter

    "-IM <memorysize>"
replacing the ''<memorysize>'' with the desired memory size in KiBytes. If no frame buffer memory size is specified, a default size of 4096 KiBytes is used under 32 bit Linux. 32768 KiBytes is used under 64 bit Linux.

Optionally,

    "-MB <memory_partition_size>"
specifies that the requested
    "-IM <memorysize>"
is to be allocated in blocks or partitions of the stated size. Requesting memory partitioned into blocks may allow receiving more memory that would be available as a single block. However, (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, and (b) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by the -IM parameter is needed as a DMA buffer (approximately 1 MiByte) and optionally for support of time stamping of captured frames as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter (see PIXCI® Driver Esoterica) specifies use of frame buffer memory for that purpose. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status.

Linux limits the maximum amount of allocatable frame buffer memory, dependent upon what other devices are installed, the computer's total memory size, and other factors. Installing the driver immediately after booting Linux improves the likelihood of being able to allocate large amounts of memory.

Linux may provide less frame buffer memory than was requested. If no memory could be allocated, the PIXCI® frame grabber will not be available, stating ''Can't allocate frame buffer memory''. Otherwise, within XCAP, the number of available frame buffers can be checked under PIXCI®, PIXCI® Video Setup, Resolution. As the frame buffer memory is allocated once during the driver's initialization; the contents of frame buffers are retained as XCAP is closed and restarted, but lost if the driver is uninstalled or Linux is restarted.

For the nVidia TK1 (ARM Cortex-A15), the nVidia TX1/TX2 (ARM Cortex-A57), the nVidia Nano (ARM Cortex-A57) and the Boundary Devices NITROGEN6 (ARM imx6) (but not the nVidia Xavier or Xavier NX), the amount of frame buffer memory that can be allocated is limited by the kernel's ''coherent pool'' size. For these embedded systems, the memory is split into various special purpose pools - unlike a typical desktop system. For the TK1, TX1, TX2, increasing the ''coherent pool'' size requires editing the /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf file and setting the ''vmalloc'', ''CMA'', and ''coherent-pool'' parameters. For the NITROGEN6, increasing the ''coherent pool'' size requires editing the /6x_bootscript.txt file and setting the ''coherent-pool'' parameter, followed by compilation of /6x_bootscript.txt via a Boundary Devices tool, and replacement of the /6x_bootscript file. Values for ''coherent-pool'' and other parameters must take into account all devices and requirements of the system.

2.16.4. Linux 2.4.x - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by pixci_i386.o during its installation may be limited to a small percentage of the computer's total memory.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Linux, and then instructing pixci_i386.o to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Linux.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Edit /etc/lilo.conf, restricting Linux to use no more than a set amount of memory: by copying an existing configuration group, adding mem=XXM (where XX is the memory size in MiByte) to the ''append'' line, and changing the prompt name. For example, changing:
        image=/boot/vmlinuz
            label=linux
            root=/dev/hda1
            append=" devfs=mount"
            read-only
    
    to
        image=/boot/vmlinuz
            label=linux+PIXCI
            root=/dev/hda1
            append=" devfs=mount mem=64M"
            read-only
    
    Add an ''append'' line, such as:
        append=" mem=64M"
    
    if not previously present. When booting, the modified ''label='' provides a reminder of the modified configuration being selected.

  2. Run
        lilo
    
    to compile and install the /etc/lilo.conf.

  3. Change the Driver Configuration Parameters. Add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified ''mem='' limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! (i.e. for mem=64M, the smallest valid value of -IA is 65536, not 64000!). Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[10] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  4. Reboot, using the newly added configuration.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Linux and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    mem=256M
in lilo.conf, and use:
    -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the Driver Configuration Parameters. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Some Linux 2.4.x systems may use grub.conf or menu.lst instead of lilo.conf for boot configuration; see Linux 2.6.x - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation for instructions regarding grub.conf or menu.lst.

2.16.5. Linux 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation

As described above, frame buffer memory allocated by pixci_i386.ko or pixci_x86_64.ko during its installation may be limited to a small percentage of the computer's total memory.

A larger frame buffer memory can be obtained by limiting the amount of memory recognized by Linux, and then instructing pixci_i386.ko or pixci_x86_64.ko to explicitly use a section of memory without allocating it from Linux.

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient configuration of frame buffer memory allocation. The following information allows manual configuration, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

  1. Edit /boot/grub/grub.conf (renamed to /boot/grub/menu.lst on some systems), restricting Linux to use no more than a set amount of memory: by copying an existing configuration group, adding mem=XXM (where XX is the memory size in MiByte) to the ''kernel'' line, and changing the prompt name. For example, changing:
        title Fedora Core (2.6.5-1.358)
            root (hd0,0)
            kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.5-1.358 ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet
            initrd /initrd-2.6.5-1.358.img
    
    to
        title Fedora Core (2.6.5-1.358) + PIXCI
            root (hd0,0)
            kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.5-1.358 ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet mem=64M
            initrd /initrd-2.6.5-1.358.img
    
    When booting, the modified ''title'' provides a reminder of the modified configuration being selected.

  2. Change the Driver Configuration Parameters. Add:
        -IA <image_memory_adrs_in_KiByte>
        -IM <size_of_image_memory_in_KiByte>
        -MB <image_memory_partition_size_in_KiByte>
        -BH <size_of_BIOS_hole_below_4GiB_in_KiByte>
    
    In practice, all four fields are on the same line.

    The -MB partition size specifies the size into which image memory is partitioned for the sake of virtual memory management: (a) Each frame buffer must be completely contained within a partition, (b) A value of 0 specifies that the entire image memory is to be handled as one partition, and (c) The maximum number of partitions is 256 under 32 bit operating systems, the maximum number of partitions is 256 under 64 bit operating systems. For most systems, a value of 8192 or 16384 is suggested; though the value need not be a power of two. Systems with very high resolution cameras using large frame buffers should choose the partition size carefully, so as to minimize the unusable memory remaining, smaller than a frame buffer, at the end of each partition.

    Be careful that the -IA address is equal to (or above) the specified ''mem='' limit - including exact base2 to base10 conversions! (i.e. for mem=64M, the smallest valid value of -IA is 65536, not 64000!). Likewise, be certain that the -IA plus -IM values do not exceed the amount of memory available!

    On a computer populated with 4 or more GiBytes of memory, some of the memory directly below the 4 GiByte address overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc.[11] and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers. The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. The -BH size may be set to 0 (or not specified) if the computer has significantly less than 4 GiBytes of memory.

    On computers with Intel vPro Technology, computer memory between the 768 MiByte and 1024 MiByte addresses may be reserved; the -IA address should not be lower than the 1024 MiByte address.

  3. Reboot, using the newly added configuration.

For example, for a computer with 1 GiByte of memory, allocating 256 MiByte for Linux and the remainder for frame buffer memory, use:

    mem=256M
in grub.conf (or menu.lst), and use:
    -IA 262144 -IM 786432 -MB 8192
in the Driver Configuration Parameters. Note that 262144 is 256×1024, and 786432 is (1024-256)×1024.

Some Linux 2.6.x systems may use the older lilo.conf instead of grub.conf for boot configuration; see Linux 2.4.x - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation for instructions regarding lilo.conf.

Forceful frame buffer memory allocation is not available for pixci_aarch64.ko on the nVidia/ARM TX/TX21/Cortex-A57.

Forceful frame buffer memory allocation is not available for pixci_armv7l.ko on the nVidia/ARM TK1/Cortex-A15.

Forceful frame buffer memory allocation is not available for pixci_armv7l.ko on the Boundary Devices/ARM NITROGEN6/imx6.

2.16.6. Linux 2.4.x, 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Authorization Key - Manual Installation

Use of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant within XCAP, provides convenient installation of the authorization key's driver(s).

The following information allows manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures.

2.16.6.1. Printer Port and USB Blue Authorization Keys

For manual installation, correcting problems, or integration with an OEM's procedures, installation instructions are provided in text file hardlock/INSTALL within the XCAP installation directory. Alternately, see the hardlock/drv/src_i386/Makefile for compiling the parallel port key driver under the current kernel, the hardlock/drv/pinst shell file for installing the parallel port key driver, and the hardlock/sbin/dinst shell file for installing the USB key daemon, all within the XCAP installation directory.

The parallel port key driver is needed under 2.4.x, 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, and 5.x i386 kernels even if the parallel port version of the key isn't used. Parallel port keys are not supported under newer x86-64 kernels; the hardlock/drv/src_x86_64/Makefile and related files are provided for legacy systems.

The printer port and Blue USB authorization key and drivers are not supported on ARM platforms.

2.16.6.2. USB Authorization Green Keys

From the XCAP chosen installation directory:

    > /usr/local/xcap
copy the:
    keylok/i386/z95_keylok.rules
or:
    keylok/x86_64/z95_keylok.rules
file to:
    /etc/udev/rules.d/
Or, execute:
    keylok/klinst keylok/i386
or
    keylok/klinst keylok/x86_64
Reboot Linux.

 

2.17. PIXCI® Driver Esoterica

The various Driver Configuration Parameters for all operating systems are summarized below.

The Driver Configuration Parameter string may contain any of the following parameters, separated by spaces, in any order. Each parameter's flag is followed by a number, whose value is interpreted as hexadecimal if preceded by ''0x'' or ''0X'', octal if preceded by ''0o'' or ''0O'', binary if preceded by ''0b'' or ''0B'', and is otherwise interpreted as decimal.


-BH n
If n≠0, the amount of memory space, in KiByte, directly below the 4 GiByte address which overlaps other hardware resources such as BIOS, memory mapped I/O, PCI configuration space, etc. and is unavailable to either the operating system or for use as frame buffers.[12] The usable frame buffer memory is therefore reduced by the amount by which the -IA address up to the -IA address plus -IM size overlap the 4 GiByte address minus -BH size up to the 4 GiByte address. Only used with forceful image frame buffer allocation, under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit, Linux 32 Bit, and Linux 64 Bit. Default: 0.

-BS n
If n≠0, per-frame buffer capture status is maintained. If n=0, per-frame buffer capture status is not maintained. Also see the -MU parameter. Default: 1.

-CL n
If bit 0x01 is set, Power over Camera Link (PoCL) is maintained after the PIXCI® frame grabber is closed and later reopened by software. Only selected versions of Camera Link PIXCI® frame grabbers support PoCL; older versions apply PoCL whenever the frame grabber is powered on; newer versions disable PoCL when the PIXCI® frame grabber is closed by software - subject to this option. Setting bit 0x01 will also disable running of ''data path'' startup diagnostics. Default: 0.

-CQ n
Size of queue for video capture enqueue/capture/dequeue services, i.e. pxd_quSnap and pxd_quLive. Queue size is low 10 bits of value (i.e. 0 through 1023) plus, if bit 0x8000 set, the current number of frame buffers (as per the size of frame buffer memory versus the current video resolution). The requested value is forced to the next highest power of 2 and forced to be no smaller than 2; however this behavior is subject to change. Under Windows 95, 98, and ME, the maximum value is 2. Default: 0.

-DM n
A bit map selecting which of the PIXCI® frame grabbers present should be used. The i'th bit of the bit-map selects the i'th board found, sequentially, on the PCI, PCIe, or ExpressCard bus(es). The relationship between bit i and the order of motherboard slots is motherboard, BIOS, and OS dependent and can not be specified or queried via XCAP.

For example, 0x01 selects the first board, 0x04 selects the third board, and 0b1001 selects the first and fourth board.

For the PIXCI® E1DB, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4TX2-2F, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, ECB2, EL1DB, ELS2, SI2, and SV7 frame grabbers which contain two independent functional units within a single physical board, and for the PIXCI® E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-F2B, and e104x4-f2b frame grabbers which contains three independent functional units within a single physical board, and for the PIXCI® E4G2-4B, E4TX2-4B, e104x4-4b, and SI4 frame grabbers which contain four independent functional units within a single physical board: Under Windows 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit, Linux 32 Bit, and Linux 64 Bit, each functional unit is handled as an independent frame grabber and may be opened and closed independently. Under other operating systems, the first functional unit (i.e. half, third, or quarter) must be opened before latter functional units of the same physical board. A bit map of 0b1101 selects the first half of the first physical PIXCI® E1DB, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4TX2-2F, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, EL1DB, ECB2, ELS2, SI2, or SV7 frame grabber and both halves of the second physical PIXCI® E1DB, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4TX2-2F, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, EL1DB, ECB2, ELS2, SI2, or SV7; 0b11111001 selects the first and fourth quarter of the first physical PIXCI® E4G2-4B, E4TX2-4B, e104x4-4b, or SI4 frame grabber and all quarters of the second physical PIXCI® E4G2-4B, E4TX2-4B, e104x4-4b, or SI4. Default: 0x01, except under a Windows Plug & Play O.S. where the default is a bitmap of all functional units of the first physical board.


-IA n
If n≠0, the physical address of memory, in KiByte, at which image frame buffers are assumed to start. Only used with forceful image frame buffer allocation, under Windows 95, 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit, Linux 32 Bit, and Linux 64 Bit. Default: 0.

-IM n
Requested size, in KiByte, to be reserved for the entire image frame buffer memory. Default: 32768 KiByte under Windows NT, 2000, XP, Vista 32-Bit, 7 32-Bit, and 8/10 32-Bit, 32768 KiByte under Windows XP(x64), Vista 64-Bit, 7 64-Bit, 8/10 64-Bit, 11 64-Bit, and Linux 64 Bit, 4096 KiByte for others.

For the PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2 which have on-board frame buffer memory, memory reserved by this parameter is needed for DMA buffers (approximately 1 MiByte). Memory reserved by this parameter is also, optionally, used for support of recording per-frame buffer capture status, as specified by the ''-MU'' parameter. Currently, 64 bytes are needed for each frame buffer's capture status. Default: 4096 KiByte.


-I2C n
Bit rate of the I2C or other two wire serial bus used within some PIXCI® frame grabbers. Specifies an upper bound for the bit rate; actual bit rate is dependent on characteristics of the computer system and is typically slower. Value of 0 selects predefined, board-dependent, default values.

Particularly useful for use with SILICON VIDEO® 10C6, 10M6, 1281M, 1281C, 1310, 1310C, 15C5, 1C45, 1M45 2112, 2112C, 2KS-C, 2KS-M, 5C10, 5M10, 642M, 642C, 643M, 643C, 9C10, 9M001, 9M001C, 9T001C, WGA-C, and WGA-M cameras; these SILICON VIDEO® camera heads use a I2C or similar two wire serial bus to control camera head features.

Does not affect the serial baud rate of Camera Link compatible frame grabbers.

Default: 0.


-LX n
If bit 0x20 is set, a high resolution kernel timer (i.e. ''do_gettimeofday'' for earlier kernels or ''getnstimeofday'' for kernel 5.x and later) is used for time stamping video events instead of ''jiffies'' and ''HZ''; however, the high resolution timer incurs additional overhead. Only used with Linux 32 Bit and Linux 64 Bit. The new -.TI option supersedes this option.

If bit 0x80 is set with non forceful memory allocation, frame buffer memory below 4 GiByte is requested; on 64 bit systems with more than 4 GiByte of memory, this allows allows use of 32 bit PCI cards. Option is quietly ignored for kernels that don't support the necessary feature(s).

Only used under Linux. Other bits to be described. Default: 0.


-MB n
If n≠0, the image frame buffer memory, of size specified by ''-IM'', is split into partitions of this size, in KiByte. Depending on operating system and ''-IA'' parameters, this may imply that each partition is individually allocated, so that a larger, total amount of memory can be allocated. Or that the contiguous memory is treated as individual partitions for the sake of the operating system and processor's virtual memory management, which could not otherwise ''map'' the entire frame buffer memory at once. In either case, (a) A single frame buffer can't extend across partitions, (b) The partition size should be a multiple of the frame buffer size so as to maximize the number of buffers and minimize wasted space, and (c) A maximum of 256 partitions is supported under 32 bit operating systems, a maximum of 256 partitions is supported under 64 bit operating systems. Default: 0.

-MH n
If n≠0, the amount of lower memory, in KiByte, to pass over before allocating the requested image frame buffer memory. This may be necessary for use with some graphics display or network interface cards which, a) May be allocating memory later than the PIXCI® driver, and b) May require memory with lower addresses. Only used with non-forceful image frame buffer allocation, under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit. Default: 0 KiByte under Windows NT, 2000, XP, Vista 32-Bit, 7 32-Bit, and 8/10 32-Bit; 512 KiByte under Windows XP(x64), Vista 64-Bit, 7 64-Bit, 8/10 64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit.

-MO n
Reserved for future use. Default: 0.

-MU n
If bit 0x01 is not set, the frame buffer memory is not mapped directly into the application's address space. If bit 0x02 is set, the frame buffer memory is not permanently mapped into the driver's address space. These options minimize use of the operating systems memory management resources, but may increase overhead in accessing frame buffer memory. These options are typically required when using very large amounts of frame buffer memory (typically, more than 1 or 2 GiByte under Windows NT, 2000, XP, Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit or more than a few hundred MiByte under Windows 95/98/ME), but are not currently supported for all Video Format Configurations.

If bit 0x04 is not set, the frame buffer memory is not cleared after allocation, minimizing delay, particularly when using several GiBytes of frame buffer memory.

If bit 0x08 is not set, a portion of frame buffer memory is reserved for recording each per-frame buffer's capture status, such as stamping the time of capture. Use of frame buffer memory for capture status may not be supported when using forceful image frame buffer allocation. If bit 0x08 is set, memory is allocated dynamically from the operating system for recording each frame buffer's capture status. The amount of space reserved, or the amount of space allocated, is proportional to the number of frame buffers. The dynamic memory allocation option is not available under Windows 95, 98, or ME; and the per-frame buffer status is discarded upon closing the PIXCI® frame grabber(s).

If bit 0x20 is not set, a portion of frame buffer memory is reserved for serial data buffers used in conjunction with Camera Link serial communication. (For the PIXCI® CL3SD which has on-board frame buffer memory, a small static buffer is used in place of frame buffer memory). If bit 0x20 is set, memory is allocated dynamically from the operating system for serial data buffers. The dynamic memory allocation option is not available under Windows 95, 98, or ME.

If bit 0x40 is set, the frame buffer memory and memory used for recording per frame buffer's capture status is cleared (i.e. set to zero) whenever the capture format resolution, bit depth, bit packing, or color space options are changed. This is intended so that display of the contents of the frame buffer(s), under the new format but before a new image is captured, will show a black image (or green for YUYV formats) rather than ''garbled'' pixel data. This option is ignored when using forceful image frame buffer allocation, or for frame grabbers with on-board frame buffer memory.

Default: 0x01 under Windows 95, 98, ME. 0x28 under Linux 32 Bit and Linux 64 Bit prior to kernel 4.x; 0x29 for kernel 4.x and later. 0x29 under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit.


-PO n
If n≠0, the polling period, in µseconds, for driver features that are not driven by an interrupt. Ignored under Tenberry DOS4GW DOS extender. Default: 5000 µseconds.

-QP n
The XCAP normally installs a bimodal interrupt handler so that XCAP interrupts are handled in both real and protected modes. The Tenberry DOS4GW DOS extender included with Watcom C/C++ does not have all of the features (DPMI services) required by XCAP, the Tenberry DOS4GW Professional DOS extender must be used. Alternately, if n≠0, an assigned auxiliary interrupt number (not IRQ number!) within Tenberry's range of auto pass-up interrupts: 0x08 to 0x2E. Only used with the Tenberry DOS4GW DOS extender. Default: 0.

-QS n
If n≠0, allow sharing the frame grabbers' assigned hardware interrupt with other devices. IRQ sharing is possible problem for cards using the older PCI bus w. IRQ pins, but not for cards using PCI Express and its Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI). Ignored under Tenberry DOS4GW DOS extender. Default: 1.

-QU n
If n≠0, utilize the frame grabbers' hardware interrupts. For PIXCI® A, A110, A310, CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1-PoCL, EB1mini, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, SI4, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L, SV7, and SV8 frame grabbers, the interrupt may be disabled if the polling period (-PO) is small relative to a field's period. For PIXCI® SV2 and SV3, disabling the interrupt will adversely affect all capture modes other than snap. For PIXCI® D, D24, and D32, the interrupt may be disabled only if the interrupt is not shared. For all PIXCI® frame grabbers operated under Tenberry DOS4GW DOS extender, use of hardware interrupts is required. Disabling use of interrupts is intended primarily for diagnosing interrupt conflicts, and is not recommended. Default: 1.

-SB n
Size of serial data buffers, in bytes, for PIXCI® frame grabbers supporting Camera Link cameras. Currently, the driver rounds the specified value to a power of 2. Default: 1024 bytes.

-SX n
Serial options, for PIXCI® frame grabbers supporting Camera Link cameras. If bit 0x01 is set, serial framing errors are ignored. Default: 0.

-SM n
Total amount of memory, in KiByte, on the computer system. This parameter and value is currently ignored by the PIXCI® driver, but used by XCAP's Driver Assistant in conjunction with -IM and -IA to note the ''context'' under which the -IM and -IA values were set.

Default: 0.


-XM n
If n≠0, reserve the proportionate share of image frame buffer memory for frame grabbers not opened by the first application, for use with other frame grabbers opened later. If 0, all image frame buffer memory is shared amongst the frame grabbers opened by the first application. Affects PIXCI® frame grabbers other than CL3SD and SI2, which have on-board frame buffer memory. Default: 1.

-SV5 n
Setting bit 0x02 enables compatibility with 430FX PCI controllers. Setting bit 0x04 enables compatibility with VIA/SIS PCI controllers. Only used with PIXCI® SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L. Default: 0.

-TI n
If n=0, time stamping video events is disabled.

Under Linux: If n=1, the ''jiffies'' and ''HZ'' are used for time stamping video events. If n=2, the high resolution kernel timer (i.e. ''do_gettimeofday'' for earlier kernels or ''do_getnstimeofday'' for kernel 5.x and later) is used for time stamping video events. If n=3, the ''get_jiffies_64'' is used for time stamping video events.

Under Windows 95, 98, and ME: If n=1, the ''Get_Last_Updated_System_Time'' is used for time stamping video events.

Under Windows NT: If n=1, the ''KeQuerySystemTime'' is used for time stamping video events.

Under Windows 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit: If n=1, the ''KeQuerySystemTime'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=2, the ''KeQueryPerformanceCounter'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=3, the ''KeQueryInterruptTime'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=4, the ''KeQueryTickCount'' is used for time stamping video events.

Under Windows 8/10 32/64-Bit and 11 64-Bit: If n=1, the ''KeQuerySystemTime'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=2, the ''KeQueryPerformanceCounter'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=3, the ''KeQueryInterruptTime'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=4, the ''KeQueryTickCount'' is used for time stamping video events. If n=5, the ''KeQuerySystemTimePrecise'' is used for time stamping video events.

Each option has various advantages and disadvantages, as described by the operating system's documentation. Default: For backward compatibility, time stamping as per -WT or -LX is used.


-WT n
If bits 0x05 are set to 0x01 or to 0x05, alternate methods of Windows NT resource allocation are used, avoiding problems seen on some motherboards where the same resources are assigned to multiple frame grabbers. Only used with Windows NT.

If bit 0x20 is set, a high resolution kernel timer is used for time stamping video events. Windows documentation states that use of this timer incurs additional overhead. Only used with Window NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit. The new -TI option supersedes this option.

If bit 0x80 is set, frame buffer memory below 4 GiByte is requested; on 64 bit systems with more than 4 GiByte of memory, this allows allows use of 32 bit PCI cards, and/or allows allows use of 32 bit applications. Only used with Window XP, XP(x64), Vista 64-Bit, 7 64-Bit, 8/10 64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit.

if bit 0x100 is set, the driver applies a patch so that the frame grabber can be opened after Windows awakes from sleep or hibernation modes. Only used with Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit.

If bit 0x200 is set, the driver does not use IOCTL ''DIRECT'' mode.

If bit 0x1000 is set, the driver implements a work-around so that Windows sleep or hibernation does not adversely affect the operation of older PIXCI® frame grabbers

Only used under Windows. Other bits to be described. Default: 0x20.


-XU n
If n≠0, allow other applications to share use of frame grabbers previously opened for use by the first application. Not supported under Windows 95, 98, ME: Default: 0. Supported under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit: Default: 1. Supported under Linux: Default: 0. Not supported under Tenberry DOS4GW DOS: Default: 0.

 

 

 

3. XCAP Software Guide

XCAP is a family of sophisticated, interactive, imaging programs specifically designed to support the PIXCI® series of frame grabbers, but also able to process and analyze images from other imaging sources. Several versions of XCAP are available: XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, XCAP-Ltd, XCAP-Lite, and XCAP-Viewer. All versions share the same user interface and menu structure, but selected features in XCAP-Std, XCAP-Ltd, XCAP-Lite, and XCAP-Viewer are not operational. XCAP is distributed on CD/DVD, or downloadable from the EPIX, Inc. website. After installation, a 12 character activation or ID code[13] is entered to configure XCAP as either XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, XCAP-Ltd,[14] or XCAP-Lite; or, lacking a valid activation or ID code, configured as XCAP-Viewer.

XCAP-Std is an interactive, imaging program designed for scientific, industrial, and machine vision applications. XCAP-Std supports the PIXCI® frame grabber, providing video format and resolution configuration; continuous (live), video rate sequence, and triggered capture; and single or sequence, zoomed or resized, display. The image frame buffers of PIXCI® frame grabbers can be loaded, examined, processed, analyzed, measured, printed, annotated, and saved.

XCAP-Std also allows loading, analyzing, modifying, and saving a pre-existing image or image sequence with size, pixel depth, and color space independent of the PIXCI® frame grabber's configuration; XCAP-Std can be used with pre-existing images even when the PIXCI® frame grabber is not present. XCAP-Std can also acquire images from TWAIN compliant devices.

XCAP-Plus provides extra, advanced, features in addition to all of the capabilities of the XCAP-Std, such as support for specialized, optional, hardware.

XCAP-Ltd is a simplified version of XCAP-Std. XCAP-Ltd provides the same image acquisition and PIXCI® frame grabber control capabilities, the same image display features, and the same image loading, examining, printing, and saving of single image or sequences of images. Only minimal image processing, measurement, analysis, and scripting features are functional. XCAP-Ltd can be used with pre-existing images even when the PIXCI® frame grabber is not present.

XCAP-Lite is a much simplified version of XCAP-Std. XCAP-Lite provides similar image acquisition and PIXCI® frame grabber control capabilities, video format and resolution configuration; continuous (live), video rate sequence, and triggered capture; and single or sequence, zoomed or resized, display. XCAP-Lite also provides some of the image loading, examining, printing, and saving features, but minimal processing, measurement, analysis, and scripting features are functional. XCAP-Lite allows loading and saving single images, as well as image sequences in TIFF format.

XCAP-Viewer allows browsing through the dozens of processing, measurement, analysis, and graphics features provided in XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, XCAP-Ltd, or XCAP-Lite. XCAP-Viewer can load and display pre-existing single images. The PIXCI® frame grabber can't be operated with the XCAP-Viewer version.

As XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, XCAP-Ltd, XCAP-Lite, and XCAP-Viewer share many common features, this manual typically refers to all versions as XCAP, except where explicitly differentiated.

The XCAP features are organized into two major types of windows, the Main Window and one or more Image Viewer Windows.

For each image, or sequence of images, an Image Viewer Window shows that image, or a selected image of that sequence, and via its menu bar allows viewing, examining, processing, analyzing, or drawing upon that image (sequence). The Image Viewer Window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers also provides features for capturing new images. There can be multiple Image Viewer Windows for the same image (sequence), allowing, for example, viewing the image both magnified (i.e. zoom) and unmagnified, or simultaneous viewing of different images of a sequence.

The Main Window allows creating new image (sequences), and thus new Image Viewer Windows, either by loading a new image from file, explicit specification of the new image's dimensions, or by opening the PIXCI® frame grabber for use. Video setup for the PIXCI® frame grabber, such as modifying the video resolution or color space, are also in the Main Window; these features may close and re-create the PIXCI® frame grabber's Image Viewer Window. The Main Window also provides features not directly associated with an image (sequence), such as scripts, RS-232 device control, and features to customize XCAP.

 

3.1. The Main Window

The XCAP main window provides a menu bar with File, Images, Scripts, Utility, PIXCI®, and Help features.

3.1.1. Main Window - File

The main window's File allows loading of pre-existing images into new image buffers, displaying attributes about pre-existing images, and acquiring images from TWAIN compliant devices.

The Load New Image and Load New Image Sequence creates a new image buffer (sequence) with dimensions, pixel depth, and color space matching a specified AVI (Audio Video Interleaved), BigTIFF (Tagged Image File Format extended for large file sizes), BMP (Bitmap), FITS (Flexible Image Transport System), JPEG (Joint Photographic Exports Group), PBM/PGM/PBM (Portable Bit/Gray/Pixel Map), TIFF (Tagged Image File Format), VIF (Video Frame Files - Video to Disk) or multimedia format file(s), and loads the image(s) from the file(s). This feature, and the image buffer (sequence) created, is unrelated to the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers. After creation and loading, the new image (sequence) is displayed, processed, and analyzed in a new instance of The Image Viewer Window, described below. Using wild cards, the Load New Image can also load multiple image files - each to their own new image buffer.

The Load New Image can also load images directly from an Internet URL.

The Image File Info displays information about a specified AVI, BigTIFF, BMP, FITS, JPEG, PBM/PGM/PPM, TIFF, or VIF format file without loading the image. The information displayed includes the image's dimensions, pixel depth, color space, palette option, and other file format specific information.

The TWAIN Select Source and TWAIN New Acquire allow using XCAP as a TWAIN Application, acquiring images from TWAIN compliant imaging devices (TWAIN Sources). The TWAIN Select Source allows selecting which TWAIN Source is to be used, and the TWAIN New Acquire allows acquiring one image from the TWAIN Source.

The Window List displays a list of active windows belonging to XCAP; selecting a window causes that window to appear, if previously hidden, and/or to appear over other windows (subject to the priority of selected windows to always appear ''on top'').

3.1.2. Main Window - Images

The main window's Images allows creating new image buffers and activating any existing image windows that may not be on-screen.

The New Image creates a new image buffer, or sequence of image buffers, with specified dimensions, pixel depth, color space, and palette. This feature, and the image buffer created, is unrelated to the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers. After creation, the new image is displayed in a new instance of The Image Viewer Window, as described below.

Underneath New Image are listed all existing image windows, whether for PIXCI® frame grabber frame buffers, or for independent image buffers. (The image window for PIXCI® frame grabber frame buffers appears only after the PIXCI® frame grabber has been opened for use, see below). An image window which has been closed and is thereby off-screen can be reactivated by clicking the image window's name.

3.1.3. Main Window - Scripts

The main window's Scripts provides features for recording and playing scripts. A script recording contains most of the user's interactions with the windows of XCAP; playing the script duplicates the original actions.

Some user actions are not recorded. Using the mouse to drag the cursor or other graphic across an image is not recorded as these actions are highly dependent upon image content (such as the typical scenario of dragging the cursor until it is positioned next to an artifact in a captured image), would likely be inappropriate to other captured images, and recording each mouse ''step'' would consume a significant amount of disk space. Instead, after positioning the cursor interactively the user can record the final position by clicking the appropriate numeric cursor coordinates. Similarly, the activation of a feature with shortcut keys or shortcut icons is not recorded; instead features can be activated via the non-shortcut alternative, which is recorded.

A recorded script is in a human readable form and can be altered with any common editor capable of handling ASCII text, allowing scripts to be modified or combined. A selected script may be executed automatically after XCAP starts, this feature is set in Utility, Program Setup, Startup Script.

The Load Tool Bar provides one or more user-defined tool bars of shortcuts, each shortcut represented by an icon which, when clicked, executes a user-specified script. Each shortcut may also specify an optional keyboard key which, when pressed, also executes the user-specified script.

The Script Remote Control allows using XCAP as a hidden, off-screen, ''black box''; any end-user application that can manipulate text files, can also remotely control XCAP.

3.1.4. Main Window - Utility

The main window's Utility provides an assortment of features that are of secondary importance; features that allow fine tuning of XCAP, or features needed in relatively few circumstances.

The Black Board allows customizing XCAP, creating non-procedural programs, and collecting data. The black board allows inter-connecting the numeric and text field of other windows; computed results, such as center-of-mass, may be written onto the black board - parameters for other features, such as the coordinates of a displayed grid, may be extracted from the black board - combining these automatically repositions the grid as the center of mass is recomputed! Other features allow computed values (similar to a spreadsheet), ''push''ing buttons, timed updates, creating a report to file or an RS-232 port, collecting data, and graphing the black board's contents.

A Message Log window lists warnings and errors that arise from performing various operations. By default, the message log window appears automatically when a message is added, and disappears a few seconds later. Auto appearance, auto hide, and audible clicks can be disabled (from the message log window's menu bar). The menu-bar's Message Log allows explicit activation of the message log window.

The Program Setup shows information about the installed XCAP components, such as their revision level, and sets various configuration options. For versions of XCAP that require an authorization key, it also shows the ID of the key required by the instant copy of XCAP.

The Program Setup allows specifying the name of a script to be executed when XCAP starts, whether warning pop-up windows (if any) are to be shown, whether previously saved settings are to be loaded, and other similar initial or terminal conditions.

The Program Setup also enables user-defined translation of XCAP labels and messages for use in non-English speaking countries.

The Windows Info displays information about the current Windows environment, such as memory usage and the graphics display system's features, as reported by Windows.

The Linux Info displays information about the current Linux environment, such as memory usage and the graphics display system's features, as reported by Linux. The Java Info displays information about the status of Java, under which XCAP runs. Both of these features are primarily of use in resolving questions submitted to EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

The Window Style allows setting some characteristics of XCAP windows, such as color or character size and font. Some characteristics of window style are instead controlled by the Windows Control Panel.

The Audio Clip (only under Windows) allows recording and playing short audio ''clips''.

The RS-232 Terminal allows ''raw'' communication with a camera or other device connected via the computer's RS-232 port. The RS-232 Terminal is designed specifically for device control, including options to communicate with byte values, rather than as a common ''terminal emulator''. XCAP may also provide more convenient, camera-specific ''smart'' controls, provided after a camera-specific frame grabber is opened, via the Capture - Adjustments.

The I/O Port Peek & Poke allows controlling arbitrary devices accessible via I/O port peeks and pokes. This feature must be used with caution; peeking or poking arbitrary ports will cause computer malfunction! This feature is only available under Windows 95, 98, and ME.

The Screen Capture allows capturing the current graphics display screen, saving the graphics to a file, or printing the graphics. The Screen Capture also allows capturing numeric and textual parameters into a text file, suitable for loading into a spreadsheet or other programs.

The Volpi intralux dc-1100 and Illumination Technologies 3900 provide support for controlling these light sources through their RS-232 ports.

The Birger EF232 provides support for controlling the Birger EF232 RS-232 Lens Mount.

The Fujinon CCTV Lens provides support for controlling Fujinon CCTV Lenses that follow the Fujinon C10 Protocol.

The Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit provides support for controlling the Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Units.

The Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal provides support for controlling the Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbals that follow the Sagebrush 2.0 Protocol.

The EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL, EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL, EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL, and EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL provide support for configuring the EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL, SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL, SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL, SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL, SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL, and SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL cameras via a virtual ''COM'' port (under Windows), a virtual ''ttyS'' device (under Linux), or a Camera Link Serial API DLL (i.e. a clserXXX.DLL, under Windows). These are provided for configuring the camera when using a frame grabber other than an PIXCI® frame grabber, leaving configuration of the frame grabber to its software. When using a PIXCI® frame grabber, the alternative PIXCI® - Open/Close is recommended as it provides integrated controls for both camera and frame grabber.

3.1.5. Main Window - PIXCI®

The main window's PIXCI® allows initiating access to the PIXCI® frame grabber and provides configuration options. Actual operation of the PIXCI® frame grabber is performed through the PIXCI® image viewer window's menu-bar.

The PIXCI® Open/Close allows opening access to, or closing access to, the PIXCI® frame grabber. Once open, the model, and submodel or preset camera & format selection, as appropriate, of the PIXCI® frame grabber is available via the Board Info button. After opening, the contents of the PIXCI® frame grabber's image frame buffer(s) are displayed in a new instance of The Image Viewer Window, along with a tool bar of PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture - Shortcuts and a status bar of Image Viewer - View - Status Bar are shown as described below.

The PIXCI® Video Setup allows configuring the video format, video resolution and other, model specific, video characteristics. For the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L models, the PIXCI® Video Setup allows selecting NTSC, RS-170, NTSC/S-VIDEO, CCIR, PAL, or PAL/S-Video formats, allows selecting the video window size, capture resolution, and other video acquisition characteristics.

For the PIXCI® SV7 models, the PIXCI® Video Setup allows selecting NTSC, RS-170, CCIR, or PAL formats , allows selecting the video window size, capture resolution, and other video acquisition characteristics.

For the PIXCI® SV8 models, the PIXCI® Video Setup allows selecting NTSC, RS-170, NTSC/S-VIDEO, CCIR, PAL, or PAL/S-Video formats, allows selecting the video window size, capture resolution, and other video acquisition characteristics.

For the PIXCI® A310 model, the PIXCI® Video Setup allows selecting Video 720x480i 60Hz (RS-170), Video 720x480i 60Hz RGB, Video 720x576i 50Hz (CCIR), Video 720x576i 50Hz RGB, Video 1920x1080i 60Hz, Video 1920x1080i 60Hz RGB, Video 1920x1080i 50Hz, Video 1920x1080i 50Hz RGB, Video 1920x1080p 60Hz, Video 1920x1080p 60Hz RGB, Video 1920x1080p 50Hz, Video 1920x1080p 50Hz RGB, Video 1280x720p 50Hz, Video 1280x720p 50Hz RGB, Video 1280x720p 60Hz, Video 1280x720p 60Hz RGB, RS330 720x480i 60Hz, RS343 875i 60Hz, RS343 875i 60Hz RGB, SVGA 800x600 60Hz, SVGA 800x600 60Hz RGB, SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz, SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz RGB, VGA 640x480 60Hz, VGA 640x480 60Hz RGB, XGA 1024x768 60Hz or XGA 1024x768 60Hz RGB formats, allows modifying the PLL, A/D, and sync processor parameters to accommodate other video formats, allows selecting the capture resolution, and selecting other video acquisition characteristics. For the PIXCI® A110 model, the PIXCI® Video Setup is similar, but does not allow selecting RGB formats.

For the PIXCI® CL1, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, and D3XE models, fewer options are provided, as these frame grabbers are each customized to specifically support one camera, or a related group if cameras. For the PIXCI® CL2, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB models, which provide universal support for Camera Link cameras, fewer options are provided. For the PIXCI® E8CAM, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 models, which support SILICON VIDEO® cameras, fewer options are provided. For all of these, a different camera can be selected, if available, via PIXCI® Open/Close, Camera & Format.

The current video setup is automatically saved when access to the PIXCI® frame grabber is closed, and reloaded when the PIXCI® frame grabber is later opened. The PIXCI® Export Video Setup and PIXCI® Import Video Setup may be used to explicitly save or reload the current video setup, such as to choose amongst several favorite setups, or to export the current video setup to the XCLIB library.

The PIXCI® Status shows the PIXCI® frame grabber's current status, such as the state of the general purpose (formerly referred to as an external TTL) trigger input(s) and output(s), the number of elapsed video fields, the board's model, submodel or preset camera & format selection, as appropriate, and configured image memory size.

The PIXCI® Serial Terminal allows ''raw'' communication with a camera connected to the serial port on selected models of the PIXCI® frame grabber. For many cameras, XCAP includes more convenient, camera-specific ''smart'' controls, provided after a camera-specific frame grabber is opened, via the Capture - Adjustments.

The PIXCI® Connections provides, as appropriate for the specific model of PIXCI® frame grabber, a map of the board's connections, connectors, option jumpers, and adjustments.

The PIXCI® Camera Info provides a list of cameras and video formats supported by XCAP and various PIXCI® frame grabbers. The PIXCI® Camera Info also allows viewing a non-operational Capture - Adjustments window (i.e. the ''Control Panel'', which provides integrated control of both frame grabber and any supported camera).

The PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery (only under Windows) allows using XCAP, in conjunction with the ''XCAP Sourcery'' TWAIN driver, as a component of a ''smart'' TWAIN Source, allowing other applications to capture images from the PIXCI® frame grabber, while XCAP provides frame grabber controls, camera controls, and, optionally, image preprocessing.[15] The PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery should not be confused with TWAIN New Acquire; the former allows XCAP to provide image data to other, TWAIN compliant applications; the latter allows XCAP to accept image data from other TWAIN compliant sources. The TWAIN New Acquire should never be used to attempt to acquire image data from the PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery!

The PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery (only under Windows) allows using XCAP, in conjunction with the ''XCAP Sourcery'' Image-Pro driver, as a component of a ''smart'' video source, allowing Image-Pro to capture images from the PIXCI® frame grabber, while XCAP provides frame grabber, camera controls, and, optionally, image preprocessing.[15]

 

3.2. The Image Viewer Window

Each image buffer (sequence), or frame buffer (sequence), is displayed in an image viewer window, which is the focus of activity for examining, processing, or analyzing that image buffer (sequence). The image viewer window provides a menu bar with File, View, Examine, Modify, Measure, Draw, AOI, and Help features. The image viewer window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer(s) also provides a Capture feature.

3.2.1. Image Viewer - File

The image viewer window's File allows saving, loading, or printing the image, shows information about the image's dimensions, pixel depth and color space, and allows closing the image viewer window.

The Load Image and Save Image allow saving or loading the image in a variety of file formats. The Load Image, unlike the Load New Image described above, loads an image file into the current image buffer, resizing and/or color converting to fit the image buffer's existing dimensions, pixel depth, and color space. The Load Image can also load images directly from an Internet URL.

For image viewer windows associated with an image buffer sequence, the Save Image Sequence and Load Image Sequence allow saving or loading multiple images of the sequence as a numbered sequence of image files, or as a single AVI, BigTIFF, FITS, PBM/PGM/PPM, or TIFF format image file with multiple images. Save Image can also save images directly to an FTP URL.

The E-Mail Image allows directly e-mailing the image, in a variety of file formats, from within XCAP.

The Print Image allows printing the image; either via the operating system's built-in image printing feature(s) which typically supports a wide variety of printers, or via EPIX® imaging drivers which support only the most popular printers, but providing precise control of print options.

The Image Attributes shows the image's (or image sequence's) dimensions, pixel depth, and color space.

The Duplicate Image and Duplicate Image Sequence allows creating a new image buffer and copying the current image, or creating a new sequence of image buffers and copying the current image sequence, respectively, in one step. It optionally allows copying the image's (or image sequence's) current appearance, as modified by the palette and graphics, instead of the underlying image (or image sequence).

The BlackBoard Image allows copying the image's pixel values into the Black Board.

The Close Viewer closes the window, but does not destroy the image (sequence). The Close & Dispose of Image closes the window and destroys the image (sequence). The image viewer window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer(s) does not provide a Close & Dispose of Image; an image viewer window is available whenever the PIXCI® frame grabber is open for use.

3.2.2. Image Viewer - View

The image viewer window's View provides options governing the appearance of the displayed image.

The Shortcuts allows activating or deactivating a tool bar of icons providing shortcuts for accessing often used features, and is described under Image Viewer - View - Shortcuts.

The Status Bar allows activating or deactivating a small status bar with current information, and is described under Image Viewer - View - Status Bar.

The Menu Bar allows activating or deactivating the menu bar; when deactivated, clicking the mouse right-click button allows restoring the menu bar.

For image viewer windows associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's image frame buffer(s), the Adjustments allows setting common adjustments, as suitable for the model of the PIXCI® frame grabber in use, and is described under PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture.

The Full Screen allows displaying the image in the full graphics display screen without the menu bar, centered with black border (if needed), and with little or no window ''frame'' around the image. The previous display mode can be restored via a mouse right-click.

The Always-On-Top allows forcing the image viewer window, and its subwindows, to always be ''above'' other windows; subject to the other windows' also requesting Always-On-Top, and the whims of the host operating system. This option is typically useful only when XCAP is being used in combination with other applications, such as in conjunction with the PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery or PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery feature. The Always-On-Top feature is only supported under Windows.

The Refresh forces the displayed image to be redrawn once; normally manual refresh is not needed, but occasionally, when the image was (partly) covered and uncovered by other window(s), the displayed image might ''forget'' to be updated.

For images composed of index pixels and palette, the Image's Palette allows manipulating the image's attached palette; for images of other types, the Image's Palette is not selectable. For all images, the Viewer's Palette allows manipulating a palette which is not attached to the image. Either can be used for contrast enhancement, adjustment of black level and gain, or, for monochrome images, false coloring. Either, or neither, of the palettes can be selected for use under Display.

For image sequences, the Sequence Play allows ''playing'' the sequence, image by image, at a selected rate.

The Sequence Thumbnails window shows each image of a sequence as a small ''thumbnail'' image, allowing compact presentation and review of the entire image sequence. Clicking on a thumbnail can select that image for display by the image viewer window.

The Cursor allows activating a cursor over the image, which may be positioned via coordinates, or by left clicking the mouse on an image feature.

The Display allows selecting how the image is displayed: (a) No resizing so there is a one to one relationship between an image pixel and a displayed graphics display pixel and is the quickest, although the entire image may not fit within the window and must therefore be panned and scrolled, (b) Resize by nearest neighbor which is relatively quick, or (c) Resize by bilinear interpolation which may produce better results for continuous tone images, but is slower. For the resize modes, the aspect ratio can also be modified. The Display allows selecting which palette, if any, is to be used during display and during file loads and saves. An option to display only even lines, or only odd image lines, allows avoiding interlace artifacts during display. For the image viewer window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer(s), the Display provides additional features, identical to the Live Options described below.

The Zoom, Pan, Scroll allows magnifying the displayed image, panning and scrolling to view different portions of the image under magnification. For image sequences, a specific image of the sequence can be selected for display. In addition to panning and scrolling via explicit coordinates and via scrollbars, holding the right mouse button and moving the mouse over the image also implements panning and scrolling. Optionally, the left or right mouse button can be used to increase magnification (i.e. zoom-in) or decrease magnification (i.e. zoom-out).

The Flip & Mirror allows flipping and mirroring the displayed image so that the top is displayed to the top, left, right, or bottom.

Each image buffer (sequence) may have several simultaneously active viewers, allowing, for example, viewing the same image buffer both magnified and unmagnified. The Launch 2nd Viewer creates a second image viewer window into the same image buffer (sequence), with the same features as the original image viewer window.

3.2.3. Image Viewer - Examine

The image viewer window's Examine provides options to examine the image.

The Pixel Peek allows numeric display of the pixel values in the vicinity of the image cursor — within a single image, or across a sequence of images, or of a multi-image stack. The feature also graphically displays each pixel's value or trends.

The Pixel Peek & Poke allows numeric display and modification of individual pixel values. The Pixel Peek & Poke also allows precise, single pixel, image editing.

The Pixel Plot displays a two-dimensional graph of pixels values along a selected image line or column, of all image lines or columns, of an image pixel as it varies across an image sequence, of rows or columns as they vary across an image sequence, or of a multi-image stack. The recent trends of pixel values can also be shown, as an fading ''echo,'' to help visually evaluate the fluctuations of live video or the effects of camera adjustments. Features attached to the graph show specific pixel values and descriptive statistics such as lowest value, highest value, mean value, and standard deviation.

The Pixel Plot 3D displays the numeric values of pixels as as a three-dimensional graph — from a single image or from a multi-image ''stack'' — with the image X and Y coordinates composing two dimensions, and the pixel values composing the third dimension.

The Pixel Magnifier allows enlarging an area of the displayed image, with an effect similar to using a magnifying lens. Optionally, contrast and other enhancements can be applied to the magnified area.

The SMPTE VITC allows searching the image for valid SMPTE Vertical Interval Time Codes and displaying the decoded codes.

3.2.4. Image Viewer - Modify

The image viewer window's Modify provides image processing operations which modify the image, modify each image (independently) in a sequence (typically named ''Sequence ...'') or modify one or more images in a sequence by combining data from across multiple images (typically named ''... Sequence ).''

The Patterns draws various test patterns in the image. The Sequence Patterns does the same on each image of a sequence.

The Set sets image pixels to a specified value. The Sequence Set does the same on each image of a sequence.

The Arithmetic provides pixel arithmetic, such as adding a constant value or multiplying by a constant value. The Sequence Arithmetic does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Arithmetic does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Binning provides averaging or integrating pixel values in ''bins'' of a checkerboard. The Sequence Binning does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Binning does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Contrast Modification allows modifying the image's contrast. The Sequence Contrast Modification does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Contrast Modification does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Convolution allows convolving the image with user-defined kernels. The Sequence Convolution does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Convolution does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Correlation Map allows correlating, or matching, a kernel image over a larger image, resulting in a profile image whose intensity, at each location, varies in proportion to the degree of match at that location. The Sequence Correlation Map does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Correlation Map does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Edge Detection provides Kirsch, Sobel, and other standard edge detectors. The Sequence Edge Detection does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Edge Detection does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The FFT provides Fast Fourier Transforms and Discrete Fourier Transforms. The Sequence FFT does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst FFT does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The HSB Tweak provides hue, saturation, and brightness adjustments within the HSB color space. While Arithmetic and other operations can optionally use the HSB color space to, for example, multiply all saturation values by a constant, the HSB Tweak allows adjusting selected portions of the HSB space, such as adjusting the brightness of red pixels with high saturation. The Sequence HSB Tweak does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst HSB Tweak does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Interlace & Flicker provides line and pixel shuffling operations. The Sequence Interlace & Flicker does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Morphology provides morphological operations with user-defined kernels. The Sequence Morphology does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Morphology does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Noise Generator allows adding pseudo-random noise with uniform and other distributions to an image. The Sequence Noise Generator does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Noise Generator does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Normalization provides intensity normalizations based upon a single image. The Sequence Normalization does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Normalization does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Rotation & Shift provides image rotations and shifts. The Sequence Rotation & Shift does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Rotation & Shift does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Spatial Filtering provides low pass, high pass, and other filters. The Sequence Spatial Filtering does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Spatial Filtering does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Spatial Normalization provides spatial normalizations based upon a single image. The Sequence Spatial Normalization does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Spatial Normalization does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Threshold allows thresholding an image against user-defined, fixed, boundary values. The Sequence Threshold does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Threshold does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Threshold Adaptive allows thresholding an image against boundary values that are automatically adjusted. The Sequence Threshold Adaptive does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Warping allows ''rubber-sheet'' transformations governed by a list of initial and final fiducial locations, governed by pincushion/barrel lens distortion, or specified by mathematical expressions. The Sequence Warping does the same on each image of a sequence. The Src+Dst Warping does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Copy & Resize allows copying and resizing an image from one image buffer to another. The Sequence Copy & Resize does the same on each image of a sequence.

The Pair Arithmetic provides pixel arithmetic, such as summation, between one image buffer and another. The Src+Dst Arithmetic does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Pair Normalization allows normalizing various intensity based attributes of an image, based upon a second reference, or background, image. The Src+Dst Pair Normalization does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Triplet Normalization allows normalizing various intensity based attributes of an image, based upon two other reference, or background, images. The Src+Dst Triplet Normalization does the same with distinct source and destination images.

The Average Sequence allows forming the average or sum of an image sequence.

The Difference Sequence allows forming the difference of each pair of images of an image sequence.

The Tile Sequence allows forming a grid of reduced images from an image sequence.

For image copy and other image processing operations utilizing a distinct source and destination, the image viewer window from which the operation is selected is always the modified destination; an image (or sequence) associated with a different image viewer window can be selected as the unmodified source.

3.2.5. Image Viewer - Measure

The image viewer window's Measure provides features for image measurement and analysis, including user-defined coordinate systems and mapping intensities into user-defined units.

The Intensity Calibration allows creating a mapping (correspondence) from monochrome image pixel values into user-defined units, for example from grey level into brightness, or grey level into density of material.

The Spatial Calibration allows creating a mapping (correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system. The H,V coordinates may be translated, scaled, and/or rotated with respect to X,Y coordinates.

The Histogram computes and displays a graph of an image's histogram.

The Histogram Pair computes and displays a graph of the histogram of difference of a pair of images.

The Mass & Moments computes and displays various moments of an image.

The Line Profile displays a two-dimensional graph of pixels values along an arbitrary oriented line, arc, polyline, Bezier, and other curves.

The Radial Mass Plot displays a two-dimensional graph of the sum of pixel values versus the pixels' distance from an origin.

The Ruler overlays a ruler on the image, with user-defined length, width, and tick marks, all based on the H,V coordinate system. Multiple rulers can be overlaid on each image.

The Protractor overlays a protractor on the image, with user-defined radius, arc, and tick marks, all based on the H,V coordinate system. Multiple protractors can be overlaid on each image.

The Cartesian Reticle overlays a Cartesian coordinate reticle on the image, based on the H,V coordinate system. Multiple Cartesian reticles can be overlaid on each image.

The Polar Reticle overlays a polar coordinate reticle on the image, based on the H,V coordinate system. Multiple polar reticles can be overlaid on each image.

The Distance & Angle Crosshairs provides spatial calibration and measurement of absolute position, relative position, length and angles. While these capabilities are also available elsewhere in Image Viewer - Measure and Image Viewer - Draw, the Distance & Angle Crosshairs collects chosen features to provide a single window with the equivalent of a so-called ''Video Crosshair Overlay & Measurement'' system.

The Shape Analysis provides descriptive statistics about the shape of elliptical, rectangular, or polygonal regions.

The Blob Analysis identifies image blobs, based upon thresholding the image into foreground and background, and provides descriptive statistics about the blobs found.

The Particle Tracking provides identification and tracking of particles (blobs) over a sequence of images. Individual particles are detected based upon a thresholded (bi-level) image. In one method, multiple image occurrences of a common particle are identified across a sequence of images by position extrapolation and verification. In a second method, vectors of particles that are close together are compared and expected to yield consistent magnitude and direction. In a third method, which requires the fewest setup parameters, common particles are grouped by nearest neighbor. For any method, the particle's trajectories are displayed and reported.

The SubPixel Edger overlays a line or curve tool on the image, analyzes the pixel values under the line or curve finding edges or lines to subpixel accuracy, and displays the position of the edges or lines both graphically, on the image, and numerically.

The Ellipse Fitter overlays an elliptical pattern of subpixel edger tools on the image, and computes a best-fit elliptical curve from the edges found.

The Correlation Finder correlates, or matches, a kernel image over a larger image, showing the coordinates of, and displaying a box around, the best match(es).

3.2.6. Image Viewer - Draw

The image viewer window's Draw provides features for drawing graphics and text over the image. One or more of: line, circle with aspect ratio correction, rotated rectangle, rotated ellipse, arc of circle with aspect ratio correction, arc of rotated ellipse, annulus, arc of annulus, rectangular frame, list of points, polygon, polyline (connected line segments not closed into a polygon), Bezier curve, or Bezier region (Bezier curve closed to form region), rotated text, and arrow may be overlaid over the image (non destructive) or written into the image. The individual menu items such as Text, Line, Rectangle, etc. allow quick drawing of graphics or text. The Graphic Manager permits drawing the same graphics or text, but in addition manages a list of graphic or text objects, including loading and saving of the graphic or text objects.

The Image Overlay feature allows overlaying a second image, containing graphics on a ''transparent'' background, over the current image.

The Paint Brush feature allows interactive ''painting'' onto the image with selectable color, patterns, and ''brush'' shapes.

The Paint Fill feature allows filling (flooding) an image region with ''paint'' of selectable color and patterns, using specified pixel values as the boundary terminating the ''filling''.

3.2.7. Image Viewer - AOI

The image viewer window's Aoi allows defining areas of interest (AOI) and regions of interest (ROI) upon which future image processing, measurement, analysis, print, load, and save features will operate. As used in XCAP, an ''AOI'' is a rectangular area with sides parallel to the image axis, while an ''ROI'' is of arbitrary shape, such as an ellipse or rectangle which may be rotated with respect to the image axis, or an arbitrary path or polygon. The image print, load, save, and many other features only allow use of an AOI; selected image processing, measurement, analysis and other features also allow use of an ROI.

The Set AOI defines the default area of interest and color space upon which future image processing, printing, load, and save features will operate.

The Set ROI defines the default region of interest and color space upon which future image measurement, analysis, and other selected features which accept an ROI will operate.

The Set Full Image quickly sets the default area of interest and region of interest to the image's full dimensions, and the default color space to the image buffer's natural color space, without entering the Set AOI or Set ROI window.

The AOI/ROI Manager maintains a list of often used areas of interest (AOI) and regions of interest (ROI).

Within each of the image processing, measurement, analysis, print, load, and save features a different AOI (or ROI, if applicable) can be selected, temporarily overriding the default AOI (or ROI). Within the feature, the new AOI (or ROI) can be specified numerically or interactively drawn, or an AOI (ROI) previously defined within the AOI/ROI Manager can be selected.

3.2.8. Image Viewer - View - Shortcuts

A tool bar of icons provides shortcuts for accessing often used features of The Image Viewer Window. Selected shortcuts can also be activated by key clicks when the tool bar window has the ''input focus'' (i.e. that window's title bar is highlighted). The shortcuts provided are:

  1. Switch to first buffer of sequence (Key HOME).

  2. Switch to next buffer of sequence (Key PAGE UP).

  3. Switch to previous buffer of sequence (Key PAGE DOWN).

  4. Switch to last buffer of sequence (Key END).

  5. Copy image to new image buffer.

  6. Adjust palette.

  7. Activate or deactivate zoom (i.e. magnification).

  8. Peek at numeric pixel values.

  9. Activate or deactivate cursor overlay.

  10. Draw a two-dimensional plot of line or column of pixel values.

  11. Draw a histogram of pixel values.

  12. Select: (a) Resizing of the image to fit The Image Viewer Window with correct aspect ratio, (b) No resizing so that there is a one to one relationship between an image pixel and a graphics display system's pixel thereby avoiding resizing artifacts (although the entire image may not fit within the window and must therefore be panned and scrolled, and the displayed aspect ratio will be incorrect for images whose aspect ratio differs from the graphic display system's aspect ratio), or (c) Resize the image via pixel decimation or replication thereby avoiding resizing artifacts (although the displayed aspect ratio will be incorrect for images whose aspect ratio differs from the graphic display system's aspect ratio).
The first four shortcuts appear only for The Image Viewer Window's which access a sequence of images.

The shortcuts may either be attached and part of The Image Viewer Window, or may be detached into its own window, as set by Display under Image Viewer - View.

3.2.9. Image Viewer - View - Status Bar

A status bar provides information about the image resolution, current cursor coordinates, current buffer of a sequence, and other similar information. The information to be shown can be selected by Display under Image Viewer - View.

3.2.10. PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture

The image viewer window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's image frame buffer(s) has Capture which provides for capturing images from the PIXCI® frame grabber and other features associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber. Any additional image viewer windows created by Launch 2nd Viewer do not provide Capture, but only view, modify, examine, and/or draw the frame buffers.

The Snap captures and displays a single image. The Live continuously captures and displays images; the UnLive terminates the Live mode, displaying the last captured image.

The First Buffer switches to the first buffer of the frame buffer sequence, the Last Buffer switches to the last buffer of the frame buffer sequence, the Next Buffer switches to the next buffer of the frame buffer sequence, and the Previous Buffer switches to the previous buffer of the frame buffer sequence.

The Adjustments allows setting common adjustments, as suitable for the model of the PIXCI® frame grabber in use. For the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L models, the Adjustments allows selecting the video input connection (N/A for PIXCI® SV5B) and adjusting the gain, black level, hue, and saturation.

For the PIXCI® SV7 model, the Adjustments allows selecting AGC and adjusting the gain, black level, hue, and saturation.

For the PIXCI® SV8 model, the Adjustments allows selecting AGC and adjusting the gain, black level, hue, saturation, and sharpness.

For the PIXCI® A110 and A310 models, the Adjustments allows adjusting the analog gain and offset, and the digital gain and offset. Less frequently used, and more esoteric, adjustments may be found under PIXCI® Video Setup, described above. For the PIXCI® CL1, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, and D3XE models, the Adjustments provide camera specific controls.

For the PIXCI® CL2, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB models, the Adjustments provide camera specific controls. Or, for ''Generic Camera Link'' mode, the Adjustments allow configuring the PIXCI® frame grabber's video resolution, trigger modes, bit depth, color space, etc. so as to be consistent with the camera.

For the PIXCI® E8CAM, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 models, the Adjustments provide camera specific controls.

The Adjustments also provide duplicate features to Snap, Live, UnLive, select the frame buffer, and set the video window size. A duplicate menu item to access Adjustments is provided under Image Viewer - View.

The Shortcuts activates or deactivates the PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture - Shortcuts, described below. A duplicate menu item to access Shortcuts is provided under Image Viewer - View.

The GIO Event Capture provides single or sequence image capture, each image triggered in conjunction with the frame grabber's general purpose (formerly referred to as an external TTL) input and output signals.

The Sequence Capture features allow capturing a timed sequence of images. The Sequence Capture features may be started by an event (trigger), run continuously until stopped by an event, or each individual image may be captured in response to an event. Events include mouse clicks, time of day, and the frame grabber's general purpose (formerly referred to as external TTL) inputs; when used with general purpose input events the Sequence Capture differs from GIO Event Capture in that the latter provides more options and higher accuracy and repeatability for the manipulation of the general purpose inputs and outputs in response to video timing. A time stamp feature allows recording the time that each image was captured, and either overlaying the time nondestructively or permanently marking the image with the time.

A variety of Sequence Capture features provide tradeoffs between capture rate vs. convenience vs. total number of images captured.

The Video to Frame Buffers captures sequences directly into pre-configured frame buffer memory, and can support any video rate or bandwidth.

The Video to Virtual Memory captures and copies sequences into convenient dynamically allocated host computer (virtual) memory, but may not support high video rate or bandwidth sequence capture for all cameras on all computers.

The Video to Disk File captures and copies sequences into a disk file in an efficient, internal format; after capture the sequence can be saved in a standard format.

The Video to Image Files captures and copies sequences directly into standard format image files, but may not obtain as high video rate capture as the Video to Disk File feature.

The Waterfall Display displays a chosen line of the frame buffer, in a ''waterfall'' fashion, updating the screen once per field, or as often as the host computer's speed allows. This feature is primarily intended for adjusting line scan type cameras. The waterfall display is intended only for viewing; it can't be analyzed, and can be saved only as a side effect of Screen Capture.

The Video to StreamStor (only under Windows) allows recording and playing video to and from Boulder Instruments StreamStor High-Speed Disk Recorders, allowing recording at video rate with almost all cameras and resolutions. The Video to StreamStor is provided only in the XCAP-Plus version.

The RGB Merge allows interpreting and viewing three monochromatic frame buffers as a single color (e.g. RGB) image, with adjustments for registration and coloring.

The Quad Pixel Merge allows interpreting and viewing four monochromatic frame buffers, each one captured after shifting the image sensor by ½ pixel horizontally and vertically, as a single high resolution image.

The Frame Average allows performing recursive, continuous, averaging of live video frames (or fields) and viewing the live result.

The Live Options combines the View - Display options, above, with additional choices governing Live mode. During Live mode, the PIXCI® frame grabber can: (a) Capture continuously into the specified frame buffer, however the image shown on the graphics display may contain portions from different video frames, (b) Snap, display on the graphics display, and repeat, however the image capture and display rate will be slower, or (c) Alternate capturing into the specified frame buffer and the last frame buffer (dual buffering). On host computers with insufficient PCI bandwidth to simultaneously capture into host computer memory and display from host computer memory to the graphics display, option (b) reduces the required bandwidth by approximately half.

The Lens Control - Birger EF232 allows controlling the aperture and focus of a compatible lens via a Birger EF232 Lens Mount. Both manual aperture and focus control, through the GUI, as well as automatic aperture and focus control, in response to the image intensity and sharpness, are provided.

3.2.11. PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture - Shortcuts

A tool bar of icons provides shortcuts for accessing often used features of the PIXCI® frame grabber, and is an extension of the Image Viewer - View - Shortcuts described above. Selected shortcuts can also be activated by key clicks when the tool bar window has the ''input focus'' (i.e. that window's title bar is highlighted). The shortcuts provided are:

  1. Switch to first buffer of frame buffer sequence (Key HOME).

  2. Switch to next buffer of frame buffer sequence (Key PAGE UP).

  3. Switch to previous buffer of frame buffer sequence (Key PAGE DOWN).

  4. Switch to last buffer of frame buffer sequence (Key END).

  5. Snap single image (Key S).

  6. Toggle between:

    • Live mode - continuously capture and display images (Key L), and

    • Unlive mode - cease continuously capturing and displaying (Key U).

  7. Duplicate image.

  8. Adjust palette.

  9. Activate or deactivate zoom (i.e. magnification).

  10. Activate or deactivate cursor overlay.

  11. Select: (a) Resizing of the image to fit The Image Viewer Window with correct aspect ratio, (b) No resizing so that there is a one to one relationship between an image pixel and a graphics display system's pixel thereby avoiding resizing artifacts (although the entire image may not fit within the window and must therefore be panned and scrolled, and the displayed aspect ratio will be incorrect for images whose aspect ratio differs from the graphic display system's aspect ratio), or (c) Resize the image via pixel decimation or replication thereby avoiding resizing artifacts (although the displayed aspect ratio will be incorrect for images whose aspect ratio differs from the graphic display system's aspect ratio).

  12. Peek at numeric pixel values.

  13. Draw a two-dimensional plot of line or column of pixel values.

  14. Draw a histogram of pixel values.

  15. Acquire sequence.

  16. Display sequence.

The shortcuts may either be attached and part of The Image Viewer Window, or may be detached into its own window, as set by Display under Image Viewer - View.

 

3.3. Other Features

Other useful features of XCAP are associated with many, or all, of its windows.

Most windows of XCAP provide fields for numeric entry. Typically, to the right of the numeric entry field are two up/down or left/right buttons. Left clicking a button allows incrementing or decrementing the numeric value. Left clicking within a button's shaded area yields larger increment or decrement values, depending on the distance from the opposite button.

Right clicking the numeric field, either button, or the area between buttons, yields an options menu. The options menu typically provides the following:

  1. Selecting the base to which integer numbers are displayed, or the format and precision to which non-integer numbers are displayed.

  2. Changing the increment and decrement values to be applied when the buttons are left clicked. Selecting whether the increment or decrement is added or subtracted, whether a percentage up or down, or is the number of ''steps'' unique to that numeric field.

  3. Activating a ScrollPad (a miniature scroll bar which overlays the displayed number) allowing adjustment of the numeric value with mouse clicks and drags.

  4. Selecting units and range for display of angles, such as 0 to 360 degrees, -180 degrees to +180 degrees, 0 to 2pi radians, or -pi to +pi radians.

  5. Selecting units for display of temporal intervals, such as milliseconds, seconds, minutes, or hours.

  6. Selecting units for display of lengths, such as millimeters, centimeters, meters, inches, or feet.

  7. Selecting units for display of frequencies, such as Hertz, kiloHertz, megaHertz, or the corresponding period in seconds, milliseconds, or microseconds.

  8. Selecting units for display of memory sizes, such as bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, gigabytes, or IEC kibibytes, IEC mebibyte, IEC gibibyte, etc.

  9. Selecting units for display of temperature, such as Fahrenheit, Celsius, or Kelvin.

  10. Connecting the field to receive new content from a specified cell of the Black Board, or connecting the field to transmit its content to a specified cell of the Black Board.

  11. Providing a larger Big Field in which to view or enter a number.

  12. Providing an Expression field in which a mathematical expression can be entered and evaluated to a numeric value.

  13. Providing editing controls such as Cut, Copy, Paste, and Delete.
Numeric fields which only display computed results, text entry fields, and text display fields, may provide some of the above options — accessed by right clicking the field.

Some numeric fields may have an associated, explicit, ''slider'' control in addition to the implicit ScrollPad. Right clicking the slider allows enlarging a portion of the slider's range for finer control.

Various windows of XCAP provide fields for entry of text, or file and path names. Right clicking the field yields an options menu. The options menu typically provides the following:

  1. Connecting the field to receive new content from a specified cell of the Black Board, or connecting the field to transmit its content to a specified cell of the Black Board.

  2. Providing a larger Big Field in which to view or enter text.

  3. Providing a history of previously used values, allowing convenient reuse without retyping.

  4. Providing editing controls such as Cut, Copy, Paste, and Delete.

  5. Automatically generating a unique file name representing the current date and time (for files to be saved or created).

Various windows of XCAP provide fields for entry of pixel colors. Typically, the color can be entered numerically, and a small color ''swatch'' appears next to the color entry field, showing the selected color. Right clicking the swatch activates a color cylinder from which new colors may be selected by mouse clicks.

Various windows of XCAP provide a drop-down list selection field. Right clicking the selection field yields an options menu which in turn provides a Search feature. The Search allows convenient searching through a long list of selections. Selected drop-down list selection fields may have an explicit, adjacent, Search button to access the same service.

For drop-down list selection fields used to select a serial ''COM'' port (for Windows) or ''ttyS'' device (for Linux), right clicking the selection field yields an options menu which in turn provides a Refresh feature which updates the list based on the operating system's currently installed ports or devices.

Editing of numeric and text fields follows standard conventions. In brief, mouse click once or use left/right arrow keys to position the caret - characters are inserted at the caret as typed. Double mouse click to highlight all text or single click and drag to highlight a portion of text - a Delete or Backspace removes the highlighted text, a character replaces the highlighted text, and the left/right arrow keys cancel the highlight mode.

Hovering the mouse over a numeric, text, list selection, checkbox, radio button, button, or other control will cause the associated Tool Tip, if any, to pop-up; the Tool Tip will automatically disappear. The Tool Tip can also be displayed by right-clicking on the control for its options menu, which in turn provides a Tool Tip feature; the Tool Tip must be explicitly closed. The Big Field, Expression, and Search features also display the Tool Tip.

The user interface can be navigated without a mouse by using Tab and Shift-Tab to shift input focus, arrow keys and PgUp/PgDn to scroll, arrow keys to select tabs and list items, Enter to select choices and push buttons, and Alt-Tab (under Windows) or Ctrl-Alt-Tab (under Linux) to select a Window.

 

3.4. Road Map - Main Window

Main Window

File Load New Image Load New Image Sequence AVI BigTIFF BMP FITS JPEG/JFIF TIFF Portable Map VIF (Video Frame Files - Video to Disk) Multimedia Image File Info TWAIN Select Source TWAIN New Acquire TWAIN Source Info Window List -- List of current windows Exit
Images New Image -- List of current images
Scripts Script Record Script Play Script Remote Control Script Edit Script Tools Load Tool Bar Freeze Display Thaw & Refresh Display
Utility Black Board Message Log Audio Clip (Windows only) RS-232 Terminal Screen Capture I/O Port Peek & Poke (Windows 95, 98, ME only) Program Setup Windows Info (Windows only) Linux Info (Linux only) Window Style Java Info Devices Birger EF232 Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL Fujinon CCTV Lens Illumination Technologies 3900 Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Volpi intralux dc-1100
PIXCI® PIXCI® Open/Close Multiple Devices Camera & Format Driver Assistant Advanced Board Info PIXCI® Video Setup Format (dependent on frame grabber) Resolution Sync Custom
PIXCI® Export Video Setup PIXCI® Import Video Setup PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery (Windows only) PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery (Windows only) PIXCI® Status PIXCI® Serial Terminal PIXCI® Connections PIXCI® Camera Info
Help About License XCAP Release Notes XCAP Reference Manual PCI Configuration Tips Getting Started w. XCAP (via Web) for PIXCI® A110 for PIXCI® A310 for PIXCI® CL1 ... for SILICON VIDEO® 10M6 for SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 ...

 

3.5. Road Map - PIXCI® Image Viewer Window

PIXCI® Image Viewer Window

File Save Image BigTIFF BMP FITS JPEG/JFIF Portable Map TIFF X/Y Binary X/Y ASCII
Load Image TIFF BigTIFF JPEG/JFIF BMP FITS Portable Map X/Y Binary X/Y ASCII
Save Image Sequence One AVI/DIB w. Sequence One AVI/MJPG w. Sequence One BigTIFF w. Sequence One FITS w. Sequence One Portable Map w. Sequence One TIFF w. Sequence One X/Y Binary w. Sequence One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence Sequence of BigTIFF Sequence of BMP Sequence of FITS Sequence of JPEG/JFIF Sequence of TIFF Sequence of Portable Map Sequence of X/Y Binary Sequence of X/Y ASCII
Load Image Sequence One AVI w. Sequence One BigTIFF w. Sequence One FITS w. Sequence One TIFF w. Sequence One Portable Map w. Sequence One X/Y Binary w. Sequence One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence Sequence of BigTIFF Sequence of BMP Sequence of FITS Sequence of JPEG/JFIF Sequence of TIFF Sequence of Portable Map Sequence of X/Y Binary Sequence of X/Y ASCII
E-Mail Image Save Frame Buffer Memory Load Frame Buffer Memory Print Image Duplicate Image Duplicate Image Sequence BlackBoard Image Image Attributes Close Viewer
View Shortcuts Adjustments Status Bar Menu Bar Full Screen Always-On-Top Refresh Image's Palette Viewer's Palette Black & Gain Numerically Band Coloring Bit Slice Bit Transposition White Balance
Sequence Play Sequence Thumbnails Cursor Display Zoom, Pan, Scroll Flip & Mirror Launch 2nd Viewer
Examine Pixel Peek Peek X/Y Peek X/B Peek Y/B Pixel Peek & Poke Pixel Plot Plot Row Plot Column Plot Buffer Plot All Rows
Pixel Plot 3D Pixel Magnifier SMPTE VITC
Modify Patterns [Sequence Patterns] Set [Sequence Set] Arithmetic [Sequence Arithmetic] [Src+Dst Arithmetic] Complement Pixels Bit Wise Logical AND Pixels w. Mask Bit Wise Logical XOR Pixels w. Mask Bit Wise Logical OR Pixels w. Mask Bit Shift Left Bit Shift Right Bit Rotate Left Bit Rotate Right Bit Gray Code Bit Gray Decode Bit Reverse Signed Bias to/from 2's Complement Add Constant with Pixels Multiply Constant with Pixels Add Uniform Random Dither to Pixels Add Gaussian Random Dither to Pixels Halftone, Threshold & Carry Halftone, Dot Construction Gamma Correction Pixie Minimum Pixie Maximum Pixie Mean Pixie Copy
Binning [Sequence Binning] [Src_Dst Binning] Average Integrate
Contrast Modification [Sequence Contrast Modification] [Src+Dst Contrast Modification] Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints Invert Contrast Histogram Modification
Convolution [Sequence Convolution] [Src+Dst Convolution] Convolve: Convolve(PixelValue) Convolve: Abs(Convolve(PixelValue)) Convolve: PixelValue Convolve(PixelValue) Convolve: PixelValue Abs(Convolve(PixelValue))
Correlation Map [Sequence Correlation Map] [Src+Dst Correlation Map] Edge Detection [Sequence Edge Detection] [Src+Dst Edge Detection] Edge Magnitude: Laplacian Edge Magnitude: Vertical Edge Magnitude: Horizontal Edge Magnitude: Sobel Edge Magnitude: Kirsch Edge Magnitude: Roberts Edge Gradient: Log Sobel Edge Gradient: Log Sobel Absolute Edge Gradient: Log Kirsch Edge Gradient: Log Roberts Edge Gradient: Thin, Minimal Effect Edge Gradient: Thin, Maximal Effect
FFT [Sequence FFT] [Src+Dst FFT] FFT to Log Magnitude Root Filter Gaussian Filter Inverse Gaussian Filter
HSB Tweak Interlace & Flicker [Sequence Interlace & Flicker] [Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker] Shuffle Line Order to Field Order Shuffle Field Order to Line Order Transpose Line Pairs Transpose Column Pairs Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs Shuffle Pixel Pairs to Line Pairs Shuffle Column Order to Even-Odd Halves Shuffle Even-Odd Halves to Column Order Shuffle Column Order to N Section Order Shuffle N Section Order to Column Order Deflicker: Average Line Pairs Deflicker: Filter Singularity Shift Half-Line Down Shift Half-Line Up Tap Correction: User Defined f(X,Y)
Morphology [Sequence Morphology] [Src+Dst Morphology] Erode Dilate Open Close Boundary Hit Miss Medial Axis Thin Skeleton Thin
Noise Generator [Sequence Noise Generator] [Src+Dst Noise Generator] Uniform Noise Gaussian Noise Rayleigh Noise Negative Exponential Noise Salt & Pepper Noise
Normalization [Sequence Normalization] [Src+Dst Normalization] Normalize Intensity, Blobs & Background Normalize Row Mean Normalize Column Mean
Rotation & Shift [Sequence Rotation & Shift] [Src+Dst Rotation & Shift] X, Y Shift Flip Skew Left/Right Skew Up/Down Rotate Rotate w. Offset
Spatial Filtering [Sequence Spatial Filtering] [Src+Dst Spatial Filtering] Low Pass Filter Sharpen Filter Median Filter Rank Low (Erode) Filter Rank High (Dilate) Filter Edge Enhance: Sobel Edge Enhance: Sobel Absolute Edge Enhance: Kirsch Edge Enhance: Roberts Horizontal Sharpen Filter Vertical Sharpen Filter Embossed Edges Emboss Enhance
Spatial Normalization [Sequence Spatial Normalization] [Src+Dst Spatial Normalization] Shift Center of Mass to Center
Threshold [Sequence Threshold] [Src+Dst Threshold] Threshold Adaptive [Sequence Threshold Adaptive] [Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive] Warping [Sequence Warping] [Src+Dst Warping] Warp: Src => Dst Fiducials Warp: Pincushion Distortion Warp: Barrel Distortion Warp: Pincushion Distortion, 1-D Warp: Barrel Distortion, 1-D Warp: Fisheye Lens Distortion Warp: Fisheye Lens Correction Warp: User Defined f(X,Y) Copy & Resize [Sequence Copy & Resize] Copy Copy & Resize Copy & Flip Copy & Overlay Copy & Retype Copy & Reorder Copy & Tile Pair Arithmetic [Sequence Pair Arithmetic] [Src+Dst Pair Arithmetic] Add: Dst+Src Modulo PixelSize Add: Min(Dst+Src, MaxPixValue) Subtract: (MaxPixValue+(Dst Src))/2 Subtract: (MaxPixValue+(Src Dst))/2 Subtract: (Dst Src)Modulo PixelSize Subtract: (Src Dst)Modulo PixelSize Subtract: (Src Dst)Modulo PixelSize Subtract: Max(Dst Src, 0) Subtract: Max(Src Dst, 0) Subtract: Abs(Dst Src) Bit Wise AND: Dst & Src Bit Wise XOR: Dst ^ Src Bit Wise OR: Dst | Src Average: (Src+Dst)/2 Product: (c0*Src+c1)*(c2*Dst+c3)/c4 Product: (c0*Dst+c1)/(c2*Src+c3) Ratio: (c0*Dst+c1)/(c2*Src+c3) User-Defined f(PixA, PixB)
Pair Normalization [Sequence Pair Normalization] [Src+Dst Pair Normalization] Contrast Modify & Match Background Correction, Subtractive Background Correction, Ratio Spot Mask Correction
Triplet Normalization [Sequence Triplet Normalization] [Src+Dst Triplet Normalization] Gain & Offset Normalization: MeanSrcB*(Dst-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA) Gain & Offset Normalization: MaxSrcB*(Dst-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA) Gain & Offset Normalization: MinSrcB*(Dst-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA)
Average Sequence Average Sequence Integrate Sequence Pixel Mean of Sequence Pixel Std. Dev. of Sequence Pixel Variance of Sequence Difference Sequence Tile Sequence
Measure Intensity Calibration Spatial Calibration Histogram Histogram Pair Mass & Moments Center of Mass Center of Mass, Binary Moments
Line Profile Radial Mass Plot Ruler Protractor Cartesian Reticle Polar Reticle Distance & Angle Crosshairs Shape Analysis Blob Analysis Particle Tracking SubPixel Edger Ellipse Fitter Correlation Finder
Draw Arrow Text Point Points Bezier Curve Circle Circle Arc Ellipse Ellipse Arc Line Parallel Lines Path Curve Polyline Rectangle Window Annulus Annulus Arc Bezier Region Elliptical Annulus Elliptical Annulus Arc Rectangle Array Path Enclosed Polygon Rectangular Frame Graphic Manager Image Overlay Paint Brush Paint Fill
AOI Set AOI Set ROI Set Full Image AOI/ROI Manager
Capture Adjustments Shortcuts Snap Live UnLive First Buffer Last Buffer Next Buffer Previous Buffer Sequence Capture Video to Frame Buffers - Single Sequence Video to Frame Buffers - Single Sequence w. Event Start Video to Frame Buffers - Single Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Frame Buffers - Continuous Sequence Video to Frame Buffers - Continuous Sequence w. Event Stop Video to Frame Buffers - Continuous Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Virtual Memory - Single Sequence Video to Virtual Memory - Single Sequence w. Event Start Video to Virtual Memory - Single Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Virtual Memory - Continuous Sequence Video to Virtual Memory - Continuous Sequence w. Event Stop Video to Virtual Memory - Continuous Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Disk File - Single Sequence Video to Disk File - Single Sequence w. Event Start Video to Disk File - Single Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Disk File - Continuous Sequence Video to Disk File - Continuous Sequence w. Event Stop Video to Disk File - Continuous Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Image Files - Single Sequence Video to Image Files - Single Sequence w. Event Start Video to Image Files - Single Sequence w. Event per Image Video to Image Files - Continuous Sequence Video to Image Files - Continuous Sequence w. Event Stop Video to Image Files - Continuous Sequence w. Event per Image Video to StreamStor (Windows only) GIO Event Capture
Waterfall Display Video to Disk RGB Merge Quad Pixel Merge Frame Average Lens Control Birger EF232 Live Options
Help Vis-a-Vis PIXCI® --- User's Manual (via Web) (for specific PIXCIXCAP in use) SILICON VIDEO® --- User's Manual (via Web) (for specific SILICON VIDEOXCAP in use, if any)

Optionally, the Main Window and the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window's may be combined (see Utilities - Program Setup) with the following features of the Main Window added to the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window:


File Window List -- List of current windows Image List -- List of current images Exit Utility Message Log Program Setup Windows Info (Windows only) Linux Info (Linux only) Window Style Java Info
PIXCI® PIXCI® Open/Close PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery (Windows only) PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery (Windows only) PIXCI® Connections PIXCI® Video Setup PIXCI® Serial Terminal
Help XCAP Release Notes XCAP Reference Manual PCI Configuration Tips License About

Optionally, if XCAP is intended to be used solely in conjunction with a TWAIN compliant application or with Image-Pro, many of the menu features of the Main Window and the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window may be removed so as to provide a simplified appearance (see Utilities - Program Setup). The same option also removes several PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture - Shortcuts and adds shortcuts duplicating features of the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery.

 

3.6. XCAP Software Feature Comparison

Feature XCAP-Plus XCAP-Std XCAP-Ltd XCAP-Lite XCAP-Viewer
(A) (A) (A) (A) (A)

File -
- Load New Image Yes Yes Yes Yes (C) Yes (C)
- Load New Image Sequence Yes Yes Yes Yes (C) Yes (C)
- Image File Info Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- TWAIN Select Source (Win) Yes Yes No No No
- TWAIN New Acquire (Win) Yes Yes No No No

Images -
- New Image (Workspace) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Scripts -
- Record Yes Yes No No No
- Play Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Remote Control Yes Yes No No No
- Load Tool Bar Yes Yes No No No

Utility -
- Black Board Yes Yes No No No
- Message Log Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Audio Clip (Win) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- RS-232 Terminal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Screen Capture Yes Yes Yes No No
- I/O Port Peek & Poke (W95) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Devices -
- Birger EF232 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Fujinon CCTV Lens Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Illumination Technologies 3900 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Volpi intralux dc-1100 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

PIXCI® -
- Open/Close -
- Single Board Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Multiple Identical Boards Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Multiple Different Boards Yes Yes No No No
- Frame Buffer Memory Limit -
w. PIXCI® CL3SD None (E) None (E) None (E) None N/A
w. PCI 32 bit None (E) None (E) 4 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. PCI 64 bit None (E) None (E) 4 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. PCI Express & 32 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 4 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. PCI Express & 64 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 8 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. ExpressCard/54 & 32 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 4 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. ExpressCard/54 & 64 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 8 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. mini PCIe & 32 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 4 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. mini PCIe & 64 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 8 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. M.2 & 32 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 4 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
w. M.2 & 64 bit O.S. None (E) None (E) 8 GiByte (E) 256 MiByte(E) N/A
- Driver Assistant/Wizard Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Video Setup Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Export Video Setup Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Import Video Setup Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- TWAIN Sourcery (Win) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Image-Pro Sourcery (Win) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Status Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Serial Terminal Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Connections Info Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Camera Info Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Camera Specific Controls Yes (F) Yes (F) Yes (F) Yes (F) No

Help -
- XCAP Release Notes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- XCAP Reference Manual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- PCI Configuration Tips Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Getting Started w. XCAP (via Web) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

File -
- Save Image Yes Yes Yes Yes (C) No
w. multi-thread compression Yes | Yes | No | No | No
- Save Image Sequence Yes Yes Yes Yes (C) No
w. multi-thread compression Yes | Yes | No | No | No
- Load Image Yes Yes Yes Yes (C) Yes (C)
- Load Image Sequence Yes Yes Yes Yes (C) Yes (C)
- E-Mail Image Yes Yes Yes No No
- Print Image Yes Yes Yes Yes (R) No
- Duplicate Image Yes Yes Yes No No
- Duplicate Image Sequence Yes Yes Yes No No
- BlackBoard Image Yes Yes No No No

View -
- Full Screen Yes (W) Yes (W) Yes (W) Yes (W) Yes (W)
- Frame-Less Full Screen Yes (W) Yes (W) Yes (W) No No
- Palette Yes Yes Yes Yes (G) Yes (G)
- Sequence Play Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Sequence Thumbnails Yes Yes Yes No No
- Cursor Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Zoom, Pan, Scroll Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Flip & Mirror Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Multi-thread/CPU rendering Yes Yes Yes No No
- Launch 2nd Viewer Yes Yes Yes No No

Examine -
- Pixel Peek X vs Y Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (H)
- Pixel Peek X vs B Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (H)
- Pixel Peek B vs Y Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (H)
- Pixel Peek & Poke Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Pixel Plot Row Yes Yes Yes Yes (I)(Y) Yes (I)(Y)
- Pixel Plot Column Yes Yes Yes Yes (I)(Y) Yes (I)(Y)
- Pixel Plot Pixel × B Yes Yes Yes Yes (I)(Y) Yes (I)(Y)
- Pixel Plot Rows × Y Yes Yes Yes No No
- Pixel Plot Rows × B Yes Yes Yes No No
- Pixel Plot Cols × X Yes Yes Yes No No
- Pixel Plot Cols × B Yes Yes Yes No No
- Pixel Plot 3D Yes Yes Yes Yes (S) Yes (S)
- Pixel Magnifier Yes Yes Yes (Z) No No
- SMPTE VITC Yes Yes Yes No No

Modify -
- Patterns Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Set Yes Yes Yes (J) Yes (J) Yes (J)
- Arithmetic Yes Yes No No No
- Binning Yes Yes No No No
- Contrast Modification Yes Yes No No No
- Convolution Yes Yes No No No
- Correlation Map Yes Yes No No No
- Edge Detection Yes Yes No No No
- FFT Yes Yes No No No
- HSB Tweak Yes Yes No No No
- Interlace & Flicker Yes Yes No No No
- Morphology Yes Yes No No No
- Noise Generator Yes Yes No No No
- Normalization Yes Yes No No No
- Rotation & Shift Yes Yes No No No
- Spatial Filtering Yes Yes No No No
- Spatial Normalization Yes Yes No No No
- Threshold Yes Yes No No No
- Threshold Adaptive Yes Yes No No No
- Warping Yes Yes No No No
- Copy & Resize Yes Yes No No No
- Pair Arithmetic Yes Yes No No No
- Pair Normalization Yes Yes No No No
- Triplet Normalization Yes Yes No No No
- Average Sequence Yes Yes No No No
- Difference Sequence Yes Yes No No No
- Tile Sequence Yes Yes No No No

Measure -
- Intensity Calibration Yes Yes No No No
- Spatial Calibration Yes Yes No No No
- Histogram Yes Yes No No No
- Histogram Pair Yes Yes No No No
- Mass & Moments Yes Yes No No No
- Line Profile Yes Yes Yes (K,L) Yes (I,K,L) Yes (I,K,L)
- Radial Mass Plot Yes Yes No No No
- Ruler Yes Yes Yes (K) Yes (K) Yes (K)
- Protractor Yes Yes No No No
- Cartesian Reticle Yes Yes Yes (K) Yes (K) Yes (K)
- Polar Reticle Yes Yes No No No
- Dist. & Angle Crosshairs Yes Yes No No No
- Shape Analysis Yes Yes No No No
- Blob Analysis Yes Yes No No No
- Particle Tracking Yes Yes No No No
- SubPixel Edger Yes Yes No No No
- Ellipse Fitter Yes Yes No No No
- Correlation Finder Yes Yes No No No

Draw -
- Arrow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Text Yes Yes Yes No No
- Point Yes Yes Yes No No
- Points Yes Yes Yes No No
- Bezier Curve Yes Yes Yes No No
- Circle Yes Yes Yes No No
- Circle Arc Yes Yes Yes No No
- Diamond Yes Yes Yes No No
- Ellipse Yes Yes Yes No No
- Ellipse Arc Yes Yes Yes No No
- Line Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Parallel Lines Yes Yes Yes No No
- Path Curve Yes Yes Yes No No
- Polyline Yes Yes Yes No No
- Rectangle Yes Yes Yes No No
- Window Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Annulus Yes Yes Yes No No
- Annulus Arc Yes Yes Yes No No
- Bezier Region Yes Yes Yes No No
- Elliptical Annulus Yes Yes Yes No No
- Elliptical Annulus Arc Yes Yes Yes No No
- Rectangle Array Yes Yes Yes No No
- Path Enclosed Yes Yes Yes No No
- Polygon Yes Yes Yes No No
- Rectangular Frame Yes Yes Yes No No
- Graphic Manager Yes Yes Yes (B) Yes (B) Yes (B)
- Paint Brush Yes Yes Yes No No
- Paint Fill Yes Yes Yes No No
- Image Overlay Yes Yes No No No

Capture -
- Snap (Video) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Live (Video) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Frame Date&Time Stamp Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- First Buffer Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Next Buffer Yes (M) Yes (M) Yes (M) Yes (M) No
- Previous Buffer Yes (M) Yes (M) Yes (M) Yes (M) No
- Last Buffer Yes (M) Yes (M) Yes (M) Yes (M) No
- Adjustments -
- Snap/Live Buffer Number Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Resolution (video window) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- Camera Specific Controls Yes (F) Yes (F) Yes (F) Yes (F) No
- Color & White Balance Yes (N) Yes (N) Yes (N) Yes (N) No
- SILICON VIDEO(R) AWB Yes (N) Yes (N) Yes (N) Yes (N) No
- Auto Gain/Exposure Control Yes (O) Yes (O) Yes (O) No (O) No
- SILICON VIDEO(R) AGC/AEC Yes (O) Yes (O) Yes (O) Yes (O) No
- Pixel Normalization (FFC) Yes (V) Yes (V) Yes (V) Yes (V) No
- Auto Contrast Enhancement Yes (X) Yes (X) Yes (X) No (X) | No
- Manual Contrast Enhancement Yes (X) Yes (X) Yes (X) Yes (X) | No
- Load & Save Presets Yes Yes Yes No No
- Shortcuts Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- GIO Event Capture Single Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- GIO Event Capture Sequence Yes Yes Yes No No
- Waterfall Display Yes Yes Yes Yes No
- RGB Merge Yes Yes Yes No No
- Frame Average Yes Yes No No No
- Quad Pixel Merge Yes Yes No No No
- Lens Control -
- Birger EF232 Yes Yes Yes(U) Yes(U) No

Sequence Capture (Single Sequence and Continuous Sequence) -
- to Frame Buffers Yes (E) Yes (E) Yes (E) Yes (P)(E) No
- to Frame Buffers at Event Yes Yes Yes No (Q) No
- to Virtual Memory Yes Yes Yes (T) Yes (P)(T) No
- to Virtual Memory at Event Yes Yes Yes (T) No (Q) No
- to Image Files Yes Yes Yes Yes (D) No
- to Image Files at Event Yes Yes Yes No No
- to Image Files - FTP Copy Yes Yes Yes No No
- to Image Files - HTTP Server Yes Yes Yes No No
- to Disk File Yes Yes No No No
- to Disk File at Event Yes Yes No No No
- to StreamStor (Win) Yes No No No No

Notes: (A) For XCAP-Lite, the PIXCI® frame grabber is assumed installed and open for use, otherwise XCAP-Lite provides the same features as XCAP-Viewer. Use of XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, or XCAP-Ltd with missing authorization key provides the same features as XCAP-Lite. Use of XCAP without activation code, or never having been configured for an authorization key, provides the features of XCAP-Viewer.
(B) The Save, Import, and Export Graphic features are not available in XCAP-Viewer, XCAP-Lite, or XCAP-Ltd.
(C) For XCAP-Viewer, images may not be saved; images may not be loaded directly from an Internet URL. For XCAP-Lite, Save Image Sequence is only available in TIFF format; images may not be loaded directly from, or saved to, an Internet URL; and does not support image ''stack'' options.
(D) For XCAP-Lite, the Sequence Capture to Image Files only supports TIFF format.
(E) The maximum amount of frame buffer memory is dependent on a the characteristics of the PIXCI® imaging card, the operating system, and of XCAP software. The PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2 have on-board frame buffer memory, other PIXCI® imaging cards use computer based frame buffer memory. The PIXCI® CL1, CL2, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, SI, SV2, SV3, SV4, and SV5 are designed to access up to 4 GB of computer memory. The PIXCI® A110, A310, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI1, SI4, SV7, and SV8 are designed to access up to 16 EiByte of computer memory (a theoretical limit, as no currently available computer system provides 16 EiByte of memory). For XCAP-Lite, a maximum of 256 MiByte of computer based frame buffer memory is supported (but allows one full resolution image buffer w/out size restriction). On 32 bit systems, XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd support up to 4 GiBytes of computer based frame buffer memory. On 64 bit systems, XCAP-Plus and XCAP-Std supports up to 16 EiByte of computer based frame buffer memory; XCAP-Ltd supports up to 8 GiByte of computer based frame buffer memory. The maximum available computer based frame buffer memory is also limited by the computer hardware, configuration, and memory used by the operating system and other applications.
(F) Camera specific controls provided for cameras supported by PIXCI® E8CAM, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4, and for many digital cameras supported by PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB; the 'PIXCI® Camera Info' feature shows the specific, customized, support provided for each camera.
(G) For XCAP-Lite and XCAP-Viewer, the Palette feature does not include save, load, import, or export, nor the ''Extract Bright/Dark Reference'' features.
(H) The Save Data feature is not available in XCAP-Viewer.
(I) For XCAP-Lite and XCAP-Viewer, the Pixel Plot feature does not include statistics, save, export, or multi-image ''stack'' or ''plank'' options. For XCAP-Viewer, the Pixel Plot feature does not include printing.
(J) For XCAP-Ltd, XCAP-Lite, and XCAP-Viewer, the Modify, Set feature does not include non-rectangular regions.
(K) For XCAP-Ltd, XCAP-Lite, and XCAP-Viewer, the Measure features do not include calibration.
(L) For XCAP-Ltd, XCAP-Lite, and XCAP-Viewer, the Line Profile is limited to straight lines.
(M) Subject to the amount of frame buffer memory versus image resolution yielding more than one frame buffer.
(N) Software implemented White Balance and Color Corrections (in contrast to a camera's feature) is provided for SILICON VIDEO® and other selected cameras; XCAP-Lite provides automatic, continuous, white balance (AWB) only for SILICON VIDEO® cameras. The XCAP-Lite does not provide custom color calibration from a Macbeth chart or other color reference.
(O) Software implemented AGC/AEC (in contrast to a camera's feature) is provided for selected cameras; of those, XCAP-Lite provides AGC/AEC only for SILICON VIDEO® cameras.
(P) For XCAP-Lite, the Sequence Capture does not include the graphic overlay of time stamp features, nor the strobe features added by software (as selected in the Sequence Capture dialog); any strobe features provided by the PIXCI® frame grabber or camera (either inherent or selected in the Capture & Adjust dialog) are available.
(Q) For XCAP-Lite, ''triggered'' sequence capture is provided when the camera is, itself, triggered (often referred to as ''Async Reset Mode''); sequence capture from a free-running camera where the trigger or event is handled separately is not provided.
(R) For XCAP-Lite, the image printing feature only supports use of the operating system's image printing feature(s), not printing via EPIX® imaging drivers.
(S) The Save Graphics, Save Data, Export Data, or multi-image ''stack'' features are not available in XCAP-Viewer or XCAP-Lite. The Print feature is not available in XCAP-Viewer.
(T) For XCAP-Lite, the sequence capture to virtual memory is limited to using 1 GiByte of virtual memory For XCAP-Ltd, the sequence capture to virtual memory is limited to using 4 GiByte of virtual memory. The operating system's configuration may impose additional limitations.
(U) Interactive control of the lens is provided, but not automatic aperture or automatic focus features in XCAP-Viewer or XCAP-Lite.
(V) Software implemented Pixel Normalization or Flat Field Correction (in contrast to a camera's feature) is provided for SILICON VIDEO® and other selected cameras; of those, XCAP-Lite does not provide Pixel Normalization in generic Camera Link mode.
(W) Frame-less full screen is not available in XCAP-Lite, XCAP-Viewer, or under Linux.
(X) Software implemented Contrast Enhancement (in contrast to a camera's feature) is provided for selected cameras; of those, XCAP-Lite provides manual, but not automatic contrast enhancement.
(Y) The Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data, and Descriptive Statistics features are not available in XCAP-Viewer or XCAP-Lite.
(Z) The Contrast and other enhancements of the magnified area not available in XCAP-Ltd.
(W95) Feature available only under Windows 95, 98, and ME.
(Win) Feature available only under Windows.


 

 

 

4. Main Window

The XCAP Main Window allows creating a new image or new image sequences, and thus new Image Viewer Windows, either by loading a new image from file, explicit specification of the new image's dimensions, or by opening the PIXCI® frame grabber for use. Video setup for the PIXCI® frame grabber, such as modifying the video resolution or color space, are also in the Main Window; these features destroy and re-create the PIXCI® frame grabber's Image Viewer Window.

The Main Window also provides features not directly associated with an image (sequence), such as scripts, RS-232 device control, and features to customize XCAP. Some of these topics are discussed under Utilities.

 

4.1. File - Load New Image

The File - Load New Image window allows loading an image from a file into a new image buffer. Using wild cards, multiple image files can be loaded - each to their own new image buffer. Images can also be loaded directly from an Internet URL into a new image buffer. The new image buffer is automatically sized - width, height, pixel depth and color space - to match the image file.

If File is selected, the image is to be loaded from a file pathname. If URL is selected, the image is to be loaded from an Internet URL. If Files is selected, one or mere images are to be loaded from a file pathname utilizing wild cards.

The Image File field allows explicit entry of a path and file name. Alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. After selection, either the BigTIFF, BMP, FITS, JPEG/JFIF, Multimedia, PortableMap, TIFF, or Unknown selection is shown; only BigTIFF, BMP, FITS, JPEG/JFIF, Portable Bit/Gray/Pixel Map (PBM/PGM/PPM), TIFF, and some multimedia format image files can be loaded from this window[15] (but see Images - New Image and the Image File - Load Image in the image viewer's window for loading X/Y format files into a manually created image buffer). XCAP does not require the file name's extension to be the customary extension; although using .btf for BigTIFF format, .bmp for BMP format, .fts for FITS format, .jpg for JPEG format, .tif for TIFF format, etc., is recommended.

The File Names Wild field allows explicit entry of a path and file name using wild cards; a ''?'' matches any one character of the file name, a ''*'' matches zero or more characters of the file name.

The Image URL field allows explicit entry of an Internet URL of an image ''file''. The URL should have a format similar to:

    ftp://domain.com/pretty.tif
    ftp://ftp.domain.com/pretty.tif
    http://domain.com/sequence/picture00.tif
    http://www.domain.com/sequence/picture00.tif
and be publicly accessible. The same file formats as above are supported, however when loading from an Internet URL the customary file name extension must be present.

For image files where each pixel is an index into the attached palette, the Load Pixels+Palette selection allows creating a corresponding image buffer with attached palette. Saving the image buffer yields an image file which also contains pixel indices into an attached palette. The Load Pixels as Grey Level selection allows creating an image buffer where each index pixel is interpreted as a grey level and the attached palette is ignored. Saving the image buffer yields a monochrome image file without palette. The Load Pixels as True Color selection allows creating an image buffer where each pixel is color, initialized by interpreting the index pixels with the attached palette. Saving the image buffer yields a true color image file.

If Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the file's ''last modified'' time as reported by the operating system. The Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time option is not available when a URL is used. If Date&Time Stamp: Set from Image's Tag is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the file's internal date and time tag, if any; not all image formats support internal date and time tags. If Date&Time Stamp: Don't Set is specified, the image's date and time stamp is not changed.

The Image Name field allows entering a short name which appears in the title of windows associated with the new image buffer; if using ''Files'' mode, the Image Name is automatically set to each file's file name. The Description field allows entering a longer, arbitrary, description which is attached to the new image buffer.

After selecting a file name and options, The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

After the image file(s) are loaded into a new image buffer, a new The Image Viewer Window displays each image and provides examination, processing, and analysis features on the image. If the image buffer has been modified, upon the buffer's being destroyed or XCAP being closed, a pop-up dialog will prompt whether the image buffer should be saved to the original file name.

 

4.2. File - Load New Image Sequence

The File - Load New Image Sequence window allows loading an image sequence from a sequence of files into a new sequence of image buffers. The new image buffers are automatically sized - width, height, pixel depth and color space - to match the first image file of the sequence.

The File Name Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru fields allows explicit entry of a path and numeric sequence of file names. The File Name Pattern is expected to contain one or more ''?'' characters; all such characters are replaced with decimal numbers incrementing from the sequence starting number (following as) through the sequence ending number (following thru). For example,

    File Name Pattern:  c:\images\experiment????.tif
                Index:  ?
                as:     45
                thru:   47
represents a sequence of 3 files, namely:
    c:\images\experiment0045.tif
    c:\images\experiment0046.tif
    c:\images\experiment0047.tif
The Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box; after selecting a specific file name with the browser, the result in File Name Pattern can be modified, inserting ''?'' characters to represent the sequencing characters. If Check Exist is not selected, no warning is given if any of the specified files do not exist.

Alternately, a file name representing a single AVI, BigTIFF, FITS, Portable Bit/Gray/Pixel Map (PBM/PGM/PPM), TIFF or VIF file containing a sequence of images can be specified.

After file name selection, one of One AVI w. Sequence, One BigTIFF w. Sequence, One FITS w. Sequence, One Portable Map w. Sequence, One TIFF w. Sequence, One VIF w. Sequence, Two VIF Slices w. Sequence, Sequence of BigTIFF's, Sequence of BMP's, Sequence of FITS's, Sequence of JPEG/JFIF's, Sequence of Multimedia's, Sequence of Portable Map's, Sequence of TIFF's, or Unknown selection is shown; only AVI, BigTIFF, BMP, FITS, JPEG/JFIF, Portable Bit/Gray/Pixel Map (PBM/PGM/PPM), TIFF, VIF, and some multimedia format image files can be loaded from this window[16]. (but see Images - New Image and the Image File - Load Image or Image File - Load Image Sequence in the image viewer's window for additional methods of loading images into an image buffer created explicitly).

The VIF, or Video Frame Files, are video sequences created by Capture - Video to Disk File. In addition to the image data file, typically .vif, the corresponding .fmt and .ini files must be present. The Two VIF Slices w. Sequence variant supports cameras that use two capture cards and thus produce two VIF files, one per capture card; each VIF file contains a portion of every image in the sequence.

For image files where each pixel is an index into the attached palette, the Load Pixels+Palette selection allows creating a corresponding image buffer with attached palette. Saving the image buffer yields an image file which also contains pixel indices into an attached palette. The Load Pixels as Grey Level selection allows creating an image buffer where each index pixel is interpreted as a grey level and the attached palette is ignored. Saving the image buffer yields a monochrome image file without palette. The Load Pixels as True Color selection allows creating an image buffer where each pixel is color, initialized by interpreting the index pixels with the attached palette. Saving the image buffer yields a true color image file.

If Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the file's ''last modified'' time as reported by the operating system. The Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time option is not available when a URL is used. If Date&Time Stamp: Set from Image's Tag is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the file's internal date and time tag, if any; not all image formats support internal date and time tags. If Date&Time Stamp: Don't Set is specified, the image's date and time stamp is not changed.

The Image Name field allows entering a short name which appears in the title of windows associated with the new image buffer. The Description field allows entering a longer, arbitrary, description which is attached to the new image buffer.

If Preload into Memory is selected, sufficient memory for the entire sequence is allocated, and all images are loaded at once. If Load on Demand - View & Modify is selected, images from the files are loaded, unloaded, and automatically saved as needed, using memory for a only single image buffer. If Load on Demand - View Only is selected, images from the files are automatically loaded and reloaded as needed, using memory for a only single image buffer. The Preload into Memory is commonly used for small image sequences which fit in the computer's (virtual) memory; Load on Demand is necessary for large image sequences which would not fit in the computer's (virtual) memory. Only the Preload into Memory option is available for a sequence of multimedia images. Only the Load on Demand option is available for VIF images.

After selecting a file name pattern and options, The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

After the image buffers are created, a new The Image Viewer Window displays the images and provides examination, processing, and analysis features on the image sequence.

If the Preload into Memory option is used, and the image sequence has been modified, upon the buffers' being destroyed or XCAP being closed, a pop-up dialog will prompt whether the image buffers should be saved to the original file names.

 

4.3. File - Image File Info

The File - Image File Info allows obtaining information about an image file, such as the width, height, pixel depth, and color space, without loading the image into an image buffer.

The Image File field allows explicit entry of a path and file name. Alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. After selection, information about AVI, BigTIFF, BMP, FITS, JPEG/JFIF, Portable Map (PBM/PGM/PPM), TIFF, or VIF format image files is displayed.

For BigTIFF or TIFF format image files containing more than one image, the Image Subfile allows selecting the specific image within the file for which information is shown.

 

4.4. Images - New Image

The Images - New Image allows creating an image buffer, or a sequence of image buffers with specified width, height, pixel depth and color space.

The Image Width (X) specifies the number of pixels per line, the Image Height (Y) specifies the number of pixels per column. The Sequence Length specifies the number of image buffers in the sequence, or may be 1 for an individual image buffer. The Color Space specifies the color space of the image, such as monochrome, RGB, HSB, YCrCb, CMY, or CMYK, and indirectly specifies the number of numeric components per pixel, shown as Pixies per Pixel, such as 1 component for monochrome pixels, or 3 components for RGB pixels. The Bits per Pixie specifies the number of bits, and thus the range of levels, allowed for each pixel value component.

A typical image specification is:

    Image Width (X)     = 752
    Image Height (Y)    = 480
    Sequence Length     = 1
    Color Space         = Grey Level
    Bits per Pixie      = 10
    Pixies per Pixel    = 1
which yields a monochrome image with 1024 grey levels. Or:
    Image Width (X)     = 2048
    Image Height (Y)    = 2048
    Sequence Length     = 8
    Color Space         = RGB
    Bits per Pixie      = 8
    Pixies per Pixel    = 1
which yields a sequence of 8 images, each RGB with 24 bit pixels (8 bits for red, 8 bits for green, 8 bits for blue).

If Color Space was chosen as Index+Palette, the Bits per Pixie implies the number of distinct indices and the number of palette entries. The Palette Color Space and Palette Pixies per Pixel then specify the actual image color space and ultimate pixel depth. A typical image specification is:

    Image Width (X)             = 640
    Image Height (Y)            = 480
    Sequence Length             = 1
    Color Space                 = Index+Palette
    Bits per Pixie              = 4
    Pixies per Pixel            = 1
    Palette Color Space         = RGB
    Palette Pixies per Pixel    = 8
which yields an image with 16 distinct colors, each chosen from a 24 bit palette (16777216 colors). If an image sequence is being created (i.e. Sequence Length is greater than one), then if Sequence's Palette of Common to All is selected, a single palette is used for all images in the sequence; if Unique to Each is selected, a unique palette is provided for each image in the sequence.

The Pixel Aspect Ratio specifies the default aspect ratio at which the image pixels will be displayed.

The Image Name field allows entering a short name which appears in the title of windows associated with the new image buffer. The Description field allows entering a longer, arbitrary, description which is attached to the new image buffer.

The maximum number of pixels per column and the maximum number of pixels per row supported by XCAP is theoretically 231 divided by the number of bytes required per pixel. In practice, the host hardware, memory, and operating system limit the maximum image size to much smaller dimensions. The maximum number of bits per pixie is 16 for monochrome, RGB, CMY, and CMYK color spaces. The HSB and YcrCb color spaces currently only support 8 bits per pixie.

After selecting the parameters, The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

After the image buffer is created, a new The Image Viewer Window displays the image and provides examination, processing, and analysis features on the image(s). Pixel values in the created image are initialized to 0, and the palette, if used, is initialized to an identity mapping (correspondence) (i.e. pixel value 0 is displayed as intensity 0, pixel value 1 is displayed as intensity 1, etc.).

 

4.5. Scripts

The Main Window's Scripts provides features for recording and playing scripts. A script recording contains most of the user's interactions with the windows of XCAP; playing the script duplicates the original actions.

A selected script may be executed automatically each time XCAP starts, this feature is set in Utilities - Program Setup.

One or more user-defined tool bars of shortcuts can be created, with the effect of each shortcut defined by executing a script.

Scripts and a remote control feature, allows using XCAP as a hidden, off-screen, ''black box''; any end-user application that can manipulate text files, can thereby remotely control XCAP.

4.5.1. Scripts - Record

The Scripts - Record allows automatic recording of most of the user's interactions with the windows of XCAP.

The Record to File field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box.

After selecting a file name, the Record button begins recording, and the Stop button terminates recording.

Some user actions are not recorded. Using the mouse to drag the cursor or other graphic across an image is not recorded as these actions are highly dependent upon image content (such as the typical scenario of dragging the cursor until it is positioned next to an artifact in a captured image), would likely be inappropriate to other captured images, and the recording could consume a excessive amount of disk space. Instead, after positioning the cursor interactively the user may record the final position by clicking the appropriate numeric cursor coordinates. Features in ''foreign'' windows, such as the file browser, printer setup, or TWAIN access, are not recorded.

While recording, the Insert Comment button allows inserting comments into the recorded file; the comments have no effect upon playback. The Insert Dialog Pause button allows inserting a message pause into the recorded file; upon playback a dialog window shows the message, pauses script playback, and requests the user's acknowledgment before the script playback resumes. Pressing either button activates a text field in which the comments or message can be written; but the button press, and additions to the text field, are not themselves recorded in the script. For Insert Dialog Pause, a Modal Dialog option allows selecting whether upon playback the dialog pause window is modal (no other XCAP windows can be manipulated until the modal dialog is closed), or non-modal.

While recording, the Insert Timed Pause button allows inserting a timed pause into the recorded file; upon playback the script halts, silently, for the specified timed interval.

While recording, the Insert Modalized Dialog button allows marking an existing dialog as modal. Upon playback, the script pauses until the modal dialog is closed. If Modalize Now, Too is selected, the dialog is marked as modal during recording too, so that the behavior of the GUI during recording better matches the behavior upon script playback.

While recording, the Options button provides several additional options. If Ignore Window Move is selected, any movement of windows are not recorded into the script. If Ignore Window Resize is selected, any resizing of windows are not recorded into the script.

If Inc/Dec Effect is Absolute is selected, any increment or decrement of a Numeric Field Options is recorded as the final, resulting, value; on playback the field is set to the recorded value. If Inc/Dec Effect is Relative is selected, an increment or decrement is recorded as an increment or decrement; on playback the field is incremented or decremented from its then current value.

If File Browse Effect is Interactive is selected, use of a Browse button while recording causes the file browsing dialog to appear during playback; the path and file name selected while recording is ignored in favor of the path and file name selected during playback. If File Browse Effect is Recorded is selected, use of a Browse button while recording causes the path and file name selected via the standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box to be recorded; the file browsing dialog does not appear during playback.

If File/Path Effect is Full Path is selected, the full path and file name is recorded; if File/Path Effect is File Name is selected, only the file name is recorded so that the effective path name is relative to the Data Directory or Scripts Directory (as appropriate) in effect during playback (see Utilities - Program Setup).

4.5.2. Scripts - Play

The Scripts - Play allows playback of a previously recorded script.

The Play from File field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box.

The Delay Each Action specifies a delay, in seconds, for each ''action'' in the script, allowing ''slow motion'' playback of a script.

The Repeat Script Count allows specifying that playback of the script should be repeated, and the number of times of repetition. The Delay Each Repeat specifies a delay, in seconds, between each repetition of the script.

After starting an operation, scripts normally wait for the operation to finish before continuing the script. If Wait for Processing is not selected, the script will start the operation and not wait for its completion. If End Wait for Processing is selected, following the end of the script the completion of all operations is awaited; the End Wait for Processing has no effect if Wait for Processing is selected.

A warning is posted if an operation, started by the script, and being waited upon, consumes more time that specified by the Slow Processing Warning, in seconds, thereby delaying the scripts execution. Offending operations are not terminated; only a warning is given. No warning is posted if Slow Processing Warning is set to 0 (seconds).

If Ignore Window Move is selected, any movement of windows recorded into the script are ignored. If Ignore Window Resize is selected, any resizing of windows recorded into the script are ignored.

Rename Dialog w. File Name is selected, the Scripts dialog title is changed to reflect the script's file name. This option may be helpful when using one script which, in turn, starts other scripts as script's reference the dialog to be acted upon by the dialog's title.

After selecting a file name, the Play button begins playback, the Stop button terminates playback without closing the window, and the Cancel button terminates playback (if any) and closes the window. The Repeated Script Count shows the number of times that the script has been repeated.

If Auto Play on entering File Name is selected, after selecting a file name the script is immediately played, without explicitly clicking the Play button.

If Close On Completion is selected, the Scripts - Play dialog is closed when script playback has finished.

If Log Trace is selected, a ''trace'' of each executable line of the script is posted to the Utilities - Message Log before the line is executed.

Successful playback of a pre-recorded script requires that the XCAP window titles, and the names of fields within each window, be identical to that recorded in the script. However, the script is independent of the position of windows and fields, and whether any additional windows are present (lacking window name conflicts).

The Window Title References: Translate From and Window Title References: Translate To allow filter a script during playback, to change the effective name of the windows referenced by the script. Each line of the Window Title References: Translate From represents a phrase; as that phrase is found in the titles of the windows (within the script), the phrase is replaced by the corresponding line of Window Title References: Translate To. This can be used to allow a script recorded under one version of XCAP to be adapted to another, when there are slight differences in the titles of corresponding windows. It can also be used to allow a script written to operate upon one image file name, such as prototype.tif, to be adapted to operate on substitute image file names.

4.5.3. Scripts - Freeze/Thaw/Refresh Display

For scripts intended to operate without user intervention or interaction, portions of the XCAP display can be ''frozen'' so as to reduce processing overhead. The Freeze Display eliminates many, but not all, updates of the displayed windows. The Thaw & Refresh Display updates all windows so they reflect the current status and values of XCAP and re-enables future updates of the displayed windows, The Freeze Display does not eliminate all updates of the display, only those that can be done without affecting the behavior of XCAP; the precise effect of Freeze Display may change in different versions of XCAP and under different operating systems.

4.5.4. Scripts - Edit

The Scripts - Edit allows editing an existing script; by activating the system ''Notepad'' program (under Windows) or ''gedit'' program (under Linux) upon a named script.

A script file contains standard ASCII text - any editor or word processing program could be used in lieu of Scripts - Edit

A sample portion of a script appears as:

    //
    //  Recorded by: XXAP V2.0
    //  Recorded on: 6 June 2006 06:06:06 GMT
    //
    MuiScript.apply(1,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","MuiMenu", "New Image",   0);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiNumInput", "Image Width (X)", 1,768);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiNumInput", "Image Height (Y)",1,480);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiNumInput", "Sequence Length", 1,1);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiNumInput", "Bits per Pixie",  1,10);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiListInput","Color Space", 1,"Grey Level");
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiTextInput","Image Name",  1,"MyFrame");
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX(R)XXAPV0.5","NewImage","MuiStdBtn",   "OK",0);
The overall format appears as a sequence of subroutine-function-method calls, with a variable number of parameters, some of which are strings and some of which are numeric values. Parsing, string escapes, and comments all follow C++/Java rules. Each call corresponds to one user action, specifying the hierarchical depth of the window in which the action occurred (first numeric parameter), the name of each window in the hierarchy (one or more string parameters), an internal name of the control/field that was acted upon (next string parameter), the label of the widget/field (next string parameter), the number of parameters to be passed to the widget/field (next numeric parameter), and zero of more numeric or string parameters to be passed to the widget/field.

4.5.5. Scripts - Load Tool Bar

The Scripts - Load Tool Bar allows activating a user-defined tool bar of shortcuts, each shortcut represented by an icon which, when clicked, executes a user-specified script. Each shortcut may also specify an optional keyboard key which, when pressed, also executes the user-specified script.

The contents of the tool bar, the graphics of each icon, the optional key, and the script to be executed are all user-specified within a file, such as:

    # comments like so - optional
    shortcut.title=Example
    shortcut.width=3
    shortcut.height=1
    # the shortcut iconwidth and iconheight are optional, default of 32
    shortcut.iconwidth=64
    shortcut.iconheight=64
    shortcut.0.0.icon=cmnd00.bmp
    shortcut.0.0.script=cmnd00.scr
    shortcut.0.0.hint=This is the hint for the 1st icon
    shortcut.1.0.icon=cmnd10.bmp
    shortcut.1.0.script=cmnd10.scr
    shortcut.1.0.hint=This is another hint
    # the shortcut key is optional
    shortcut.1.0.key=Page Up
    shortcut.2.0.icon=cmnd20.bmp
    shortcut.2.0.script=cmnd20.scr
    shortcut.2.0.hint=This is the hint for the 3rd icon
    # the shortcut key is optional
    shortcut.2.0.key=F1
The shortcut.title specifies the title to appear in the shortcuts' window. The shortcut.height and shortcut.width specify the number of icons and scripts provided by the shortcut window and their arrangement; the example specifies 3×1 icons and scripts, arranged 3 across and 1 high. The optional shortcut.iconheight and shortcut.iconwidth specify the dimensions of each icon in pixels. For each icon, the shortcut.?.?.icon specifies the BMP or TIFF format file name containing graphics, shortcut.?.?.hint specifies the hint which appears when the mouse is over the icon, the shortcut.?.?.script specifies the script file name to be executed when the icon is clicked, and the optional shortcut.?.?.key specifies the name of an optional keyboard key, where the ''?.?'' is replaced by the X and Y position within the tool bar. The icon and script file names are typically ''simple'' file names, without a path, and are expected to be found in the same directory as the tool bar specification file. If the icon or script file names are to include a directory path, a separator character of ''/'', not ''\'', must be used. Comment lines, as shown, may be optionally included. The order of lines in the file is not significant.

4.5.6. Scripts - Tools

The Scripts - Tools provides additional tools which might be of use to scripts. While these features can also be used interactively, the host operating system provides better alternatives for non-scripted use.

The Execute Program allows a script to execute a ''foreign'' program. The Exec: Program File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The Exec: Program Parameters specifies a parameter string which is added to the program's command line when it is executed. If Exec: Wait till Done is selected, a script executing a foreign program pauses until the program has terminated; otherwise, the specified program is started and the script's execution continues.

The Delete File allows a script to delete a file. The Delete: File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name. If Delete: Say Twice is selected, the user is prompted for verification before the file is actually deleted.

The Create Directory allows a script to create a directory, as specified by Directory: Path Name.

The List Directory to Black Board allows a script to list all of the files and/or subdirectories within the directory specified by Directory List: Path Name to the Black Board in column format starting at the List to Black Board Cell. If List Files is selected, non-directory files are listed. If List Subdirectories is selected, subdirectories are listed. If List Full Path Name is selected, the Directory List: Path Name combined with the file's name is listed, otherwise only the file's name is listed. If List Count is selected, the List to Black Board Cell is set to the count of the number of file names listed; the list of file names starts one line below the List to Black Board Cell. If List per Wildcard is selected, only file names or subdirectory names which match the List Wildcard Filter are listed, where the List Wildcard Filter may contain the customary ''?'' to match any one character, and ''*'' to match any zero or more characters.[17]

4.5.7. Scripts - Remote Control

The Scripts - Remote Control allows using XCAP as a hidden, off-screen, ''black box''. The end-user application simply sends commands to XCAP, and receives processed images, or analyses results, in return. Familiarity with OLE, DDE, or other special Windows or Linux API(s) isn't needed - any application that can manipulate ASCII text files, can also remotely control XCAP.

The Wait, Play & Delete File specifies a file name to be used by both the end-user application and XCAP. On clicking Start, XCAP, (1) Waits for a file with the specified name to appear, (2) Executes the file as a script, (3) Deletes the file to indicate completion, and (4) Repeats the process until Stop or Cancel is clicked.

As for Scripts - Play, the Delay Each Action, Slow Processing Warning, Ignore Window Move, Ignore Window Resize, Ignore 'Item Inactive' Error, Log Trace, Wait for Processing, and End Wait for Processing options allow delaying each action in the script, controlling warnings about slow processing, ignoring any movement of windows recorded into the script, ignoring any resizing of windows recorded into the script, ignoring error from trying to manipulate an inactive GUI item, posting each executable line of the script to the Utilities - Message Log before the line is executed, selecting whether the script should wait for a processing operation, and whether at the end, the script should wait for all processing operations.

To implement remote control of XCAP into your end-user application, (a) Decide how many different ''commands'' your application must give to XCAP, and the functionality of each command, (b) Run XCAP and record one script per command with the desired functionality, and (c) Within your application, execute a ''command'' by copying one of the previously recorded scripts to the selected file name, and then waiting for the selected file to be executed and deleted by XCAP. Alternately, since script files are ASCII text, your application can simply write the script's contents to the selected file name, perhaps changing numeric parameters, such as cursor coordinates, as the script's lines are written.

Your application can also automatically start XCAP (using the host computer's normal API for starting programs), and use Program Setup - Start/End Startup Script to execute a setup script which might, (a) Activate the Scripts - Remote Control feature, and (b) Reposition XCAP to the side of the screen.

Your end-user application can retrieve results from XCAP by formulating a ''command'' script which saves an image (using The Image Viewer Window's Image File - Save), or saves data (such as is provided under 2-D Graphs, Image Examination - Pixel Peek, Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, and similar features).

Other results where XCAP does not provide an explicit save feature, such as values shown in most numeric or textual fields, can be retrieved by formulating a ''command'' script which uses the Parameters to File feature of Utilities - Screen Capture, which saves almost all on-screen numeric fields and text fields. Or, to retrieve only one or more selected numeric or textual fields, formulate a ''command'' script which uses the Black Board as follows, (a) Activate the Black Board, (b) Right click on the desired numeric or textual field, select BlackBoard Write and specify a Black Board cell that is to receive that field's value, (c) Repeat, using BlackBoard Write on other numeric or textual fields, specifying a Black Board cell adjacent to the previous cell to receive the field's value, (d) Use the Black Board - As a Report Generator to save the selected Black Board cells to a file.

 

4.6. Black Board

The Main Window's Black Board allows customizing XCAP and creating non-procedural programs, by inter-connecting the numeric and text field of various windows. Other features allow computed values (similar to a spreadsheet), ''push''ing buttons or shortcuts of other windows, executing timed commands, collecting data, and generating reports or graphs.

4.6.1. Black Board - As a Spreadsheet

The Black Board is similar to, and can be used as, a spreadsheet. The black board consists of two-dimensional arrays of pages, where each page is a two-dimensional array of cells. Each cell can contain:

  1. An integer number,

  2. A real number,

  3. An expression with numerical result,

  4. An expression with string result,

  5. A textual string,

  6. Or may be empty and unused.
Three other cell types, Timer, Clock, and Gateway, are used for, and discussed under, Black Board - As a Non-Procedural Program or Black Board - As a Data Collector.

Cells are named by Volume, Page, Column, and Row, such as:

    A 2 B 4
    | | | |
    | | | +-- Row       0-9 default
    | | |               0-65534 maximum
    | | |
    | | +---- Column    A-J default (10 columns)
    | |                 A-Z,BA-BZ,CA-CK maximum (63 columns)
    | |
    | +------ Page      0-9
    |
    +-------- Volume    A-Z  (26 volumes)
The Volume and Page controls allow selecting which volume and page of cells is being viewed. The Rows and Columns controls allow increasing the width and height of the current page, from the default of 10 rows and 10 columns, up to the maximum of 65535 rows and 63 columns. In theory, the black board could contain 26 volumes of 10 pages, each with 65535 rows and 63 columns, for a total of 1,073,463,300 cells. In practice the host computer hardware and operating system limit the number of cells to far less than the theoretical maximum.

The allowable format of integer numbers (e.g. base 2, 8, 10, 16), real numbers (e.g. scientific notation), string constants, and expressions are described in Mathematical Expression, and String Expression. The expressions may reference other cells, using variables such as:

    D4A0
    A0B77
    A0CD123
An abbreviated cell name, such as:
    F5
refers to the cell at the specified column and row on the same volume and page as the cell containing the expression. Circular references, such as:
    Cell A0A0:    3+A0A1
    Cell A0A1:    A0A0/2
must be avoided. The volume, page, column, and row indices within cell names used in expressions must not contain leading 0's, such as:
    A0B77       (valid)
    A0B0077     (invalid)
    A0AAB77     (invalid)
    A00B77      (invalid)
    AA0B77      (invalid)
As for spreadsheets, changing one cell causes re-evaluation of all cells whose expressions are dependent upon the new value.

Right clicking on a cell provides an options menu for that cell. The options menu allows selecting the cell's type (i.e. Integer Number, Real Number, Numeric Expression, String Expression, String, or Clear). The options menu allows switching a numeric cell's or numerical valued expression cell's display between integer and real (i.e. Eval to Integer, Eval to Real), allows forcing an expression cell to show the underlying expression rather than the expression's value (i.e. Show Expression), or for string valued expressions allows resuming display of the expression's value (i.e. Eval to String). The options menu allows selecting the display format of integer cells as base 2, 8, 10, or 16 (i.e. Format), allows selecting the display format of real cells as scientific, fixed point, shortest (auto), and the number of significant digits (i.e. Format). The options menu's Attributes creates a dialog box which duplicates these cell type options, and provides additional selections for Timer, Clock, and Gateway cells, and other features, discussed below.

A cell's type (i.e.integer, real, mathematical expression, string expression, or blank), is determined automatically as keystrokes are entered; no special syntax is needed.[18] Some keystrokes are ambiguous, such as ''ABC'' which is automatically typed as a hexadecimal number instead of a string, or ''sqrt(sin(1.0))'' which is reduced to, and automatically typed as, a real number instead of a numeric expression. The options menu can be used specify an explicit cell type.

When variables in string expressions refer to cells with numeric values, the cell(s) referred to may provide a numeric value to the expression, or a string value to the expression (i.e. Variable as Number, Variable as String).

The menu-bar's Cells - Clear Page allows resetting all cells on the current volume and page. The Cells - Clear All allows resetting all cells.

The Cells - Page Utilities activates a dialog with additional operations on the selected page. The Clear Cells clears cells on the page, the Shift Cell Values Left, Shift Cell Values Right, Shift Cell Values Up, and Shift Cell Values Down, shift the value of cells within the page left, right, up, or down, respectively. All of the operations can be applied On (the) Entire Page or On Selected Cells; the Upper Left Corner and Lower Right Corner specify the rectangle of selected cells.

4.6.2. Black Board - As a Non-Procedural Program

The Black Board allows creating non-procedural programs, by connecting cells to numeric or text fields in other windows, importing values from, and exporting values to, other windows. These connections are dynamic; an updated value in a window has automatic effect on the black board, and vice versa.

The black board connections may be useful for convenience, such as continuously showing the average of two computed values. Or, the connections may be used to connect a computed value of one window to a parameter value of another such as computed center of mass coordinates ''driving'' the image cursor's location.

Connecting a cell to a numeric or text field in another window is initiated by right clicking the numeric or text field in the other window. The right click activates an options menu for that field, under Blackboard Source or Blackboard Dest. the desired cell name that values or text are to be exported to, or values or text are to be imported from, respectively, is entered; values or text are exported to, or imported from, whenever changed. A numeric or text field can't simultaneously be both Blackboard Source and Blackboard Dest.. Alternately, under Blackboard Write or Blackboard Read the desired cell name that values or text are to be exported to, or values or text are to be imported from, respectively, is entered; values or text are exported to, or imported from, once. An abbreviated cell name, such as:

    B2
always refers to Volume A and Page 0 of the Black Board.

Note: The Black Board window must have been activated (although may be off-screen) before the options menu of numeric or text fields will show the Blackboard Source, Blackboard Dest., Blackboard Read, and Blackboard Write options.

A cell may ''push'' buttons or shortcuts in other windows. The connection is established by right clicking the button or shortcut in the other window and selecting a cell for Blackboard Source. The selected cell exports a ''push'' to the connected button or shortcut whenever the cell is re-evaluated and the numeric result is nonzero, or the cell is re-evaluated and the string result's length is nonzero.

Buttons in other windows may report their status to a cell. The connection is established by right clicking the button in the other window and selecting a cell for Blackboard Destination. The selected cell imports a numeric value whenever the connected button's status is changed. For simple buttons that may change their foreground color, bit 0x1 of the status is 1 if the button is active otherwise it is 0, bit 0x2 of the status is 1 if the button is the normal foreground color otherwise it is 0. For buttons which may also change their background color or label, in addition to using bits 0x1 and 0x2 as above, bits 0xFF00 indicate the button's state; most such buttons have only two states (i.e. sets of label & colors), indicated by bit 0x100. Some buttons, such as those use to switch groups of controls from ''Normal'' to ''Advanced'' mode, may actually be a pair or group of simple buttons occupying the same space; to the black board each button is independent.

Shortcuts in other windows may report their status to a cell. The connection is established by right clicking the shortcut in the other window and selecting a cell for Blackboard Destination. The selected cell imports a numeric value whenever the connected shortcut's status is changed. Bit 0x1 of the status is 1 if the shortcut is active, otherwise it is 0. For shortcuts with multiple states (i.e. different graphics, and not just depressed versus not depressed), the higher order bits indicate the numerical state of the shortcut.

Via the Attributes dialog, accessed by right clicking a cell (described above in Black Board - As a Spreadsheet), a cell can contain a Timer value, in seconds since the Black Board was first accessed. The Timer Period allows setting the time interval between updates of a timer cell's value. Timer cells are most useful for ''push''ing buttons, such as the Run button for Scripts - Play, or the Snap button for video frame capture.

Via the Attributes dialog, accessed by right clicking a cell (described above in Black Board - As a Spreadsheet), a cell can contain a Clock value, showing date and time. The Clock Update allows setting the time interval between updates of a clock cell's value. Clock cells are useful for exporting strings, such as to the Text field in Graphic Text.

The Attributes dialog also shows all the current connections from other numeric or text fields, buttons, or shortcuts, to a cell. The Attributes dialog also allows filtering values received via connections, discarding imported values that don't contain a desired string or that don't satisfy a Mathematical Expression.

Note that when exporting a numeric value to fields in other windows, values which are out of bounds (as defined for the specific field) may be ignored, or may be modified to the nearest allowable value. Fields in other windows which present an angle require the value in radians, regardless of what display mode has been selected for interactive use. Fields in other windows which present a temporal interval in user selected units require a value in the field's default units. Fields in other windows which present a length in user selected units require a value in the field's default units. Fields in other windows which present a floating point hue (as part of hue, saturation, and brightness) require a value scaled between 0.0 and 1.0. Fields in other windows which present a temperature require the value in degrees Celsius, regardless of what display mode has been selected for interactive use.

The menu-bar's Run - Freeze Timers disables the update of all timer cells. The menu-bar's Run - Freeze Clock disables the update of all clock cells. The menu-bar's Run - Freeze Exports disables the export of updated cell contents to numeric or text fields in other windows which previously set the Blackboard Source. The menu-bar's Run - Freeze Imports disables the import of updated cell contents from numeric or text fields in other windows which previously set the Blackboard Dest.. Freezing timers, exports, and/or imports allows configuration changes to be made to black board or other windows, without automatic updates ''getting in the way'', and without having to clear, and then recreate, the timers and connections.

4.6.3. Black Board - As a Script Accessory

The Attributes dialog, accessed by right clicking a cell, provides features that allow convenient use of the cell as a variable (such as an index variable), particularly in conjunction with Scripts.

The Increment button adds one to a numeric cell, the Decrement button subtracts one from a numeric cell.

The Eval Expression and the Expression Eval button allow for more general changes. The Eval Expression may contain the same type of numeric expression as would be used in a Black Board cell, but may be self referential. That is, the Eval Expression for cell A0A0 may be:

    A0A0+5
or
    A0A0+A0B0
The Eval Expression is evaluated once when the Expression Eval is clicked, and the result assigned to the numeric cell (to which the Attributes dialog belongs).

Note that cell names in the Eval Expression may not be abbreviated; the volume and page must be specified.

4.6.4. Black Board - As a Data Collector

The Black Board allows collecting data, by connecting ''gateway'' cells to numeric or text fields in other windows, and having the gateway cell forward the data to a range of (usually) numeric cells. Typically, the gateway cell is a target of numeric field and a Blackboard Dest. selection (see above); so that any values produced by the field are collected.

Via the Attributes dialog, accessed by right clicking a cell (described above in Black Board - As a Spreadsheet), a cell can contain a Gateway. The Upper Left Corner and Lower Right Corner specify the range of cells to receive data from the gateway, the Current Position specifies the current position within the Upper Left Corner and Lower Right Corner. If Gateway Off is selected, the gateway is inactive; any data received is discarded. If Gateway Fill & Stop is selected, the gateway fills cells from the Current Position through the Lower Right Corner and then turns Gateway Off. If Gateway Fill & Repeat is selected, the gateway fills cells from the Current Position through the Lower Right Corner, resets the Current Position to the Upper Left Corner and continues. If Gateway Fill & Pushdown is selected, the gateway sends new data to the Lower Right Corner, sliding old data by one cell position from the Lower Right Corner to the Upper Left Corner. The Gateway Fill & Pushdown mode does not use the Current Position.

4.6.5. Black Board - As a Report Generator

The Black Board allows creating a formatted report, reporting the contents of a group of cells to a file, an RS-232 port, or to the system clipboard. Having previously connected selected cells to results produced in other windows, and having previously entered expressions in selected cells to yield derived results, a report containing the selected cells can be created.

The File - Report accesses the black board's report generator.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

If All Pages is selected, the contents of all black board volumes and pages are reported. If Current Page is selected, the contents of the currently displayed Black Board page is reported. If Coordinates is selected, the cells bounded by the Upper Left Corner and Lower Right Corner are reported; note that these coordinates may actually encompass a rectangle of cells (e.g. A0A0 through A0Z9), a cube of cells (e.g. A0A0 through A9Z9), or a four-dimensional group of cells (e.g. A0A0 through Z9Z9). For the All Pages and Coordinates selections, any pages of the Black Board which have never been accessed are silently ignored, rather than being reported as a lengthy list of blanks.

If Prefix Cell w. Name is selected, each cell's reported value is prefixed with the cell's name and an ''=''. If Include Suffix is selected, any suffix, such as a number base, is appended to the cell's reported value. If Quote String is selected, any non-numeric cell reported values (including the ''value'' of blank cells), are enclosed between quotes ("). If Skip Blank Rows is selected, any rows in which all of the cells (not just the cells potentially being reported) are clear or have a string of of zero or spaces, are not reported. If Pad Cell is ''None'', the cell's reported value is not padded with spaces; if Left Justify the cell's reported value is padded with spaces on the right to a minimum of Pad Cell To Width characters; if Right Justify the cell's reported value is padded with spaces on the left to a minimum of Pad Cell To Width characters.

The Header Text specified text to be written at the start of the report. The Inter Cell Text specifies text to be written between cells on the same row, but not after the last cell on a row. The Post Row Text specifies text to be written after each row of cells. The Inter Page Text specifies text to be written between pages of cells, but not after the last page. The Trailer Text specified text to be written at the end of the report. If Text has \ Codes is selected, all five of the above text entries options are interpreted as possibly containing embedded ''\'' codes, allowing entry of ASCII control codes. A ''\a'' sequence yields an ASCII Bell, a ''\b'' sequence yields an ASCII Back-Space, a ''\f'' sequence yields an ASCII Form-Feed, a ''\r'' sequence yields an ASCII Carriage-Return (CR), a ''\n'' sequence yields an ASCII Line-Feed (LF), a ''\t'' sequence yields an ASCII Tab, a ''\\'' sequence yields an ASCII Back-Slash. A ''\x'' followed by two hexadecimal digits yields the byte value specified by the two digits.

If Report to File is selected, the report is written to a file. If File Create/Overwrite is selected, multiple reports written to the same file over-write one another. If File Create/Append is selected, multiple reports written to the same file are appended. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to be the customary extension; although using .txt is highly recommended.

The OK or Apply may be clicked without a File Name; the effect of the Browse button and OK or Apply, respectively, is combined.

If Report to RS-232 is selected, the report is written to a RS-232 port. The RS-232 Parameters allows specifying the ''COM'' port (under Windows) or a ''ttyS'' device (under Linux) to be used, and other communication settings, such as the baud rate, number of data bits, type of parity, number of stop bits, and whether XON/XOFF flow control is to be used. Most of the default values are those common to most applications; typically only the baud rate needs to be specified and a ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device selected.

If Report to Clipboard is selected, the report is written to the Windows or Linux clipboard.

4.6.6. Black Board - As a Graph Generator

The Black Board allows creating a two and three-dimensional graphs, displaying the contents of a group of cells. Having previously connected selected cells to results produced in other windows, and having previously entered expressions in selected cells to yield derived results, a graph of the selected cells can be created to visualize the results.

4.6.6.1. Black Board - 2-D Graphs

The Show - 2-D Graph creates a two-dimensional graph of the black board's contents. From the resulting graph's menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data to Clipboard, and Print Graphics features; the Controls' Format, Color, Axis, MinMax, Label, Probe, and Reference features; and the Stats' Descriptive and Outlier features provides standard features common to, and described in, 2-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' What and When provides additional options unique to the black board graph, specifying which black board cells are to used as data, and specifying when the graph is to be updated. In all cases, reference to a cell that does not have a numeric value is graphed as a numeric zero.

If Coordinates is selected, the values of cells bounded by the Upper Left Corner and Lower Right Corner are used; note that these coordinates may actually encompass a rectangle of cells (e.g. A0A0 through A0Z9), a cube of cells (e.g. A0A0 thru A9Z9), or a four-dimensional group of cells (e.g. A0A0 through Z9Z9).

If User-Defined f(X) is specified, the graphed data is generated by evaluation of the Mathematical Expression specified by Expression. The Exp., Max X specifies the number of data points to be graphed, and thus the number of times the Expression is evaluated. The Expression can contain a variable ''X'', representing the abscissa coordinate of the data point being evaluated, and can contain a subscripted variable ''cell'', representing the value of the subscripted black board cell. The ''cell'' should be subscripted with volume, page, column, and row, such as:

    cell(0, 1, 2, 3)
which refers to Volume A (e.g. 0), Page 1, Column C (e.g. 2), and Row 3. Or, the cell can be subscripted with column and row, such as:
    cell(4, 5)
which refers to Column D and Row 5 on the implied Volume A, Page 0. For example, the expression:
    cell(X,X)
graphs the value of cells on the diagonal (upper left to lower right) of Volume A, Page 0. Or,
    cell(0,X) - cell(1,X)
which graphs the difference of cells in the A and B columns of Volume A, Page 0.

If Update on Button is selected, the graph is updated only when the Replot button is clicked, or the graph window is resized. If Update on Cell is selected, the graph is updated whenever the specified Update Cell's value is updated.

4.6.6.2. Black Board - 3-D Graphs

The Show - 3-D Graph creates a three-dimensional graph of the black board's contents. From the resulting graph's menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics and Print Graphics features; and the Controls' Format, Color, and Labels provides standard features common to, and described in, 3-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' What and When provides additional options unique to the black board graph, specifying which black board cells are to used as data, and specifying when the graph is to be updated. In all cases, reference to a cell that does not have a numeric value is graphed as a numeric zero.

If Coordinates is selected, the values of cells bounded by the Upper Left Corner and Lower Right Corner are used; note that these coordinates may actually encompass a rectangle of cells (e.g. A0A0 through A0Z9), a cube of cells (e.g. A0A0 thru A9Z9), or a four-dimensional group of cells (e.g. A0A0 through Z9Z9).

If User-Defined f(X,Y) is specified, the graphed data is generated by evaluation of the Mathematical Expression specified by Expression. The Exp., Max X and Exp., Max Y specifies the number of data points to be graphed, and thus the number of times the Expression is evaluated. The Expression can contain variables ''X'' and ''Y'' representing the coordinates of the data point being evaluated, and can contain a subscripted variable ''cell'', representing the value of the subscripted black board cell. The ''cell'' should be subscripted with volume, page, column, and row, such as:

    cell(0, 1, 2, 3)
which refers to Volume A (e.g. 0), Page 1, Column C (e.g. 2), and Row 3. Or, the cell can be subscripted with column and row, such as:
    cell(4, 5)
which refers to Column D and Row 5 on the implied Volume A, Page 0. For example, the expression:
    cell(X,Y)
graphs the value of cells in the upper left corner of Volume A, Page 0. Or,
    cell(0,1,X,Y) - cell(0,0,X,Y)
which graphs the difference of cells in Page 0 and Page 1, of Volume A.

If Update on Button is selected, the graph is updated only when the Replot button is clicked, or the graph window is resized. If Update on Cell is selected, the graph is updated whenever the specified Update Cell's value is updated.

4.6.7. Black Board - Example

The following example illustrates how the black board can be used to interconnect a value produced in one dialog to an input field in a second dialog. The example also produces a useful tool, one which displays the current buffer number over the current image.

  1. Click ''Utility'', ''Black Board'' to activate the black board. The black board need not remain on-screen, but must have been activated.

  2. In The Image Viewer Window, click ''View'' and ''Zoom, Pan, Scroll'' in which the ''Sequence Buffer'' field is automatically updated with the current buffer number. Right click on ''Sequence Buffer'', select ''BlackBoard Dest.'' and enter any black board cell, such as A0A0. The ''Zoom, Pan, Scroll'' dialog must not be closed, but may be pushed to the edge of the screen.

  3. In The Image Viewer Window, click ''Draw'' and ''Text'', in which the ''Text'' field supplies the text to be drawn. Right click on ''Text'', select ''BlackBoard Src.'' and enter the same black cell chosen previously, such as A0A0. The ''Text'' dialog must not be closed, but may be pushed to the edge of the screen.

  4. Through the black board's connections, whenever the image buffer number is changed, the updated number will be displayed over the image! The ''Text'' dialog's existing controls can be used to set the display's width, height, color, and position.

The displayed image buffer number can also be modified or annotated, for example, to display the image buffer number plus one (so the first buffer is shown number one instead of zero, the second is shown as two instead of one, etc.), and to prefix the displayed number with a legend.

  1. Click ''Utility'', ''Black Board'' to restore the black board.

  2. Click an unused cell, such as A0A1, and enter:
        A0A0+1
    
    This expression will result in a value one greater than the number in cell A0A0.

  3. Right click on cell A0A1, select ''Integer Number'' so that the result does not have any digits following the radix point. Right click on cell A0A1, select ''Variable as String'' so that when the cell's value is used by A0A2 (below) the string representation is used, not the numeric representation.

  4. Click another unused cell, such as A0A2, and enter:
        concat("Buffer: ", A0A1)
    
    This string expression prefixes the text ''Buffer: '' to the value of cell A0A1.

  5. Right click on the ''Text'', field of the ''Text'' dialog (above) select ''BlackBoard Src.'' and enter cell A0A2.

 

 

 

5. Main Window - PIXCI®

The main window's menu-bar's PIXCI® allows initiating access to the PIXCI® frame grabber. Video setup for the PIXCI® frame grabber, such as modifying the video resolution or color space, are also done from the Main Window. Operating the PIXCI® frame grabber, such as capturing images, is done from the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window.

 

5.1. PIXCI® - Open/Close

The PIXCI® - Open/Close allows opening access to, or closing access to, the PIXCI® frame grabber.

For most applications: Only the Open button need be clicked. After opening, the contents of the PIXCI® frame grabber's image frame buffer(s) are displayed in The Image Viewer Window, and a tool bar of Capture - Shortcuts is created. The PIXCI® frame grabber is ready to capture images.

After opening, the Board Info button shows the Frame Grabber Model, the Frame Grabber Submodel or Frame Grabber Preset (if any), software selections (if any) which override the submodel or preset settings as Configured as Submodel or Configured w. Preset, the amount of memory available for frame buffers as Frame Buffer Memory, and the number of PIXCI® frame grabbers in operation as Frame Grabbers in Use. For frame grabbers which do not have on-board frame buffer memory, the Memory Setup button provides an alternate method of accessing the Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size feature of the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant. For PIXCI® CL1, D2X, D3X, D3XE, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers the Submodel Setup button, or for PIXCI® A110, A310, CL2, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, and SV8 frame grabbers the Preset Setup button, may allow changing the default camera configuration to be used by software. Unlike software override of the board's default, the new programmed default will be effective even if the board is moved to another computer. The Submodel Setup or Preset Setup also provide an option to ''sanitize'' the EEPROM used to store the setup; unused areas of the EEPROM are zero'ed so as to help prevent its use for illicit storage and transfer of information.

It is not necessary to click the Close button before closing XCAP.

If the PIXCI® frame grabber was used once before, XCAP remembers the last used video setup. Before clicking Open, under Camera & Format, if Open w. last used Video Setup is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber is reset to the last used video setup. If Open w. default Video Setup is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber is set to its default video setup (which varies according to the model and submodel or preset).


Note: If switching from one model of PIXCI® frame grabber to another, use Open w. default Video Setup; a previously used video setup for NTSC, for example, won't be appropriate for a high resolution digital camera!

5.1.1. PIXCI® - Multiple Boards

If multiple PIXCI® frame grabbers are installed, before clicking Open, the Multiple Devices allows selecting which board, or subset of boards, is to be used. The Multiple Devices lists all of the PIXCI® frame grabbers found and their model identification; one or more boards may be selected. The Select All Devices allows convenient selection of all installed boards; further, the selection is updated automatically as boards are added or removed.

The default selection of Multiple Devices is from various sources. First, from the setting last used by XCAP. If XCAP's Load Settings on Startup is disabled or Multiple Devices was not previously used, the default selection is from the PIXCI® driver's setting. Second, the PIXCI® driver's last used (subsequent from boot) setting or, if not used since boot, from its default. Third, the PIXCI® driver's default from the Driver Configuration Parameters, or if not specified, from a built-it default.

If Use Individual Format & Controls is selected, each frame grabber is provided with its own The Image Viewer Window, its own PIXCI® - Video Setup, and its own independent Live, Snap, and similar controls.

If Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized is selected, each frame grabber is provided with its own The Image Viewer Window, but all boards share the same PIXCI® - Video Setup and only The Image Viewer Window associated with the first board has Live, Snap, and similar controls which operate all boards. The Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized may not be used if operating multiple, non-identical, frame grabbers.

5.1.2. PIXCI® - Driver Assistant

The Driver Assistant provides an easy to use GUI for installing the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver, installing the Camera Link Serial API DLL (Windows), installing the PIXCI® Serial (COM Port) Driver (Window), installing the PIXCI® Serial (TTY) Driver (Linux), installing the PIXCI® V4L2 Driver (Linux), installing the PIXCI® TWAIN Driver (Windows), installing the PIXCI® ImagePro Driver (Windows), installing the PIXCI® Frame Server Driver (Windows), installing the authorization key driver, reconfiguring the amount of frame buffer memory, setting various advanced PIXCI® driver options, etc., bypassing the need to follow instructions described in Software Installation. The features in the Driver Assistant differ according to the current operating system.

5.1.3. Driver Assistant - Windows 95, 98, ME

The Install PIXCI® Driver provides instructions for installing the PIXCI® driver via the Windows Device Manager. It also allows uninstalling of the PIXCI® driver.

The Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size allows specifying the amount of computer memory to be reserved for frame buffers. If Memory Requested for Frame Buffers is selected, the specified amount of memory is requested for frame buffers, and remaining memory is available for Windows. If Memory Reserved for Windows is selected, the specified amount of memory is requested for Windows, and remaining memory is available for frame buffers.

5.1.4. Driver Assistant - Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit

Under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit the Install PIXCI® Driver installs, updates, and/or uninstalls the PIXCI® driver,

The Install Authorization Key Blue Driver installs or uninstalls the driver for the older, blue, authorization key used with XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd; but not with XCAP-Lite or XCAP-Viewer. The Install Authorization Key Green Driver installs or uninstalls the driver for the newer, green, authorization key used with XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd; but not with XCAP-Lite or XCAP-Viewer. After installing the appropriate driver, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup to change XCAP's configuration as per the current authorization key.

The Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size allows specifying the amount of computer memory to be reserved for frame buffers. If Request Normal Frame Buffer Allocation is selected, the requested frame buffer memory size may or may not be granted by Windows. Under Windows NT and 2000, the amount of memory that may be granted is limited to approximately 64 to 96 MiByte regardless of the computer memory size; some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits. Under Windows XP, the amount of memory that may be granted is limited to approximately the smaller of 512 MiByte or one half of the computer memory size; some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits. Under Windows XP(x64), the amount of memory that may be granted is limited to approximately the computer memory size minus 1 GiByte but not more than 27 Gbyte; some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits. Under Windows Vista, 7, or 8 32-Bit, the amount of memory that may be granted is limited to approximately the smaller of 1024 MiByte or one half of the computer memory size; some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits. Under Windows Vista 64-Bit, the amount of memory that may be granted is limited to approximately the smaller of 6 GiByte or one half of the computer memory size; some computer and/or Windows configurations may have lower limits. Under Windows 7 or 8/10/11 64-Bit the amount of memory that may be granted is not yet determined, but is probably similar to the Vista 64-Bit limits. If Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation is selected, almost all of the computer system memory can be used for frame buffers (leaving at least 32 MiByte for Windows NT, 64 MiByte for Windows 2000, 128 MiByte for Windows XP, 256 Mbyte for XP(x64), or 512 Mbyte for Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, or 11 64-Bit is advisable). However, the user must be careful to select the correct option each time Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, or 11 64-Bit boots. Also, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as Capture - Video to Frame Buffers) is not adversely affected.

Installation of these features require being logged on as Administrator, or have equivalent elevated privileges. Alternately, the Driver Assistant will open a User Account Control (UAC) dialog, asking the user for permissions as needed. (Depending on Windows' configuration, a simple acknowledgement may be requested, or a UAC login and password may be requested). This allows using XCAP's Driver Assistant on without elevating the entire XCAP application.

5.1.5. Driver Assistant - Windows Common

The Install PIXCI® Camera Link® Serial DLL installs or uninstalls the Camera Link Serial API DLL obeying the Camera Link specification, which is required when using a camera manufacturer's software to configure a camera via serial commands, via the Camera Link® specification's API, via the PIXCI® frame grabber. Either a Camera Link V1.0 API or V1.1/2.0 API specification DLL can be selected, as required by the camera manufacturer's software. Under Windows XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, or 11 64-Bit either a 32 bit or 64 bit version of the DLL can be selected, as required by the camera manufacturer's software. The location of the installed DLL can be forced to follow the V1.0, V1.1, or V2.0 Camera Link specification, to accommodate camera manufacturer's software. Under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, or 11 64-Bit the Camera Link Serial API DLL can be used by the camera manufacturer's software at the time as XCAP has the PIXCI® frame grabber open for image capture and display.

The PIXCI® Camera Link Serial API DLL is NOT needed when XCAP provides a camera specific Capture - Adjustments dialog with integrated serial controls, or when explicit serial commands will be entered via XCAP's PIXCI® Serial Terminal; it is only needed for the sake of third party programs that intend to access the PIXCI® Camera Link serial port via the Camera Link Serial API.

The Install PIXCI® Serial (COM Port) Driver installs or uninstalls the virtual COM port driver, allowing camera manufacturer's software to configure a camera via serial commands, via a Windows COM port, via the PIXCI® frame grabber. The virtual COM port driver is supported under Windows XP and later. After installation, the Utilities - Message Log Utilities - Message Log reports the COM port designation assigned to the PIXCI® frame grabber(s); the Windows' Device Manager can also be used to determine the assignment of COM ports.

The PIXCI® Serial (COM Port) Driver is NOT needed when XCAP provides a camera specific Capture - Adjustments dialog with integrated serial controls, or when explicit serial commands will be entered via XCAP's PIXCI® Serial Terminal; it is only needed for the sake of third party programs that intend to access the PIXCI® Camera Link serial port as a Windows standard COM port.

The Install PIXCI® TWAIN Driver installs or uninstalls the TWAIN driver, allowing TWAIN compliant applications to capture images from PIXCI® frame grabbers. The PIXCI® TWAIN driver is NOT needed for use of the video capture, display, save, or similar features in XCAP.

The Install PIXCI® ImagePro Driver installs or uninstalls the ImagePro driver, allowing the third party ImagePro application to capture images from PIXCI® frame grabbers. The PIXCI® ImagePro driver is NOT needed for use of the video capture, display, save, or similar features in XCAP.

Installation of these features require being logged on as Administrator, or have equivalent elevated privileges. Alternately, the Driver Assistant will open a User Account Control (UAC) dialog, asking the user for permissions as needed. (Depending on Windows' configuration, a simple acknowledgement may be requested, or a UAC login and password may be requested). This allows using XCAP's Driver Assistant on without elevating the entire XCAP application.

5.1.6. Driver Assistant - Linux

The Install PIXCI® Driver installs or uninstalls the driver for the PIXCI® frame grabber; it can also compiles the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver under the current operating system, expecting that Linux' standard compilation tools and kernel build files have been installed. The Unload Conflicting Multimedia Drivers option unloads multimedia drivers that may cause conflicts with PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, or SV5L frame grabbers.

The Install PIXCI® Serial (TTY) Driver installs or uninstalls the serial (i.e. ''tty'') driver for the PIXCI® frame grabber; it can also compiles the PIXCI® serial driver under the current operating system, expecting that Linux' standard compilation tools and kernel build files have been installed. The PIXCI® Serial Driver can be installed only after the PIXCI® Driver has been installed. The optional PIXCI® Serial Driver is not supported under 2.4 kernels.

The PIXCI® Serial (TTY) Driver is NOT needed when XCAP provides a camera specific Capture - Adjustments dialog with integrated serial controls, or when explicit serial commands will be entered via XCAP's PIXCI® Serial Terminal; it is only needed for the sake of third party programs that intend to access the PIXCI® Camera Link serial port as a Linux standard ''ttyS'' device.

The Install PIXCI® V4L2 Driver installs or uninstalls the Video for Linux (V4L2) driver for the PIXCI® frame grabber; it also compiles the PIXCI® V4L2 driver under the current operating system, expecting that Linux' standard compilation tools and kernel build files have been installed. The PIXCI® V4L2 driver is NOT needed for use of XCAP's video capture, display, save or similar features; The PIXCI® V4L2 Driver can only be installed after the PIXCI® Driver has been installed.

The PIXCI® V4L2 Driver is NOT needed for use of the video capture, display, save, or similar features in XCAP; it is only needed for the sake of third party programs that intend to access the PIXCI® frame grabber as a Linux standard ''Video for Linux (V4L2)'' device.

The Install Authorization Blue Key Driver installs or uninstalls the driver(s) for the older, blue, authorization key used with XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd; but not with XCAP-Lite or XCAP-Viewer. If use of the parallel port key is selected (selection is mandatory on 2.4 and 2.6 32-bit kernels even if a USB key is used); the Install Authorization Blue Key Driver also compiles the authorization key's driver under the current operating system, expecting that Linux' standard compilation tools and kernel build files have been installed. The Install Authorization Green Key Driver installs or uninstalls the driver(s) for the newer, green, authorization key used with XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd; but not with XCAP-Lite or XCAP-Viewer. After installing the appropriate driver, use Change Setup under Utilities - Program Setup to change XCAP's configuration as per the current authorization key.

The Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size allows specifying the amount of computer memory to be reserved for frame buffers.

If Request Normal Frame Buffer Allocation is selected, the requested frame buffer memory size may or may not be granted by Linux. If Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation is selected, almost all of the computer system memory can be used for frame buffers, leaving the minimum required by Linux. However, the user must be careful to select the correct option each time Linux boots. Also, the video display rate (and image processing) may be slower, but the video capture rate (such as Capture - Video to Frame Buffers) is not adversely affected.

The Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation option is not available for the nVidia TK1 (ARM Cortex-A15), the nVidia Nano, TX1, TX2, Xavier, Xavier NX (ARM Cortex-A57), or the Boundary Devices NITROGEN6 (ARM imx6).

Installation of these features require running XCAP with super-user privileges. Alternately, in conjunction with many Linux distributions supporting the ''gnome terminal'' or ''xterm'', the Driver Assistant will open a ''terminal'' window, use ''sudo'' to prompt the user for the appropriate password, and have ''sudo'' execute a prepared shell script. This allows using XCAP's Driver Assistant on Linux distributions which prohibit the running of GUI applications with super-user privileges, and avoids running the entire XCAP application as super-user.

5.1.7. Driver Assistant - Advanced Options

The Set PIXCI® Driver Advanced Options provides various advanced options, some of which may be suggested by EPIX, Inc. Technical Support to help diagnose problems.

5.1.7.1. Memory

If multiple PIXCI® frame grabber are installed, the reserved frame buffer memory is divided evenly amongst all boards even if fewer than all installed boards are being opened (as selected by PIXCI® - Multiple Boards). If Reserve & Share Frame Buffer Memory is not selected, no memory is reserved for boards which are not being opened, providing more memory for those boards which are being opened.

For Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit configurations using more than 1 or 2 GiBytes of frame buffer memory, the Map Frame Buffer Direct into App(lication) may have to be de-selected and the Map Frame Buffer on Demand in Sys(tem) may have to be selected to eliminate errors upon opening the PIXCI® frame grabbers. Deselecting Map Frame Buffer Direct into App(lication) may improve the live image display rate when Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation is used under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit (see PIXCI® - Driver Assistant). The Init Clear of Frame Buffers allows disabling the one time clearing (i.e. set to zero) of frame buffer memory; minimizing delay when the driver is loaded.

The Clear Frame Buffers on Format Change enables clearing (i.e. set to zero) of frame buffer memory and memory used for recording per frame buffer's capture status whenever the capture format resolution, bit depth, bit packing, or color space options are changed. This is intended so that display of the contents of the frame buffer(s), under the new format but before a new image is captured, will show a black image (or green for YUYV formats) rather than ''garbled'' pixel data. This option is ignored when using forceful image frame buffer allocation, or for PIXCI® CL3SD and SI2 frame grabbers with on-board frame buffer memory.

If Per-Frame Buffer Status: Use System Memory is selected, the per-frame status is recorded into system memory; the per-frame buffer capture status is not supported under Windows 95, 98, ME when using this option and the per-frame status is discarded upon closing the PIXCI® frame grabber(s). If Per-Frame Buffer Status: Use Frame Buffer Memory is selected, the per-frame buffer status is recorded into frame buffer memory; the per-frame buffer capture status may not be supported in conjunction with Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation when using this option. No error is displayed if the per-frame buffer capture status feature can't be provided.

For Windows XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit, and Linux 64 bit, if Restrict Non-Forceful Memory to be below 4 GiByte is selected, frame buffer memory is allocated below the 4 GiByte address boundary, allowing use of 32 bit PIXCI® frame grabbers that can't DMA to memory above the 4 GiByte address. For Windows (x64), it also allows use of 32 bit software that can't use frame buffer memory above the 4 GiByte address. This option only applies to Request Normal Frame Buffer Allocation, described above.

The Allocated/Assumed Size, Memory Partition Size, Allocated Hole Size, BIOS Hole Size, and Assumed Physical Address shows the requested memory configuration as set by the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant.

5.1.7.2. Interrupts

The Allow Share IRQ selects whether the PIXCI® driver is allowed to share an IRQ with other devices. Depending on the devices involved, IRQ sharing may be the cause of various problems, deselecting Allow Share IRQ provides a quick test whether the IRQ is being shared, although by itself, does not solve the problem(s). IRQ sharing is possible problem for cards using the older PCI bus w. IRQ pins, but not for cards using PCI Express and its Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI).

The Use IRQ selects whether the PIXCI® driver attempts to ''hook'' an IRQ. Deselecting Use IRQ provides a quick test whether configuration problems are due to IRQ assignment, or due to other causes. When the IRQ is not being used, the Poll Period specifies the frequency at which the driver should poll for status normally acquired via interrupt. The poll period should be no larger than ¼ of the expected video frame period.


Note: The PIXCI® frame grabber requires an IRQ for proper operation, Selecting Disable IRQ is intended only for diagnostic purposes.

If Stamp Per-Frame Buffer Status is selected, capture status is recorded and maintained for each captured buffer. Otherwise, status is recorded only for the most recent captured buffer.

5.1.7.3. Timer

Time stamping of captured frames, such as optionally used by Capture - Video to Frame Buffers, uses a timer service provided by the operating system. Under Windows 95, 98, and ME, Time Stamping Disabled (-TI) or Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI) (using Windows Get_Last_Updated_System_Time() service) can be selected. Under Windows NT Time Stamping Disabled (-TI) or Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI) (using Windows KeQuerySystemTime() service) can be selected. Under Windows 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, and 7 32/64-Bit, Time Stamping Disabled (-TI), Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI) (using Windows KeQuerySystemTime() service), Time Stamping w. Tick Count (-TI) (using Windows KeQueryTickCount() service), Time Stamping w. Interrupt Time (-TI) (using Windows KeQueryInterruptTime() service), or Time Stamping w. Performance Counter (-TI) (using Windows KeQueryPerformanceCounter() service) can be selected. Under 8/10 32/64-Bit and 11 64-Bit Time Stamping Disabled (-TI), Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI) (using Windows KeQuerySystemTime() service), Time Stamping w. Tick Count (-TI) (using Windows KeQueryTickCount() service), Time Stamping w. Interrupt Time (-TI) (using Windows KeQueryInterruptTime() service), Time Stamping w. Performance Counter (-TI) (using Windows KeQueryPerformanceCounter() service), or Time Stamping w. System Time Precise (-TI) (using Windows KeQuerySystemTimePrecise() service), can be selected. Under Linux, Time Stamping Disabled (-TI), Time Stamping w. Jiffies Time (-TI) (using Linux HZ & jiffies() service), Time Stamping w. Time of Day Time (-TI) (using Linux do_gettimeofday() for earlier kernels, or getnstimeofday() for kernel 5.x and later, service), Time Stamping w. Raw Monotonic Time (-TI) (using Linux getrawmonotonic() and falling back to Time Stamping w. Time of Day Time (-TI) if unavailable), or Time Stamping w. Jiffies_64 Time (-TI) (using Linux HZ & get_jiffies_64() service), can be selected.

Disabling use of time stamps may reduce system overhead, particularly when using very high frame rate cameras (1000+ fps). Other options have various advantages and disadvantages, and are best explained by the operating system's documentation.

5.1.7.4. Units

The Unit Selection shows the numerical selection of multiple PIXCI® frame grabbers, as set by PIXCI® - Multiple Boards.

If Allow Shared Units is selected, multiple applications can open a PIXCI® frame grabber at the same time and share its use. Shared use of a PIXCI® frame grabber is only supported under Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, and 11 64-Bit and is typically used so that one application can control a camera via a Camera Link PIXCI® frame grabber's serial port, while another application handles video capture.

5.1.7.5. Misc

For PIXCI® E8CAM, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers, the I2C Speed allows adjusting the data rate of I2C communication to the camera head. When the camera head is connected via a shorter cable, a faster data rate allows quicker response to changes of gain, exposure, and other camera parameters. The I2C Speed is the requested rate; the actual rate may be slower.

For PIXCI® frame grabbers supporting Camera Link, the Serial Buffer Size allows adjusting the size of the transmit and receive serial data buffers. A value larger than the default, 1024 Bytes, might be needed for cameras using high baud rates and using large data ''packets''.

For PIXCI® frame grabbers supporting Camera Link, the Retain Camera Power (PoCL) after Close allows Power over Camera Link (PoCL) to be maintained after the PIXCI® frame grabber is closed and later reopened by software. Only selected versions of Camera Link PIXCI® frame grabbers support PoCL; older versions apply PoCL whenever the frame grabber is powered on; newer versions disable PoCL when the PIXCI® frame grabber is closed by software - subject to this option. Setting this option will also disable running of ''Data Path'' startup diagnostics.

For PIXCI® frame grabbers supporting Camera Link, the Ignore Serial Framing Error selects the ignoring of serial ''framing errors'' - the serial line signalling an invalid state. Otherwise, framing errors are reported in the Utilities - Message Log. Some cameras knowingly generate framing errors while the camera is initializing or changing video modes; ignoring framing errors helps eliminate unnecessary log entries.

5.1.8. PIXCI® - Advanced

The Advanced button provides various advanced options, some of which may be suggested by EPIX, Inc. Technical Support to help diagnose problems. It is a shortcut to the Driver Assistant - Advanced Options.

 

5.2. PIXCI® - Video Setup

The PIXCI® - Video Setup window allows adjusting the PIXCI® frame grabber's, video format, video resolution, color space, or other board specific parameters, as appropriate for the particular board model.

The contents of the PIXCI® - Video Setup menu differs according to the PIXCI® frame grabber; typically the menu offers access to Format, Resolution, and Sync pages providing the adjustments needed for most applications. The PIXCI® - Video Setup menu typically also provides several choices under Custom; these are highly technical parameters; alteration of which should be avoided by most applications. The choices under Custom are not described here.

Changes to any of the PIXCI® - Video Setup parameters do not have immediate effect. The OK button implements the changes and closes the window, the Apply button implements the changes without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the changes.

5.2.1. Video Setup - Format

The Select - Format subwindow offers selection of several predefined video formats.

For the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, and SV5L frame grabbers the format window allows choosing Reset to default format ... ... RS-170, ... RS-170 (Sqr), ... NTSC S/Video, ... NTSC S/Video (Sqr), ... NTSC, ... NTSC (Sqr), ... CCIR, ... CCIR (Sqr), ... PAL S/Video, ... PAL S/Video (Sqr), ... PAL, or ... PAL (Sqr). The ''(Sqr)'' variations offer square pixels rather than maximum resolution. For the PIXCI® SV4, SV5, and SV5L frame grabbers additional, less frequently used, video formats are also shown.

For the PIXCI® SV5A and SV5B frame grabbers the format window allows choosing Reset to default format ... ... RS-170, ... RS-170 (Sqr), ... NTSC, ... NTSC (Sqr), ... CCIR, ... CCIR (Sqr), ... PAL, or ... PAL (Sqr). The ''(Sqr)'' variations offer square pixels rather than maximum resolution. Additional, less frequently used, video formats are also shown.

For the PIXCI® SV7 frame grabber the format window allows choosing Reset to default format ... ... RS-170, ... RS-170 (Sqr), ... NTSC, ... NTSC (Sqr), ... CCIR, ... CCIR (Sqr), ... PAL, or ... PAL (Sqr). The ''(Sqr)'' variations offer square pixels rather than maximum resolution.

For the PIXCI® SV8 frame grabber the format window allows choosing Reset to default format ... ... RS-170, ... RS-170 (Sqr), ... NTSC, ... NTSC (Sqr), ... NTSC/YC, ... NTSC/YC (Sqr), ... CCIR, ... CCIR (Sqr), ... PAL, ... PAL/YC, ... PAL (Sqr). or ... PAL/YC (Sqr). The ''(Sqr)'' variations offer square pixels rather than maximum resolution.

For the PIXCI® A310 frame grabber the format window allows choosing Reset to default format ... ... Video 720x480i 60Hz (RS-170), ... Video 720x480i 60Hz RGB, ... Video 720x576i 50Hz (CCIR), ... Video 720x576i 50Hz RGB, ... Video 1920x1080i 60Hz, ... Video 1920x1080i 60Hz RGB, ... Video 1920x1080i 50Hz, ... Video 1920x1080i 50Hz RGB, ... Video 1280x720p 50Hz, ... Video 1280x720p 50Hz RGB, ... Video 1280x720p 60Hz, ... Video 1280x720p 60Hz RGB, ... RS330 720x480i 60Hz, ... RS343 875i 60Hz, ... RS343 875i 60Hz RGB, ... SVGA 800x600 60Hz, ... SVGA 800x600 60Hz RGB, ... SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz, ... SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz RGB, ... VGA 640x480 60Hz, ... VGA 640x480 60Hz RGB, ... XGA 1024x768 60Hz, or ... XGA 1024x768 60Hz RGB. Other video formats can be supported by modifying the the PLL, A/D, and sync processor parameters under Select - Custom. For the PIXCI® A110 model, the format window is similar, but does not allow selecting RGB formats.

The Current Format shows the current format selection; or shows Customized if any significant parameters (typically excluding brightness, contrast, and similar tweaks) have been changed from the format's default settings.

For the PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers, where each frame grabber is camera specific, or a selected camera is coded as the frame grabber's default, no format window is provided.

5.2.2. Video Setup - Resolution

The Select - Resolution subwindow offers selection of video resolution.

5.2.2.1. Introduction

Every sampling process is subject to the fundamental tradeoff: resolution versus storage requirements. Selected PIXCI® frame grabbers allows the user to select the sampling resolution needed for a given application. Tuning the parameters for low resolution (subsampling) allows more frame buffers, longer sequence capture/display, faster image processing, and smaller file sizes when saved to disk. Separately, selected PIXCI® frame grabbers allow the active video window size (partial sampling) to be modified, allowing a smaller field of view and more frame buffers, while maintaining high resolution within the field of view.

5.2.2.2. Conventions

The horizontal axis is denoted ''x'', the vertical axis is denoted ''y''. The coordinate of the upper left pixel is x=0, y=0; with coordinates increasing with movement right and down.

5.2.2.3. Video Sampling, Concepts and Terms

This discussion explains terms used in acquiring or displaying video. In particular, the distinction between a ''video pixel'' and a ''data pixel'', and the various ways they may be related, are described. Not every feature implied by this discussion of terms and concepts is supported by every frame grabber.

A video pixel is the smallest discrete dimensional unit that can be sampled from a camera, or the smallest discrete dimensional unit that can be displayed on a monitor. In the horizontal dimension it is commonly identified with the pixel clock period: one pixel clock period produces one video pixel.[19] In the vertical dimension, a video pixel is defined by the number and interlacing of scan lines; the horizontal scan period versus the vertical scan period.

A data pixel is a value (or set of values, if color) in the frame grabber's, or the computer's, memory.

For the sake of example, assume a camera with a maximum of eight video pixels on a line or column. For maximum resolution, each of these can be sampled, or converted, into a data pixel:

  D1  D2  D3  D4  D5  D6  D7  D8    (data pixels)

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 (video pixels)
This uses a ''video size'', the number of video pixels used (and thus the camera's field of view), of eight; and eight ''pixels sampled''; each video pixel corresponds to one data pixel.

The field of view can be narrowed, but still sampled at maximum resolution within the field of view:

  -   -   -   D1  D2  D3  D4  -

^ ^ ^ ^ - - - V4 V5 V6 V7 -
This uses a video size of four, at a ''video left edge'' of three (the first three video pixels are ignored), and four pixels sampled; each video pixel that is used still corresponds to one data pixel.

For any field of view, there can be fewer data pixels than video pixels.

  -D1--   -D2--   -D3--   -D4--

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8
This uses a video size of eight, at a video left edge of zero, and four data pixels sampled; each data pixel has a video ''pixel width'' of 2.[20] During capture, one video sample is taken every two pixel periods. For display, each sample value determines the grey level of two displayable pixels. The resolution is halved, but so is the image's memory requirements.

The data pixels need not correspond to an integer number of video pixels:

      --D1---- ---D2----
      ^   ^   ^   ^   ^
  -   V2  V3  V4  V5  V6  -   -
This uses a video size of five, at a video left edge of one, and two pixels[21] sampled. Each data pixel has a video pixel width of 2.5.

5.2.2.4. Resolution Parameters

The maximum number of video and data pixels per horizontal line, per vertical line, and other constraints on the video sampling parameters is a function of the video format, and of the PIXCI® frame grabber being used. The values entered under Resolution are always adjusted so as to be valid.

The Data Pixels per Line specifies the number of data pixels to be sampled or displayed per line. For PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L frame grabbers, the Video Pixels per Line specifies the number of video pixels which may be equal to, or larger, than Data Pixels per Line; if larger, the video is subsampled and each pixel's width is the ratio of Video Pixels per Line to Data Pixels per Line. For PIXCI® A110, A310, CL1, CL2, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, SI4, SV7, and SV8 frame grabbers, the Video Pixels per Line and Data Pixels per Line must be identical. The Video Left Edge specifies the video left edge offset; the Video Right Edge notes the video right edge.

If Force Video L/R Centering is selected, the Video Left Edge is automatically set so as to center the active video window. If Force Max Data Pixels is selected, then Data Pixels per Line is adjusted to the maximum allowable. If Force Max Video Pixels is selected, then Video Pixels per Line is adjusted to the maximum allowable.

Parameters controlling the sampling in the vertical dimension are analogous to the parameters of the horizontal dimension, with an additional vertical parameter involving interlace, to be described. The above discussion for the horizontal dimension applies to the vertical dimension if ''line'' is substituted for ''pixel'', ''height'' for ''width'', ''top'' for ''left'', etc.

Selection of vertical sampling parameters is complicated by the vertical interlace used in RS-170 and other common formats. Briefly, the horizontal lines which constitute one frame of displayable video are split into two fields, each field composed of alternate lines. In RS-170 the number of vertical lines, and thus the maximum vertical dimension, is 480 split into two fields of 240 lines each.

If the video format is interlaced (such as RS-170): If Frame Buffer: 2 Fields is selected, then each field is stored in image memory and the total vertical dimension is twice the Data Lines per Field parameter; this provides highest vertical resolution. If Frame Buffer: 1 Field is selected, then image memory stores only one field; when displayed, both fields contain the same information. This is lower resolution, and uses less memory.

The Data Lines per Field, Video Lines per Field, Video Top Edge, Video Bottom Edge, all refer to lines within a single field directly analogous to pixels within a line (see above). If Frame Buffer: 1 Field is selected in an interlaced video format, then each line's height is effectively, and additionally, doubled.

This method of handling the Frame Buffer: 2 Fields versus Frame Buffer: 1 Field option might at first appear counter-intuitive. But, the choice for the Frame Buffer: 2 Fields versus Frame Buffer: 1 Field must be based on more than the desired sampling resolution. Specifically, if Frame Buffer: 2 Fields is selected, capturing a camera view with any movement will cause, when displayed, appearance of shaking or oscillating in addition to blur. This is due to the time differential between the two fields. If a camera view with movement is captured with Frame Buffer: 1 Field selected, then only blur will result.

As use of Frame Buffer: 2 Fields versus Frame Buffer: 1 Field is often constrained by the current camera subject, the selected method of handling these parameters allows modifying the Frame Buffer: 2 Fields versus Frame Buffer: 1 Field parameters without having to modify the other vertical parameters. The perceived video height, for example, will remain constant regardless of the Frame Buffer: 2 Fields versus Frame Buffer: 1 Field selection. Note that in video formats which are not interlaced, the Frame Buffer: 1 Field is always selected.

A few, rare, cameras use horizontal interlacing of multiple ''Phylds''. The above discussion for the vertical interlacing applies to horizontal interlacing if Phylds is substituted for Fields, ''horizontal'' for ''vertical'', etc.

5.2.2.5. Remaining Parameters

The Data Pixel Format selects or shows the pixel color space and number of color components per pixel, while the Bits per Data Pixel selects or shows the number of bits per color component. If Force Max Pixies & Bits is selected, the maximum grey level or color resolution is selected. If Default Max Pixies & Bits is selected, the default grey level or color resolution is selected. Whether these parameters are actually alterable, or only display current values, is dependent on the features of the current frame grabber.

The Memory per Image Buffer shows the number of bytes of memory required to store a single frame, as specified by the above parameters. The Frame Buffers in Memory is the number of image frame buffers that fit within the current frame buffer memory.

In some video formats, it may be possible to specify an image size so large that not even one image can fit into image memory. In such an event, the parameters will automatically be adjusted until at least one image can fit.

5.2.3. Video Setup - Sync

The Select - Sync subwindow offers selection of additional video modes affecting synchronization or timing.

If Switch after Even Field is selected, when terminating continuous digitization, or switch from one buffer to another, the termination or switch has effect after the next even field. If Switch after Odd Field is selected, the termination or switch has effect after the next odd field. If Switch after Any Field is selected, the termination or switch has effect after the next field. The parameter has no effect on PIXCI® frame grabbers which don't support, or are not currently using, an interlaced video format.

If Genlock in Digitize is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber locks to the video source; otherwise the video source is expected to lock to the PIXCI® frame grabber. All current PIXCI® A110, A310, SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L, SV7, and SV8 frame grabbers only operate in genlock mode. The Genlock in Digitize selection is not used by the PIXCI® CL1, CL2, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers, which support digital cameras.

 

5.3. PIXCI® - Export & Import Video Setup

The PIXCI® - Export Video Setup allows saving the PIXCI® frame grabber's current video format, video resolution, color space, or other board specific parameters as appropriate for the particular board model. The parameters saved correspond to the parameters set under PIXCI® - Video Setup.

The PIXCI® - Export Video Setup exports the video state as ``C'' structure initializers. These exported structures are useful to programs using the PIXCI® ``C'' Library bearing the same version number as XCAP, particularly in conjunction with customized video formats. Refer to the PIXCI® XCOBJ ``C'' LIBRARY REFERENCE MANUAL or PIXCI® XCLIB ``C'' LIBRARY REFERENCE MANUAL for proper use of these initializers.

For selected Camera Link cameras, and if Include Camera Link Serial Commands is selected, the serial commands necessary to put the camera into its current state is also saved in the video setup. These commands are sent to the camera when the video setup is loaded via the XCLIB ''C'' library.

For SILICON VIDEO® cameras, if Include I2C Commands or Include SPI Commands is selected, the necessary I2C or SPI commands, respectively, to put the camera into its current state are also saved in the video setup. These commands are sent to the camera when the video setup is loaded via the XCLIB ''C'' library.

The PIXCI® - Import Video Setup allows loading a video setup, previously saved by the same, or a compatible version of, XCAP. For selected Camera Link cameras, if the video setup includes Camera Link serial commands, these commands are sent to the camera.[22] For SILICON VIDEO® cameras, if the video setup includes I2C commands, these commands are sent to the camera.

 

5.4. PIXCI® - Status

The PIXCI® - Status window allows inspection and alteration of certain low level PIXCI® frame grabber parameters. The features within the PIXCI® - Status window are dependent on the PIXCI® frame grabber's model and submodel; some features described may not appear, or may not be applicable.

The Update button causes an update of the PIXCI® - Status. If Live is selected, the PIXCI® - Status is automatically updated periodically, with the update period selected by Live Period.

The Video Status section shows the current video status, such as the current field/frame count, the current line count, the current field oddness or evenness, the last video timing event, and a tally of video timing and capture errors. The value of the general purpose inputs (formerly referred to as external TTL inputs) as of the last video field, and a tally of general purpose inputs transitions are shown.

The G.P.I.O (i.e. General Purpose Inputs and Outputs, formerly referred to as external TTL inputs and outputs) section shows the current value of the general purpose inputs, allows resetting latched general purpose inputs, and allows setting the value of the general purpose outputs.

For PIXCI® frame grabbers supporting Camera Link, the Camera Link CC G(eneral) P(urpose) Outputs allows setting the value of the Camera Link CC output lines, for those CC lines which are not otherwise used (or reserved) for video control. (Both for historical reasons and to be conservative, video formats typically reserve all of the CC lines to be used for video control — so as to avoid accidental interference with video). Camera Link CC lines whose corresponding checkbox is active are available as general purpose outputs; see the PIXCI® - Video Setup to specify whether one or more CC lines are to be available as general purpose outputs. Changes via Camera Link CC G(eneral) P(urpose) Outputs are not synchronized to, or delayed waiting for, horizontal or vertical video timing. Generally, for most if not all frame grabbers, they are synchronized to the camera's pixel clock and thus require the presence of the camera's clock.

The Device Info section show the current PIXCI® frame grabber's model and submodel or preset, the amount of memory available for frame buffers, the number of PIXCI® frame grabbers currently in operation, some of the resources assigned to the PIXCI® frame grabber(s), and version identification of the PIXCI® library and drivers.

 

5.5. PIXCI® - Connections

The PIXCI® Connections window provides, as appropriate for the specific model of PIXCI® frame grabber, a map of the board's connections, connectors, option jumpers, and adjustments, if any.

For the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the video and general purpose input/output (GIO) connections on the board's bracket and on the header connector(s) on the board. There are no option jumpers or adjustments.

For the PIXCI® SV7 the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the video and general purpose input/output (GIO) connections on the board's bracket and on the header connector(s) on the board. There are no option jumpers or adjustments.

For the PIXCI® SV8 the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the video and general purpose input/output (GIO) connections on the board's bracket and on the header connector(s) on the board. There are no option jumpers or adjustments.

For the PIXCI® A110 and A310 the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the video, various sync connections, and general purpose input/output (GIO) connections on the board's bracket and on the header connector(s) on the board. There are no option jumpers or adjustments.

For the PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E8CAM, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the connector(s) on the board's bracket, describes the header connector(s) on the board, and, where applicable, the connector of the optional differential to TTL converter. There are no option jumpers or adjustments.

For the PIXCI® E4 and E4DB the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the connector(s) on the board's bracket, describes the header connector(s) on the board, and the connector of the optional differential to TTL converter. For boards prior to Rev 4 there are no option jumpers or adjustments. For Rev 4 boards, the PIXCI® E4 versus E4DB option switch is also described; some boards also have a switch to enable or disable Power over Camera Link (PoCL).

For the PIXCI® E8 and E8DB the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the connector(s) on the board's bracket, describes the header connector(s) on the board, the connector of the optional differential to TTL converter, and the PIXCI® E8 versus E8DB option switch. Some boards also have a switch to enable or disable Power over Camera Link (PoCL).

For the PIXCI® e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, and e104x4-f2b, the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the connector(s) on the board, and describes the header connector(s) on the board.

For the PIXCI® E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, and E4G2-F2B, the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the connector(s) on the board's bracket, and describes the connector(s) on the board.

For the PIXCI® E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, and E4TX2-F2B, the PIXCI® Connections illustrates the connector(s) on the board, and describes the header connector(s) on the board.

 

5.6. PIXCI® - Serial Terminal

For the PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB Camera Link compatible frame grabbers, the PIXCI® - Serial Terminal allows ''raw'' serial communication with a Camera Link camera. For many cameras, XCAP includes more convenient, camera-specific ''smart'' controls, provided after a camera-specific frame grabber is opened, via the Capture - Adjustments; the PIXCI® - Serial Terminal is not needed.

The PIXCI® - Serial Terminal provides the same features as described for Utilities - RS-232 Terminal, except that the Setup allows enabling or disabling use of the Camera Link serial ''port'', rather than specifying a ''COM'' port (under Windows) or a ''ttyS'' device (under Linux).

 

5.7. PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery

The PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery and PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery feature allows using XCAP, in conjunction with the ''XCAP Sourcery'' TWAIN driver and/or the ''XCAP Sourcery'' Image-Pro driver, as a component of a ''smart'' TWAIN Source (TWAIN terminology) or Video/Digital source (Image-Pro terminology), allowing other TWAIN compliant applications and/or Image-Pro to capture images from the PIXCI® frame grabber, while XCAP provides frame grabber, camera controls, and, optionally, image preprocessing.[23] The PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery and PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery features are available only under Windows.

5.7.1. Sourcery - Activation

The On button activates XCAP support for both TWAIN and Image-Pro ''XCAP Sourcery'' drivers; once activated, XCAP can respond to requests from the TWAIN application or from Image-Pro via the ''XCAP Sourcery'' drivers. The Off button de-activates support for both TWAIN and Image-Pro ''XCAP Sourcery'' drivers. The Hide button hides the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery window, but does not de-activate support for the TWAIN and Image-Pro ''XCAP Sourcery'' drivers. The PIXCI® frame grabber must remain open (see PIXCI® - Open/Close) for the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery to provide support for the TWAIN and Image-Pro ''XCAP Sourcery'' drivers.

The TWAIN Force Bits per Sample, TWAIN Default Bits per Sample, TWAIN Allow File Xfer Mode, TWAIN Force/Default Bits, and TWAIN Auto Live on Show set options as described in the ''XCAP Sourcery'' TWAIN driver documentation.

5.7.2. Sourcery - Acquisition

Upon use of the TWAIN application's ''Acquire'' (the terminology used within the TWAIN application may differ), or upon use of the Image-Pro ''Preview'', the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery presents the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window. This implies automatically un-minimizing or de-iconizing XCAP, if XCAP was previously minimized or iconized, and opening a PIXCI® Image Viewer Window if one was not previously open. The PIXCI® Image Viewer Window is brought to the foreground and in front of the TWAIN or Image-Pro application. If Create Image Viewer as Default Size is selected and a PIXCI® Image Viewer Window is opened, its size is always set to Size Window: Default (see Display - Window) so as not to entirely obscure the TWAIN or Image-Pro application. If Activate Image Viewer as Always-On-Top is selected, the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window and its subwindows, are set to always be ''above'' other windows; subject to the other windows' also requesting Always-On-Top, and the whims of the host operating system. (see Image Viewer - View).

Normal XCAP controls such as Snap, Live, and UnLive, (see PIXCI® Image Viewer Window) can be used to capture images into the PIXCI® image frame buffer(s). A ''Snap'' button in the TWAIN popup window[24] duplicates the function of Snap.

Using the ''Acquire'' button in the TWAIN popup window, or the ''Snap'' button in the Image-Pro popup window acquires the image in the currently displayed PIXCI® image frame buffer into the TWAIN application or into an Image-Pro workspace.

Depending on the relative size and position of XCAP's windows and the TWAIN application's or Image-Pro's windows, the TWAIN popup window or the Image-Pro popup window may be hidden. Duplicate controls are provided within the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery; the Acquire Image into TWAIN Application and Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire duplicating the TWAIN popup dialog's ''Acquire'' and ''Cancel'' buttons, and Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace and Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview duplicating Image-Pro's popup dialog's ''Snap'' and ''Close'' buttons.[25] For convenience, the same functions are duplicated under Capture in the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window as TWAIN App: Acquire Image, TWAIN App: Cancel Acquire, Image-Pro: Snap Image, and Image-Pro: Cancel Preview.

Using the ''Cancel'' button in the TWAIN popup window, or either the ''Stop Preview'' or the ''Cancel'' button in the Image-Pro popup window (or their duplicated equivalents), the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery releases the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window. This implies closing the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window if one was previously opened, and re-minimizing or re-iconizing XCAP as per its previous state.

If the Show TWAIN Popup Controls if selected, the TWAIN popup window does not appear, in favor of using the Acquire Image into TWAIN Application and Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire buttons.

5.7.3. Sourcery - Suggestions

There are (at least) three popular styles of arranging XCAP and the TWAIN or Image-Pro application.

One style is to share screen real estate: Using standard Window's move and resize features, resize XCAP to one half or one third of the screen, and resize the TWAIN or Image-Pro application to one half or two thirds of the screen, positioning each so as not to overlap. This allows easy switching between the two applications, with neither covering the other.

A second style is to let XCAP and the TWAIN or Image-Pro application be their default size - typically full screen. Upon use of the TWAIN application's ''Acquire'' or upon use of the Image-Pro ''Preview'', XCAP will be brought to the foreground and in front of the TWAIN or Image-Pro application, effectively hiding the TWAIN or Image-Pro application's ''Acquire'', ''Snap'', and/or ''Cancel'' controls. However, the duplicate controls provided by XCAP are also brought to the foreground, and can be used instead.

Finally, the TWAIN or Image-Pro application's size can be left as their default size, and XCAP's ''footprint'' reduced by selecting PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window (see Utilities - Program Setup) and Create Image Viewer as Default Size. This eliminates the XCAP Main Window, and maintains the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window size so as not to obscure the TWAIN or Image-Pro application.

If XCAP's primary, or only, intended use is support of the PIXCI® frame grabber via the TWAIN or Image-Pro application, selecting all of Minimize after Startup, Background Task in System Tray, Auto Startup w. Windows, Open PIXCI® on Startup, TWAIN Sourcery on Startup, Image-Pro Sourcery on Startup, PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window, PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery, and PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery (see Utilities - Program Setup), and Create Image Viewer as Default Size will configure XCAP to automatically start with Windows, automatically appear only as needed by the TWAIN or Image-Pro application, and remove features from XCAP that are not needed for TWAIN or Image-Pro support. The PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery, and PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery options also add shortcuts (see PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture - Shortcuts) which duplicate the effect of the Acquire Image into TWAIN Application, Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire, Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace, and Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview buttons.


 

 

 

6. Image Viewer Window - File

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - File allows saving, loading, or printing the image, and shows information about the image's dimensions, pixel depth and color space.

Two items under Image Viewer Window - File have direct effect, rather than activating a window. The Close Viewer closes the Image Viewer Window, but does not destroy the image (sequence). The Close & Dispose of Image closes the Image Viewer Window and destroys the image (sequence). The image viewer window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer(s) does not provide a Close & Dispose of Image; an image viewer window is available whenever the PIXCI® frame grabber is open for use.

 

6.1. Image File - Save

The Image File - Save window allows saving the current image in a variety of file formats. Images can also be saved directly to an FTP URL.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

If File is selected, the image is to be saved to a file pathname. If URL is selected, the image is to be saved to an FTP URL.

The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to be the customary extension; although using .btf for BigTIFF format, .bmp for BMP format, .fts for FITS format, .tif for TIFF format, etc., is recommended.

The OK or Apply may be clicked without a File Name; the effect of the Browse button and OK or Apply, respectively, is combined.

The Image URL field allows explicit entry of an FTP URL to which the image is to be saved. The URL should have a format similar to:

    ftp://domain.com/pretty.tif
    ftp://ftp.domain.com/images/pretty.tif
The FTP User ID and FTP Password must be set with the used ID and password that allows access to the Image URL. If FTP to .tmp and Rename the image is saved to the specified Image URL with ''.tmp'' appended, then renamed to Image URL; this prevents other programs or users from seeing a partial file while the save operation is in progress. The FTP Timeout limits the period of time used by the save operation.

One of the industry standard file formats TIFF, BigTIFF, JPEG/JFIF, BMP, FITS, or Portable Map, or ''raw'' formats X/Y Binary or X/Y ASCII, can be selected.

6.1.1. TIFF Format

The TIFF selects saving the image as a TIFF format file (i.e. .tif). For TIFF, the file size may be as large as 4 GiByte. subject to the operating system's limitations on file size.

Several options pertaining to TIFF format files are under the TIFF What, TIFF With, TIFF How and similar sections.

If Save All Bits per Pixie is selected, each pixel is saved with necessary and sufficient bits - none lacking and none added. If Save Other Bits per Pixie is selected, the Save Bits per Pixie allows saving fewer, or more, bits per pixel value component. For example, assuming a 10 bit per pixel grey level image, setting Save Bits per Pixie to 8 allows saving the 8 most significant bits of each pixel, producing a TIFF file which is acceptable for programs limited to 8 bit pixels. Or, setting Save Bits per Pixie to 16 allows saving each pixel as two bytes; wasteful, but other imaging programs may require a 16 bit representation for pixels with 9 through 16 bits. The Save 8 Bits per Pixie and Save 16 Bits per Pixie selections are shortcuts to select these two, commonly used, options.

If the combined settings of Save 8 Bits per Pixie, Save 16 Bits per Pixie, Save Other Bits per Pixie, and Save Bits per Pixie specify that additional bits are to be saved, then if Postfix 0 bits is selected, the pixel value component is extended with 0 bits on the right, if Prefix 0 bits is selected, the pixel value component is extended with 0 bits on the left. For example, if saving a 10 bit pixel with value 1023 (11111111112) as a 16 bit pixel, if Postfix 0 bits is selected the value saved is 65472 (11111111110000002), if Prefix 0 bits is selected the value saved is 1023 (00000011111111112).

The Save w. Palette Data is only an option for images with an attached palette. For such images, if Save w. Palette Data is selected, the attached palette is saved along with the image, otherwise the attached palette is not saved.

The Image Description Tag can be used to add a description to the saved image. If Description Tag: Add Camera Settings is selected, the current camera settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Description Tag: Add Camera Status is selected, the current camera status (such as temperature, for cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically) from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Description Tag: Add Camera Info is selected, the camera's static info (such as model and serial number), if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Description Tag: Add A-D Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Description Tag: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Description Tag: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, all settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. The Copyright Notice Tag can be used to add a copyright notices to the saved image.

The Date&Time Tag with date and time will be saved with the image. If Current Date&Time is selected, the current date and time is used. If Edit Date&Time is selected, an arbitrary date and time can be entered. If Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is used; if the image does not have a date and time capture stamp then the current date and time is used. If TIFF Compliant is selected, the Date&Time Tag is in TIFF standard format with one second resolution. If TIFF.millisec or TIFF.millisec.microsec is selected, the Date&Time Tag provides millisecond or microsecond resolution respectively, but is not in TIFF standard; other programs may not be able to interpret the extended Date&Time Tag.

If Use Resolution Tag is selected, a notice of horizontal and vertical image resolution specified numerically by Horizontal Resolution Tag and Vertical Resolution Tag along with units specified as Dimensionless Ratio, Inches, or Centimeters is saved with the image.

If Compression: None is selected, the image is saved with no compression (also termed Packed in TIFF terminology). If Compression: PackBits Lossless is selected, the image is saved with TIFF standard PackBits type compression. The Compression: PackBits Lossless is most effective when used with monochrome images, or index+palette images, of 1, 2, 4 or 8 bit pixels. If Compression: LZW (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless is selected, the image is saved with TIFF standard LZW type compression without predictors, if Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless is selected, the image is saved with TIFF standard LZW type compression with horizontal predictors. The Compression: LZW (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless and Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless are most effective when used with images of 1, 2, 4 or 8 bit pixels. If Compression: EPIX® Lossless or Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP are selected, the image is saved in a ''private'' (to use the TIFF terminology) compression method defined by EPIX, Inc., and should not be used for image files being exported to non-EPIX® imaging programs. The Compression: EPIX® Lossless and Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP are not supported for pixel components larger than 12 bit.

Generally, the Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless and Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP provide the most compression with highest CPU overhead, the Compression: EPIX® Lossless and Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP provide less compression with less CPU overhead, and Compression: PackBits Lossless provide the least compression with minimal CPU overhead. The ''HP'' variations of Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless and Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP use a ''Horizontal Predictor'' to increase compression on some types of images.

The File Strip Size parameter allows control over the saved TIFF file internal format, namely the strip size. This option is useful when exporting TIFF files from XCAP for use by other programs that can't accept standard TIFF strip size (typically, only some older programs, running on 16 bit processors, have strip size limitations). If File Strip Size: Default is selected, the standard TIFF strip size is used. If the saved file can't be imported into the other program, a file saved with File Strip Size of 1 (i.e. minimum strip size), and a file saved with File Strip Size of 9999999 (i.e. maximum strip size) should each be tried. These options don't affect reloading of saved files by XCAP, which supports all strip sizes.

6.1.2. BigTIFF Format

The BigTIFF selects saving the image as a BigTIFF format file (i.e. .btf). For BigTIFF, the file size may be as large as 16 EiByte (264 bytes), subject to the operating system's limitations on file size.

Several options pertaining to BigTIFF format files are under the BigTIFF What, BigTIFF With, BigTIFF How and similar sections; and provide similar options as for TIFF Format, above.

6.1.3. JPEG/JFIF Format

The JPEG/JFIF selects saving the image as a JPEG/JFIF format file (i.e. .jpg) with lossy compression. Several options pertaining to JPEG/JFIF format files are under the JPEG Quality, JPEG Aspect, JPEG Info and similar sections.

The saved image quality can be set, and the compression rate indirectly set, as Compression Quality. A Compression Quality of 100.0% yields the highest quality, but still has significant compression and is lossy; i.e. the restored image will not match, bit for bit, the original image. A Compression Quality of 0.1% yields the maximum compression. The actual compression rate (i.e. bits per pixel) and the visual effect of any given Compression Quality depends upon the image size, resolution, and content.

The Encode Mode allows selecting the use of Floating (Point) Code or Integer Code. The Integer Code yields slightly lower quality images, but, on some computers, is faster.

The Resolution Units, Horizontal Resolution, and Vertical Resolution specify the saved image's aspect ratio or dimensions. The Image Comment can be used to add a comment to the image. If Comment: Add Camera Settings is selected, the current camera settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Camera Status is selected, the current camera status (such as temperature, for cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically) from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Camera Info is selected, the camera's static info (such as model and serial number), if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comment: Add A-D Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved. If Comment: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, all settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved.

The Date&Time Comment with date and time can be saved with the image. If Current Date&Time is selected, the current date and time is used. If Edit Date&Time is selected, an arbitrary date and time can be entered. If Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is used; if the image does not have a date and time capture stamp then the current date and time is used. If Second Resolution is selected, the Date&Time Comment is in format

    Date&Time=YYYY.MM.DD HH.MM.SS
with one second resolution. If Millisec. Resolution or Microsec. Resolution is selected, the Date&Time Comment is in format
    Date&Time=YYYY.MM.DD HH.MM.SS.MMM
or
    Date&Time=YYYY.MM.DD HH.MM.SS.MMM.UUU
with millisecond or microsecond resolution, respectively, If None is selected, the Date&Time Comment is not saved with the image.

6.1.4. BMP Format

The BMP selects saving the image as a Windows Device Independent Bitmap format file (i.e. .bmp). Several options pertaining to BMP format files are under the BMP What, BMP With, and similar sections.

For monochrome image, with attached palette, if Save w. Palette Data is selected, the images attached palette is saved along with the image, otherwise a monochromatic, identity, palette is saved. The Save w. Palette Data has no effect when used with color images.

For monochrome images, either 1 Bit per Pixie, 2 Bits per Pixie, or 8 Bits per Pixie can be saved. This selection has no effect for color images, for which the BMP format only supports 8 bits per pixel component.

The Horizontal Pixels per Meter Info and Vertical Pixels per Meter Info allow specifying the image's aspect ratio coded into the file, but does not affect the pixel data stored.

6.1.5. FITS Format

The FITS selects saving the image as a FITS format file (i.e. .fts). Several options pertaining to FITS format files are under the FITS What FITS With and similar sections.

If Save All Bits per Pixie is selected, each pixel is saved with necessary and sufficient bits - none lacking and none added. If Save Other Bits per Pixie is selected, the Save Bits per Pixie allows saving fewer, or more, bits per pixel value component. For example, assuming a 10 bit per pixel grey level image, setting Save Bits per Pixie to 8 allows saving the 8 most significant bits of each pixel, producing a FITS file which is acceptable for programs limited to 8 bit pixels. Or, setting Save Bits per Pixie to 16 allows saving each pixel as two bytes; wasteful, but other imaging programs may require a 16 bit representation for pixels with 9 through 16 bits. The Save 8 Bits per Pixie and Save 16 Bits per Pixie selections are shortcuts to select these two, commonly used, options.

If the combined settings of Save 8 Bits per Pixie, Save 16 Bits per Pixie, Save Other Bits per Pixie, and Save Bits per Pixie specify that additional bits are to be saved, then if Postfix 0 bits is selected, the pixel value component is extended with 0 bits on the right, if Prefix 0 bits is selected, the pixel value component is extended with 0 bits on the left. For example, if saving a 10 bit pixel with value 1023 (11111111112) as a 16 bit pixel, if Postfix 0 bits is selected the value saved is 65472 (11111111110000002), if Prefix 0 bits is selected the value saved is 1023 (00000011111111112).

For images with attached palette, if Save Palette Data is selected, the attached palette data is saved instead of the image, if Save Image Data is selected, the image data is saved without the palette.

The Object Card, Observer Card, Origin Card, Comment Card(s), and History Card(s), can be used to add a description of the date of observation, a description of the object, a description of the observer, a description of the origin, and other comments and history, respectively, to the saved image. If Comment: Add Camera Settings is selected, the current camera settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comment Card(s) when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Camera Status is selected, the current camera status (such as temperature, for cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically) from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Camera Info is selected, the camera's static info (such as model and serial number), if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comment: Add A-D Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comment Card(s) when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comment Card(s) when the image is saved. If Comment: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, all settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comment Card(s) when the image is saved.

The Date Card with date and time will be saved with the image. If Current Date&Time is selected, the current date and time is used. If Edit Date&Time is selected, an arbitrary date and time can be entered. If Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is used; if the image does not have a date and time capture stamp then the current date and time is used. If Sec(ond) Resolution is selected, the Date Card is in format

    yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss
with one second resolution. If Millisec. Resolution is selected, the card is in format
    yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.sss
with millisecond resolution.

The Date-Obs Card with date and time will be saved with the image; with similar, but independent, options as described for the Date Card.

If Color in Planar Format is selected, a color image of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with three axes, dimensioned with X, Y, and 3 elements (assuming, for example, 3-component RGB color), respectively. If Color in Packed Format is selected, a color image of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with three axes, dimensioned with 3, X, and Y elements (assuming, for example, 3-component RGB color), respectively. If Monochromatic as 3-Axis Data is selected, a grey or monochromatic (e.g. a color slice) image of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with three axes, dimensioned with X, Y, and 1 elements or with 1, X, and Y elements, as selected above. If Monochromatic as 2-Axis Data is selected, a grey or monochromatic (e.g. a color slice) image of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with two axes, dimensioned with X and Y elements.

As the FITS format does not make provision for describing an image's color space or aspect ratio, such information is added by XCAP to the FITS file header as comments upon ''BLANK'' records. Such notations will be ignored by other FITS readers.

6.1.6. Portable Map Format

The Portable Map selects saving the image as a Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map, format file (i.e. .pbm, .pgm, or .ppm). Several options pertaining to Portable Map format files are under the Pxm What, PxM With, and similar sections.

If Save All Bits per Pixie is selected, each pixel is saved with necessary and sufficient bits - none lacking and none added. If Save Other Bits per Pixie is selected, the Save Bits per Pixie allows saving fewer, or more, bits per pixel value component. For example, assuming a 10 bit per pixel grey level image, setting Save Bits per Pixie to 8 allows saving the 8 most significant bits of each pixel, producing a Portable Map file which is acceptable for programs limited to 8 bit pixels. Or, setting Save Bits per Pixie to 16 allows saving each pixel as two bytes; wasteful, but other imaging programs may require a 16 bit representation for pixels with 9 through 16 bits. The Save 8 Bits per Pixie and Save 16 Bits per Pixie selections are shortcuts to select these two, commonly used, options.

If the combined settings of Save 8 Bits per Pixie, Save 16 Bits per Pixie, Save Other Bits per Pixie, and Save Bits per Pixie specify that additional bits are to be saved, then if Postfix 0 bits is selected, the pixel value component is extended with 0 bits on the right, if Prefix 0 bits is selected, the pixel value component is extended with 0 bits on the left. For example, if saving a 10 bit pixel with value 1023 (11111111112) as a 16 bit pixel, if Postfix 0 bits is selected the value saved is 65472 (11111111110000002), if Prefix 0 bits is selected the value saved is 1023 (00000011111111112).

For images with attached palette, if Save Palette Data is selected, the attached palette data is saved instead of the image, if Save Image Data is selected, the image data is saved without the palette.

The Image Comment can be used to add a comment to the image. If Comment: Add Camera Settings is selected, the current camera settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Camera Status is selected, the current camera status (such as temperature, for cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically) from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Camera Info is selected, the camera's static info (such as model and serial number), if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comment: Add A-D Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved. If Comment: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved. If Comment: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, all settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Comment when the image is saved.

The Date&Time Comment with date and time can be saved with the image. If Current Date&Time is selected, the current date and time is used. If Edit Date&Time is selected, an arbitrary date and time can be entered. If Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is used; if the image does not have a date and time capture stamp then the current date and time is used. If Second Resolution is selected, the Date&Time Comment is in format

    Date&Time=YYYY.MM.DD HH.MM.SS
with one second resolution. If Millisec. Resolution or Microsec. Resolution is selected, the Date&Time Comment is in format
    Date&Time=YYYY.MM.DD HH.MM.SS.MMM
or
    Date&Time=YYYY.MM.DD HH.MM.SS.MMM.UUU
with millisecond or microsecond resolution, respectively, If None is selected, the Date&Time Comment is not saved with the image.

6.1.7. X/Y Binary Format

The X/Y Binary selects saving the image pixels in a simple left-to-right, top-to-bottom scan with each pixel saved in binary. There is no file header or trailer. Several options pertaining to binary format files are under the Binary What, Binary How and similar sections.

If Unpacked is selected, each pixel value component is stored in as many bytes as required by the pixie's size (e.g. two 12 bit pixels are not packed into three 8 bit bytes). For example, for eight bit monochrome pixels, each pixel is stored as 1 byte; an image of size 752×480 of 8 bit monochrome pixels results in a 752×480 byte file. For 24 bit RGB pixels, each pixel is stored as 3 bytes; the red, the green, and the blue value.

If Packed: MSB to LSB or Packed: LSB to MSB is selected, pixel values of each image line are packed together; the Packed: LSB to MSB packing right to left (least significant to most significant bits) within each byte and the Packed: MSB to LSB packing left to right (most significant to least significant bits) within each byte. Pixel values from the end of one line and the start of the next are not packed together. For example, for 1 bit monochrome pixels, each pixel is stored as 1 bit; an image of size 644×480 of 1 bit monochrome pixels results in 81 bytes per line and 38880 bytes per image.

The X/Y Binary format, particularly the Unpacked option, minimizes the effort required for user written application programs to read and write image files. However, it provides no safeguard against later loading of a stored image into an image buffer (or area of interest) of incorrect dimensions; potentially causing image ''tearing''.

For images with attached palette, if Save Palette Data is selected, the attached palette data is saved instead of the image, if Save Image Data is selected, the image data is saved without the palette.

6.1.8. X/Y ASCII Format

The X/Y ASCII selects saving the image pixels in a simple left-to-right, top-to-bottom scan with each pixel's value saved as one or more ASCII, decimal, text values with space delimiters. Several options pertaining to ASCII format files are under the ASCII What, ASCII How and similar sections.

If Save Image Data is selected, the image data is saved without the palette, if any. For images with attached palette, if Save Palette Data is selected, the attached palette data is saved instead of the image.

After writing the last pixel, or palette value, of each image line, the Pixel Line Delimiter character and new-line character(s) (as customary for the host operating system) are written. The Max Pixels per File Line allows limiting the text line length, forcing a new-line character(s) after the specified number of pixels or palette values, enhancing compatibility with text editors that might limit the number of characters per line. For example, the first two lines of a monochrome image with 64 pixels per line, with Max Pixels per File Line specified as 20, and with Pixel Line Delimiter specified as '','', would be:

  0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10  11  12  13  14  15  16  17  18  19
 20  21  22  23  24  25  26  27  28  29  30  31  32  33  34  35  36  37  38  39
 40  41  42  43  44  45  46  47  48  49  50  51  52  53  54  55  56  57  58  59
 60  61  62  63,
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
160 161 162 163,

If Save Date&Time Data is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is saved instead image data. The Save Date&Time Data is saved as one line with format specified by Date & Time Format.

If Save Settings Data is selected, various settings are saved. If Data: Add Camera Settings is selected, the current camera settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are saved. If Data: Add Camera Status is selected, the current camera status (such as temperature, for cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically) from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Data: Add Camera Info is selected, the camera's static info (such as model and serial number), if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Data: Add A-D Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are saved. If Data: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are saved. If Data: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, all settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are saved. If Settings: One Line is selected, all settings are saved as one long line of text; if Settings: One per Line is selected, each setting is saved as one line of text.

6.1.9. Common Options

For images with a date and time capture stamp, if Set File Date&Time to Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the file's ''last modified'' time is set to the image's date and time stamp. For images without date and time capture stamps, or if Set File's Date&Time to Date&Time Saved is selected, the file's ''last modified'' time is left at the operating system's assigned default.

If I/O Buffer Size: Default is selected, file I/O uses default size buffers. Otherwise, the buffer size is specified by I/O Buffer Size which must be a power of 2. Tuning the I/O buffer size can decrease the time required to save an image.

To help speed up JPEG/JFIF, TIFF, or BigTIFF coding and compression, multiple threads and CPU's (or CPU cores) can be assigned to the operation. The Process Threads allows selecting the number of CPU threads to perform the operation. The 1 Thread, 2 Threads, etc. selects the specified number of threads; regardless of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system. The All CPUs, 50% CPUs, and 25% CPUs select use of multiple threads, based on the specified percentage of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system.

For a typical image, typical operation, and typical computer: using more threads will speed up execution of the operation. Using more threads than available CPUs (or CPU cores), or using multiple threads with a small image or small image ROI, may be counter productive and slow execution. Some variations of the operation, depending on options, may execute in whole or part in only one thread. Using Show Process Report under Program Setup - GUI can be used to determine the benefits, on the current system, of using multiple threads.

 

6.2. Image File - Save Sequence

The Image File - Save Sequence window allows saving the current image sequence in a variety of file formats.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

For formats in which multiple images are saved to a single file, the File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to be the customary extension; although using .avi for AVI format, .tif for TIFF format, etc., is highly recommended.

For formats in which multiple images are saved to multiple files, the File Name Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru fields allows explicit entry of a path and numeric sequence of file names. The File Name Pattern is expected to contain one or more ''?'' characters; all such characters are replaced with decimal numbers incrementing from the sequence starting number (following as) through the sequence ending number (following thru). The Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box; after selecting a specific file name with the browser, the result in File Name Pattern can be modified, inserting ''?'' characters to represent the sequencing characters. If Check Exist is not selected, no warning is given if any of the specified files already exist.

The OK or Apply may be clicked without a File Name; the effect of the Browse button and OK or Apply, respectively, is combined. The file name selected by the Windows or Linux file browsing Dialog box (e.g. ''my.tif'') is automatically extended with sufficient numeric characters (e.g. ''my00.tif'', ''my01.tif'', etc.) to represent the range of files to be saved.

For image sequences with a date and time capture stamp, if Set File Date&Time to Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the file's ''last modified'' time is set to the first image of the sequence's date and time stamp. For images without date and time capture stamps, or if Set File's Date&Time to Date&Time Saved is selected, the file's ''last modified'' time is left at the operating system's assigned default.

One of the file formats, One AVI/DIB w. Sequence, One AVI/MJPG w. Sequence, One BigTIFF w. Sequence, One FITS w. Sequence, One Portable Map w. Sequence, One TIFF w. Sequence, One X/Y Binary w. Sequence, One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence, Sequence of BigTIFF's, Sequence of BMP's, Sequence of FITS's, Sequence of JPEG/JFIF's, Sequence of Portable Map's, Sequence of TIFF's, Sequence of X/Y Binary's, or Sequence of X/Y ASCII's can be selected.

The One TIFF w. Sequence format saves all images of the sequence to a single TIFF format file (i.e. .tif). Note that other imaging programs may not support reading multiple images from a single TIFF file.

The One BigTIFF w. Sequence format saves all images of the sequence to a single BigTIFF format file (i.e. .btf). For BigTIFF, the file size may be as large as 16 EiByte (264 bytes), subject to the operating system's limitations on file size.

The One AVI/DIB w. Sequence format saves all images of the sequence to a single Windows Video format file (i.e. .avi) using the ''DIB'' codec (lossless). The One AVI/MJPG w. Sequence format saves all images of the sequence to a single Windows Video format file using the ''MJPG'' codec (lossy compression).

The One X/Y Binary w. Sequence format saves all images of the sequence to a X/Y Binary format file; saving the image pixels in a simple left-to-right, top-to-bottom, first-to-last-image scan with each pixel saved in binary. There is no file header or trailer.

The One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence format saves all images of the sequence to a X/Y ASCII format file with space delimited, decimal representation of pixel values; saving the image pixels in a simple left-to-right, top-to-bottom, first-to-last-image scan. There is no file header or trailer. If Save Image Data is selected, the image data is saved without the palette, if any. For images with attached palette, if Save Palette Data is selected, the attached palette data is saved instead of the image. The optional Pixel Line Delimiter character is written after each line of pixel values. The optional Image Delimiter character is written after the last line of pixel values of each image, instead of the Pixel Line Delimiter. If Save Date&Time Data is selected, each image's date and time capture stamp is saved instead image data. The Save Date&Time Data is saved as one line per image with format specified by Date & Time Format.

The remaining formats save each image to an individual file, as represented by the File Name Pattern.

Various options and details of the formats are the same as described for single images, described above under Image File - Save. Options and details of the AVI format are described below. Additional details of the FITS format are described below.

The Auto Inc after Save allows repeating saving the same buffer(s) to a sequence of files. Typically, the Set AOI is set to a single image buffer, and the File Name Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru are set to specify a sequence of files. If Auto Inc after Save is selected, each click of the Apply button saves the image to the indexed file, and increments the sequence starting number, ready to save to the next file of the sequence.

6.2.1. AVI Format

The One AVI/DIB... selects saving the image as a Windows Video format file (i.e. .avi) using the ''DIB'' codec (lossless). The One AVI/MJPG ... selects saving the image as a Windows Video format file using the ''DIB'' codec (lossless).

Several options pertaining to AVI format files are under the AVI What, AVI With, and similar sections.

Options allow selecting AVI 1.0 format versus AVI 2.0 (AVIX, OpenDML) format. For AVI 1.0, the saved file size may be as large as 4 GiByte. For AVI 2.0, the file size may be larger than 4 GiByte, subject to the operating system's limitations on file size. However, other programs may not be able to read AVI 1.0 files larger than 2 GiByte, or may not support AVI 2.0 files, depending upon which Microsoft API was chosen by that program.

The Horizontal Pixels per Meter Info and Vertical Pixels per Meter Info allow specifying the image's aspect ratio coded into the file, but does not affect the pixel data stored.

The Default Frame Rate Info or Alternate Frame Rate Info specifies the frame rate coded into the file, which may be used by ''Media Player'' or other software to determine the playback rate.

The Comments Info can be used to add a description to the saved image. If Comments Info: Add Camera Settings is selected, the current camera settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comments Info when the image is saved. If Comments Info: Add Camera Status is selected, the current camera status (such as temperature, for cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically) from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comments Info: Add Camera Info is selected, the camera's static info (such as model and serial number), if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Image Description Tag when the image is saved. If Comments Info: Add A-D Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comments Info when the image is saved. If Comments Info: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comments Info when the image is saved. If Comments Info: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, all settings from the Capture - Adjustments dialog are appended to the Comments Info when the image is saved. The Copyright Info and Software Info can be used to add notices and descriptions to the saved image.

The Date&Time Info with date and time will be saved with the image. If Current Date&Time is selected, the current date and time is used. If Edit Date&Time is selected, an arbitrary date and time can be entered. If Image's Date&Time Stamp is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is used; if the image does not have a date and time capture stamp then the current date and time is used. If AVI Compliant is selected, the Date&Time Tag is in AVI standard format with one day resolution. If AVI H-M-S, AVI H-M-S.millisec, or AVI H-M-S.millisec.microsec is selected, the Date&Time Tag provides second, millisecond, or microsecond resolution respectively, but is not in AVI standard; other programs may not be able to interpret the extended Date&Time Info.

6.2.1.1. AVI DIB Codec

For monochrome image, with attached palette, if Save w. Palette Data is selected, the images attached palette is saved along with the image, otherwise a monochromatic, identity, palette is saved. The Save w. Palette Data has no effect when used with color images.

For monochrome images, either 1 Bit per Pixie, 2 Bits per Pixie, or 8 Bits per Pixie can be saved. This selection has no effect for color images, for which the DIB format only supports 8 bits per pixel component.

6.2.1.2. AVI MJPG Codec

The saved image quality can be set, and the compression rate indirectly set, as Compression Quality. A Compression Quality of 100.0% yields the highest quality, but still has significant compression and is lossy; i.e. the restored image will not match, bit for bit, the original image. A Compression Quality of 0.1% yields the maximum compression. The actual compression rate (i.e. bits per pixel) and the visual effect of any given Compression Quality depends upon the image size, resolution, and content.

The Encode Mode allows selecting the use of Floating (Point) Code or Integer Code. The Integer Code yields slightly lower quality images, but, on some computers, is faster.

6.2.2. FITS Format

If Color in Planar Format is selected, Z color images of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with four axes, dimensioned with X, Y, 3, and Z elements (assuming, for example, 3-component RGB color), respectively. If Color in Packed Format is selected, Z color images of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with four axes, dimensioned with 3, X, Y, and Z elements (assuming, for example, 3-component RGB color), respectively. If Monochromatic as 3-Axis Data is selected, Z grey or monochromatic (e.g. a color slice) images of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with three axes, dimensioned with X, Y, 1, and Z elements or with 1, X, Y, and Z elements, as selected above. If Monochromatic as 2-Axis Data is selected, Z grey or monochromatic (e.g. a color slice) images of size X×Y will be saved as a data array with three axes, dimensioned with X, Y, and Z elements.

6.2.3. Common Options

To help speed up JPEG/JFIF, TIFF, or BigTIFF coding and compression, multiple threads and CPU's (or CPU cores) can be assigned to the operation. The Process Threads allows selecting the number of CPU threads to perform the operation. The 1 Thread, 2 Threads, etc. selects the specified number of threads; regardless of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system. The All CPUs, 50% CPUs, and 25% CPUs select use of multiple threads, based on the specified percentage of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system.

For a typical image, typical operation, and typical computer: using more threads will speed up execution of the operation. Using more threads than available CPUs (or CPU cores), or using multiple threads with a small image or small image ROI, may be counter productive and slow execution. Some variations of the operation, depending on options, may execute in whole or part in only one thread. Using Show Process Report under Program Setup - GUI can be used to determine the benefits, on the current system, of using multiple threads.

 

6.3. Image File - E-Mail

The Image File - Save Sequence window allows directly e-mail'ing the current image from within XCAP.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

The E-Mail Recipient specifies the recipient's e-mail address, such as ''jane.doe@aol.com''. The E-Mail Subject specifies the e-mail's subject. The E-Mail server's host name and sender's address must have been previously setup in Program Setup - E-Mail.

The selection of image file format is the same as described for Image File - Save.

 

6.4. Image File - Load

The Image File - Load window allows loading from an image file into the current image buffer. Images can also be loaded into the current image buffer directly from an Internet URL. Unlike the File - Load New Image of the Main Window, the Image File - Load window loads an image file into the current image buffer, resizing and/or color converting to fit the image buffer's existing dimensions, pixel depth, and color space.

Image files in TIFF or JPEG/JFIF formats which are industry standards; image files in BMP or AVI format which are Windows standards; image files in BigTIFF format; image files in Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map; image files in X/Y Binary or X/Y ASCII formats; and some images in FITS format, can be loaded.

If File is selected, the image is to be loaded from a file pathname. If URL is selected, the image is to be loaded from an Internet URL.

The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. XCAP does not require the customary file name extension to be present; although using .btf for BigTIFF format, .bmp for BMP format, .fts for FITS format, .jpg for JPEG format, .tif for TIFF format, etc., is recommended.

After specifying an image file name, if the file contents (e.g. not just the file name extension) appear to be in AVI format, appear to be in BMP format, appear to be in BigTIFF format, appear to be in FITS format, appear to be in JPEG/JFIF format, appear to be in Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map format, or appear to be in TIFF format, then the AVI format indicator, then the BMP format indicator, the BigTIFF format indicator, the FITS format indicator, the JPEG/JFIF format indicator, the Portable Map format indicator, or the TIFF format indicator, respectively, will automatically be selected. Otherwise, the user can select whether the image file is in X/Y Binary or in X/Y ASCII format.

For images which support a date and time capture stamp, if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the file's ''last modified'' time as reported by the operating system. If Image's Date&Time Stamp: Don't Set is specified, the image's date and time stamp is not changed.

The Image URL field allows explicit entry of an Internet URL of an image ''file''. The URL should have a format similar to:

    ftp://domain.com/pretty.tif
    ftp://ftp.domain.com/pretty.tif
    http://domain.com/sequence/picture00.tif
    http://www.domain.com/sequence/picture00.tif
and be publicly accessible (i.e. via ''anonymous'' login). The same file formats as above are supported, however when loading from an Internet URL the customary file name extension must be present. The Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time feature is not applicable.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

6.4.1. TIFF and BigTIFF Formats

For image files identified as being in TIFF or BigTIFF format, several options may be specified.

For TIFF or BigTIFF format files which contain multiple images, the Load Subfile specifies which subimage is to be loaded. For TIFF or BigTIFF format files which contain a single image, the Load Subfile is 1.

For monochrome images with attached palette, if Load w. Palette is selected, the TIFF or BigTIFF file's palette, if any, is loaded.

When the specified image buffer (area of interest) is not the same dimensions as the TIFF or BigTIFF image, the TIFF or BigTIFF image is resized to fit the area of interest. If Resize: Bilinear is selected, resizing is done by bilinear interpolation; most often used for continuous tone images. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor is selected, resizing is done by nearest neighbor interpolation; most often used for images containing graphics.

For images which support a date and time capture stamp, if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from TIFF Date&Time Tag is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the TIFF or BigTIFF file's internal date and time tag, if any.

Note that TIFF or BigTIFF format files may be uncompressed or utilize various, sometimes proprietary, compression techniques. XCAP is not intended to load and view all TIFF or BigTIFF format files, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files using similar options.

6.4.2. JPEG/JFIF Format

For image files identified as being in JPEG/JFIF format, several options may be specified.

When the specified image buffer (area of interest) is not the same dimensions as the JPEG/JFIF image, the JPEG/JFIF image is resized to fit the area of interest. If Resize: Bilinear is selected, resizing is done by bilinear interpolation; most often used for continuous tone images. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor is selected, resizing is done by nearest neighbor interpolation; most often used for images containing graphics.

For images which support a date and time capture stamp, if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from JPEG Date&Time Comment is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the JPEG/JFIF file's internal date and time comment, if any.

Note that JPEG/JFIF format files may be uncompressed or utilize various compression techniques. XCAP is not intended to load and view all JPEG/JFIF format files, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files using similar options.

6.4.3. BMP Format

For image files identified as being in BMP format, several options may be specified.

For monochrome images with attached palette, if Load w. Palette is selected, the BMP file's palette, if any, is loaded.

When the specified image buffer (area of interest) is not the same dimensions as the BMP image, the BMP image is resized to fit the area of interest. If Resize: Bilinear is selected, resizing is done by bilinear interpolation; most often used for continuous tone images. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor is selected, resizing is done by nearest neighbor interpolation; most often used for images containing graphics.

Note that BMP format files may be uncompressed or utilize various compression techniques. XCAP is not intended to load and view all BMP format files, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files using similar options.

6.4.4. Portable Map Format

For image files identified as being in Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map format, several options may be specified.

For Portable Map format files which contain multiple images, the Load Subfile specifies which subimage is to be loaded. For Portable Map format files which contain a single image, the Load Subfile is 1.

When the specified image buffer (area of interest) is not the same dimensions as the Portable Map image, the Portable Map image is resized to fit the area of interest. If Resize: Bilinear is selected, resizing is done by bilinear interpolation; most often used for continuous tone images. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor is selected, resizing is done by nearest neighbor interpolation; most often used for images containing graphics.

For images which support a date and time capture stamp, if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from PxM Date&Time Comment is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the Portable Map file's internal date and time comment, if any.

6.4.5. AVI Format

For image files identified as being in AVI format, several options may be specified.

For AVI format files which contain multiple images, the Load Subfile specifies which subimage is to be loaded. For AVI format files which contain a single image, the Load Subfile is 1.

For monochrome images with attached palette, if Load w. Palette is selected, the AVI file's palette, if any, is loaded.

When the specified image buffer (area of interest) is not the same dimensions as the AVI image, the AVI image is resized to fit the area of interest. If Resize: Bilinear is selected, resizing is done by bilinear interpolation; most often used for continuous tone images. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor is selected, resizing is done by nearest neighbor interpolation; most often used for images containing graphics.

For images which support a date and time capture stamp, if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from AVI Date&Time Info is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the AVI file's internal date and time information, if any.

Note that AVI format files may be uncompressed or utilize various compression techniques. XCAP is not intended to load and view all AVI format files, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files using similar options.

6.4.6. FITS Format

For image files identified as being in FITS format, several options may be specified.

For FITS format files which contain multiple images, the Load Subfile specifies which subimage is to be loaded. For FITS format files which contain a single image, the Load Subfile is 1.

For images with attached palette, if Load Palette Data is selected, the image file is loaded into the attached palette instead of the image buffer, if Load Image Data is selected, the image file is loaded into the image buffer, the attached palette is not affected.

If Resize: Bilinear is selected, resizing is done by bilinear interpolation; most often used for continuous tone images. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor is selected, resizing is done by nearest neighbor interpolation; most often used for images containing graphics.

For images which support a date and time capture stamp, if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from FITS Date Card is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the FITS file's internal Date Card, if any. if Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from FITS Date-Obs Card is selected, the image's date and time stamp will be set from the FITS file's internal Date Card-Obs, if any.

Some FITS format files may not contain a simple two dimensional image - the general FITS format allows storage and retrieval of data arrays with up to 999 dimensions. XCAP is not intended to load and view all FITS format files, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files with a similar design.

6.4.7. X/Y Binary Format

For image files specified as being in X/Y Binary format, several options may be specified.

For images with attached palette, if Load Palette Data is selected, the image file is loaded into the attached palette instead of the image buffer, if Load Image Data is selected, the image file is loaded into the image buffer, the attached palette is not affected.

The File Offset specifies an offset into the file, in bytes, at which reading and loading is to start. A File Offset of 0 specifies reading and loading from the start of the file.

Data retrieved from the file is stored in the image buffer's area of interest, left to right and top to bottom. The pixel size, color space, and image dimensions being filled should, generally, match the image which was originally saved.

If Unpacked is selected, each pixel value component is stored in as many bytes as required by the pixie's size (e.g. two 12 bit pixels are not packed into three 8 bit bytes). If Packed: MSB to LSB or Packed: LSB to MSB is selected, pixel values of each image line are packed together; the Packed: LSB to MSB packing right to left (least significant to most significant bits) within each byte and the Packed: MSB to LSB packing left to right (most significant to least significant bits) within each byte. Pixel values from the end of one line and the start of the next are not packed together.

6.4.8. X/Y ASCII Format

For image files identified as being in X/Y ASCII format, several options may be specified.

For images with attached palette, if Load Palette Data is selected, the image file is loaded into the attached palette instead of the image buffer, if Load Image Data is selected, the image file is loaded into the image buffer, the attached palette is not affected.

If the End Of (image) Line character specified by Pixel Line Delimiter is not blank, each delimiter character of the input file is taken to be the end of an image line. If the file's image dimensions are smaller than the image buffer's (area of interest) dimensions, the image is loaded in the upper left corner of the image buffer and the remainder of the image buffer is not modified. If the file's image dimensions are larger than the image buffer's (AOI) dimensions, the upper left corner of the file's image is loaded. Characters in the image file other than decimal digits, and the delimiter character, are ignored. If Pixel Line Delimiter is blank, the image buffer's (AOI) dimensions being filled should, generally, match the image which was originally saved.

If Load Date&Time Data is selected, the image's date and time capture stamp is loaded instead image data. The Load Date&Time Data expects one line in the file with format specified by Date & Time Format.

6.4.9. Common Options

If I/O Buffer Size: Default is selected, file I/O uses default size buffers. Otherwise, the buffer size is specified by I/O Buffer Size which must be a power of 2. Tuning the I/O buffer size can decrease the time required to load an image.

 

6.5. Image File - Load Sequence

The Image File - Load Sequence window allows loading the current image buffer sequence from a variety of file formats.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

The File Name Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru fields allows explicit entry of a path and numeric sequence of file names. The File Name Pattern is expected to contain one or more ''?'' characters; all such characters are replaced with decimal numbers incrementing from the sequence starting number (following as) through the sequence ending number (following thru). The Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box; after selecting a specific file name with the browser, the result in File Name Pattern can be modified, inserting ''?'' characters to represent the sequencing characters. If Check Exist is not selected, no warning is given if any of the specified files do not exist.

After specifying an image file name pattern, if the single file contents (e.g. not just the file name extension) appears to be in AVI format, appears to be in BigTIFF format with multiple images, appears to be in FITS format with multiple images, appears to be in Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map format with multiple images, or appears to be in TIFF format with multiple images, then the One AVI w. Sequence format indicator, One BigTIFF w. Sequence format indicator, One FITS w. Sequence format indicator, One Portable Map w. Sequence format indicator, or One TIFF w. Sequence, format indicator, will automatically be selected.

After specifying an image file name pattern, if the files contents (e.g. not just the file name extensions) appear to be in BMP format, appear to be in BigTIFF format, appear to be in FITS format, appear to be in JPEG/JFIF format, appear to be in Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map format, or appear to be in TIFF format, then the Sequence of BMP format indicator, the Sequence of BigTIFF format indicator, the Sequence of FITS format indicator, the Sequence of JPEG/JFIF format indicator, the Sequence of Portable Map format indicator, or the Sequence of TIFF format indicator, respectively, will automatically be selected.

Otherwise, the user can select whether the image file(s) are in One X/Y Binary w. Sequence, One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence, Sequence of X/Y Binary's, or Sequence of X/Y ASCII's format.

The One AVI w. Sequence, loads multiple images of the sequence from a single AVI format file, starting with the file's First Loaded Subfile; only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used.

The One BigTIFF w. Sequence, loads multiple images of the sequence from a single BigTIFF format file, starting with the file's First Loaded Subfile; only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used.

The One FITS w. Sequence, loads multiple images of the sequence from a single FITS format file, starting with the file's First Loaded Subfile; only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used.

The One Portable Map w. Sequence, loads all images of the sequence from a single Portable Bit Map, Portable Gray Map, or Portable Pixel Map format file, starting with the file's First Loaded Subfile; only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used.

The One TIFF w. Sequence, loads multiple images of the sequence from a single TIFF format file, starting with the file's First Loaded Subfile; only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used.

The One X/Y Binary w. Sequence, loads multiple images of the sequence from a single X/Y Binary format file; loading the image pixels in a simple left-to-right, top-to-bottom, first-to-last-image scan with each pixel loaded in binary. There is no file header or trailer. Only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used. The File Offset specifies an offset into the file, in bytes, at which reading and loading is to start. The Image Pad specifies an offset, in bytes, after one image and before the next. Thus, the first image in the file is read starting at File Offset, the second is read at File Offset plus the size of the image data plus Image Pad, and the third is read at the second is read at File Offset plus the twice the size of the image data plus twice Image Pad,

The One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence, loads multiple images of the sequence from a single X/Y ASCII format file with decimal representation of pixel values; loading the image pixels in a simple left-to-right, top-to-bottom, first-to-last-image scan. There is no file header or trailer. Only the first file name represented by the File Name Pattern is used. If Load Image Data is selected, the image data is loaded but not the palette, if any. For images with attached palette, if Load Palette Data is selected, the attached palette data is loaded instead of the image. As for X/Y ASCII Format, the optional Pixel Line Delimiter character of the input file is taken to be the end of an image line. The optional Image Delimiter character of the input file is taken to be the end of an image. If Load Date&Time Data is selected, each image's date and time capture stamp is loaded instead image data. The Load Date&Time Data expects one line in the file per image with format specified by Date & Time Format.

The remaining formats load each image from an individual file, as represented by the File Name Pattern.

For all formats, various options and details of the format are the same as described for Image File - Load.

The Auto Inc after Load allows repeating loading the same buffer(s) from a sequence of files. Typically, the Set AOI is set to a single image buffer, and the File Name Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru are set to specify a sequence of files. If Auto Inc after Load is selected, each click of the Apply button loads the indexed file, and increments the sequence starting number, ready to load the next file of the sequence.

 

6.6. Image File - Format ... Comparison

Industry Windows File Image Data Image
Standard Support Extension Sequence Compress Time
(s) Stamps

AVI/DIB Yes Yes .avi Yes No 1

AVI/DIB Yes(a) Yes .avi Yes No 1
OpenDML

AVI/MJPG Yes Yes .avi Yes Lossy 1

AVI/MJPG Yes(a) Yes .avi Yes Lossy 1
OpenDML

BigTIFF ?? (c) No .btf Yes Lossless Per
options image
(f)

BMP Yes Yes .bmp No No No

JPEG/JFIF Yes Yes .jpg No Lossy 1 (d)

FITS Yes No .fts Yes No 1.
Per
image(d)

Portable Yes No .pgm Yes No 1 (d)
Map .pbm
.ppm

TIFF Yes Yes(b) .tif Yes Lossless Per
options Image
(f)

X/Y ASCII Raw No .asc Yes No No (e)
Data

X/Y Binary Raw No .bin Yes No No
Data
Max Seq Max Max Pixel
File Size Image Image Formats
(g) Dimension Size

AVI/DIB 1, 2 or 2 Gi -1 4 MiB -1 Grey-1/4/8
4 GiB (h) Byte RGB-24

AVI/DIB 32 TiB 2 Gi -1 4 GiB -1 Grey-1/4/8
OpenDML RGB-24

AVI/MJPG 1, 2 or 2 Gi -1 4 GiB -1 Grey-8
4 GiB (h) (compressed) RGB-24

AVI/MJPG 32 TiB 2 Gi -1 4 GiB -1 Grey-8
OpenDML (compressed) RGB-24

BigTIFF 16 EiB 4 Gi -1 None All

BMP N/A 32 Ki -1 4 GiB -1 Grey-1/4/8
RGB-24

JPEG/JFIF N/A 64 Ki -1 None Grey-8
RGB-24

FITS None None None All

Portable None None None Grey
Map RGB

TIFF 4 GiB 4 Gi -1 None All

X/Y ASCII None N/A None N/A

X/Y Binary None N/A None N/A

Note: This summary of various file formats reflects those options and/or features supported by XCAP®.

Note (a): AVI OpenDML, also known as AVIX or AVI V2.0, has not been formalized as industry standard, but is supported by Windows and most other systems and is a defacto standard

Note (b): Windows supports TIFF Grey-8 and RGB-24 formats; support for other bit depths and color spaces is unknown/variable. Windows support for image sequences within TIFF is unknown.

Note (c): BigTIFF is popular amongst GIS Domain and other applications using large cameras and datasets. See www.loc.gov/preservation/formats/ .

Note (d): Time stamps in JPEG/JFIF and in Portable Map are by virtue of using ''comment'' fields. FITS supports a single time stamp; per-image time stamps is by virtue of using ''comment'' fields.

Note (e): Image time stamps can be written to a separate ASCII file.

Note (f): TIFF options for no compression, industry standard lossless compression, and for EPIX(® private lossless compression.

Note (g): Maximum file size is also, of course, also limited by the host computer operating system and by the HDD/SSD hardware.

Note (h): Maximum file size depends upon which Microsoft API, or third party libraries, are used to create or read the AVI file. XCAP supports 4 GiByte.

Note (s): Windows support without installing optional codecs and/or other third party applications. Linux is too mutable, and imaging handled by add-on libraries and applications, for a concise statement as to which formats are supported.

 

6.7. Image File - Print

The Image File - Print window allows printing the current image, either via the operating system's built-in image printing feature(s) which typically supports a wide variety of printers, or via EPIX® imaging drivers which support only the most popular printers, but providing precise control of print options.

The Print via Windows Drivers under Windows, or Print via Linux Drivers selects printing via the operating system's built-in image printing feature(s). The Print via EPIX® Imaging Drivers selects printing via the EPIX® imaging drivers, which supports printing of grey scale images, or a single color separation of a color image.

For Print via Windows Drivers or Print via Linux Drivers a printer and the area of the page to be printed can be selected. The Printer Setup button provides access to a standard Windows printer setup dialog box, or a Linux printer setup dialog box, allowing selection of a previously configured printer. The Page Width and Page Height notes the current printer's page size. The Print Width and Print Height specifies the width and height of the area to be printed; the Upper Left X, Upper Left Y, Lower Right X, and Lower Right Y specifies the position of the printed area on the page. If Force Aspect is selected, the Print Width and Print Height are automatically corrected so as print with the correct aspect ratio; on rare occasions it may be desirable to deselect Force Aspect to allow elongated printing. The Full Size allows convenient selection of the full Page Width and Page Height, subject to correction for aspect ratio. A graphic representation of the page and the area to be printed is shown; the area to be printed can be selected interactively by clicking and dragging over the ''page''.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

6.7.1. Print via EPIX® Imaging Drivers

Options provide for selecting preprocessing image enhancements; size, orientation, position, and copies; the type of printer and printer resolution (where applicable); and the type and the density (where applicable) of the halftoning technique.

6.7.1.1. Preprocessing Options

The image can be preprocessed by sharpening edges and/or being made lighter or darker, improving the quality of the printed image. Selecting these options does not modify the original image.

The Sharpen specifies the degree of sharpening, between 0 (no sharpening) and 10 (maximal sharpening). Sharpening should generally be disabled whenever the original image contains noise, otherwise the intensity of the noise would be increased. Sharpening should also be disabled when the original image is already a sharp, bi-level graphics image.

The Gamma allows non-linear brightening or darkening of the printed image. A gamma of 1.00 is the default, neutral value which neither lightens nor darkens the image. A gamma less than 1.00 lightens the image, a gamma greater than 1.00 darkens the image; the farther the gamma is from 1.00 the stronger the corresponding effect.

6.7.1.2. Sizing & Orientation Options

The image's print size, aspect ratio, orientation, and position on the page can be selected.

Either Resize w. Interpolation or Resize w. Replication can be chosen. The interpolation provides the best quality results for grey scale images and allows specifying the precise Horizontal Size and Vertical Size, in centimeters, of the printed image. The horizontal and vertical print sizes need not be related, allowing arbitrary adjustment for aspect ratio.

Alternately, pixel replication is quicker than interpolation, but the image print size is adjusted by a Horizontal Replication and Vertical Replication factor. The actual print size is dependent on the dimensions of the selected image, and the printer's resolution, with each replicated pixel occupying one printer dot. Replication generally provides a better result than interpolation when printing bi-level graphics images. The pixel replication is not available for PostScript printers.

The Horizontal Margin specifies an optional margin from the left edge, the Vertical Margin specifies an optional margin from the top edge (bottom edge for PostScript), both in centimeters.

The Copies specifies the number of copies to be printed, for those printers supporting a copies feature: HP Laserjet II, III, 4, and IBM 4019. Specifying 0 prevents software specification of copies, allowing use of the printer's front panel selection.

The Portrait specifies the ''normal'' print orientation. The Landscape causes the printed image to be rotated by 90 degrees.

For printers which buffer print data until the page is complete (HP Laserjet II, III, 4, and IBM 4019) the Eject Page option allows printing several images on the same page at different locations. If selected, the printer is instructed to eject the page after the image has been received. Otherwise, the image remains in the printer's buffer for later printing. To print several images on the same page at different locations, only the last image should be printed with the Eject Page selected. This option has no effect on printers which feed paper as each line is printed.

6.7.1.3. Printer Selection

The Printer selects the printer to be used, and where applicable, the printer's resolution. Current choices are:

    HP LaserJet2 300 DPI, 150 DPI, 100 DPI, 75 DPI
    HP LaserJet3 300 DPI, 150 DPI, 100 DPI, 75 DPI
    HP LaserJet4 600 DPI, 300 DPI, 200 DPI, 150 DPI, 100 DPI, 75 DPI
    IBM 4019 LaserPrinter, 300 DPI, 150 DPI, 100 DPI, 75 DPI
    Alden 9315CT               (grey level, approx 203 DPI)
    CalComp PlotMaster         (monochrome film, approx 200 DPI)
    IBM Dot Matrix Graphics    (dot matrix, 120x72 DPI)
    EPSON Dot Matrix Graphics  (dot matrix, 120x72 DPI)
    PostScript
Although not listed, many other printers emulate one or more of the printers listed. For example, the HP LJ5 can be used by selecting HP LJ4, and most non-HP laser printers are 100% compatible with an HP LaserJet of the same generation.

The PostScript selection doesn't choose a particular printer, rather an encapsulated PostScript file containing the full resolution image is generated; resizing and halftoning are performed by the printer.

6.7.1.4. Halftoning Options

The type and the density (where applicable) of the halftoning technique can be selected. The halftoning options are not used if the Alden 9315CT printer is selected, as the Alden is directly capable of producing dots in varying shades of grey. For PostScript printers, only the Screening and Thresholding options, below, are used; the type of screening and the Screen Density are determined by the printer.

The Dithering halftones the image by a dithering technique, while Screening halftones the image by a screen construction technique. For grey level imagery, the Dithering is recommended for low resolution printers, such as the IBM Graphics and Epson dot matrix printers, the Screening is recommended for high resolution printers, such as the HP LaserJet, IBM LaserPrinter, and CalComp PlotMaster. The Thresholding is intended for images which are already bi-level graphics, for all printers; the most significant bit of each image pixel is used.

If Screening is selected, the Screen Density specifies the requested density of constructed dots, in dots per centimeter. Higher values form smaller dots, sacrificing grey level resolution for better spatial resolution; a desirable trade-off for some low resolution printers. Lower values form larger dots, more suitable for facsimile or xerography. Achievable screen densities are constrained by the selected printer and by the limits of discrete constructions; the actual screen density used will be as close as possible to the requested value, but will not be shown in the menu.

Some of the values currently achievable when using 300 DPI printer resolution are: 41.8, 32.8, 27.8, 23.6, 20.9, 18.4, 16.7, 15.1, 13.9, 12.8, 11.9, 11.1, and 10.4 screen dots per centimeter, with additional values lower than 10 dots per centimeter. Twice these densities are achievable when using 600 DPI printer resolution. The default of 21 screen dots per centimeter is suitable for 300 DPI laser printers, although experimentation with higher and lower values may, depending on the individual image and printer, improve the result.

The screen dots per centimeter should not be confused with printer resolution, usually expressed in dots per inch, or DPI. Halftone screening uses ''clumps'' of printer dots to form each screen dot. Fewer printer dots used in each ''clump'', translates into more screen dots per centimeter, more spatial resolution and fewer grey levels. The concept and measurement of screen dots per centimeter is the same, after translation from centimeters to inches, as used by the printing trade, there termed ''lines per inch''. For example, an 85 line screen may be approximated by using a Screen Density of 33 screen dots per centimeter (i.e. 85/2.54).

6.7.1.5. Printer Port/Device

If to Printer is selected: Under Windows, the printer attached to the computer's specified Port ''LPT1'', ''LPT2'', or ''LPT3'', is used. Under Linux, the printer attached to the computer's specified Device ''/dev/lp0'', ''/dev/lp1'', or ''/dev/lp2'' is used.

If to File is selected, the coded data that would have been sent to the printer is instead saved to a file, for later printing or transmission to a print server. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box.

6.7.1.6. Suggestions


General. High quality printed representation of grey scale imagery on black and white printers is subject to many variables. The most important factor is the original image quality, particularly sharpness and contrast. Image processing operations such as filtering and contrast enhancement can be used prior to printing to improve the printed image's quality.

Other variables are the content of the original image (fine, periodic patterns being more difficult), ribbon or toner adjustments, resolution of the original image, and size of the result image. Additional concerns are whether the result is to be reproduced by xerography or facsimile.

The dithering techniques are particularly suitable for low resolution printers, but are very sensitive to the image's contrast and may reproduce and FAX with poor quality. The screen construction technique yields high quality print when used with a high resolution printer, reproduces well, and is relatively insensitive to the image's contrast.

The execution time of the print operation is primarily a function of the number of printer dots being generated, and secondarily of the halftoning method used; as well as, of course, the speed of the computer system.


LaserJet II. The memory of the standard LaserJet II (0.5 MiByte) limits the maximum print size of an image to approximately ¼ page at 300 dots per inch. This limitation is inherent to the LaserJet printer and not affected by the amount of computer system memory or disk space, or frame grabber's memory. Additional printer memory can be obtained from Hewlett-Packard and other vendors, or use of lower print resolutions of 150 or 100 dots per inch will increase the image size that can be printed.


LaserJet 4. The suggested printer setup is:

    Job Menu        Resolution=600
    Printing Menu   RET=OFF (Resolution Enhancement Technology)
    Config Menu     Density=1 or 2
along with Screening, Screen Density of 42, and Gamma of 0.80. The LaserJet 4 can provide 600 dots per inch resolution, but only if the printer is set to 600 DPI mode. Software does not select the 600 DPI mode; it would force a page eject and prevent use of the controlled Eject Page option. Selecting HP LaserJet4 600 DPI with the printer's resolution set to 300 will result in a printed image twice as large as intended, at 300 DPI resolution.

The memory of the standard LaserJet 4 (2 MiByte) limits the maximum print size of an image to approximately ¼ page at 600 dots per inch. Unlike the LaserJet II, for which exceeding available memory results in an obvious defect, a truncated image, the LaserJet 4 instead prints the full image, but with significantly degraded quality. If the image quality at 600 DPI looks worse than at 300 DPI, select a smaller print size or add memory to the printer.


Print to File. Files created by the to File option should not be printed by the standard DOS PRINT command. These files typically contain all possible byte values, as necessary to code image data to the printer, whereas the PRINT command interprets a CTRL-Z byte as an end of file, expands tabs to spaces, and other inappropriate interpretations. Use of PRINT on such a file may result in a partial image, with the printer left in an unknown state. Print programs which are able to process ''binary'' data must be used. Use of

    COPY /B PRINT_FILE LPT1
works correctly on most DOS and Windows systems, although COPY does not behave as a spooling program and should not be used while the printer is already busy. Use of
    cp print_file /dev/lp0
is suitable under Linux.


Bi-Level Graphics. The default selections are intended for printing grey level imagery. Images which are bi-level graphics, such as line drawings or captured graphics screens, will appear better if:

  1. The Sharpen is 0 (disabled),

  2. The Gamma is 1.00,

  3. The Resize w. Replication is used instead of Resize w. Interpolation, and

  4. The Thresholding halftone option is used instead of Screening or Dithering.

 

6.8. Image File - Attributes

The Image File - Attributes window shows the characteristics of the current image (sequence).

The Image Name is the name associated with the image. The Image Description is the optional description associated with the image. The Original Pathname is the original pathname of the image, when The Image Viewer Window was created by loading an image (sequence) from file(s); for sequences composed of individual files, the Original Pathname reflects the pathname of the currently displayed image buffer.

The Image Width is the number of pixels per row, the Image Height is the number of pixels per column, and Sequence Length is the number of images in the sequence, or 1 for a single image.

The Pixies per Pixel is the number of numeric components per pixel. The Pixel Interpretation is the interpretation given to the pixel value components, such as a color space.

The Pixie Type specifies ''Unsigned Integer'' numeric pixel component values, the Bits per Pixie is the number of bits which represent each numeric pixel component, the Pixie Size (bytes) is the space required per numeric component, and Pixel Size (bytes) is the space required per pixel. If the Bits per Pixie doesn't fully occupy the Pixie Size (bytes), then Significant Bits Aligned indicates whether the useful bits are left or right justified.

For images which are an index into a palette, the above characteristics are shown for the image, and shown again regarding the palette, replacing Image Width and Image Height with Palette/Lut Entries, the total number of entries in the table.

The Pixel Width and Pixel Height are the real-world dimensions of, or a dimensionless value associated with, a pixel's width and height. For image sequences, the Pixel Depth is the real-world dimension between corresponding pixels in adjacent images. The Pixel Aspect Ratio is the ratio of Pixel Width and Pixel Height; the Image Aspect Ratio is the ratio of the product of Image Width and Pixel Width versus Image Height and Pixel Height.

For image sequences, if the physical buffer order and apparent buffer order are not the same, Buffer: B=>B' shows the mapping of buffer number 0. Otherwise, Buffer: B=>B' shows ''None''.

If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration is in use, the Spatial: XY=>HV shows the mapping of pixel coordinate 0, 0. Otherwise, Spatial: XY=>HV shows None.

If Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration is in use, the Intensity: Z=>I shows the mapping of pixel value 0. Otherwise, Intensity: Z=>I shows ''None''.

The Time Stamp and Date&Time Stamp are optional date and time stamps associated with the image; the former is formatted as seconds and fractional seconds since an operating system dependent epoch, the latter is formatted into the customary calendar date and time.

 

6.9. Image File - Duplicate

The Image File - Duplicate allows creating a new image buffer, and copying the image, in one step. It optionally allows copying the image's current appearance, as modified by the palette and graphics, instead if the underlying image.

The Image Name field allows entering a short name which appears in the title of windows associated with the new image buffer. The Description field allows entering a longer, arbitrary, description which is attached to the new image buffer. After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

6.9.1. Copy Image Buffer

If Copy as per AOI & Color Space is selected, the image copied is selected in the same manner as image processing operations, loads, saves, etc.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

6.9.2. Copy as Shown

If Copy as Shown, RGB+Palette+Graphics the image copied is the current image being shown. The image copy is in RGB format, showing the effects of the palette, if used, and showing graphic overlays.

 

6.10. Image File - BlackBoard

The Image File - BlackBoard allows copying the image's pixel values into the Black Board. Pixels values are copied to a rectangle of black board cells, positioned with the upper left corner at the specified Black Board Corner Cell.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.


 

 

 

7. Image Viewer Window - View

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - View provides options governing the appearance of the displayed image.

The Launch 2nd Viewer creates a second image viewer window into the same image buffer (sequence), allowing, for example, viewing the same image buffer (sequence) both magnified and unmagnified or simultaneous viewing of two portions of the same sequence.

 

7.1. Image View - Palette

The View - Image's Palette and View - Viewer's Palette window allows manipulating a palette, such as to perform contrast enhancement, black level and gain adjustment, or false color assignment.

The View - Image's Palette modifies the palette associated with images composed of index pixels with an attached palette, and is not available for images composed of other types of pixels. The View - Viewer's Palette modifies a palette provided by The Image Viewer Window, and is available for all type of images. For monochrome images, the viewer's palette provides a color lookup table indexed by each pixel value, thus assigning an RGB color for each monochrome pixel value. For RGB (or BGR) color images, the viewer's palette provides a red lookup table indexed by the pixel's red component, a blue lookup table indexed by the pixel's blue component, and a green lookup table indexed by the pixel's green component. For non-RGB color images, the viewer's palette provides red, green, and blue lookup tables, applied as for RGB, as the image is converted to RGB for display.

Regardless of whether used for an image's attached palette, or the viewer's palette, the same controls provide manipulation of the palette. The dimensions of the palette, and thus the range of values used by the palette manipulation window, is dependent on the image's pixel size.

The Image View - Palette provides three forms of display of the current palette, and five paradigms for adjusting the palette.

7.1.1. Palette - Display

The Image View - Palette provides three forms of display of the current palette, selected by the menu-bar View.

The View - Numeric Red, View - Numeric Green, and View - Numeric Blue each select display of the numeric red, green, or blue values, respectively.

The View - Three Graph selects display of the red, green, and blue values in three independent graphs. The abscissa represents the input index, the ordinate represents the output value. If Palette - Modify - Numerical & Mouse, below, is selected, clicking and dragging the mouse over any of the graphs allows interactive adjustment of the corresponding color.

The View - One Graph selects display of the red, green, and blue values in a single graph. The abscissa represents the input index, the ordinate represents the output value. If Palette - Modify - Numerical & Mouse, below, is selected, clicking and dragging the mouse over the graph allows interactive adjustment of all three colors.

7.1.2. Palette - Modify - Numerical & Mouse

The Modify - Numerical & Mouse provides explicit numerical assignment to the red, green, and blue tables, such as by specification of linear ramps, logarithmic curves, polynomials, gamma correction, inversion, and transposition.

If Set Linear Ramp is specified, the selected tables are set to the identity mapping (correspondence); monotonically increasing values (e.g. 0 to 255 for eight bit pixels). This represents normal, unmodified contrast.

If Set Logarithmic Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to an increasing logarithmic curve. This can be useful in compensating for nonlinear cameras and monitors, or for enhancing images captured with low light levels.

If Set Exponential Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to an increasing exponential curve.

If Set Gamma Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to a nonlinear power curve specified by the Gamma parameter. A Gamma of 1.00 is linear, producing unmodified contrast. A Gamma less than 1.00 brightens the image, with stronger effect as the gamma approaches 0.01. A Gamma greater than 1.00 darkens the image, with stronger effect as the gamma approaches 10.00. If correcting for a camera with known gamma, use the inverse of the camera's gamma. For example, enter:

    1.43   (1.0/0.7)
to correct for a camera with stated gamma of 0.7.

If Set Gamma Inverse Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to a nonlinear power curve specified by the inverse of the Gamma parameter.

If Set Rec. 709 Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to the transfer function specified by the CIE Rec. 709 video standard.

If Set Rec. 709 Inverse Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to the inverse of the transfer function specified by the CIE Rec. 709 video standard.

If Set sRGB Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to the transfer function specified by the sRGB color space standard.

If Set sRGB Inverse Curve is specified, the selected tables are set to the inverse of the transfer function specified by the sRGB color space standard.

If Set Gray Code is specified, the selected tables are set to the Gray code - a binary coding such that the transition between adjacent values requires changing of exactly one bit.

If Set Gray Inverse Code is specified, the selected tables are set to the inverse of the Gray code.

If Complement Values is specified, the current entries of the selected tables are complemented. Specifically, table entry with value ''i'' is replaced by the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels) minus ''i''.

If Set User-Defined f(C,V) is specified, the selected tables are set by the evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, specified by Curve f(C,V) with the addition of variables ''C'' representing the table index, and ''V'' for the current value of table entry ''C''. For example:

    (255-C)
yields an inverted linear ramp (assuming eight bit pixels), and
    ifel(C>=10 && C<=100, 3, V)
or
    ((C>=10&&C<=100))*3 + (!(C>=10&&C<=100))*V
sets table entries 10 through 100 to value 128 and leaves all other table entries unchanged. An expression, such as:
    123
is an easy way of setting the entire table to a constant.

The Modify Red, Modify Green, Modify Blue, or Modify R,G&B selects whether the operation should be applied to the red, the green, the blue, or all three tables. The Apply button applies the selected operation to the selected tables.

7.1.3. Palette - Modify - Black & Gain

The Modify - Black & Gain allows manipulating each of the red, green, and blue tables with an independent set of Black Level; Gain, Contrast, or White Level; Gamma or other nonlinear function; and Invert controls.

The Black Level provides a subtractive correction; pixels below the black level are displayed with no intensity.

If Gain Controls is selected, the Gain provides a multiplicative or scaling correction. If Gain dB Controls is selected, the Gain provides a multiplicative or scaling correction specified in decibels (dB). If Contrast Controls is selected, the Contrast provides an effect similar to Gain, but ''pivots'' the scaling at the pixel values midpoint rather than at the black level. If White Controls is selected, the White Level specifies the value above which pixels are displayed as white; the smaller the difference between White Level and Black Level the greater the effective gain.

If Gamma Controls is selected and Gamma is not 1.00, the intensities are scaled by the nonlinear power curve specified by Gamma. If sRGB Controls is selected and sRGB is not ''Off,'' the intensities are scaled by the nonlinear curve specified by the sRGB color space standard (for sRGB set to ''On'') or the its inverse (for sRGB set to ''Reciprocal''). If Rec. 709 Controls is selected and Rec. 709 is not ''Off,'' the intensities are scaled by the nonlinear curve specified by the Rec. 709 color space standard (for Rec. 709 set to ''On'') or the its inverse (for Rec. 709 set to ''Reciprocal'').

If Invert is selected, the intensities produced are complemented, or inverted.

If R=G=B is selected, the red, green, and blue values of Black Level, Gain, Contrast, Gamma, sRGB, Rec. 709, and Invert are forced to be identical, providing easy adjustments to monochrome images.

If RGB Gang is selected, the red, green, and blue values of Black Level, Gain, Contrast, and Gamma, ''track'' one another, so that each set can be adjusted higher or lower while maintaining the relative differences.

The Normal Palette button resets the Black Level, Gain, Contrast, Gamma, sRGB, Rec. 709, and Invert for all three colors to the ''normal'' default; effectively disabling the effects of the palette.

7.1.4. Palette - Modify - Band Coloring

The Modify - Band Coloring allows assigning colors to bands of pixel values, in order to help distinguish and visualize regions of similar pixel values, or isobars.

Selecting Banding enables band coloring of the palette. Assuming that neither Manual Color nor Manual Slicing is selected, the palette tables are partitioned into Number of Bands approximately equal bands, and each band is assigned a default color. Assuming eight bit pixels and Number of Bands of 64, each band covers 4 table entries, the first band covering table entries 0 through 3. If Sharp Boundary is selected, each band of pixel values is assigned a common color. If Smooth Boundary is selected, the assigned pixel values are smoothed or averaged so that the the color transition from band to band is not abrupt.

Selecting Manual Color allows specifying an explicit color for one or more bands. The Color Band Number specifies the band to be re-colored, the Pixel Value allows selection of an explicit pixel value, as described in Pick Pixel Value, and the Set Band's Color button actually sets the Band Number to the Pixel Value.

Selecting Manual Slicing along with Manual Color allows selecting arbitrary, and perhaps unequal, size bands. The Slice Start and Slice End specify the lowest and highest table index to be included in the band, the Set Color button actually sets the band to the Pixel Value.

For example, the palette can be set to a ''rainbow'' by selecting

    Number of Bands: 7
    Smooth Boundary: Check
    Manual Color:    Check
    Manual Slice:    Uncheck
and setting the seven bands to RGB colors:
    Red     Green   Blue
    ====    =====   ====
    100%      0%      0%
    100%     65%      0%
    100%    100%      0%
      0%    100%      0%
      0%      0%    100%
     30%      0%     50%
     90%     50%     90%
as a percentage of maximum pixel value.

7.1.5. Palette - Modify - Bit Slice

The Modify - Bit Slice allows creating a palette with which only a selected group of bits ''sliced'' from each pixel are viewed. The Bits Used selects how many of the pixel's bits are to be used, and Bits MSB specifies the bit position of the most significant used bit. For example, assuming eight bit pixels, Bits Used of 3 Bits MSB of 8 allows viewing only the 3 most significant bits of each pixel, while Bits Used of 4 Bits MSB of 6 allows viewing the center 4 bits of each pixel.

7.1.6. Palette - Modify - Bit Transposition

The Modify - Bit Transposition allows creating a palette with which selected bits of each pixel are used, and transposed into other bit positions. For each displayed pixel bit, Set Bit i from Bit specifies which original pixel bit provides that displayed bit's value. For four bit pixels:

    Set Bit 0 from Bit:     0
    Set Bit 1 from Bit:     1
    Set Bit 2 from Bit:     2
    Set Bit 3 from Bit:     3
displays the pixel's normal value, while
    Set Bit 0 from Bit:     3
    Set Bit 1 from Bit:     2
    Set Bit 2 from Bit:     1
    Set Bit 3 from Bit:     0
displays the least significant bit as the brightest shade of grey, the next least significant bit as the next brightest shade of grey, etc. Each Set Bit i from Bit can also be ignored by deselecting its associated Use, forcing that displayed pixel bit to 0.

7.1.7. Palette - Modify - White Balance

The Modify - White Balance allows modifying the intensities of the red, green, and blue pixels so as to achieve ''white balance''.

The Red Black Reference, Green Black Reference, and Blue Black Reference specify reference pixel values, perhaps as observed with Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke, of a ''black'', scene. A target (i.e. desired) black balance value is (internally) determined from the Black References, as per the Black Balance to selection; if Minimum is selected, the target value is the minimum of the Black References, if Maximum is selected, the target value is the maximum of the Black References, if Average is selected, the target value is the average of the Black References, and if Min Pixel Value is selected, the target value is 0.

The Red Bright Reference, Green Bright Reference, and Blue Bright Reference specify reference pixel values, perhaps as observed with Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke, of a bright, white scene. A target (i.e. desired) bright balance value is (internally) determined from the Bright References, as per the Bright Balance to selection; if Minimum is selected, the target value is the minimum of the Bright References, if Maximum is selected, the target value is the maximum of the Bright References, if Average is selected, the target value is the average of the Bright References, and if Max Pixel Value is selected, the target value is the maximum permissible pixel value.

The palette is modified so that for each color, pixel values at the Black Reference are displayed with the target black balance value, and pixel values at the Bright Reference value are displayed with the target bright balance value. The palette modification uses a subtractive correction for the black balance, and uses a multiplicative selection for the bright balance. If Gamma is not 1.00, the intensities are further scaled by the nonlinear curve specified by Gamma.

The Extract Bright Reference and Extract Black Reference can be used to automatically extract the Bright Reference and Black Reference values from an image. The Extract Bright Reference should be Apply'ed to a captured image of a bright, but not overexposed, white, surface. The Extract Black Reference should be Apply'ed to a captured image of a ''black'', surface.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

7.1.8. Palette - File

The File - Save allows saving the current palette, and the parameters which specified the palette; the File - Load allows loading a palette previously saved. The File - Save file format is intended for use only by the current version of XCAP, and may not be reloadable in other versions. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to the customary extension; although using .set is highly recommended.

File - Export allows saving the current palette's values as a TIFF file, but does not save the parameters which generated the palette's values. The File - Import allows loading palette values previously saved with File - Export. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to the customary extension; although using .tif is highly recommended. As File - Export does not save, and File - Import does not load the parameters which specified the palette, only the palette generated, the Palette - Modify - Numerical & Mouse paradigm is automatically selected to avoid implying that any paradigm's parameters generated the current palette.

For all of these features, the File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box.

 

7.2. Image View - Sequence Play

The Image View - Sequence Play window allows playing a sequence, image by image, at a selected rate.

The First Image (Displayed) specifies the first image buffer of the sequence, and Last Image (Displayed) specifies the last image buffer of the sequence to be displayed. If First/Last All Images is selected, the First Image (Displayed) and Last Image (Displayed) are forced to the first and last image of the sequence, respectively.

The Image Display Rate specifies the desired image sequence display rate. If Rate per Ave Time Stamps is selected, the Image Display Rate is derived from first and last image time stamps, so as to display the sequence at the same rate as it was (presumably) captured. If Rate per Image Time Stamp is selected, the instantaneous display rate is derived from the current image and the next image to be displayed, so as to allow for non-uniform capture rates. The Rate per Ave Time Stamps and Rate per Image Time Stamp are ignored if the image(s) do not have time stamps.

If Continuous Run is selected, the image sequence display endlessly repeats. If Reverse Order is selected, the image sequence display is in reverse order.

After selecting the operation's parameters, the Play button implements the operation, the Pause button pauses the operation, the Stop button terminates the operation without closing the window, and Cancel terminates the operation (if playing) and closes the window. If Start w. Current Image is selected, Play starts with the Current Image rather than with the First Image (Displayed) or Last Image (Displayed).

While playing, the Current Image shows the currently displayed image's index. The various options, above, such as Image Display Rate, Continuous Run, and Reverse Order can be changed while playing.

Depending on the host computer's speed, graphic display system, image resolution, image display size, and other variables, the image sequence may not be displayable at the rate specified. If Slow Rate to Display Images is selected, each image of the sequence is displayed even though the effective display rate is slower than specified. If Skip Images to Maintain Rate is selected, images in the sequence are skipped, as needed, so as to effectively maintain the specified display rate.

The Set (First Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the First Image (Displayed) to the Current Image. The Set (Last Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the Last Image (Displayed) to the Current Image. The Reset (First Image) button facilitates adjusting the First Image (Displayed) to the start of the sequence. The Reset (Last Image) button facilitates adjusting the Last Image (Displayed) to the end of the sequence. As a group, they allow tweaking the which image are to be displayed without having to enter image indices.

If First/Last <=> Default AOI is selected, the First Image (Displayed) and Last Image (Displayed) are initially set to the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence; also, the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the First Image (Displayed) and Last Image (Displayed) as they are changed.

Hint: The Current Image adjusts the current image buffer of the The Image Viewer Window; and can be used for such when not playing; the Current Image offering a larger ''slider'' for adjusting the current image buffer than most other features. Also, the slider can be enlarged by resizing the Image View - Sequence Play window via standard Windows or Linux desktop manipulation techniques.

 

7.3. Image View - Sequence Thumbnails

The Image View - Sequence Thumbnails window shows each image of a sequence as a small ''thumbnail'' image, allowing compact presentation and review of the entire image sequence. The image viewer's current image buffer is marked; clicking a thumbnail selects a different image buffer. The image viewer's default AOI image buffer sequence is marked; clicking a pair of thumbnails selects a different AOI image buffer sequence. The thumbnail corresponding to a modified image buffer, such as via Image File - Load, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Capture - Live Options is automatically updated and displayed.

The Options - Buffer, Options - Sequence, Options - Format, Options - Text, and Options - Layout provides several options.

If Auto Thumbnail Size is selected, the image ''thumbnails'' are automatically sized and arranged to fit within the Sequence Thumbnails window - which can be resized by standard Windows or Linux desktop manipulation techniques. Thumbnails will not be smaller than the Min(imum) Thumbnail Size (unless the window itself is smaller than Min(imum) Thumbnail Size) so as to prevent the thumbnails of a long image sequence from shrinking to a useless size while forcing them to fit within the window.

If Auto Thumbnail Size is not selected, the image ''thumbnails'' are of size Thumbnail Size (again, unless the window is smaller than Thumbnail Size), and arranged to fit within the Sequence Thumbnails window.

The Size + and Size - menu buttons provide convenient adjustment of thumbnail size via Auto Thumbnail Size or Thumbnail Size.

Depending on the number of images in the sequence and the size of the Sequence Thumbnails window, only a portion of the sequence's images may be shown, along with a scroll bar to access the remaining thumbnails.

If Tile L-to-R/T-to-B is selected, thumbnails are tiled left to right, top to bottom with an up/down scroll bar; if Tile T-to-B/L-to-R is selected, thumbnails are tiled top to bottom, left to right with a left/right scroll bar. Either option can be used with a thin, one image wide window or a short, one window high window ''film strip''; differing only in whether the scroll bar is vertical or horizontal.

If Nearest Neighbor is selected, images are resized via nearest neighbor interpolation. If Bilinear is selected, images are resized via bilinear interpolation. The Flip and Mirror allows mirroring (left to right) and flipping (top to top, left, right, or bottom) the resized images to one of eight orientations.

The Buffer Coord(inate) selects a thumbnail and thus a image of the sequence; a thumbnail can also be selected via mouse click. If B Coord<=>Viewer is selected, the Buffer Coord(inate) becomes synonymous with the image buffer selection of the The Image Viewer Window. Deselecting B Coord<=>Viewer allows multiple Image View - Sequence Thumbnails windows to view different groups of the image sequence's thumbnails.

If Mark Buffer is selected, the image corresponding to the selected buffer is graphically marked with a colored frame. If Click-Select Buffer is selected, clicking a thumbnail sets the image viewer's current display buffer.

The Seq(uence) Buffer Start and Seq(uence) Buffer End selects a sequence of thumbnails and thus a sequence of images; the thumbnail sequence can also be selected via mouse click. If Seq(uence) Buffer<=>Viewer is selected, the Seq(uence) Buffer Start and Seq(uence) Buffer End becomes synonymous with the default AOI image buffer sequence selection of the The Image Viewer Window.

The B Coord<=>Viewer or Seq(uence) Buffer<=>Viewer allows using Image View - Sequence Thumbnails Image View - Sequence Thumbnails to set an Aoi - Set Area of Interest buffer or buffer sequence, or to modify the Image Examination - Pixel Peek Image Examination - Pixel Peek or Image Examination - Pixel Plot Image Examination - Pixel Plot buffer or buffer sequence, among other features, by clicking on the desired thumbnail(s).

If Mark Seq(uence) Buffer is selected, the images corresponding to the sequence of images is graphically marked with a colored frame. If Click-Select Seq(uence) Buffer is selected, clicking a thumbnail's left side sets the Seq(uence) Buffer Start, clicking a thumbnail's right side sets the Seq(uence) Buffer End. If both Click-Select Buffer and Click-Select Seq(uence) Buffer are selected, clicking a thumbnail in mid-left side[26] sets the Seq(uence) Buffer Start, clicking a thumbnail in mid-right side[27] sets the Seq(uence) Buffer End, and otherwise sets the Buffer Coord(inate).

If Show Buffer Index is selected, the image buffer number is overlaid within each image thumbnail, space permitting. If Show Seq(uence) Index is selected, the index relative to the start of sequence is overlaid within each image thumbnail, space permitting. If is selected, the time stamp associated with the image (if any), in the customary time format, is overlaid within each image thumbnail, space permitting. If is selected, the time stamp associated with the image (if any), in the customary calendar date and time format, is overlaid within each image thumbnail, space permitting. The text size, position, and color can be adjusted as described in Graphic Text.

The Scroll Bar allows removing the scrollbar; the slider or scrollpad of the Buffer Coord(inate) are still available for scrolling of the thumbnails. The Menu Bar allows removing the menu bar; a mouse right click over the thumbnails can be used to restore the menu bar. The Frame Thickness allows adjusting the thickness of the colored frame around each thumbnail; the Frame Color allows selecting the color of the frame around each thumbnail. The Border Thickness allows adjusting the thickness of the border between thumbnails. These options allow customizing the thumbnail presentation, allowing more thumbnails to fit within the size of the Image View - Sequence Thumbnails.

As the Sequence Thumbnails is a condensation of the entire image sequence, delays are to be expected when a large number of images from a long image sequence are being displayed as thumbnails.

7.3.1. Mouse & Keyboard

In addition to various controls, above, and their customary manipulation via mouse and keyboard, the Image View - Sequence Thumbnails provides the following.

Key | Mouse | Action

Up | | Scroll display up
Pg-Up | | (if tiled L-to-R)
| | or left (if tiled T-to-B)

Dn | | Scroll display down
Pg-Dn | | (if tiled L-to-R)
| | or right (if tiled T-to-B)

| R-Drag | Scroll display

Enter | R-Click | Popup menu

Numeric '+' | | Thumbnail size increment
Numeric '-' | | Thumbnail size decrement
| |

Left | L-Click | Select as current
Right | thumbnail | buffer

Ctrl+Left | L-Click | Select as sequence
Ctrl+Right | thumbnail | start buffer
| left side |

Shift+Left | L-Click | Select as sequence
Shift+Right | thumbnail | end buffer
| right side|

'[' | | Select first or
']' | | last as current buffer

Ctrl+'[' | | Select first or last
Ctrl+']' | | as sequence start buffer

Shift+'[' | | Select first or last
Shift+']' | | as sequence end buffer
\"

 

7.4. Image View - Cursor

The Image View - Cursor window provides a full image cross-hair cursor over the displayed image.

If Cursor On is selected, the cross-hair cursor is activated and appears over the displayed image. The cursor's image pixel coordinates can be explicitly set as Cursor X Coord. and Cursor Y Coord.. If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the Cursor H Coord. and Cursor V Coord.. allows setting the cursor in user-defined H and V units. The Cursor Color allows specifying the cursor's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color.

If Cursor Interact is selected, the cursor may be positioned by left clicking, or left dragging, over the displayed image. The Cursor X Coord., Cursor Y Coord., and Cursor H Coord., Cursor V Coord., as appropriate, display the cursor's position.

 

7.5. Image View - Display

The Image View - Display window allows selecting how the image is displayed. For the image viewer window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer(s), the Image View - Display provides additional features, and is identical to the Capture - Live Options.

7.5.1. Display - Resize

If Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel) is selected, the image is displayed without resizing so that there is a one to one relationship between an image pixel and a graphic display system's pixel. This avoids any image artifacts due to resizing, but the displayed image will only have the correct aspect ratio if the image's and display's aspect ratio match - typically square or 1-to-1. The entire image may not fit within the image viewer window, the displayed portion of the image can be panned and scrolled as described in Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll. Of the various resize options, this selection provides the fastest drawing speed.

If Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation is selected, the image is enlarged by pixel replication, or reduced by pixel decimation, to fit within the image viewer window. As for Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel), this avoids any image artifacts due to resizing, but the displayed image will only have the correct aspect ratio if the image's and display's aspect ratio match - typically square or 1-to-1. Unlike Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel), low resolution images on high resolution displays have a useful display size.

If Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio is selected, the image is resized by interpolation so as to fit within the image viewer window while maintaining the correct aspect ratio. If Resize: Nearest Neighbor Interpolation is selected, the image is resized by nearest neighbor interpolation; this selection provides the correct aspect ratio, and is faster than Resize: Bilinear Interpolation. If Resize: Near Neighbor Deflicker Interpolation is selected, the image is resized by a near neighbor interpolation which reduces display artifacts due to the image being interlaced; this selection provides the correct aspect ratio, and is almost as fast as Resize: Nearest Neighbor Interpolation. If Resize: Bilinear Interpolation is selected, the image is resized by nearest bilinear interpolation; this selection may produce better results for continuous tone images, but is slower.

The image viewer window can be resized by standard Windows or Linux desktop manipulation techniques. Depending upon the size of the image viewer window, the Resize mode, and the image's aspect ratio, portions of the image viewer window, either below or to the right of the displayed image, may be intentionally unused; in Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel) if the image viewer window is larger than the image, in Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation mode and the size of the image viewer window is not an integer multiple or sub-multiple of the image size, or in the interpolation modes if the image viewer window's aspect ratio doesn't match the image's aspect ratio.

The image pixel's displayed aspect ratio is automatically set and shown as Default Aspect Ratio. A different aspect ratio can be selected with Alternate Aspect Ratio. Neither setting has effect if Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel) or Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation is selected; the displayed pixel aspect ratio is that of the graphic display system.

If Ignore Odd Lines or Ignore Even Lines is selected, the odd or even lines, respectively, of the image are not displayed. This is intended to avoid displaying interlace artifacts, for images captured from interlaced video sources of moving objects.

7.5.2. Display - API

If AWT API? is selected, images are displayed using the native Java image display method, under Windows or Linux.

If GDI API? is selected, images are displayed using the Windows Graphic Device Interface, an API available on all versions of Windows and all graphic display systems.

If Video For Windows API? is selected, images are displayed using the Windows Video for Windows Interface, an API available on all versions of Windows and all graphic display systems.

If DirectX API? is selected, images are displayed using Windows DirectX/DirectDraw, available on some versions of Windows and some graphic display systems. The DirectX API? may be faster than GDI API?.

If either DirectX Dual Buffer ... API? is selected, images are displayed using Windows DirectX/DirectDraw using double buffers and overlay hardware, available on some versions of Windows and some graphic display systems. The DirectX Dual Buffer ... API? may be faster than GDI API?. The DirectX Dual Buffer ... API? eliminates the transient ''switchover'' effect seen just as a displayed image is updated often; due to the update, and the graphic display system, being asynchronous to each other. The DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API? requests a RGB format graphic display system buffer, the DirectX Dual Buffer YUV API? requests a YUV format graphic display system buffer. For the former, some graphic display systems cards may introduce additional distortion (such as by internally, and imprecisely, converting RGB to YUV), or may only support 64 grey levels. The latter may be quicker, but the resolution is reduced by conversion of RGB to YUV.

The DirectX API requires that the graphic display system be in 24 or 32 bit per pixel mode. A graphic display system in 16 bit per pixel mode can use the GDI API, AWT API, or Video For Windows API.

The availability of DirectX Dual Buffer ... API, and the supported graphic display system pixel depth is completely dependent on the graphic display system. Availability is also dependent on the size of the graphic display system's memory and the size of the image viewer window, and may be available only for one image viewer window.

If XWindows/X11 API is selected, images are displayed using the Linux XWindows interface.

The AWT API?, GDI API?, Video For Windows API?, DirectX API?, DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API?, DirectX Dual Buffer YUYV API?, and/or XWindows/X11 API may be selected as a primary, secondary, or tertiary choice; XCAP flags the API actually used (adjacent to the selection).

The Render w. (Threads) allows selecting use of multiple threads and CPU's (or CPU cores) for rendering images and video for display; potentially increasing the display rate. The Render w. (Threads) allows selecting 1 Thread through 8 Threads; selecting more threads than the current computer's number of CPU's (or CPU cores) may be counter-productive. The Render w. (Threads) also allows selecting All CPUs, 50% CPUs, and 25% CPUs with the number of threads based on the specified percentage of the number of CPU's (or CPU cores); the Threads Used shows the number of threads actually used. The Video For Windows API? and XWindows/X11 API? selections support use of multiple threads.

7.5.3. Display - Palette

If Apply Palette at Display's Bit Depth is selected, the palette, if any is converted to and applied at the graphic display system's bit depth. If Apply Palette Apply at Image's Bit Depth is selected, the palette, if any, is applied as per the image's bit depth. The distinction is only important with images with more than 8 bits per pixel component, the former option is quicker and suffices for false coloring, coarse contrast adjustments, or grey level inversion. The latter option allows viewing the image's full dynamic range and avoids ''banding'' artifacts when a small range of the original pixel values are being enhanced for display. If Apply Palette at - Auto Select is selected, the palette will be applied at either the graphic display system's bit depth or the image's bit depth, automatically chosen so as to avoid banding artifacts while minimizing display overhead.

For images with attached palette, if View with Image's Palette is selected, the image is viewed with its attached palette. If View with Viewer's Palette is selected, the image is viewed with the viewer's palette. If View without Palette is selected, the image pixels are viewed without modification by a palette. Requesting modification of a palette, with View - Image's Palette or View - Viewer's Palette automatically selects viewing with that palette. Once a palette is selected, the View without Palette allows de-selecting use of either palette.

Selecting Load/Save with Image's Palette, Load/Save with Viewer's Palette, or Load/Save without Palette, affects later use of Image File - Save, Image File - Save Sequence, Image File - Load, or Image File - Load Sequence; allowing the viewer's palette to be substituted for the images attached palette (if any), or attaching a palette to a monochrome image, turning it into an image of index pixels plus palette.

7.5.4. Display - Window

If Size Window: Default is selected, the image viewer window is set to a default size and position which is dependent in part on whether the image viewer window supports image capture and how many such image viewer windows are to be created. If Size Window: Cascade is selected, the image viewer window is set to a default size with multiple windows cascading on a diagonal across the graphic display. If Size Window: Fill Window is selected, the image viewer window is sized to fill, but not obscure, the Main Window. If Size Window: Full Window is selected, the image viewer window is set to XCAP's full display area, obscuring the Main Window, with the window, its title bar, its menu bar, and its displayed image all shown. If Size Window: Fill Screen is selected, the image viewer window is set to full screen size, with the window, its title bar, its menu bar, and its displayed image all shown. The Size Window: Fill Screen is useful if the Max Screen Area Width and max Screen Area Height (see Utilities - Program Setup) are limiting XCAP's default screen area to an area smaller then the full screen size.

If Size Window: Full Screen is selected, the image viewer window is set to display the image in the full graphic display screen without the menu bar, centered with black border (if needed), and with little or no window ''frame'' around the image. On systems with multiple monitors, the monitor on which the image viewer window was originally positioned will be used. The previous display mode is restored via a mouse right-click.

If Shortcuts: Attached is selected, the Image View - Shortcuts when activated, are attached to and part of the image viewer window. If Shortcuts: Detached is selected, the Image View - Shortcuts when activated, are detached into its own window.

7.5.5. Display - Zoom, Pan, Scroll

If Zoom On is selected, the displayed image is magnified by a factor of Zoom Ratio. For sequences, the image of the sequence being displayed is shown, and can be changed, with Sequence Buffer.

When magnified, only a portion of the image is viewable, the Pan Position (X) and Scroll Position (Y) allows explicit specification of the viewed area's upper left X and Y coordinates.

Interactively, the portion of the image viewed can be adjusted via scrollbars to the right and below the image, or by holding the right mouse button and dragging the mouse over the image; the effect of dragging the mouse can be selected as either Drag Viewer over Image or the opposite Drag Image under Viewer.

If Zoom Interact a mouse click on the image can increase the Zoom Ratio, decrease the Zoom Ratio, or sets the Zoom Ratio to one. The Zoom Interact and mouse clicks also adjust the Pan Position (X) and Scroll Position (Y) so as to visually center the image point clicked. If Interact w. Left Mouse Button is selected, a a single mouse left click on the image increases the Zoom Ratio, a double mouse left click decreases the Zoom Ratio, and a triple mouse left click sets the Zoom Ratio to one. If Interact w. Right Mouse Button is selected, a a double mouse right click on the image increases the Zoom Ratio, a triple mouse right click decreases the Zoom Ratio, and a quadruple mouse right click sets the Zoom Ratio to one.

The same scrolling and panning techniques apply when a Display - Resize mode of Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel) is selected and the image is larger than the image viewer window.

7.5.6. Display - Flip & Mirror

The Image Mirror: Normal versus Image Mirror: Mirrored selects whether the image display is mirrored right to left instead of left to right.

The Image Flip: Top => Top, Image Flip: Top => Bottom, Image Flip: Top => Left Side, versus Image Flip: Top => Right Side selects whether the image display is flipped so that the image top is oriented to the to the left, right, or bottom.

7.5.7. Display - Status Bar

If Status Bar: Cursor Coordinates is selected, the status bar provides the current cursor coordinates if the cursor is being displayed. If Status Bar: Pixel at Cursor is selected and if the cursor is being displayed, the status bar provides the current value of the pixel at the current cursor coordinates; the pixel value's presentation, such as color space and related options, can be set via Image Examination - Pixel Peek. If Status Bar: Buffer Coordinate is selected, the status bar provides the current buffer number, if more than one image buffer is used. If Status Bar: Image Size is selected, the status bar provides the image's dimensions. If Status Bar: Zoom Ratio is selected, the status bar provides the current zoom ratio. If Status Bar: Pan&Scroll Position is selected, the status bar provides the current pan & scroll position. If Status Bar: Flip & Mirror is selected, the status bar provides the current image flip and mirror selections. If Status Bar: Resize Ratio is selected, the status bar provides the current ratio by which the image is resized for display. If Status Bar: Palette Usage is selected, the status bar advises whether the Display - Palette is in use and therefore modifying the displayed image. If Status Bar: Date & Time Stamp is selected, the status bar provides the current image's date and time stamp, if any.

If Status Bar: User-Defined is selected, the status bar displays the contents of Status Bar: User-Defined Text, which typically is set via the Black Board so as to display customized status derived from numeric and text fields of various windows.

The status bar scrolls if the amount of information exceeds the available display area; the Status Bar: Scroll Rate allows adjusting the scroll rate. A rate of zero can be used to pause the status bar scroll; hovering the mouse on the status bar also pauses its scroll.

 

7.6. Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll

The Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll window allows magnifying the displayed image, panning and scrolling to view different portions of the image under magnification. For image sequences, a specific image of the sequence can be selected for display.

The Zoom On, Zoom Ratio, Sequence Buffer, Pan Position (X), and Scroll Position (Y) duplicate the controls under Display - Zoom, Pan, Scroll, above; the Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll provides a smaller window — obstructing less of the display, with the often used controls.

 

7.7. Image View - Flip & Mirror

The Image View - Flip & Mirror allows flipping and mirroring the displayed image so that the top is displayed to the top, left, right, or bottom.

The duplicate the controls under Display - Flip & Mirror, above, are duplicated; the Image View - Flip & Mirror provides a smaller window — obstructing less of the display, with the often used controls.

 

7.8. Image View - Shortcuts

The Image View - Shortcuts provides a tool bar of icons with shortcuts for accessing often used features of The Image Viewer Window. The shortcuts provided are:

  1. Switch to first buffer of sequence.

  2. Switch to next buffer of sequence.

  3. Switch to previous buffer of sequence.

  4. Switch to last buffer of sequence.

  5. Duplicate image.

  6. Adjust palette.

  7. Zoom, scroll, and pan.

  8. Peek at numeric pixel values.

  9. Activate or deactivate cursor overlay.

  10. Two-dimensional plot of line or column of pixel values.

  11. Histogram of pixel values.

  12. Select resizing of the image to fit The Image Viewer Window, or no resizing so that there is a one to one relationship between an image pixel and a graphic display system's pixel (although the entire image may not fit within the window and must therefore be panned and scrolled, and the displayed aspect ratio will be incorrect for image's whose aspect ratio differs from the graphic display system's aspect ratio).
The first four shortcuts appear only for The Image Viewer Windows which access a sequence of images.

The shortcuts may either be attached and part of The Image Viewer Window, or may be detached into its own window, as set by Image View - Display.


 

 

 

8. Image Viewer Window - Examine

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - Examine provides interactive examination of the image.

 

8.1. Image Examination - Pixel Peek

The Image Examination - Pixel Peek allows numeric display of the pixel values in the vicinity of the image cursor — within a single image, or across a sequence of images. The feature also graphically displays each pixel's value or trends.

If the Pixel Values of as in Image is selected, the numeric values of pixels from the image buffer(s) are shown. If thru Palette is selected and The Image Viewer Window's palette is in use, the numeric pixel values as seen through the effects of the palette are shown. If thru Z=>I Calib. is selected and the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration is in use, the intensities as computed by the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration are shown.

For as in Image or thru Palette modes, the Color Space, allows selecting the numerical pixel's value color space. Viewed values may be in the monochrome (i.e. Grey), RGB, YCrCb, HSB, CMY, or CMYK color space, and for the colored spaces either all components (e.g. R, G & B) or one component (e.g. R of RGB) can be displayed. For as in Image mode, when the underlying image is produced by a camera outputting raw Bayer format pixel data, the Bayer Color Space may be selected. The Color Space does not modify the image's pixels, only the displayed values. Using the menu-bar Options, the values can be displayed in binary, octal, decimal, or hexadecimal.

For the thru Z=>I Calib. mode, and if the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration has been activated, the displayed values are intensities rather than physical pixel values, and using the menu-bar Options, the intensities can be displayed in fixed point or scientific notation with selected digits of precision. The I Units appears, showing the name of the I units in use. The Color Space selection is not applicable.

If X/Y is selected, a table of pixel values of one image are displayed, with the X coordinate arranged horizontally, the Y coordinate arranged vertically, and the Buffer coordinate constant. If X/B is selected, a table of pixel values of a sequence of images are displayed, with the X coordinate arranged horizontally, the Buffer coordinate arranged vertically, and the Y coordinate constant. If B/Y is selected, a table of pixel values of a sequence of images are displayed, with the Buffer coordinate arranged horizontally, the Y coordinate arranged vertically. and the X coordinate constant.

Typically, only a portion of the image's pixels, displayed numerically, fit within the Image Examination - Pixel Peek window. The viewed portion can be panned or scrolled via the horizontal and vertical scroll bars or via the explicit X Coordinate, Y Coordinate, and/or B Coordinate. The displayed pixel value at X Coordinate, Y Coordinate, and B Coordinate. is marked as specified by Mark Coord. with a Box, Underline, Highlight, or None.

If X,Y Coord<=>Cursor is selected, the X Coordinate and Y Coordinate become synonymous with the Image View - Cursor; moving the image cursor (left click over the displayed image) also pans or scrolls the numeric pixel display, and inversely, allowing convenient and simultaneous adjustment of both. Deselecting X,Y Coord<=>Cursor allows multiple Image Examination - Pixel Peek windows to view different areas of the image. If B Coord<=>Viewer is selected, the Buffer Coordinate become synonymous with the image buffer selection of the The Image Viewer Window. Deselecting B Coord<=>Viewer allows multiple Image Examination - Pixel Peek windows to view different image buffers.

If Y Image Stack or X Image Plank is selected, the sequence of images is presented and viewed as a single image composed of a concatenated vertical ''stack'' or a horizontal ''plank'' of the images, respectively; the B Coordinate and B Coord<=>Viewer are not used.

If Ave. Image Stack is selected, a sequence of images is presented and viewed as a single image composed by the averaging of corresponding pixels of the sequence. The B Coordinate and B Coord<=>Viewer are not used; the Seq(uence) Buffer Start and Seq(uence) Buffer End allow selecting the start and end sequence buffers to be averaged. If Seq(uence) Buf(fer)<=>Viewer is selected, the Seq(uence) Buffer Start and Seq(uence) Buffer End becomes synonymous with the default AOI image buffer sequence selection of the The Image Viewer Window.

If Show Peek Window is selected, a box is drawn over the image indicating the portion of the image displayed numerically. If Show Viewer Cursor is selected, a cross-hair is drawn across the numeric pixel values indicating the position of the image cursor.

The Highlight f(...) allows selecting pixel values to be highlighted by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''GreyLevel'' to represent the pixel's grey level, ''RofRGB'' to represent the pixel's red component in RGB color space, ''GofRGB'' to represent the pixel's green component in RGB color space, ''BofRGB'' to represent the pixel's blue component in RGB color space, ''HofHSB'' to represent the pixel's hue component in HSB color space, ''SofHSB'' to represent the pixel's saturation component in HSB color space, ''BofHSB'' to represent the pixel's brightness component in HSB color space, ''YofYCrCb'' to represent the pixel's Y component in YCrCb color space, ''CrofYCrCb'' to represent the pixel's Cr component in YCrCb color space, ''CbofYCrCb'' to represent the pixel's Cb component in YCrCb color space, ''CofCMY'' to represent the pixel's cyan component in CMY color space, ''MofCMY'' to represent the pixel's magenta component in CMY color space, ''YofCMY'' to represent the pixel's yellow component in CMY color space, ''CofCMYK'' to represent the pixel's cyan component in CMYK color space, ''MofCMYK'' to represent the pixel's magenta component in CMYK color space, ''YofCMYK'' to represent the pixel's yellow component in CMYK color space, ''KofCMYK'' to represent the pixel's black component in CMYK color space, or ''I'' to represent the pixel's intensity if the thru Z=>I Calib. mode is selected. For example,

    RofRGB == BofRGB && GreyLevel > 50
highlights pixels whose red and blue components are identical and whose grey level is greater than 50. The Highlight f(...) is not available when displaying pixel values in the Bayer color space.

If Bar Graph is selected, the size of the contrasting background behind each pixel value is proportional to the pixel's value. If Trends Graph is selected, the background contrast plots the recent historical values of the pixel; if Delta is also selected, the difference of historical trends is plotted. If Linear is selected, the bar graph or trends graph scale is linear; if Log is selected, the bar graph scale or trends graph scale is logarithmic. If Vert(ical) is selected, the bar graph is oriented vertically, If Horz(Horizontal) is selected, the bar graph is oriented horizontally. If ×10 and/or ×100 is selected, the graph is scaled by a factor of 10 or 100, so as to magnify the visibility of small pixel values, or small differences. The Bar Graph or Trends Graph is not available if thru Z=>I Calib. is selected.

If Use Default Font is selected, the pixel values are displayed using a default font and size. (See Window Style - Fonts). Alternately, the Alt. Point Size, Alt. Font Name, and whether the text should be Plain, Bold, or Italic can be specified. The range of allowable choices is dependent on the host operating system. The Text + and Text - menu buttons provide convenient adjustment of text size via Alt. Point Size.

If Use Default Color is selected, the pixel value display uses default colors. (See Window Style - Color). Alternately, the color of the Background, Foreground, Data 1, Data 2, Data 3, Data 4, Cursor Marker, Highlight (used by Highlight f(...) above), and the Peek Window, (see Show Peek Window above) can each be selected as described for Pick Graphics Color.

If Pixel's Background or Pixie's Background is selected, the background of each numeric pixel value is replaced with the RGB color of the corresponding pixel, or the grey level of the corresponding pixel component value, respectively.

The Coordinates allows removing the coordinate labels. The Scroll Bars allows removing the scrollbars; the scrollpads of the X Coordinate, Y Coordinate, and/or B Coordinate are still available. The Menu Bar" allows removing the menu bar; a mouse right click over the numeric pixel values can be used to restore the menu bar. These options provide more space for numeric pixel values and/or allows reducing the size of the Image Examination - Pixel Peek window. The RGB Vert(ical) selects displaying RGB (or other color space) pixels values vertically, the RGB Horz(Horizontal) selects displaying the multiple values of color pixels horizontally.

The File - Save Data allows saving the data shown by Image Examination - Pixel Peek. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. Upon selection of a file name, the data is saved as ASCII text, one text line per row of pixel value components. Like most image processing features, this operation may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest can be selected with the Set AOI button.

8.1.1. Mouse & Keyboard

In addition to various controls, above, and their customary manipulation via mouse and keyboard, the Image Examination - Pixel Peek provides the following.

Key | Mouse | Action

Enter | R-Click | Popup menu

Numeric '+' | | Increment text size
Numeric '-' | | Decrement text decrement

Left | | Adjust X Coordinate
Right | | or Y Coordinate,
Ctrl+Left | | depending on X/Y,
Ctrl+Right | | X/B or B/Y selection

Up | | Adjust B Coordinate
Down | | or Y Coordinate,
Ctrl+Up | | depending on X/Y,
Ctrl+Down | | X/B or B/Y selection

| L-Click | Set X Coordinate,
| pixel | Y Coordinate, and/or
| | B Coordinate to pixel's
| | coordinates
Use of ''Ctrl'', as listed above, provides adjustments in larger increments.

 

8.2. Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke

The Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke window allows viewing an image's individual pixels as numeric values and color swatches, and altering their values. The Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke also allows precise, single pixel, image editing.

The X Coordinate and Y Coordinate specify the coordinates of the single pixel being displayed. If Coord<=>Cursor is selected, the X Coordinate and Y Coordinate becomes synonymous with the Image View - Cursor; moving the image cursor (left click over the displayed image) also selects the pixel value to be displayed, and inversely. Deselecting Coord<=>Cursor allows multiple Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke windows to view different pixels of the image.

The selected pixel's value is shown in monochrome, RGB, HSB, YCrCb, CMY, and CMYK color spaces as described in Pick Pixel Value. Entering new numeric value(s), or clicking the Pick Graphics Color color wheel (hint: click the color swatch to bring up the color wheel), immediately alters the selected pixel.

The Copy Pixel (Value), Paste Pixel (Value), and Undo Pixel (Value) allows copying the current pixel value, pasting it where desired, and reversing the paste. The Undo Pixel (Value) also reverse pixel any modifications via numeric entry or clicking the color swatch (above). If Auto Paste is selected, the copied pixel value is automatically pasted as the X Coordinate and Y Coordinate are changed or the image cursor moved.

 

8.3. Image Examination - Pixel Plot

The Image Examination - Pixel Plot window displays a two-dimensional graph of pixels values along a selected image line or column, of all image lines or columns, of an image pixel as it varies across an image sequence, or rows or columns as they vary across an image sequence. The recent trends of pixel values can also be shown, as an fading ''echo,'' to help visually evaluate the fluctuations of live video or the effects of camera adjustments. Features attached to the graph show specific pixel values and descriptive statistics such as lowest value, highest value, mean value, and standard deviation.

From the Pixel Plot menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data to Clipboard, and Print Graphics features; the Controls' Format, Color, Axis, MinMax, Label, Probe, and Reference features; and the Stats' Descriptive and Outlier features provides standard features common to, and described in, 2-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' Where provides additional options unique to the Pixel Plot.

The X Coord(inate) and Y Coord(inate) specify the X and Y coordinate of the pixel values to be graphed. If Coord<=>Cursor is selected, the X Coord(inate) and Y Coord(inate) becomes synonymous with the Image View - Cursor; moving the image cursor (left click over the displayed image) also affects which row or column is graphed, and inversely. Deselecting Coord<=>Cursor allows multiple Image Examination - Pixel Plot windows to view different areas of the image. The Buffer Coord(inate) specifies the image buffer (of a sequence) of the pixel values to be graphed. If B Coord<=>Viewer is selected, the Buffer Coord become synonymous with the image buffer selection of the The Image Viewer Window, tracking the current buffer selection.

If Plot Row is selected, the pixels at the Y Coord of the selected (or current) buffer are graphed. If Plot Column is selected, the pixels at the X Coord of the selected (or current) buffer are graphed. If PlotPixel×B" is selected, the pixels at the X Coord and Y Coord across the sequence of buffers are graphed. If Plot Rows × Y is selected, the pixels of all rows of the selected (or current) buffer are graphed. If Plot Rows × B is selected, the pixels in the rows at the Y Coord across the sequence of buffers are graphed. If Plot Columns × X is selected, the pixels of all columns of the selected (or current) buffer are graphed. If Plot Columns × B is selected, the pixels in the columns at the X Coord across the sequence of buffers are graphed.

If Vert. Image Stack or Horz. Image Plank is selected, the sequence of images is presented and viewed as a single image composed of a concatenated vertical ''stack'' or a horizontal ''plank'' of the images, respectively; the Buffer Coord and B Coord<=>Viewer are not used.

If Ave. Image Stack is selected, a sequence of images is presented and viewed as a single image composed by the averaging of corresponding pixels of the sequence. The Buffer Coord and B Coord<=>Viewer are not used; the Seq. Buffer Start and Seq. Buffer End allow selecting the start and end sequence buffers to be averaged.

If Cursor >= Probe is selected, the Controls - Probe is linked to the image cursor or to the current sequence buffer number. If Plot Row is selected, the probe is set to the cursor X coordinate. If Plot Column is selected, the probe is set to the cursor Y coordinate. If PlotPixelxB" is selected, the probe is set to the current image sequence buffer number.

If the Pixel Values of as in Image is selected, the numeric values of pixels in the image buffer(s) are shown. If thru Palette is selected and The Image Viewer Window's palette is in use, the numeric pixel values as seen through the effects of the palette are shown. If thru Z=>I Calib. is selected and the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration is in use, the intensities as computed by the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration are shown.

For as in Image or thru Palette modes, the Color Space, allows selecting the numerical pixel's value color space. Viewed values may be in the monochrome, RGB, YCrCb, HSB, CMY, or the CMYK color space, and for the colored spaces either all components (e.g. R, G & B) or one component (e.g. R of RGB) can be displayed. For as in Image mode, when the underlying image is produced by a camera outputting raw Bayer format pixel data, the Bayer Color Space may be selected. The Color Space does not modify the image's pixels, only the displayed values.

For the thru Z=>I Calib. mode, and if the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration has been activated, the displayed values are intensities rather than physical pixel values. The Color Space selection is not applicable.

The Menu Bar allows removing the menu bar; a mouse right click over the graph can be used to restore the menu bar. This option provides more space for the graph and/or allows reducing the size of the Image Examination - Pixel Plot window.

8.3.1. Mouse & Keyboard

In addition to various controls, above, and their customary manipulation via mouse and keyboard, the Image Examination - Pixel Plot provides the following.

Key | Mouse | Action

Up | | Ordinate Zoom
Ctrl-Up | | in

Dn | | Ordinate Zoom
Ctrl-Dn | | out

Shift-Up | | Ordinate Zoom
Shift-Ctrl-Up | | shift up

Shift-Dn | | Ordinate Zoom
Shift-Ctrl-Dn | | shift down

Alt-Dn | | Ordinate Min & Max
| | default values

Right | | Abscissa Zoom
Ctrl-Right | | in

Left | | Abscissa Zoom
Ctrl-Left | | out

Shift-Right | | Abscissa Zoom
Shift-Ctrl-Right| | shift right

Shift-Left | | Abscissa Zoom
Shift-Ctrl-Left | | shift left

Alt-Left | | Abscissa Min & Max
| | default values

Enter | R-Click | Popup menu
Use of ''Ctrl'', as listed above, provides adjustments in larger increments.

 

8.4. Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D

The Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D window displays the numeric values of pixels as as a three-dimensional graph — from a single image or from a multi-image ''stack'' — with the image X and Y coordinates composing two dimensions, and the pixel values composing the third dimension.

From the Pixel Plot 3D menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics and Print Graphics features; and the Controls' Format, Color, and Labels provides standard features common to, and described in, 3-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' Where and What provides additional options unique to the Pixel Plot 3D.

The Where allows specification of the area of interest of the current buffer to be graphed. The area of interest is specified via a Graphic Window, allowing setting an area of interest by using explicit coordinates, or by drawing over the image.

The What allows specification of the pixel values and color space to be graphed, whether to use the current image buffer or a specified image buffer, and whether to use a single image buffer or a stack of image buffers. The Aoi - Set Area of Interest provides a detailed explanation of the What options. If the Pixel Values of as in Image is selected, the numeric values of pixels in the image buffer(s) are shown. If thru Palette is selected and The Image Viewer Window's palette is in use, the numeric pixel values as seen through the effects of the palette are shown. If thru Z=>I Calib. is selected and the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration is in use, the intensities as computed by the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration are shown.

For as in Image or thru Palette modes, the Color Space, allows selecting the numerical pixel's value color space. Viewed values may be in the monochrome, RGB, YCrCb, HSB, CMY, or the CMYK color space, and for the colored spaces which color component (e.g. R of RGB) should be displayed. For as in Image mode, when the underlying image is produced by a camera outputting raw Bayer format pixel data, the Bayer Color Space may be selected. The Color Space does not modify the image's pixels, only the displayed values.

For the thru Z=>I Calib. mode, and if the Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration has been activated, the displayed values are intensities rather than physical pixel values. The Color Space selection is not applicable.

The Menu Bar allows removing the menu bar; a mouse right click over the graph can be used to restore the menu bar. This option provides more space for the graph and/or allows reducing the size of the Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D window.

8.4.1. Mouse & Keyboard

In addition to various controls, above, and their customary manipulation via mouse and keyboard, the Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D provides the following.

Key | Mouse | Action

Up | | Increment
Ctrl-Up | | Y Rotation

Dn | | Decrement
Ctrl-Dn | | Y Rotation

Down | | Increment
Ctrl-Down | | X Rotation

Down | | Decrement
Ctrl-Down | | X Rotation

Pg-Up | | Increment Z Height

Pg-Down | | Decrement Z Height

Numeric '+' | | Increment Image Density
Ctrl '+' | | or Plot Fill

Numeric '-' | | Decrement Image Density
Ctrl '-' | | or Plot Fill

Enter | R-Click | Popup menu
Use of ''Ctrl'', as listed above, provides adjustments in larger increments.

 

8.5. Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier

The Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier window allows enlarging an area of the displayed image, with an effect similar to using a magnifying lens. Optionally, contrast and other enhancements can be applied to the magnified area.

8.5.1. Magnification

The Magnification selects the magnification ratio; allowing both integer and fractional ratios.

The Square or Circle selects a square or circular magnification area, respectively. The Magnifier Size selects the size of the area of the image to be replaced by the magnifier, as a percentage of the image width. If Height per Aspect Ratio is selected, the magnifier's height is adjusted for a visually correct square or circle; otherwise the magnifier's pixel height and pixel width are identical.

The area of the image to be magnified can be selected via the explicit X Coordinate and Y Coordinate,

If Coord<=>Cursor is selected, the X Coordinate and Y Coordinate become synonymous with the Image View - Cursor; moving the image cursor (left click over the displayed image) also moves the magnification area, and inversely, allowing convenient and simultaneous adjustment of both. Deselecting Coord<=>Cursor allows multiple Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier windows to magnify different areas of the image.

If Nearest Neighbor is selected, the image area is resized via nearest neighbor interpolation. If Bilinear is selected, the image area is resized via bilinear interpolation.

The Magnify On allows enabling or disabling magnification and enhancements (below).

If Rim Show the rim of the magnified area (i.e. what would be the rim of a magnifying lens) is marked using Rim Color and Rim Thickness.

8.5.2. Enhancements

Optionally, the magnified area may be enhanced.

If Contrast Stretch is selected, pixel values are ''stretched'' so that pixel value Low Endpoint becomes 0 (typically black) and pixel value High Endpoint becomes the maximum pixel value (typically white).

If Black & Gain is selected, pixel values are adjusted by subtraction of Black Level and multiplication by Gain.

If Negative is selected, pixel values are inverted (complemented).

The Enhance On allows enabling or disabling all of these enhancements.

Hint: With Magnification set to 1.0 and Rim Show disabled, the Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier can be used for ''spot'' contrast enhancements of the displayed image - without magnification or rim graphics.

 

8.6. Image Examination - SMPTE VITC

The Image Examination - SMPTE VITC window allows searching the image for valid SMPTE (Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers) Vertical Interval Time Code (VITC) information, and displaying the decoded Time Code.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

The Apply button implements the operation and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the image is modified.

The Decode SMPTE VITC operation assumes that an image has been previously captured, with the video format adjusted (see PIXCI® - Video Setup) so as to capture portions of the vertical blanking interval (i.e. several lines above the first line normally captured). Thus, the image buffer contains one or more lines with VITC pulses, seen as a black line with white dots and dashes.

Executing Decode SMPTE VITC scans the image area of interest, from top to bottom, stopping at the first line which can be successfully decoded, as per the VITC specification. The VITC information is decoded and shown as the Time, in HH:MM:SS format, the Frame & Field, the Drop Mark, the Color Mark and the user-defined Bin Groups and Bin Group Flag. Also shown as Found at Line (Y) is the image buffer Y coordinate where the VITC information was found. All of these fields are set to 0 (for numbers), or blanked (for non-numbers) if no VITC information is found.

As interlaced images contain four lines of VITC (each of the two fields containing two identical lines), the various VITC lines can be decoded by choosing an image area of interest other than the full image buffer. For example, Decode SMPTE VITC may be executed once upon the full image buffer, noting the Found at Line (Y), and executed again while selecting an image area of interest which starts immediately after the reported Found at Line (Y).


 

 

 

9. Image Viewer Window - Modify

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - Modify provides image processing operations such as filters, transforms, convolutions, and similar operations which set all of the pixels of an image's area of interest based upon an original image's area of interest.

 

9.1. Image Processing - Patterns

The Image Processing - Patterns window allows drawing a variety of predefined image patterns into an existing image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

9.1.1. 2-D Periodic Patterns

The Linear Ramp draws patterns which linearly change from the lowest to the highest pixel values. The Log Ramp draws patterns which change from the lowest to the highest pixel values logarithmically. The (Cos(x)+1)×(Cos(y)+1) draws patterns which change from the lowest to the highest pixel values as a product of cosines. The Horizontal Frequency and Vertical Frequency specify the number of cycles, within the image AOI if selected, in the horizontal and vertical directions; either can be set to 0 for a one-dimensional pattern in the other direction.

For each direction, with Invert and Half Cycle parameters off, the patterns begin with high values (e.g. white), fall to low values (black) and rise to high values. The Invert, Horizontal and Invert, Vertical parameters cause the patterns to begin low, rise high, and fall low in the indicated direction. The Half Cycle, Horizontal and Half Cycle, Vertical parameters cause the patterns to begin high, fall to low values, and immediately return to high values in the indicated direction.

The Step Max Values, Horizontal and Step Max Values, Vertical parameters cause the maximum intensity of each cycle to vary, with the minimum pixel value remaining at 0. The Step Min Values, Horizontal and Step Min Values, Vertical parameters cause the minimum intensity of each cycle to vary, with the maximum pixel value constant relative to the minimum value. The Step Max Values, Horizontal and Step Max Values, Vertical and the Step Min Values, Horizontal and Step Min Values, Vertical options are mutually exclusive.

9.1.2. More 2-D Periodic Patterns

The Cos(x+y)+1 generates a two-dimensional pattern with frequencies specified Horizontal Frequency and Vertical Frequency.

The Gaussian generates a two-dimensional Gaussian curve (i.e the ''normal'' distribution), repeated horizontally and vertically as per the Horizontal Frequency, Vertical Frequency, Step Max Values, Horizontal, Step Max Values, Vertical, Step Min Values, Horizontal, and Step Min Values, Vertical parameters. The ''steepness'' of the Gaussian curve is specified by Width @ 50% Amplitude and Height @ 50% Amplitude, the width and height, in pixels, at which the curve decays to ½ intensity.

Gaussian Grid generates a two-dimensional grid of lines whose cross-section is a Gaussian curve (i.e the ''normal'' distribution), with lines repeated as per the Horizontal Frequency, and Vertical Frequency. The Half Cycle, Horizontal and Half Cycle, Vertical parameters cause the grid to be shifted by one half of the horizontal or vertical period, respectively. The ''steepness'' of the Gaussian curve is specified by Width @ 50% Amplitude and Height @ 50% Amplitude, the width and height, in pixels, at which the curve decays to ½ intensity.

The Fiducial generates an alignment fiducial target repeated horizontally and vertically as per the Horizontal Frequency, Vertical Frequency, Step Max Values, Horizontal, Step Max Values, Vertical, Step Min Values, Horizontal, and Step Min Values, Vertical parameters.

9.1.3. Alignment Patterns

The Alignment Pattern generates a specific pattern favored by EPIX, Inc. manufacturing and technical support with image areas of high frequency content, ramps, and edges.

The Color Bars generates an eight color bar pattern, with a maximum amplitude as specified by Amplitude/Brightness in percentage of the pixel maximum value.

The Monochrome Steps generates ascending and descending monochrome steps, with Steps specifying the number of steps. The Color Steps generates ascending and descending color steps, with Steps specifying the number of steps.

The ColorChecker, ColorChecker (Line), and ColorChecker DC generates a pattern of 24 or 237 color patches which closely match the 24 or 237 color patches of the Macbeth® ColorChecker®, a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker® which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips, or the ColorChecker® DC, respectively. These patterns can be used for the precise and consistent adjustment of the graphic display, by comparing the displayed pattern against an actual ColorChecker®. The pattern can also be used for precise and consistent adjustment of a color camera, by comparing the displayed pattern against a captured image of an actual ColorChecker®.

The HSB Slice generates one ''slice'' of an HSB cylinder, with fixed brightness as specified by Amplitude/Brightness. The HSB Slices generates an array of Horizontal Frequency by Vertical Frequency slices of an HSB cylinder, each with fixed brightness varying from 0% to 100%.

9.1.4. User-Defined

The User-Defined f(X,Y) and Pattern f(X,Y) allows generating arbitrary patterns by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''X'' and ''Y'', to represent the pixel X and Y coordinates, relative to the image AOI and variables ''XDIM'' and ''YDIM'', to represent the image AOI's X and Y dimension. For example,

    IFEL (X%10, 0, 255)
yields vertical bars spaced 10 pixels apart. In evaluating any expression, results less than 0 are set as 0 and results greater than the maximum pixel value are set to the maximum value (255 for eight bit pixels).

9.1.5. Random

The Pseudo Random generates random ''wallpaper''. (Hint: Choose Pseudo Random and connect the Apply button to the Black Board for continuously changing random wallpaper).

 

9.2. Image Processing - Sequence Patterns

The Image Processing - Sequence Patterns window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Patterns, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.3. Image Processing - Set Pixels

The Image Processing - Set Pixels window allows setting pixels of an image to a specified, constant, value. The pixel value to be used is set as described in Pick Pixel Value.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

The Set Pixels may also be used on an arbitrary shaped region of interest, selected via the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

 

9.4. Image Processing - Sequence Set Pixels

The Image Processing - Sequence Set Pixels window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Set Pixels, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.5. Image Processing - Pixel Arithmetic

The Image Processing - Pixel Arithmetic window provides several pixel arithmetic operations on an image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

The Complement Pixels, Bit-Wise Logical AND Pixels w. Mask, Bit-Wise Logical XOR Pixels w. Mask, Bit-Wise Logical OR Pixels w. Mask, Bit Shift Left, Bit Shift Right, Bit Rotate Left, Bit Rotate Right, Bit Gray Code, Bit Gray Decode, Bit Reverse, Signed Bias to/from 2's Complement, Add Constant with Pixels, Multiply Constant with Pixels, Pixie Minimum, Pixie Maximum, Pixie Mean, Pixie Copy, and Gamma Correction operations may also be used on an arbitrary shaped region of interest, selected via the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Complement Pixels operation replaces each pixel with its complement; the maximum permissible value minus the current value.

The Bit-Wise Logical AND Pixels w. Mask, Bit-Wise Logical XOR Pixels w. Mask, and Bit-Wise Logical OR Pixels w. Mask operations perform the boolean AND, XOR, or OR, respectively, with the specified Bit-Wise Mask on each pixel's bit pattern.

The Bit Shift Left and Bit Shift Right operation shifts each pixel's binary value by the specified number of Shift Bits left or right, respectively.

The Bit Rotate Left and Bit Rotate Right operation rotates each pixel's binary value by the specified number of Shift Bits left or right, respectively.

The Bit Gray Code operation encodes each pixel's binary value as a ''Gray Code'' — a reflected binary code in which each two successive values differ in only one bit.[28] The Bit Gray Decode operation performs the inverse.

The Bit Reverse operation reverses the order of bits of each pixel's bit pattern.

The Signed Bias to/from 2's Complement converts a signed 2's complement representation of a pixel's value into a biased, or offset, signed representation.

The Add Constant with Pixels operation adds the specified Additive Constant to each pixel.

The Multiply Constant with Pixels operation multiplies the specified Multiplicative Constant with each pixel.

For all of the addition or multiplication operations, computed values which would exceed the permissible pixel value are bounded to the permissible pixel value (e.g. adding 100 to an eight bit pixel with value 200 yields 255).

The Halftone Image operation replaces each pixel with either the minimum or maximum value (0 and 255 for eight bit pixels), in such manner that (to the extent possible) the average grey level of any image area is unchanged using the sum of white/black method. For best results, the original image should have good contrast and strong edges Some random noise (dither) may also be beneficial.

The Halftone, Dot Construction operation replaces each pixel with either the minimum or maximum value (0 and 255 for eight bit pixels), in such manner that (to the extent possible) the average grey level of any image area is unchanged using a dot construction method, with dot size as specified by Dot Diameter.

The Pixie Minimum operation replaces each component of each color pixel with the minimum value of the pixel's components. The Pixie Maximum operation replaces each component of each color pixel with the maximum value of the pixel's components. The Pixie Mean operation replaces each component of each color pixel with the mean, or average, value of the pixel's components. The Pixie Minimum, Pixie Maximum, and Pixie Mean have no effect when used on a monochrome image.

The Pixie Copy operation replaces one or more components of each color pixel with the value of one of the pixel's components. The Src Pixie 0, Src Pixie 1, etc. select one of the pixel's components to be copied, the Dst Pixie 0, Dst Pixie 1, etc. select one or more of the pixel's components to be replaced; the pixie indexing is relative to the color space selected via the Set AOI button. The Pixie Copy have no effect when used on a monochrome image.

The Gamma Correction operation non-linearly scales each pixel according to the specified Gamma parameter. A Gamma of 1.00 has no effect; a Gamma less than 1.00 brightens the image, with stronger effect as the Gamma approaches 0.01; a Gamma greater than 1.00 darkens the image, with stronger effect as the gamma approaches 10.00. If correcting for a camera with known gamma, use the inverse of the camera's gamma. For example, enter:

    1.43   (1.0/0.7)
to correct for a camera with stated gamma of 0.7.

 

9.6. Image Processing - Sequence Pixel Arithmetic

The Image Processing - Sequence Pixel Arithmetic window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Pixel Arithmetic, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.7. Image Processing - Src+Dst Pixel Arithmetic

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Pixel Arithmetic window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Pixel Arithmetic, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.8. Image Processing - Binning

The Image Processing - Binning window allows summing or integrating rectangular subregions of an image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Bin Size, X and Bin Size, Y specifies the partitioning of the image into a grid of bins, specifying each bin's width and height; bins along the right or bottom edges may be smaller if the image AOI width or height is not evenly divisible by the Bin Size, X or Bin Size, Y, respectively.

If Bin with Sum of Pixels is selected, pixels in each bin are summed. If Bin with Average of Pixels is selected, pixels in each bin are averaged.

The Bin Pixel Values to Bin operation replaces all pixels in each ''bin'' with the bin's sum or average. The Bin Pixel Values to Single Pixel tightly packs one pixel for each bin, with the bin's sum or average, in the upper left corner of the image AOI, and sets the remaining pixels of the AOI to 0.

 

9.9. Image Processing - Sequence Binning

The Image Processing - Sequence Binning window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Binning, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.10. Image Processing - Src+Dst Binning

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Binning window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Binning, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.11. Image Processing - Contrast Modification

The Image Processing - Contrast Modification window allows modifying an image's contrast. These operations are useful for enhancing the contrast, and thereby the visibility, of image features at the expense of ignoring other image features.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

The Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints and Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints operations may also be used on an arbitrary shaped region of interest, selected via the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

9.11.1. Contrast Stretching

The Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints expands the contrast (range of values) used for some pixels, while compressing the contrast used for other pixels, based upon each pixel's original value. As specified by the Low Pixel Endpoint and High Pixel Endpoint parameters, each pixel is replaced by:

    (PixelValue - LowPixelEndPoint) * (MaximumPixelValue / (HighPixelEndpoint - LowPixelEndpoint))
In other words, pixels with values less than Low Pixel Endpoint are forced to 0, pixels with values greater than High Pixel Endpoint are forced to the maximum pixel value, and the values of pixels between Low Pixel Endpoint and High Pixel Endpoint are linearly expanded into the range of 0 through the maximum pixel value.

The Low Pixel Endpoint and High Pixel Endpoint used for Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints, are often found by examining a Image Measurement - Histogram. The Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints operation combines the histogram and Stretch Contrast; it performs a histogram, and then performs the Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints using the pixel value corresponding to Low Percentile Endpoint histogram percentile as the Low Pixel Endpoint, and using the pixel value corresponding to High Percentile Endpoint histogram percentile as the High Pixel Endpoint. If Report Endpoints Used is selected, the pixel values found via the histogram are reported as Low Pixel Endpoint and High Pixel Endpoint.

9.11.2. Contrast Inversion

The Invert Contrast operation, also known as statistical scaling, modifies the high contrast areas of the image to be lower contrast and modifies low contrast areas of the image to be higher contrast, using the Neighborhood Size pixels surrounding each pixel being scaled as the basis for computation. The result exaggerates detail which was previously ''faint'', at the expense of eradicating stronger image details.

9.11.3. Histogram Equalization

The Histogram Modification operation modifies an image's contrast so that the image's histogram is a specified shape. Selecting Histogram: Linear results in a flat histogram. A perfectly flat histogram is impossible if the number of pixels in the image window is not a multiple of the number of distinct pixel values (e.g. 256 for eight bit pixels); but the resulting frequencies of each pixel values occurrence will differ by at most one count.

Selecting Histogram: Exponential results in a histogram with an increasing exponential curve. Selecting Histogram: Exponential Transposed results in a histogram with a decreasing exponential curve. Selecting Histogram: Logarithmic results in a histogram with an increasing logarithmic curve. Selecting Histogram: Logarithmic Transposed results in a histogram with a decreasing logarithmic curve. Selecting Histogram: Half Sine Wave, Centered results in a histogram with the positive half of a sine wave, centered, curve.

Selecting Histogram: User-Defined and Histogram Shape f(Z) allows specifying a custom histogram curve, by evaluation of the Mathematical Expression with the addition of variable ''Z'' to represent the curve's index, between 0 and 255. For example:

    255-Z
results in a descending ramp shape, or
    sin(pi*Z/255.0)
results in centered ''hump'' (half cycle of a sine wave), or
    1-sin(pi*Z/255.0)
results in a centered ''trough''. Note that the curve's index is always between 0 and 255, regardless of the image's pixel type and precision.

The Histogram: Linear is the most commonly used variation, tending to improve the contrast of most images. Unlike Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints or Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints which can also be used to improve image contrast, the Histogram Modification does not require explicit selection of parameters.

 

9.12. Image Processing - Sequence Contrast Modification

The Image Processing - Sequence Contrast Modification window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Contrast Modification, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.13. Image Processing - Src+Dst Contrast Modification

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Contrast Modification window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Contrast Modification, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.14. Image Processing - Convolution

The Image Processing - Convolution window allows performing convolutions on an image - a sum of products between the neighborhood of each pixel and specified coefficients - using user-defined coefficients.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Neighborhood Size specifies the neighborhood size around each pixel upon which the convolution is applied; from a 3×3 through a 49×49 (always odd). The coefficients corresponding to each pixel in the neighborhood are labeled as an offset from the center, target, pixel, and displayed in a table. Such as, for a 3×3 neighborhood:

    -1      0       1
-1  0.00    0.00    0.00
 0  0.00    0.00    0.00
 1  0.00    0.00    0.00
After clicking a selected coefficient in the table, such as (-1, 1), the numeric entry field labeled Coefficient (-1, 1) allows altering that coefficient.

Alternately, the Coefficients via f(X,Y,V) allows setting the coefficient by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''X'' and ''Y'', to represent the offset from neighborhood center, and variable ''V'' to represent the coefficient's current value. For example,

    1
sets all coefficients to unity,
    ifel( abs(x)<=1 || abs(y)<=1? -1: 1)
sets the center 3×3 coefficients to -1 and all others to 1, and
    ifel(x==0, v+2, v)
increments the center column of coefficients by 2.

If Integer Arithmetic is selected, any coefficients with decimal fractions are truncated to integers and the convolution is performed with integer arithmetic. If Floating Point Arithmetic is selected, the convolution is performed with floating point arithmetic, with the result converted to integer when the pixel's new value is set.

The convolutions operate on the specified neighborhood size; multiplying each pixel in the neighborhood by the corresponding coefficient, summing all such products, adding the Additive Offset and dividing by the Divisor. If the Divisor=0, the sum of coefficients is used as the divisor, thus setting both Additive Offset and Divisor to 0 results in the standard ''pure'' convolution operation. Note that the coefficients are initially 0, performing a convolution without setting any coefficients will result in an all 0 (black for grey level imagery) result.

Four convolution variations are available. The Convolve(PixelValue) computes the convolution, with results less than 0 or greater than the maximum pixel value replaced by 0 or the maximum value, respectively. The Abs(Convolve(PixelValue)) computes the convolution and forms the absolute value of the result. The PixelValue-Convolve(PixelValue) subtracts the computed convolution from the original pixel value, with results less than 0 or greater than the maximum pixel value replaced by 0 or the maximum value, respectively. Finally, the PixelValue-Abs(Convolve(PixelValue)) subtracts the absolute value of the computed convolution from the original pixel value, with results less than 0 or greater than the maximum pixel value replaced by 0 or the maximum value, respectively.

 

9.15. Image Processing - Sequence Convolution

The Image Processing - Sequence Convolution window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Convolution, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.16. Image Processing - Src+Dst Convolution

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Convolution window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Convolution, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.17. Image Processing - Correlation Map

The Image Processing - Correlation Map window allows performing correlations on an image - matching one image against a second, larger, image - resulting in a profile image whose intensity, at each location, varies in proportion to the degree of match, at that location.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button. Two image AOIs must be selected, the mask image which is not modified, and a subject image. The mask image must be smaller than the second, subject, image.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Correlate performs a correlation between the mask and subject images; image areas which perfectly match the mask are set to the maximum pixel intensity (255 for eight bit pixels), areas which don't match are set to 0, areas with partial matches are set to corresponding values between 0 and the maximum intensity.

If Unnormalized is selected, the correlation is based on the absolute differences of values between the mask and the subject image; A perfect match is achieved only if the mask and the area of the subject image under the mask are identical.

If Normalized: Add, Mult is selected, a normalized correlation is performed; the degree of match between the mask and the area of the subject image under the mask is insensitive to differences arising from additive offsets and multiplicative scaling of pixel values.

The time required for correlation can be significantly reduced, at the expense of accuracy, by subsampling. If X SubSample and Y SubSample are both one, every pixel of the mask, and every corresponding pixel of the image, are used in the correlation. Either X SubSample and/or Y SubSample may be larger than one; every X SubSample'th pixel in the horizontal direction and every Y SubSample'th pixel in the vertical direction are used in the correlation. Furthermore, the mask is repositioned over the image at intervals of X SubSample and Y SubSample. For example, with X SubSample=2 and Y SubSample=2, processing is 16 times quicker; at each location of the mask on the image a factor of 22 fewer pixels are correlated, and the mask is positioned at a factor of 22 fewer locations on the image.

 

9.18. Image Processing - Sequence Correlation Map

The Image Processing - Sequence Correlation Map window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Correlation Map, but matching one image against each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.19. Image Processing - Src+Dst Correlation Map

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Correlation Map window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Correlation Map, but allows specifying distinct source and destination subject images, in addition to the mask image.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.20. Image Processing - Edge Detection

The Image Processing - Edge Detection window allows performing edge detection filters over an image - computing the strength of an edge based upon the neighborhood of each pixel.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

9.20.1. Magnitude Filters

The Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 4 replaces each pixel with the absolute value of the convolution:

     0   -1    0
    -1    4   -1
     0   -1    0
yielding the second order edge gradient and responds equally to light-on-dark and to dark-on-light edges. The Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 4, Light on Dark replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
     0   -1    0   divisor=4
    -1    4   -1
     0   -1    0
and has a stronger response to a light over dark area, and weaker response to a dark over light area. The Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 4, Dark on Light replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
     0    1    0    divisor=4
     1   -4    1
     0    1    0
and has the opposite, asymmetrical, response.

The Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 8 replaces each pixel with the absolute value of the convolution:

    -1   -1   -1
    -1    8   -1
    -1   -1   -1
yielding the second order edge gradient and responds equally to light-on-dark and to dark-on-light edges. The Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 8, Light on Dark replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
    -1   -1   -1    divisor=8
    -1    8   -1
    -1   -1   -1
and has a stronger response to a light over dark area, and weaker response to a dark over light area. The Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 8, Dark on Light replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
     1    1    1    divisor=8
     1   -8    1
     1    1    1
and has the opposite, asymmetrical, response.

The Edge Magnitude: Vertical replaces each pixel with the absolute value of the convolution:

    -1    0    1
    -1    0    1
    -1    0    1
yielding the magnitude of vertically oriented edge gradient. The Edge Magnitude: Vertical, Light to Dark replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
     1    0   -1
     1    0   -1
     1    0   -1
and has a stronger response to a light area left of a dark area, and a weaker response to a dark area left of a light area. The Edge Magnitude: Vertical, Dark to Light replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
    -1    0    1
    -1    0    1
    -1    0    1
and has the opposite, asymmetrical, response.

The Edge Magnitude: Horizontal replaces each pixel with the absolute value of the convolution:

    -1   -1   -1
     0    0    0
     1    1    1
yielding the magnitude of horizontally oriented edge gradient. The Edge Magnitude: Horizontal, Light over Dark replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
     1    1    1
     0    0    0
    -1   -1   -1
and has a stronger response to a light over dark area, and a weaker response to a dark over light area. The Edge Magnitude: Horizontal, Dark over Light replaces each pixel with the bounded value of the convolution:
    -1   -1   -1
     0    0    0
     1    1    1
and has the opposite, asymmetrical, response.

The Edge Magnitude: Sobel (on 3×3 neighborhood), Edge Magnitude: Sobel-Absolute (on 3×3), Edge Magnitude: Kirsch (on 3×3), and Edge Magnitude: Roberts (on 2×2) compute the named edge detection operations, replacing each pixel with the magnitude of the gradient computed by the operation, bounded to the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels). The Sobel variant performs the root-mean-square, while the Sobel-Absolute variant uses the quicker absolute value method.

The Edge Magnitude: Scaled Sobel, Edge Magnitude: Scaled Sobel-Absolute, Edge Magnitude: Scaled Kirsch, and Edge Magnitude: Scaled Roberts variants replace each pixel with the magnitude of the gradient computed by the operation, scaled to the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels). The non-scaled variants allow encoding weak edges but strong edges are indistinguishable as the maximum pixel value; the scaled variants allow differentiating strong edges at the expense of not encoding small differences of edge magnitude.

9.20.2. Edge Gradient Filters

The Edge Gradient: Log Sobel, Edge Gradient: Log Sobel-Absolute Edge Gradient: Log Kirsch Edge Gradient: Log Roberts compute the gradient using the named edge detector, place the scaled log magnitude of the gradient in the upper 5 bits of each pixel, and place the angle of the gradient coded in the next 3 bits. 'ne 1i The encoding of angles is:

    3  2  1
    4  *  0
    5  6  7
where ''*'' represents the pixel under consideration. Thus, angle code 0 represents angles from -22.5° to +22.5° of east, angle code 1 represents angles from +22.5° to +67.5° of east, etc.

This manner of encoding gradient angles in the lesser significant bits invites use of various operations upon the magnitude, while ignoring the angular component.

The Edge Gradient: Thin, Minimal Effect and Edge Gradient: Thin, Maximal Effect operations thin the edges previously produced by using an Edge Gradient operation, above. The gradient coded edges are thinned by evaluation of each edge and its local 3×3 neighborhood. Any gradient edge which is weaker than its two orthogonal neighbors, or which is neither preceded nor followed by another gradient edge in the same direction ±1, is removed. The criteria is strengthened if the Maximal version is used; retained gradient edges must be stronger than its two orthogonal neighbors, and must be both preceded and followed by another gradient edge in the same direction ±1. The Thin Edge Gradient may be repeated for additional effect, although it is not a ''relaxation'' type algorithm and repetitions beyond two or three will have little beneficial effect.

 

9.21. Image Processing - Sequence Edge Detection

The Image Processing - Sequence Edge Detection window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Edge Detection, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.22. Image Processing - Src+Dst Edge Detection

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Edge Detection window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Edge Detection, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.23. Image Processing - Interlace & Flicker

The Image Processing - Interlace & Flicker window allows reducing interlace artifact in an image, and provides operations which alter the interlacing of rows or columns.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Shuffle Line Order to Field Order and Shuffle Field Order to Line Order operations shuffle image lines, translating the contents of the selected image buffer between the two common interlace image memory storage organizations: all lines consecutive, or all lines in each field consecutive. These operations are not necessary when capturing and then processing ''normal'' interlaced images; but may be useful for special, nonstandard video applications.

Using an example image with 8 lines, the effect of the Shuffle Line Order to Field Order conversion is:

    BEFORE      AFTER

Line 0 Line 0 Line 1 Line 2 Line 2 Line 4 Line 3 Line 6 Line 4 Line 1 Line 5 Line 3 Line 6 Line 5 Line 7 Line 7
putting all even lines in the first half of the image and all odd lines in the second half of the image, resulting in the ''Field Order'' organization. The effect of the Shuffle Field Order to Line Order conversion is:
    BEFORE      AFTER

Line 0 Line 0 Line 1 Line 4 Line 2 Line 1 Line 3 Line 5 Line 4 Line 2 Line 5 Line 6 Line 6 Line 3 Line 7 Line 7
taking an image in ''Field Order'' organization and restoring it to ''Line Order'' organization.

The Shuffle Line Order to N Field Order and Shuffle N Field Order to Line Order shuffle image lines to/from a consecutive line order from/to a grouping into sections according to the remainder of the line's coordinate after division by Field N. These are generalizations of the Shuffle Line Order to Field Order and Shuffle Field Order to Line Order, and have identical effect when Field N is 2.

The Transpose Line Pairs: 0<=>1; 2<=>3; ... swaps the lines of each even line pair. If the selected image AOI contains an odd number of lines, the last line is unchanged. The Transpose Line Pairs: 1<=>2; 3<=>4; ... is similar, but operating on each odd line pair. The first line is unchanged; if the selected image AOI contains an even number of lines, the last line is unchanged. The Transpose Column Pairs: 0<=>1; 2<=>3; ... and Transpose Column Pairs: 1<=>2; 3<=>4; ... are similar, but operate upon pairs of columns, rather than pairs of lines.

The Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs and Shuffle Pixel Pairs to Line Pairs operations shuffle pixels within pairs of image lines. Using an example image with 4 lines, 8 pixels per line:

    A B C D E F G H
    I J K L M N O P
    Q R S T U V W X
    Y Z a b c d e f
the result of the Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs is:
    A I B J C K D L
    E M F N G O H P
    Q Y R Z S a T b
    U c V d W e X f
The effect of Shuffle Pixel Pairs to Line Pairs is the inverse of Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs. Both shuffle operations are defined above, for images with an even number of pixels per line and even number of lines. Should the image AOI have an odd number of pixels per line, or an odd number of lines, then the right odd pixel, and/or the bottom odd line, are unchanged; with the shuffle operation performed on the remaining pixels and lines.

The Deflicker: Average Line Pairs operation eliminates interlace flicker by averaging corresponding pixels in each even/odd pair of lines, with the average replacing both pixels. Although flicker is eliminated, it is at the expense of a reduction in vertical resolution. For example, an image of five pixels and four lines:

     1   2   3   4   5
    10  10  10  10  10
    20  20  20  20  20
     5   4   3   2   1
would be replaced by:
     5   6   6   7   7
     5   6   6   7   7
    12  12  11  11  10
    12  12  11  11  10

The Deflicker: Filter Singularity operation is intended to reduce interlace flicker caused by fine line graphics, without reducing the resolution of grey scale imagery. Each vertical column of three pixels in the image buffer are examined, and modified if the difference between the end pixels and the center pixel's value is greater than the Singularity Filter Threshold. If the value of the column's center pixel is greater than the value of the end pixels, some of the center pixel's intensity is ''pushed'' into the end pixels. If the value of the column's center pixel is less than the value of the end pixels, some of the end pixels' intensity is ''pushed'' into the center pixel. The overall effect is to mildly ''smear'' high contrast single pixel horizontal lines into the adjacent lines, without modifying grey level components or edges of high contrast multiple line graphics.

The Deflicker: Duplicate Even Lines operation eliminates interlace flicker by replacing the contents of each odd line with the contents of the adjacent even line. The Deflicker: Duplicate Odd Lines operation eliminates interlace flicker by replacing the contents of each even line with the contents of the adjacent odd line.

The Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves operation shuffles the content of image lines, rearranging pixels at even locations to the left half of the line and pixels at odd locations to the right half of the line. Using an example image with 1 line, 8 pixels per line:

    A B C D E F G H
the result of the Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves is:
    A C E G B D F H
The Shuffle Left-Right Halves to Column Order is the inverse of Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves.

The Shuffle Column Order to N Section Order and Shuffle N Field Order to Section Order shuffle image columns to/from a consecutive column order from/to a grouping into sections according to the remainder of the column's coordinate after division by Section N. These are generalizations of the Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves and Shuffle Left-Right Halves to Column Order, and have identical effect when Section N is 2.

The Shift Half-Line Down shifts the image one half line down, by interpolation. The Shift Half-Line Up shifts the image one half line up, by interpolation. Either can be used to modify an image containing a single interlaced field so as to better align with an image containing the opposite interlaced field.

The Tap Correction: User Defined f(X,Y) permits arbitrary interlace and tap corrections by evaluation of two Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''X'' and ''Y'', to represent the pixel X and Y coordinates, relative to the image AOI and variables ''XDIM'' and ''YDIM'', to represent the image AOI's X and Y dimension. For each pair of coordinates of the result image, the X Coordinate f(X,Y) and Y Coordinate f(X,Y) specifies the corresponding pixel coordinates in the original image. For example,

    X Coordinate f(X,Y): x
    Y Coordinate f(X,Y): y
has no effect on the image, and the default expressions:
    X Coordinate f(X,Y): ifel((x&1)==0, x/2, xdim-1-x/2)
or
    X Coordinate f(X,Y): ((x&1)==0)*(x/2) + ((x&1)!=0)*(xdim-1-x/2)
or
    X Coordinate f(X,Y): ((x+1)%2)*(x/2) + (x%2)*(xdim-1-x/2)
    Y Coordinate f(X,Y): y
corrects for a common 2-tap scheme where each sensor line's first and last pixels, followed by second and next to last pixels, etc. were stored in the first, second, third, fourth, etc. pixels of each image line. The Tap Correction: User Defined f(X,Y) is not intended for image resizing or interpolation, and does not perform interpolation should either expression yield a fractional result.

 

9.24. Image Processing - Sequence Interlace & Flicker

The Image Processing - Sequence Interlace & Flicker window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Interlace & Flicker, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.25. Image Processing - Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Interlace & Flicker, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.26. Image Processing - Morphology

The Image Processing - Morphology window provides bi-level morphological operations on an image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

All of the operations interpret the image, or image window, as binary, or bi-level, and produce a binary image result. Binary image pixels may have more than 1 bit, however, only the most significant bit is used. Thus, these operations interpret all pixels with values from 0 through 127 as background, and all pixels with values from 128 through 255 as foreground; the results of these operations follow the same convention, producing pixels with values either 0 (background) or 128 (foreground) (assuming eight bit pixels).

The discussion which follows assumes familiarity with the definition and use of morphological operations. See, for example, FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING by Anil K. Jain.

9.26.1. Erosion, Dilation, Open, Close, etc.

The erosion, dilation, open, close, boundary and hit-miss operations apply a ''morphological structure element'' to the binary image. The effect of the operation is strongly affected by choice of a structure element! One of the structure elements shown can be chosen, or a user-defined structure element can be chosen, and either optionally rotated, before applying a morphological operation to the image.

Each structure element consists of object, or foreground, elements denoted ''X'', and may also have background elements denoted ''O''. Any background elements are used only by the hit-miss operation, and are ignored by the other operations.

The Box Element selects a box shaped structure of the specified Box Width and Box Height of foreground elements. For example, with Width=4 and Height=3 the structure:

    X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X
is selected. The Circle Element selects a circle shaped (a discrete approximation) structure of the specified Circle Diameter of foreground elements. For example, with Circle Diameter=4 the structure:
    .  X  X  .
    X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X
    .  X  X  .
is selected.

The H Element selects the structure:

    X  X  X
    .  X  .
    O  O  O
The T Element selects the structure:
    X  X  X
    .  O  .
    .  .  .
The I Element selects the structure:
    O  O  O
    O  X  O
    .  .  .
The Inner Corner Element selects the structure:
    .  O  X
    O  O  X
    X  X  X
The Outer Corner Element selects the structure:
    .  X  O
    X  X  O
    O  O  O
The Crosshair Element selects a structure of background elements except for a vertical and horizontal line of foreground elements. For example, with Width=5 and Height=3 the structure:
    O  O  X  O  O
    X  X  X  X  X
    O  O  X  O  O
is selected.

Any of the selected structure elements may be rotated before use. The Element Rotation specifies the counterclockwise rotation in 45 degree units. The rotation is performed around the structure's center, within the limits of the discrete array. For example, a 5×5 array:

    a  b  c  d  e
    f  g  h  i  j
    k  l  m  n  o
    p  q  r  s  t
    u  v  w  x  y
rotated 45 degrees around the origin ''m'' would yield:
    c  d  e  j  o
    b  h  i  n  t
    a  g  m  s  y
    f  l  q  r  x
    k  p  u  v  w
No Element Rotation should be used on circle elements, or on box elements where either dimension is even. The result in these cases is counter-intuitive, due to limitations of the discrete array and lack of symmetry.

The Erode performs erosion. A pixel result is nonzero if the foreground of the structure element, centered over the pixel, covers only pixels with the most significant bit set. Any background elements of the structure are ignored.

The Dilate performs dilation. A pixel result is nonzero if the foreground of the structure element, centered over the pixel, covers any pixels with the most significant bit set. Any background elements of the structure are ignored.

The Open effectively performs an erosion followed by dilation. Any background elements of the structure are ignored.

The Close effectively performs a dilation followed by erosion. Any background elements of the structure are ignored.

The Boundary produces a nonzero result at the boundary which is the outer edge of each nonzero object in the image. Essentially it is the set difference between the original image and the erosion of the image. Any background elements of the structure are ignored. The 3×3 box element is suggested.

The Hit-Miss compares the structure element as a ''mask'' against the source image; the result is nonzero where the structure element exactly matches the source pixels, specifically foreground elements over pixels with the most significant bit set and background elements over pixels with the most significant bit not set.

9.26.2. Skeletons and Thinning

The Medial Axis Thin performs medial axis thinning on the image; nonzero pixels that are at the edge of a nonzero object are removed if connectivity of the object is not affected. If Repeat till Done is selected, Medial Axis Thin operates until all objects are thinned to single width lines, otherwise one thinning pass is performed.

The Skeleton Thin performs skeletization on the image. If Repeat till Done is selected, Skeleton Thin operates until all objects are thinned to single width lines, otherwise one thinning pass is performed.

The distinction between the thin and skeleton operations can best be demonstrated by example. The object:

    X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X
    X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X
when reduced to a minimal skeleton would be, approximately:
    X  .  .  .  .  .  .  X
    .  X  .  .  .  .  X  .
    .  .  X  X  X  X  .  .
    .  X  .  .  .  .  X  .
    X  .  .  .  .  .  .  X
and after repeated thinning would be, approximately:
    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
    .  .  X  X  X  X  .  .
    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .

The skeleton operation is inherently slow. A faster, minimal skeleton can be produced for most images by performing one pass of the Skeleton Thin, followed by Medial Axis Thin repeated until done.

9.26.3. Numeric Results

If Report Results is specified, all of the morphological, skeleton, and medial axis operations report the number of nonzero pixels in the result image as Pixels Set, and report whether the last operation changed any pixels in the image as Result Changed?. Otherwise the number of nonzero pixels and whether the last operation changed any pixels are not reported, allowing faster operation of some operations.

 

9.27. Image Processing - Sequence Morphology

The Image Processing - Sequence Morphology window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Morphology, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.28. Image Processing - Src+Dst Morphology

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Morphology window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Morphology, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.29. Image Processing - Noise Generator

The Image Processing - Noise Generator window allows adding pseudo-random noise with uniform and other probability distributions to an image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

The Add Uniform Noise adds pseudo-random noise with a uniform distribution to the pixels of the image with a variance of Noise Variance.

The Add Gaussian Noise adds pseudo-random noise with a Gaussian (i.e. Normal) distribution to the pixels of the image with a variance of Noise Variance.

The Add Rayleigh Noise adds pseudo-random noise with a Rayleigh distribution to the pixels of the image with a variance of Noise Variance.

The Add Negative Exponential Noise adds pseudo-random noise with a negative exponential distribution to the pixels of the image with a variance of Noise Variance.

The Set Salt & Pepper Noise sets randomly selected pixels to the minimum or maximum pixel values, with the probability of a pixel being modified specified by Noise Probability.

If Consistent Pseudo-Random is selected, a preselected pseudo-random number generator is used; multiple operations on identical images will have the same effect. If Pseudo-Unique Pseudo-Random is selected, a different pseudo-random number generator is pseudo-randomly selected; multiple operations on identical images will, probably, have different effect.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

 

9.30. Image Processing - Sequence Noise Generator

The Image Processing - Sequence Noise Generator window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Noise Generator, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.31. Image Processing - Src+Dst Noise Generator

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Noise Generator window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Noise Generator, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.32. Image Processing - Normalization

The Image Processing - Normalization window allows automatically normalizing various attributes of an image. These operations are single image, i.e. not using a second reference image as the basis for normalization.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Normalize Intensity, Blobs & Background ''flattens'' the image's intensity variance. Areas of the image that are darker than average are made lighter; areas lighter than average are made darker. The operation is intended for images consisting of small blobs scattered over a background, where the background is expected to be a uniform intensity, but which exhibits shading effects due to non-uniform illumination. Typically, the image is about to be thresholded or subject to Image Measurement - Blob Analysis. This operation is not intended to eliminate shadows with sharp boundaries.

The Normalize Row Mean normalizes each line of the image by multiplying the pixels of each line by the Row Scaling Factor scaling factor divided by the line's original mean value.

The Normalize Column Mean normalizes each column of the image by multiplying the pixels of each column by the Column Scaling Factor scaling factor divided by the column's original mean value.

 

9.33. Image Processing - Sequence Normalization

The Image Processing - Sequence Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Normalization, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.34. Image Processing - Src+Dst Normalization

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Normalization, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.35. Image Processing - Rotation & Shift

The Image Processing - Rotation & Shift window allows performing rotations and various shifts on an image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The X,Y Shift operation shifts an image's pixels up/down and/or left right. The number of pixel positions shifted left/right is specified as Left(-X) Right(+X) Shift; a negative value is a left shift, a positive value is a right shift. The number of pixel positions shifted up/down is specified as Up(-Y) Down(+Y) Shift; a negative value is an up shift, a positive value is a down shift. The area of the image from which image data was ''shifted out'' is set to pixel value 0 (black for grey level imagery).

The Flip operation creates a ''mirror'' image. If Flip Left/Right is specified, the image is rotated around its vertical center line. If Flip Up/Down is specified, the image is rotated around its horizontal center line.

The Skew Left/Right and Skew Up/Down skews or ''tilts'' the image either left and right or up and down. The skew operation can be used to correct for small amounts of image rotation, for example due to camera tilt, without invoking the full capability of the rotation operation.

The Skew Left/Right copies an image, with the top line skewed by Skew at Top pixels (right if positive, left if negative), the bottom line skewed by Skew at Bottom pixels (interpreted as before), and intermediate lines skewed proportionally. The area of the result image from which image data was ''skewed out'' is set to pixel value 0 (black for grey level imagery). 'ne 1i For example, an image of dimension 8×8:

    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
    1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4
    1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
    1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
    8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5
    8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7
    8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
skewed +2 at the top and -1 at the bottom results in:
    0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6         skewed +2
    0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3         skewed +2
    0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2         skewed +1
    0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1         skewed +1
    8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1         skewed 0
    8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5         skewed 0
    8 8 8 7 7 7 7 0         skewed -1
    8 8 8 8 8 8 8 0         skewed -1

The Skew Up/Down copies an image, with the left column skewed by Skew at Left pixels (down if positive, up if negative), the right column skewed by Skew at Right pixels (interpreted as before), and intermediate lines skewed proportionally. The area of the result image from which image data was ''skewed out'' is set to pixel value 0 (black for grey level imagery).

The Rotate and Rotate w. Offset rotates an image with the rotation specified by Rotation Angle, clockwise, relative to center of the image. If Bilinear Interpolation is specified, bilinear interpolation is performed. If Nearest Neighbor Interpolation is specified, a faster, but slightly lower quality, nearest neighbor interpolation is performed. The rotation operation corrects for the image display's aspect ratio; the Rotation Aspect Ratio specifies scaling in the horizontal versus vertical directions during rotation, and is preset to the current image's aspect ratio (i.e. horizontal dimension in pixels, divided by the vertical dimension in lines, of a rectangle which appears to be square).

The Rotate w. Offset operation provides additional options. The image is also shifted by Rotation Offset X and Rotation Offset Y. If Rotation Origin = Image Center is specified, the rotation is relative to the center of the image. Otherwise, the rotation is relative to the Rotation Origin X and Rotation Origin Y.

 

9.36. Image Processing - Sequence Rotation & Shift

The Image Processing - Sequence Rotation & Shift window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Rotation & Shift, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.37. Image Processing - Src+Dst Rotation & Shift

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Rotation & Shift window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Rotation & Shift, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.38. Image Processing - Spatial Filtering

The Image Processing - Spatial Filtering window allows performing various spatial filters on an image, such as low pass, high pass, median, rank, and edge enhancement filters.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Low Pass Filter: Fast Average replaces each pixel with the result of a 3×3 convolution with the kernel:

    1    2    1
    2    4    2
    1    2    1
quickly performing a mild low pass effect. The Low Pass Filter: Weighted Center Average replaces each pixel with the result of a 3×3 convolution with the kernel:
    1    1    1
    1   CPW   1
    1    1    1
where the value for CPW is the specified Average Center Weight parameter. A CPW of 1 creates a strong low pass effect with some edge smear; values greater than one produce a proportionally weaker low pass effect with less edge smear. The Low Pass Filter: Low Smear examines each of the 9 pixels in the 3×3 neighborhood. Pixels with value within plus/minus the Low Smear Threshold of the center pixel's value are used to form an average which replaces the center pixel. The effect, with proper choice of the Low Smear Threshold value, is to reduce noise but minimize edge smear. The proper value of Low Smear Threshold is dependent upon image content.

The Sharpen Filter: Mild replaces each pixel with the result of the convolution:

     0   -1    0
    -1    6   -1
     0   -1    0
effecting mild sharpening, or deblurring. In brief, this enhances edges by subtracting a blurred image from the original image. The resulting image appears sharper and more ''well defined''. The Sharpen Filter: Laplacian replaces each pixel with the result of the convolution:
     0   -1    0
    -1    5   -1
     0   -1    0
effecting intermediate sharpening, or deblurring. The Sharpen Filter: Strong replaces each pixel with the result of the convolution:
    -1   -1   -1   -1   -1
    -1    1    1    1   -1
    -1    1    9    1   -1
    -1    1    1    1   -1
    -1   -1   -1   -1   -1
effecting strong sharpening, or deblurring. The Horizontal Sharpen Filter: Mild replaces each pixel with the result of the convolution:
     0    0    0
    -1    4   -1
     0    0    0
effecting mild horizontal sharpening, or deblurring. The Vertical Sharpen Filter: Mild replaces each pixel with the result of the convolution:
     0   -1    0
     0    4    0
     0   -1    0
effecting mild vertical sharpening, or deblurring.

The Median Filter sorts the 9 pixels in the 3×3 neighborhood; the middle (median) value after sorting replaces the center pixel. This operation removes impulse noise — isolated pixels with values significantly different than its neighbors — with less blurring than a low pass filter. The Median Filter: for Binary Images interprets the original image as binary, examining only the most significant bit of each pixel, and producing a result with pixels either having a value of 0 or the value of the most significant bit (e.g. 0 and 128 for eight bit pixels). For binary images, the Median for Binary Images has the same result as the Median Filter, but is quicker. The Median Filter: Center Weight 3 is similar to the Median Filter, but 11 pixels are sorted: the 8 neighbors and 3 copies of the center pixel. As before, the middle (median) value after sorting replaces the center pixel. By giving the center pixel additional weight, certain types of edge and corner smear of single pixel width lines can be avoided. (See D.R.K Brownrigg, The Weighted Median Filter, COMMUNICATIONS OF THE ACM, Vol. 27-8, August 1984, pp. 807-818).

The Rank Low (Erode) Filter sorts the 9 pixels in the 3×3 neighborhood; the lowest value after sorting replaces the center pixel. This operation is often considered a grey level analog to the morphological erosion operation. The Rank High (Dilate) Filter sorts the 9 pixels in the 3×3 neighborhood; the highest value after sorting replaces the center pixel. This operation is often considered a grey level analog to the morphological dilation operation.

The Edge Enhance: Sobel, Edge Enhance: Sobel Absolute, Edge Enhance: Kirsch, and Edge Enhance: Roberts operations enhance the contrast of edges by subtracting the magnitude of the edge gradient, computed by the Sobel edge detector, the Sobel w. absolute value, the Kirsch, or the Roberts edge detectors, respectively, from the image. This type of operation is sometimes referred to as ''unsharp masking''.

The Emboss Enhance × 1, Emboss Enhance × 2, and Emboss Enhance × 4 operations enhance the contrast of edges by adding the difference of the pixel with a nearby pixel, adding twice the difference of the pixel with a nearby pixel, or adding four times the difference of the pixel with a nearby pixel, respectively. The Direction of the nearby pixel can be chosen as North, South, East, West, Northeast, Northwest, Southeast, or Southwest; the Sharpness/Offset selects the horizontal and vertical distance. This type of operation is sometimes referred to as ''embossing''. The Embossed Edges × 1, Embossed Edges × 2, and Embossed Edges × 4 are similar, but replace the pixel with the difference of the pixel with a nearby pixel, twice the difference of the pixel with a nearby pixel, or four times the difference of the pixel with a nearby pixel, respectively.

 

9.39. Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Filtering

The Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Filtering window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Spatial Filtering, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.40. Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Filtering

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Filtering window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Spatial Filtering, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.41. Image Processing - Spatial Normalization

The Image Processing - Spatial Normalization window allows spatial normalization of an image.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

If Shift Center of Mass to Center is selected, the image's center of mass is found (interpreting pixel intensity as mass) and the image shifted so that the center of mass is at the image's center. Image areas left ''uncovered'' by the shift are set to pixel value 0.

 

9.42. Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Normalization

The Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Spatial Normalization, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.43. Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Normalization

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Spatial Normalization, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.44. Image Processing - Threshold

The Image Processing - Threshold window allows performing threshold operations on an image - assigning each pixel one of two values according to whether the original pixel value is below, or between, threshold level(s).

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The pixel value for a Lower Threshold limit, and a pixel value for the Upper Threshold limit are set as described in Pick Pixel Value. Similarly, a pixel value for New Value, Within Bounds and a pixel value for New Value, Out of Bounds are set as described in Pick Pixel Value.

The Threshold: Set New Values, Within Bounds operation compares pixels to the Lower Threshold and Upper Threshold, pixels between the two threshold values are set to New Value, Within Bounds, other pixels are not changed.

The Threshold: Set New Values, Out of Bounds operation compares pixels to the Lower Threshold and Upper Threshold, pixels between the two threshold values are not changed, other pixels are set to New Value, Out of Bounds.

The Threshold: Set New Values, Within & Out of Bounds operation compares pixels to the Lower Threshold and Upper Threshold, pixels between the two threshold values are set to New Value, Within Bounds, other pixels are set to New Value, Out of Bounds.

The Lower > Upper? Use: (Upper <= value <= Lower) and Lower > Upper? Use: (value <= Lower OR value >= Upper) selections have effect only if one or more of the Lower Threshold component values are greater than the corresponding Upper Threshold component values. If Lower > Upper? Use: (Upper <= value <= Lower) is selected, the component value is considered to be ''within'' the lower and upper threshold levels if the component value is between the lower and upper values. If Lower > Upper? Use: (value <= Lower OR value >= Upper) is selected, the component value is considered to be ''within'' the lower and upper threshold levels if the component value is above the upper value and below the lower value; i.e. an circular interpretation where the maximum pixel component value plus one is identical to 0.

 

9.45. Image Processing - Sequence Threshold

The Image Processing - Sequence Threshold window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Threshold, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.46. Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Threshold, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.47. Image Processing - Threshold Adaptive

The Image Processing - Threshold Adaptive window allows performing threshold operations on an image - assigning each pixel one of two values according to whether the original pixel value meets specified conditions.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Threshold against Neighborhood Mean operation compares each pixel to a percentage of the average value of the pixel's neighborhood. The Neighborhood Size specifies the size of the neighborhood over which the average value is computed, the Low Limit and High Limit specify the percentage of the neighborhood average used as the comparison limits. A pixel is set to its maximum value if

    (Average_of_NxN * LowLimit) <= PixelValue <= (Average_of_NxN * HighLimit)
otherwise the pixel is set to value 0.

 

9.48. Image Processing - Sequence Threshold Adaptive

The Image Processing - Sequence Threshold Adaptive window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Threshold Adaptive, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.49. Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Threshold Adaptive, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.50. Image Processing - Warping

The Image Processing - Warping window allows performing ''rubber-sheet'' transformations on the image, governed by a list of initial and final fiducial locations, governed by pincushion/barrel lens distortion, or specified by mathematical expressions.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Warp: Src => Dst Fiducials operation provides ''rubber sheet'' distortion of an image. Two series of points serve as fiducials which govern the warping. Clicking Set Fiducials provides two dialogs, each as described in Graphic Points, in which a series of source and series of destination fiducials are positioned. The source series of fiducials define original image locations and the destination series of fiducials define corresponding result image locations. At least four pairs of fiducials are required.

The Warp: Src => Dst Fiducials and as Partitioned Quadrilaterals uses the fiducials to partition the image into quadrilaterals; each quadrilateral is warped separately. Each source fiducial coordinate is mapped exactly to the corresponding destination fiducial coordinate, but there may be discontinuities in the result image at the edges of each quadrilateral. Only the image area which is bounded by fiducials is warped; any image area not bounded is ignored. Thus, to copy an image without warping (albeit inefficiently), a fiducial pair would be positioned at each corner of the image.

The Src => Dst Fiducials and as Best-Fit Polynomials uses the fiducials to define a single set of polynomial equations used to map all pixels. Any pixels of the result image for which the polynomials evaluate to coordinates out of the source image are set to value 0. As a single set of polynomials is used for all pixels, there are no discontinuities in the result image at the edge of each quadrilateral, however the source fiducial coordinates may not map exactly to the corresponding destination fiducial coordinates. The Src => Dst Fiducials and as Best-Fit Polynomials is expected to be used with fiducial coordinates that represent real-world distortions due to optics or rotated and angled views. It may not perform well with fiducials drawn at arbitrary coordinates.

The Warp: Pincushion Distortion applies a geometric ''pincushion'' and the Warp: Barrel Distortion applies a geometric ''barrel'' distortion, which corrects for symmetric distortion of many lenses. If Pincushion/Barrel: Third Order is selected, a third order equation is used with the Pincushion 3rd Order Coef(ficient) with an implied Pincushion 1st Order Coef(ficient) equal to 1.0. If Pincushion/Barrel: Fifth Order is selected, a fifth order equation is used with the ''Pincushion 1st Order Coef(ficient)'', Pincushion 2nd Order Coef(ficient), Pincushion 3rd Order Coef(ficient), Pincushion 4th Order Coef(ficient), and Pincushion 5th Order Coef(ficient). If Pincushion/Barrel: Seventh Order is selected, a seventh order equation is used with the ''Pincushion 1st Order Coef(ficient)'', Pincushion 2nd Order Coef(ficient), Pincushion 3rd Order Coef(ficient), Pincushion 4th Order Coef(ficient), Pincushion 5th Order Coef(ficient), Pincushion 6th Order Coef(ficient), and Pincushion 7th Order Coef(ficient). In general, the 2nd and higher coefficient(s) specify the degree of distortion - a value of 0 yields no distortion, increasing values yield increasing distortion. In specific, a polynomial with the specified coefficients is evaluated to map old coordinates to new coordinates relative to the optical center; for the purpose of polynomial evaluation, pixel coordinates range from -1 thru 1.

The Warp: Pincushion Distortion, 1-D and Warp: Barrel Distortion, 1-D are similar, but applying distortion only in the horizontal axis, as might be needed for line scan applications.

The Warp: Fisheye Lens Distortion applies a geometric spherical lens distortion and the applies a geometric correction for spherical lens distortion. The Lens Radius specifies the radius of the spherical lens, in units of, and relative to, the size of the image sensor.

If Precision: Better is selected, warping equations are evaluated precisely. If Precision: Quicker is selected, computational shortcuts are used to speed up the image processing; this may cause pixels on the borderline of two locations to be shifted.

If Image Center is Optical Center is selected, the distortion is centered at the area of interest's center; otherwise, the distortion is centered at the Optical Center, X and Optical Center, Y coordinates. Image processing may be slightly faster when using the default optical center.

The Aspect Ratio specifies scaling in the horizontal versus vertical directions during warping, and is preset to the current image's aspect ratio. The Aspect Ratio scaling allows the same non-linear warping equations to be applied and have the same visual effect both vertically and horizontally, even though the image dimensionality differs.

The Post Warp Scaling allows the computed warped image to be enlarged, or shrunk, before truncation to fit into the rectangular image. As warping of a rectangular image inherently produces a non-rectangular result, the Post Warp Scaling allows choosing whether ''bulges'' along the image boundary will be visible along with black areas, or whether black areas along the image boundary will be ''clipped'' along with bulging areas of the original image.

The Warp: User Defined f(X,Y) permits arbitrary geometric transformations by evaluation of two Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''X'' and ''Y'', to represent the pixel X and Y coordinates, relative to the image AOI and variables ''XDIM'' and ''YDIM'', to represent the image AOI's X and Y dimension. For each pair of coordinates of the result image, the X Coordinate f(X,Y) and Y Coordinate f(X,Y) specifies the corresponding pixel coordinates in the original image. For example,

    X Coordinate f(X,Y): x
    Y Coordinate f(X,Y): y
has no effect on the image, and the default expressions:
    X Coordinate f(X,Y): (hypot(ydim/2, xdim/2)-hypot(y-ydim/2, x-xdim/2))
                         *cos(atan2(y-ydim/2, x-xdim/2))+xdim/2
    Y Coordinate f(X,Y): (hypot(ydim/2, xdim/2)-hypot(y-ydim/2, x-xdim/2))
                         *sin(atan2(y-ydim/2, x-xdim/2))+ydim/2
turns the image ''inside-out'' so that pixels near the center are repositioned farther away, and pixels farther from the center are repositioned closer to the center. The Warp: User Defined f(X,Y) feature could, with the correct expressions, also be used for image resizing and rotations; however, the built-in features for resizing and rotations are inherently more efficient and faster.

If Bilinear Interpolation is specified, bilinear interpolation is performed. If Nearest Neighbor Interpolation is specified, a faster, but slightly lower quality, nearest neighbor interpolation is performed.

 

9.51. Image Processing - Sequence Warp

The Image Processing - Sequence Warp window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Warping, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.52. Image Processing - Src+Dst Warp

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Warp window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Warping, but allows specifying distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.53. Image Processing - Copy & Resize

The Image Processing - Copy & Resize window allows copying, resizing, and reorienting images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Copy copies an image from the source area of interest (AOI) to the destination area of interest. The two AOIs must be the same size. The Copy may also be used on an arbitrary shaped region of interest, selected via the Set AOI button.

The Copy & Resize copies an image from the source area of interest (AOI) to the destination area of interest. The two AOIs need not be the same size.

If the AOIs are not the same size, using Bilinear Interpolation is the most often used interpolation method, but if either result dimension is less than half of the corresponding source dimension, some data of the source image will be ignored and not contribute to the result. Using Nearest Neighbor Interpolation is similar, but uses nearest neighbor interpolation, providing a quicker operation but also a potentially ''blockier'' result. Using Linear Area Interpolation provides an area based interpolation, wherein all of the source image contributes to the result, regardless of the relative image dimensions. It is also significantly more time consuming than Bilinear Interpolation or Nearest Neighbor Interpolation. Using Gaussian Area Interpolation is similar, but performs Gaussian weighted interpolation which provides improved results when an image is greatly enlarged, although at the expense of additional execution time.

The Copy & Resize with Pixel Replication copies the source AOI to destination AOI, duplicating each pixel horizontally by the X Factor and vertically by the Y Factor; if the destination AOI size is not the proper multiple of the source AOI size, the copied image is truncated or the unused area of the destination set to 0. The Copy & Resize with Pixel Decimation copies the source AOI to destination AOI, skipping pixels horizontally by the X Factor and vertically by the Y Factor; if the destination AOI size is not the proper sub-multiple of the source AOI size, the copied image is truncated or the unused area of the destination set to 0.

If Bilinear Interpolation, Nearest Neighbor Interpolation, Pixel Replication, or Pixel Decimation is selected, the image can also be oriented. If Orient Top => Top is selected, the result image has the same orientation as the original image. Optionally, the Orient Top => Left Side, Orient Top => Bottom, or Orient Top => Right Side can be selected to orient the top of the original image to the left, down, or to the right, respectively. Additionally, Orient w. Mirror Flip can be selected to flip the image around the vertical axis before orientation to the top, left, down, or right.

The Copy & Flip copies a ''mirror'' image of an image from the source area of interest (AOI) to the destination area of interest. The two AOIs must be the same size. If Flip Left/Right is specified, the image is rotated around its vertical center line. If Flip Up/Down is specified, the image is rotated around its horizontal center line.

The Copy and Overlay copies the non-zero pixels from the source area of interest (AOI) to the destination area of interest. The two AOIs need not be the same size. The Chroma Key: Pixel Value 0 serves as a reminder of the pixel values which are ''transparent''. If the AOIs are not the same size, the image is resized by either Nearest Neighbor Interpolation, Bilinear Interpolation, Gaussian Area Interpolation, or Linear Area Interpolation described above for Copy & Resize. The Copy and Overlay antialias', or ''blends'' edges (between zero and non-zero pixels) of the source as they are being overlay-ed on the destination.

The Copy & Retype copies an image from the source area of interest (AOI) to the destination area of interest, and also allows that the the source and destination be of different types; i.e. bit depths. The two AOIs must be the same size. If Align MSB is selected, pixel values are shifted so that the most significant bit of the source aligns with the most significant bit of the destination. If Align LSB is selected, pixel values are shifted so that the least significant bit of the source aligns with the least significant bit of the destination. If Align None is selected, pixel values are not shifted.

The Copy & Reorder permits arbitrary rearrangement of the image's pixels by evaluation of two Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''X'' and ''Y'', to represent the pixel X and Y coordinates, relative to the destination image AOI, variables ''XDIM'' and ''YDIM'' to represent the destination image AOI's X and Y dimension, and variables ''IXDIM'' and ''IYDIM'' to represent the source image AOI's X and Y dimension. For each pair of coordinates of the destination image, the X Coordinate f(X,Y) and Y Coordinate f(X,Y) specifies the corresponding pixel coordinates in the source image. For example,

    X Coordinate f(X,Y): x
    Y Coordinate f(X,Y): y
has no effect on the image, and the default expressions:
    X Coordinate f(X,Y): ((x*2)+(y&1))
    Y Coordinate f(X,Y): (y/2)
corrects for a common 2-tap camera scheme where each pair of sensor lines are stored as one image line - the first image line contains, from left to right, the first pixel of the first sensor line, the first pixel of the second sensor line, the second pixel of the first sensor line, the second pixel of the second sensor line, etc. - and expects that the destination image be half the width and twice the height of the source image. The Copy & Reorder does not perform interpolation, in the event that either expression yields a fractional result.

The Copy & Tile fills the destination image with multiple copies of the (typically) smaller source image. For example, it can be used to duplicate one line or column throughout the destination image.

 

9.54. Image Processing - Sequence Copy

The Image Processing - Sequence Copy & Resize window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Copy & Resize, but on corresponding images of two sequences.

Unlike Image Processing - Copy & Resize, the Copy feature of Image Processing - Sequence Copy & Resize does not allow an arbitrary shaped region of interest.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

9.55. Image Processing - Pair Arithmetic

The Image Processing - Pair Arithmetic window provides several pixel arithmetic operations on pairs of image.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Add: Dst+Src Modulo PixelSize operation sums corresponding pixels of the source and destination images. A result greater than the pixel binary word size is truncated to the pixel's binary word size, (for eight bit pixels, the lower 8 bits are kept).

The Add: Min(Dst+Src, MaxPixValue) operation sums corresponding pixels of the source and destination images. A result greater than the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels) is limited to the maximum value.

The Subtract: (MaxPixValue+(Dst-Src))/2 operation subtracts source image pixels from corresponding destination image pixels, divides the difference by two and adds ½ the maximum pixel value (128 for eight bit pixels). The result is mid-level grey (for grey level images) where the two images are the same. The Subtract: (MaxPixValue+(Src-Dst))/2 is similar, exchanging the order of subtraction.

The Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Dst-Src)) operation subtracts source image pixels from corresponding destination image pixels, adds ½ the maximum pixel value, bounded by 0 and the the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels). The Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Src-Dst)) is similar, exchanging the order of subtraction.

The Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Dst-Src)×2) operation adds ½ the maximum pixel value to twice the difference of the source image pixels and corresponding destination image pixels, bounded by 0 and the the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels). The Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Src-Dst)×2) is similar, exchanging the order of subtraction.

The Subtract: (Dst-Src) Modulo PixelSize operation subtracts source image pixels from corresponding destination image pixels. A result less than 0 is truncated to pixel binary word size (for eight bit pixels, the lower 8 bits are kept). The Subtract: (Src-Dst) Modulo PixelSize is similar, exchanging the order of subtraction.

The Subtract: Max(Dst-Src, 0) operation subtracts source image pixels from corresponding destination image pixels. A result less than 0 is limited to 0. The Subtract: Max(Src-Dst, 0) is similar, exchanging the order of subtraction.

The Subtract: Abs(Dst-Src) operation subtracts source image pixels from corresponding destination image pixels. A result less than 0 is negated.

The Bit-Wise AND: Dst & Src, Bit-Wise XOR: Dst ^ Src, and Bit-Wise OR: Dst | Src operations perform the boolean AND, XOR, or OR, respectively, on corresponding pixels of the source and destination images.

The Average: (Src+Dst) / 2 operation averages corresponding pixels of the source and destination images.

The Maximum: Max(Src,Dst) and Minimum: Min(Src,Dst) operations select the maximum value or minimum value, respectively, of corresponding pixels of the source and destination images.

The Add: Max(0, Min(MaxPixValue, Dst+(Dst-Src))) operation adds the difference of the corresponding destination and source image pixels to the destination image pixels, bounded by 0 and the the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels). The Add: Max(0, Min(MaxPixValue, Dst+(Dst-Src)×2)) and Add: Max(0, Min(MaxPixValue, Dst+(Dst-Src)×4)) are similar, adding twice or four times, respectively, of the difference of the corresponding destination and source image pixels to the destination image pixels, bounded by 0 and the the maximum pixel value (255 for eight bit pixels).

The Product: (c0×Src+c1) × (c2×Dst+c3) / c4 operation forms the weighted product of corresponding pixels of the source and destination images. Specifically, the value of:

    (Coef0 × Src + Coef1) × (Coef2 × Dst + Coef3)) / c4
is computed for each pixel using the five Product Coefficients. Results less than 0 are set to 0, results greater than the maximum pixel value are set to the maximum value (255 for eight bit pixels). If Product Coef. 4 is 0, no division is performed.

The Ratio: (c0×Dst+c1) / (c2×Src+c3) operation forms the weighted ratio of corresponding pixels of the source and destination images. Specifically, the value of:

    (Coef0 × Dst + Coef1) / (Coef2 × Src + Coef3)
is computed for each pixel using the four Ratio Coefficients. Results less than 0 are set to 0, results greater than the maximum pixel value are set to the maximum value (255 for eight bit pixels). If the divisor's value is 0, the result is set to the maximum pixel value.

The User-Defined f( A(Src), B(Dst) ) and f(A, B) allows computing an unlimited variety of functions upon corresponding pixels of the source and destination images by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''A'' and ''B'' to represent pixel values from the source and destination images, respectively. The variables ''X'' and ''Y'', to represent the pixel X and Y coordinates, relative to the image window, and variables ''XDIM'' and ''YDIM'', to represent the image window's X and Y dimension, can also be used; allowing expressions dependent upon pixel location. In evaluating any expression, results less than 0 are set as 0 and results greater than the maximum pixel value are set to the maximum value (255 for eight bit pixels).

For example,

    .75*A + .25*B
yields an unequally weighted average, and
    exp(.5*ln(A+1)+.5*ln(B+1))-1
yields a log scaled average. The lengthy expression:
   A*hypot(X-XDIM/2,Y-YDIM/2)/hypot(XDIM/2,YDIM/2)
  +B*(1-hypot(X-XDIM/2,Y-YDIM/2)/hypot(XDIM/2,YDIM/2))
yields a weighted average which varies according to distance from the image window center; the source pixel weighting becomes 0 at the center, the destination pixel weighting becomes 0 at the edges.

As the mathematical expression is interpreted rather than compiled, the User-Defined f( A(Src), B(Dst) ) operation requires significantly longer execution time than similar ''built-in'' operations, such as those described above. Whenever possible, one or a combination of ''built-in'' operations should be used in preference to the User-Defined f( A(Src), B(Dst) ).

For Add: and Subtract: operations, if Src: Use Replicated Top Line Throughout is selected, the top line of the source image is replicated and used as each line of the source image during the operation.

 

9.56. Image Processing - Sequence Pair Arithmetic

The Image Processing - Sequence Pair Arithmetic window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Pair Arithmetic, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The destination image must be the same size as (each image) of the source sequence. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used for the sequence source and image destination, these operations should be selected from the destination image's viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's sequence source can be selected from any image sequence, or any image buffer(s) of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

 

9.57. Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Arithmetic

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Arithmetic window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Pair Arithmetic, but allows specifying a pair of distinct source and destination images. For clarity, the labels of the various operations are changed from, for example, Add: Dst+Src Modulo PixelSize to Add: SrcB+SrcA Modulo PixelSize as neither of the source images need be the same as the destination image.

Like most image processing features which operate on a triplets of image buffers, these operations may be applied to three full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's two source images can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.58. Image Processing - Pair Normalization

The Image Processing - Pair Normalization window allows automatically normalizing various attributes of an image, based upon a second reference, or background, image.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Contrast Modify & Match operation performs contrast modification on the destination image so that the first two moments of the destination are identical, within the limits of the allowable range of pixel values, to that of the source image. The source image is unmodified. This operation is useful before subtraction of two images taken under different exposure conditions, such as subtractive radiography. (See, for example, Ruttimann, et. al., SPIE Vol. 314, p. 372).

The Background Correction, Subtractive analyzes the source image, calculates the subtractive correction so that the source would have uniform intensity, and applies the correction to the destination image. The Background Correction, Ratio is similar, but calculates a multiplicative correction. For both operations, the source image is unmodified.

Typical use of these background corrections is for microscopy; with the source image captured without a slide under the microscope, and should, nominally, be a uniform field, while the destination image is captured with a slide under the microscope.

The Spot Mask Correction is intended to remove ''spots'' caused by imperfect sensors; i.e. bad pixels which consistently occur in the same location. The operation uses the source image as a location map of the bad pixels; pixels with value 0 are considered to be bad. For each bad pixel specified by the source image, the corresponding pixel of the destination image is replaced by a nearby pixel of the destination image. Specifically, the pixel to the left of the bad pixel is used as the replacement, however if also bad (or if due to boundary conditions no such pixel exists) then the first of: the pixel to the right, to the left of left, or to the right of right, are used, if not also bad.

 

9.59. Image Processing - Sequence Pair Normalization

The Image Processing - Sequence Pair Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Pair Normalization, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The destination image must be the same size as (each image) of the source sequence. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used for the sequence source and image destination, these operations should be selected from the destination image's viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's sequence source can be selected from any image sequence, or any image buffer(s) of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

 

9.60. Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Normalization

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Pair Normalization, but allows specifying a pair of distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a triplets of image buffers, these operations may be applied to three full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's two source images can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.61. Image Processing - Triplet Normalization

The Image Processing - Triplet Normalization window allows automatically normalizing various attributes of an image, based upon two references images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a triplets of image buffers, these operations may be applied to three full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's two source images can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Gain & Offset Normalization: MeanSrcB*(Dst-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA) performs flat field correction by subtracting a black reference image (SrcA) and dividing by a white reference image (SrcB) scaling the result to the mean of the white reference image. The Gain & Offset Normalization: MaxSrcB*(SrcC-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA) is similar, scaling the result to the maximum value of the white reference image. The Gain & Offset Normalization: MinSrcB*(SrcC-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA) is similar, scaling the result to the minimum value of the white reference image.

Scaling the result to the maximum of the white reference image helps preserve small differences among the original image's low pixel values, but at the risk of causing high pixel values to be limited by the maximum pixel value. Scaling the result to the minimum of the white reference image helps avoid the risk of limiting the original image's high pixel values to the maximum pixel value, but at the risk of loosing differences among low pixel values. Scaling to the average of the white reference image is the common compromise.

 

9.62. Image Processing - Sequence Triplet Normalization

The Image Processing - Sequence Triplet Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Triplet Normalization, but on each image of a sequence.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The destination image must be the same size as (each image) of the source sequence. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used for the sequence source and image destination, these operations should be selected from the destination image's viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's two source images can be selected from any image sequence, or any image buffer(s) of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

 

9.63. Image Processing - Src+Dst Triplet Normalization

The Image Processing - Src+Dst Triplet Normalization window does the same operation(s) as Image Processing - Triplet Normalization, but allows specifying a pair of distinct source and destination images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a quadruplets of image buffers, these operations may be applied to four full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's three source images can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

 

9.64. Image Processing - Average Sequence

The Image Processing - Average Sequence window allows averaging or integrating (summing) corresponding pixels of a sequence of images.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The destination image must be the same size as (each image) of the source sequence. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used for the sequence source and image destination, these operations should be selected from the destination image's viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's sequence source can be selected from any image sequence, or any image buffer(s) of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

The Average Sequence operation averages corresponding pixels in the sequence of image buffers, placing the result into the destination image. This operation can be used to improve the quality of captured images from noisy sources if the camera's field of view is stationary, by capturing and then averaging an image sequence. Unlike use of a low pass filter, the image noise can be reduced without causing blurring.

The Integrate Sequence operation sums corresponding pixels in a sequence of image buffers, divides by the specified Divisor, limits the value to the maximum pixel value, and places the result into the corresponding pixel of the destination image. A divisor of 1 yields summation, a divisor equal to the number of image buffers in the sequence yields averaging, intermediate divisors allow selecting the degree of integration versus averaging.

The Pixel Mean of Sequence, Pixel Std. Dev. of Sequence, or Pixel Variance of Sequence computes the mean, standard deviation, or variance of corresponding pixels in a sequence of image buffers, multiplies the result by the Scaling Factor and places the result into the corresponding pixel of the destination image. The Pixel Mean of Sequence is essentially identical to Integrate Sequence, albeit using the multiplicative Scaling Factor instead of an integer Divisor.

 

9.65. Image Processing - Difference Sequence

The Image Processing - Difference Sequence window allows forming the difference of image pairs through a sequence of images.

Like most image processing features which operate on a pair of image buffers, these operations may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, in the same or different images. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used, these operations should be selected from the destination image viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's source can be selected from any image, or any image buffer of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

The Pairwise Difference operation forms the difference of each pair of images, the last image of the sequence is unchanged. If (MaxPixValue + (Buffer (i+1) minus Buffer (i)))/2 is selected, image ''i'' of the sequence is replaced by subtracting corresponding pixels of buffer ''i'' from pixels in buffer ''i+1'', dividing the difference by two and adding ½ the maximum pixel value (128 for eight bit pixels). The result is mid-level grey (for grey level images) where the two images are the same. The (MaxPixValue + (Buffer (i) minus Buffer (i+1)))/2 is similar, exchanging the order of subtraction.

 

9.66. Image Processing - Tile Sequence

The Image Processing - Tile Sequence window allows ''tiling'' a sequence of images, combining small copies of each image in the sequence, into a destination image.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, these operations may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The destination image need not be the same size as (each image) of the source sequence. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; alternate areas of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If different images (i.e. from different image viewer windows) are to be used for the sequence source and image destination, these operations should be selected from the destination image's viewer window; via the Set AOI the operation's sequence source can be selected from any image sequence, or any image buffer(s) of the current image (if a sequence), but the destination can not be directed into an image other than the current image viewer.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation. If Live is selected, the operation is automatically applied whenever the source image is modified.

Each image of the source sequence is resized and positioned in the destination image from left to right and top to bottom. Surrounding each resized image is a ''frame'', of Frame Width and Frame Height, of Frame Value pixel color specified as described in Pick Pixel Value. Surrounding each framed, resized image is a border no smaller than Border Width and Border Height of Border Value pixel color specified as described in Pick Pixel Value. The border may be drawn larger than specified, so as to fill unused space in the destination image. Each image of the source sequence is resized so as to be as large as possible, while fitting all images of the sequence and maintaining the same aspect ratio.


 

 

 

10. Image Viewer Window - Measure

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - Measure provides features for image measurements, including user-defined coordinate systems and mapping intensities into user-defined units.

 

10.1. Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration

The Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration window allows creating a mapping (correspondence) from monochrome pixel values (denoted Z), into a user-defined units (denoted I), such as from grey level into brightness, or grey level into density of material.

The I units are initially identical to pixel values (Z). Calibration of I units is either by entering two to six corresponding I and Z reference values, or by using an arbitrary user entered mathematical expression. As a calibration reminder, the name of the I units being used can be entered as Units Named. This name will appear in other image measurement windows.

The current mapping (correspondence) is displayed as a graph, with pixel value Z on the abscissa and user-defined units I on the ordinate.

10.1.1. Calibration - Reference Values

If Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Spline or Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Piecewise Linear is selected, two to six pairs of corresponding I and Z reference values define the calibration. The Calibration Points specifies the number of corresponding reference values to be used.

Each reference is entered as a Z Value (0 to the maximum pixel value, 255 for eight bit pixels) and an arbitrary corresponding I Value pair of values. For example, entering:

    Point 1     Z Value 0       I Value   33.6000
    Point 2     Z Value 87      I Value  105.0600
    Point 3     Z Value 195     I Value 1045.7000
specifies that pixel value 0 corresponds to 33.6 (of arbitrary units), pixel value 87 corresponds to 105.06, and pixel value 195 corresponds to 1045.7.

The Z Values are often derived from a calibration image, using image areas of known intensity. After positioning the Image View - Cursor over a desired point of the displayed image, the at Cursor button conveniently sets the Z Value to the value under the cursor.

If Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Piecewise Linear is selected, Z values other than those explicitly specified as calibration points are mapped to I values by piecewise linear interpolation based upon the two closest specified Z values. Some applications may prefer use of the Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Spline which provides a smooth curve through all calibration points, but with the possibility of overshoot or oscillations depending upon the reference values used.

10.1.2. Calibration - Explicit Expression

If Z => I Mapping: Expression f(Z) is selected, the Mapping f(Z) specifies an explicit definition of the intensity mapping (correspondence) by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variable ''Z'' to represent pixel value. For example,

    ln(Z+.001)
yields a logarithmic mapping (correspondence) (the ''+.001'' avoids the undefined evaluation of ''ln(0)'').

10.1.3. Calibration - Disable

If Z => I Mapping: Off is selected, the intensity calibration is disabled and the I units are identical to pixel values (Z).

10.1.4. Calibration - Save & Load

The Save allows saving the current intensity calibration settings; the Load allows loading intensity calibration settings previously saved. The Save file format is intended for use only by the current version of XCAP, and may not be reloadable in other versions. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to the customary extension; although using .set is highly recommended.

 

10.2. Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration

The Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration window allows creating a mapping (correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system.

The H,V are horizontal and vertical coordinates, initially identical to the pixel X,Y coordinates. The XY=>HV Mapping: Off allows disabling the mapping (correspondence), if previously set. The XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Length and Aspect Ratio and XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Width and Height allow defining H,V coordinates as scaled and offset with respect to X,Y; the former being slightly simpler to use, but is dependent on the image's Aspect Ratio (see Image View - Display) being set accurately. The XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled & Rotated, from Known 3 Points allow defining H,V coordinates as scaled, offset, and rotated with respect to X,Y; the former two methods are simpler to use when the rotation is not required.

The XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Length and Aspect Ratio defines the relationship between H,V and X,Y by the correspondence between a drawn line with length and origin in X,Y units, and a specified length and origin in H,V units. Under ''Draw Line over Calibration Length'', the standard controls for drawing a line (see Graphic Line) allow interactively or numerically specifying a line's origin and length, in X,Y units. The HV Length, H Origin, and V Origin allow specifying the corresponding, arbitrary, user-defined, length and origin in H,V units.

The XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Width and Height defines the relationship between H,V and X,Y by the correspondence between the width, height, and origin of a drawn box in X,Y units, and a specified width, height, and origin in H,V units. Under ''Draw Box over Calibration Block'' the standard controls for drawing a rectangle (see Graphic Window) allow interactively or numerically specifying a rectangle's width, height, and origin, in X,Y units. The H Width, V Height, H Origin, and V Origin allow specifying the corresponding, arbitrary, user-defined, width, height and origin in H,V units.

The XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled & Rotated, from Known 3 Points defines the relationship between H,V and X,Y by the correspondence between three pairs of X,Y and H,V points. Under ''Draw Marks over Calibration Points'' the standard controls for drawing a series of points (see Graphic Points) allow interactively or numerically specifying three points in X, Y coordinates (the standard controls for drawing points actually allows specifying more than three points, only the first three are used). The Point 0: H Coord., Point 0: V Coord., through Point 2: H Coord., Point 2: V Coord., allow specifying the corresponding, arbitrary, user-defined, coordinates in H,V units.

For all methods, as a reminder, the name of the H,V units in use can be entered as HV Units are Named. This name will appear in other image measurement windows.

After setting the X,Y and corresponding H,V values, the OK button implements the spatial calibration and closes the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the calibration. Should the calibration points be insufficient, such as a width or height of 0, or three points collinear, the OK button shows a message in the Utilities - Message Log, and does not close the window.

The Save allows saving the current spatial calibration settings; the Load allows loading spatial calibration settings previously saved. The Save file format is intended for use only by the current version of XCAP, and may not be reloadable in other versions. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to the customary extension; although using .set is highly recommended.

 

10.3. Image Measurement - Histogram

The Image Measurement - Histogram window allows computing and displaying a histogram of pixel values as a two-dimensional graph.

From the Histogram menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data to Clipboard, and Print Graphics features; the Controls' Format, Color, Axis, MinMax, Label, Probe, and Reference features; and the Stats' Descriptive and Outlier features provides standard features common to, and described in, 2-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' Apply provides additional options unique to the Histogram.

Like most image measurement and analysis features, the histogram may be applied to the full image, or a region of interest. The default region of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate region of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set ROI button. The Apply button (re)computes the histogram; and the Cancel button closes the window.

If Live is selected, the histogram is automatically recomputed whenever the image is modified.

The Process Threads allows selecting the number of CPU threads to perform the operation. The 1 Thread, 2 Threads, etc. selects the specified number of threads; regardless of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system. The All CPUs, 50% CPUs, and 25% CPUs select use of multiple threads, based on the specified percentage of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system.

For a typical image, typical operation, and typical computer: using more threads will speed up execution of the operation. Using more threads than available CPUs (or CPU cores), or using multiple threads with a small image or small image ROI, may be counter productive and slow execution. Some variations of the operation, depending on options, may execute in whole or part in only one thread. Using Show Process Report under Program Setup - GUI can be used to determine the benefits, on the current system, of using multiple threads.

If Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration has been activated, the displayed values are intensities rather than physical pixel values, and using the menu-bar Options, the intensities can be displayed in fixed point or scientific notation with selected digits of precision. The Set ROI's Color Space selection is not applicable.

 

10.4. Image Measurement - Histogram Pair

The Image Measurement - Histogram window allows computing and displaying a histogram as two-dimensional graph of the difference of corresponding pixels of a pair of images.

From the Histogram Pair menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data to Clipboard, and Print Graphics features; the Controls' Format, Color, Axis, MinMax, Label, Probe, and Reference features; and the Stats' Descriptive and Outlier features provides standard features common to, and described in, 2-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' Apply provides additional options unique to the Histogram Pair.

Like most image measurement and analysis features which operate on a pair of image buffers, the histogram may be applied to two full images, or two areas of interest, or two regions of interest, in the same or different images. The default regions of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; alternate regions of interest, color space, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set ROI button.

The Apply button (re)computes the histogram; and the Cancel button closes the window.

If Live is selected, the histogram is automatically recomputed whenever the image is modified.

The Process Threads allows selecting the number of CPU threads to perform the operation. The 1 Thread, 2 Threads, etc. selects the specified number of threads; regardless of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system. The All CPUs, 50% CPUs, and 25% CPUs select use of multiple threads, based on the specified percentage of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system.

For a typical image, typical operation, and typical computer: using more threads will speed up execution of the operation. Using more threads than available CPUs (or CPU cores), or using multiple threads with a small image or small image ROI, may be counter productive and slow execution. Some variations of the operation, depending on options, may execute in whole or part in only one thread. Using Show Process Report under Program Setup - GUI can be used to determine the benefits, on the current system, of using multiple threads.

Selecting A-B or B-A specifies the simple, signed, difference of corresponding pixel values, and selecting Abs(A-B) specifies the absolute value of the signed difference of corresponding pixel values.

Note that the Descriptive statistics shown are those of the result of the selected operation, not the underlying values. For example, if Abs(A-B) is chosen, the Mean statistic is the average value of the absolute value of differences.

Any Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration that may have been activated is ignored by the Histogram Pair feature.

 

10.5. Image Measurement - Mass & Moments

The Image Measurement - Mass & Moments window allows computing and displaying various moments of the image.

Like most image measurement and analysis features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or a region of interest. The default region of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate region of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set ROI button.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the Apply button implements the operation and displays the result, and the Cancel button closes the window.

If Live is selected, the histogram is automatically recomputed whenever the image is modified.

If Center of Mass is selected, the image's center of mass is computed, where each pixel's numeric value is interpreted as its mass, and reported as Mass Center, X and Mass Center, Y. The number of pixels is also shown as Number of Pixels.

If Center of Mass, 8'th Power is selected, the image's center of mass is computed, where each pixel's numeric value to the 8'th power is interpreted as its mass, and reported as Mass Center, X and Mass Center, Y. The number of pixels is also shown as Number of Pixels. Use of a nonlinear function of pixel value is helpful when finding the location of a single bright spot in an otherwise dark background, but where the background is not perfectly 0; the non-linear 8'th power diminishes the effect of the many small background values.

If Center of Mass, Binary, is selected, the image's center of mass is computed, where background pixel values of 0 are ignored, and all nonzero pixels are considered to be a foreground object and given equal weight, and reported as Mass Center, X and Mass Center, Y. The number of pixels is also shown as Number of Pixels.

If Moments is selected, all third order moments over the image is computed, where each pixel's numeric value is interpreted as its mass. Several screens of results can be selected from the menu-bar's Show.

The Show - Mass shows the image's center of mass and number of pixels.

The Show - Central Moments shows the seven moments about the center of mass, or mean, as follows:

Item Name Moment about the Mean
Mu x1 y1 x1y1
Mu x2 y0 x2y0
Mu x0 y2 x0y2
Mu x2 y1 x2y1
Mu x1 y2 x1y2
Mu x3 y0 x3y0
Mu x0 y3 x0y3

The Show - Scale Invariant shows seven corresponding moments about the mean, numerically scaled so as to be (approximately) invariant of image scale, as follows:

Item Name Scale Invariant Moment about the Mean
Eta x1 y1 x1y1
Eta x2 y0 x2y0
Eta x0 y2 x0y2
Eta x2 y1 x2y1
Eta x1 y2 x1y2
Eta x3 y0 x3y0
Eta x0 y3 x0y3

The Show - Statistics shows seven descriptive statistics based upon moments, the Phi 1 through Phi 7 numerically scaled so as to be (approximately) invariant of image scale, rotation and reflection. These moment statistics can be used for image recognition and classification.

The Show - Raw Moments shows seven raw moments, as follows:

Item Name Moment
Mom x1 y1 xau1y1
Mom x2 y0 x2y0
Mom x0 y2 x0y2
Mom x2 y1 x2y1
Mom x1 y2 x1y2
Mom x3 y0 x3y0
Mom x0 y3 x0y3

For discussion on the use of moments, see, for example, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING, Gonzalez and Wintz (Addison-Wesley, 1987).

The menu-bar's File - Save Moments allows saving the current displayed moments to a text file in a format suitable for incorporation in a spreadsheet, such as:

    "Number of Pixels"      0.0
    "Mass Center, X"        0.0
    "Mass Center, Y"        0.0
    "Mom x0 y0"             0.0
        ...
    "Mom x3 y3"             0.0
    "Mu x0 y0"              0.0
        ...
    "Mu x3 y3"              0.0
    "Eta x0 y0"             0.0
        ...
    "Eta x3 y3"             0.0
    "Phi 0"                 0.0
        ...
    "Phi 6"                 0.0

If Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration or Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the computed moments and center of mass are based upon the calibrated intensity values (I), and calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel values (Z) and pixel coordinates (X,Y). The Set ROI's Color Space selection is not applicable.

If Center => Cursor if selected, updated values of Mass Center, X and Mass Center, Y will update the Image View - Cursor position.

 

10.6. Image Measurement - Line Profile

The Image Measurement - Line Profile window allows viewing the numeric values of pixels along arbitrary lines as curves as a two-dimensional graph.

From the Line Profile's menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data to Clipboard, and Print Graphics features; the Controls' Format, Color, Axis, MinMax, Label, Probe, and Reference features; and the Stats' Descriptive and Outlier features provides standard features common to, and described in, 2-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' Where provides additional options unique to the Line Profile.

Using Color Space, the viewed values may be in the monochrome, RGB, YCrCb, HSB, CMY, or the CMYK color space, and for the colored spaces either all components (e.g. R, G & B) or one component (e.g. R of RGB) can be displayed.

If Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration has been activated, the displayed values are intensities rather than physical pixel values. The Color Space selection is not applicable.

The Line Profile tool selecting the pixel intensities to be graphed may be any of, and is controlled as described in , Graphic Window, Graphic Rectangle, Graphic Line, Graphic Circle, Graphic Diamond, Graphic Ellipse, Graphic Path Enclosed, Graphic Path Curve, Graphic Polygon, Graphic Polyline, Graphic Circle Arc, Graphic Ellipse Arc, Graphic Ellipse Arc, Graphic Bezier Curve, or Graphic Bezier Region. For regions, the Line Profile tool is the boundary of the region. These controls allowing setting a tool by using explicit coordinates and dimensions, or by interactive drawing over the image. The Line Profile is not updated while interactively drawing.

The Other Graphic button allows creating a tool of a new type, and provides access to graphical objects previously created with the Graphic Manager. If Other, New is chosen, the New Graphic allows selecting a new graphic type eligible to be a Line Profile tool. If Other, from List is chosen, the Listed Graphic shows the names of all eligible graphical objects created by the Graphic Manager, and also shows ''Current'' which represents the current tool. The Other OK button selects the New Graphic or Listed Graphic, the Other Cancel button selects the current tool.

 

10.7. Image Measurement - Radial Mass Plot

The Image Measurement - Radial Mass Plot window allows viewing the relationship between distance from an origin versus the sum of all pixel values within said distance, as a two-dimensional graph.

From the Radial Mass Plot's menu-bar, the File's Save Graphics, Save Data, Copy Data to Clipboard, and Print Graphics features; the Controls' Format, Color, Axis, MinMax, Label, Probe, and Reference features; and the Stats' Descriptive and Outlier features provides standard features common to, and described in, 2-D Graphs.

In addition, the Controls' AOI and the Controls' Apply provides additional options unique to the Radial Mass Plot.

If From Center of Mass is selected, a center of mass computation is performed, and the resulting center used as the origin for the Radial Mass Plot.

If From Coordinates is selected, the X Coord(inate) and Y Coord(inate) are used as the origin for the Radial Mass Plot. Further, if Coord<=>Cursor is selected, the X Coord(inate) and Y Coord(inate) become synonymous with the Image View - Cursor; moving the image cursor (left click over the displayed image) also modifies the origin for the Radial Mass Plot, and inversely.

If Show Mass is selected, the distance from the origin versus mass at the given distance is shown. If Show Total Mass is selected, the distance from the origin versus total mass found from the origin through the given distance from the origin is shown. If Show Total Mass, % is selected, the distance from the origin versus total mass found from the origin through the given distance from the origin is shown as a percentage of total mass in the image.

If Live is selected, the Radial Mass Plot is automatically recomputed and redrawn whenever the image is modified or the origin changed in From Coordinates mode. The Apply button recomputes and redraws the Radial Mass Plot.

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

 

10.8. Image Measurement - Shape Analysis

The Image Measurement - Shape Analysis window provides descriptive statistics about circular, elliptical, rectangular, arbitrary path enclosed, or polygonal region's shapes. Regions may be defined by using explicit coordinates and dimensions, or by drawing over the image.

If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the descriptive statistics are in calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel coordinates (X,Y).

The Apply button (re)computes the shape analysis; and the Cancel button closes the window. If Live is selected, the shape analysis is automatically recomputed whenever the shape is modified.

10.8.1. Region Selection

The region of interest is specified via controls as described in Graphic Window, Graphic Rectangle, Graphic Circle, Graphic Diamond, Graphic Ellipse, Graphic Path Enclosed, or Graphic Polygon, according to the type of region, allowing setting a region of interest by using explicit coordinates and dimensions, or by interactive drawing over the image. The Other ROI button allows creating a region of a new type, and provides access to regions of interest previously created with the AOI/ROI Manager, as described under Aoi - Set Region of Interest.

10.8.2. Results

As a region is selected or modified, descriptive statistics about the region's shape are displayed.

The Number of Pixels shows the number of pixels in the region. The Width, Projected on H and Height, Projected on V shows the region's width and height, in H,V units, as projected on the H and V axis.

The Major Axis Length, H,V shows the distance, in H,V units, between the two farthest boundary pixels of the region; this statistic is also known as ''diameter''. The Major Axis Angle, H,V shows the angle of the major axis, with respect to the H,V axis. The Minor Axis Length, H,V shows the width of a rectangle, whose length would be equal to, and parallel to, Major Axis Length, H,V, which encloses the region.

The Area, H,V is the region's area in H,V units. The Circumference, H,V shows the sum of distances from pixel to pixel around the region's boundary. The ratio:

Circumference,H,V * Circumference,H,V
-------------------------------------
4 PI Area,H,V
is often used as a measure of compactness, or roundness.

Various statistics are shown based upon interpreting the region as a uniform mass. The Center of Uniform Mass, H and Center of Uniform Mass, V are the H,V coordinates of center of mass. The Min Radius from C.O.U.M, H,V and Max Radius from C.O.U.M, H,V are the minimum and maximum distances, respectively, from the Center of Uniform Mass (C.O.U.M.) to the boundary. The ratio:

MaxRadius
---------
MinRadius
is often used as a measure of elongation, or circularity. The Least Moment of U.M. Inertia, H,V is the angle, with respect to the H,V axis, of the line of least moment of inertia.

 

10.9. Image Measurement - Blob Analysis

The Image Measurement - Blob Analysis window allows identifying image blobs, based upon segmenting the image into foreground (i.e. blobs) and background, and provides descriptive statistics about the blobs found. The found blobs may also be added to the list maintained by the AOI/ROI Manager, so that other analyses, such as Image Measurement - Histogram or Image Measurement - Mass & Moments can be applied.

If Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration or Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the descriptive statistics are based upon the calibrated intensity values (I), and calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel values (Z) and pixel coordinates (X,Y).

From the menu-bar, the Setup - Segmentation allows setting the segmentation which differentiates between foreground (i.e. blobs) and background, the Setup - Analysis allows setting blob analysis parameters and constraints as well as performing the analysis and tabulation of blobs. For convenience, analysis may also be performed from the menu-bar's Analyze - Analyze and Add which adds any blobs found to the current tabulation, Analyze - Clear and Analyze in which the blobs found replace the current tabulation, and Analyze - Clear Analysis which simply clears the current tabulation.

The menu-bar's the Customize - Derived allows specifying user-defined statistics that are derived from the predefined statistics, the Customize - Constraints allows setting the acceptable range of descriptive statistics with blobs which exceed the constraints being discarded, the Customize - Ordering allows changing the order of the tabulated blobs, and the Customize - Report allows customizing the tabulation's columns and headings.

The menu-bar's Show - Results, List shows the entire blob tabulation in tabular format, the Show - Results, Summary shows statistics about the entire blob tabulation, and Show - Results, One shows detailed statistics about a single blob.

The menu-bar's File - Save Summary Stats saves the statistics about the entire blob tabulation, the File - Save Blob Stats saves detailed statistics about each blob tabulated, the Copy Blob Stats to Black Board copies detailed statistics about each blob tabulated to the Black Board, and the Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard copies detailed statistics about each blob tabulated to the Windows or Linux clipboard.

10.9.1. Setup - Segmentation

The Setup - Segmentation allows setting a) The threshold(s) which differentiates foreground (the blobs of interest) from background (which separate the blobs), and b) Optional filtering of the thresholded result to remove noise and thin protrusions and to separate touching blobs.

The Numeric Threshold allows setting the segmentation threshold explicitly, the Sample within Object allows setting the segmentation by roughly marking a region within a blob, and Gradient over Boundary allows setting the segmentation by drawing an arrow over a blob's boundary.

The Use Color Space selects which color space, or ''slice'' of a color space, is to be used for blob segmentation. The Image's Color Space provides a reminder of the image's native color space.

If Show Segmentation is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is modified to be bi-level, showing the effect of the threshold selected, with blobs (nominally) white and background (nominally) black. If Show Monotone Background is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is modified so that the background is (nominally) black and the blobs are unaffected. If Show Normal is selected, the effect of the segmentation is not displayed. The Show Segmentation and Show Monotone Background nominal colors are for grey level or RGB images, other color spaces may result in other colors. These features may not be available if other windows are simultaneously forcing their own interpretations upon The Image Viewer Window.

10.9.1.1. Segmentation - Numeric Threshold

The Numeric Threshold allows setting the segmentation threshold explicitly. The Threshold Lower Bound and Threshold Upper Bound are each set as described in Pick Pixel Value. If Objects within Lower/Upper Threshold is selected, the values between the Threshold Lower Bound and Threshold Upper Bound are considered foreground, other values are background. If Objects without Lower/Upper Threshold is selected, the values between the Threshold Lower Bound and Threshold Upper Bound are considered background, other values are foreground.

10.9.1.2. Segmentation - Sample within Object Threshold

The Sample within Object allows setting the segmentation threshold by roughly marking a region within a blob. An ellipse is drawn, as described in Graphic Ellipse, within a typical blob. The ellipse need not be drawn precisely - specifically it need not be drawn touching the blob's boundary - but must be drawn so as to enclose a reasonable sampling (i.e. variety) of pixel values within the blob. The mean and standard deviation of the pixels within the ellipse are used to determine suitable thresholds to segment the foreground from the background.

The Scale Pixel Value Std. Dev. allows scaling the standard deviation. On high contrast images with sharp distinctions between foreground and background, the Scale Pixel Value Std. Dev. may have no effect. On low contrast images with gradual distinctions between foreground and background, larger values of Scale Pixel Value Std. Dev. tend to increase the blob size.

10.9.1.3. Segmentation - Gradient over Boundary Threshold

The Gradient over Boundary allows setting the segmentation threshold by drawing an arrow over a typical blob's boundary. An arrow is drawn, as described in Graphic Arrow, from the background, over a typical blob's boundary, and into the blob. The pixel values under the arrow are used to determine suitable thresholds to segment foreground from background.

10.9.1.4. Segmentation - Clean & Separate

The Filter Type 1 and Filter Repetitions 1 through Filter Type 5 and Filter Repetitions 5 allow optional filtering of the thresholded result. These filters can be used to remove noise and ''clean up'' the blobs' boundaries by smoothing out thin protrusions and filling in narrow intrusions. The filters can also be used to separate blobs that touch.

Each of the Filter Type can be n/a for no filter, Dilation for a morphological dilation filter, Erosion for a morphological erosion filter, Opening for a morphological open filter, Closing for a morphological close filter, or Median for a median filter. The selected Filter Type 1 is executed Filter Repetitions 1 times, then Filter Type 2 is executed Filter Repetitions 2 times, etc.

10.9.2. Setup - Analysis

The Setup - Analysis allows specifying blob analysis parameters and constraints, and also performs the actual search of the image and tabulation of blobs.

Constraints may be placed upon the blobs found, to avoid tabulating undesirable blobs. Only blobs with an X width between (inclusive) Min Blob Width, X and Max Blob Width, X and with a Y height between (inclusive) Min Blob Height, Y and Max Blob Height, Y are tabulated.

If Compute Full Statistics is selected, the full suite of statistics, described below, are computed for each blob. Otherwise only minimal statistics are computed, increasing execution speed especially on computers which lack a coprocessor, or where large blobs are used.

If Ignore Blobs on Image Edge is selected, any blobs which touch the image area of interest edge are not tabulated.

If Include Holes Within Blob is not selected, pixels contained within a blob that are not part of the foreground, i.e. a ''hole'', are not included as part of the blob. Otherwise, all pixels within the blob's perimeter are included as part of the blob, regardless of pixel value. If the image's blobs have no holes, the Include Holes Within Blob option has no effect on the result, and should not be selected, thereby increasing execution speed.

If Assume Convex & Solid Blobs is selected, blob analysis may be faster; but any non-convex blobs may be reported as two or more separate blobs.[29]

If Analyze and Add is selected, analysis adds any blobs found to the current tabulation. If Clear and Analyze the blobs found during each analysis replace the current tabulation,

Like most image processing features, blob analysis may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button. Note that the Use Color Space selected under Setup - Segmentation governs the color space used for segmenting the blobs from the background. The color space selected via Set AOI governs the color space used for analysis of the contents of the blob, and affects only descriptive statistics that are dependent on pixel value (such as weighted mass).

If Find All Blobs is selected, blob analysis searches the image's area of interest and tabulates all blobs found that matches the specified constraints. If Find Blob at Cursor is selected, only the one blob under the cursor's current coordinates and within the area of interest (see Image View - Cursor) is analyzed.

If Retain Region for Analysis is selected, each blob's shape is retained so that it can, optionally, be added to the list maintained by the AOI/ROI Manager, at the expense of additional execution time. If Retain Statistics Only is selected, each blob is analyzed, but not retained.

After selecting the various options, the Apply button analyzes the image and tabulates the blobs found, and their descriptive statistics. If Live is selected, the image is automatically re-analyzed and the blobs tabulated whenever the image, segmentation parameters, or analysis parameters are modified.

The following descriptive statistics are computed:

Short Form              Long Form                                       Variable
Heading                 Heading                                         Name
=================       ==========================================      ===============
ID                      Experiment ID                                   ID
Pixels                  Number of Pixels                                Pixels
Window Origin, X        Enclosing Window Origin, X                      WindowOriginX
Window Origin, Y        Enclosing Window Origin, Y                      WindowOriginY
Window Width            Enclosing Window Width, X                       WindowWidth
Window Height           Enclosing Window Height, Y                      WindowHeight
Center, H               Center of Uniform Mass, H                       CenterH
Center, V               Center of Uniform Mass, V                       CenterV
Width on H              Width, Projected on H                           WidthonH
Height on V             Height, Projected on V                          HeightonV
Major Axis Length       Major Axis Length, H,V                          MajorAxisLength
Major Axis Angle        Major Axis Angle, H,V                           MajorAxisAngle
Minor Axis Length       Minor Axis Length, H,V                          MinorAxisLength
Area                    Area, H,V                                       Area
Circumference           Circumference, H,V                              Circumference
Mass                    Mass                                            Mass
Min Radius              Min Radius from Center of Uniform Mass, H,V     MinRadius
Max Radius              Max Radius from Center of Uniform Mass, H,V     MaxRadius
L.M.I.                  Least Moment of Uniform Mass Inertia, H,V       LMI
Mass Center, H          Center of Weighted Mass, H                      MassCenterH
Mass Center, V          Center of Weighted Mass, V                      MassCenterV
Mass L.M.I.             Least Moment of Weighted Mass Inertia, H,V      MassL.M.I.
Roundness               Roundness                                       Roundness
Elongation              Elongation                                      Elongation
User 1                  User-Defined 1                                  User1
User 2                  User-Defined 2                                  User2
User 3                  User-Defined 3                                  User3
User 4                  User-Defined 4                                  User4
User 5                  User-Defined 5                                  User5
The Experiment ID shows the user-defined ID entered when the analysis was performed. The Number of Pixels shows the number of pixels in the blob. The Enclosing Window Origin, X and Enclosing Window Origin, Y shows the X,Y coordinates of the upper left corner of the smallest box enclosing the blob. The Enclosing Window Width, X and Enclosing Window Height, Y shows the width and height, in X,Y coordinates of the smallest box enclosing the blob. The Center of Uniform Mass, H and Center of Uniform Mass, V are the H,V coordinates of the blob's center of mass, interpreting the blob as a uniform mass.

The Width, Projected on H and Height, Projected on V shows the blob's width and height, in H,V units, as projected on the H and V axis.

The Major Axis Length, H,V shows the distance, in H,V units, between the two farthest boundary pixels of the blob; this statistic is also known as ''diameter''. The Major Axis Angle, H,V shows the angle of the major axis, with respect to the H,V axis. The Minor Axis Length, H,V shows the width of a rectangle, whose length would be equal to, and parallel to, Major Axis Length, H,V, which encloses the blob.

The Area, H,V is the blob's area in H,V units. The Circumference, H,V shows the sum of distances from pixel to pixel around the blob's boundary.

The Mass is the sum of the blob's pixels' intensity (I) values.

Various statistics are shown based upon interpreting the blob as a uniform mass. The Min Radius from Center of Uniform Mass, H,V and Max Radius from Center of Uniform Mass, H,V are the minimum and maximum distances, respectively, from the Center of Uniform Mass to the boundary. The Least Moment of Uniform Mass Inertia, H,V is the angle, with respect to the H,V axis, of the line of least moment of inertia.

Various statistics are shown based upon interpreting each pixel's intensity (I) value as its mass. The Center of Weighted Mass, H and Center of Weighted Mass, V are the H,V coordinates of center of mass. The Least Moment of Weighted Mass Inertia, H,V is the angle, with respect to the H,V axis, of line of least moment of inertia.

Additional statistics are derived from others, but show explicitly for convenience. The Roundness, or:

Circumference,H,V * Circumference,H,V
-------------------------------------
4 PI Area,H,V
is often used as a measure of compactness, or roundness. The Elongation, or:
MaxRadiusfromCenterofUniformMass,H,V
------------------------------------
MinRadiusfromCenterofUniformMass,H,V
is often used as a measure of elongation, or circularity. The User-Defined 1 through User-Defined 5, as well as the ''Variable Name'' are discussed below in Customize - Derived.

10.9.3. Customize - Derived

The Customize - Derived allows specifying user-defined statistics that are derived from the predefined statistics.

The User-Defined 1 f(...) through User-Defined 5 f(...) allows defining five different user-defined statistics by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression. Each expression may contain variables representing each of the predefined statistics, or other user-defined statistics. The variable names are defined from the short form of the tabulation headings, with spaces and punctuation removed, as shown above in Setup - Analysis.

For example,

    (1.0*WindowWidth)/WindowHeight
yields the blob's aspect ratio (using ''1.0*'' to force floating point arithmetic, as the two ''WindowWidth'' and ''WindowHeight'' operands are both integer).

10.9.4. Customize - Constraints

The Customize - Constraints allows setting the acceptable range of descriptive statistics with blobs which exceed the constraints being discarded and not tabulated.

Under Simple, each descriptive statistic has an independent Constraint Condition and two Constraint Values.

    Constraint Condition    Test
    =====================   =============================================

n/a constraint is ignored
Equal equal to constraint value 1
Not Equal not equal to constraint value 1
Less less than constraint value 1
Less or Equal less than or equal to constraint value 1
Greater greater than constraint value 1
Greater or Equal greater than or equal to constraint value 1
Within greater than or equal to constraint value 1 and less than or equal to constraint value 2
Not Within less than constraint value 1 or greater than constraint value 2
Blobs for which any descriptive statistic fails any constraint are discarded.

Under Expert, the Constraints f(...) allows entering a Mathematical Expression with variables as described above in Customize - Derived. Blobs for which the evaluated expression is false or 0 are discarded. For example,

    WindowWidth >= WindowHeight
discards blobs whose width is less than height.

10.9.5. Customize - Ordering

The Customize - Ordering allows changing the order of the tabulated blobs.

Under Simple, each descriptive statistic has an independent Ordering Condition and Ordering Priority. The Ordering Condition may be n/a if the statistic is not be used for ordering blobs, Low to High if the statistic is to order blobs with lowest values first, or High to Low, if the statistic is to order blobs with highest values first. If only one statistic is used for ordering, the Ordering Priority has no effect. With more than one ordering statistic, the statistic with the lowest Ordering Priority is first sorted value, the statistic with the next lowest Ordering Priority is next sorted value, etc. If two or more ordering statistics have the same Ordering Priority value, the statistics are sorted in the same order as they appear in Customize - Ordering.

Under Expert, the Ordering f(...) allows entering a Mathematical Expression with variables as described above in Customize - Derived. The expression is evaluated for each blob, and resulting value used to order the blobs with lowest values first. For example,

    (1.0*WindowWidth)/WindowHeight
orders the blobs according to their aspect ratio.

10.9.6. Customize - Report

The Customize - Report allows customizing the tabulation's columns and headings.

Each descriptive statistic has an independent Stat Show, Stat Order, and Stat Heading.

If Stat Show is selected, the descriptive statistic is shown. With more than one statistic shown, the statistic with the lowest Stat Order is shown first (to the left), the statistic with the next lowest Stat Order is next, etc. If two or more statistics have the same Stat Order value, the statistics are shown, left to right, in the same order as they appear in Customize - Report. If Show All Stats is selected, all descriptive statistics are shown regardless of the individual Stat Show selections.

If Std. Long Headings is selected, the statistic's headings are set to the standard long form. If Std. Short Headings is selected, the statistic's headings are set to the standard long form. If Customized Headings is selected, each statistic's heading can be customized

10.9.7. Show - Results, Summary

The Show - Results, Summary shows statistics about the entire blob tabulation. The Blobs Founds shows the number of blobs found and tabulated; i.e. that met the specified constraints.

For the entire set of blobs found, which did meet the constraints, Number of Pixels, Width, on H, Height, on V, Area, HV, Circumference, HV, and Mass, HV are each shown as a Mean value for all blobs, the mean's Std Dev., and the Low and High value over the set of blobs.

10.9.8. Show - Results, One

The Show - Results, One shows detailed descriptive statistics about a single blob, listing all descriptive statistics as described above in Setup - Analysis.

The Blobs Found shows the number of blobs found and tabulated; i.e. that met the stated constraints. The Blob # selects the blob for which detailed statistics are shown. The Set Cursor button moves the Image View - Cursor to the center of mass of the blob selected by Blob #, allowing easy visual recognition of the blob. If Click & Pick is selected, mouse clicking within a blob's window selects that Blob # for showing detailed statistics.

If Show Blob Window is selected, a box is drawn around the currently selected Blob #. If Show Blob Label is selected, each blob is labeled with its assigned blob number. Show Blob ROI is selected, the area of each blob is overdrawn. The Window Color, Label Color, and ROI Color, allow selecting the color of the box, labels, or ROI, respectively, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Window Thickness allows selecting the thickness of the box. The Mark Image writes the Show(n) Blob Window, Show(n) Blob Label, and Show(n) Blob ROI permanently into the image, using the Window Color, Label Color, and ROI Color, respectively, translated as needed to the image's color space;

If Retain Region for Analysis was specified when the blob was found, the List Blob as ROI adds the blob's region to the list maintained by the AOI/ROI Manager. The Delete Blob from Results deletes the blob from the results; so that the list of blobs can be ''edited'' before being saved via File - Save Summary Stats, File - Save Blob Stats, or Copy Blob Stats to Black Board.

10.9.9. Show - Results, List

The Show - Results, List shows detailed descriptive statistics about all blobs in a tabular format.

The Setup - Ordering and Setup - Report affects the Show - Results, List; selecting order of blobs and selecting descriptive statistics, their order, and headings.

10.9.10. File - Save Summary Stats

The File - Save Summary Stats saves the statistics about the entire set of blobs found, creating a tabular ASCII text file such as:

                            Mean        Std. Dev.   Low         High
    "Number of Pixels"      2275.55     1172.79     1280.0      5120.0
    "Width, on H"           57.33       20.27       43.0        86.0
    "Height, on V"          57.33       20.27       43.0        86.0
    "Area, HV"              2275.55     1172.79     1280.0      5120.0
    "Circumference, HV"     190.96      40.375      148.66      262.67
    "Mass, HV"              507281.77   261447.04   285345.99   1141383.98
These values are interpreted as described for Show - Results, Summary.

10.9.11. File - Save Blob Stats

The File - Save Blob Stats saves detailed statistics about each blob tabulated.

A header row containing the descriptive statistics' titles followed by one row for each blob tabulated with values for each of the descriptive statistics, are saved. The format of each line is ASCII text decimal numbers, or double quoted ASCII text separated by tabs.

The Setup - Ordering and Setup - Report affects the File - Save Blob Stats; selecting order of blobs and selecting descriptive statistics, their order, and headings.

If Save w. Titles is not selected, the header row containing the descriptive statistics' titles is not saved. If Blob per Column is selected instead of Blob per Row, each blob is saved as a column instead of a row, and the optional Save w. Titles is saved as a left-most column instead of a top-most row.

The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

10.9.12. File - Copy Blob Stats to Black Board

The File - Copy Blob Stats to Black Board copies detailed statistics about each blob tabulated to the Black Board.

A header row containing the descriptive statistics' titles followed by one row for each blob tabulated with values for each of the descriptive statistics, are copied to the black board using the Black Board Cell as the initial upper left corner. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

The Setup - Ordering and Setup - Report affects the File - Copy Blob Stats to Black Board; selecting order of blobs and selecting descriptive statistics, their order, and headings.

If Save w. Titles is not selected, the header row containing the descriptive statistics' titles is not copied. If Blob per Column is selected instead of Blob per Row, each blob is saved as a column instead of a row, and the optional Save w. Titles is saved as a left-most column instead of a top-most row.

10.9.13. File - Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard

The File - Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard copies detailed statistics about each blob tabulated to the Windows or Linux clipboard.

A header row containing the descriptive statistics' titles followed by one row for each blob tabulated with values for each of the descriptive statistics, are copied to the clipboard. The format of each line is ASCII text decimal numbers, or double quoted ASCII text separated by tabs.

The Setup - Ordering and Setup - Report affects the File - Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard; selecting order of blobs and selecting descriptive statistics, their order, and headings.

If Save w. Titles is not selected, the header row containing the descriptive statistics' titles is not copied. If Blob per Column is selected instead of Blob per Row, each blob is saved as a column instead of a row, and the optional Save w. Titles is saved as a left-most column instead of a top-most row.

 

10.10. Image Measurement - Particle Tracking

The Image Measurement - Particle Tracking window finds and tracks particles across a sequence of images, and reports and/or draws each particle's position in the image sequence. Before using Image Measurement - Particle Tracking, an image sequence should be captured containing one or more discernible particles which remain in view for the entire sequence.

If Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration or Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the particle tracking is based upon the calibrated intensity values (I), and calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel values (Z) and pixel coordinates (X,Y).

Particles are characterized by a thresholded segmentation of the image; a pixel value is interactively chosen to segment the image into light and dark (i.e. bi-level) areas. Particles are then defined as either the light area(s) against the dark background, or dark area(s) against the light background. The image pixels are not actually modified (made bi-level) by the threshold.

There are three particle-tracking methods.

In the first method, multiple occurrences of a common particle are identified across a sequence of images by position extrapolation and verification. This method requires at least three images in the sequence and can be used to track particles which move[30] ''faster than the acquisition rate'' with each particle having a near consistent trajectory. An example is inanimate particles in a fluid.

In the second method, vectors of particles that are close together are compared and expected to yield mutually consistent magnitude and direction. This method can operate with two or more images in the sequence and can be used to track particles which move[31] ''faster than the acquisition rate'' with groups of particles having consistent trajectories, but can't be used to track particles with random trajectory.

In the third method, a particle in one image is ''paired'' with the neighboring particle in the subsequent image which produces a vector closest to the expected vector magnitude. This method can operate with two or more images in the sequence, can be used to track particles with random trajectory (such as living creatures), but can only be used to track particles that move ''slower than the acquisition rate''. This method has the fewest associated parameters.

From the menu-bar, the Setup - Segmentation allows setting the threshold by which particles (blobs) are distinguished from the background. This is identical to, and described in, Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Segmentation. The Setup - Analysis allows setting blob analysis parameters and constraints; as described in Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Analysis; and setting particle tracking parameters and constraints, and finally performing the analysis. For convenience, analysis may also be performed from the menu-bar's Analyze - Analyze and Add which adds any particle tracks found to the current tabulation, Analyze - Clear and Analyze in which the particle tracks found replace the current tabulation, and Analyze - Clear Analysis which simply clears the current tabulation. The menu-bar's Show - Results, List shows the entire particle track tabulation in tabular format, and Show - Results, One shows detailed statistics about a single particle track in tabular format, and provides options for showing graphic track(s) overlaid on the displayed image. The menu-bar's File - Save Track Coordinates saves vector coordinates for each particle track tabulated, the File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board copies vector coordinates for each particle track tabulated to the Black Board, and the File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard copies vector coordinates for each particle track tabulated to the Windows or Linux clipboard. The menu-bar's Customize - Report allows customizing the information shown under Show - Results, List, and the information saved or copied by File - Save Track Coordinates, File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board, and File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard.

10.10.1. Track Individual Particles by Motion Extrapolation and Verification throughout Sequence Method

After particles in each image of the sequence have been found, each particle in the first image of the sequence is tested for occurring in, and tracking through, each of the following images. A particle is identified from one image to the next by prediction of motion and size, and verification in subsequent images of the predicted position and size.

Depending on the relative speed of the particles vis-a-vis the image acquisition rate, some particles may not be tracked and/or some false tracks (misidentification of two or more particles as a single track) may be found. Use of a acquisition rate such that in two consecutive images the distance moved by a particle is less than ½ the distance between particles (in a single image) is highly desirable, and prevents false tracking. However, this method can track particles which move ''faster'' than the acquisition rate, where two adjacent particles, from image to image, may ''pass each other''; false tracking can be reduced by using a longer image sequence, thereby increasing the number of predictions that must be satisfied before confirming a particle track.

10.10.1.1. Setup - Segmentation

See Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Segmentation for a description of the thresholded segmentation of the image.

10.10.1.2. Setup - Analysis Parameters

Searching for particle tracks has two phases, searching the images for blobs and searching the list of blobs for valid particle tracks. The Setup - Analysis is divided into Particles with blob analysis parameters, Vectors with parameters governing allowable particle area and vector magnitude, Extrapolate & Verify with parameters governing allowable changes to particle area and vector magnitude through the sequence of images, and Misc with miscellaneous particle tracking parameters. The Particles blob search parameters parameters are described in Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Analysis.

The Vectors and Extrapolate & Verify control the identification of particles across the image sequence. For every blob in the first image, time T0, subject to minimum area Minimum Particle Area, XY and maximum area Maximum Particle Area, XY the particle tracking operation will search for a corresponding blob at time T1. A blob at time T1 will be considered as corresponding to a blob at time T0 if their relative distance and relative area are within specified bounds. Their relative distance must be greater than Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV and less than Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV. The difference of their areas, in pixels, must be smaller than Max Particle Area Change, Fixed, if Use Fixed is selected; or no larger than Max Particle Area Change, Perc. percentage of the area of the blob at time T0, if Use Perc. is selected.

If a corresponding blob is found at time T1, the distance between the blobs at time T0 and T1, DeltaXY, is calculated and added to the position of the blob at time T1 to give the predicted coordinates for the blob at time T2. If a blob is found at time T2 with relative area within the specified bounds, and within a specified radius of the predicted location, it is accepted as the same particle, and the search and verification repeated at time T3, T4, etc. The allowable error in predicted location, in H,V units must be smaller than Max Velocity Change, Fixed, if Use Fixed is selected; or no larger than Max Velocity Change, Perc. of the particle's T0 to T1 velocity, if Use Perc. is selected.

If Adapt Allowed Velocity Change is selected, the DeltaH,V are updated at each time Ti, based upon the displacement from time Ti-1; allowing piecewise curved particle tracks. If Adapt Allowed Velocity Change is not selected, the DeltaH,V computed as the displacement from time T0 to time T1 is used without modification, expecting the particle track to be straight, with allowance for error. If Adapt Allowed Area Change is selected, the Max Particle Area Change constraint is applied to the difference of sizes of the blobs at time Ti and Ti-1; allowing growing or shrinking blobs. If Adapt Allowed Area Change is not selected, the Max Particle Area Change constraint is applied to the difference of sizes of the blobs at time Ti and T0; expecting the blob area to remain fixed, with allowance for error.

If the predicted position and size are verified through the entire image sequence, the particle is added to the tabulation.

10.10.2. Fuzzy Evaluation of all Vectors in each Image Pair for Group Consistency Method

After particles in each image of the sequence have been found, each pair of images is independently analyzed for particle vectors, looking for vector groups that are mutually consistent - the closer two vectors are to one another, the more consistent their magnitude and direction. Each particle track consists of a sequence of such vectors, head to tail, from the first image of the sequence to the last.

Within each pair of images, all combinations of particles in the first and second image form the set of potential vectors; limitations on minimal and maximal vector length reduce the number of vectors to be considered further. Among the remaining vectors, each pair of vectors is ''graded'' for mutual consistency as a function of separation; a vector which is ''supported'' by having other nearby vectors share a similar magnitude and direction is graded higher than non-conformist vectors. Vectors with a grade or ''confidence'' above a predetermined threshold are considered valid.

10.10.2.1. Setup - Segmentation

See Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Segmentation for a description of the thresholded segmentation of the image.

10.10.2.2. Setup - Analysis Parameters

Searching for particle tracks has three phases, searching the images for blobs, searching the list of blobs in each pair of images for valid vectors, and combining vectors in each pair into tracks from the first image to the last. The Setup - Analysis is divided into Particles with blob analysis parameters, Vectors with parameters governing allowable particle area and vector magnitude and thereby governing the creation of potential vectors from all combinations of particles, Consistency with parameters governing the ''grading'' potential vectors, Partial with parameters governing particles which are not present in the entire sequence, and Misc with miscellaneous particle tracking parameters. The Particles blob search parameters are described in Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Analysis.

The Vectors parameters govern creation of potential vectors from all combinations of particles in a pair of images. Particles whose area is below the Minimum Particle Area, XY or above the Maximum Particle Area, XY are discarded. Vectors whose length is below Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV or above Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV are discarded. Further, vectors which are constructed from a pair of particles whose difference in relative area exceeds Maximum Particle Pair Area Difference, XY are discarded. Remaining are vectors of an acceptable length, constructed of two particles of similar areas.

The Consistency parameters govern the ''grading'' potential vectors, combined of several factors. Vector pairs whose average magnitude is Expected Vector Magnitude, HV (found under Vectors) plus or minus Midpoint: Difference of Vector and Expected Magnitude are assigned a median grade on this factor; vectors pairs with average magnitude nearer (farther) to Expected Vector Magnitude, HV receive a higher (lower) grade.

Vector pairs whose difference in direction is Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Direction (square root of sum of squares of difference of x and y components of the velocity of the vectors) are assigned a median grade on this factor; vectors pairs with a difference in direction less (greater) than Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Direction receive a higher (lower) grade.

Vector pairs whose difference in relative magnitude is Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Magnitude are assigned a median grade on this factor; vector pairs with a difference in relative magnitude less (greater) than Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Magnitude receive a higher (lower) grade.

Vector pairs whose distance between midpoints is Midpoint:SeparationofVectorPairCenters" are assigned a median grade on this factor; vector pairs with distance between midpoints less (greater) than Midpoint:SeparationofVectorPairMidPoints" receive a higher (lower) grade.

Vector pairs whose difference in particle area is Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Particle Area are assigned a median grade on this factor; vector pairs with difference in particle area less (greater) than Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Particle Area receive a higher (lower) grade.

Vectors are graded against other vectors within a distance of Max Vector Pair Interaction Distance. Each vector must find ''support'' from other vectors within this region. A vector without support of neighbors receives a grade of 0.

Vectors pairs whose final grade is below Minimum Acceptable Vector Confidence are discarded.

Each of the above factors can be disabled by deselecting the corresponding Use. Tuning parameters by starting with two factors, and then adding factors one at a time is helpful.

The Partial parameters allow tracking particles which may disappear before the end of the sequence, or appear after the start of the sequence, or both. If Allow Partial Tracks is selected, a particle which is not present during the entire sequence is accepted if the number of images in which the particle occurs is between Partial Track: Minimum Length and Partial Track: Maximum Length, inclusive. If Partial Track: Shift Report to Time 0 is selected, all particles are tabulated as if they started in the first image. If Allow Partial Tracks is not selected, a particle which is not present during the entire sequence is discarded.

10.10.3. Track Individual Particles by Nearest Neighbor in each Image Pair Method

After particles in each image of the sequence have been found, each pair of images is independently analyzed for particle vectors; a particle in one image is ''paired'' with the neighboring particle in the subsequent image which produces a vector closest to the expected vector magnitude. Each particle track consists of a sequence of such vectors, head to tail, from the first image of the sequence to the last.

Within each pair of images, all combinations of particles in the first and second image form the set of potential vectors; limitations on minimal and maximal vector length reduce the number of vectors to be considered further.

10.10.3.1. Setup - Segmentation

See Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Segmentation for a description of the thresholded segmentation of the image.

10.10.3.2. Setup - Analysis Parameters

Searching for particle tracks has three phases, searching the images for blobs, searching the list of blobs in each pair of images for valid vectors, and combining vectors in each pair into tracks from the first image to the last. The Setup - Analysis is divided into Particles with blob analysis parameters, Vectors with parameters governing allowable particle area and vector magnitude and thereby governing the creation of potential vectors from all combinations of particles, Partial with parameters governing particles which are not present in the entire sequence, and Misc with miscellaneous particle tracking parameters. The Particles blob search parameters parameters are described in Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, Setup - Analysis.

The Vectors parameters govern creation of potential vectors from all combinations of particles in a pair of images. Particles whose area is below the Minimum Particle Area, XY or above the Maximum Particle Area, XY are discarded. Vectors whose length is below Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV or above Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV are discarded. Further, vectors which are constructed from a pair of particles whose difference in relative area exceeds Maximum Particle Pair Area Difference, XY are discarded. Of the remaining vectors, for each particle, the one vector whose magnitude is closest to the Expected Vector Magnitude, HV is retained.

The Partial parameters allow tracking particles which may disappear before the end of the sequence, or appear after the start of the sequence, or both. If Allow Partial Tracks is selected, a particle which is not present during the entire sequence is accepted if the number of images in which the particle occurs is between Partial Track: Minimum Length and Partial Track: Maximum Length, inclusive. If Partial Track: Shift Report to Time 0 is selected, all particles are tabulated as if they started in the first image. If Allow Partial Tracks is not selected, a particle which is not present during the entire sequence is discarded.

10.10.4. Setup - Analysis

If Analyze and Add is selected, analysis adds all particle tracks found to the current tabulation. If Clear and Analyze the particle tracks found during each analysis replaces the current tabulation. If Verbose Analysis is selected, the results of the preliminary blob analysis are reported to the Utilities - Message Log, as an aid to ''tuning'' the various parameters.

Like many image processing features which operate on a sequence of image buffers, particle tracking may be applied to a sequence of full images, or a sequence of areas of interest. The default areas of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffers (for image sequences) are shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, and/or image buffers can be selected with the Set AOI button. Note that the Use Color Space selected under Setup - Segmentation governs the color space used for segmenting the blobs from the background. The color space selected via Set AOI is not currently used during the particle tracking.

After selecting the various options, the Apply button implements the particle tracking. If Live is selected, the image sequence is automatically re-analyzed and the particles tracked whenever the image, segmentation parameters, or analysis parameters are modified.

10.10.5. Show - Results, One

The Particle Tracks Found shows the number of particle tracks found that meet the various constraints.

A detailed list of vector coordinates for one track, as selected by Particle Track Shown is shown under H Coord(inate) and V Coord(inate) with one pair of coordinates for each image in the sequence. For particles which are not present in a given image, a coordinate of NaN (Not-A-Number) is shown. Also shown are the differences in H and V coordinates between time i and time i+1 as Delta H (Coordinate) and Delta V (Coordinate), etc. with one pair of values for each image in the sequence except the last. Also shown are the vector magnitudes and angles as Vector Magn(itude) and Vector Angle, etc. with one pair of values for each image in the sequence except the last. Also shown are the mean and standard deviation of the vector magnitudes and angles as Track Magn(itude) Mean, Track Magn(itude) Std. Dev., Track Angle Mean, and Track Angle Std. Dev..

If Show Track is selected, the track of the particle selected by Particle Track Shown is graphically overlaid on the image. If Show Tracks is selected, all particle tracks are graphically overlaid on the image. The Track Color and Tracks Color allows specifying the color of the selected particle track, and of the remaining tracks, respectively, as described in Pick Graphics Color.

10.10.6. Show - Results, List

The Show - Results, List shows particle coordinates, the difference in particle coordinates, and the vector magnitude and angle of particle tracks for each track found in a tabular format. For particles which are not present in a given image, a coordinate of NaN (Not-A-Number) is shown.

10.10.7. Customize - Report

The Customize - Report allows customizing the information shown by Show - Results, List, and saved or copied by File - Save Track Coordinates, File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board, and File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard. If Report H Coordinates is selected, the H coordinate of the particle's position is shown. If Report V Coordinates is selected, the V coordinate of the particle's position is shown. If Report Delta H Coordinates is selected, the difference in H coordinates of the particle's position between time i and time i+1 is shown. If Report Delta V Coordinates is selected, the difference in V coordinates of the particle's position between time i and time i+1 is shown. If Report Vector Magnitude is selected, the magnitude of the vector between the particle's position at time i and time i+1 is shown. If Report Vector Angle is selected, the angle of the vector between the particle's position at time i and time i+1 is shown.

10.10.8. File - Save Track Coordinates

The File - Save Track Coordinates saves coordinates and vectors for each track found.

A tabular ASCII text file is created with one header line, and one line for each track found. The header line has one group of coordinates and vectors for each image in the sequence:

    "Time 0, H"
    "Time 0, V"
    "Time 0, Delta H"
    "Time 0, Delta V"
    "Time 0, Magn."
    "Time 0, Angle"
    "Time 1, H"
    "Time 1, V"
    "Time 1, Delta H"
    "Time 1, Delta V"
    "Time 1, Magn."
    "Time 1, Angle"
    ...
Following the header line, one line for each track found provides that track's coordinates and vectors.

If Save w. Titles is not selected, the header line with titles is not saved. If Track per Column is selected instead of Track per Row, each track is saved as a column instead of a row, and the optional Save w. Titles is saved as a left-most column instead of a top-most row.

The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

10.10.9. File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board

The File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board copies coordinates and vectors for each track found to the Black Board.

A header row containing the coordinates and vectors titles, followed by one row for each track found with that track's coordinates and vectors, are copied to the black board using the Black Board Cell as the initial upper left corner.

If Save w. Titles is not selected, the header line with titles is not saved. If Track per Column is selected instead of Track per Row, each track is saved as a column instead of a row, and the optional Save w. Titles is saved as a left-most column instead of a top-most row.

The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

10.10.10. File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard

The File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard copies coordinates and vectors for each track found to the Windows or Linux clipboard.

A header row containing the coordinates and vectors titles, followed by one row for each track found with that track's coordinates and vectors, are copied to the clipboard. The format of each line is ASCII text decimal numbers, or double quoted ASCII text separated by tabs.

If Save w. Titles is not selected, the header line with titles is not saved. If Track per Column is selected instead of Track per Row, each track is saved as a column instead of a row, and the optional Save w. Titles is saved as a left-most column instead of a top-most row.

The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

10.10.11. Example

An example sequence of ants in motion, files ''ANTA08.TIF'' through ''ANTA18.TIF'', are included on the XCAP software CD. A few simple steps will provide tracks, or vectors, for the movement of the (approximately) half dozen ants within the camera's field of view.

  1. Use ''File'', ''Load New Image Sequence'', ''Browse'' and using the standard Windows or Linux file browsing dialog box, highlight the name of the first image in the sequence. Click ''Accept''; the remaining files in the sequence are automatically identified. Click ''OK''. A new The Image Viewer Window appears providing access to the 11 ant images.

  2. Although not required for tracking, use ''View'', ''Shortcuts'' and the ''First Buffer'', ''Next Buffer'', ''Previous Buffer'', and/or ''Last Buffer'' icons to view the sequence of ant images.

  3. Use ''Measure'' and ''Particle Tracking'' to access the Image Measurement - Particle Tracking window.

  4. Set the segmentation threshold by which the ants are distinguished from the background. Click ''Setup'', ''Segmentation''. There are several different ways to set the segmentation threshold, as per user preferences. For this example, click ''Show Normal'' so the current default segmentation threshold doesn't affect the displayed image, and select the ''Gradient over Boundary'' mode. Draw a line over a typical boundary: position the mouse outside of any ant, press the mouse button, drag the mouse to the inside of the ant, and release. Click ''Show Segmentation''; the ants should now appear as white objects on a black background.

  5. Using the segmentation threshold obtained previously, note that the white objects corresponding to the two ants in the lower right corner (probably, depending on exactly where you clicked and dragged the mouse) touch, due to the ants being close and the shadow of one ant touching the second ant. While sufficient to track most of the ants, the segmentation threshold can be improved to distinguish these two ants. Click ''Numeric Threshold'' and adjust the numeric ''Upper Bound Grey Level'' until the two white objects no longer touch. However, don't decrease the ''Upper Bound Grey Level'' to the points where individual ants start appearing as two or three distinct objects. When satisfied, close the ''Segmentation'' dialog.

  6. Set the analysis parameters that describe the expected object sizes and velocity, and help eliminate possibly confusing different objects in several images as a single object. Click ''Setup'', ''Analysis''. Under ''Method'' select Track Individual Particles by Motion Extrapolation and Verification throughout Sequence.

  7. Under ''Particles'' use the default values:
        Max Blob Height, Y              9999
        Min Blob Height, Y              3
        Max Blob Width, X               9999
        Min Blob Width, X               3
        Assume Convex & Solid Blobs     no
        Include Holes Within Blob       no
        Ignore Blobs on Image Edge      no
    
    as all of the ants are about the same size and there is no need to eliminate other objects, such as would be the case if several aphids (smaller than ants) or roaches (larger than ants) were also in the camera's field of view.

  8. Under ''Vectors'', set ''Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV'' to 0 or 1, as some of the ants are sluggish. A ''Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV'' of 60 accepts the faster ants. Leaving ''Minimum Particle Area, XY'' and ''Maximum Particle Area, XY'' to their defaults of 1 and 1000 easily accommodates all of the ants.

  9. Under Extrapolate & Verify, as the ants (unlike inanimate particles in fluid) drastically change their velocity, set ''Max Velocity Change, Fixed'' to 131 so that an ant is allowed to be moving at a velocity of 131 pixels between the first two images, and slow down to 0 pixels between the next two images. Because the apparent area of each ant may change due to reflections, shadows, or legs being held together, set ''Max Particle Area Change, Perc.'' to 50%.

  10. Click ''Apply''. The ants will be analyzed and tracks drawn over each ant's path. Each track is a sequence of arrows, each arrow corresponding to one change of position, such as from the first image buffer to the second. By using the ''Shortcuts'', ''Next Buffer'' you can step through the sequence of images and watch an ant move along its track!
Using ''Show'' provides the numeric coordinates of the tracks, which can be exported with ''File''. Or, an image with tracks overlaid can be saved by using The Image Viewer Window's ''File'', ''Duplicate Image'', ''Copy as Shown'', ''OK'', and then saving the new image, which incorporates the tracks as part of the image, rather than as a non-destructive overlay, to a file.

 

10.11. Image Measurement - SubPixel Edger

The Image Measurement - SubPixel Edger window allows measurement of the position and strength (contrast) of edges and lines - to subpixel precision within suitable high quality images - by analyzing pixel values under the SubPixel Edger tool.

If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the edge coordinates are reported in the calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel coordinates (X,Y). The HV Units shows the name of the H,V units in use.

10.11.1. Tool Shape

The SubPixel Edger tool may be any of, and is controlled as described in, Graphic Window, Graphic Rectangle, Graphic Line, Graphic Circle, Graphic Ellipse, Graphic Parallel Lines, Graphic Path Enclosed, Graphic Path Curve, Graphic Diamond, Graphic Polygon, Graphic Polyline, Graphic Circle Arc, Graphic Ellipse Arc, Graphic Ellipse Arc, Graphic Bezier Curve, or Graphic Bezier Region. For closed regions, such as a circle, the SubPixel Edger analyzes the boundary of the region. These controls allowing setting a tool by using explicit coordinates and dimensions, or by interactive drawing over the image.

The Other Shape button allows creating a tool of a new type, and provides access to graphical objects previously created with the Graphic Manager. If Other, New is chosen, the New Shape allows selecting a new graphic type eligible to be a SubPixel Edger tool. If Other, from List is chosen, the Listed Shape shows the names of all eligible graphical objects created by the Graphic Manager, and also shows ''Current'' which represents the current tool. The Other OK button selects the New Shape or Listed Shape, the Other Cancel button selects the current tool.

10.11.2. Options

The Find Edges (One Boundary) selects finding the position and strength (contrast) of edges; an ''edge'' is the single boundary between two contrasting image regions. The Find Lines (Two Boundary) selects finding the position and strength (contrast) of lines; a ''line'' is the pair of boundaries of a narrow contrasting image region. The position of the center of the line is reported. (Selecting edges versus lines to be found is independent of the whether the tool's shape is a line, parallel lines, or other shape).

The Maximum Edges/Lines Reported selects the number of edges or lines to be found and reported.

If the parallel lines tool is used, the Multiple Shapes selects one of three modes. If Average Pixels of Shapes is selected, the corresponding pixels of the tool's line segments are averaged together, and the result analyzed in the same manner as a single line tool's segment. If One Edge/Line per Shape is selected, each line tool's segment, up to the limit specified by Maximum Edges/Lines Reported, is analyzed individually for a single edge.

If Median of Shape's Edges is selected, each line tool's segment is analyzed for one or two edges, or one line, and the median value reported. For finding edges, the Maximum Edges/Lines Reported may be one or two; if two, then a pair of Rising & Falling edges are to be found. For finding lines, the Maximum Edges/Lines Reported must be one.

The Analysis Neighborhood along Shape specifies the size of the analysis window, along the length or boundary of the subpixel edger tool, used at each pixel position along the edger. A longer length or boundary of the subpixel edger tool allows searching a wider image area for edges and lines, a shorter length or boundary of the subpixel edger tool allows localizing analysis to a specific image area. A smaller Analysis Neighborhood along Shape allows finding one of several closely spaced edges or lines; a larger Analysis Neighborhood along Shape helps reduce the effect of image noise.

For edges, the Find Edges of Type selects the type of edges to be found as Rising & Falling, Rising, or Falling in pixel value (relative to the origin of the selected tool). For lines, the Find Lines of Type selects the type of lines to be found as Light & Dark, Light over Dark, or Dark over Light.

For finding lines, the Match Boundary Strength selects the allowable variance of edge strength, as a percentage, of the two boundaries of the line.

For finding lines, the Min(imum) Line Width and Max(imum) Line Width restricts lines found to have the specified minimum and maximum line width (i.e. perpendicular to the direction of the selected edger tool).

The Sort Edges/Lines of Equal Strength selects From Start to End, From End to Start, Middle to Ends, or Ends to Middle prioritization, for edges or lines with the same strength. This selects the single edge or line reported, or the ordering of multiple edges or lines reported. If Edge/Line Strength Threshold is selected, any edges or lines with absolute strength less than Edge/Line Strength Threshold are ignored and remaining edges or lines are sorted as of equal strength.

The Use Color Space selects which component of which color space is to be analyzed.

The Apply button (re)performs the ellipse-fitting search; and the Cancel button closes the window.

If Live is selected, the ellipse-fitting is automatically recomputed whenever the image is modified, or the elliptical annulus is modified.

10.11.3. Results

For simplicity, the reported results uses ''edge'' to refer to the results of finding edges or finding lines.

The SubPixel Edger analyzes the pixel values under the edger, and finds and reports the strongest edges. For each edge, in order of decreasing strength, the Edge ?, H Coord. (inate) and Edge ?, V Coord. (inate) show the edge's H,V coordinates; the Edge ?, Angle shows the angle of the edge's position relative to the H Coord and V Coord (primarily useful in conjunction with circle and ellipse tools); and Edge ?, Strength shows the edge's relative strength. The absolute value of Edge ?, Strength is the relative strength of the edge, ranging between 0 and 100. For edge finding, the sign of Edge ?, Strength is positive if the corresponding pixels as read along the length of the edger tool are rising in value, or negative if the corresponding pixels as read along the length of the edger tool are falling in value. For line finding, the sign of Edge ?, Strength is positive for light lines over a dark background, or negative for dark lines over a light background.

The Edge 1=>2, Distance and Edge 1=>2, Angle shows the distance between edge 1 and 2, and the angle of that line segment relative to the origin. Similarly, the Edge 1=>3, Distance and Edge 1=>3, Angle shows the distance between edge 1 and 3, and the angle of that line segment relative to the origin.

The Edge 1+2=>3+4, Distance and Edge 1+2=>3+4, Angle shows the distance from the midpoint of edges 1&2 to the midpoint of edges 3&4, and the angle of that line segment relative to the origin. This result is intended for measuring the relative distance between two lines in the image (such as between two wires) in contrast to measuring the distance between two edges in the image.

The Best Fit Line: A, Best Fit Line: B, and Best Fit Line: C shows the coefficients in general form,

    Ax + By + C = 0
of the line which best fits the position of the edges. The Best Fit Line: M and Best Fit Line: B shows the coefficients in slope intercept form,
    y = Mx + B
of the line which best fits the edges; the equation is not valid for vertical lines. The Best Fit Line: Theta and Best Fit Line: Rho shows the coefficients in polar form,
    x cos theta + y sin theta = rho
of the normal to the line which best fits the edges. The Best Fit Line: N shows the number of edges used in the computation of the best fit line. These best fit line results are typically used along with a Graphic Parallel Lines tool shape and with One Edge per Shape.

The SubPixel Edger determines the subpixel edge position on synthetic images to a precision of better than 0.1 pixel. The obtainable precision on actual images may be less than 0.1 pixel, particularly images containing random noise. The SubPixel Edger is most accurate for single line tools positioned at a multiple of 45 degrees (in X,Y coordinates), or averaged parallel lines positioned at a multiple of 90 degrees (in X,Y coordinates); the High Precision indicator is set as a reminder when those conditions are met and aliasing artifacts are avoided.

If Show Ticks is specified, the location of the edge ''ticks'', are shown overlaid on the image. The Tick Color allows selecting the edges' color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Tick Length selects the size of the tick overlaid for edge 1; the ticks overlaid for other edges are progressively larger by Tick Increment. The Tick Thickness selects the thickness of the tick overlaid for each edge.

If Show Fit Line is specified, the location of the best fit line is shown overlaid on the image. The Fit Line Color allows selecting the overlaid line's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Fit Line Thickness selects the thickness of the overlaid line.

The Edges Found reports the total number of edges found. The Image Buffer Stamp reports the image buffer number (of a sequence) upon which the measurements were performed. The Date&Time Stamp reports the date and time at which the measurements were performed.

 

10.12. Image Measurement - Distance & Angle Crosshairs

The Image Measurement - Distance & Angle Crosshairs window provides spatial calibration and measurement of absolute position, relative position, length and angles. While these capabilities are also available elsewhere (using several features in Image Viewer - Measure and Image Viewer - Draw), the Distance & Angle Crosshairs collects chosen features to provide a single dialog with the equivalent of a so-called ''Video Crosshair Overlay & Measurement'' system.

The Format, Size & Color button allows accessing optional controls for adjusting the text size and style, color, and numeric format and precision of the information overlaid on the associated image window. The Operate button (only visible after Format, Size & Color is clicked) restores the most commonly used features and controls of Distance & Angle Crosshairs.

10.12.1. Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Operate

The Move Origin button allows interactive moving of the Origin cross-hair by clicking or dragging over the associated image window. The Move None button disables interactive moving of the Origin. If the Show Origin button is activated, the Origin is marked even when interactive moving is disabled. If the Show Origin Coordinates button is activated, the Origin's absolute coordinates are displayed next to the Origin.

The Move Point 1 button allows interactive moving of the Point 1 cross-hair by clicking or dragging over the associated image window. The Move None button disables interactive moving of the Point 1 cross-hair. If the Show Point 1 button is activated, Point 1 is marked even when interactive moving is disabled. If the Show Point 1 Coordinates Relative to Origin button is activated, Point 1's coordinates, relative to the Origin, are displayed next to Point 1.

If the Show Line 1 button is activated, the line connecting Point 1 and the Origin is shown. If the Show Line 1 Distance and Angle from Origin button is activated, the length and angle (relative to horizontal) of the line connecting Point 1 and the Origin is shown along the line.

The Move Point 2 button, and the Show Point 2, Show Point 2 Coordinates Relative to Origin, Show Line 2, and Show Line 2 Distance and Angle from Origin buttons provide analogous features for a second Point.

The Move All button allows interactive moving of the Origin, Point 1, and Point 2 by clicking or dragging over the associated image window; shifting all of the measurement points to a new position. In contrast, the Move Origin button allows interactive moving of the Origin, leaving the position of Point 1 and Point 2 unchanged. The Move None button disables interactive moving of the Origin, Point 1, and/or Point 2.

If the Show Angle between Line 1 & Line 2 button is activated, the angle enclosed between Line 1 and Line 2 (i.e. the lines drawn between Point 1 and the Origin, and Point 2 and the Origin) are shown between the lines. If the Show Units button is activated, the name of the H,V units in use is shown at the bottom of the image.

10.12.2. Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Calibrate

The Calibrate from Line 1 allows creating a mapping (correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system.

If Set HV Calibration is selected, the HV Length of Line 1 allows specifying the length of Line 1 in arbitrary, user-defined, H,V units. As a reminder, the name of the H,V units in use can be entered as Units are Named. The OK button activates the specified correspondence.

By drawing Line 1 over an area of the image known to be two inches long (for example), entering 2.0 for HV Length of Line 1, and clicking OK, coordinates will thereafter be read off in inches, instead of pixels.

If Disable HV Calibration is selected, the OK button deactivates any user-defined correspondence; all coordinates are shown in units of pixels.

The easy-to-use calibration performed by Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Calibrate is based upon a single measured length over the two-dimensional image, and depends upon Aspect Ratio (see Image View - Display) being set accurately. This should not be a source of concern for digital output cameras with an inherent (i.e. due to physical sensor geometry) aspect ratio of 1:1; but is a concern for analog output cameras whose aspect ratio is approximated. When in doubt, the calibration performed by Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Calibrate should be checked (at three or more points not on a line) before use, or the more advanced features of Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration can be used for calibration using two measured lengths, thereby avoiding assumptions regarding the camera's or image's aspect ratio.

10.12.3. Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Options

Lesser used formatting options are accessed by clicking the Format, Size & Color button, and are then shown divided into ''Labels'', ''Origin'', ''Point 1'' and ''Point 2'' sections. These allow adjusting the text size and style, color, and numeric format and precision of the information overlaid on the associated image window.

The ''Labels'' provides controls for text overlays, as described in Graphic Text. The ''Origin'' provides controls for the origin marker, as described in Graphic Point.

The ''Point 1'' and ''Point 2'' each provides controls for Point 1 and its associated line to the origin, and Point 2 and its associated line to the origin, as described in Graphic Point and Graphic Line.

 

10.13. Image Measurement - Correlation Finder

The Image Measurement - Correlation Finder window allows correlating, or matching, a mask image over a larger image, showing the coordinates of, and displaying a box around, the best match(es).

If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the match coordinates are reported in the calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel coordinates (X,Y). The HV Units shows the name of the H,V units in use.

10.13.1. Correlation Options

Like most image processing features, these operations may be applied to the full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button. Two image AOIs must be selected, the mask image which is not modified, and a subject image. The mask image must be smaller than the second, subject, image.

If Unnormalized is selected, the correlation is based on the absolute differences of values between the mask and the subject image; A perfect match is achieved only if the mask and the area of the subject image under the mask are identical.

If Normalized: Add, Mult is selected, a normalized correlation is performed; the degree of match between the mask and the area of the subject image under the mask is insensitive to differences arising from additive offsets and multiplicative scaling of pixel values.

The time required for correlation can be significantly reduced, at the expense of accuracy, by subsampling. To speed the search, but maintain accuracy, the correlation can be done in two passes. In the first pass, the Coarse Subsampling specifies that only every Coarse Subsampling'th pixel of the mask, and corresponding pixel of the subject image, is to be used. In the second pass, performed only in the immediate neighborhood of the best match found with Coarse Subsampling, the correlation is performed with Fine Subsampling.

The Apply button (re)performs the correlation search; and the Cancel button closes the window.

If Live is selected, the correlation is automatically recomputed whenever the image is modified.

10.13.2. Results

The Correlation Finder correlates the mask image over the subject image, and reports the strongest matches. The Matches Reported selects the number of matches to be found and reported.

For each match, in order of decreasing correlation coefficient, the Match ?, H Coord. and Match ?, V Coord. show the H,V coordinates of the match's center. The Match ?, Coefficient shows the correlation coefficient, or quality of match, with 1.0 being a perfect match.

Any matches whose correlation coefficient is less than Coefficient Minimum is ignored.

If Show Box is selected, a box is displayed around each correlation match found. The Box Color allows selecting the box color, as described in Pick Graphics Color.

 

10.14. Image Measurement - Ellipse Fitter

The Image Measurement - Ellipse Fitter overlays an elliptical pattern of subpixel edger tools on the image, and computes a best-fit elliptical curve from the edges or lines found by the subpixel edger tools.

If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the ellipse coordinates are reported in the calibrated spatial coordinates (H,V), instead of pixel coordinates (X,Y). The HV Units shows the name of the H,V units in use.

10.14.1. Region

The approximate position where the image's ellipse is to be found is specified by drawing a Graphic Circle, Graphic Ellipse, Graphic Annulus, Graphic Ellipse Annulus, or Graphic Elliptical Annulus Arc region. Edger tools are then automatically arranged between the annulus's inner and outer curves or the non-annulus's curve and its center. The drawn region does not have to be a ''good'' fit to the expected image ellipse, but the edger tools (which may be optionally overlaid on the image for visual verification) should intersect only the image's ellipse's border.

Preferably, the edger tools should intersect the image's ellipse at evenly spaced radial positions around the entire ellipse. This provides the highest accuracy of ellipse fitting. However, the drawn annulus is allowed to be an annulus arc (i.e. a portion of a two-dimensional donut) so that partial image ellipses (e.g. a semicircle) or image ellipses connected to other objects (e.g. an image of a sphere mounted at the end of a rod) can be analyzed. In such cases, the annulus arc can be arranged to include only the elliptical object in the image.

The Other Shape button allows creating a region of a new type, and provides access to graphical objects previously created with the Graphic Manager. If Other, New is chosen, the New Shape allows selecting a new graphic type eligible to be a region. Other, from List is chosen, the Listed Shape shows the names of all eligible graphical objects created by the Graphic Manager, and also shows ''Current'' which represents the current region. The Other OK button selects the New Shape or Listed Shape, the Other Cancel button selects the current region.

10.14.2. Options

The Find Edges (One Boundary) selects finding the position and strength (contrast) of edges; an ''edge'' is the single boundary between two contrasting image regions. The Find Lines (Two Boundary) selects finding the position and strength (contrast) of lines; a ''line'' is the pair of boundaries of a narrow contrasting image region. The position of the center of the line is reported.

The Number of Edgers specifies the number of subpixel edger tools which are arranged between the annulus's inner and outer curves. The Edge Analysis Region specifies the size of the analysis window, within the length or boundary of the subpixel edger tool, used at each pixel position along the edger. A smaller Edge Analysis Region provides greater sensitivity to narrow edges and thin lines, a larger Edge Analysis Region helps reduce the effect of image noise. The Edge Strength Threshold specifies that any edges or lines found whose strength is less than Edge Strength Threshold, in percent of maximum, are to be ignored.

For finding lines, the Match Edge Contrast selects the allowable variance of edge strength, as a percentage, of the two boundaries of the line.

For finding lines, the Min(imum) Line Width and Max(imum) Line Width restricts lines found to have the specified minimum and maximum line width (i.e. perpendicular to the direction of the edger tool).

If Hi Precision is specified, the position of the subpixel edger tools, arranged at evenly spaced radial positions around the entire ellipse, are adjusted so that each tool's angle is at the closest multiple of 45 degrees. This provides greater accuracy in measurement of the edge or line to subpixel accuracy.

The Use Color Space selects which component of which color space is to be analyzed.

The Apply button (re)performs the ellipse fitting search; and the Cancel button closes the window.

If Live is selected, the ellipse fitting is automatically recomputed whenever the image is modified, or the elliptical annulus is modified.

If Show Edgers is specified, the position of each edger tool is overlaid on the image. If Show Ticks is specified, the position of each edge or line found is overlaid on the image with length and thickness specified by Tick Length and Tick Thickness. The Edger Color and Tick Color allows specifying the edgers' and ticks' colors, as described in Pick Graphics Color.

10.14.3. Results

Based on the edges or lines found, the best-fit ellipse is computed. The Ellipse Center, H, Ellipse Center, V, Ellipse Width, Ellipse Height, and Ellipse Angle numerically show the computed center, width, height, and angle; or show values of 0 if no ellipse could be computed for the specified points.

If Show Ellipse is specified, the best-fit ellipse is shown overlaid on the image with thickness specified by Ellipse Thickness. The Ellipse Color allows specifying the ellipse's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color.

 

10.15. Image Measurement - Overlays

The Image Measurement - Ruler, Image Measurement - Protractor, Image Measurement - Cartesian Reticle, and Image Measurement - Polar Reticle window allows drawing a graphic measurement overlay over the image, non-destructively. If Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration has been activated, the measurement overlay's position, size, and indexing (tick marks) are all in calibrated units. Otherwise, the measurement overlay's position, size, and indexing are in pixel units.

10.15.1. Graphic Ruler

The Graphic Ruler window allows drawing a ruler over or into an image. The ruler may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The ruler is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the ruler's origin; changing either shifts the ruler's start and end coordinates - a translation. The Start, X and Start, Y specifies the ruler's start coordinate; changing either does not affect the ruler's end coordinates. The End, X and End, Y specifies the ruler's end coordinate; changing either does not affect the ruler's start coordinates.

The Angle and Length specifies the ruler's angle and length, starting from the Start, X and Start, Y coordinates. If Rotate @ Start is selected, the Start coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the End coordinates. If Rotate @ End is selected, the End coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Start coordinates. If Rotate @ Middle is selected, the ruler's midpoint coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Start and End coordinates.

The Ruler Width specifies the ruler's width.

The Tick Interval specifies the spacing of major ticks. The SubTicks allows adding minor ticks at intervals of 1/2, 1/4, 1/5, 1/8, 1/10, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, or 1/100 of the major ticks, or None for no subticks. For example, if the Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration is used, with H,V calibrated to inches, then Tick Interval might be 1 (inch) and a SubTicks of 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, or 1/32 (depending upon desired density) would give the appearance of an English ruler.

If Interact is enabled, the ruler may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines the Start coordinates, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the End coordinates. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse rotates the ruler relative to, and fixed at, the Rotate @ Start, Rotate @ Middle, or Rotate @ End, as selected.

The Color, Border Color, and Tick Color, allows specifying the colors of the ruler's base line, the ruler's other three borders, and the ruler's ticks, respectively, each as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color which can be quickly drawn and erased is used instead. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the ruler is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the ruler permanently into the image, using the Color, Border Color, and Tick Color, each translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the ruler permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid ruler may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Start, H, Start, V, etc.

10.15.2. Graphic Protractor

The Graphic Protractor window allows drawing a protractor over or into an image. The protractor may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The protractor is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the protractor's origin, and the Circle Radius specifies the protractor's outer radius. The Aspect Ratio specifies the protractor's aspect ratio, by which its outer radius's drawn height is the specified Circle Radius divided by the Aspect Ratio. The Arc Start specifies the angular position at which the protractor's arc starts, the Arc Subtends specifies the angle subtended by the protractor's arc, and the Arc Bisect specifies the angular position of the midpoint of the protractor's arc.

The Inner Radius specifies the protractor's inner radius, which is drawn with the same Aspect Ratio as the Circle Radius. The Tick Interval specifies the spacing of major ticks, in angular units. The SubTicks allows adding minor ticks at angular intervals of 1/2, 1/4, 1/5, 1/10, 1/15, 1/30, 1/60, or 1/100 of the major ticks, or None for no subticks. If Style is 0 Start, ticks are drawn with reference to the Arc Start; If Style is 0 Center, ticks are drawn with reference to the Arc Bisect.

If Interact is enabled, the protractor may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Draw C&O is selected, clicking the mouse button suggests one end point of the protractor arc's chord, clicking a second time defines the second end point of the protractor arc's chord, clicking a third time defines a circle's origin and terminates the draw mode.[31] If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate Arc is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Start angle. If Click & Open/Close is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Subtends angle.

The Color and Tick Color allows specifying the protractor's color, and the ticks' color, each as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color which can be quickly drawn and erased is used instead. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the protractor is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the protractor permanently into the image, using the Color and Tick Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the protractor permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid protractor may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

10.15.3. Graphic Cartesian Reticle

The Graphic Cartesian Reticle window allows drawing a Cartesian reticle over or into an image. The reticle may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The reticle is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the reticle's center. The Width, X specifies the length of the reticle's axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, the Height, Y specifies the length of the reticle's axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the reticle's angle of rotation.

The Grid Interval, X and Grid Interval, Y specify the interval of the interior grid lines. Within each grid, SubTicks specifies the density of subticks, at 1/4, 1/4, 1/8, 1/10, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, or 1/100 of the interior grid, or None for no subticks, with a drawn tick length of Tick Size.

If Interact is enabled, the reticle may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of the reticle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the reticle. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse rotates the reticle. If Rotate @ Middle is selected, the reticle is rotated around its center. If Rotate @ Corner is selected, the reticle is rotated around its corner which is farthest from the mouse.

The Color and Tick Color allows specifying the colors of the reticle, and the reticle's ticks, respectively, each as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color which can be quickly drawn and erased is used instead. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the ruler is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the reticle permanently into the image, using the Color and Tick Color, each translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the reticle permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid ruler may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Width, H, Height, V, etc.

10.15.4. Graphic Polar Reticle

The Graphic Polar Reticle window allows drawing a polar reticle over or into an image. The reticle may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The reticle is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the reticle's center. The Width, X specifies the length of the reticle's axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, the Height, Y specifies the length of the reticle's axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the reticle's angle of rotation.

The Radius Intervals specifies the interval of the interior elliptical curves which are drawn at the same Angle, and with proportional Width and Height, as the reticle's outer ellipse. The Radials specifies the angular spacing of radials drawn from the Origin to the reticle's outer ellipse, as 5, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60, or 90 degrees, or None for no radials.

If Interact is enabled, the reticle may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing rectangle. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinate. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Angle, relative to the reticle's Origin.

The Color allows specifying the reticle's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color which can be quickly drawn and erased is used instead. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the reticle is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the reticle permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the reticle permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid reticle may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Width, H, Height, V, etc.


 

 

 

11. Image Viewer Window - Draw

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - Draw provides features for drawing graphics and text over the image.

 

11.1. Draw - Graphic Objects

The Graphic Object windows allows drawing various graphics or text over or into an image. The graphics or text can be positioned numerically or interactively. The graphics or text are overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Two or more Graphic Objects may be present at the same time. In interactive mode, each picks up and processes mouse clicks within the associated image window; This can be used intentionally, allowing several graphic objects to be moved as a group, or can be disabled by deselecting Interact in all but a single graphic object.

11.1.1. Graphic Annulus

The Graphic Annulus window allows drawing an annulus (i.e. a two-dimensional donut), with correction for aspect ratio, over or into an image. The annulus may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The annulus is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the annulus may be a visual graphic, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the annulus's center. The Inner Diameter and Outer Diameter specifies the annulus's inner and outer diameters; for convenience the two are, in fact, interchangeable with the smaller taken as the inner diameter. The Aspect Ratio specifies the annulus's aspect ratio, by which its drawn height is the specified Diameter divided by the Aspect Ratio. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the annulus.

If Interact is enabled, the annulus may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the annulus's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the annulus. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the annulus is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the annulus permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the annulus permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid annulus may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn annulus is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the annulus is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the annulus is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.2. Graphic Annulus Arc

The Graphic Annulus Arc window allows drawing an arc of an annulus (i.e. a portion of a two-dimensional donut), with correction for aspect ratio, possibly rotated, over or into an image. The annulus arc may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The annulus arc is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the annulus arc may be a visual graphic, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the annulus arc's center. The Inner Diameter and Outer Diameter specifies the annulus's inner and outer diameters; for convenience the two are, in fact, interchangeable with the smaller taken as the inner diameter. The Aspect Ratio specifies the annulus's aspect ratio, by which its drawn height is the specified Diameter divided by the Aspect Ratio. The Arc Start specifies the angular position at which the annulus arc starts, the Arc Subtends specifies the angle subtended by the annulus arc, and the Arc Bisect specifies the angular position of the midpoint of the annulus arc.

If Interact is enabled, the annulus arc may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Draw C&O is selected, clicking the mouse button suggests one end point of the arc's chord, clicking a second time defines the second end point of the arc's chord, clicking a third time defines a circle's origin and terminates the draw mode.[32] If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate Arc is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Start angle. If Click & Open/Close is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Subtends angle.

The Color allows specifying the annulus arc's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the annulus arc. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the annulus arc is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the annulus arc permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the annulus arc permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid annulus arc may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn annulus arc is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the annulus arc is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.3. Graphic Arrow

The Graphic Arrow window allows drawing an arrow over or into an image. The arrow may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The arrow is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the arrow may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis (the pixels analyzed are those under the ''shaft'' of the arrow, the arrow's head and tail are mere decoration).

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the arrow's origin; changing either shifts the arrow's start and end coordinates - a translation. The Start, X and Start, Y specifies the arrow's tail coordinate; changing either does not affect the arrow's end coordinates. The End, X and End, Y specifies the arrow's head coordinate; changing either does not affect the arrow's start coordinates.

The Angle and Length specifies the arrow's angle and length, starting from the Start, X and Start, Y coordinates. If Rotate @ Start is selected, the Start coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the End coordinates. If Rotate @ End is selected, the End coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Start coordinates. If Rotate @ Middle is selected, the midpoint of the arrow's Start and End coordinates is fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Start and End coordinates.

The Head Size and Tail Size specifies the length of the arrow's head and tail fluke's. The Head Angle and Tail Angle specifies the angle of the arrow's fluke's with respect to the shaft. Appropriate selection of these values allows drawing arrows without a visible tail, or double headed arrows.[33]

If Interact is enabled, the arrow may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines the tail and Start coordinates, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the head and End coordinates. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Angle, relative to, and fixed at, the Rotate @ Start, Rotate @ Middle, or Rotate @ End, as selected.

The Color allows specifying the arrow's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the arrow. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the arrow is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the arrow permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the arrow permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid line may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Start, H, Start, V, etc.

11.1.4. Graphic Bezier Curve

The Graphic Bezier Curve window allows drawing a Bezier Curve over or into an image. The curve may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The curve is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the curve may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis.

This discussion assumes familiarity with the concepts and terminology of Bezier Curves. See any text on computer graphics, such as Computer Graphics - Principles and Practice by Foley, et. al.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the curve's origin; changing either shifts all of the curve's control point coordinates - a translation. The Control Pts specifies the number of ''control points'' which define the curve, and may range from 2 through 6. The Cntl Pt 0, X, Cntl Pt 0, Y through Cntl Pt 5, X, Cntl Pt 5, Y specify the coordinates of each of the control points. The Bezier Curve starts at control point 0 and ends at the last control point, but is only loosely tied (via mathematical springs) to the intermediate control points.

If Interact is enabled, the curve may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button over a control point (as displayed in the image window) allows the mouse and control point to be dragged to a new location, as defined by releasing the mouse button. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the curve's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the curve. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the curve is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the curve permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the curve permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid curve may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

11.1.5. Graphic Bezier Region

The Graphic Bezier Region window allows drawing a closed Bezier Curve over or into an image. The curve may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The curve is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the curve may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

This discussion assumes familiarity with the concepts and terminology of Bezier Curves. See any text on computer graphics, such as Computer Graphics - Principles and Practice by Foley, et. al.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the curve's origin; changing either shifts all of the curve's control point coordinates - a translation. The Control Pts specifies the number of ''control points'' which define the curve, and may range from 2 through 6. The Cntl Pt 0, X, Cntl Pt 0, Y through Cntl Pt 5, X, Cntl Pt 5, Y specify the coordinates of each of the control points. The Bezier Curve starts at control point 0 and ends at the last control point, but is only loosely tied (via mathematical springs) to the intermediate control points.

If Interact is enabled, the curve may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button over a control point (as displayed in the image window) allows the mouse and control point to be dragged to a new location, as defined by releasing the mouse button. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the curve's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the curve. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the curve is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the curve permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the curve permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid curve may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Cntl Pt 0, H, Cntl Pt 0, V, etc.

11.1.6. Graphic Circle

The Graphic Circle window allows drawing a circle, with correction for aspect ratio, over or into an image. The circle may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The circle is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the circle may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the circle's center. The Diameter specifies the circle's diameter. The Aspect Ratio specifies the circle's aspect ratio, by which its drawn height is the specified Diameter divided by the Aspect Ratio. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the circle.

If Interact is enabled, the circle may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the circle's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the circle. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the circle is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the circle permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the circle permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid circle may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn circle is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the circle is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the circle is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.7. Graphic Circle Arc

The Graphic Circle Arc window allows drawing an arc of a circle, with correction for aspect ratio, over or into an image. The arc may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The arc is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the arc may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the circle's center, and the Circle Radius specifies the circle's radius. The Aspect Ratio specifies the circle's aspect ratio, by which its drawn height is the specified Circle Radius divided by the Aspect Ratio. The Arc Start specifies the angular position at which the arc starts, Arc Subtends specifies the angle subtended by the arc, and the Arc Bisect specifies the angular position of the midpoint of the arc.

If Interact is enabled, the arc may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Draw C&O is selected, clicking the mouse button suggests one end point of the arc's chord, clicking a second time defines the second end point of the arc's chord, clicking a third time defines a circle's origin and terminates the draw mode.[34] If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate Arc is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Start angle. If Click & Open/Close is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Subtends angle.

The Color allows specifying the arc's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the arc. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the arc is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the arc permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the arc permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid arc *may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.8. Graphic Diamond

The Graphic Diamond window allows drawing a diamond - a square rotated by 45 degrees - over or into an image. The diamond may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The diamond is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the diamond may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the diamond's center. The Diameter specifies the width and height the diamond. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the diamond.

If Interact is enabled, the diamond may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of a rectangle enclosing the diamond. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the diamond's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the diamond. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the diamond is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the diamond permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the diamond permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid rectangle may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn diamond is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the diamond is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the diamond is filled with the specified Color.

The Graphic Diamond always uses pixel X,Y coordinates, not the user-defined H,V coordinate system (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration) currently in use, if any.

11.1.9. Graphic Ellipse

The Graphic Ellipse window allows drawing an ellipse, possibly rotated, over or into an image. The ellipse may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The ellipse is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the ellipse may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the ellipse's center. The Width, X specifies the length of the ellipse's axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, the Height, Y specifies the length of the ellipse's axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the ellipse's angle of rotation. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the ellipse.

If Interact is enabled, the ellipse may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing rectangle. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinate. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Angle, relative to the ellipse's Origin. If Click & Slide is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to slide in the direction of the Angle. If Click & Shift is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to shift orthogonal to direction of the Angle.

The Color allows specifying the ellipse's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the ellipse. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the ellipse is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the ellipse permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the ellipse permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid ellipse may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn ellipse is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the ellipse is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the ellipse is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Width, H, Height, V, etc.

11.1.10. Graphic Ellipse Arc

The Graphic Ellipse Arc window allows drawing an arc of a possibly rotated ellipse over or into an image. The arc may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The arc is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the arc may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the ellipse's center. The Ellipse Width, X specifies the length of the ellipse's axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, the Ellipse Height, Y specifies the length of the ellipse's axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Ellipse Angle specifies the ellipse's angle of rotation. The Arc Start specifies the angular position at which the arc starts, the Arc Subtends specifies the angle subtended by the arc, and the Arc Bisect specifies the angular position of the midpoint of the arc. The Arc Start, Arc Subtends, and Arc Bisect are not relative to Ellipse Angle; i.e. a Arc Start=90 and Arc Subtends=180 (in degrees) specifies the ''left half'' of the ellipse, regardless of the angular shape specified by Ellipse Angle.

If Interact is enabled, the arc may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing rectangle. If Click & Draw C&O is selected, clicking the mouse button suggests one end point of the arc's chord, clicking a second time defines the second end point of the arc's chord, clicking a third time defines a circle's origin and terminates the draw mode.[35] If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate Axis is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Angle, relative to the ellipse's Origin. If Click & Rotate Arc is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Start angle. If Click & Open/Close is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Subtends angle.

The Color allows specifying the arc's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the arc. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the arc is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the arc permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the arc permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid arc may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Ellipse Width, H, Ellipse Height, V, etc.

11.1.11. Graphic Elliptical Annulus

The Graphic Elliptical Annulus window allows drawing an elliptical annulus (i.e. a two-dimensional donut), possible rotated, over or into an image. The annulus may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The annulus is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the annulus may be a visual graphic, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the annulus's center. The Inner Width, X and Outer Width, X specifies the length of the annulus's inner and outer ellipse axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, Inner Height, Y and Outer Height, Y specifies the length of the annulus's inner and outer ellipse axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the ellipses' angle of rotation. For convenience the inner and outer dimensions are interchangeable, with the smaller taken as the inner ellipse. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the annulus.

If Interact is enabled, the annulus may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the annulus's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the annulus. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the annulus is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the annulus permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the annulus permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid annulus may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn annulus is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the annulus is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the annulus is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.12. Graphic Elliptical Annulus Arc

The Graphic Elliptical Annulus Arc window allows drawing an arc of an elliptical annulus (i.e. a portion of a two-dimensional donut), possibly rotated, over or into an image. The annulus arc may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The annulus arc is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the annulus arc may be a visual graphic, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the annulus arc's center. The Inner Width, X and Outer Width, X specifies the length of the annulus's inner and outer ellipse axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, Inner Height, Y and Outer Height, Y specifies the length of the annulus's inner and outer ellipse axis which is vertical when Angle=0. For convenience the inner and outer dimensions are interchangeable, with the smaller taken as the inner ellipse. The Angle specifies the ellipses' angle of rotation. The Arc Start specifies the angular position at which the annulus arc starts, the Arc Subtends specifies the angle subtended by the annulus arc, and the Arc Bisect specifies the angular position of the midpoint of the annulus arc. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the annulus arc.

If Interact is enabled, the annulus arc may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Draw C&O is selected, clicking the mouse button suggests one end point of the arc's chord, clicking a second time defines the second end point of the arc's chord, clicking a third time defines a circle's origin and terminates the draw mode.[36] If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse button changes the Origin coordinate. If Click & Rotate Axis is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Angle, relative to the ellipse's Origin. If Click & Rotate Arc is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Start angle. If Click & Open/Close is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Arc Subtends angle.

The Color allows specifying the annulus arc's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the annulus arc. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the annulus arc is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the annulus arc permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the annulus arc permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid annulus arc may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn annulus arc is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the annulus arc is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the annulus arc is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.13. Graphic Rectangular Frame

The Graphic Rectangular Frame window allows drawing a rectangular frame, possible rotated, over or into an image. The frame may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The frame is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the frame may be a visual graphic, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the frame's center. The Inner Width, X and Outer Width, X specifies the length of the frame's inner and outer rectangle axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, Inner Height, Y and Outer Height, Y specifies the length of the frame's inner and outer rectangle axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the rectangles' angle of rotation. For convenience the inner and outer dimensions are interchangeable, with the smaller taken as the inner rectangle. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the frame.

If Interact is enabled, the frame may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of an enclosing box, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing box. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color allows specifying the frame's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the frame. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the frame is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the frame permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the frame permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid frame may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn frame is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the frame is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the frame is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.14. Graphic Line

The Graphic Line window allows drawing a line segment over or into an image. The line may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The line is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the line may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the line's origin; changing either shifts the line's start and end coordinates - a translation. The Start, X and Start, Y specifies the line's start coordinate; changing either does not affect the line's end coordinates. The End, X and End, Y specifies the line's end coordinate; changing either does not affect the line's start coordinates. The Mid, X and Mid, Y specifies the line's middle coordinate; changing either shifts the line's start and end coordinates - a translation. The Delta, X and Delta, Y specifies the line's difference between end and start coordinates.

The Angle and Length specifies the line's angle and length, starting from the Start, X and Start, Y coordinates. If Rotate @ Start is selected, the Start coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Mid and End coordinates. If Rotate @ End is selected, the End coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Mid and Start coordinates. If Rotate @ Middle is selected, the Mid coordinates are fixed, and modifying Angle or Length affects the Start and End coordinates.

If Interact is enabled, the line may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines the Start coordinates, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the End coordinates. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse rotates the line relative to, and fixed at, the Rotate @ Start, Rotate @ Middle, or Rotate @ End, as selected. If Click & Slide is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to slide in the direction of the Angle. If Click & Shift is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to shift orthogonal to direction of the Angle.

The Color allows specifying the line's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the line. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the line is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the line permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the line permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid line may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Start, H, Start, V, etc.

11.1.15. Graphic Parallel Lines

The Graphic Parallel Lines window allows drawing two or more evenly spaced parallel line segments over or into an image. The lines may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The lines are is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the line segments may be a visual graphic, or define several sets of pixels for analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the line's center. The Width, X specifies the distance between the two outermost line segments, which is vertical when Angle=0, the Length, Y specifies the length of the line segment's, which is horizontal when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the line segments' angle of rotation. The Lines specifies the number of line segments.

If Interact is enabled, the rectangle which encloses the line segments may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of the enclosing rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the enclosing rectangle. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Angle, relative to the enclosing rectangle's Origin. If Click & Slide is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to slide in the direction of the Angle. If Click & Shift is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to shift orthogonal to direction of the Angle.

The Color allows specifying the lines' color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the each line segment. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color, with a thickness of one are used, and only a limited number of line segments are drawn, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the line segments are invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the line segments permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the line segments permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid line segments may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Width, H, Length, V, etc.

11.1.16. Graphic Path Curve

The Graphic Path Curve window allows drawing an path curve - a path of arbitrary shape which, generally, is not closed - over or into an image. The pathline may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The path is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the path may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the path's origin; changing either shifts all of the path's vertices - a translation. The Vertices specifies the number of vertices in the path, and is limited only by processing time and memory space. If Vertices is increased, the added vertices are set to coordinates (0,0). The Vertex # allows selecting one vertex, the Vertex X Vertex Y shows and controls the selected vertex's coordinates, the Vector Length Vector Angle shows the length and angle of the edge from the selected vertex. The coordinates of all vertices and length and angle of all edges also displayed in a table; clicking a vertex's entry in the table sets Vertex # to that point.

If Interact is enabled, the path may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, the first click of the mouse button defines the Origin and the first vertex coordinates, as the mouse is dragged with button held, each coordinate visited is added to the path, finally, three clicks of the mouse in the same position defines the last vertex coordinates, closes the path, and terminates the draw mode. While drawing, the Vertices may be decreased to erase part of a path's end. Or the end of the path can be erased by selecting Click & Erase and positioning the mouse over the path's end with button held. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates, translating the entire path.

The Color allows specifying the path's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the path. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the path is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the path permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the path permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid path may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Vertex H, Vertex V, etc.

11.1.17. Graphic Path Enclosed

The Graphic Path Enclosed window allows drawing a closed path or arbitrary shape over or into an image. The path may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The path is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the closed path may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the path's origin; changing either shifts all of the path's points - a translation. The Vertices specifies the number of vertices in the path, and is limited only by processing time and memory space. If Vertices is increased, the added vertices are set to coordinates (0,0). The Vertex # allows selecting one vertex, the Vertex X Vertex Y shows and controls the selected vertex's coordinates, the Vector Length Vector Angle shows the length and angle of the edge from the selected vertex. The coordinates of all vertices and length and angle of all edges also displayed in a table; clicking a vertex's entry in the table sets Vertex # to that point. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the region enclosed by the path.

If Interact is enabled, the path may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, the first click of the mouse button defines the Origin and the first vertex coordinates, as the mouse is dragged with button held, each coordinate visited is added to the path, finally, three clicks of the mouse in the same position defines the last vertex coordinates, closes the path, and terminates the draw mode. The path should NOT be closed by clicking over the starting coordinate; a small edge is likely to result. While drawing, the Vertices may be decreased to erase part of a path's end. Or the end of the path can be erased by selecting Click & Erase and positioning the mouse over the path's end with button held. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates, translating the entire path.

The Color allows specifying the path's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the path. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the path is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the path permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the path permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid path may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn path is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the path is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the region enclosed by the path is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Vertex H, Vertex V, etc.

11.1.18. Graphic Point

The Graphic Point window allows drawing a single point over or into an image. The point may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The point may be marked as a tick, or a full image cross-hair, and is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the location of the point.

If Interact is enabled, then the point may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window.

If Style Tick is selected, the point is shown as a tick of size Tick Size and thickness Thickness. If Style Crosshair is selected, the point is shown as a cross-hair extending over the full width and height of the image.

If Size to Image is selected, the Tick Size and Thickness are relative to pixels of the underlying image; the displayed size varies as the image is resized, and approximates the effect of permanently writing the tick or cross-hair into the image. If Size to Display is selected, the Tick Size and Thickness are all relative to pixels of the display; the displayed size remains constant as the image is resized, but does not approximate the effect of permanently writing the tick or cross-hair into the image.

The Color allows specifying the point's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the point is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Point 0, H, Point 0, V, etc.

11.1.19. Graphic Points

The Graphic Points window allows drawing a list of points over or into an image. The points may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The points are overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies a relative origin for all points in the list; changing either shifts all points. The Points specifies the number of points in the list, and is limited only by processing time and memory space. If Points is increased, the added point(s) are set to coordinates (0,0). The Point # allows selecting one point, the Point X Point Y shows and controls the selected point's coordinates. The coordinates of all points are also displayed in a table; clicking a point's entry in the table sets Point # to that point.

The Delete All button removes all points from the list. The Delete One button removes the point specified by Points ? from the list, and consecutively renumbers remaining points.

The Tick Size and Thickness specify the size (width and height) of the tick which marks each point, and the tick's thickness.

If Size to Image is selected, the Tick Size and Thickness are relative to pixels of the underlying image; the displayed tick size varies as the image is resized, and approximates the effect of permanently writing the tick into the image. If Size to Display is selected, the Tick Size and Thickness are all relative to pixels of the display; the displayed tick size remains constant as the image is resized, but does not approximate the effect of permanently writing the tick into the image.

If Interact is enabled, then points may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Add is selected, a mouse click adds a new point at the current coordinates. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates, translating all of the points. If Click & Drag is selected, depressing the mouse button over a point (as displayed in the image window) allows the mouse and point to be dragged to a new location, as defined by releasing the mouse button.

The Color allows specifying the points' color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the points are invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. If Label ID is selected, each point's numeric index is shown next to the cross representing the point. If Label Coord. is selected, each point's coordinates are shown next to the cross representing the point. The Mark Image writes the points permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the points permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid points may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Point H, Point V, etc.

11.1.20. Graphic Polygon

The Graphic Polygon window allows drawing an polygon over or into an image. The polygon may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The polygon is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the polygon may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the polygon's origin; changing either shifts all of the polygon's vertices - a translation. The Vertices specifies the number of vertices in the polygon, and is limited only by processing time and memory space. If Vertices is increased, the added vertices are set to coordinates (0,0). The Vertex # allows selecting one vertex, the Vertex X Vertex Y shows and controls the selected vertex's coordinates, the Vector Length Vector Angle shows the length and angle of the edge from the selected vertex. The coordinates of all vertices and length and angle of all edges also displayed in a table; clicking a vertex's entry in the table sets Vertex # to that point. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the region enclosed by the polygon.

If Interact is enabled, the polygon may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, the first click of the mouse button defines the Origin and the first vertex coordinates, as the mouse is moved each additional click of the mouse button defines the next vertex coordinates, finally, two clicks of the mouse in the same position defines the last vertex coordinates, closes the polygon, and terminates the draw mode. The polygon should NOT be closed by clicking over the starting coordinate; a small edge is likely to result. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates, translating the entire polygon.

The Color allows specifying the polygon's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the polygon. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the polygon is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the polygon permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the polygon permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid polygon may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn polygon is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the polygon is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the region enclosed by the polygon is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Vertex H, Vertex V, etc.

11.1.21. Graphic Polyline

The Graphic Polyline window allows drawing an polyline - a connected series of line segments which, generally, is not closed - over or into an image. The polyline may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The polyline is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the polyline may be a visual graphic, or define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the polyline's origin; changing either shifts all of the polyline's vertices - a translation. The Vertices specifies the number of vertices in the polyline, and is limited only by processing time and memory space. If Vertices is increased, the added vertices are set to coordinates (0,0). The Vertex # allows selecting one vertex, the Vertex X Vertex Y shows and controls the selected vertex's coordinates, the Vector Length Vector Angle shows the length and angle of the edge from the selected vertex. The coordinates of all vertices and length and angle of all edges also displayed in a table; clicking a vertex's entry in the table sets Vertex # to that point.

If Interact is enabled, the polyline may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, the first click of the mouse button defines the Origin and the first vertex coordinates, as the mouse is moved each additional click of the mouse button defines the next vertex coordinates, finally, two clicks of the mouse in the same position defines the last vertex coordinates and terminates the draw mode. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates, translating the entire polyline.

The Color allows specifying the polyline's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the polyline. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the polyline is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the polyline permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the polyline permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid polyline may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Vertex H, Vertex V, etc.

11.1.22. Graphic Rectangle

The Graphic Rectangle window allows drawing a rectangle, possibly rotated, over or into an image. The rectangle may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The rectangle is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the rectangle may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the rectangle's center. The Width, X specifies the length of the rectangle's axis which is horizontal when Angle=0, the Height, Y specifies the length of the rectangle's axis which is vertical when Angle=0. The Angle specifies the rectangle's angle of rotation. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the rectangle.

If Interact is enabled, the rectangle may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of the rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the rectangle. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate is enabled, dragging the mouse rotates the rectangle. If Rotate @ Middle is selected, the rectangle is rotated around its center. If Rotate @ Corner is selected, the rectangle is rotated around its corner which is farthest from the mouse. If Click & Slide is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to slide in the direction of the Angle. If Click & Shift is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates constrained so as to shift orthogonal to direction of the Angle.

The Color allows specifying the rectangle's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the rectangle. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the rectangle is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the rectangle permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the rectangle permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid rectangle may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn rectangle is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the rectangle is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the rectangle is filled with the specified Color.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Width, H, Height, V, etc.

11.1.23. Graphic Rectangle Array

The Graphic Rectangle Array window allows drawing an array of rectangles, possibly rotated, over or into an image. The rectangles may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The rectangles are overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the upper left rectangle's center. The Width, X and Height, Y specify the length of each rectangle's axis which is horizontal or vertical, respectively, when Angle=0 and Array Angle=0. The Array Count, X and Array Count, Y specify the number of rectangles in the array, horizontally and vertically, respectively, when Angle=0 and Array Angle=0. The Array Centers, X and Array Centers, Y specify the distance from center to center of rectangles in the array, horizontally and vertically, respectively, when Angle=0 and Array Angle=0. The Angle specifies each individual rectangle's angle of rotation, the Array Angle specifies the rectangle array's angle of rotation.

If Interact is enabled, the rectangles may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of the upper left rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the upper left rectangle - changing Origin, Width, X, and Height, X. If Click & Draw Array is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of the array of rectangles, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the array of rectangles - changing Origin, Array Centers, X, and Array Centers, Y. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates. If Click & Rotate Array is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Array Angle, relative to the rectangles' Origin.

The Color allows specifying the rectangles' color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the rectangles. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the rectangles are invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the rectangles permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the rectangles permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid rectangles may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn rectangles are filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the rectangles are drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, Width, H, Height, V, etc.

11.1.24. Graphic Text

The Graphic Text window allows drawing text over or into an image. The text can be adjusted in font, style, size, and angle and can be positioned numerically or interactively. The text is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image.

The characters to be overlaid or written is specified by the Text field.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the text's origin; the left edge and baseline[37]. The Angle specifies the angle of the baseline, extending from the Origin.

If Fast Font is selected, a minimal, functional, but efficient font is used. The Char Height specifies the (nominal) height of typical capital letters, the Char Width specifies the (nominal) width of typical capital letters, both in pixels. The Char Spacing specifies extra horizontal space, in pixels, to be added to the left of the first character, and to the right of all characters. The Line Spacing specifies extra vertical space, in pixels, to be added below and above the characters; its primary used is in conjunction with Use Background, below.

If Fancy Font is selected, a font can be selected from those supported by the host run time environment.[38] The Font Name selects the font family name, the Font Size selects the font size, and Font Style selects a plain, italic, or bold variation. The Char Spacing specifies extra horizontal space, in pixels, to be added to the left of the first character, and to the right of all characters.

If Size to Image is selected, the Char Height, Char Width, or Font Size are all relative to pixels of the underlying image; the displayed character size varies as the image is resized, and approximate the effect of permanently writing the text into the image. If Size to Display is selected, the Char Height, Char Width, or Font Size are all relative to pixels of the display; the displayed character size remains constant as the image is resized, but do not approximate the effect of permanently writing the text into the image.

If Interact is enabled, the text may be moved interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

The Color and Background allows specifying the text's and background's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Use Background is enabled, the text and a corresponding background are drawn; otherwise the text characters are drawn without background. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color which can be quickly drawn and erased is used instead of Color; the background is never drawn with Interact. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the text is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the text permanently into the image, using the Color and Background, if selected, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the text permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid line may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image. Note that due to vagaries of resizing text, the text written permanently into the image may not correspond exactly (pixel by pixel) to the text shown as overlaid on the image; this artifact can be avoided if the displayed image is shown without resizing.

If a mapping (i.e. correspondence) from pixel X,Y coordinates into a user-defined H,V coordinate system is in use (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration), then the origin and diameter may be in H,V units rather than pixel units. The HV Units is added, showing the name of the H,V units in use or may allow selecting between the H,V units versus X,Y pixels. As a reminder, labels are changed to Origin, H, Origin, V, etc.

11.1.25. Graphic Window

The Graphic Window window allows drawing a rectangle, not rotated, over or into an image. The rectangle may be specified numerically, or drawn interactively. The rectangle is overlaid non-destructively until explicitly written into the image. Depending on the context of use, the rectangle may be a visual graphic, define a 1-d set of pixels for analysis, or define a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis.

Numerically, the Origin, X and Origin, Y specifies the rectangle's upper left corner. The Width, X specifies the rectangle's width, the Height, Y specifies the rectangle's height. The End, Excl. X and End, Excl. Y specifies the rectangle's lower right corner, as exclusive coordinates. The End, Incl. X and End, Incl. Y specifies the rectangle's lower right corner, as inclusive coordinates. If Negative is enabled, and the context of use is as a 2-d set of pixels for processing or analysis, the analysis region is the entire image except for the window.

If Interact is enabled, the rectangle may be drawn interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window. If Click & Draw is selected, depressing the mouse button defines one corner of the rectangle, the mouse is then dragged, and releasing the mouse button defines the opposite corner of the rectangle. If Click & Move is enabled, dragging the mouse changes the Origin coordinates.

If Click & Grid is enabled, a grid is overlaid on the associated image window; clicking a grid area selects that area as the rectangle. The Grid specifies the grid density, partitioning the image into 1×1 through 10×10 areas; grid choices which unevenly partition the image are flagged with a ''~'' (e.g. a 4×4 grid on a 100×100 image yields identically sized areas of 25×25, but a 3×4 grid on a 100×100 image yields some areas of size 33×25 and some of size 34×25).

The Color allows specifying the rectangle's color, as described in Pick Graphics Color. The Thickness allows specifying the thickness of the arrow's components. If Interact is enabled, a temporary color and a thickness of one are used, allowing quicker drawing and erasure. If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the rectangle is invisible; the Overlay Visible has no effect in Interact mode. The Mark Image writes the rectangle permanently into the image, using the Color, translated as needed to the image's color space; the Mark Sequence writes the rectangle permanently into each image of the default sequence specified by the Image Viewer Window - Aoi. Note that for monochrome images, the overlaid rectangle may appear in color, but will be forced to monochrome when written permanently into the image.

If Fill is enabled, the drawn rectangle is filled with the specified Color, otherwise only the boundary of the rectangle is drawn. The Fill has no effect while Interact is enabled ; interactive drawings show only the boundary. If Negative and Fill are enabled, the entire image except for the window is filled with the specified Color.

The Graphic Window always uses pixel X,Y coordinates, not the user-defined H,V coordinate system (see Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration) currently in use, if any.

 

11.2. Draw - Image Overlay

The Image Overlay window allows overlaying a second image, containing graphics on a ''transparent'' background, over the current image. The overlay is non-destructive.

Like most image processing features, the source of the graphics can be a full image, or an area of interest. The default area of interest, color space (for color images), and image buffer (for image sequences) is shown as a reminder; an alternate area of interest, color space, and/or image buffer can be selected with the Set AOI button.

If Overlay Source Pixel = Display Pixel is selected, the overlay source area of interest is not resized; each pixel of the overlay source corresponds to one pixel of the displayed image. If Resize to Image Dimensions is enabled, the overlay source area of interest is resized to a width of Resize Overlay to, X and a height of Resize Overlay to, Y, relative to the overlaid image. if Resize to Display Dimensions is enabled, the overlay source area of interest is resized to a width of Resize Overlay to, X and a height of Resize Overlay to, Y, relative to the displayed image.

If Resize w. Low Density is selected, the resized graphic overlay has the same number of pixels as the original source image, but if being enlarged lines may become ''sparse''. If Resize w. High Density is selected and the resized graphic overlay is enlarged, the graphics pixels are duplicated so as to minimize sparseness, but depending upon the degree of enlargement the result may be ''blocky''.

The overlay operation uses one color of the source image, the ''chroma key'', to determine whether each pixel of the source image is transparent, or a non-transparent pixel to be overlaid on the current image. If Chroma Key: Pixel Value 0 is selected (currently, the only choice), the chroma key value is pixel value 0; i.e. black for RGB or monochrome pixels.

If Overlay Visible is enabled, the overlay is visible over the current image, with the overlaid image's area of interest upper left corner placed at Origin, X and Origin, Y relative to the overlaid image (i.e. rather than displayed image coordinates). If Overlay Visible is not enabled, the overlay is not visible.

If Interact is enabled, the overlay may be positioned interactively by clicking and dragging over the associated image window; clicking the mouse button over the current image repositions the Origin, X and Origin, Y.

 

11.3. Draw - Paint Brush

The Paint Brush window allows ''painting'' onto the image; that is, interactively moving a ''paint brush'' of selectable shape, size, and angle around the image and filling the image area covered by the paint brush with a selectable fill pattern and grey or color value.

After selecting the Pattern, Foreground, Background, and Shape, the ON button activates painting, as the paint brush is moved the image area underneath the brush is ''painted'', and the OFF button deactivates painting, allowing the brush to be moved without modifying the image.

11.3.1. Paint Brush - Pattern

The Pattern subwindow allows selecting the painted pattern; i.e. the relationship of background to foreground painted pixel values.

The Horizontal Stripes fill pattern is composed of horizontal lines, spaced at intervals of Vertical Spacing pixels. The Vertical Stripes fill pattern is composed of vertical lines, spaced at intervals of Horizontal Spacing pixels. The Boxes fill pattern produces a grid, with the horizontal lines spaced at Vertical Spacing pixels and the vertical lines spaced at Horizontal Spacing pixels.

The R/L Diagonal Stripes fill pattern is composed of diagonal lines, running from the top right to the bottom left, spaced at intervals of R/L Spacing pixels. The L/R Diagonal Stripes fill pattern is composed of diagonal lines, running from the top left to the bottom right, spaced at intervals of L/R Spacing pixels. The Crosshatch fill pattern produces a rotated grid, which is the combination of both the R/L Diagonal Stripes and L/R Diagonal Stripes and their respective spacing parameters.

The Percentage Filled fill pattern performs a pseudo-random filling so that the proportion of foreground is the specified Fill Percentage. A Fill Percentage of 100 can be used to select solid filling with the selected foreground grey or color value.

If Background Opaque is selected, the selected pattern is painted as a foreground pixel value over a background pixel value. If Background Transparent is selected, the selected pattern is painted as a foreground pixel value, leaving the original image content as the background.

For a specific set of pattern fill parameters, the fill pattern is always synchronized to the image, and independent of the size or shape of the image area filled. Thus, the pattern produced by different paint brush sizes or shapes can be joined seamlessly.

11.3.2. Paint Brush - Foreground & Background

The Foreground and Background subwindows allow selecting the pixel value(s) to be used, as described in Pick Pixel Value.

11.3.3. Paint Brush - Shape

The Shape subwindow allows selecting the paint brush's shape.

The Region Type allows specifying the paint brush's shape as None, Rectangle, Ellipse, Diamond, Path Enclosed, or Polygon. If Rectangle is selected, the standard controls for drawing a possibly rotated rectangle are provided (see Graphic Rectangle). If Ellipse is selected, the standard controls for drawing a possibly rotated ellipse are provided (see Graphic Ellipse). If Diamond is selected, the standard controls for drawing a possibly rotated diamond are provided (see Graphic Diamond). If Path Enclosed is selected, the standard controls for drawing a region of arbitrary shape are provided (see Graphic Path Enclosed). If Polygon is selected, the standard controls for drawing a polygon are provided (see Graphic Polygon).

 

11.4. Draw - Paint Fill

The Paint Fill window allows filling (or, sometimes referred to as flooding) an image region with ''paint'' of selectable color and patterns, using specified pixel values as the boundary terminating the filling.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation. If Preview is selected, the image displayed in the associated The Image Viewer Window is temporarily and non-destructively modified to show the effect of the operation.

The Pattern subwindow allows selecting the painted pattern; i.e. the relationship of background to foreground painted pixel values, as described under Paint Brush - Pattern.

The Color subwindow allows selecting the foreground and background pixel value(s) to be used, as described in Pick Pixel Value.

The Boundary subwindow allows selecting the pixel value(s) that define the boundary of the filling operation. The pixel value for a Lower Boundary limit, and a pixel value for the Upper Boundary limit are set as described in Pick Pixel Value; all pixel values within the Lower Boundary and Upper Boundary values serve as a boundary to the filling operation.

The Lower > Upper? Use: (Upper <= value <= Lower) and Lower > Upper? Use: (value <= Lower OR value >= Upper) selections have effect only if one or more of the Lower Boundary component values are greater than the corresponding Upper Boundary component values. If Lower > Upper? Use: (Upper <= value <= Lower) is selected, the component value is considered to be ''within'' the lower and upper boundary levels if the component value is between the lower and upper values. If Lower > Upper? Use: (value <= Lower OR value >= Upper) is selected, the component value is considered to be ''within'' the lower and upper boundary levels if the component value is above the upper value and below the lower value; i.e. an circular interpretation where the maximum pixel component value plus one is identical to 0.

The Fill from Seed at X Coordinate and Fill from Seed at Y Coordinate specify the coordinates of the single ''seed'' pixel; the pixel where filling (flooding) starts. If Coord<=>Cursor is selected, the Fill from Seed at X Coordinate and Fill from Seed at Y Coordinate becomes synonymous with the Image View - Cursor; moving the image cursor (left click over the displayed image) also selects the pixel to be the seed.

If Fill up to Boundary is selected, the filling (flooding) does not include the boundary pixels surrounding the filled (flooded) region. If Fill including Boundary is selected, the filling (flooding) does include the boundary pixels surrounding the filled (flooded) region.

 

11.5. Graphic Manager

The Graphic Manager maintains a list of often used graphical objects, such as lines, circles, bezier curves, point lists, text, and arrows, so that the same graphic may be used repeatedly. The graphical objects can also saved and loaded.

Although the Graphic Manager is accessed from within the Image Viewer Window, the list of graphical objects is ''global'', and shared by all Image Viewer Windows. Accessing the Graphic Manager from a specific Image Viewer Window selects where the graphic created or selected by (that instance of) the Graphic Manager is to be shown.

11.5.1. File - New Graphic

The File - New Graphic allows creating a new graphic of a selected type and assigning the graphic a name for future reference.

The New Graphic Name specifies the new graphic's name. The New Graphic Type specifies the new graphic's type. After selecting a type and name, the OK button creates the graphic and closes the ''New Graphic'' window, the Apply button creates the graphic without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without creating the graphic.

The New Graphic Type may be a region, such as: an Annulus as described in Graphic Annulus, an Annulus Arc as described in Graphic Annulus Arc, a Circle as described in Graphic Circle, an Ellipse as described in Graphic Ellipse, an Elliptical Annulus as described in Graphic Elliptical Annulus, an Elliptical Annulus Arc as described in Graphic Elliptical Annulus Arc, a Path Enclosed as described in Graphic Path Enclosed, a Polygon as described in Graphic Polygon, a Rectangle as described in Graphic Rectangle, a Diamond as described in Graphic Diamond, a Rectangle Array as described in Graphic Rectangle Array, a Rectangular Frame as described in Graphic Rectangular Frame, a Window as described in Graphic Window, or a Bezier Region as described in Graphic Bezier Region.

The New Graphic Type may be a curve, such as: a Line as described in Graphic Line, a Circle Arc as described in Graphic Circle Arc, an Ellipse Arc as described in Graphic Ellipse Arc, a Path Curve as described in Graphic Path Curve, a Polyline as described in Graphic Polyline, a Bezier Curve as described in Graphic Bezier Curve, or an Arrow as described in Graphic Arrow.

The New Graphic Type may be of another type, such as: a set of Parallel Lines as described in Graphic Parallel Lines, a single Point as described in Graphic Point, a list of Points as described in Graphic Points, or Text as described in Graphic Text.

After creation, the graphic's standard window is shown, allowing the graphic to be drawn, moved, displayed, etc.

11.5.2. File - Save Graphic

The File - Save Graphic allows saving the current graphic. The saved file is intended for use by the current version of XCAP, and is not intended to be used by other programs. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

11.5.3. File - Load Graphic

The File - Load Graphic allows loading a graphic previously saved by File - Save Graphic. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

11.5.4. File - Export Graphic

The File - Export Graphic allows saving the morphology of selected graphics in a format compatible with the PXIPL Image Processing Library. Secondary graphic features, such as color, thickness, or fill mode are not included in the exported files. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

11.5.5. File - Import Graphic

The File - Import Graphic allows loading a graphic previously saved by File - Export Graphic, or previously saved in a format compatible with the PXIPL Image Processing Library. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

11.5.6. File - Duplicate Graphic

The File - Duplicate Graphic allows creating a second copy of the current graphic. The New Graphic Name allows specifying a different name for the new graphic, so that each has a unique name for later reference. The OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

11.5.7. File - Delete Graphic

The File - Delete Graphic allows deleting the current graphic from the list maintained by the Graphic Manager.

11.5.8. File - Exit

The File - Exit exits the Graphic Manager. Exiting the Graphic Manager does not dispose of the graphical objects, but they are disposed of when XCAP exits.

11.5.9. Graphic - List

The menu-bar's Graphic lists all of the graphical objects currently under management. Selecting a graphic provides access to that graphic's standard controls, allowing the graphic to be drawn, moved, displayed, etc.


 

 

 

12. Image Viewer Window - Aoi

The windows accessible under Image Viewer Window - Aoi allows defining an area of interest (AOI) or a region of interest (ROI) upon which image processing, measurement, print, load, and save features will operate.

 

12.1. Aoi - Set Area of Interest

The Aoi - Set AOI window allows setting a default area of interest (AOI) for use by image processing, print, load, save, or other operations which use an AOI.

The Set Area of Interest window can be accessed from The Image Viewer Window's menu-bar's Aoi, Set AOI. The area of interest selected is the default for later image processing, analysis, load, save, or other operations activated from the same The Image Viewer Window which use the default AOI (some analysis and other features instead use the default ROI, described under Aoi - Set Region of Interest).

Each specific operation's window typically has a Set AOI button, which also activates the Set Area of Interest window. The area of interest selected overrides the default for that operation's window, but does not change the default associated with The Image Viewer Window. In some contexts, these Set Area of Interest selections may be included in the operation's window, rather than as a pop-up subwindow.

The contents of the Set Area of Interest varies according to whether The Image Viewer Window represents a single image or a sequence, and according to whether the operation in question,

  1. Accepts a sequence of image buffers, or only one image buffer. Accepts a ''stack'' of images as a single image. Allows deferring the buffer selection (within the sequence) to the The Image Viewer Window's current buffer.

  2. Accepts only monochrome, or one component of a color space, or accepts all components of a color space.

  3. Accepts using the image's pixel values, pixel values as displayed via Image View - Palette, or pixel values as mapped via Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration.

  4. Requires a pair of images, source and destination, and whether they need be of the same dimensions, and/or same color space.

  5. Requires a source sequence of images, and a destination single image, and whether they need be of the same dimensions, and/or same color space.
While many variations and combinations are possible, the same components are used within the Set Area of Interest for the specification.


Source & Destination. If the operation requires a source and destination, then the Set Area of Interest window has Source half and a Destination half, each of which activates an independent selection of the source and destination's buffers, areas, color spaces, etc.


Image & Color Space. If used as a source for an operation needing a pair of images, the Image Source allows specifying the name of current image, or the name of an image in a different The Image Viewer Window as the source. For the destination, or for an operation not using a distinct source and destination, the current image is always shown.

If used in conjunction with an operation which supports using ''virtual'' pixel values (typically operations which don't modify the image, such as Image File - Save or Image File - Print), the Use Pixel Data allows selecting Unchanged (or as in Image in some contexts) if the image's actual pixel values are to be used, or may allow selecting thru Palette if the result of the pixel values as seen through the effects of the palette are to be used, or may allow selecting thru Z=>I Calib. if the result of the pixel values as modified by intensity calibration are to be used. A second Use Pixel Data allows selecting w/out Graphics if overlay graphics are to be ignored, or with Graphics if the pixel values as presented with overlay graphics are to be used.

The Use Color Space (or Color Space in some contexts) selects the color space, or ''slice'' of a color space, to be used. The Image's Color Space provides a reminder of the image's native color space.


Buffer or Buffers. If the selected image is a sequence and the operation requires a single image, the Sequence Buffer selects the buffer of the sequence to be used. If the operation requires a sequence of images, the Sequence Buffer Start specifies the first buffer of the sequence, and Sequence Buffer End specifies the last buffer of the sequence. The Sequence Length provides a reminder of the number of images in the sequence. If View Buffer Selection is selected, any change to Sequence Buffer, Sequence Buffer Start, or Sequence Buffer End, causes The Image Viewer Window to display the selected buffer.

If Use Vert. Stack of Images is selected and the operation requires a single image, a vertical ''stack'' of images, from Sequence Buffer Start through Sequence Buffer End is operated upon as if it were a single image.

If Use Ave. Stack of Images is selected and the operation requires a single image, a ''stack'' of images, formed by averaging corresponding pixels, from Sequence Buffer Start through Sequence Buffer End is operated upon as if it were a single image.

If Track Current Buffer is selected, the Sequence Buffer is updated with the The Image Viewer Window's current buffer when the the area of interest is put to use by the image processing, print, load, save, or other operation.

If Link Viewer=>Seq Buffer is selected, the Sequence Buffer is updated by changes to the image buffer selection of the The Image Viewer Window. If Link Viewer=>Seq Buffers is selected, the Sequence Buffer Start and Sequence Buffer End are updated by changes to the default AOI image buffer sequence selection of the The Image Viewer Window. The Link Viewer=>Seq Buffer or Link Viewer=>Seq Buffers allows using, for example, Image View - Sequence Thumbnails Image View - Sequence Thumbnails to select image(s) and buffer(s) by clicking on the desired image(s). Or using Image Examination - Pixel Peek Image Examination - Pixel Peek to select an image and buffer by clicking on a numeric pixel value (in its X/B or B/Y modes).


Area. The area of interest is specified via a Graphic Window, allowing setting an area of interest by using explicit coordinates, by drawing over the image, or by clicking a grid location.

The Other AOI button provides access to areas of interest previously created with the AOI/ROI Manager. The Listed AOI shows the names of all Graphic Window's created by the AOI/ROI Manager, and also shows ''Current'' which represents the current area of interest. The Other OK button selects the Listed AOI, the Other Cancel button selects the current area of interest.

When a listed AOI from the AOI/ROI Manager is accessed, the standard Graphic Window controls allow further manipulation of a copy of the AOI; any changes in position or size from within the Set Area of Interest window do not affect the original Graphic Window as known to the AOI/ROI Manager.

 

12.2. Aoi - Set Region of Interest

The Aoi - Set ROI window allows setting a default region of interest for later use by image analysis and other selected features which accept an ROI.

The Set Region of Interest window can be accessed from The Image Viewer Window's menu-bar's Aoi, Set ROI. The region of interest selected is the default for later image analysis and other selected features activated from the same The Image Viewer Window which use the default ROI. In some contexts, these Set Region of Interest selections may be included in the operation's window, rather than as a pop-up subwindow.

Each specific operation's window typically has a Set ROI button, which also activates the Set Region of Interest window. The region of interest selected overrides the default for that operation's window, but does not change the default associated with The Image Viewer Window.

The contents of the Set Region of Interest varies according to whether The Image Viewer Window represents a single image or a sequence, and according to whether the operation in question,

  1. Accepts a sequence of image buffers, or only one image buffer.

  2. Accepts only monochrome, or one component of a color space, or accepts all components of a color space.

  3. Accepts using the image's pixel values, pixel values as displayed via Image View - Palette, or pixel values as mapped via Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration.

  4. Requires a single image.

  5. Requires a pair of images, source and destination, and whether they need be of the same color space.
While many variations and combinations are possible, the same components are used within the Set Region of Interest for the specification.


Source & Destination. If the operation requires a source and destination, then the Set Region of Interest window has Source half and a Destination half, each of which activates an independent selection of the source and destination's buffers, regions, color spaces, etc.


Image & Color Space. If used as a source for an operation needing a pair of images, the Image Source allows specifying the name of current image, or the name of an image in a different The Image Viewer Window as the source. For the destination, or for an operation not using a distinct source and destination, the current image is always shown.

If used in conjunction with an operation which supports using ''virtual'' pixel values (typically operations which don't modify the image, such as Image File - Save or Image File - Print), the Use Pixel Data allows selecting Unchanged (or as in Image in some contexts) if the image's actual pixel values are to be used, or may allow selecting thru Palette if the result of the pixel values as seen through the effects of the palette are to be used, or may allow selecting thru Z=>I Calib. if the result of the pixel values as modified by intensity calibration are to be used. A second Use Pixel Data allows selecting w/out Graphics if overlay graphics are to be ignored, or with Graphics if the pixel values as presented with overlay graphics are to be used.

The Use Color Space (or Color Space in some contexts) selects the color space, or ''slice'' of a color space, to be used. The Image's Color Space provides a reminder of the image's native color space.


Buffer or Buffers. If the selected image is a sequence and the operation requires a single image, the Sequence Buffer selects the buffer of the sequence to be used. If the operation requires a sequence of images, the Sequence Buffer Start specifies the first buffer of the sequence, and Sequence Buffer End specifies the last buffer of the sequence. The Sequence Length provides a reminder of the number of images in the sequence. If View Buffer Selection is selected, any change to Sequence Buffer, Sequence Buffer Start, or Sequence Buffer End, causes The Image Viewer Window to display the selected buffer.

If Use Stack of Images is selected and the operation requires a single image, a vertical ''stack'' of images, from Sequence Buffer Start through Sequence Buffer End is operated upon as if it were a single image.

If Track Current Buffer is selected, the Sequence Buffer is updated with the The Image Viewer Window's current buffer when the the area of interest is used by the image processing, print, load, save, or other operation.

If Link Viewer=>Seq Buffer is selected, the Sequence Buffer is updated by changes to the image buffer selection of the The Image Viewer Window. If Link Viewer=>Seq Buffers is selected, the Sequence Buffer Start and Sequence Buffer End are updated by changes to the default AOI image buffer sequence selection of the The Image Viewer Window.


Region. The region of interest is specified via a Graphic Window, Graphic Rectangle, Graphic Circle, Graphic Diamond, Graphic Ellipse, Graphic Path Enclosed, or Graphic Polygon according to the type of region, allowing setting a region of interest by using explicit coordinates and dimensions, or by drawing over the image.

The Other ROI button allows creating a region of a new type, and provides access to regions of interest previously created with the AOI/ROI Manager. If Other, New is chosen, the New ROI allows selecting a new Window, Circle, Rectangle, Ellipse, Ellipse, Path Enclosed, or Polygon. If Other, from List is chosen, the Listed ROI shows the names of all regions created by the AOI/ROI Manager, and also shows ''Current'' which represents the current region of interest. The Other OK button selects the New ROI or Listed ROI, the Other Cancel button selects the current region area of interest.

When a listed ROI from the AOI/ROI Manager is accessed, the standard Graphic Window, Graphic Rectangle, Graphic Circle, Graphic Diamond, Graphic Ellipse, Graphic Path Enclosed, or Graphic Polygon controls allow further manipulation of a copy of the ROI; any changes in position or size from within the Set Region of Interest window do not affect the original region as known to the AOI/ROI Manager.

 

12.3. AOI/ROI Manager

The AOI/ROI Manager maintains a list of often used AOIs and ROIs, so that the same AOI/ROI may be used repeatedly by image processing, measurement, print, load, and save features. The AOI/ROI Manager is identical to the Graphic Manager, and provides access to the same list of objects, but only creates and accesses graphical objects which are eligible for use as an area of interest or as a region of interest, and labels such as File - New Graphic are changed to File - New Region to help clarify its use.


 

 

 

13. PIXCI® Image Viewer Window

The Image Viewer Window associated with the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers has all of the features of the standard The Image Viewer Window, plus additional features for capturing images and controlling the PIXCI® frame grabber, under the menu-bar's Capture and File.

Several items in the Capture menu have direct effect, rather than activating a window. The Snap captures and displays a single image. The Live continuously captures and displays images; the UnLive terminates the Live mode, displaying the last captured image.

The First Buffer switches to the first buffer of the frame buffer sequence, the Last Buffer switches to the last buffer of the frame buffer sequence, the Next Buffer switches to the next buffer of the frame buffer sequence, and the Previous Buffer switches to the previous buffer of the frame buffer sequence.

 

13.1. File - Save/Load Frame Buffer Memory

The File - Save Frame Buffer Memory and File - Load Frame Buffer Memory windows allow ''streaming'' the PIXCI® frame buffer memory to, or from, a file.

The file format is an exact ''image'' of the contents of frame buffer memory, and not intended for use by programs other than XCAP, and the XCOBJ or XCLIB libraries. The only valid, supported, purpose of a saved file is to allow its later reloading into the frame buffer memory, of an identical model PIXCI® frame grabber, configured for the same video setup.

The File - Save Frame Buffer Memory and File - Load Frame Buffer Memory typically operate significantly faster than other methods of saving and loading images,[39] particularly when frame buffer memory is configured as many, small, frame buffers. Or when the frame buffer contains a Bayer format color image, which other methods would load or save as RGB color with significant overhead of converting Bayer to or from RGB.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name. Alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box.

If All Buffers is selected, all frame buffers are saved or loaded, and if being loaded, without any file offset (see below). If Selected Buffers is selected, the specific frame buffers to be saved or loaded, and an optional file offset, can be selected with First Frame Buffer, Last Frame Buffer, and File Offset.

The First Frame Buffer and Last Frame Buffer specify the range of frame buffers to be saved or loaded; these operations do not support an area of interest.

For File - Load Frame Buffer Memory, a File Offset specifies an offset into the file that is to be skipped, in units of image buffers. For example, saving:

    First Frame Buffer  0
    Last Frame Buffer   9
and later loading:
    First Frame Buffer  0
    Last Frame Buffer   0
    File Offset         5
retrieves what was originally in buffer 5 into buffer 0.

If Default Image Alignment is selected, the saved images are not ''padded'', resulting in the minimum file size. If Disk's Sector Size Image Alignment is selected, each saved image is padded to a multiple of the disk's sector size. If Sector Size Override Image Alignment is selected, each saved image is padded to a multiple of the specified size. The Disk's Sector Size Image Alignment and Sector Size Override Image Alignment will result in larger files, unless the image size is a multiple of the specified sector size.

If File Includes Frame Buffer Stamp w. Date&Time is selected, additional information is saved or loaded with each image including the date and time of capture and other ''point of capture'' status. The image size is increased by (currently) 64 bytes. If the frame buffer does not have a stamp, such as a frame buffer that was never captured into (but perhaps modified via graphics operations) or the driver configuration does not support frame buffer stamping, a frame buffer stamp with zero values is saved.

If the View Circular Sequence in Temporal Order option of Capture - Video to Frame Buffers was used in conjunction with capturing a continuous circular sequence, the File - Save Frame Buffer Memory and File - Load Frame Buffer Memory features ignore the temporal ordering of buffers and always save or load the buffers in their physical order.

 

13.2. File - Image Attributes

The Image File - Attributes window combines the Image File - Attributes features described for a non-PIXCI® frame grabber The Image Viewer Window, with additional or alternate ''point of capture'' features.

The G.P. Inputs Capture Stamp shows the state of the board's general purpose input(s) (formerly referred to as ''External TTL Inputs'') when the image was captured. The G.P. Trigger Count Capture Stamp shows the state of the board's general purpose trigger count when the image was captured. The Time Capture Stamp and Date&Time Capture Stamp show the time, as reported by the operating system, when the image was captured; the former is formatted as seconds and fractional seconds since an operating system dependent epoch, the latter is formatted into the customary calendar date and time.

The Field Count Capture Stamp shows the video field count when the image was captured; the video field count is maintained by the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver and counts all fields whether intended to be captured or not. The Field Flag Capture Stamp shows the video field flag when the image was captured; it is primarily useful when capturing interlaced video in single field mode. The PIXCI® Field Count Data Stamp, supported by selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, also shows the image's video field count; selected PIXCI® frame grabbers count all fields, whether intended to be captured or not, and attaches the current count as meta-data to each field's image data.

For image sequences, the Delta Time Capture Stamp, Delta Field Count Capture Stamp, Delta PIXCI® Field Count Capture Stamp, and Delta G.P. Trigger Count Capture Stamp shows the difference of the relevant value relative to the previous image of the sequence The Delta G.P. Inputs Capture Stamp and Delta Field Flag Capture Stamp shows the logical XOR of the value relative to the previous image of the sequence.

 

13.3. Capture - Live Options

The Capture - Live Options window combines the Image View - Display options described for a non-PIXCI® frame grabber The Image Viewer Window, with additional choices governing Live mode.

If Live Video: Continuous Capture is selected, during Live mode the PIXCI® frame grabber captures continuously into the specified frame buffer. This provides a high image capture and display rate, however the image shown on the graphics display may contain portions from adjacent video frames.

If Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display is selected, during Live mode the PIXCI® frame grabber repeatedly performs a snap followed by a display to the graphics display. The image displayed is that of a single frame, and uses less bus bandwidth (particularly use when the PIXCI® frame grabber and the graphics display are on the same PCI bus), however the image display rate will be slower.

If Live Video: Continuous Dual Buffer Capture is selected, during Live mode the PIXCI® frame grabber alternates capturing into the specified frame buffer and the last frame buffer (dual buffering). So long as the time required to display one image is not larger than the frame period, the image displayed is that of a single frame but with a faster display rate than Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display.

If Live Video: Continuous All Buffer Capture is selected, during Live mode the PIXCI® frame grabber captures into the circular sequence of frame buffers, the display is from the last frame buffer captured. So long as the time required to display one image is not larger than the frame period times the number of frame buffer minus one, the image displayed is that of a single frame but with a faster display rate than Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display.

On computer's with insufficient PCI bandwidth to simultaneously capture into computer memory and display from computer memory to the graphics display, the Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display option reduces the required bandwidth by approximately half.

The Live Video: Auto Selection automatically selects one of the above methods, according to current conditions. The method selected is shown.

If Live Update: Frame Rate is selected, the image display is updated once per video frame. If Live Update: Field Rate is selected, the image display is updated once per video field, reducing interlace jitter at the expense of additional overhead. This option has no effect for non-interlaced video formats, as a video frame and video field are identical.

The Display Update Rate shows the current display update rate while the PIXCI® frame grabber is in Live mode, the Video Field Rate shows the video field rate output by the camera, the Capture Field Rate shows the video field rate captured by the PIXCI® frame grabber. The Rate - Time Base allows selecting the time base over which the Display Update Rate, Video Field Rate, and Capture Field Rate is measured. As the Display Update Rate, Video Field Rate, and Capture Field Rate are all measured against the host operating system's supplied timer, they should be considered as approximations; their accuracy and repeatability, especially with small values of Rate - Time Base, is dependent upon the host operating system, the granularity of its clock, and behavior of other running processes. A larger Rate - Time Base will yield more accurate measurements, but updated less often. Use of Rate - Filtering selects filtering of the measured rates; the reported values will fluctuate less, but adapt slower.

The Display Pixels, X and Display Pixels, Y shows the size of the currently displayed image, in graphics display pixels.

If Adjustments: Attached is selected, the Capture - Adjustments, when activated, are attached to and part of the image viewer window. If Adjustments: Detached is selected, the Capture - Adjustments, when activated, are detached into its own window.

If Status Bar: Video Field/Frame Rate is selected, the status bar displays the current video field or frame rate output by the camera. If Status Bar: Capture Field/Frame Rate is selected, the status bar displays the current video field or frame rate captured by the PIXCI® frame grabber. If Status Bar: Display Rate is selected, the status bar displays the current display update rate. These rates displayed on the status bar are essentially the same as the rates shown under Video Field Rate and Capture Field Rate but are always in frames, not fields.

If Status Bar: Camera Settings is selected, the status bar displays the current camera settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog.

If Status Bar: A-D Converter Settings is selected, the status bar displays the PIXCI® frame grabber's current analog to digital conversion settings, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog. This option shows the gain, contrast, black level, etc. settings of analog PIXCI® frame grabbers, such as PIXCI® A110, A310, SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L, SV7, or SV8, but does not include A-D settings within the camera.

If Status Bar: Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings is selected, the status bar displays the PIXCI® frame grabber's current trigger generator settings, timing generator settings, and other settings which configure the camera, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog.

If Status Bar: Post Capture Processing is selected, the status bar displays whether post capture, video processing features of the Capture - Adjustments dialog are enabled, such as the Adjust - Common Automatic Contrast Enhancement Features Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization (FFC) Features, Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features, Adjust - Common Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) Features, and selected features of Adjust - More Common Features.

If Status Bar: All Capture & Adjust Settings is selected, the status bar displays the all active settings, selections, and values from the Capture - Adjustments dialog.

If Status Bar: Camera Status is selected, the status bar displays the current camera status, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog; such as the camera's temperature, for those cameras that report temperature and where the displayed temperature is updated automatically.

If Status Bar: Camera Info is selected, the status bar displays the camera's static information, if any, from the Capture - Adjustments dialog; such as the camera's model and serial number, for those cameras that report the model and serial number.

 

13.4. Capture - Shortcuts

The Capture - Shortcuts window combines the Image View - Shortcuts features described for a non-PIXCI® frame grabber The Image Viewer Window, with additional shortcuts for often used features of the PIXCI® frame grabber. The shortcuts provided are:

  1. Switch to first buffer of frame buffer sequence.

  2. Switch to next buffer of frame buffer sequence.

  3. Switch to previous buffer of frame buffer sequence.

  4. Switch to last buffer of frame buffer sequence.

  5. Snap single image.

  6. Continuously capture and display images.

  7. Cease continuously capturing and displaying.

  8. Duplicate image.

  9. Adjust palette.

  10. Activate or deactivate zoom (i.e. magnification).

  11. Activate or deactivate cursor overlay.

  12. Select resizing of the image to fit The Image Viewer Window, or no resizing so that there is a one to one relationship between an image pixel and a graphics display system's pixel (although the entire image may not fit within the window and must therefore be panned and scrolled, and the displayed aspect ratio will be incorrect for image's whose aspect ratio differs from the graphics display system's aspect ratio).

  13. Peek at numeric pixel values.

  14. Two-dimensional plot of line or column of pixel values.

  15. Histogram of pixel values.

  16. Sequence acquire.

  17. Sequence display.

The shortcuts may either be attached and part of The Image Viewer Window, or may be detached into its own window, as set by Image View - Display.

 

13.5. Capture - Adjustments

The Capture - Adjustments window allows setting the often used video setup adjustments, as suitable for the model of the PIXCI® frame grabber and camera in use. Less frequently used, and more esoteric, adjustments can be set under PIXCI® - Video Setup.

13.5.1. Adjust - Common Features

Many features of the Capture - Adjustments window are common to most or all models of the PIXCI® frame grabber and cameras.

The Current Buffer shows, and allows selecting, the current frame buffer for capturing and viewing. The Frame Buffers shows the number of frame buffers available given the current video resolution and the total amount of frame buffer memory.

The Field Count indicates the number of elapsed fields since XCAP has started and the camera powered on. If the camera is, or should be, in a continuous (or ''free-run'') mode, and the Field Count is not incrementing, check the camera, its power, its cabling, and its switch settings (if any).

The Snap button, and the Live, UnLive selections duplicate the Capture - Snap, Capture - Live, and Capture - UnLive features available from the menu-bar.

13.5.2. Adjust - Common Preset Features

The Save saves the current Capture - Adjustments settings to a specified path and file name; the Load restores previously saved settings. The Save (Preset) 1, Save (Preset) 2, Save (Preset) 3, Restore (Preset) 1, Restore (Preset) 2, and Restore (Preset) 3 are similar, but save to, and restore from, three predefined file names, avoiding having to select a file name. These can be used to quickly switch to and from new settings, such as to provide a video ''Preview'' mode for cameras normally operated at a slow frame rate (assuming the camera also has settings to select a faster, perhaps lower quality, frame rate). The Unlock Presets allows disabling the Save (Preset)'s so that an accidental mouse click can't change previously saved settings.

For Capture - Adjustments windows for cameras with RS-232 control, these Load and Save features do not affect the currently selected RS-232 Port. For Capture - Adjustments which incorporate Gain & Offset Normalization, these Load and Save features do not load or save the correction coefficients.

The file format of these Save features is intended for use only by the current version of XCAP, and may not be loadable into other versions.

13.5.3. Adjust - Common Camera Control Features

For selected cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for many the camera's programmable or controllable features.

Generally, the left side of the Capture - Adjustments dialog provides controls for the PIXCI® frame grabber, or controls for features implemented by XCAP software. Generally, the right side of the Capture - Adjustments dialog provides controls for features directly implemented by the camera.

13.5.3.1. Cameras with Switches

For selected cameras whose features are controlled by switches, the Capture - Adjustments provides a sketch of the camera's controls. These controls use the same style and terminology as specified by the camera manufacturer; the camera manufacturer's documentation describes the camera's features and controls.

Adjusting the sketch's controls to match the camera's controls allows XCAP to configure the video setup appropriately.

Note: The camera's settings can neither be set nor sensed by XCAP. Modifying the sketch's controls does not modify the camera's settings, but is a convenient way to advise XCAP of the camera's current settings!!!

For selected cameras, the Info button displays a short synopsis of the camera switch settings.

13.5.3.2. Cameras with RS-232 Controls

For selected cameras whose features are controlled by RS-232 commands, the Capture - Adjustments provides integrated controls for the camera's programmable features. The camera controls use the same concepts and terminology as specified by the camera manufacturer; the camera manufacturer's documentation describes the camera's features and controls.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the camera is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the camera; however, this should not be used if any fragile or ''life-critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending camera commands and the effect of such commands on other devices can't be predicted. Neither is the COM? - Search or ttyS? - Search feature intended for use with multiple cameras hooked up to multiple RS-232 ports. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters simultaneously programs the camera and changes, as required, the PIXCI® - Video Setup.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload. The Full Up/Dnload and Min. Up/Dnload options only appear for cameras which support downloading of parameters.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships. The Off Line mode also allows using the camera manufacturer's RS-232 control software; manipulating XCAP's off-line camera controls informs XCAP as to the camera's setting(s).

Optional controls may be present. The RS-232 Timeout specifies the minimum period of time to wait for a response from the camera before concluding that a command failed. The RS-232 Retries specifies the number of times a failed camera command should be retried. The RS-232 Pause specifies the minimum period of time to wait after issuing one command before issuing another camera command. These controls may appear only while the camera is in pre-production mode, or when a new release of the camera is announced, allowing compensation for camera changes.

For some cameras, the RS-232 Init allows selecting, when communication is established, Per Camera so that XCAP parameters are initialized as per the camera's settings, or Per Software so that camera settings are initialized as per software's default's or last used settings.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the camera commands, needed to initialize the camera for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to camera manufacturers, technical support, and, in conjunction with PIXCI® Export Video Setup, to assist users of the XCOBJ or XCLIB ''C'' library in controlling the camera.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current serial activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use. The Activity sketch also indicates video activity, such as images output by the camera and images stored in the host computer.

13.5.3.3. Cameras with Camera Link Serial Controls

For selected cameras whose features are controlled by Camera Link serial commands, the Capture - Adjustments provides convenient, integrated controls for the camera's programmable features. The camera controls use the same concepts and terminology as specified by the camera manufacturer; the camera manufacturer's documentation describes the camera's features and controls.

The Serial Port allows enabling communication to the camera via its serial port. After being enabled, any change of the on-screen parameters simultaneously programs the camera and changes, as required, the PIXCI® - Video Setup.

The Serial Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload. The Full Up/Dnload and Min. Up/Dnload options only appear for cameras which support downloading of parameters.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must the Serial Port be enabled; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships. The Off Line mode also allows using the camera manufacturer's RS-232 control software (for cameras with alternate RS-232 communication), or the camera manufacturer's Camera Link API control software; manipulating XCAP's off-line camera controls informs XCAP as to the camera's setting(s).

Optional controls may be present. The Serial Timeout specifies the minimum period of time to wait for a response from the camera before concluding that a command failed. The Serial Retries specifies the number of times a failed camera command should be retried. The Serial Pause specifies the minimum period of time to wait after issuing one command before issuing another camera command. These controls may appear only while the camera is in pre-production mode, or when a new release of the camera is announced, allowing compensation for camera changes.

For some cameras, the Serial Init allows selecting, when communication is established, Per Camera so that XCAP parameters are initialized as per the camera's settings, or Per Software so that camera settings are initialized as per software's default's or last used settings.

The Serial Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the camera commands, needed to initialize the camera for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for Serial Log. These are primarily of interest to camera manufacturers, technical support, and, in conjunction with PIXCI® Export Video Setup, to assist users of the XCOBJ or XCLIB ''C'' library in controlling the camera.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current serial activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use. The Activity sketch also indicates video activity, such as images output by the camera and images stored in the host computer.

13.5.3.4. Other Cameras with Camera Link Serial Controls

For other cameras whose features are controlled by Camera Link serial commands, the Capture - Adjustments does not provide integrated controls for the camera's programmable features. The right side of the Capture - Adjustments provides generic controls by which the user describes the resolution, pixel format, and other characteristics of the camera using common Camera Link terminology; the PIXCI® frame grabber is then set accordingly.

The characteristics of the camera are described via the Camera Link (i.e. Base, Medium, Full, or 80-Bit), Base Configuration (i.e. 8 bit x 1 tap, 8 bit x 2 tap, 8 bit x 3 tap, 10 bit x 1 tap, 10 bit x 2 tap, 12 bit x 1 tap, 12 bit x 2 tap, 14 bit x 1 tap, or 16 bit x 1 tap), Medium Configuration (i.e. 8 bit x 4 tap, 10 bit x 3 tap, 12 bit x 3 tap, or 12 bit x 4 tap), Full Configuration (i.e. 8 bit x 8 tap), 80-Bit Configuration (i.e. 8 bit x 10 tap, 10 bit x 8 tap, or 16 bit x 5 tap), Color Configuration (i.e. Grey Level, RGB Color, or Bayer Color), Bayer Phase (i.e. Red Start, Grn-Red Start, Grn-Blue Start, or Blue Start for Bayer Color only), Camera Scan (i.e. Area Scan, or Line Scan), Timing Mode (i.e. Free-run or Controlled), Horizontal Resolution, Vertical Resolution, (area scan only), Line Scans per Image (line scan only), Horizontal Offset, Vertical Offset, Data Valid (DVAL) Signal (i.e. Use or Ignore), and Camera Link Clock (Frequency) (only needed when using the camera in Controlled mode, and where the PIXCI® frame grabber is continuously retriggering the camera or the PIXCI® frame grabber is generated a timed pulse in response to a trigger), each in accordance with the camera manufacturer's specifications.

If Non-Std Configuration Options is selected, additional configuration options - not part of the Camera Link specification - are offered for Medium Configuration (i.e. 14 bit x 2 tap), Full Configuration (i.e. 14 bit x 4 tap and 16 bit x 4 tap), Color Configuration (i.e. BGR Color, RGB+Pad Color, BGR+Pad Color, and UYVY Color[40]).

The pixel order characteristics of the camera are described via the Pixel Order Correction, providing various options for correcting the pixel order for cameras which don't output values in left-to-right and top-to-bottom order. There is no easy or standard method to describe the various camera readout schemes; while the ''Pixel Order Correction'' assigns each a non-descriptive numeric code, an ''Animate'' feature provides an animated sketch of each scheme that can be compared to the camera's documentation. Or, simply, each scheme can be tried and the displayed image observed.

The Clocks per LVAL and Lines per FVAL (area scan only), shows the expected number of data clocks per Camera Link line and column (not necessarily the same as the sensor's resolution) as derived from the number of taps and the pixel order correction. This derived value may be compared to the camera's timing information.

For cameras in controlled rather than free-run mode, additional controls are: Trigger Input (i.e. None (implies continuous mode), Rising Edge (implies single shot mode), Falling Edge (implies single shot mode) , or Snap Button (implies single shot mode)), Controlled Mode (i.e. Single Shot or Continuous), Exposure (Trigger) Polarity (i.e. Positive (for rising/falling edge) or Negative (for rising/falling edge)), Controlled Exposure (for camera's with pulse width controlled exposure), Min. Retrigger Period (single shot mode), Controlled Line Rate (line scan only, continuous mode), and Controlled Frame Rate (area scan only, continuous mode).

Adjustments to the camera's gain, offset, and other characteristics can be done via the Control Panel supplied by the camera manufacturer, or by using the PIXCI® - Serial Terminal to manually send serial commands and view the camera's response, as documented by the camera manufacturer.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current video activity, such as images output by the camera and images stored in the host computer.

13.5.3.5. Cameras with I2C Controls

For selected cameras whose features are controlled by I2C serial commands, the Capture - Adjustments provides integrated controls for the camera's programmable features. The camera controls use the same concepts and terminology as specified by the camera manufacturer; the camera manufacturer's documentation describes the camera's features and controls.

The I2C Port allows enabling communication to the camera via its serial port. After being enabled, any change of the on-screen parameters simultaneously programs the camera and changes, as required, the PIXCI® - Video Setup.

The I2C Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload. The Full Up/Dnload and Min. Up/Dnload options only appear for cameras which support downloading of parameters.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must the I2C Port be enabled; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

Optional controls may be present.

The I2C Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. This is primarily of interest to camera manufacturers and technical support.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

13.5.3.6. Cameras with PIXCI® Signal Controls

Selected cameras are controlled by dedicated signals derived from the PIXCI® D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, or D3XE frame grabber. The signals, and the camera features controlled, are unique to each camera.

13.5.4. Adjust - Common Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) Features

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature which operates in conjunction with the camera's RS-232 or Camera Link Serial controls. The feature described here is implemented by XCAP for selected cameras that do not implement AGC internally.

The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

For cameras with adjustable gain, if the AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. For cameras with adjustable exposure, if AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure. If both are selected, the exposure is increased before increasing gain, and gain decreased before decreasing exposure.

13.5.5. Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras that do not implement white balance or color correction internally, and especially for cameras which output raw Bayer data, Capture - Adjustments provides white balance and color correction features. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras that implement white balance or color correction internally, and especially for cameras which output raw Bayer data, XCAP may offer additional white balance and color correction features - either to complement the cameras' own features (especially for cameras whose internal features provide only a coarse white balance correction), or as an alternative to the cameras' features (especially for the sake of providing similar controls for each of several different cameras). The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting Uncorrected which disables white balance and color corrections features, and Corrected which initially selects a ''no-effect'' white balance and color correction, but enables white balancing and color correction features as described below.

13.5.5.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.5.2. Color & Balance

The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[41] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

For special illumination condition: Do Adjust White Balance through Advanced Color Space Calibration in that order.

13.5.5.3. Bayer Format Adjustments

The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.5.4. Bayer Format Hints

The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.6. Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization (FFC) Features

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides a gain and offset correction, also known as flat field correction, feature. The feature described here is implemented by XCAP for selected cameras that do not implement gain and offset normalizations internally.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.7. Adjust - Common Automatic Contrast Enhancement Features

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides a automatic contrast enhancement feature. The feature described here is implemented by XCAP typically for use with cameras outputting ''raw'' pixel values without in-camera black level correction or contrast correction - typically cameras for infrared (IR) and scientific applications.

The Automatic Contrast Enhancement (ACE) On enables or disables image contrast enhancement.

The Manual selects manual contrast enhancement with the Low Pixel Limit specifying the dark pixel value to be mapped to black, High Pixel Limit specifying the light pixel value to be mapped to white.

The Auto selects automatic contrast enhancement; the contrast of the image is continuously monitored and adjusted. Using a histogram of the image data, the Low Percentile Limit selects the pixel value corresponding to the indicated histogram percentile as the lower pixel limit, and the High Percentile Limit selects the pixel value corresponding to the indicated histogram percentile as the higher pixel limit; the image is contrast enhanced using the lower pixel limit as black and the higher pixel limit as white.

For Auto mode, the Subsample optionally selects the density of the image analyzed to obtain the histogram; analyzing fewer lines is quicker, but small image features might not contribute to the histogram. The AOI Sample optionally selects a centered area of the image area analyzed to obtain the histogram; analyzing a smaller area is quicker and prioritizes the center of the image.

13.5.8. Adjust - More Common Features

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Set Video Window button allows interactive specification of a capture video window (not to be confused with a processing or analysis AOI which can be set via the AOI/ROI Manager) by drawing a Graphic Window over the desired portion of the image. Depending on frame grabber and camera features, the capture video window may be implemented by the frame grabber (identical to what can be done non-graphically via Video Setup - Resolution) or may activate camera specific features.

The Max Video Window restores the capture video window. The Max Video Window button is inactive when Set Video Window is active, and vice versa. To set a different video capture window when one is already set, first click Max Video Window then click Set Video Window. If both buttons are inactive, either there is insufficient frame buffer memory for a single, full resolution image (see PIXCI® - Driver Assistant), or the Image Orientation, below, is in use.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Bit Depth specifies the number of bits per pixel, or per pixel component for color cameras, to be captured.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Bit Packing specifies, when capturing other than 8 or 16 bits per pixel value, whether each value is to be ''enlarged'' to the next multiple of 8 bits before transfer and storage in frame buffer memory, or whether several values are to be packed together (such as packing four 10 bit values into five 8 bit values, packing two 12 bit values into three 8 bit values, or packing four 14 bit values in seven 8 byte values). The former reduces overhead of displaying and processing the pixels, the latter reduces bus bandwidth and reduces the amount of frame buffer memory needed to store an image.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, post-capture re-orientation of the image is provided via Image Orientation. The Top L-R selects the camera's native orientation and provides the fastest display rates. The other selections, Top R-L, Bottom L-R, Bottom R-L, Left T-B, Left B-T, Right T-B, and Right B-T allow reorientation and mirror-flipping of the image. The Image Orientation options are performed by software after the image has been captured and affect display, processing, analyzing, loading, and saving of the image.

13.5.9. Adjust - PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 - Common Digital Area Scan Camera Features

Several features of the Capture - Adjustments window are common to many models of the PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers when used in conjunction with digital cameras that allow control of exposure, frame rate, and/or triggering through the PIXCI® frame grabber. These features appear inactive until the camera is placed in a mode that allows the feature's control through the PIXCI® frame grabber.

The Controlled Exposure or Controlled Integration allows controlling the camera's exposure or integration period. The Continuous versus Single Shot allows selecting continuous (periodic) operation or single shot (asynchronous triggering) operation. The Controlled Frame Rate allows controlling the camera's frame rate, when operated in Continuous mode. The Strobe Output selects the polarity of an output strobe signal which indicates camera exposure; Negative Pulse specifies a negative going pulse and Positive Pulse specifies a positive going pulse.

The Trigger Input, Single Shot, and/or Continuous allow selecting various trigger modes and sources. For cameras with older software support where the Trigger Input provides None, Rising Edge, and Falling Edge selections: selecting None combined with Single Shot selects use of the Snap button to arm and trigger the capture; selecting None combined with Continuous selects use of the Live button to arm and capture continuously without any trigger; selecting Rising Edge or Falling Edge combined with Continuous selects use of the Snap button to arm once, or Live button to arm continuously, with the rising or falling edge of an input trigger signal, respectively, triggering the capture. For cameras with newer software support where the Trigger Input provides None, Rising Edge, Falling Edge, and Snap Button selections: selecting None or Snap Button combined with Single Shot selects use of the Snap button to arm and trigger the capture; selecting None combined with Continuous selects use of the Live button to arm and capture continuously; selecting Rising Edge and Falling Edge combined with Single Shot selects use of the Snap button to arm once, or Live button to arm continuously, with the rising or falling edge of an input trigger signal, respectively, triggering the capture.

For some cameras a Min(imum) Retrigger Period is provided for use in conjunction with a Trigger Input of Rising Edge or Falling Edge; the Min(imum) Retrigger Period specifies the minimum period after application of the first trigger during which any additional triggers are ignored and thus help avoid false triggering.

13.5.10. Adjust - PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB, - Common Digital Line Scan Camera Features

Several features of the Capture - Adjustments window are common to many models of the PIXCI® CL1, CL2, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB frame grabbers when used in conjunction with digital cameras that allow control of exposure, line rate, and/or triggering through the PIXCI® frame grabber. These features appear inactive until the camera is placed in a mode that allows the feature's control through the PIXCI® frame grabber.

The Controlled Exposure or Controlled Integration allows controlling the camera's exposure or integration period. The H Trigger Input provides None to select periodic initiation of exposure via the PIXCI® frame grabber, Rising Edge to select initiation of exposure by the rising edge of an ''H Valid'' signal, and Falling Edge to select initiation of exposure by the falling edge of an ''H Valid'' signal, per line. The Controlled Line Rate allows controlling the camera's line rate, when operated in H Trigger Input as None mode. The V Drive provides Mastered and Slaved; if Mastered each group of lines is captured as an image periodically, if Slaved each group of lines is captured while the ''Frame Valid'' signal is asserted.

The Lines per Image specifies the number of scan lines which are to be collected and displayed as a two dimensional image. A larger number of lines produces a larger image, but a slower update rate.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers and cameras, the Snap Sync @ Counter versus Snap Async @ Counter allows selecting whether, in V Drive Mastered mode, a Snap immediately starts capturing with the next line, or waits until the current count of lines expires before capturing.

13.5.11. Adjust - PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 - Digital Camera Specifications

Software Software
White/Color Software per-Pixel
Camera Type Controls Balance AGC/AEC Normalization

Adimec -
1000c/s Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
1000c/d Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
1000m/s Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
1000m/d Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
RA-1000m Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
1600c/s Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
1600c/d Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
1600m/s Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
1600m/d Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A2000c/d Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A2000c/s Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A2000m/d Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A2000m/s Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
MX12P/2xx3 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
MX12P/8xx3 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
OPAL-1000m/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
OPAL-1000c/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
OPAL-1600m/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
OPAL-1600c/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
OPAL-2000m/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
OPAL-2000c/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
OPAL-4000m/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
OPAL-4000c/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
OPAL-8000m/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
OPAL-8000c/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMX6-DHD30-Im/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TMX6-DHD30-Ib/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMX6-DHD30-Ic/CL Area Bayer/RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMX6-DHD60-Im/CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TMX6-DHD60-Ib/CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

Allied Vision Technologies -
Bonito CMC-4000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bonito CMC-4000C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

Amber -
AE4128 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
AE4256 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No

Anafocus -
Lince5M181 EK Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lince5M181 EK Color Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

Aptina -
MT9J001 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9J001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9M031 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9V031C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9N001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9V032 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9V032C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes

Atmel -
ATMOS 1M30 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
ATMOS 1M60 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
ATMOS 2M30 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
ATMOS 2M60 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA C2 CL 4010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M4 CL 2048 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M4 CL 6144 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M4 CL 8192 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SC2 CL 4010 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Camelia 4M Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
Camelia 4M Bayer Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
Camelia C1 CL 8M Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Camelia C1 LV 8M Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
Camelia M1 CL 8M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Camelia M1 LV 8M Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No

Atmel-Grenoble -
78CA88A Area Mono None N/A No No
TH78CA13 Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TH78CA14 Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TH78CA15 Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No

Basler -
A101 (A113) & A101-P Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
A101-C (A113-C) & A101-CP Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
A101-C(P) (A113-C) w. Toucan Area RGB RS-232 No No No
A102k Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
A201 (A210) Dual Output Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
A201b Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
A201bc Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
A201 One Tap w. Toucan Area RGB RS-232 No No No
A202K Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A202KC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A301b Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A301bc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A301k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A301kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A302b Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A302bc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A302k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A302kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A402k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A402k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A403k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A403kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A404k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A404kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A406k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A406kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A501k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A501kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
A504k Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
A504kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Ace acA2000-140km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Ace acA2000-340km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Ace acA2040-70km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Ace acA2040-180km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Ace acA2000-140kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Ace acA2000-340kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Ace acA2040-70kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Ace acA2040-180kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Aviator avA1000km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Aviator avA1000kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Aviator avA1600km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Aviator avA1600kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Aviator avA1900km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Aviator avA1900kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Aviator avA2300km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Aviator avA2300kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Beat beA4000-62km Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Beat beA4000-62kc Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
L50 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
L75 Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L101(L120) 1K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L101(L120) 1K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L101(L120) 2K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L101(L120) 2K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L101K-1K Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L101K-2K Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L102(L130) 1K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L102(L130) 1K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L102(L130) 2K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L102(L130) 2K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L103(L140)-1K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L103(L140)-1K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L103(L140)-2K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L103(L140)-2K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L103K-1K Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L103K-2K Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L104(L160)-1K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L104(L160)-1K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L104(L160)-2K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L104(L160)-2K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L104K-1K Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L104K-2K Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L201(L220)-4K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L201(L220)-4K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L202(L230)-4K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L202(L230)-4K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L203(L240)-4K Dual Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L203(L240)-4K Single Output Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
L301kc Line RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
L301kc-12k Line RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
L301 w. BIC RGB Line RGB RS-232 Yes No No
L304kc Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
L401k Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L402k Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L801k Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L802k Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
L803k Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL2048_39km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL2048_70km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL2048_140km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL4096_20km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL4096_39km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL4096_70kc Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Sprint spL4096_70km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Sprint spL4096_140km Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Baumer -
HXC13 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
HXC20 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
HXC20c Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
HXC40 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
HXC40c Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
SXC10 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SXC20 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SXC21 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SXC40 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SXC80 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

BioPhotonics -
Qmax 650 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No

Chrontel -
CH5001 Area Mono/YUV None N/A No No
CH5002 Area Mono/YUV None N/A No No

CIS
VCC-F32S29CL Bayer Mode Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VCC-F32S29CL RGB Mode Area RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
VCC-G22V31PCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VCC-G32S11CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

CMOS Sensor -
i-cis S-206-0250 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
i-cis S-206-0520 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
i-cis S-505-0520 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes

Cohu -
4110 Area Mono None N/A No No
6612 Area Mono None N/A No No
6612RGB Area Bayer None Yes No No
7500 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
7500-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
7700/7722-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
7700/7712-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
7800/7820-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
7800/7810-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
7800/7840-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
7800/7830-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
7800/7870-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
7800/7860-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
7900/7920-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
7900/7910-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Cooke
PCO.Edge Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Critical Link
MityCAM-B2521 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

CTEC Photonics -
1300 Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No

Cypress -
HAS2 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
LUPA-300 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
LUPA-300RGB Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes

Dage-MTI -
IFG-300 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No

Dalsa -
1M28-SA Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
1M75-SA Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
1M150-SA Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CL-C3-0256A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-0256N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-0512N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-1024A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-1024N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-1728A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-1728N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C3-2048N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-0256A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-0256N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-0512N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-1024A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-1024N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-1728A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-1728N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C4-2048N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C5-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C5-2048N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C6-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C6-2048T Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C7-3456A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C7-3456N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C7-4096A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C7-4096N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C8-6000A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-C8-6000N Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-0512T Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-0512W Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-1024A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-1024A TwoCam Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-1024T Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-1024W Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-2048T Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-CB-2048W Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-E1-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-E1-1024A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-E1-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-E2-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-E2-1024A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-E2-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-F2-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-F2-1024A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-F2-2048A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-P1-0512 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-P1-1024 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-P1-2048 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-P1-4096 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-P4-6144(CL-P4-6144W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-P4-8192(CL-P4-8192W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CL-T5-1024 Line RGB PIXCI® signals No No No
CL-T5-2048 Line RGB PIXCI® signals No No No
CL-T7-1024 Line RGB PIXCI® signals No No No
CL-T7-2048 Line RGB PIXCI® signals No No No
CT-E1-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-E2-0512A Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-E4-2048(CT-E4-2048W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-E4-4096(CT-E4-4096W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-F3-2048 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-F3-4096 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-P1-1024(CT-P1-1024W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-P1-2048(CT-P1-2048W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-P1-4096(CT-P1-4096W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-P4-6144(CT-P4-6144W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CT-P4-8192(CT-P4-8192W) Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
EC-11-01k40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
EC-11-02k40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
EC-11-05h40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
Falcon 1.4M100 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Falcon PT-21-04M30 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Falcon PT-22-04M30 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Falcon PT-41-04M60 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Falcon PT-42-04M60 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Linea LA-CC-04K05 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Linea LA-CC-08K05 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Pantera DS-1A-01M30 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Pantera DS-21-01M60 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Pantera DS-21-04M15 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Pantera PT-21-06M08 Area Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
Piranha HS-4X-02K30 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha PC-30-02K80 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Piranha PC-30-02K60 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Piranha PC-30-04K80 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Piranha PC-30-04K60 Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
Piranha2 P2-4X-02K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-4X-04K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-4X-06K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-4X-08K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-21-1024 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-21-2048 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-21-4096 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-21-6144 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha2 P2-21-8192 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha4 P4-CM-02K10 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Piranha4 P4-CM-04K05 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SP-11-01K30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-11-01K40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-11-02K30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-11-02K40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-11-05H30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-11-05H40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-13-02K30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-14-01k30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-14-01k40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-14-02k30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-14-02k40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-14-05h30 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SP-14-05h40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
Spyder2 S2-1x-01K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Spyder2 S2-1x-02K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Spyder2 S2-1x-05H40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Spyder2 S2-2x-04K40 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TR31-01k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR31-01k25 10 Bit Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR31-02k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR31-02k25 10 Bit Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR33-01k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR33-02k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR34-01k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR34-02k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR35-01k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No
TR35-02k25 Line RGB RS-232 No No No

Dalstar -
CA-D1-0064A Area Mono None N/A No No
CA-D1-0064T Area Mono None N/A No No
CA-D1-0256A Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CA-D1-0256T Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CA-D7T Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
CA-D8-0512 Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
DS-2x-01M40(CA-D4A) Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
DS-4x-65K955(CA-D6-0256) Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
DS-4x-300K262(CA-D6-0512) Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
DS-11-16K7H(CA-D1-0128A) Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
DS-12-16K5H(CA-D1-0128T) Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No

Dalstar(SMD) -
1M30P Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
1M30PC Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
1M30TC Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
1M60 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
4M4 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
4M15 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
6M3P Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
6M3PC Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
64K1M Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
BT25 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
DS-1x-01M15(1M15) Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
DS-1x-01M30(1M30) Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
DS-1x-04M4(4M4) Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
DS-1x-06M3(6M3P) Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No

DVC -
DVC-08 Area Mono None N/A No No
DVC-10 Area Mono None N/A No No
DVC-1300C-RS-232 Area Bayer RS-232 Yes Yes No
DVC-1300C w/o RS-232 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
DVC-1300-RS-232 Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-1300 w/o RS-232 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
DVC-1310 Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-1310AC Area Bayer RS-232 Yes Yes No
DVC-1310AC-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes No
DVC-1310AM Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-1310AM-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial N/A Yes No
DVC-1310C Area Bayer RS-232 Yes Yes No
DVC-1312 Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-1312AC Area Bayer RS-232 Yes Yes No
DVC-1312AC-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes No
DVC-1312AM Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-1312AM-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes No
DVC-1312C Area Bayer RS-232 Yes Yes No
DVC-1412AC Area Bayer RS-232 Yes Yes No
DVC-1412AC-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes No
DVC-1412AM Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-1412AM-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes No
DVC-Intensicam I (10 bit) Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-Intensicam I (12 bit) Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No
DVC-Intensicam II Area Mono RS-232 N/A Yes No

DRS -
Zafiro Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
860x480 Dual Band Area Mono RS-422 N/A No No

e2v -
AViiVA M2 CL 0514 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M2 CL 1010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M2 CL 1014 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M2 CL 2010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M2 CL 2014 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA M2 CL 4010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SM2 CL 0514 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SM2 CL 1010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SM2 CL 1014 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SM2 CL 2010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SM2 CL 2014 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
AViiVA SM2 CL 4010 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
ELIIXA+ 8K CL Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
ELIIXA+ 4K CL Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lince5M Dev Kit Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lince5M Color Dev Kit Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

EG&G Reticon -
LD2002 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2002 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2005 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2005 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2010 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2010 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2020 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2020 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2040 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2040 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2060 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2060 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2080 1 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
LD2080 2 chan. Line Mono RS-232 N/A No No
MD4013 Area Mono None N/A No No
YD5010 Line RGB C.L. Serial N/A No No
YD5020 Line RGB C.L. Serial N/A No No
YD5040 Line RGB C.L. Serial N/A No No
YD5060 Line RGB C.L. Serial N/A No No

Eastman Kodak -
KAC-0310 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
KAC-0310C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
KAC-1310 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
KAC-1310C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes

FastVideo -
LUPA300 Area Mono None N/A No No

Focus -
FI-HR-2 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
FI-HR-2C Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
FI-HR-M Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
FI-HR-RGB Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No

Foveon -
Foveon F13 DevCam Area RGB C.L. Serial Yes No Yes

Gigaphoton -
Gigaphoton-256 Line Mono PIXCI signals N/A No No
Gigaphoton-512 Line Mono PIXCI signals N/A No No
Gigaphoton-1024 Line Mono PIXCI signals N/A No No

Goodrich Sensors Unlimited -
SU128 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
SU320 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
SU320M Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
SU640 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
SU640SDV Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SU640SDV-II Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Hamamatsu -
C4742-95-8 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
C4742-95-10 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
C4742-95-12 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
C7942 Area Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
C9250DP Area Mono None N/A No No

HanVision -
HVDUO-5M Area RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
HVDUO-10M (HVDUO3) Area RGB RS-232 Yes No No
HVDUO-10M-CL Area RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
HVSOLO-11 Line Mono None N/A No No

Hitachi -
DDX-101 Area RGB RS-232 No No No
KP-F30SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-FR30SCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
KP-F31SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-FR31SCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
KP-F80SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-F100 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
KP-F100A Area Mono RS-232 N/A No Yes
KP-F100A-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
KP-F100B Area Mono RS-232 N/A No Yes
KP-F100B-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
KP-F100C Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
KP-F100-S7 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
KP-F100UV Area Mono RS-232 N/A No Yes
KP-F102 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
KP-F110 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
KP-F120 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
KP-F120-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-F200-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-F200SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-F230SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-FR230SCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
KP-F500SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-FR500SCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
KP-FD30-CL Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
KP-FD140SCL Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
KP-FD202SCL Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
KP-F520WCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-FM500WCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
KP-FMD500WCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
HV-F22CL-S3 Area RGB C.L. Serial No No Yes
HV-F31CL-S3 Area RGB C.L. Serial No No Yes

IDT -
M-3 Mono Area Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
M-3 Color Area Bayer C.L. Generic Yes No No
M-5 Mono Area Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
M-5 Color Area Bayer C.L. Generic Yes No No

Ikegami -
SKC-141 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No

ITT Night Vision(Xybion) -
ISG-750 Area Mono None N/A No No

Illunis -
MMV-1020 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
MMV-1020C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
MMV-11000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
MMV-11000C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
XMV-11000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

IMPERX -
Bobcat ICL-B0610C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B0610M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B0620C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B0620M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1020M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1020C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1040M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1040C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1310M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1310C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1320M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1320C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1410C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1410M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1411M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1411C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1610C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1610M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1620C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1620M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1621M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1621C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1920C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B1920M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1921M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B1921C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B2020C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B2020M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B2041C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B2041M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B2320M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B2320C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B2520M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B2520C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B2740M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B3320M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B3320C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B3340M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B3340C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B3440M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B4020C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B4020M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B4820M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B4820C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B4821M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B4821C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B4841M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B4841C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B6620M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B6620C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Bobcat ICL-B6640M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Bobcat ICL-B6640C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Cheetah C4120M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-1M48 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-1M48C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-1M48-L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-1M48-LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-2M30H-L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-2M30H-LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-2M30L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-2M30LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-4M15-L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-4M15-LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-11M5L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-11M5LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-16M3L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-16M3LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-VGA120L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-VGA120LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-VGA210 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-VGA210C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Lynx IPX-VGA210L Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Lynx IPX-VGA210LC Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
MDC-1004 (MDC-M1CL01) Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
MDC-1004C (MDC-C1CL01) Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
Tiger T2040M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Tiger T8810M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Tiger T8820M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Indigo -
Alpha NIR Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
Phoenix-RTIE Area Mono None N/A No No

Inframetrics -
760 Area Mono None N/A No No

Intevac -
MicroVista Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

INTRON -
12 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
12C Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No

ISVI -
IC-C05HCM Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
IC-C10HCM Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
IC-M15HFM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
IC-C15HFM Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
IC-M25HFM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
IC-C25HFM Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes

Jai -
AM-200CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CV-L107CL Line RGB C.L. Serial No No No
CV-M2CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CV-M4 Area Mono None N/A No No
CV-M4+CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CV-M4CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CV-M7+CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
CV-M8CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
CM-140MCL/PMCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CB-140MCL/PMCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
CM-200MCL/PMCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CB-200MCL/PMCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

JAI(Pulnix) -
TM-1000/TM-1001 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
TM-1010 Area Mono None N/A No No
TM-1020-15 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TM-1020-15CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-1040 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TM-1300 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TM-1320-15CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-1325-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-1400-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-2016-8CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-4100CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-4200CL Area Mono C.L. Generic No No No
TM-6700CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-6710 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TM-6710-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-6740CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-6760-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
TM-9701 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TMC-1000-CL Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
TMC-1020-15CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMC-1320-15 Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
TMC-1320-15CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMC-1325-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMC-1400-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMC-4100CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMC-6700CL Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
TMC-6760-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
TMC-9700 Area RGB RS-232 No No No

LORD Imaging -
DVL5000T Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Mikrotron -
MC1310 Area Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MC1311 Area Bayer C.L. Generic Yes No No
MC1360 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
MC1361 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
MC1362 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
MC1363 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes

Mitsubishi Rayon -
MKS-2048-20 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
MKS-5000-20 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
MKS-5000-40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
MKS-7450-20 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
MKS-7450-40 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No

Micron -
MT9M001 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9M001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9P001 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9P001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9T001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9V022 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9V022C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
MT9V403 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
MT9V403C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes

NAC -
HotShot 512 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
HotShot 512C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
HotShot 1280 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
HotShot 1280C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

NED -
XCM4040SAT2 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

NIT -
WiDy SenS 640M-STPE Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Perkin Elmer -
LD3521-CL Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3521-LVDS Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3522-CL Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3522-LVDS Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3523-CL Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3523-LVDS Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3541-CL Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3541-LVDS Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3542-CL Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3542-LVDS Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3543-CL Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
LD3543-LVDS Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
SmartBlue SB0440 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SmartBlue SB1440 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SmartBlue SB2480 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SmartBlue SB4480 Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
YD5010 Line RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
YD5020 Line RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
YD5040 Line RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No
YD5060 Line RGB C.L. Serial Yes No No

Photon Vision -
ACS-I Area Mono None N/A No No

Photonfocus -
MV-D1024E Area Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MV2-D1280 Area Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No

Photonis -
NOCTURN XL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Photo Research -
PR-920 Area Mono None N/A No No

Point Grey -
Gazelle GZL-CL-22C5 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Gazelle GZL-CL-41C6 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Princeton Instruments
ES1602 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2001 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2001 Dual Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2001 Quad Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2001RGB Area RGB/Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
ES2020 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2020RGB Area RGB/Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
ES2093 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2093 Dual Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES2093RGB Area RGB/Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
ES3200 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES4020 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES4020 Dual Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES4020 Quad Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES4020RGB Area RGB/Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
EC11000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
EC11000 Dual Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
EC11000 Quad Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES11000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES11000 Dual Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES11000 Quad Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
ES11000RGB Area RGB/Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
EC16000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
EP16000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes

Raptor Photonics -
Condor Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Cygnet Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Cygnet RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
Cygnet CY4MP-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Eagle Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Eagle XO 42-10 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Eagle XO/XV 42-40 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Eagle XO/XV 47-10 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Falco 285-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Falco III Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Hawk-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Hawk 252 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Hawk 800 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Hawk 1920 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Hawk 1920 C Area RGB C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
Hobby COTS Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Kestrel 60 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Kestrel 1000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Kingfisher674 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Kingfisher674 Colour Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
Kingfisher694 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Kingfisher694 Colour Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
Kite-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Ninox 640 II Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Ninox 640 SU Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Ninox 1280 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Owl 320 HS S Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Owl 320 HS Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
Owl 320 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Owl 640 II Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Owl 640 M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Owl 640 S Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Owl 640 T Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Owl 1280 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
Osprey Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
Osprey RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
Toucan 3011 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes

Redlake(DuncanTech) -
DT1100 Area RGB RS-232 No No No
MS3100-RGB Area RGB RS-232 No No No
MS3100-RGB(CL) Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
RH1100 Area RGB RS-232 No No No

Redlake MASD -
1.4 8 bit Area Mono Switches N/A No No
1.4i 8 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
1.6i 8 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
1.6i 10 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
4.2i 8 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
4.2i 10 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
6.3i 8 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
6.3i 10 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
16.8i 8 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
16.8i 10 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0 8 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/10 bit 1 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/10 bit 1 chan. RGB/Toucan8 Area RGB RS-232 No No No
ES-1.0/10 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/1015T Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/1015T RGB/Toucan8 Area RGB RS-232 No No No
ES-1.0/1030T Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/1215 12 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/1230 12 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/1260 12 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/C/8 bit 1 chan. Bayer Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
ES-1.0/MV Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/SC 8 bit 1 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1.0/SC RGB/Toucan8 Area RGB RS-232 No No No
ES-4.0 8 bit 1 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0 8 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0 12 bit Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0 12 bit 1 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0 12 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0/E 8 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0/E 12 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-4.0/E 12 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-310 8 bit 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-310 Turbo 2 chan. Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
ES-1020 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
ES-1020C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

Salvador Imaging -
SI-VGA60-EM-Color Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-VGA60-EM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-1M30-EM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-16M4-EM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-16M4-EM-Color Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes

Silicon Imaging -
SI-640HFM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-640HFRGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-1280FM Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-1280FRGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-1300M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-1300RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-1920HD-M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
SI-1920HD-RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
SI-3170M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-3170RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-3171M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-3171RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-3300RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-4000 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-6600M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-6600RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
SI-14000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
SI-14000RGB Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes

SILICON VIDEO® -
0310 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
0310C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
10C6 Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
10M6 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
10C-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
10M-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
20C-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
20M-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A Yes Yes
1281C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
1281M Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
1310 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
1310C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
1514CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
1820CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes Yes Yes
15C5 Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
1C45 Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
1M45 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
2112 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
2112C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
2212 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
2212C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
2KS-C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
2KS-M Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
5C10 Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
5M10 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
642C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
642M Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
643C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
643M Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
9C10 Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
9M001 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A Yes Yes
9M001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
9T001C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes Yes Yes
WGA-C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
WGA-M Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes

SONY -
XCL-5000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
XCL-5005 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
XCL-5005CR Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
XCL-CG510 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
XCL-SG1240 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
XCL-U1000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
XCL-U1000C Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
XCL-V500 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
XCL-X700 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

SVS-VISTEK -
SVS205SCCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
SVS205SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
SVS285SCCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
SVS285SCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No

Symagery -
VCA1281 Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
VCA1281C Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes

Sentech -
FS-C2KU7DCL Line Color C.L. Serial Yes No No
FS-C4KU7DCL Line Color C.L. Serial Yes No No
FS-C8KU7DCL Line Color C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CL33A Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CLC33A Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CL83A Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CLC83A Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CL202A Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CLC202A Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CL232A Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CLC232A Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CL500A Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CLC500A Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CL1500 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
STC-CMB2MCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CMC2MCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CMB200CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CMC200CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CMB4MCL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CMC4MCL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STC-CMB401CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STC-CMC401CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
STL-2048 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
STL-5150 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
STL-7400RCL Line Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
STL-7450 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No

Takenaka -
FC300 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
FC800 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
FC1300 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
FC1500 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
TL2048 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
TL5150 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No
TL7450 Line Mono PIXCI® signals N/A No No

Teli -
CS3910 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
CS3910BH Area Mono Switches N/A No No
CS3920 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
CS3930UV Area Mono Switches N/A No No
CS6910CL Area RGB C.L. Serial No No No
CSB-4000CL-10A Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CleverDragon CSCQS15BC23 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
CleverDragon CSCQS15CC23 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
CleverDragon CSCQS15CC23 Area RGB C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
CleverDragon CSC12M25BMP19 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CleverDragon CSC12M25CMP19 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
CSL8000CL Mono Mode Line Mono C.L. Generic No No No
CSL8000CL RGB Mode Line RGB C.L. Generic No No No

Thomson/Thales -
TH9560 Line Mono Switches N/A No No

Tichawa -
CIS-0520-200 Line Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MiniCIS-600 Line Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MiniCIS-400 Line Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MiniCIS-100 Line Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MiniCIS-200 Line Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No
MiniCIS-200x4 Line Mono C.L. Generic N/A No No

Toshiba -
IK-SX1 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
IK-SX1L Area Mono Switches N/A No No
IK-TU51CU Area RGB RS-232 No No No
IK-TU61 Area RGB RS-232 No No No

UNIQ -
AS620 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
AS5000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
AS5000C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-600 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-600-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-610 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-610-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-685 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-685-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-800 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-800-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-900 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-900-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-900-CL 12 bit Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-930 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-930-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-1000 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-1030 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-1800 Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
UC-1800 12 bit Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
UC-1800-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-1800DS Area Bayer RS-232 Yes No No
UC-1800DS-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-1830 Area Bayer Switches Yes No No
UC-1830-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UC-2000-CL Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No Yes
UF-1000 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
UF-1000-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-600 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-600-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-610 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-610-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-680-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-685 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-685-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-800 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-800-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-900 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-900-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-900-CL 12 bit Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-900DS-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
UP-930 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-930-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-1000 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-1030 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-1800 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
UP-1800 12 bit Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-1800-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-1800-CL 12 bit Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
UP-1800DS Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
UP-1800DS-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-1830 Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-1830A Area Mono Switches N/A No No
UP-1830-CL Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-1830-CL PIV Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes
UP-1830-CL 12 bit Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No Yes

Varian -
PaxScan 1313 Area Mono None N/A No No
PaxScan 2520 Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
PaxScan 4030A Area Mono RS-232 N/A No No
PaxScan 4030R Area Mono Switches N/A No No
PaxScan 4030CB Area Mono I.P. N/A No No

Vieworks
VA-1M120 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VA-1M120C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VA-2M68 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VA-2MW64 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VA-2MW64C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VA-4M32 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VA-4M32C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VA-8M16 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VA-8M16C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VA-2M68C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VA-29MC-M5 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VA-29MC-C5 Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VC-4M110 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VC-4M110C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VC-4M160 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VC-4M160C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VC-4MC-M80 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VH-2M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VH-2M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VH-4M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VH-4M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VH-11M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VH-11M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VH-16M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VH-16M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VH-VGA Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VH-VGA-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VM-2M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VM-2M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VM-4M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VM-4M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VM-11M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VM-11M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No
VM-16M Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
VM-16M-C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

VDS-Vosskuhler -
CMC-4000 Area Mono C.L. Serial N/A No No
CMC-4000C Area Bayer C.L. Serial Yes No No

Zoran -
ZR732112-MQS Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
ZR732112-PQS Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
ZR732212-MQS Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
ZR732212-PQS Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
ZR732312-MLC Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
ZR732312-PLC Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes
ZR732316-MLC Area Mono I2C Serial N/A No Yes
ZR732316-PLC Area Bayer I2C Serial Yes No Yes

13.5.12. Adjust - PIXCI® CL1, CL2, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 - Notes


Adimec MX12P/8xx3, MX12P/2xx3. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Adimec 1000m/s, Adimec 1000m/d, Adimec 1000c/s, Adimec 1000c/d, RA-1000m, 1600c/S, 1600c/D, 1600m/S, 1600m/D, A2000m/s, A2000c/s, A2000m/d, A2000c/d. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, are available. Camera serial controls allow adjusting the ''coarse'' white balance, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available for ''fine'' white balance and color adjustments.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


Adimec OPAL-1000m/CL, OPAL-1000c/CL, OPAL-1600m/CL, OPAL-1600c/CL, OPAL-2000m/CL, OPAL-2000c/CL, OPAL-4000m/CL, OPAL-4000c/CL, OPAL-8000m/CL, OPAL-8000c/CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, are available. Camera serial controls allow adjusting the ''coarse'' white balance, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available for ''fine'' white balance and color adjustments.


Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Im/CL, TMX6-DHD30-Ib/CL, TMX6-DHD30-Ic/CL, TMX6-DHD60-Im/CL, TMX6-DHD60-Ib/CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.

For color cameras outputting Bayer format, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, are available. Camera serial controls allow adjusting the white balance, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available for ''fine'' white balance and color adjustments.

For color cameras outputting RGB format, Camera serial controls allow adjusting the white balance, saturation, and edge enhancement. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available for optional ''fine'' white balance and color adjustments.


Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000 (formerly VDS-Vosskuler CMC-4000), Bonito CMC-4000C (formerly VDS-Vosskuhler CMC-4000C). In order to support the camera's maximum frame rate, two PIXCI® frame grabbers, each with two Camera Link cables, are required.

In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

If the camera's ''Metadata'' option is enabled, the metadata ''ID Constant'' and ''Frame Counter'' are shown.


Anafocus Lince5M181 EK, Lince5M181 EK Color. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, and with the camera in 10 or 12 bit per pixel mode, a control for Bit Packing is available.


Atmel ATMOS 1M30, 1M60, 2M30, 2M60. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 2048, M4 CL 6144, M4 CL 8192. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


Atmel AViiVA C2 CL 4010, SC2 CL 4010. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Atmel Camelia 4M, 4M Bayer, M1 LV 8M, C1 LV 8M, M1 CL 8M, C1 CL 8M. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Atmel-Grenoble (formerly Thomson-CSF) TH78CA13, TH78CA14, TH78CA15. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Basler A101 (A113), A101-P, A101-C (A113-C), A101-CP. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Basler A201 (A210). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Basler A102k. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Basler A202k, A202kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Basler A301b, A301bc, A302, A302bc, A301k, A301kc, A302k, A302kc, A201b, A201bc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Basler A402k, A403k, A403kc, A404k, A404kc, A406k, A406kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

If the camera's Data Stamp option is enabled, the data stamp's ''Frame Counter'', ''AOI Left'', ''AOI Top'', ''AOI Width'', ''AOI Height'', ''AOI Sequence Position'', and ''AOI Sequence Counter'' are shown.


Basler A501k, A501kc, A504k, A501kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

The Camera Model allows specifying whether the camera is monochrome, is color, or whether the camera type should be determined by serial commands.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

The Alternate Controls button allows switching to an alternate style of Capture - Adjustments dialog, with simplified but fewer camera controls, combined with a simplified variation of the Capture - Video to Frame Buffers.

If the camera's Data Stamp option is enabled, the data stamp's ''AOI Left Stamp'', ''AOI Top Stamp'', ''AOI Width Stamp'', ''AOI Height Stamp'', and ''Frame Count Stamp'' are shown.


Basler Ace acA2000-140km, acA2000-340km, acA2040-70km, acA2040-180km, acA2000-140kc, acA2000-340kc, acA2040-70kc, acA2040-180kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Basler Aviator avA1000km, avA1000kc, avA1600km, avA1600kc, avA1900km, avA1900kc, avA2300km, avA2300kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Basler Ace beA4000-62kc, beA4000-62km. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Basler L50, L75. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' or ''Slaved'', Lines per Image, Exposure Control to enable use of Controlled Exposure, and Pixel Clock to set the frequency of the pixel clock generated by the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber for the camera, are available.


Basler L101K, L103K, L104K. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


Basler L101(L120), L102(L130), L103(L140), L104(L160), L201(L220, L202(L230), L203(L240). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', Snap Sync @ Counter versus Snap Async @ Counter, and Lines per Image are available.


Basler L301kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

The R/G/B Line Offset specifies a software correction for the offset of red versus green versus blue lines, which is dependent on the line rate, triggering, and optics. The Basler L301kc also provides in-camera offset correction.


Basler L304kc. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

If the camera's Data Stamp option is enabled, the data stamp's ''Integrity Stamp'', ''Line Counter Stamp'', ''Line Sum Stamp'', ''High PixelCount Stamp'', ''Low PixelCount Stamp'', and ''Contrast Value Stamp'' are shown.


Basler L401k, L402k. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

If the camera's Data Stamp option is enabled, the data stamp's ''Integrity Stamp'', ''Line Counter Stamp'', ''Line Sum Stamp'', ''High PixelCount Stamp'', ''Low PixelCount Stamp'', and ''Contrast Value Stamp'' are shown.

Basler L801k, L802k, L803k. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

If the camera's Data Stamp option is enabled, the data stamp's ''Integrity Stamp'', ''Line Counter Stamp'', ''Line Sum Stamp'', ''High PixelCount Stamp'', ''Low PixelCount Stamp'', and ''Contrast Value Stamp'' are shown.


Basler Sprint spL2048_39km, spL2048_70km, spL2048_140km, spL4096_20km, spL4096_39km, spL4096_70kc, spL4096_70km, spL4096_140km. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

If the camera's Data Stamp option is enabled, the data stamp's ''Integrity Stamp'', ''Line Counter Stamp'', ''Line Sum Stamp'', ''High PixelCount Stamp'', ''Low PixelCount Stamp'', and ''Contrast Value Stamp'' are shown.


Baumer HXC13. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.


Baumer HXC20, HXC20c, HXC40, HXC40c. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Baumer SXC10, SXC20, SXC21, SXC40, SXC80, SXC10C, SXC20C, SXC21C, SXC40C, SXC80C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


CIS VCC-G22V31PCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.


CIS VCC-F32S29CL, VCC-G32S11CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


CMOS Sensor i-cis S-206-0250, S-206-0520, S-505-0520. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Cohu 6612, 6612RGB. Controls Camera Mode and Camera Shutter Speed are provided which should be set to match the camera's settings. Currently, camera modes 1, 7, 8, 14, 20, and 22 are supported (see Cohu 6600 documentation for additional details). Adjusting these controls to match the camera's controls allows XCAP to configure the video setup appropriately. The Cohu 6600 settings can neither be set nor sensed by XCAP. Modifying the controls does not modify the camera's settings, but is a convenient way to advise XCAP of the camera's current settings!!!

In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Cohu 7500, 7500-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Cohu 7700/7722-CL 7700/7712-CL In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Cohu 7800/7820-CL, 7800/7810-CL, 7800/7840-CL, 7800/7830-CL, 7800/7870-CL, 7800/7860-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Cohu 7900/7920-CL, 7900/7910-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Cooke PCO.Edge. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Critical Link MityCAM-B2521. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dage-MTI IFG-300. Use of RS-232 control, rather than setting camera modes via its back panel, is assumed by XCAP.


Dalstar DS-11-16K7H (CA-D1-0128 A), DS-12-16K5H (CA-D1-0128 T), CA-D1-0256 A, CA-D1-0256 T. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Trigger Input, Free Run versus Controlled, and Single Shot versus Continuous, and Camera Binning Mode are available.

The Camera's Clock is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.


Dalsa DS-2x-01M40 (CA-D4A), CA-D8-512. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Free Run versus Controlled, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalsa DS-4x-65K955(CA-D6-0256), DS-4x-300K262(CA-D6-0512). PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Free Run versus Controlled, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalsa CA-D7T. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Free Run versus Controlled, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalsa CL-C3-0256A, CL-C3-0256N, CL-C3-0512A, CL-C3-0512N, CL-C3-1024A, CL-C3-1024N, CL-C3-1728A, CL-C3-1728N, CL-C3-2048A, CL-C3-2048N, CL-C4-0256A, CL-C4-0256N, CL-C4-0512A, CL-C4-0512N, CL-C4-1024A, CL-C4-1024N, CL-C4-1728A, CL-C4-1728N, CL-C4-2048A, CL-C4-2048N, CL-C5-2048A, CL-C5-2048N, CL-C6-2048A, CL-C6-2048T, CL-C7-3456A, CL-C7-3456N, CL-C7-4096A, CL-C7-4096N, CL-C8-6000A, CL-C8-6000N, CL-CB-0512A, CL-CB-0512T, CL-CB-0512W, CL-CB-1024T, CL-CB-1024W, CL-CB-2048A, CL-CB-2048T, CL-CB-2048W, CL-P1-0512, CL-P1-1024, CL-P1-2048, CL-P1-4096, CL-P4-6144(CL-P4-6144W), CL-P4-8192(CL-P4-8192W), CL-T5-1024, CL-T5-2048, CL-T7-1024, CL-T7-2048. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Trigger Mode, Pixel Binning, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.

The Camera's Clock is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.


Dalsa CL-E1-0512A, CL-E1-1024A, CL-E1-2048A, CL-E2-0512A, CL-E2-1024A, CL-E2-2048A, CL-F2-0512A. CL-F2-2048A, CT-E1-0512A, CT-E2-0512A. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Stage Mode, Trigger Mode, Pixel Binning, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.

The Camera's Clock is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.


Dalsa Falcon 1.4M100. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalsa Falcon PT-21-04M30, PT-22-04M30, PT-41-04M60, PT-42-04M60. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 bit mode.


Dalsa TR-31-01K25, TR-31-02K25, TR-33-01K25, TR-33-02K25, TR-34-01K25, TR-34-02K25, TR-35-01K25, TR-35-02K25. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Pixel Binning, Gain, Bidirectional Option, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa CT-E4-2048(CT-E4-2048W), CT-E4-4096(CT-E4-4096W), CT-F3-2048, CT-F3-4096, CT-P1-1024(CT-P1-1024W), CT-P1-2048(CT-P1-2048W), CT-P1-4096(CT-P1-4096W), CT-P4-6144(CT-P4-6144W), CT-P4-8192(CT-P4-8192W). PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Trigger Mode, Stage Selection, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.

The Camera's Clock is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.


Dalsa EC-11-05H40, EC-11-01K40, EC-11-02K40. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Trigger Mode, Pixel Binning, Gain, Bidirectional Option, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa SP-11-01K30, SP-11-01K40, SP-11-02K30, SP-11-02K40, SP-11-05H30, SP-11-05H40, SP-13-02K30, SP-14-01K30, SP-14-02K30, SP-14-05H40, SP-14-01K40, SP-14-02K40. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Trigger Mode, Pixel Binning, Gain, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.

The Camera's Clock is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.


Dalsa Pantera DS-21-04M15. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalsa Pantera DS-21-01M30, DS-21-01M60. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


Dalsa Pantera PT-21-06M08, PT-21-11M04. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by the generic Capture - Adjustments, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalsa Linea LA-CC-04K05, LA-CC-08K05. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa Piranha PC-30-02K80, PC-30-02K60, PC-30-04K80, PC-30-04K60. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa Piranha HS-4X-02K30. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-1024, P2-21-2048, P2-21-4096, P2-21-6144, P2-21-8192, P2-4X-02K40, P2-4X-04K40, P2-4X-06K40, P2-4X-08K40. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa Piranha4 P4-CM-02K10, P4-CM-04K05. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Snap Sync @ Counter versus Snap Async @ Counter, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-01K40, S2-1x-02K40, S2-1x-05H40, S2-2x-04K40. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Dalsa 1M28-SA, 1M75-SA, 1M150-SA. Early versions of the Dalsa 1M28-SA and 1M75-SA are not fully Camera Link compliant (check the camera's manual regarding serial communication ''parity''), preventing use of serial communication for controlling the camera. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Photonis NOCTURN XL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, the camera provides triggering via a camera connector, but not via the PIXCI® frame grabber.


Dalstar DS-1x-01M15 (formerly SMD 1M15). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar DS-1x-01M30 (formerly SMD 1M30). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar DS-1x-04M4 (formerly SMD 4M4). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar DS-1x-06M3 (formerly SMD 6M3P). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar (formerly SMD) BT25. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar (formerly SMD) 4M15, 4M4. In order to support the Dalstar (formerly SMD) 4M15 camera's high bandwidth, two PIXCI® frame grabbers are required.

In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar (formerly SMD) 1M60. In order to support the camera's high bandwidth, two PIXCI® frame grabbers are required.

In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Dalstar (formerly SMD) 6M3P, 6M3PC. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Dalstar (formerly SMD) 1M30, 1M30P, 1M30PC. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

The H-Offset Offset allows adjusting the H Offset relative to the expected value, for the same of some versions of the camera which require a different H Offset value.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Dalstar (formerly SMD) 64K1M. In order to support the camera's high bandwidth, two PIXCI® frame grabbers are required.

In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

In the appropriate camera mode(s), the Ext. Trig. Connection allows selecting where the trigger is to be applied, as either Via PIXCI® or Camera 'Trig. In'.

The Dalstar(SMD) 64K1M is unusual in that each 1024×1024 video field sent by the camera to the frame grabber actually contains 17 image exposures. The Images per Frame selects how this unusual arrangement is handled. If 1 (1024x1024) is selected, XCAP treats the camera as if it were producing one ''normal'' image per field, with resolution 1024×1024. XCAP displays and saves 1024×1024 images, each Snap acquires one 1024×1024 image into the current frame buffer. For those interested, Dalstar(SMD) documentation describes the layout of the 17 image exposures within the 1024×1024 image.

If 17 (245x252) is selected, XCAP displays and saves images of size 245×252, decomposing the 1024×1024 video fields into individual image exposures. There are 17 times as many ''frame'' buffers as in the 1 (1024x1024) mode; buffers 0 through 16 are the 17 images of one captured 1024×1024 video field, buffers 17 through 33 are the 17 images of another captured 1024×1024 video field, etc. Since a Snap acquires one video field, a Snap into any of the 17 buffers, 0 through 16, will actually snap and update all buffers from 0 through 16; it is not necessary to use Capture - Video to Frame Buffers to capture a burst of 17 image exposures.


DVC 1300, 1300RGB. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

The Camera Model allows convenient switching between monochrome and color DVC 1300(C) cameras. If Monochrome is selected, a monochrome DVC 1300 camera is expected; if used with a color camera, a ''cross-hatch'''ed image is to be expected. If RGB is selected, a color DVC 1300RGB camera is expected; if used with a monochrome camera, color fringes will appear.


DVC 1300-RS-232, 1300RGB-RS-232, 1310, 1310C, 1312, 1312C, 1310AM, 1310AC, 1312AM, 1312AC, 1412AM, 1412AC. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

The Camera Model allows convenient switching between monochrome and color DVC 1300(C), 1310(C), 1312(C) 1310A(M)(C), 1312A(M)(C), or 1412A(M)(C) cameras. If Monochrome is selected, a monochrome DVC 1300-RS-232, 1310, 1312, 1310A, 1312AM, or 1412AM camera is expected; if used with a color camera, a ''cross-hatch'''ed image is to be expected. If RGB is selected, a color DVC 1300RGB-RS-232, 1310C, 1312C, 1310AC, 1312AC, or 1412AC camera is expected; if used with a monochrome camera, color fringes will appear. The following excerpts from DVC documentation provide hints on adjusting the gain and offset on the DVC 1300-RS-232, 1300RGB-RS-232, 1310, 1310C, 1312, 1312C, 1310AM, 1310AC, 1312AM, 1312AC, 1412AM, and 1412AC cameras.

A gain setting of ''0 dB'' corresponds to a recommended ''unity gain'' setting. This will ensure that the CCD does not saturate before the full-scale signal of the A/D converter is reached. Gain settings below 0 dB are perfectly usable, but the user should be aware that digital video output values may be ''clipped'' below the full-scale value.

An offset setting of ''0%'' corresponds to a ''black is black'' setting. This ensures that a black pixel at the CCD will be output as a zero digital video value; changes from this setting should be made after careful consideration ... indeed, in a color camera, changes from this setting can produce false colors.


DVC 1312AM-CL, 1312AC-CL, 1310AM-CL, 1310AC-CL, 1412AM-CL, 1412AC-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

The Camera Model allows convenient switching between monochrome and color DVC 1312AM-CL, 1312AC-CL, 1310AM-CL, 1310AC-CL, 1412AM-CL, or 1412AC-CL cameras. If Monochrome is selected, a monochrome DVC 1312AM-CL, 1310AM-CL, or 1412AM-CL, camera is expected; if used with a color camera, a ''cross-hatch'''ed image is to be expected. If RGB is selected, a color DVC 1312AC-CL, 1310AC-CL, or 1412AC-CL camera is expected; if used with a monochrome camera, color fringes will appear. The following excerpts from DVC documentation provide hints on adjusting the gain and offset on the DVC 312AM-CL, 1312AC-CL, 1310AM-CL, 1310AC-CL, 1412AM-CL, and 1412AC-CL cameras.

A gain setting of ''0 dB'' corresponds to a recommended ''unity gain'' setting. This will ensure that the CCD does not saturate before the full-scale signal of the A/D converter is reached. Gain settings below 0 dB are perfectly usable, but the user should be aware that digital video output values may be ''clipped'' below the full-scale value.

An offset setting of ''0%'' corresponds to a ''black is black'' setting. This ensures that a black pixel at the CCD will be output as a zero digital video value; changes from this setting should be made after careful consideration ... indeed, in a color camera, changes from this setting can produce false colors.


DVC 1310AMI, 1312AMI, 1412AMI. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


e2v (formerly Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 0514, M2 CL 1010, M2 CL 1014, M2 CL 2010, M2 CL 2014, M2 CL 4010, SM2 CL 0514, SM2 CL 1010, SM2 CL 1014, SM2 CL 2010, SM2 CL 2014, SM2 CL 4010. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


e2v ELIIXA+ 8K CL, ELIIXA+ 4K CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


e2v Lince5M Dev Kit, Lince5M Color Dev Kit. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, and with the camera in 10 or 12 bit per pixel mode, a control for Bit Packing is available.


EG&G Reticon YD5010, YD5020, YD5040, YD5060. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


EG&G Reticon LD2002 1 channel, LD2002 2 channel, LD2005 1 channel, LD2005 2 channel, LD2010 1 channel, LD2010 2 channel, LD2020 1 channel, LD2020 2 channel, LD2040 1 channel, LD2040 2 channel, LD2060 1 channel, LD2060 2 channel, LD2080 1 channel, LD2080 2 channel. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Lines per Image is available.


Gigaphoton 256, 5126, 1024. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, and V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, and Lines per Image are available.


Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU128, SU320, SU640. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Free Run versus Controlled, Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Hamamatsu C4742. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Hamamatsu C7942. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Trigger Input, Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Binning, and Int(ernal)/Ext(ernal) Control are available.


HanVision HVDUO3 (Foveon). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

The Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the white balance. If Uncorrected, the camera's ''raw'' color correction controls are available, and otherwise disabled.


Hitachi KP-F100, KP-F100C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

A sketch of the camera's junction box is also shown. The Trig A and/or Trig B connections will be marked Active when the camera settings are such that the corresponding trigger input is in use.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Hitachi KP-F100A, KP-F100B, KP-F100ACL, KP-F100BCL, KP-F100UV. Use of RS-232 or Camera Link serial control, rather than setting camera modes via its back panel, is assumed by XCAP. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Hitachi KP-F102. Use of RS-232 control, rather than setting camera modes via its back panel, is assumed by XCAP. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Hitachi KP-F110. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

A sketch of the camera's junction box is also shown. The Trig A and/or Trig B connections will be marked Active when the camera settings are such that the corresponding trigger input is in use.


Hitachi KP-F120, KP-F120CL, KP-F200CL. Use of RS-232 or Camera Link serial control, rather than setting camera modes via its back panel, is assumed by XCAP. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Hitachi DDX-101. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


Hitachi KP-FD30SCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Hitachi KP-F30SCL, KP-FB30SCL, KP-FR30SCL, KP-F31SCL, KP-FR31SCL, KP-F80SCL, KP-FD140SCL, KP-F200SCL, KP-FD202SCL, KP-F230SCL, KP-FR230CL, KP-F500SCL, KP-FR500SCL, KP-F520WCL, KP-FM500WCL, KP-FMD500WCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Ikegami SKC-141. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Illunis MMV-1020, MMV-1020C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Illunis XMV-11000. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0610M, ICL-B0610C, ICL-B0620M, ICL-B0620C, ICL-B1020M, ICL-B1020C, ICL-B1040M, ICL-B1040C, ICL-B1310M, ICL-B1310C, ICL-B1320M, ICL-B1320C, ICL-B1410M, ICL-B1410C, ICL-B1411M, ICL-B1411C, ICL-B1610M, ICL-B1610C, ICL-B1620M, ICL-B1620C, ICL-B1621M, ICL-B1621C, ICL-B1920M, ICL-B1920C, ICL-B1921M, ICL-B1921C, ICL-B2020M, ICL-B2020C, ICL-B2041M, ICL-B2041C, ICL-B2320M, ICL-B2320C, ICL-B2520M, ICL-B2520C, ICL-B2740M, ICL-B3320M, ICL-B3320C, ICL-B3340M, ICL-B3340C, ICL-B3440M, ICL-B4020M, ICL-B4020C, ICL-B4820M, ICL-B4820C, ICL-B4821M, ICL-B4821C, ICL-B6620M, ICL-B6620C, ICL-B6640M, ICL-B6640C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, and with the camera in 10 or 12 bit per pixel mode, a control for Bit Packing is available.


IMPERX Cheetah C4120M, Tiger T2040M, Tiger T8810M, Tiger T8820M. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, and with the camera in 10 or 12 bit per pixel mode, a control for Bit Packing is available.


IMPERX MDC-1004 (formerly MDC-M1CL01), MDC-1004C (formerly MDC-C1CL01), IPX-1M48, IPX-1M48C, IPX-VGA210, IPX-VGA210C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


IMPERX IPX-1M48-L, IPX-1M48-LC, IPX-2M30L, IPX-2M30LC, IPX-2M30H-L, IPX-2M30H-LC, IPX-4M15L, IPX-4M15LC, IPX-11M5L, IPX-11M5LC, IPX-16M3L, IPX-16M3LC, IPX-VGA210L, IPX-VGA210LC, IPX-VGA120L, IPX-VGA120LC. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, and with the camera in 10 or 12 bit per pixel mode, a control for Bit Packing is available.


ISVI IC-ICC05HCM, IC-ICC10HCM. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Pixel Normalization, Normalization On, and other related Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization Features are available.

Color cameras provide white balance and color controls via camera serial controls; PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are also provided; these are in addition to, and secondary to, the camera's white balance and color controls.


ISVI IC-M15HFM, IC-C15HFM, IC-M25HFM, IC-C25HFM. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available. For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, and with the camera in 10 or 12 bit per pixel mode, a control for Bit Packing is available.

PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Pixel Normalization, Normalization On, and other related Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization Features are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Jai AM-200CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


Jai CV-M2CL, CV-M8CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Jai CV-M4CL, CV-M4+CL, CV-M7+CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


JAI(Pulnix) TM-1000. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


JAI(Pulnix) TM-9701. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TM-1300. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TM-1040. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

JAI (formerly Pulnix) TM-6710. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TMC-9700. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TM-1400-CL, TM-1402-CL, TMC-1400-CL, TMC-1402-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TMC-1000-CL, TMC-6700CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TM-1325-10Bit-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

A control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (10 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 bit mode.


JAI (formerly Pulnix) TM-1020-15,
TM-1020-15CL, TM-1320-15CL, TM-1325-CL, TM-2016-8CL, TMC-1020-15CL, TMC-1320-15, TMC-1320-15CL, TMC-1325-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, Trigger Mode Normal versus Asynchronous versus Integrating, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Point Grey Gazelle GZL-CL-22C5, GZL-CL-41C6. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 bit mode.


Princeton Instruments (formerly Redlake) ES1602, ES2001, ES2001 Dual, ES2001 Quad, ES2001RGB, ES2020, ES2020RGB, ES2093, ES2093, ES2093 Dual, ES2093RGB, ES3200, ES4020, ES4020 Dual, ES4020 Quad, ES4020RGB, ES11000, ES11000 Dual, ES11000 Quad, ES11000RGB, EP16000, EC11000, EC11000 Dual, EC11000 Quad, EC16000. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For ''Dual'' and ''Quad'' configurations, where two or four camera heads are connected to a single Princeton Instruments(Redlake) controller, a single PIXCI® Image Viewer Window shows the two or four images, side by side or in quadrants, treating the multihead combination as a single camera. If the Princeton Instruments(Redlake) controller's Current Camera Configuration is not set to Four-head Mono, then set the Next Boot Configuration to Four-head Mono, click Reset Camera and wait for the controller to reboot. Set Mux Output to Custom, and the Mux Port 1, Mux Port 2, Mux Port 3, and Mux Port 4 (the latter two only for quad configurations) to Raw Sensor 1, Raw Sensor 2, Raw Sensor 3, and Raw Sensor 4, respectively.

For color cameras outputting Bayer format, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, are available.

Color cameras provide white balance and color controls via camera serial controls; PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are also provided; these are in addition to, and secondary to, the camera's white balance and color controls.


Redlake (formerly DuncanTech) RH1100, MS3100-RGB, MS3100-RGB(CL). In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) ES-310, ES-310 Turbo. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) ES-4.0. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) ES-1.0, ES-1.0/MV, In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) ES-1.0/1015T, ES-1.0/1030T. For the PIXCI® D or D2X frame grabber for the Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/1015T and ES-1.0/1030T cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the cameras' programmable and controllable features. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) 6.3i. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) 1.6i. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

Redlake (formerly Kodak) 16.8i. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) 1.4i, 4.2i. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) ES-1.0/1260, ES-1.0/1230, ES-1.0/1215. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake (formerly Kodak) 1.4. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Redlake ES-1020. ES-1020C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-2048-20, MKS-5000-20, MKS-5000-40, MKS-7450-20, MKS-7450-40. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive ''Mastered'' or ''Slaved'', Lines per Image, and Pixel Clock to set the frequency of the pixel clock generated by the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber for the camera, are available.


Perkin Elmer LD3521-LVDS, LD3522-LVDS, LD3523-LVDS, LD3541-LVDS, LD3542-LVDS, LD3543-LVDS. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for H Trigger Input, V Drive Mastered versus Slaved, Clock Source, Trigger Mode, Pixel Binning, Gain, Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Clock to Camera, and Lines per Image are available.

The Camera Clock Is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.


Perkin Elmer YD5010, YD5020, YD5040, YD5060. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, H Trigger Input, V Drive, and Lines per Image are available.


Raptor Photonics Condor, Cygnet, Cygnet RGB, Cygnet CY4MP-CL, Eagle, Eagle XO 42-10, Eagle XO/XV 42-40, Eagle XO/XV 47-10, Hobby COTS, Kestrel 60, Kestrel 1000, Kingfisher674, Kingfisher694, Kingfisher674 Colour, Kingfisher694 Colour, Osprey, Osprey RGB, Toucan 3011. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, the camera provides triggering via a camera connector, but not via the PIXCI® frame grabber.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Pixel Normalization, Normalization On, and other related Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization Features are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, are available. Camera serial controls allow adjusting the ''coarse'' white balance, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available for ''fine'' white balance and color adjustments.


Raptor Photonics Falcon 285-CL, Falcon III. Kite-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, the camera provides triggering via a camera connector, but not via the PIXCI® frame grabber.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Pixel Normalization, Normalization On, and other related Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization Features are available.


Raptor Photonics Owl 320 HS S, Owl 320 HS. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, the camera provides triggering via a camera connector, but not via the PIXCI® frame grabber.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Raptor Photonics Hawk-CL, Raptor Photonics Hawk 252, Raptor Photonics Hawk 800, Raptor Photonics Hawk 1920. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, the camera provides triggering via a camera connector, but not via the PIXCI® frame grabber.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available. For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.


Raptor Photonics Hawk 1920 C. A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available. For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.


Raptor Photonics Ninox 640 II, Ninox 1280, Ninox 640 SU, Owl 320, Owl 640 II, Owl 640 M, Owl 640 S, Owl 640 T, Owl 1280. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, the camera provides triggering via a camera connector, but not via the PIXCI® frame grabber.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available. For the Raptor Owl 1280 (12 bit) in conjunction with selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available.


Sentech STL-7450, STL-5150, STL-2048. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, Trigger Input, Exposure Control, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


Sentech FS-C2KU7DCL, FS-C4KU7DCL, FS-C8KU7DCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, Trigger Input, Exposure Control, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', Snap Sync @ Counter versus Snap Async @ Counter, and Lines per Image are available.

The Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Sentech STC-1500. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Sentech STL-7400RCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, Trigger Input, Exposure Control, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', Snap Sync @ Counter versus Snap Async @ Counter, and Lines per Image are available.

The Camera Clock Is: must be set to the camera's pixel clock frequency; it does not control the pixel clock frequency.

The Exposure Control allows enabling Controlled Exposure.


Sentech STC-CL500A, STC-CLC500A. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use when the camera is in 10 or 12 bit modes.


Sentech STC-CMB2MCL, STC-CMC2MCL, STC-CMB200CL, STC-CMC200CL, STC-CMB4MCL, STC-CMC4MCL, STC-CMB401CL, STC-CMC401CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use when the camera is in 10 or 12 bit modes.


Sentech STC-CL33A, STC-CLC33A, STC-CL83A, STC-CLC83A, STC-CL202A, STC-CLC202A. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Trigger Input, Controlled Integration, Controlled Frame Rate, and Min. Retrigger Period are available. The camera does not have a serial control to explicitly select free-run versus trigger mode (the camera selects based on the CC1 signal); the Camera Trigger Mode performs this function by controlling CC1.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Silicon Imaging SI-1300M, SI-1300RGB, SI-3300RGB. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use in 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

A Camera Model control allows selecting monochrome mode with a color camera, so that the ''raw'' Bayer pattern can be observed and processed.


Silicon Imaging SI-1280FM, SI-1280FRGB. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use in 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

A Camera Model control allows selecting monochrome mode with a color camera, so that the ''raw'' Bayer pattern can be observed and processed.


Silicon Imaging SI-1920HD-M, SI-1920HD-RGB. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use in 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

A Camera Model control allows selecting monochrome mode with a color camera, so that the ''raw'' Bayer pattern can be observed and processed.


Silicon Imaging SI-3170M, SI-3170RGB, SI-3171M, SI-3171RGB. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use in 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

A Camera Model control allows selecting monochrome mode with a color camera, so that the ''raw'' Bayer pattern can be observed and processed.


Silicon Imaging SI-640HFM, SI-640HFRGB. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use in 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

A Camera Model control allows selecting monochrome mode with a color camera, so that the ''raw'' Bayer pattern can be observed and processed.


Silicon Imaging SI-6600RGB. For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's bit depth (12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use in 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

A Camera Model control allows selecting monochrome mode with a color camera, so that the ''raw'' Bayer pattern can be observed and processed.


SVS-VISTEK SVS205SCL, SVS205SCCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


SVS-VISTEK SVS084SCL, SVS204SCL, SVS204SCCL, SVS085SCL, SVS085SCCL, SVS285SCL, SVS285SCCL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Takenaka FC300, FC800, FC1300, FC1500. Use of RS-232 control, rather than setting camera modes via its back panel, is assumed by XCAP. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Takenaka TL7450, TL5150, TL2048. PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Exposure, Controlled Line Rate, Trigger Input, Exposure Control, V Drive ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


Teli CS3910, CS3920, CS3910BH, CS3930UV. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Teli CleverDragon CSC12M25BMP19, CSC12M25CMP19. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, are available. Camera serial controls allow adjusting the ''coarse'' white balance, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available for ''fine'' white balance and color adjustments.


Teli CleverDragon CSCQS15BC23, CSCQS15CC23, CSCQS15CC23. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Teli CS6910CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Teli CSB-4000CL-10A. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Teli CSL8000CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by the generic Capture - Adjustments, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Thomson TH78CA13, TH78CA14, TH78CA15. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, and Lines per Image are available.


Thomson/Thales TH9560. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, specifically, the internal vs. external Sync Select, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Trigger Input, V Drive as ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', and Lines per Image are available.


Tichawa CIS-0520-200, MiniCIS-600, MiniCIS-400, MiniCIS-100, MiniCIS-200, MiniCIS-200x4. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by the generic Capture - Adjustments, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Line Rate, Controlled Exposure, Exposure Polarity, Trigger Input, V Drive as ''Mastered'' versus ''Slaved'', Single Shot versus Continuous, and Lines per Image are available.


Toshiba IK-SX1, IK-SX1L. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Integration, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Uniq AS620, AS5000, AS5000C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


Uniq UC-600, UC-610, UC-685, UC-800, UC-900, UC-930, UC-1000, UC-1030, UC-1830, UP-600, UP-610, UP-685, UP-800, UP-900, UP-930, UP-1000, UP-1030, UP-1830, UP-1830A. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Bit Depth, Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Uniq UC-1800, UC-1800DS, UP-1800, UP-1800DS. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Uniq UF-1000-CL, UF-1000. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.


Uniq UC-600-CL, UC-610-CL, UC-685-CL, UC-800-CL, UC-900-CL, UC-930-CL, UC-1800-CL, UC-1830-CL, UC-2000-CL, UP-600-CL, UP-610-CL, UP-680-CL, UP-685-CL, UP-800-CL, UP-900-CL, UP-930-CL, UP-1800-CL, UP-1830-CL, UP-1830-CL PIV, UP-1830-CL 12 Bit. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Depth allows capturing the camera's maximum bit depth (10 or 12 bits) or capturing only the 8 most significant bits. A Bit Packing control is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.


Uniq UC-1800DS-CL, UP-1800DS-CL. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Varian PaxScan 2520, 4030A. The Capture - Adjustments provides serial controls to select the sensor's mode. Varian software may be used to create one or more ''modes''; each mode specifying the sensor's resolution and other operating characteristics. The Capture - Adjustments provides Current Mode to allow selecting one of the predefined modes, and adjusts the PIXCI® resolution accordingly; it also provides Handshake: PREPARE to send the ''PREPARE'' command to the sensor. The Capture - Adjustments does not offer controls to create additional ''modes''.

The Varian documentation should be consulted for additional information regarding ''modes'', ''PREPARE'', and a general overview of using these sensors. For those unfamiliar with both Varian sensors and PIXCI® frame grabbers, it may be helpful to first experiment with the Varian sensor connected only to an RS-170 analog monitor using Varian software; adding XCAP and the PIXCI® frame grabber afterwards for capturing and viewing higher quality images.


Varian PaxScan 4030CB. The Capture - Adjustments operate via Varian's vip_comm.dll, communicating to the sensor via internet protocol; the correct client IP address and server IP address must be provided. The Capture - Adjustments provides controls to select the sensor's mode. Varian software may be used to create one or more ''modes''; each mode specifying the sensor's resolution and other operating characteristics. The Capture - Adjustments provides Current Mode to allow selecting one of the predefined modes, and adjusts the PIXCI® resolution accordingly; it also provides Handshake: PREPARE to send the ''PREPARE'' command to the sensor. The Capture - Adjustments does not offer controls to create additional ''modes''.

The Varian documentation should be consulted for additional information regarding ''modes'', ''PREPARE'', and a general overview of using these sensors.


Varian Paxscan 4030R. In the appropriate sensor mode(s) as set by camera switches, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

A PIXCI® frame grabber control for Image Orientation control is available.


Vieworks VA-1M120, VA-1M120C, VA-2M68, VA-2MW64, VA-2MW64C, VA-4M32, VA-4M32C, VA-8M16, VA-8M16C, VA-2M68C, VA-29MC-M5, VA-29MC-C5, VH-2M, VH-2M-C, VH-4M, VH-4M-C, VH-11M, VH-11M-C, VH-16M, VH-16M-C, VH-VGA, VH-VGA-C, VM-2M, VM-2M-C, VM-4M, VM-4M-C, VM-11M, VM-11M-C, VM-16M, VM-16M-C. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For selected PIXCI® frame grabbers, a control for Bit Packing is available for use with the camera in 10 or 12 bit mode.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.


Vieworks VC-4M110, VC-4M110C, VC-4M160, VC-4M160C, VC-4MC-M80. In the appropriate camera mode(s) as set by serial controls, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot versus Continuous are available.

For color cameras, PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Sharpen, Bayer Process, as well as Color Temp/Mode, Color Quality, and other related Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features are available.

13.5.13. Adjust - PIXCI® CL3SD/E4 for Basler A504k, A504kc

For the PIXCI® CL3SD or E4 frame grabber for the Basler A504k and A504kc cameras, two styles of Capture - Adjustments dialogs are provided. The simpler style provides fewer, selected, integrated controls that is sufficient for many common applications. The advanced style provides all camera and PIXCI® CL3SD or E4 controls, but assumes more familiarity with the camera and PIXCI® CL3SD or E4 specifications and features. The Alternate Controls button in the advanced dialog, and the Advanced Controls button in the simpler dialog, allows switching from one style to the other.

13.5.13.1. PIXCI® CL3SD/E4 for Basler A504k, A504kc - Simple Controls

The Preview/Live button allows activating live video for focusing and exposure adjustments, or freezing live video capture, and duplicate the Capture - Snap, Capture - Live, and Capture - UnLive features available from the menu-bar.

The Exposure and Frame Rate allow adjusting the camera's exposure and frame rate; A faster Frame Rate and thus a shorter frame period automatically reduces the Exposure, as needed, to be no larger than the frame period. A slower Frame Rate and thus a longer frame period automatically adjusts the Exposure to the maximum permissible only if Max Exposure per Frame Rate is checked; some applications prefer the longest possible exposure for a given frame rate to increase sensitivity, other applications select a shorter exposure to help ''freeze'' motion.

The Dig(ital) Gain allows increasing the camera gain by multiplying each pixel's value by one, two, four, or eight. The Offset allows adjusting the camera's offset, or black level, so that black areas don't appear as grey; it is often needed in conjunction with Dig(ital) Gain.

The Set Video AOI button allows reducing the video resolution (the number of pixels captured per line and column) and allows capturing more video frames in a given size of frame buffer memory. Reducing the resolution also allows higher frame rates. Note: Changing the capture resolution will destroy any previously captured images!

The Max Video AOI button restores the video resolution to the camera's maximum.

For color cameras, the White Balance button adjusts the white balance correction; the camera should be pointed at a white target before the button is clicked. Use of quality, non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target is suggested, rather than a white piece of paper.

The Clear Buffers button sets all frame buffers to white.

The Trigger Mode allows selecting the desired sequence capture mode. In Free Run, sequence capture starts when the Record button is clicked.

In Ext. Start Event, sequence capture is armed when the Record button is clicked and is started by the next trigger. The Delayed Trigger allows delaying the start of sequence capture after application of the trigger.

In Ext. Stop Event, sequence capture is armed when the Record button is clicked and is stopped by the next trigger. The Pretrigger allows delaying the termination of sequence capture after application of the trigger. A Pretrigger of 50% results in half of the captured images predating the trigger and half postdating the trigger.

In Ext. Image Trigger sequence capture is armed when the Record button is clicked and each image of the sequence captured upon application of the trigger.

All sequence capture modes can be prematurely terminated by the Cancel button (square icon).

After sequence capture, the Play button (right-arrow icon) allows playing the sequence forward, and each click of the Fast Play button (double right-arrow icon) causes the play speed to increase. The Reverse Play button (left-arrow icon) allows playing the sequence reversed, and each click of the Fast Reverse Play button (double left-arrow icon) causes the reverse play speed to increase.

The Cancel button (square icon) stops play or reverse play. The Buffer numeric control shows the current buffer being displayed, and allows direct numeric entry of a desired buffer for display. Similarly, the Buffer slider indicates the approximate buffer being displayed, and allows manually scanning through the sequence and selecting a buffer.

The Save Seq. and Load Seq. allows saving and re-loading a captured sequence. These buttons access simplified versions of the Image File - Save Sequence and Image File - Load Sequence features, and allow saving or loading the sequence in TIFF (i.e. .tif) and AVI (i.e. .avi) formats.

13.5.13.2. PIXCI® CL3SD/E4 for Basler A504k, A504kc - Advanced Controls

The advanced style provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

In the appropriate camera mode(s), PIXCI® frame grabber controls for Controlled Frame Rate, Controlled Exposure, Min. Retrigger Period, Trigger Input, and Single Shot, versus Continuous are available.

When using the advanced controls, sequence capture is provided by a separate dialog, described in Capture - Video to Frame Buffers.

13.5.13.2.1. Color Camera

For the Basler A504kc cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.13.2.1.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

The Auto White Balance feature is not available for use with the PIXCI® CL3SD.

13.5.13.2.1.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[42] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

For special illumination condition: Do Adjust White Balance through Advanced Color Space Calibration in that order.

13.5.13.2.2. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.13.2.2.1. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.14. Adjust - PIXCI® E4, E4DB, E8, E8DB, EB1-PoCL, SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 10C6, 10M6, 10C-CL, 10M-CL

For the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 and 10M6 cameras, and for the PIXCI® E4 and E4DB (versions w. PoCL), E8, E8DB, and EB1-PoCL frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL and 10M-CL cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. Use of Gain less than 4 dB is not recommended, as the full range of pixel values may not be usable regardless of illumination and exposure settings. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 and 10C-CL, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI, (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion and mirroring of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 horizontally and by a factor of ×2, ×4, ×8, (mu16, or ×32 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate. The (Subsample) with Binning allows selecting whether the Subsampling uses averaging of pixels in each subsampled group rather than decimation, to reduce random noise. The (Subsample) with Binning is only available with a Subsampling selection of 2×2 or 4×4.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® EB1-PoCL, SI, SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber. The Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides shorter delay from trigger to exposure, but expects use of strobed flash illumination.

The Strobe Mode and Strobe Period allows enabling an output strobe to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure. The Strobe Polarity allows inverting the output strobe.

For SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 and 10M6 cameras, the Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. For SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL and 10M-CL cameras, the pixel clock frequency is fixed.

The Frame Rate allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.14.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6, 10M6, 10C-CL, and 10M-CL cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Digital Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If two or more of AGC Adjusts Gain, Digital Gain, and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/DigGain/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/DigGain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Dig(ital) Gain, Max Dig(ital) Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, digital gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6, 10M6, 10C-CL, and 10M-CL cameras, the Digital Gain control is relatively coarse with few, and widely spaced, allowable settings; the (AGC) Accelerator may have to be set to a larger value for AGC to be able to affect the value of Digital Gain.

13.5.14.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 and 10C-CL cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.14.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.14.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[43] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.14.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.14.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.14.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6, 10M6, 10C-CL, and 10M-CL cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

Use of gain and offset correction for the SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 and 10C-CL is not required for typical applications. For the SILICON VIDEO® 10M6 and 10M-CL monochrome cameras, unavoidable differences in the characteristics of the four taps, unique to each camera, may cause the image to have a ''checkerboard'' appearance which can be eliminated via per-pixel gain corrections. The differences in characteristics of the four taps are immaterial when Subsampling is 2×2 or larger. Alternately, for the SILICON VIDEO® 10M6 and 10M-CL cameras, the Capture - Adjustments allows adjusting the Tap Balance; the relative gain of the even/odd pixels-per-row and the even/odd pixels-per-column. The Tap Balance requires less overhead for image processing and display, but there may be residual differences among pixel values depending on the pixels' position in the image. The Balance Tap 0, Balance Tap 1, Balance Tap 2, and Balance Tap 3 allows adjusting the relative gain of the even/odd pixels-per-row and the even/odd pixels-per-column. Alternately, clicking Extract Balance Ref(erence) on the current image, and sets the balance adjustments accordingly. The captured image does not have to be a carefully illuminated ''flat-field''; a blank piece of paper or bland wall using normal ambient illumination is sufficient, as the different taps correspond to even/odd pixels and not quadrants of the image. Further, the area of the image to be analyzed can be set via Set Tap AOI; if the entire image isn't ''flat'', the use of a carefully selected AOI of a flat part of the image allows effective tap balancing.

13.5.15. Adjust - PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB for SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL, 20M-CL

For the PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL and 20M-CL cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Analog Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); using (Analog Gain) Normal to force recommended analog gain values provides optimal linearity and minimal pixel noise. Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain.

The ADC Gain allows adjusting the camera's A-D converter to obtain more gain; using (ADC) Normal to force recommended ADC values provides optimal linearity and minimal pixel noise. Use of ADC Gain less than 1.4 or 2.0 (depending on Data Mode) is not recommended, as the full range of pixel values may not be usable regardless of illumination and exposure settings.

The Dark Level allows adjusting the camera's black level or pixel offset.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; extended exposures exceed the nominal frame period and will reduce the frame rate.

The AOI 1 Top, AOI 1 Height through AOI 8 Top, AOI 8 Height allow selecting one or more areas of interest which are read-out and captured. Capturing fewer lines decreases the image size, and also allows a faster frame rate. Up to eight areas of interest of different heights are allowed, but can't overlap vertically. The camera's horizontal area of interest can't be changed, the AOI Width and AOI Left shows the width and horizontal position of the area of interest, but neither is adjustable. A graphic displays the relationship of the chosen AOI(s) relative to the sensor.

The Subsampling allows selecting vertical subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of 2, 4, 8, or 16 producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate. The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion of the image.

The Data Mode allows selecting the number of bits per pixel, the number of taps used (i.e. number of pixel values output per clock), and the Camera Link mode.

Data Mode Camera Link Nominal Notes
Mode Clock Frame Rate

8 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz 8.1 fps 2560 clocks per LVAL, 3840 lines.

8 bit 8 tap Full 62 MHz 25. fps Consecutive even/odd sensor lines
output as one Camera Link line,
1280 clocks per LVAL, 1920 lines.

8 bit 8 tap Full 74.3 MHz 30. fps Consecutive even/odd sensor lines
output as one Camera Link line,
1280 clocks per LVAL, 1920 lines.

10 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz 8.1 fps 2560 clocks per LVAL, 3840 lines.

10 bit 8 tap 80-Bit 62 MHz 25. fps Consecutive even/odd sensor lines
output as one Camera Link line,
1280 clocks per LVAL, 1920 lines.

10 bit 8 tap 80-Bit 74.3 MHz 30. fps Consecutive even/odd sensor lines
output as one Camera Link line,
1280 clocks per LVAL, 1920 lines.

12 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz 8.1 fps 2560 clocks per LVAL, 3840 lines.

12 bit 80-Bit 74.4 MHz 25. fps Three 80-bit 'words'
20/3 tap parsed into twenty 12 bit pixels.
Consecutive even/odd sensor lines
output as one Camera Link line,
1536 clocks per LVAL, 1920 lines.
Any Data Mode selections not supported by the current PIXCI® frame grabber are corrected. The detailed ''Notes'' may be useful when using the camera with an interface other than the PIXCI® frame grabber.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, or EL1DB frame grabber.

The Black Sun Protection allows protecting against ''black sun'' artifacts, where a very bright object is partially black instead of saturated white (and regardless of the Exposure). A value of 0 disables protection, larger values offer increasing levels of protection but also increased levels of fixed pattern noise (FPN).

13.5.15.1. High Dynamic Range

The High Dynamic Range allows selecting Disabled, Two-Slope, or Three-Slope exposure modes. The High Dynamic Range options provides for greater effective dynamic range, allowing imaging of a scene with both very bright and dark areas without losing the details of the dark areas and without saturating the bright areas. A common example is imaging a bright scene through a window while simultaneously imaging the dark wallpaper around the window.

In the Two-Slope mode, the Exposure effectively controls the exposure of dark pixels, the Exposure Knee 1 and the DAC Knee 1 effectively controls the exposure of bright pixels.

In the Three-Slope mode, the Exposure effectively controls the exposure of dark pixels, the Exposure Knee 1 and the DAC Knee 1 effectively controls the exposure of bright pixels, and the Exposure Knee 2 and the DAC Knee 2 effectively controls the exposure of very bright pixels.

More precisely, the Exposure Knee 1 specifies the additional exposure after bright pixels reach the DAC Knee 1 pixel value, and the Exposure Knee 2 specifies the additional exposure after very bright pixels reach the DAC Knee 2 pixel value.

The DAC Knee 1 and DAC Knee 2 are specified as a percentage of maximum pixel value. The Exposure Knee 1 and Exposure Knee 2 can be specified in milliseconds, as is Exposure, or can be specified as a percentage of the Exposure, allowing them to track the Exposure value.

13.5.15.2. Lookup Table (LUT)

The lookup table (LUT) feature allows remapping pixel values - after the sensor A/D conversion and before reduction (if used) to 8 or 10 bits.

The Lookup Table Mapping allows Disabling or Enabling the lookup table transformation on pixel values.

The LUT Type selects the lookup table values to be loaded and thus the pixel remapping. If Gamma is selected, a nonlinear power curve specified by gamma correction curve with gamma of LUT Gamma is loaded. If Gamma Invert is selected, an inverted nonlinear power curve specified by gamma correction curve with gamma of LUT Gamma is loaded. A LUT Gamma less than 0 is often used with 8 or 10 bit output modes, assigning a greater range of pixel values to dark areas of the scene and assigning fewer pixels values to bright areas of the scene - where the human is less sensitive to small differences.

If 1 Knee is selected, a piecewise curve of two linear segments, with slopes Lut Knee Slope 1 and Lut Knee Slope 2 applied before & after the ''knee'' pixel value of LUT Knee 1, is loaded. If 1 Knee Invert is selected, an inverted 1 Knee curve is loaded.

If 2 Knee is selected, a piecewise curve of three linear segments, with slopes Lut Knee Slope 1, Lut Knee Slope 2, and Lut Knee Slope 3 applied before & after the ''knee'' pixel values of LUT Knee 1 and LUT Knee 2 is loaded. If 2 Knee Invert is selected, an inverted 2 Knee curve is loaded.

If Linear is selected, a linear curve is loaded; however, simply disabling the Lookup Table Mapping has the same effect on the camera's pixel values. If Linear Invert is selected, an inverted linear curve is loaded.

If Lookup Table Loading is Disabled, a lookup table is not loaded; if Lookup Table Mapping is enabled, then the camera's current lookup table values are used. This option allows minimizing serial communication with the camera, by not reloading the lookup table values.

The graph of the lookup table curve selected by LUT Type and related parameters is displayed, with original pixel value on the abscissa (horizontal) axis and modified pixel value on the ordinate (vertical) axis.

13.5.15.3. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL and 20M-CL cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Analog Gain. However, as the camera only provides four possible Analog Gain settings (×1.60, ×1.90, ×2.25, ×2.55) the effectiveness of automatic control of the Analog Gain is necessarily coarse and limited.

If AGC Adjusts Adc Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's ADC Gain; this option has no effect if ADC Normal is selected to force the suggested value of ADC Gain.

If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If two or more of AGC Adjusts Gain, AGC Adjusts Adc Gain, and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Gain/AdcGain/Exp so that analog gain is increased before ADC gain and exposure, and exposure decreased before ADC gain and analog gain; or AdcGain/Gain/Exp so that ADC gain is increased before gain and exposure, and exposure decreased before analog gain and ADC gain; or Exp/AdcGain/Gain so that exposure is increased before ADC gain and analog gain, and analog gain decreased before ADC gain and exposure; or Exp/Gain/AdcGain so that exposure is increased before analog gain and ADC gain, and ADC gain decreased before analog gain and exposure.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Adc Gain, Max Adc Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, ADC gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.15.4. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.15.4.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.15.4.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[44] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.15.4.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.15.4.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.15.5. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL and 20M-CL cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

Without gain and offset correction, unavoidable differences in the characteristics of the sensor's internal signal paths, unique to each camera, may cause a visible intensity difference between the left vs right half of the image, and, to a lesser extent, between the odd and even lines of the image. These differences can be eliminated via per-pixel gain corrections.

Alternately, the Capture - Adjustments allows adjusting the Tap Balance; the relative gain and offset of the left vs right half and odd vs even rows. The Tap Balance requires less overhead for image processing and display than per-pixel corrections, but there may be residual differences among pixel values depending on the pixels' position in the image.

The Ni "Gain Bal(alance) Left Even" , Ep "Gain Bal(alance) Left Even" , Ni "Gain Bal(alance) Left Odd" , Ep "Gain Bal(alance) Left Odd" , Ni "Gain Bal(alance) Right Even" , Ep "Gain Bal(alance) Right Even" , Ni "Gain Bal(alance) Right Odd" , Ep "Gain Bal(alance) Right Odd" , Ni "Offset Bal(alance) Left Even" , Ep "Offset Bal(alance) Left Even" , Ni "Offset Bal(alance) Left Odd" , Ep "Offset Bal(alance) Left Odd" , Ni "Offset Bal(alance) Right Even" , Ep "Offset Bal(alance) Right Even" , and Ni "Offset Bal(alance) Right Odd" , Ep "Offset Bal(alance) Right Odd" , allows adjusting the relative gain and offset of the left vs right half and the odd vs even rows.

Alternately, clicking Extract Offset Tap Balance analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and and sets the offset balance accordingly. The Extract Gain Tap Balance analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and sets the offset balance accordingly. The area of the image to be analyzed can be set via Set Tap AOI; if the entire image isn't ''flat'', the use of a carefully selected AOI of a flat part of the image allows effective tap balancing. With consideration for the design of the sensor and tap balancing requirements, the AOI is automatically centered horizontally.

The gain and offset corrections, or tap balance, should be re-extracted after the camera's ADC Gain Subsampling, Scan Direction, Number of AOIs, AOI Top, AOI Height, or Data Mode is changed. The gain correction, or tap balance, should be re-extracted after offset correction, or tap balance, is changed.

13.5.16. Adjust - PIXCI® D2X for SILICON VIDEO® 1281M, 1281C

For the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber for the SILICON VIDEO® 1281M and 1281C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The Enable Short Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to include exposures shorter than one scan line.

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity.

The Mode allows selecting Video or Controlled. In Video mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber.

13.5.16.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1281M and 1281C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure. If both are selected, the exposure is increased before increasing gain, and gain decreased before decreasing exposure. The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.16.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1281C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.16.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.16.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[45] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.16.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.16.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.16.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1281M and 1281C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.17. Adjust - PIXCI® D2X for SILICON VIDEO® 1310, 1310C

For the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber for the SILICON VIDEO® 1310 and 1310C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. For the SILICON VIDEO® 1310C, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GrnR Gain, GrnB Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Offset allows adjusting the pixel value offset, or black level.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Readout Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inverting and/or mirror imaging. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by 2×2, 4×4, 8×8, and combinations thereof, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled video mode. In Free-Run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Strobe Out, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. In Free-Run mode, the Frame Rate allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

In Controlled mode, the Strobe Mode allows selecting an exposure (output) strobe as One Line to be active for one line of the exposure, Exposure to be active for the entire exposure, or Disabled to be inactive. If active, the Strobe Output selects Negative Pulse or Positive Pulse polarity. Note that selecting Exposure limits the range of allowable exposures.

The Bit Depth allows selecting 10 bits per pixel component value for greater dynamic range, or 8 bits per pixel component value to reduce the amount of memory required per image and increase the number of images that can be stored within a fixed amount of frame buffer memory.

The Neg. ADC Ref. and Pos. ADC Ref. allow adjusting the A-D references and can provide more gain, at the expense of linearity and noise. These should be used only by those familiar with the camera's sensor and its specifications.

The Digital Offset and Digital Offset 0 through Digital Offset 63 allows adjusting the offsets of individual columns so as to reduce the visual impact of fixed pattern noise. These should be used only by those familiar with the camera's sensor and its specifications.

13.5.17.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1310 and 1310C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure. If both are selected, the exposure is increased before increasing gain, and gain decreased before decreasing exposure. The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.17.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1310C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.17.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.17.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[46] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

The Advanced Camera White Calibration allows performing a camera white calibration, with the camera pointed at a white target, adjusting the camera's Red Gain, Green Gain, and Blue Gain. Use of quality, non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target rather than a white piece of paper, is suggested.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

For special illumination condition: Do Advanced Camera White Calibration through Adjust White Balance in that order.

13.5.17.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.17.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.17.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1310 and 1310C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.18. Adjust - PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB for SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL

For the PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. Use of Gain less than 0 dB is not recommended, as the full range of pixel values may not be usable regardless of illumination and exposure settings. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL, individual controls for Red (Digital) Gain, GreenB (Digital) Gain, GreenR (Digital) Gain, and Blue (Digital) Gain are also provided; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. its inverse, frame period). The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the Data Mode, AOI Width, AOI Height, and Subsampling, below.

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view. The AOI Max forces the maximum area of interest, but does not disable Subsampling, below.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion and mirroring of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 horizontally and by a factor of ×2, ×4, ×8, (mu16, or ×32 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

With a Subsampling selection of 2×2 or 4×4, the H(orizontal) & V(ertical) Binning allows selecting whether the Subsampling uses averaging of pixels in each subsampled group rather than decimation, so as to reduce random noise. Further, the V Summing allows selecting whether binning uses column summation rather than averaging, for increased sensitivity.

The Data Mode allows selecting the number of bits per pixel, the number of taps used (i.e. number of pixel values output per clock), and the Camera Link mode.

Data Mode Camera Link Camera Link Nominal Max
Mode Clock Frame Rate

8 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz TBD fps

8 bit 8 tap Full 80 MHz TBD fps

10 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz TBD fps

10 bit 8 tap 80-Bit 80 MHz TBD fps

12 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz TBD fps
Any Data Mode selections not supported by the current PIXCI® frame grabber are replaced with a different selection.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, or EL1DB frame grabber.

13.5.18.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL camera, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Digital Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If more than one of AGC Adjusts Gain, AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain, and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Gain/DigGain/Exp so that analog gain is increased before digital gain which is increased before exposure, DigGain/Gain/Exp so that digital gain is increased before analog gain which is increased before exposure, Exp/DigGain/Gain so that exposure is increased before digital gain which is increased before analog gain, or Exp/Gain/DigGain so that exposure is increased before analog gain which is increased before digital gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Dig(ital) Gain, Max Dig(ital) Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure allow setting the minimum and maximum analog gain, digital gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.18.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.18.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.18.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[47] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.18.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.18.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.18.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

Use of gain and offset correction for the SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL is not required for typical applications.

13.5.19. Adjust - PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB for SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL

For the PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, and EL1DB frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. Use of Gain less than 0 dB is not recommended, as the full range of pixel values may not be usable regardless of illumination and exposure settings. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL, individual controls for Red (Digital) Gain, GreenB (Digital) Gain, GreenR (Digital) Gain, and Blue (Digital) Gain are also provided; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. its inverse, frame period). The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the Data Mode, AOI Width, AOI Height, and Subsampling, below.

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view. The AOI Max forces the maximum area of interest, but does not disable Subsampling, below. A graphic displays the relationship of the chosen AOI relative to the sensor.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion and mirroring of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 horizontally and by a factor of ×2, ×4, or ×8 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate. The (Subsample with) Horiz(ontal) Binning allows selecting whether the horizontal Subsampling actually uses binning, averaging pixels in each 2×- group, rather than decimation. The (Subsample with) Vert(ical) Summing allows selecting whether the vertical Subsampling actually uses binning, summing pixels in each -×2 group, rather than decimation. The (Subsample with) Horiz(ontal) Binning is only available with subsampling horizontally by a factor of ×2, the (Subsample with) Vert(ical) Summing is only available with subsampling vertically by a factor of ×2.

The Data Mode allows selecting the number of bits per pixel, the number of taps used (i.e. number of pixel values output per clock), and the Camera Link mode.

Data Mode Camera Link Camera Link Nominal Max
Mode Clock Frame Rate

8 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz 8.5 fps

8 bit 8 tap Full 80 MHz 24. fps

10 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz 8.5 fps

10 bit 8 tap 80-Bit 80 MHz 24. fps

12 bit 2 tap Base 80 MHz 8.5 fps
Any Data Mode selections not supported by the current PIXCI® frame grabber are replaced with a different selection.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, E8, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1G2, EB1-PoCL, EB1G2-PoCL, EB1mini, miniH2B, miniH2F, miniH2x4F, mf2280, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, or EL1DB frame grabber.

13.5.19.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL camera, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Digital Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If more than one of AGC Adjusts Gain, AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain, and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Gain/DigGain/Exp so that analog gain is increased before digital gain which is increased before exposure, DigGain/Gain/Exp so that digital gain is increased before analog gain which is increased before exposure, Exp/DigGain/Gain so that exposure is increased before digital gain which is increased before analog gain, or Exp/Gain/DigGain so that exposure is increased before analog gain which is increased before digital gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Dig(ital) Gain, Max Dig(ital) Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure allow setting the minimum and maximum analog gain, digital gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.19.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.19.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.19.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[48] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.19.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.19.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.19.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL camera, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

Use of gain and offset correction for the SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL is not required for typical applications.

13.5.20. Adjust - PIXCI® SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 15C5

For the PIXCI® SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 15C5 camera, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 15C5, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion and mirroring of the image.

The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 horizontally and by a factor of ×2, ×4, ×8, (mu16, or ×32 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate. The (Subsample) with Binning allows selecting whether the Subsampling uses averaging of pixels in each subsampled group rather than decimation, to reduce random noise. The (Subsample) with Binning is only available with a Subsampling selection of 2×2 or 4×4. Further, the (Binning) with Summation allows selecting whether the binning uses averaging, or uses summation along columns (but not rows) for increased sensitivity.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber. The Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides shorter delay from trigger to exposure, but expects use of strobed flash illumination.

The Strobe Mode and Strobe Period allows enabling an output strobe and selecting polarity to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects.

The Frame Rate allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.20.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 15C5 cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Digital Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If two or more of AGC Adjusts Gain, Digital Gain, and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/DigGain/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/DigGain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Dig(ital) Gain, Max Dig(ital) Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, digital gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 15C5 cameras, the Digital Gain control is relatively coarse with few, and widely spaced, allowable settings; the (AGC) Accelerator may have to be set to a larger value for AGC to be able to affect the value of Digital Gain.

13.5.20.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 15C5 camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.20.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.20.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[49] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.20.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.20.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.20.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 15C5 camera, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.21. Adjust - PIXCI® SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 1C45, 1M45

For the PIXCI® SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 1C45 and 1M45 cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Analog Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period). The Enable Short Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow selecting shorter exposures (less than one line period) with finer granularity (one pixel clock).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size; capturing fewer lines also allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2, ×4, ×8, ×16, ×32, or ×64 vertically, producing an image of smaller size and lower resolution, and allows a faster frame rate. The Binning allows selecting binning by a factor of ×2 horizontally or ×2 vertically and horizontally, averaging pixels in each group rather than decimation, producing an image of smaller size, lower resolution, and lower noise; the allowable frame rates are unaffected. The Subsampling and Binning features are mutually exclusive.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-run or Controlled. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber.

The Strobe Mode allows enabling an output strobe and selecting polarity to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.21.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC) and Automatic Exposure Control (AEC)

The Auto (Exposure Control) enables on-camera automatic exposure control, disabling the manual Exposure setting.

The Auto (Analog Gain Control) enables on-camera automatic analog gain control, disabling the manual Analog Gain setting. The Auto (Digital Gain Control) enables on-camera automatic analog gain control, disabling the manual Digital Gain setting. The Auto (Exposure Control), Auto (Analog Gain Control), and Auto Exposure Control are not available when Enable Short Exposure is used.

The Download AGC/AEC Settings retrieves and displays the current automatically set Exposure, Analog Gain and/or Digital Gain values.

Several parameters allow customizing the behavior of the AEC and/or AGC.

The AEC Minimum AEC Maximum sets the minimum and maximum exposure values that can be used by the auto exposure control As for Exposure , the maximum value of AEC Maximum is limited by the Frame Rate and automatically decreased as the Frame Rate increased. If AEC Max Max is selected, the AEC Maximum is also increased as Frame Rate is decreased.

The AGC Analog Gain Min sets the minimum and maximum exposure values that can be used by the auto analog gain control.

The AEC/AGC Target Brightness sets the target image average brightness, as a percentage of maximum white, that the AEC and AGC strives to achieve. The AEC/AGC Rate sets the rate at which the AEC and/or AGC attempts to maintain the target brightness, higher values cause larger adjustments and quicker response to changes of image intensity; rates larger than 1.0 can cause overshoot of the target and subsequent corrections.

The AEC/AGC AOI Left, AEC/AGC AOI Width, AEC/AGC AOI Top, and AEC/AGC AOI Height sets the image AOI used to evaluate image intensity for use by the AEC and AGC. These values are always within the AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height readout region; the AEC/AGC AOI Top, and AEC/AGC AOI Height are reduced automatically as the readout AOI is decreased and the AEC/AGC AOI Left and AEC/AGC AOI Width corrected as needed. If AEC/AGC AOI Max is selected, the AEC/AGC AOI is set to be the same as the readout region.

13.5.21.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1C45 camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.21.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.21.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[50] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.21.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.21.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.21.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 1C45 and 1M45 cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.22. Adjust - PIXCI® D2X for SILICON VIDEO® 2112, 2112C

For the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber for the SILICON VIDEO® 2112 and 2112C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. For the SILICON VIDEO® 2112C, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, Green Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period when the camera is in Video mode (below). When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns decreases the image size; capturing fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inverting and/or mirror imaging. The Decimation allows selecting 2×2 or 4×4 decimation (subsampling) of the AOI, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size at faster frame rate.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. The Test Ramp sets the camera to generate a synthetic test image, instead of a real image. If the test image can be captured but real images are always captured as black, check the exposure setting, the lens (iris) setting, and whether there is sufficient illumination.

The Frame Mode allows selecting Video or Controlled frame mode. In Video mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Strobe Out, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® D2X frame grabber.

The Bit Depth allows selecting 10 bits per pixel component value for greater dynamic range, or 8 bits per pixel component value to reduce the amount of memory required per image and increase the number of images that can be stored within a fixed amount of frame buffer memory.

13.5.22.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 2112 and 2112C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure. If both are selected, the exposure is increased before increasing gain, and gain decreased before decreasing exposure. The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.22.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 2112C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.22.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.22.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[51] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

The Advanced Camera White Calibration allows performing a camera white calibration, with the camera pointed at a white target, adjusting the camera's Red Gain, Green Gain, and Blue Gain. Use of quality, non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target rather than a white piece of paper, is suggested.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

For special illumination condition: Do Advanced Camera White Calibration through Adjust White Balance in that order.

13.5.22.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.22.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.22.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 2112 and 2112C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.23. Adjust - PIXCI® E8CAM SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-M, 2KS-C

For the PIXCI® E8CAM frame grabber for the SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-M and 2KS-C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Analog Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of decreased image quality (random and fixed pattern noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. The Dark Level allows adjusting the pixel offset, or black level.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The Number of AOIs, and AOI 1 Top, AOI 1 Height through AOI 8 Top, AOI 8 Height allow selecting one or more areas of interest which are read-out and captured. Capturing fewer lines decreases the image size, and also allows a faster frame rate. Up to eight areas of interest of different heights are allowed, but can't overlap vertically. The AOI Width and AOI Left shows the width and horizontal position of the area of interest, but neither is adjustable.

The Subsampling allows selecting vertical subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of 2, 4, 8, or 16 producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

The Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® E8CAM frame grabber.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity.

The Frame Rate (and the duplicate Controlled Frame Rate control) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure in Continuous mode without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

13.5.23.1. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-M and 2KS-C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of individual pixels on individual cameras.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.23.2. High Dynamic Range

The High Dynamic Range allows selecting Disabled, Line Interleaved, Multi-Frame, or Two-Slope. The High Dynamic Range options provides for greater effective dynamic range, allowing imaging of a scene with both very bright and dim areas without losing the details of the dim areas and without saturating the bright areas. The High Dynamic Range feature requires use of the Programmed Exposure Mode.

In the Line Interleaved mode, odd vs even image lines are exposed with different exposures, as specified by Exposure and Exposure Delta. The Line Interleaved requires use of Subsampling by a vertical factor of 2.

In the Multi-Frame mode, each trigger causes two images with different exposures to be captured, as specified by Exposure and Exposure Delta.

In the Two-Slope mode, the Exposure and Exposure Knee effectively control the relative degree of exposure of dark versus bright pixels.

13.5.23.3. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-M and 2KS-C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Analog Gain. However, as the camera only provides four possible Analog Gain settings (×1.0, ×1.2, ×1.4, ×1.6) the effectiveness of automatic control of the Analog Gain is therefore coarse and limited.

If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If both AGC Adjusts Gain and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.23.4. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.23.4.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.23.4.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[52] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.23.4.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.23.4.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.24. Adjust - PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 5M10, 5C10

For the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 5M10 and 5C10 cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. For the SILICON VIDEO® 5C10, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion and mirroring of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 horizontally and by a factor of ×2, ×4, or ×8 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate. The (Subsample) with Binning allows selecting whether the Subsampling actually uses binning, averaging pixels in each 2×2 to 8×8 group, rather than decimation. Further, the (Binning) with Summation allows selecting whether the binning uses averaging, or uses summation along columns (but not rows) for increased sensitivity.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run, Controlled Rolling, or Controlled Global frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled Rolling and Controlled Global modes the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber. The Controlled Global (... Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides shorter delay from trigger to exposure, but expects use of strobed flash illumination. The Controlled Rolling (... Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides the same exposure period for each line, but lines are exposed in succession.

The Strobe Mode and Strobe Duration allows enabling an output strobe to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.24.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 5M10 and 5C10 cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If both AGC Adjusts Gain and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.24.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 5C10 camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.24.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.24.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[53] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.24.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.24.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.24.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 5M10 and 5C10 cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

Use of gain and offset correction for the SILICON VIDEO® 5C10 is not required for typical applications. For the SILICON VIDEO® 5M10 monochrome camera, unavoidable differences in the characteristics of the four taps, unique to each camera, may cause the image to have a ''checkerboard'' appearance which can be eliminated via per-pixel gain corrections. The differences in characteristics of the four taps are immaterial when Subsampling is 2×2 or larger. Alternately, for the SILICON VIDEO® 5M10 camera, the Capture - Adjustments allows adjusting the Tap Balance; the relative gain of the even/odd pixels-per-row and the even/odd pixels-per-column. The Tap Balance requires less overhead for image processing and display, but there may be residual differences among pixel values depending on the pixels' position in the image. The Balance Tap 0, Balance Tap 1, Balance Tap 2, and Balance Tap 3 allows adjusting the relative gain of the even/odd pixels-per-row and the even/odd pixels-per-column. Alternately, clicking Extract Balance Ref(erence) automatically analyzes the characteristics of the different taps on the current image, and sets the balance adjustments accordingly. The captured image does not have to be a carefully illuminated ''flat-field''; a blank piece of paper or bland wall using normal ambient illumination is sufficient, as the different taps correspond to even/odd pixels and not quadrants of the image. Further, the area of the image to be analyzed can be set via Set Tap AOI; if the entire image isn't ''flat'', the use of a carefully selected AOI of a flat part of the image allows effective tap balancing.

13.5.25. Adjust - PIXCI® SI for SILICON VIDEO® 642M, 642C

For the PIXCI® SI frame grabber for the SILICON VIDEO® 642M and 642C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. Selecting Gain: High Range provides a large range of gain values with coarser steps; selecting Gain: Low Range provides a smaller range of gain values with finer steps. Use of Gain less than 6 dB is not recommended, as the sensor's saturation, linearity, and color quality are adversely affected.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 642C, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size; capturing fewer lines also allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-run or Controlled. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI frame grabber.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.25.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 642M and 642C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If both AGC Adjusts Gain and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

The AGC feature does not alter the Gain: High Range vs. Gain: Low Range selection.

13.5.25.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 642C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.25.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.25.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[54] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.25.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.25.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.25.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 642M and 642C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.26. Adjust - PIXCI® SI1, SI2, SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 643M, 643C

For the PIXCI® SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 643M and 643C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of decreased image quality (random and fixed pattern noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. The Black Offset allows adjusting the pixel offset, or black level.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Exp. Mult. ... is not useful when operating the SILICON VIDEO® 643M and 643C at frame rates faster than the power line frequency; a high frequency or DC powered illumination source is recommended.

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size, and also allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Subsampling allows selecting vertical subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of 2, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-run or Controlled. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.26.1. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 643M and 643C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of individual pixels on individual cameras.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 643M and 643C cameras, use of offset correction of fixed pattern noise is required to obtain a reasonable image. Use of gain correction is optional, but suggested for optimal image quality. For best results, the Black Offset should be set so that an image captured with the lens closed, and with Pixel Normalization disabled, results in low, but not zero, pixel values. This is to maintain the linearity of pixel values, avoiding ''clipping'' or so-called ''negative offsets''; pixels whose value is clipped can not be properly corrected by PixelNormalization. Using Image Examination - Pixel Plot or Image Examination - Pixel Peek are helpful aids when setting the Black Offset.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

The camera's fixed pattern noise changes after Pixel Clock, AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, AOI Height, Scan Direction, Gain, or Black Offset is modified; the lens should be covered and Extract Offset Ref(erence) used to correct for the fixed pattern noise.

13.5.26.2. Multi Slope Exposure

The Exposure Mode allows selecting Normal (Exposure), Dual Slope (Exposure), or Triple Slope (Exposure). Dual or triple slope exposure provides for greater effective dynamic range, allowing imaging of a scene with both very bright and dim areas without losing the details of the dim areas and without saturating the bright areas. The Exposure 2 and Exposure 3 effectively control the relative degree of Dual Slope (Exposure), or Triple Slope (Exposure), respectively, by specifying portions of the Exposure to be exposed before the sensor is reset.

Dual or triple slope exposure is not available when using a small AOI Height and maximal Frame Rate; that combination reduces the range of allowable Exposure's and the Exposure 2 and Exposure 3 must be less than the Exposure.

13.5.26.3. Automatic Exposure Control (AEC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 643M and 643C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic exposure control (AEC) feature. The AEC On enables the Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's exposure.

The (AEC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 50%Peak Value, 60%Peak Value, 70%Peak Value, 80%Peak Value, or 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 50'th, 60'th, 70'th, 80'th, or 90'th percentile of pixel values, respectively, for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AEC) Target Value specifies the AEC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AEC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AEC) Target Value of 50%, the AEC will attempt to adjust the camera's exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AEC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AEC feature.

The (AEC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AEC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AEC) Update (Time) Period and (AEC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AEC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AEC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AEC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AEC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AEC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AEC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AEC AOI. The (AEC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AEC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AEC) Ignore White typically works better with (AEC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AEC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AEC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AEC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AEC options.

The Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum exposure used by AEC.

13.5.26.4. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 643C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.26.4.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.26.4.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[55] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.26.4.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.26.4.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.27. Adjust - PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 9C10

For the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 camera, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period. The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion and mirroring of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 horizontally and by a factor of ×2, ×4, ×8, (mu16, or ×32 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-Run or Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) frame mode. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber. The Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides shorter delay from trigger to exposure, but expects use of strobed flash illumination.

The Strobe Mode and Strobe Period allows enabling an output strobe to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure. The Strobe Polarity allows inverting the output strobe.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. The Frame Rate mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.27.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 camera, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Digital Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If two or more of AGC Adjusts Gain, Digital Gain, and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/DigGain/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/DigGain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Dig(ital) Gain, Max Dig(ital) Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure allow setting the minimum and maximum gain, digital gain, and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 camera, the Digital Gain control is relatively coarse with few, and widely spaced, allowable settings; the (AGC) Accelerator may have to be set to a larger value for AGC to be able to affect the value of Digital Gain.

13.5.27.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.27.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.27.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[56] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.27.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.27.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.27.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations & Defect Correction

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 camera, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Capture - Adjustments also provides a pixel substitution feature, to substitute a nearby good pixel value for that of a defective pixel.

The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections, and defect substitutions, which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset & Defect selects offset (subtractive) corrections and defect substitutions, and Gain & Offset & Defect selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, offset (subtractive) corrections, and defect substitutions. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU). Defect corrections are useful for replacing pixels that can't otherwise be corrected with offset and/or gain corrections.

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections and substitutions to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the individual correction coefficients for each pixel; defect corrections, is used, share the frame buffer with offset corrections.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical. The Extract Defect Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically of a uniform bright, but not saturated, image captured of a white or grey surface, and identifies ''bad'' pixels whose value is to be replaced with a neighboring pixel; the higher the Extract Defect Threshold, the higher the allowed variance among the image's pixels before marking a questionable pixel as defective.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence), Extract Gain Ref(erence), and Extract Defect Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. The Clear Defect Map clears all of the defect pixel substitutions to 0, effectively disabling defect pixel corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations and defect analyses; if corrections and substitutions are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset & Defect Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients and the per-pixel defect map; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Save Defect Coord(inates) and Load Defect Coord(inates) allow saving and loading the current per-pixel defect map; a text file format is used, with two numeric coordinates of each defect per line.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

Use of gain and offset correction for the SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 is not required for typical applications.

13.5.28. Adjust - PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 9M001, 9M001C

For the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001 and 9M001C cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. For the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001C camera, also provides individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001 and 9M001C, the Enable Short Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to include exposures shorter than one scan line.

The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion of the image.

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001 and 9M001C, the Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2, ×4, or ×8 horizontally and/or vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-run or Controlled. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber.

The Strobe Mode allows enabling an output strobe to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure. The Strobe Polarity allows inverting the output strobe.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.28.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001 and 9M001C cameras, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If both AGC Adjusts Gain and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.28.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.28.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.28.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[57] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.28.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.28.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.28.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9M001 and 9M001C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.29. Adjust - PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C

For the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C camera, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. There are also individual controls for Red Gain, GreenB Gain, GreenR Gain, and Blue Gain; these are normally disabled and under the control of the white balancing feature (below).

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2, ×4, or ×8 horizontally and/or vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate. The (Subsample) with Binning allows selecting whether the Subsampling actually uses binning, averaging pixels in each 2×2 to 8×8 group, rather than decimation.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-run or Controlled. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber.

The Strobe Mode allows enabling an output strobe to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure. The Strobe Polarity allows inverting the output strobe.

The SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C camera also provides a Controlled Global exposure mode, similar to the Controlled mode. The Controlled Global (... Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides shorter delay from trigger to exposure, but expects use of strobed flash illumination. The Controlled (Rolling Reset, Rolling Readout) mode provides the same exposure period for each line, but lines are exposed in succession.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. A faster pixel clock also minimizes blur due to the camera's rolling shutter when capturing images of moving objects. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

13.5.29.1. Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C camera, Capture - Adjustments also provides an automatic gain control (AGC) feature. The AGC On enables the Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the camera's gain and/or exposure.

The (AGC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 90'th percentile of pixel values for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AGC) Target Value specifies the AGC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AGC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AGC) Target Value of 50%, the AGC will attempt to adjust the camera's gain and/or exposure so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AGC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AGC feature.

The (AGC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AGC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AGC) Update (Time) Period and (AGC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AGC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AGC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AGC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AGC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AGC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AGC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AGC AOI. The (AGC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AGC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AGC) Ignore White typically works better with (AGC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AGC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AGC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AGC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AGC options.

If AGC Adjusts Gain is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Gain. If AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) is selected, the AGC operates by adjusting the camera's Exposure.

If both AGC Adjusts Gain and AGC Adjusts Exp(osure) are selected, the AGC Adjust Priority allows selecting Exp/Gain so that exposure is increased before increasing gain and gain decreased before decreasing exposure, or Gain/Exp so that gain is increased before increasing exposure and exposure decreased before decreasing gain.

The Min Gain, Max Gain, Min Exposure, and Max Exposure, allow setting the minimum and maximum gain and exposure values, respectively, used by AGC.

13.5.29.2. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also allows adjusting the ''white balance''. The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.29.2.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.29.2.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[58] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.29.2.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.29.2.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.29.3. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C camera, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.30. Adjust - PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 for SILICON VIDEO® WGA-C, WGA-M

For the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, and SI4 frame grabbers for the SILICON VIDEO® WGA-C and WGA-M cameras, the Capture - Adjustments provides controls for each of the camera's programmable or controllable features.

The Gain allows adjusting the camera's analog gain. Increased gain allows capturing dark scenes, but at the expense of slightly decreased image quality (increased random noise); Whenever possible, increase illumination or increase exposure instead of increasing gain. The Digital Gain allows adjusting the camera's post A-D digital gain.

The Exposure allows adjusting the camera's exposure (shutter) period. When using AC powered lighting, use of an Exposure which is a multiple of half of the power line's period (i.e. 16.6/2 msec. in the U.S. and other locations using 60 Hz, 20.0/2 msec. in Europe and other locations using 50 Hz) is suggested to prevent varying image brightness due to the illumination's cyclical change of brightness. Selecting Exp. Mult. of 1/50 or Exp. Mult. of 1/60 automatically forces the Exposure to a multiple of the corresponding period.

The Enable Long Exposure alters the range of the Exposure to allow extended exposures; otherwise, the allowable exposure is limited by the selected Frame Rate (i.e. frame period).

The AOI Left, AOI Width, AOI Top, and AOI Height allow selecting an area of interest which is read-out and captured. Capturing fewer columns or fewer lines decreases the image size and allows a faster frame rate, although reducing the AOI Width below 618 may not further increase the frame rate. If Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight) or Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom) is selected, the AOI Left or AOI Top, respectively, is automatically adjusted so as to center the capture AOI (the AOI Width or AOI Height) within the camera's field of view.

The Scan Direction allows adjusting the direction in which pixels are read-out, allowing inversion of the image. The Subsampling allows selecting subsampling (decimation) of the AOI by a factor of ×2 or ×4 vertically, producing an image of lower resolution with smaller size, and allows a faster frame rate.

The Video Mode allows selecting Free-run or Controlled. In Free-run mode the camera exposure and read-out is free-running; continuously exposing and sending frames to the frame grabber at a constant frame rate without need of a trigger. In Controlled mode the Controlled Frame Rate, Trigger Input, Continuous, Single Shot, and Min(imum) Retrigger Period, described above, provide frame rate and triggering control through the PIXCI® SI, SI1, SI2, or SI4 frame grabber.

The Strobe Mode allows enabling an output strobe and selecting polarity to synchronize a flash or other external device to the camera's exposure.

The Pixel Clock allows specifying the pixel clock rate. A faster pixel clock increases the allowable frame rate, but with reduced image quality (increased fixed pattern noise); a slower pixel clock increases the allowable exposure periods for longer integration and greater sensitivity. The Frame Rate (or Max Exposure in Controlled mode) allows extending the frame period and maximum exposure without changing the pixel clock rate; the frame rate and exposure will not directly increase or decrease as the Pixel Clock is changed, rather the Pixel Clock changes the allowable range of Exposure and/or Frame Rate values.

The Max (Frame Rate) forces the maximum allowable frame rate, as per the current AOI Width, AOI Height, Subsampling, and Pixel Clock.

The ADC Mode allows selecting a Linear relationship between (measured) light intensity and pixel value, or a non-linear Companded relationship in which larger proportion of the pixel value range is devoted to darker (measured) light intensities and a smaller proportion of the pixel value range is devoted to brighter (measured) light intensities. The Companded setting provides a wider dynamic range reducing the need for Gain and Exposure adjustments, while the Linear setting is more suitable for intensity-based image measurements and higher quality color. If Companded is used with High Dyn(amic) Range below, the High Dyn(amic) Range affects the measured light intensity (via the A-D converter), the Companded affects the conversion of the measured light intensity into pixel values.

13.5.30.1. Dual & Triple Slope Exposure

Setting Exposure Mode to High Dyn(amic) Range (HDR) instead of Linear enables dual slope or triple slope exposure, where darker areas of the scene are exposed for longer periods of time than brighter areas. The HDR Curve selects the shape of the exposure curve, Dual Slope for dual slope exposure or Triple Slope for triple slope exposure. Setting HDR Mode to Automatic enables semi-automatic setting of the two or three slopes in relationship to the selected Exposure; the HDR T2 Ratio sets the ratio of two exposures, the HDR T3 Ratio sets the ratio of the third exposure for triple slope. Alternately, setting HDR Mode to Manual allows setting HDR Exposure T1 and Exposure for dual slope, or allows setting HDR Exposure T1, HDR Exposure T2, and Exposure for triple slope.

13.5.30.2. Automatic Gain Control (AGC) and Automatic Exposure Control (AEC)

The Auto Gain Control enables on-camera automatic gain control, disabling the manual Gain setting.

The Auto Exp. Control enables on-camera automatic exposure control, disabling the manual Exposure setting.

The Dnload Setting and Download Settings retrieves and displays the current automatically set Exposure and/or Gain settings.

Several parameters allow customizing the behavior of the AEC and/or AGC.

The ACC Maximum sets the maximum gain that the AGC can set. The AEC Maximum sets the maximum exposure that the AEC can set. As for Exposure , the maximum value of AEC Maximum is limited by the Frame Rate, decreased as the Frame Rate increased, and if AEC Max Max, is selected, increased as Frame Rate is decreased.

The AEC Update Period sets the rate, in frame periods, that the AEC is computed and the exposure changed. The AGC Update Period sets the rate, in frame periods, that the AGC is computed and the gain changed. The AEC/AGC Target Brightness sets the target image brightness, based on a 1024 maximum pixel value, that the AEC and AGC strives to achieve. The AEC/AGC Pixel Count sets the size of the image area used by AEC and AGC to measure the current image brightness. The AEC Low Pass Filter and AGC Low Pass Filter sets the degree that AEC and AGC, respectively, responds to, or ignores, quick and transient changes in image brightness.

13.5.30.3. Color Camera

For the SILICON VIDEO® WGA-C camera, the Capture - Adjustments provides two different color modes. With the ADC Mode set to Companded, the Companded Color can be set to Neutral or Warmer scene color. This provides pleasing, though not precise, color for many applications.

With the ADC Mode set to Linear, the Capture - Adjustments allows adjusting the ''white balance'' and provides other color related features.

The Color Temp/Mode allows selecting one of various predefined white balance settings for various correlated color temperatures. Typical selections are Uncorrected and one or more of: 7500°K (typical overcast daylight), 6500°K (typical noon daylight), 5000°K (typical sunrise & sunset daylight), 4100°K (typical cool white fluorescent bulb), and 2800°K (typical 60 to 100 watt tungsten bulb). For all but Uncorrected, the Color Quality allows selecting one of the predefined color quality settings: Quicker for lower processing overhead, and Better for better color quality with more processing overhead and perhaps a slower display rate.

13.5.30.3.1. Custom Color Settings

The Saturation allows adjusting the color ''depth''. Values greater than 1.0 increase saturation and color ''depth''. Values less than 1.0 decrease saturation and ''flatten'' the color; a value of 0.0 results in a monochrome image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the display rate.

The Brightness allows adjusting the intensity Values greater than 1.0 increase brightness, values less than 1.0 decrease brightness with a value of 0.0 resulting in a black image. Use of values other than 1.0 increase processing overhead and may slow the video display rate.

The Gamma allows specifying a nonlinear gamma correction, stretching the bright tones at the expense of dark tones, or vice versa. A Gamma of 1.00 disables gamma correction.

The Quick Black Balance button performs a black balance. The lens' iris should be closed or the lens capped.

The Quick White Balance button performs a white balance. The camera should be pointed at a non-reflective, non-fluorescent, white target.

The Auto White Balance activates automatic white balancing; continuously monitoring captured images and adjusting the white balance accordingly. Any automatic white balance feature is convenient but not optimal; it works best with average scenes, and can be ''fooled'' by atypical scenes. For more precise results, explicit white balancing with a white target should be used.

Once activated, the Auto Options >> button accesses advanced options for the Auto White Balance. The Auto Hysteresis specifies the difference between the previous white balance setting and the computed, optimal current white balance setting values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The Auto Update (Time) Period and Auto Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and white balance adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the Auto Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the Auto Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The Set Auto AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed. The Auto (AOI) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage.

When Auto White Balance is inactive, a Custom Advanced >> button allow access to advanced, low-level, controls for color settings. These are intended for use upon advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

Whenever the white or black balance is changed so as to no longer reflect the predefined Color Temp/Mode, the Color Temp/Mode will be set to Custom.

13.5.30.3.2. Color & Balance
The Color & Balance Settings button accesses additional black, white, or color balance and calibration features or options.

The Adjust White Balance and Adjust Black Balance are the same as Quick Black Balance and Quick White Balance, but with the ability to specify the area of interest to be analyzed, and an option to specify whether the current image should be analyzed (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image) or a new image snapped (the Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image). The ''Quick'' versions don't necessarily take less time; they are quicker in the sense that there are fewer buttons to click to perform the black or white balancing.

For Adjust White Balance, the White Balance Goal can be selected as Maximize Dynamic Range, Maximize Contrast, Minimal Variation (1), Minimal Variation (2), or Maximum Pixel Value; specifying that the white balance should be computed as to either maximize the dynamic range, maximize contrast, minimize variation from the pixel values output by the camera, (there are two variations), or map the observed pixel values into the maximum white value. The latter should be used only when the image being analyzed is at the maximum possible brightness.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor feature allows fine tuning the white balance by matching the color at a selected spot on the image to a color on a color palette. It doesn't allow independent ''tweaking'' of multiple colors, but allows setting the overall white balance by matching an important or prominent color rather than by matching whites.

The Tweak White Balance @ Cursor shows a color browser, as described under Pick Graphics Color, initially displaying the color of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor. After a new color is selected with the browser, the white balance is adjusted so that the hue and saturation of the pixel under the Image View - Cursor becomes, approximately, the same as the selected color. Only the hue and saturation are matched, not the brightness.

The Advanced Color Space Calibration allows performing color calibration (also called color space corrections) with the camera pointed at a calibrated color target.

If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®. If used with Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line), the camera is expected to be pointed at a modified Macbeth® ColorChecker®, which has been cut and reassembled into an array of 24×1 rather than 6×4 color chips.[59] If used with Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC, the camera is expected to be pointed at a Macbeth® ColorChecker®(DC). Set the graphic of squares so that each graphic square is within the corresponding square of the ColorChecker or ColorChecker(DC). There is no need to try to fit the ColorChecker's boundaries exactly; simply keep each graphic square well within the target square so that none of the border is included. The target MUST be evenly illuminated!

If used with Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display, the camera is expected to be pointed at the CRT/LCD display of the camera's, captured image. This works best with high quality CRT/LCD displays that are themselves calibrated.

For most common illumination conditions:

  1. Select a one of the pre-defined correlated color temperatures, either based on best appearance, or matching the color temperature of the current illumination.

  2. Choose one of the predefined color qualities, trading quality for speed.

  3. Cover lens and do Adjust Black Balance.

  4. Point camera at white target (but preferably not a target using fluorescent brighteners) and do Adjust White Balance.
The Advanced Color Space Calibration and Advanced Camera White Calibration are not needed.

13.5.30.3.3. Bayer Format Adjustments
The Bayer Process allows adjusting the Bayer to RGB conversion process, select tradeoff between resolution versus smoothness (such as color fringes on high contrast edges) versus processing overhead, such as Fast, Smooth, Finer, and Fast (Grn#), Smooth (Grn#), Finer (Grn#). The latter three offer slightly improved resolution (i.e. sharpness) when used with Bayer-output cameras that maintain consistent values of Bayer-Green on even and on odd lines. When used with cameras which do not maintain consistent odd versus even values, either due to the camera proper, the selected camera mode (such as excessive gain), or due to illumination and optics, the image may appear to have horizontal stripes.

The Sharpen allows sharpening color images, so as to recover the sharpness lost due to the color Bayer pattern processing. A value of 0 turns sharpening off and provides minimal overhead and the fastest display rate. A value of 100 provides the next fastest display rate; all other values require additional overhead and may slow the display rates.

13.5.30.3.4. Bayer Format Hints
The color frame buffer, although viewed as RGB pixels, is actually in the so-called ''Bayer'' format. This does not impact using Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Examine, Image Viewer Window - Measure, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which save the contents of, analyze the values of, or draw non-destructive graphics over, the frame buffer. However it may adversely impact Image Viewer Window - File, Image Viewer Window - Modify, or Image Viewer Window - Draw features which load new images, modify the values of pixels, or draw graphics into pixels. Modification of Bayer pattern frame buffers can be avoided by using Image File - Duplicate or the equivalent Shortcut to first create a true RGB image buffer, and then modifying the copy.

13.5.30.4. Gain & Offset Normalizations

For the SILICON VIDEO® WGA-C and WGA-M cameras, the Capture - Adjustments also provides a per-pixel gain and offset correction feature, sometimes called flat field correction, to correct for small differences of sensitivity of individual pixels on individual cameras. The Pixel Normalization selects the gain and offset corrections which are applied on individual pixels. Specifying None disables gain and offset corrections, Offset selects offset (subtractive) corrections, Gain selects gain (multiplicative) corrections, and Gain & Offset selects gain (multiplicative) and offset (subtractive) corrections. Offset corrections are useful for correcting fixed pattern noise (FPN). Gain corrections are useful for correcting pixel response non uniformity (PRNU).

The Normalization On enables application of the selected corrections to the frame buffer(s). If corrections are selected, whether or not enabled with Normalization On, the offset and gain corrections each use one frame buffer in which to store the correction coefficients for each pixel.

The Extract Offset Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured under dark or closed aperture conditions, and calculates and stores subtractive coefficients so as to later correct each pixel's value to be 0. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) analyzes an image, typically a ''flat'' image captured of a uniform bright, but not saturated, white or grey surface, and calculates and stores multiplicative coefficients so as to correct all pixel values to be identical.

If Extract from: Existing Image is selected, the Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Extract Gain Ref(erence) use the contents of the current frame buffer as basis for corrections. If Extract from: Snapped Image is selected, a new image is snapped and used as the basis for corrections. If Extract from: N Snapped Images is selected, N new images, as specified by Snapped Images, N, are snapped and averaged to minimize the effect of random pixel noise, and the result used as the basis for corrections. If Auto Clear Coefficients is selected, the offset and/or gain coefficients are cleared whenever a different Pixel Normalization is selected, or the video resolution, bit depth, color space, multi-tap correction, and/or bit-packing has changed; all of which invalidate the current coefficients.

If Extract Gain Target: Mean Value is selected, the Extract Gain Ref(erence) establishes multiplicative coefficients so that corrected images maintain the same mean (average) brightness. If Extract Gain Target: Max Value is selected, corrected images tend to be brightened, preserving small differences among pixel values. If Extract Gain Target: Min Value is selected, corrected images tend to be darkened, preserving the image's dynamic range.

The Clear Offset Coef(ficients) clears all of the offset correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling offset correction. The Clear Gain Coef(ficients) clears all of the gain correction coefficients to 0, effectively disabling gain corrections. These are provided for convenience while performing gain and offset calibrations; if gain and offset corrections are no longer desired the Pixel Normalization should instead be set to None, freeing up frame buffers as well as reducing image processing overhead.

The Save Offset Coef(ficients), Save Gain Coef(ficients), Load Offset Coef(ficients), and Load Gain Coef(ficients) allow saving and reloading the current per-pixel offset and gain correction coefficients; the TIFF image file format is used, with each coefficient saved or loaded as one image file pixel.

The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) allow extracting the offset coefficients or gain coefficients from a ''flat'' image in a TIFF format file, without having to load the image via Image File - Load followed by Extract Offset Ref(erence) or Extract Gain Ref(erence). The Load/Extract Offset Ref(erence) and Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) are, in general, not interchangeable with Load Offset Coef(ficients) and Load Gain Coef(ficients); for the sake of efficiency and depending on camera type and various options, the coefficients may be preprocessed and, in general, not identical to the original pixel values from which they are derived.

If both gain and offset corrections are being used, note that the gain corrections are dependent upon the offset corrections. The Extract Gain Ref(erence) or Load/Extract Gain Ref(erence) should be (re)done whenever the offset corrections have changed, such as via Extract Offset Ref(erence).

13.5.31. Adjust - PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L

For the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L frame grabbers, the Capture - Adjustments allows selecting the video input connection and adjusting the gain, black level, hue, and saturation.

The Video Input (Multiplexer) allows selecting which of the PIXCI® SV2 frame grabber's two video inputs, or which of the PIXCI® SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, or SV5L frame grabbers' three video inputs are to be used. The current Video Input (Multiplexer) selection is also shown on an illustration of the frame grabber's bracket, and is selectable by clicking the graphic of the desired connector. The PIXCI® SV5B has a single video input.

The Brightness Mod. offsets the decoded video luma value by -50% to +50%, adding or removing brightness. The Hue Mod. offsets the chroma values of the decoded video by -90 degrees through +90 degrees, rotating the color space. The Luma Gain/Contrast Mod. multiplies the decoded video luma value by 0 to 237%. The Saturation Mod. adjusts the color gain, or saturation, by 0 to 243%.

The Field/Frame Mode allows selecting a frame or field mode of capture and display. If the default Frame at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each frame buffer contains one interlaced frame; capture and display of a moving object may show the ''jitter'' typical of captured interlaced imagery.[60] If Field at Field (Aligned) or Field at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each ''frame'' buffer contains one field; capture and display of a moving object won't show interlace ''jitter'', but vertical resolution is reduced by half. If using Capture - Video to Frame Buffers, the Field at Field (Aligned) and Field at Frame (Aligned) differ in that the former captures at field rate with captured ''frame'' buffers alternating between odd and even fields,[61] and the latter captures at frame rate, with captured ''frame'' buffers consistently either odd or even fields. The Frame at Field (Aligned) selects capturing an interlaced frame that starts with an odd or an even field, whichever is next, rather than consistently starting with a specific field.

For the PIXCI® SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L, the Color Pixel Format allows selecting BGR format at three bytes per pixel, UYVY or YUYV at two bytes per pixel, or BtYUV at 1.5 bytes per pixel; reducing the PCI bandwidth necessary for capture. The BGR, UYVY, and YUYV provides the same image quality, but UYVY and YUYV requires more computer processing for display. The BtYUV provides lower image quality and also requires more computer processing for display.

13.5.32. Adjust - PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L - Analog Camera Specifications

Integration
Control
Camera Type via Signal

Generic RS-170 Mono No
Generic CCIR Mono No
Generic NTSC Color No
Generic PAL Color No

Generic NTSC S/Video Color No
Generic PAL S/Video Color No
(N/A for PIXCI SV5A, SV5B)

CTEC Photonics CT-150 Mono RS-170 Yes
DAGE-MTI RC300 Mono RS-170 Yes
DAGE-MTI CCD100 Mono RS-170 Yes
DAGE-MTI CCD100E Mono CCIR Yes
Hitachi KP-M/S1 Mono RS-170 Yes
Toshiba Teli CS8620i Mono RS-170 Yes
UNIQ UM-300 Mono RS-170 Yes

13.5.33. Adjust - PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L - Integration Features

Several features of the Capture - Adjustments window are common to many models of the PIXCI® PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, SV5L frame grabbers when used in conjunction with analog RS-170 or CCIR cameras that allow control of integration via an externally applied signal. Typically, one of the PIXCI® frame grabber's general purpose output signal(s) (formerly referred to as ''External TTL Outputs'') is applied to the camera's integration control.

The Normal Mode selects normal, non-integration mode; the Integrating Mode selects integration over one or more fields or frames. The General Purpose Output selects the general purpose output signal that has been connected to the camera's integration control. For cameras with switch selectable integration polarity, the Integrate w. Output High versus Integrate w. Output Low selects the signal polarity expected by the camera. In Integrating Mode, the Integration Period selects the integration period The Int. Lower and Int. Higher buttons select two ranges of Integration Period; for lower integration periods - such as integrating by a specific number of video frames - the Int. Lower selects a more convenient scale.

13.5.34. Adjust - PIXCI® SV7

For the PIXCI® SV7 frame grabber, the Capture - Adjustments allows selecting automatic gain control (AGC) and adjusting the gain, black level, hue, and saturation.

The Brightness Mod. offsets the decoded video luma value by -76.22 to +75.66 IRE, adding or removing brightness. The Hue Mod. offsets the chroma values of the decoded video by -45.00 degrees through +44.69 degrees, rotating the color space. The Contrast Mod. multiplies the decoded video luma value by 0.0 to 1.99. The Saturation Mod. multiples the decoded video chroma value by 0.0 to 1.99.

The AGC (Automatic Gain Control) allows selecting the Analog AGC, the Digital AGC, both the Analog & Digital AGC, or to set the AGC to Disabled.

The Bit Depth allows selecting 10 Bits per pixel component for higher dynamic range, or 8 Bits for smaller saved image sizes and reduced PCI bus overhead. If using 10 Bits, the Bit Packing can be Off for faster display rates and processing or On for smaller frame buffers, and smaller and more efficient video to disk files.

The Field/Frame Mode allows selecting a frame or field mode of capture and display. If the default Frame at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each frame buffer contains one interlaced frame; capture and display of a moving object may show the ''jitter'' typical of captured interlaced imagery.[62] If Field at Field (Aligned) or Field at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each ''frame'' buffer contains one field; capture and display of a moving object won't show interlace ''jitter'', but vertical resolution is reduced by half. If using Capture - Video to Frame Buffers, the Field at Field (Aligned) and Field at Frame (Aligned) differ in that the former captures at field rate with captured ''frame'' buffers alternating between odd and even fields,[63] and the latter captures at frame rate, with captured ''frame'' buffers consistently either odd or even fields. The Frame at Field (Aligned) selects capturing an interlaced frame that starts with an odd or an even field, whichever is next, rather than consistently starting with a specific field.

13.5.35. Adjust - PIXCI® SV7 - Analog Camera Specifications

Camera Type

Generic RS-170 Mono
Generic NTSC Color
Generic CCIR Mono
Generic PAL Color

13.5.36. Adjust - PIXCI® SV8

For the PIXCI® SV8 frame grabber, the Capture - Adjustments allows selecting automatic gain control (AGC) and adjusting the gain, black level, hue, saturation, and brightness.

For ''Standard Definition'' video, such as NTSC, NTSC/YC, RS-170, PAL, PAL/YC, and CCIR, the Video Input (Multiplexer), Brightness, Contrast, Hue, Chroma Gain, Luma Gain, Sharpen, Luma AGC, and Chroma AGC controls are available.

The Video Input (Multiplexer) allows selecting which of the PIXCI® SV8 frame grabber's video inputs — S-Video, BNC\0, BNC\1, BNC\2, or BNC\3 — is to be used. The current Video Input (Multiplexer) selection is also shown on an illustration of the frame grabber's bracket, and is selectable by clicking the graphic of the desired connector. In monochrome mode (RS-170 or CCIR), selecting the S-Video input does not imply switching to color mode; rather it allows use of the S-Video as a fifth input connector.

The Brightness offsets the decoded video intensity value by -100 to +100 IRE units, adding or removing brightness. The Contrast multiplies the decoded video intensity value by 0.0 to 2.00. For color video, the Hue shifts the decoded video hue by -90 to +90 degrees. For color video, the Chroma Gain adjusts the saturation by 0.0 to 6.29 dB. The Luma Gain additionally multiplies the decoded video intensity value by 0.9 to 3.63 dB. The Sharpen allows sharpening of the image (0.0 to 100%), or smoothing of the image (-33.5 to 0.0%); if 0.0%, the image is neither sharpened nor smoothed.

The Luma AGC controls the automatic gain control for the video luma (intensity); Auto enables AGC, Freeze freezes the current AGC setting, and Manual enables manual setting via Luma Gain, above. The Chroma AGC enables the automatic gain control for the video chroma (saturation); Auto enables AGC, Freeze freezes the current AGC setting, Manual enables manual setting via Chroma Gain, above, and = Luma ties the Chroma AGC to the Luma AGC. The Brightness, Contrast, Hue, and Sharpen controls are available regardless of whether Luma AGC or Chroma AGC are enabled.

For ''Component'' video, such as RGB video, RS-343, analog VGA, analog S/VGA, etc., the Gain A, Gain B, Gain C, Offset A, Offset B, Offset C, Gain AGC, Offset AGC, and AGC Target controls are available.

The Gain A, Gain B, and Gain C, allows adjusting the corresponding channel's gain (contrast) by a factor of 0.0 to 1.00. The Offset A, Offset B, and Offset C, allows adjusting the corresponding channel's offset (black level) by 0 to 1023 (pixel values relative to 10 bit pixels).

The Gain AGC enables the automatic gain control for the video gain (contrast); Auto enables AGC, w. Target enables AGC using an explicit target pixel value specified by AGC Target, Freeze freezes the current AGC setting, and Manual enables manual setting via Gain A, Gain B, and Gain C, above. The Offset AGC enables the automatic control for the video offset (black level); Auto enables AGC, Freeze freezes the current AGC setting, and Manual enables manual setting via Offset A, Offset B, and Offset C, above.

The Bit Depth allows selecting 10 Bits per pixel component for higher dynamic range, or 8 Bits for smaller saved image sizes and reduced PCI bus overhead. If using 10 Bits, the Bit Packing can be Off for faster display rates and processing or On for smaller frame buffers, and smaller and more efficient video to disk files.

The Field/Frame Mode allows selecting a frame or field mode of capture and display. If the default Frame at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each frame buffer contains one interlaced frame; capture and display of a moving object may show the ''jitter'' typical of captured interlaced imagery.[64] If Field at Field (Aligned) or Field at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each ''frame'' buffer contains one field; capture and display of a moving object won't show interlace ''jitter'', but vertical resolution is reduced by half. If using Capture - Video to Frame Buffers, the Field at Field (Aligned) and Field at Frame (Aligned) differ in that the former captures at field rate with captured ''frame'' buffers alternating between odd and even fields,[65] and the latter captures at frame rate, with captured ''frame'' buffers consistently either odd or even fields. The Frame at Field (Aligned) selects capturing an interlaced frame that starts with an odd or an even field, whichever is next, rather than consistently starting with a specific field.

13.5.37. Adjust - PIXCI® A110

For the PIXCI® A110 frame grabber, the Capture - Adjustments allows adjusting the analog gain, digital gain, analog offset (black level) and digital offset.

The Digital Gain allows adjusting the corresponding color's digital gain to 0.0 dB through 6.0 dB. The Analog Gain allows adjusting the corresponding color's analog gain to -6.02 dB through 6.02 dB.

The Digital Offset allows adjusting the corresponding color's digital offset (black level) to -512 through 512. The Analog Offset allows adjusting the corresponding color's analog offset (black level) to -124 through 124.

The Bit Depth allows selecting 10 Bits per pixel component for higher dynamic range, or 8 Bits for smaller saved image sizes and reduced PCI bus overhead. If using 10 Bits, the Bit Packing can be Off for faster display rates and processing or On for smaller frame buffers, and smaller and more efficient video to disk files.

For interlaced cameras and video formats, the Field/Frame Mode allows selecting a frame or field mode of capture and display. If the default Frame at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each frame buffer contains one interlaced frame; capture and display of a moving object may show the ''jitter'' typical of captured interlaced imagery.[66] If Field at Field (Aligned) or Field at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each ''frame'' buffer contains one field; capture and display of a moving object won't show interlace ''jitter'', but vertical resolution is reduced by half. If using Capture - Video to Frame Buffers, the Field at Field (Aligned) and Field at Frame (Aligned) differ in that the former captures at field rate with captured ''frame'' buffers alternating between odd and even fields,[67] and the latter captures at frame rate, with captured ''frame'' buffers consistently either odd or even fields. The Frame at Field (Aligned) selects capturing an interlaced frame that starts with an odd or an even field, whichever is next, rather than consistently starting with a specific field.

13.5.38. Adjust - PIXCI® A310

For the PIXCI® A310 frame grabber, the Capture - Adjustments allows adjusting the analog gain, digital gain, analog offset (black level) and digital offset.

The Digital Gain: Red, Digital Gain: Green, and Digital Gain: Blue, allows adjusting the corresponding color's digital gain to 0.0 dB through 6.0 dB. The Digital Gain: Gang allows adjusting all three with one control, maintaining the same relative differences. For monochrome video, only the Green Digital Gain is used.

Similarly, the Analog Gain: Red, Analog Gain: Green, Analog Gain: Blue, and Analog Gain: Gang, allows adjusting the corresponding color's analog gain to -6.02 dB through 6.02 dB.

The Digital Offset: Red, Digital Offset: Green, and Digital Offset: Blue, allows adjusting the corresponding color's digital offset (black level) to -512 through 512. The Digital Offset: Gang allows adjusting all three with one control, maintaining the same relative differences. For monochrome video, only the Green Digital Offset is used.

Similarly, the Analog Offset: Red, Analog Offset: Green, Analog Offset: Blue, and Analog Offset: Gang, allows adjusting the corresponding color's analog offset (black level) to -124 through 124.

The Bit Depth allows selecting 10 Bits per pixel component for higher dynamic range, or 8 Bits for smaller saved image sizes and reduced PCI bus overhead. If using 10 Bits, the Bit Packing can be Off for faster display rates and processing or On for smaller frame buffers, and smaller and more efficient video to disk files.

For interlaced cameras and video formats, the Field/Frame Mode allows selecting a frame or field mode of capture and display. If the default Frame at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each frame buffer contains one interlaced frame; capture and display of a moving object may show the ''jitter'' typical of captured interlaced imagery.[68] If Field at Field (Aligned) or Field at Frame (Aligned) is selected, each ''frame'' buffer contains one field; capture and display of a moving object won't show interlace ''jitter'', but vertical resolution is reduced by half. If using Capture - Video to Frame Buffers, the Field at Field (Aligned) and Field at Frame (Aligned) differ in that the former captures at field rate with captured ''frame'' buffers alternating between odd and even fields,[69] and the latter captures at frame rate, with captured ''frame'' buffers consistently either odd or even fields. The Frame at Field (Aligned) selects capturing an interlaced frame that starts with an odd or an even field, whichever is next, rather than consistently starting with a specific field.

The illustration of the frame grabber's bracket highlights the connectors and pins used by the current video format.

The Video Input: BNC Connector allows selecting the BNC connector(s) for video input, the Video Input: DB15 Connector allows selecting the DB15 connector for video input. The Sync Input: Composite/Green allows selecting composite sync on green (SOG), the Sync Input: DB15 Connector allows selecting H and V sync on the DB15 connector. Both represent only the most common options; additional options and customization of video and sync imputs are available under PIXCI® - Video Setup.

 

13.6. Capture - Video to Frame Buffers

The Capture - Video to Frame Buffers window allows capturing a sequence of images at fixed, specified, intervals of time or at fixed, specified, intervals of video fields (or frames) directly into frame buffer memory. The capture rate can be as fast as one image per video field or frame. A sequence can be captured continuously, re-using the frame buffers in a circular manner. A sequence capture can be started and/or stopped by an event (i.e. trigger), or each individual image captured in response to an event. Strobes can indicate to external devices the state of the sequence capture. The time at which each image was captured can be non-destructively overlaid or permanently marked within the image.

In contrast to the Capture - Video to Virtual Memory feature, the Capture - Video to Frame Buffers can always capture sequences at video rate regardless of the host computer's speed,[70] but requires pre-configuration of frame buffer memory (see PIXCI® - Driver Assistant) to obtain sufficient memory for the desired number of images in the sequence.

13.6.1. Video to Frame Buffers - Capture

If Linear Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a single linear sequence of video fields or frames are captured starting at Starting Frame Buffer and ending at Ending Frame Buffer. The sequence capture terminates after capturing into the Ending Frame Buffer.

If Circular Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a continuous circular sequence of video fields or frames are captured starting at Starting Frame Buffer and through Ending Frame Buffer, repeatedly. The reuse of the Starting Frame Buffer is ''seamless''; the same time or video field interval separates the images captured in Ending Frame Buffer and Starting Frame Buffer as separates the images captured into any other pair of adjacent frame buffers. The sequence capture terminates upon clicking Stop or Cancel.

If Event Free is selected, the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence is captured as described above.

If Event Start is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start Event is armed. The sequence capture begins when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied; the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured.

If Event Stop is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Stop Event is armed and the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the Ending Frame Buffer.

If Event Start & Stop is selected, both the Event Start and Event Stop and used to start and stop the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above.

If Event per Image is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start Event is armed once per image. Each image of the sequence is captured when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Ending Frame Buffer.

The Starting Frame Buffer and Ending Frame Buffer specify the frame buffers to be captured into, and thus the length of the sequence captured. If Start/End All Buffers is selected, the Starting Frame Buffer and Ending Frame Buffer are forced to the first and last available frame buffer, respectively.

If Live Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Live'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate. The Live Video at Video Interval is most appropriate for cameras with continuous video output, for capturing every frame, or every N'th frame. It uses the camera's periodic video as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Time Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Time Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in seconds. The Snap Video at Time Interval is most appropriate for cameras operating in a triggered mode for which a ''Live'' mode is unavailable (e.g. as the ''Snap'', itself, triggers the camera), or optionally for use with cameras with continuous video output in conjunction with ''time lapse'' imaging. It uses the computer's clock as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate; in contrast to Live Video at Video Interval, the Snap Video at Video Interval only captures the specific frames needed (rather than capturing all frames and retaining only those needed) and reduces computer overhead (specifically, bus bandwidth - for frame grabbers not using on-board frame buffer memory) and, typically, should be used for subvideo rate, not video rate, capture. It uses both the computer's clock and the camera's periodic video as time references.

If using Event per Image, the Video Interval or Time Interval specifies the interval, in field, frames, or seconds, after capturing one image before the Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start Event is armed to capture the next image.

If Capture Video Fastest is selected, the Video Interval is forced to 1 and either the Live Video at Video Interval or the Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, as appropriate for the camera's video format.

The Images to Save is a reminder of the number of images to be saved, as derived from the Starting Frame Buffer and Ending Frame Buffer. During capture, the Images Captured and Images Saved show the total number of images captured and saved, respectively; they differ only while capturing a continuous circular sequence where the Images Saved is never larger than Images to Save. During capture, the Ave. (Image) Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved averaged over the entire sequence.

After capture, the Current Image and Last Image Displayed indicate the latest image captured, and the First Image Displayed indicates the earliest image captured. For a linear sequence, these are trivially the same as Ending Frame Buffer and Starting Frame Buffer (unless the Stop or Cancel buttons terminated the capture prematurely).

For a continuous circular sequence, if View Circular Sequence in Temporal Order is selected, after the capture is terminated the buffers are re-ordered so that buffer 0 has the earliest image, buffer 1 the next earliest, etc. If View Circular Sequence in Buffer Order is selected, after the capture is terminated the buffers are left in their original, physical, order; the Last Image Displayed and First Image Displayed indicate the latest image captured, and the earliest image captured, respectively.

If Set Default AOI to Captured Buffers is selected, after the sequence capture is completed the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the captured buffers. This is primarily useful when the Starting Frame Buffer and Ending Frame Buffer are chosen to be less than all of the buffers, or when the capture is prematurely terminated by an event, allowing easy use of Image File - Save Sequence to save only those buffers which have been captured without manually setting the AOI.

13.6.2. Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event

A choice of several event (i.e. trigger) conditions can be used to start, to stop, or trigger each image of the Linear Sequence or Circular Sequence.

If Mouse Click is selected, a ''hot button'' icon is shown; the trigger occurs when the icon is clicked.

If Date is selected, shown are Date&Time and Current fields. The Current shows the (computer's notion of) the current date and time. The trigger occurs when the Date&Time selected is less than or equal to the Current.

If RS-232 is selected, shown are RS-232 parameters allowing selection of the Port, Flow Cntl, Baud (rate), Parity, Stop Bits, and Data Bits. The trigger occurs with receipt of any character from the selected RS-232 port.

If SMPTE VITC is selected, shown are parameters allowing selection of VITC Hour, VITC Minute, VITC Second, VITC Frame, and VITC Image Line. The video is assumed encoded with the SMPTE Vertical Interval Time Code (VITC), and the PIXCI® - Video Setup set to allow capturing of 4 blanking lines where the VITC information is coded. The trigger occurs when the captured video's SMPTE Vertical Interval Time Code (VITC) is greater or equal to the specified parameters. For maximum speed, only one line of the captured video is examined for the SMPTE VITC, (see Image Examination - SMPTE VITC) to determine the correct line. Because the SMPTE VITC is decoded by software, and because the VITC in some frames may be garbled by noise, expect that the trigger may occur at or shortly after the specified time, rather than exactly at the specified time.

If G.P. Input is selected, shown is a parameter for G.P. Input Bit to allow selecting one of the frame grabber's general purpose (formerly referred to as ''External TTL Inputs''), input signal(s), and a selection of G.P. Input Change, G.P. Input 0=>1, or G.P. Input 1=>0. For G.P. Input Change, the trigger occurs when the frame grabber's selected general purpose input signal changes from its initial value as saved when Record button is clicked. If G.P. Input 0=>1 is selected, the trigger occurs then the frame grabber's selected general purpose input signal has a 0 to 1 transition. If G.P. Input 1=>0 is selected, the trigger occurs then the frame grabber's selected general purpose input signal has a 1 to 0 transition. The G.P Input Debounce (Delay) allows minimizing false triggering due to noisy input signals; a longer delay provides greater protection, but increases the latency between sensing the signal and acting upon the signal. Some PIXCI® frame grabbers do not have software sensed general purpose inputs, or may have latched general purpose inputs; not all of the above choices may be applicable.

If G.P. Trigger is selected, shown is a parameter for G.P. Trigger Number to allow selecting one of the frame grabber's general purpose trigger(s). The trigger occurs when the frame grabber's selected general purpose trigger changes from its initial count (of trigger transitions) as saved when Record button is clicked.

For all event types, the actual effect of the event can be delayed. If Delay None is selected, there is no delay. If Delay N Fields is selected, the effect of the event is delayed by the specified number of video fields. If Delay N Seconds is selected, the effect of the event is delayed by a specified number of seconds.

For use with Event Start or Event Stop but not Event per Image, if Delay % Images is selected, the effect of the event is delayed by the specified percentage of captured images. If using Live Video at Video Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval the effect is to delay the specified percentage of the total number of video fields required to capture the entire sequence. If using Snap Video at Time Interval the effect is to delay the specified percentage of the total time required to capture the entire sequence. The overall effect when used with Circular Sequence and Event Stop, is that of a ''pretrigger''; a delay of 25% will cause ¾ of the captured images to predate the trigger, and ¼ to postdate the trigger.

Specifically for use with Circular Sequence and Event Stop, if Pretrig. % Images is selected, the effect of the event is delayed by 100 minus the specified percentage of captured images. This is similar to Delay % Images, but with alternate terminology so that a pretrigger of 25% will cause ¼ of the captured images to predate the trigger, and ¾ to postdate the trigger.

If 0 Latency Only is selected, only triggering operations supported by hardware are enabled. Other options are implemented by software - the latency until the trigger takes effect is dependent on the computer's speed and utilization.

13.6.3. Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Strobe

The frame grabber's general purpose output(s) can be set to ''strobe'' outside devices at selected points in the sequence capture. All of the strobe specifications contain a ''Mask'' and ''Value''; only for those bits for which the ''Mask'' is nonzero will the general purpose output(s) value be set to corresponding bits of ''Value''. Other bits of the general purpose output(s) remain unchanged.

The Set G. P. Output after Start: Mask and Set G. P. Output after Start: Value specify the general purpose outputs after the Record button is clicked. The Set G. P. Output after Trigger Armed: Mask and Set G. P. Output after Trigger Armed: Value specify the general purpose outputs after the trigger, if used, is armed. The Set G. P. Output after Triggered: Mask and Set G. P. Output after Triggered: Value specify the general purpose outputs after the trigger, if used, is fired. The Set G. P. Output after Live/Snap: Mask and Set G. P. Output after Live/Snap: Value specify the general purpose outputs after the frame grabber is switched to live mode or snap mode. The Set G. P. Output after Done: Mask and Set G. P. Output after Done: Value specify the general purpose outputs after the sequence capture is complete.

Some PIXCI® frame grabbers do not have software controlled general purpose outputs; not all of the above choices may be applicable.

13.6.4. Video to Frame Buffers - Display

The First Image Displayed specifies the index of the first image shown and the Last Image Displayed specifies the index of the last image shown. The Image Display Rate specifies the desired image sequence display rate.

If Continuous Run is selected, the image sequence display endlessly repeats. If Reverse Order is selected, the image sequence display is in reverse order.

The Play button starts sequence display, the Pause button pauses sequence display, the Stop button terminates sequence display, and the Cancel button terminates sequence display and closes the window.

The Current Image shows the index of the current image being displayed. It may also be manually set, while sequence display (and record) is stopped, to view at an individual image.

Depending on the host computer's speed, graphics display system, image resolution, image display size, and other variables, the image sequence may not be displayable at the rate specified. If Slow Rate to Display Images is selected, each image is displayed even though the effective display rate is slower than specified. If Skip Images to Maintain Rate is selected, images in the sequence are skipped as needed so as to effectively maintain the specified display rate.

The Set (First Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Set (Last Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image) button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the start of the sequence. The Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image) button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the end of the sequence. As a group, they allow tweaking the images displayed without having to enter buffer numbers.

If First/Last => Default AOI is selected, the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the First Image Displayed and Last Image Displayed as they are changed.

13.6.5. Video to Frame Buffers - Time Stamp

If Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, the time at which each image is captured is recorded and shown as the Current Image Time Stamp. For some PIXCI® frame grabbers, and dependent upon configuration options, the time at which each image is captured is also recorded and shown when using Live Video at Video Interval.

If Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp is selected while capturing, the recorded time stamp is permanently marked in each image. If Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number is selected while capturing, the image sequence number is permanently marked in each image. The Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp and Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number only has effect if selected while capturing.

If Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp is selected, the recorded time stamp is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. If Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number is selected, the image sequence number is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. The Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp and Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number can be selected or deselected at any time.

The Mark All Images w. Overlay button can be used after capturing to permanently mark the overlaid time stamp and/or image number in each image.

The Set Stamp Style & Position button allows changing the overlaid or the permanently marked time stamp's or image number's size, location, color, and typeface as described in Graphic Text.

 

13.7. Capture - Video to Virtual Memory

The Capture - Video to Virtual Memory window allows capturing a sequence of images at fixed, specified, intervals of time or at fixed, specified, intervals of video fields (or frames) into dynamically allocated host computer (virtual) memory. The capture rate can be as fast as one image per video field or frame. A sequence can be captured continuously, overwriting the saved images in a circular manner. A sequence capture can be started and/or stopped by an event (i.e. trigger), or each individual image captured in response to an event. The time at which each image was captured can be non-destructively overlaid or permanently marked within the image.

In contrast to the Capture - Video to Frame Buffers feature, the Capture - Video to Virtual Memory ability to capture sequences at a desired rate depends on the host computer's speed, available physical memory versus virtual memory, and the camera's video rate and bandwidth, but does not require pre-configuration of frame buffer memory to obtain sufficient memory for the desired number of images in the sequence.

13.7.1. Video to Virtual Memory - Capture

If Linear Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a single linear sequence of video fields or frames are captured, with the length of sequence specified by Images to Save. The sequence capture terminates after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Circular Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a continuous circular sequence of video fields or frames are captured, repeatedly, with the length of the sequence specified by Images to Save. The reuse of the first image of the sequence is ''seamless''; the same time or video field interval separates the last and first images of the saved sequence as does any other pair of adjacent saved images. The sequence capture terminates upon clicking Stop or Cancel.

If Event Free is selected, the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence is captured as described above.

If Event Start is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Start Event is armed. The sequence capture begins when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied; the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured.

If Event Stop is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Stop Event is armed and the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Event Start & Stop is selected, both the Event Start and Event Stop and used to start and stop the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above.

If Event per Image is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Start Event is armed once per image. Each image of the sequence is captured when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Live Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Live'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate. The Live Video at Video Interval is most appropriate for cameras with continuous video output, for capturing every frame, or every N'th frame. It uses the camera's periodic video as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Time Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Time Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in seconds. The Snap Video at Time Interval is most appropriate for cameras operating in a triggered mode for which a ''Live'' mode is unavailable (e.g. as the ''Snap'', itself, triggers the camera), or optionally for use with cameras with continuous video output in conjunction with ''time lapse'' imaging. It uses the computer's clock as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate; in contrast to Live Video at Video Interval, the Snap Video at Video Interval only captures the specific frames needed (rather than capturing all frames and retaining only those needed) and reduces computer overhead (specifically, bus bandwidth - for frame grabbers not using on-board frame buffer memory) and, typically, should be used for subvideo rate, not video rate, capture. It uses both the computer's clock and the camera's periodic video as time references.

If using Event per Image, the Video Interval or Time Interval specifies the interval, in field, frames, or seconds, after capturing one image before the Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Start Event is armed to capture the next image.

Use of the Live Video at Video Interval requires that at least three frame buffers have been configured (see PIXCI® - Driver Assistant). More frame buffers may be helpful for slower computers or faster video frame rates, as the frame buffers serve as a temporary cache before images are saved in host computer (virtual) memory. Use of Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval requires that at least two frame buffers have been configured; additional frame buffers for ''Snap'' modes are immaterial.

During capture, the Images Captured and Images Saved show the total number of images captured and saved, respectively; they differ only while capturing a continuous circular sequence where the Images Saved is never larger than Images to Save. During capture, the Image Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved, the Ave. (Image) Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved averaged over the entire sequence.

After capture, the Current Image and Last Image Displayed indicate the latest image captured, and the First Image Displayed indicates the earliest image captured. For a linear sequence, these are simply Images Saved-1 and 0, unless the Stop or Cancel buttons terminated the capture prematurely. For a continuous circular sequence these indicate the temporal ordering of the captured images, and allow sequence display in temporal order.

13.7.2. Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Start/Stop Event

The Capture - Video to Virtual Memory offers the same start and stop event (i.e. trigger) options as described in Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event.

13.7.3. Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Pause Event

The Capture - Video to Virtual Memory offers a pause event feature, allowing capture to be paused and continued via events (i.e. trigger) options. The Pause On and Pause Off events can be chosen separately; each allows selecting an RS-232, G.P. Input, or G.P. Trigger event as described for Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event. In addition, for the Pause feature's G.P. Trigger selection, the G.P Trigger Debounce (Delay) allows minimizing false triggering due to noisy trigger signals; a longer delay provides greater protection, but increases the latency between sensing the trigger and acting upon the trigger.

The Pause button also allows capture to be paused and continued.

13.7.4. Video to Virtual Memory - Display

The First Image Displayed specifies the index of the first image shown and the Last Image Displayed specifies the index of the last image shown. The Image Display Rate specifies the desired image sequence display rate.

If Continuous Run is selected, the image sequence display endlessly repeats. If Reverse Order is selected, the image sequence display is in reverse order.

The Play button starts sequence display, the Pause button pauses sequence display, the Stop button terminates sequence display, and the Cancel button terminates sequence display and closes the window.

The Current Image shows the index of the current image being displayed. It may also be manually set, while sequence display (and record) is stopped, to view at an individual image.

Depending on the host computer's speed, graphics display system, image resolution, image display size, and other variables, the image sequence may not be displayable at the rate specified. If Slow Rate to Display Images is selected, each image is displayed even though the effective display rate is slower than specified. If Skip Images to Maintain Rate is selected, images in the sequence are skipped as needed so as to effectively maintain the specified display rate.

The Set (First Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Set (Last Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image) button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the start of the sequence. The Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image) button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the end of the sequence. As a group, they allow tweaking the images displayed without having to enter buffer numbers.

If First/Last => Default AOI is selected, the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the First Image Displayed and Last Image Displayed as they are changed.

13.7.5. Video to Virtual Memory - Time Stamp

If Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, the time at which each image is captured is recorded and shown as the Current Image Time Stamp. For some PIXCI® frame grabbers, and dependent upon configuration options, the time at which each image is captured is also recorded and shown when using Live Video at Video Interval.

If Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp is selected while capturing, the recorded time stamp is permanently marked in each image. If Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number is selected while capturing, the image sequence number is permanently marked in each image. The Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp and Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number only has effect if selected while capturing.

If Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp is selected, the recorded time stamp is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. If Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number is selected, the image sequence number is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. The Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp and Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number can be selected or deselected at any time.

The Mark All Images w. Overlay button can be used after capturing to permanently mark the overlaid time stamp and/or image number in each image.

The Set Stamp Style & Position button allows changing the overlaid or the permanently marked time stamp's or image number's size, location, color, and typeface as described in Graphic Text.

 

13.8. Capture - Video to Disk File

The Capture - Video to Disk File window allows capturing a sequence of images at fixed, specified, intervals of time or at fixed, specified, intervals of video fields (or frames) to disk. A sequence can be captured continuously, overwriting the saved images in a circular manner. A sequence capture can be started and/or stopped by an event (i.e. trigger), or each individual image captured in response to an event. The time at which each image was captured can be non-destructively overlaid or permanently marked within the image.

The record and playback frame rate depends upon the image resolution, host computer speed, and disk capabilities. For utmost efficiency, images are stored in the specified Video to Disk File in an internal format, dependent on the current PIXCI® frame grabber and the current camera; the Video to Disk File is intended only for use by this Capture - Video to Disk File. feature, or by the File - Load New Image Sequence feature. However, after recording a sequence, the images can be re-saved in TIFF or other standard file formats, by using Image File - Save Sequence of the The Image Viewer Window.

In contrast, the Capture - Video to Image Files feature directly saves each image of the sequence in a standard file format, but may not be able to obtain as high an image record and playback frame rate.

13.8.1. Video to Disk File - Capture

If using a single frame grabber, the Video to Disk File field allows explicit entry of a path and file name wherein the video images are to be recorded; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. XCAP does not force any file name extension; although using .vif is recommended. The 1 File ''option'' is always selected.

If multiple frame grabbers and Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized are in use (see PIXCI® - Multiple Boards), and 1 File/Unit is selected, the Video to Disk File, Unit 0, Video to Disk File, Unit 1, etc. allows explicit entry of a path and file name for each of the frame grabbers.

Alternately, if multiple frame grabbers and Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized are in use, and 1 Pattern is selected, the Video to Disk File Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru fields allows explicit entry of a path and numeric sequence of file names. The File Name Pattern is expected to contain one or more ''?'' characters; all such characters are replaced with decimal numbers incrementing from a starting number (following as) through the an ending number (following thru). One file of the sequence is used for each XCAP frame grabber.

In addition to the filename specified by Video to Disk File, Video to Disk File Pattern, or Video to Disk File, Unit 0, Video to Disk File, Unit 1, etc., the Capture - Video to Disk File feature also creates a corresponding .fmt and .ini files, to allow use of the video to disk file via File - Load New Image Sequence.

If the Capture - Adjustments window is open during sequence capture, the .ini file will also contain a record of all of the active parameters shown in that window, so that the camera's exposure, gain, and similar parameters (dependent on the PIXCI® card and camera used) in effect during the sequence capture are recorded along with the image data.

If a Video to Disk File or Video to Disk File Pattern for an existing file is entered, the File Write Protect is automatically selected and the Record button disabled. Overwriting an existing file requires that the File Write Protect be explicitly deselected, enabling the Record button.

If Protect after Recording is selected, the File Write Protect is automatically (re)applied when the Record button is clicked, helping avoid accidental overwriting of newly captured images.

If Auto File Name upon Record is selected, a suitable Video to Disk File, Video to Disk File Pattern, or Video to Disk File, Unit 0, Video to Disk File, Unit 1, etc. is automatically generated based on the current date and time when the Record button is clicked.

If File Includes Image Date&Time Stamp is selected, additional information is recorded with each image including the date and time of capture and other ''point of capture'' status. If File Includes Image Date&Time Stamp is not selected, the date and time of capture is saved separately in computer memory, but discarded when the Capture - Video to Disk File is exited or a new Video to Disk File or Video to Disk File Pattern entered. The latter is sufficient if the recording will be immediately resaved in TIFF or other standard file format supporting date & time stamps. The former allows immediately recording additional sequences without loosing the date & time stamps; it is also advantageous when recording millions of small images, which would otherwise require large amounts of computer memory to save the date & time stamps.

If Linear Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a single linear sequence of video fields or frames are captured, with the length of sequence specified by Images to Save. The sequence capture terminates after capturing into the last of the Images to Save or upon clicking Stop or Cancel.

If Circular Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a continuous circular sequence of video fields or frames are captured, repeatedly, with the length of the sequence (i.e. number of unique images) specified by Images to Save. The reuse of the first image of the sequence is ''seamless''; the same time or video field interval separates the last and first images of the saved sequence as does any other pair of adjacent saved images. The sequence capture terminates upon clicking Stop or Cancel.

If Event Free is selected, the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence is captured as described above.

If Event Start is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Disk File - Capture Start Event is armed. The sequence capture begins when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied; the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured.

If Event Stop is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Disk File - Capture Stop Event is armed and the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Event Start & Stop is selected, both the Event Start and Event Stop and used to start and stop the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above.

If Event per Image is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Disk File - Capture Start Event is armed once per image. Each image of the sequence is captured when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Live Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Live'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate. The Live Video at Video Interval is most appropriate for cameras with continuous video output, for capturing every frame, or every N'th frame. It uses the camera's periodic video as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Time Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Time Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in seconds. The Snap Video at Time Interval is most appropriate for cameras operating in a triggered mode for which a ''Live'' mode is unavailable (e.g. as the ''Snap'', itself, triggers the camera), or optionally for use with cameras with continuous video output in conjunction with ''time lapse'' imaging. It uses the computer's clock as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate; in contrast to Live Video at Video Interval, the Snap Video at Video Interval only captures the specific frames needed (rather than capturing all frames and retaining only those needed) and reduces computer overhead (specifically, bus bandwidth - for frame grabbers not using on-board frame buffer memory) and, typically, should be used for subvideo rate, not video rate, capture. It uses both the computer's clock and the camera's periodic video as time references.

If using Event per Image, the Video Interval or Time Interval specifies the interval, in field, frames, or seconds, after capturing one image before the Video to Disk File - Capture Start Event is armed to capture the next image.

Use of the Live Video at Video Interval requires that at least three frame buffers have been configured (see PIXCI® - Driver Assistant). More frame buffers may be helpful for slower computers or faster video frame rates, as the frame buffers serve as a temporary cache before images are saved in host computer memory. Use of Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval requires that at least two frame buffers have been configured; additional frame buffers for ''Snap'' modes are immaterial.

During capture, the Images Captured and Images Saved show the total number of images captured and saved, respectively; they differ only while capturing a continuous circular sequence where the Images Saved is never larger than Images to Save. During capture, the Image Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved, the Ave. (Image) Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved averaged over the entire sequence. The Disk Total Space and Disk Free Space display the total size, and the amount of available free space, respectively, of the disk containing the Video to Disk File; both are in ''true'' MiBytes (1024×1024 bytes), rather than the misleading units used by some disk drive manufacturers (1000×1000 bytes). The Required Disk Space shows the amount of disk space required for the specified Images to Save.

After capture, the Current Image and Last Image Displayed indicate the latest image captured, and the First Image Displayed indicates the earliest image captured. For a linear sequence, these are simply Images Saved-1 and 0, unless the Stop or Cancel buttons terminated the capture prematurely. For a continuous circular sequence these indicate the temporal ordering of the captured images, and allow sequence display in temporal order.

If re-recording over an existing file, the Truncate File after Record selects whether, if fewer images are recorded, the file is to be truncated or is to retain its original size (and retaining old image data following the new image data). Truncation conserves disk space and lessens possible confusion when the file is later read. Maintaining the original file's data may allow faster recording when the file is again reused to record additional images; also see the Allocate option, below.

If Clear File Name(s) after Record is selected, after recording is completed the Video to Disk File, Video to Disk File, Unit 0, or Video to Disk File Pattern are cleared and the captured images not displayed. This can be used to help prevent overwriting of the image file(s). Or if an external program is to immediately modify or delete the file(s).

13.8.1.1. Suggestions

In color capture mode, the PIXCI® SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L frame grabber's default format is to generate RGB pixel data at three bytes per pixel. Using the Color Pixel Format the pixel format can be switched to UYVY or YUYV at two bytes per pixel with the same color quality, or to BtYUV at 1.5 bytes per pixel with lower color quality. This reduces both the bandwidth necessary for video to disk capture and the disk space required, but may slow the display of live video on older, slower computers.

Some color cameras, such as Redlake MASD ES2001RGB, ES2020RGB, ES2093RGB, ES4020RGB, ES11000RGB allow selecting the camera's output to be RGB or Bayer. Selecting Bayer decreases the bandwidth necessary for video to disk capture and the disk space required by a factor of three, but may slow the display of live video on older, slower computers.

The SILICON VIDEO® 10C6, 10C-CL, 20C-CL, 1281C, 1310C, 15C5, 1C45 2112C, 2KS-C, 5C10, 643C, 9C10, 9M001C, 9T001C, and WGA-C color cameras, as well as many color cameras by Basler, Cohu, Hitachi, Imperx, Jai, Pulnix, Raptor, Silicon Imaging, UNIQ, Vieworks, and others, output Bayer format pixels. Video to disk automatically saves only the original Bayer representation, rather than the derived RGB representation, decreasing the bandwidth necessary for video to disk capture and the disk space required by a factor of three. Also, the raw sensor data is stored without applying permanent color corrections; color corrections can be adjusted during playback.

In the Live Video at Video Interval mode, all of the frame grabber's frame buffer(s) are used to queue (FIFO) image data and thereby accommodate disk drives which may have sufficient average bandwidth but insufficient ''instantaneous'' for video rate recording. Additional frame buffer memory, and thus additional frame buffers, can be configured using the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant. Under Windows NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, and 8/10/11 the use of ''Forceful'' memory allocation should be avoided; allocation of 62 MiByte is suggested.

The Allocate instead of Record creates an Video to Disk File with arbitrary image data sufficient to contain the specified number of Images to Save. Using Allocate before Record is not required, but may allow faster recording of images.

Windows limits the maximum file size to 2 GiByte in a FAT16 disk partition, to 4 GiByte in a FAT32 disk partition, and to 234 GiByte in a NTFS disk partition. The approximate disk space required for each image can be found under PIXCI® - Video Setup. Using a disk partition empty of all other files, and thus unfragmented, may increase recording bandwidth.

If Update Disk Statistics during Recording is deselected, the Disk Total Space and Disk Free Space are not updated during recording, slightly reducing disk and CPU overhead.

Under Windows, the Use Win API WRITE_THROUGH, Use Win API NO_BUFFERING, and/or Use Win API OVERLAPPED allow selecting the eponymous Windows file I/O mode, intended for use by people with advanced knowledge of computer system and Windows configuration; consult the Windows documentation for their effect.

Under some versions of Windows: recording a sequence, deleting the file, and attempting to record a new sequence may exhibit reduced file system bandwidth and performance. It is more efficient to simply record over the old sequence, or alternately delete the file and then defragment or Quick Format the partition.

Under Linux, the Use Linux API O_NDELAY/O_NONBLOCK, Use Linux API O_SYNC, and/or Use Linux API O_DIRECT allow selecting the eponymous Linux file I/O mode, intended for use by people with advanced knowledge of computer system and Windows configuration; consult the Linux documentation for their effect. The default behavior is to initiate I/O for each captured image. When capturing small images at high speed, performance can be improved by using Disk I/O Buffer Size (I/O) to set an I/O buffer size larger than the image size so that multiple images can be accumulated, allowing less frequent I/O initiation of a larger size and thereby improve performance.

The default behavior is to ''pad'' each saved image, so that each saved image is aligned with the disk's sector size, determined automatically by query of the operating system However, under Windows, and especially when using RAID controllers, the sector size reported by Windows may be incorrect. The Disk I/O Alignment Size can be used to specify an alignment based on the sector size as suggested by the disk drive or RAID controller manufacturer and thereby improve performance, albeit at the expense of a larger file size. If experimenting, try values of 4, 16, 32, 64, 128, or 256 KiBytes.

Some disk controller claims for high bandwidth and throughput depends on the controller performing data compression. Depending on the compression algorithm used, such as disk subsystem may provide adequate bandwidth for video to disk capture of dark and saturated images, or images of a uniform target (e.g. a blank wall), but not provide sufficient bandwidth for typical ''real'' images.

Solid State Drives (SSD) offer improved bandwidth and throughput, compared to rotational drives. However, the SSD performance will degrade after writing and rewriting data; and may be particularly noticeable when Video to Disk is (re)recording over a significant fraction of the drive's capacity. Typically, the performance of so-called ''Enterprise'' class drives degrade significantly slower than so-called ''Consumer'' class drives (circa 2013).

13.8.2. Video to Disk File - Capture Start/Stop Event

The Capture - Video to Disk File offers the same start and stop event (i.e. trigger) options as described in Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event.

13.8.3. Video to Disk File - Capture Pause Event

The Capture - Video to Disk File offers a pause event feature, allowing capture to be paused and continued via events (i.e. trigger) options. The Pause On and Pause Off events can be chosen separately; each allows selecting an RS-232, G.P. Input, or G.P. Trigger event as described for Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event. In addition, for the Pause feature's G.P. Trigger selection, the G.P Trigger Debounce (Delay) allows minimizing false triggering due to noisy trigger signals; a longer delay provides greater protection, but increases the latency between sensing the trigger and acting upon the trigger.

The Pause button also allows capture to be paused and continued.

13.8.4. Video to Disk File - Display

The First Image Displayed specifies the index of the first image shown and the Last Image Displayed specifies the index of the last image shown. The Image Display Rate specifies the desired image sequence display rate.

If Continuous Run is selected, the image sequence display endlessly repeats. If Reverse Order is selected, the image sequence display is in reverse order.

The Play button starts sequence display, the Pause button pauses sequence display, the Stop button terminates sequence display, and the Cancel button terminates sequence display and closes the window.

The Current Image shows the index of the current image being displayed. It may also be manually set, while sequence display (and record) is stopped, to view at an individual image.

Depending on the host computer's speed, graphics display system, image resolution, image display size, and other variables, the image sequence may not be displayable at the rate specified. If Slow Rate to Display Images is selected, each image is displayed even though the effective display rate is slower than specified. If Skip Images to Maintain Rate is selected, images in the sequence are skipped as needed so as to effectively maintain the specified display rate.

The Set (First Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Set (Last Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image) button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the start of the sequence. The Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image) button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the end of the sequence. As a group, they allow tweaking the images displayed without having to enter buffer numbers.

If First/Last => Default AOI is selected, the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the First Image Displayed and Last Image Displayed as they are changed.

13.8.5. Video to Disk File - Time Stamp

If Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, the time at which each image is captured is recorded and shown as the Current Image Time Stamp. For some PIXCI® frame grabbers, and dependent upon configuration options, the time at which each image is captured is also recorded and shown when using Live Video at Video Interval.

If Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp is selected while capturing, the recorded time stamp is permanently marked in each image. If Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number is selected while capturing, the image sequence number is permanently marked in each image. The Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp and Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number only has effect if selected while capturing.

If Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp is selected, the recorded time stamp is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. If Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number is selected, the image sequence number is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. The Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp and Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number can be selected or deselected at any time.

The Mark All Images w. Overlay button can be used after capturing to permanently mark the overlaid time stamp and/or image number in each image.

The Set Stamp Style & Position button allows changing the overlaid or the permanently marked time stamp's or image number's size, location, color, and typeface as described in Graphic Text.

 

13.9. Capture - Video to Image Files

The Capture - Video to Image Files window allows capturing a sequence of images at fixed, specified, intervals of time or at fixed, specified, intervals of video fields (or frames) to disk. A sequence can be captured continuously, overwriting the saved images in a circular manner. A sequence capture can be started and/or stopped by an event (i.e. trigger), or each individual image captured in response to an event. The time at which each image was captured can be non-destructively overlaid or permanently marked within the image. Optionally, each captured image can also be immediately saved to an FTP URL.

The record and playback frame rate depends upon the image resolution, host computer speed, and disk capabilities. Each image of the sequence is saved in a standard image file format - TIFF, BMP, JPEG/JFIF, Portable Map, or FITS - one image per file. Or saved as in a standard image file format - BigTIFF, FITS, or AVI - using a single file for the entire sequence However, when using a single file for the entire sequence: a) Continuous capture mode is not available, b) The sequence can't be modified after capture, c) The Video to Image Files - FTP Copy and Video to Image Files - HTTP Server features are not available, and d) For time lapse photography, capturing into a single file has the disadvantage that in event of power failure during capture, the entire file and thus the previously captured images may be lost. Alternately, a sequence can be captured to TIFF, BMP, JPEG/JFIF, Portable Map, or FITS format files (one image per file) or via Capture - Video to Disk File, and after sequence capture (and optional modifications) resaved in the desired format.

In contrast, the Capture - Video to Disk File feature saves each image of the sequence to a single file in an efficient, internal format and can typically obtain a higher image record and playback frame rate.

13.9.1. Video to Image Files - Capture File & Format

The Image File Pattern, Indexing, as, and thru fields allows explicit entry of a path and numeric sequence of file names; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. XCAP does not force the file name's extension to be the customary extension; although using .tif for TIFF format, .btf for BigTIFF format, .bmp for BMP format, .fts for FITS format, etc., is highly recommended.

The Image File Pattern is expected to contain one or more ''?'' characters; all such characters are replaced with decimal numbers incrementing from the image sequence starting number (following as) through the image sequence ending number (following thru). The Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box; after selecting a specific file name with the browser, the result in Image File Pattern can be modified, inserting ''?'' characters to represent the sequencing characters.

If using a single frame grabber, the Image File Pattern specifies all of the file names as described above. The 1 Pattern ''option'' is always selected.

If multiple frame grabbers and Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized are in use (see PIXCI® - Multiple Boards), and the 1 for All option is selected, the Image File Pattern is extended with additional ''?'' characters to represent the various frame grabbers. For example, with two frame grabbers and 3 images captured per board, the pattern should contain two ''?'' characters which will be replaced by:

    00  for board 0 image 0
    01  for board 0 image 1
    02  for board 0 image 2
    10  for board 1 image 0
    11  for board 1 image 1
    12  for board 1 image 2

If multiple frame grabbers and Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized are in use and the 1 for Each option is selected, the Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 0, Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 1, etc. allows explicit entry of a path and file name pattern for each of the frame grabbers.

If using a single file for the entire sequence - in BigTIFF, FITS, or AVI - the Image File Pattern's need ''?'' characters only when using multiple frame grabbers with Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized and the 1 for All option.

The ''?'' characters to represent the sequencing characters may also be used in the directory (folder) component, such as:

    /data?/file????.tif
However, the implied various directories (folders) must already exist. This allows creating a sequence with more files than allowed in a single directory (folder) under the host operating system.[72] The example above allows saving 100,000 files, 10,000 in each of ten directories (folders).

If an Image File Pattern for existing file(s) is entered, the File Write Protect is automatically selected and the Record button disabled. Overwriting an existing file requires that the File Write Protect be explicitly deselected, enabling use of the Record button.

If Protect after Recording is selected, the File Write Protect is automatically (re)applied when the Record button is clicked, helping avoid accidental overwriting of newly captured images.

If Auto File Name upon Record is selected, a suitable Image File Pattern or Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 0, Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 1, etc. is automatically generated based on the current date and time when the Record button is clicked.

One of the file formats, Sequence of TIFF's, Sequence of JPEG/JFIF's, Sequence of BMP's, Sequence of Portable Map's, Sequence of FITS's, One TIFF w. Sequence, One AVI w. Sequence, One BigTIFF w. Sequence, or One FITS w. Sequence can be selected. The suffix of the Image File Pattern selects the default file format; for ambiguous selections, such as .tif for either Sequence of TIFF's and One TIFF w. Sequence, or .fts for either Sequence of FITS's and One FITS w. Sequence, the Seq of Files allows selecting the former options, and File w. Seq allows selecting the latter options.

For each file format selection, format specific options are available as described under Image File - Save as TIFF Format, BigTIFF Format, JPEG/JFIF Format, BMP Format, Portable Map Format, FITS Format, and AVI Format.

13.9.2. Video to Image Files - Capture

If Linear Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a single linear sequence of video fields or frames are captured, with the length of sequence specified by Images to Save. The sequence capture terminates after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Circular Sequence is selected, upon clicking Record, a continuous circular sequence of video fields or frames are captured, repeatedly, with the length of the sequence specified by Images to Save. The reuse of the first image of the sequence is ''seamless''; the same time or video field interval separates the last and first images of the saved sequence as does any other pair of adjacent saved images. The sequence capture terminates upon clicking Stop or Cancel.

If Event Free is selected, the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence is captured as described above.

If Event Start is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Image Files - Capture Start Event is armed. The sequence capture begins when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied; the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured.

If Event Stop is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Image Files - Capture Stop Event is armed and the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above, is captured. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Event Start & Stop is selected, both the Event Start and Event Stop and used to start and stop the single linear sequence or the continuous circular sequence, as described above.

If Event per Image is selected, upon clicking Record, the selected Video to Image Files - Capture Start Event is armed once per image. Each image of the sequence is captured when the selected event, or trigger, condition is satisfied. The sequence capture terminates when the event, or trigger, condition is satisfied, or upon clicking Stop or Cancel, or, for single linear sequences, after capturing into the last of the Images to Save.

If Live Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Live'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate. The Live Video at Video Interval is most appropriate for cameras with continuous video output, for capturing every frame, or every N'th frame. It uses the camera's periodic video as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Time Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Time Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in seconds. The Snap Video at Time Interval is most appropriate for cameras operating in a triggered mode for which a ''Live'' mode is unavailable (e.g. as the ''Snap'', itself, triggers the camera), or optionally for use with cameras with continuous video output in conjunction with ''time lapse'' imaging. It uses the computer's clock as the time reference.

If Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, video is captured in ''Snap'' mode; the Video Interval specifies the interval between captured images, in fields or frames as appropriate; in contrast to Live Video at Video Interval, the Snap Video at Video Interval only captures the specific frames needed (rather than capturing all frames and retaining only those needed) and reduces computer overhead (specifically, bus bandwidth - for frame grabbers not using on-board frame buffer memory) and, typically, should be used for subvideo rate, not video rate, capture. It uses both the computer's clock and the camera's periodic video as time references.

If using Event per Image, the Video Interval or Time Interval specifies the interval, in field, frames, or seconds, after capturing one image before the Video to Image Files - Capture Start Event is armed to capture the next image.

Use of the Live Video at Video Interval requires that at least two frame buffers have been configured (see PIXCI® - Driver Assistant). More frame buffers may be helpful for slower computers or faster video frame rates, as the frame buffers serve as a temporary cache before images are saved in host computer memory. Use of Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval requires that at least one frame buffer has been configured; additional frame buffers for ''Snap'' modes are not significant.

If the Record Restart w. Oldest Existing Image File option is selected, capture restarts with the oldest existing image file, or the first non-existent image file, instead of starting with the first image file specified by the Image File Pattern.

During capture, the Images Captured and Images Saved show the total number of images captured and saved, respectively; they differ only while capturing a continuous circular sequence where the Images Saved is never larger than Images to Save. During capture, the Image Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved, the Ave. (Image) Save Rate shows the approximate rate at which images are captured and saved averaged over the entire sequence. The Disk Total Space and Disk Free Space display the total size, and the amount of available free space, respectively, of the disk containing the Image File; both are in ''true'' MiBytes (1024×1024 bytes), rather than the misleading units used by some disk drive manufacturers (1000×1000 bytes).

After capture, the Current Image and Last Image Displayed indicate the latest image captured, and the First Image Displayed indicates the earliest image captured. For a linear sequence, these are simply Images Saved-1 and 0, unless the Stop or Cancel buttons terminated the capture prematurely. For a continuous circular sequence these indicate the temporal ordering of the captured images, and allow sequence display in temporal order.

Use of Allocate instead of Record creates image files, as per the Image File Pattern and Images to Save, with arbitrary image data. Using Allocate before Record is not required but may allow faster recording of images, especially when saving thousands of image files which requires time consuming (at least under Windows) enlargement of the directory (folder).

If Clear File Name(s) after Record is selected, after recording is completed the Image File Pattern or Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 0 are cleared and the captured images not displayed. This can be used to help prevent overwriting of the image file(s). Or if an external program is to immediately modify or delete the file(s).

To help speed up JPEG/JFIF, TIFF, or BigTIFF coding and compression, multiple threads and CPU's (or CPU cores) can be assigned to the operation; localed under the JPEG I/O, TIFF I/O, and BigTIFF I/O sections. The Process Threads allows selecting the number of CPU threads to perform the operation. The 1 Thread, 2 Threads, etc. selects the specified number of threads; regardless of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system. The All CPUs, 50% CPUs, and 25% CPUs select use of multiple threads, based on the specified percentage of the number of CPUs (or CPU cores) reported as available on the current system.

13.9.3. Video to Image Files - Capture Start/Stop Event

The Capture - Video to Image Files offers the same start and stop event (i.e. trigger) options as described in Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event.

13.9.4. Video to Image Files - Capture Pause Event

The Capture - Video to Image Files offers a pause event feature, allowing capture to be paused and continued via events (i.e. trigger) options. The Pause On and Pause Off events can be chosen separately; each allows selecting an RS-232, G.P. Input, or G.P. Trigger event as described for Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event. In addition, for the Pause feature's G.P. Trigger selection, the G.P Trigger Debounce (Delay) allows minimizing false triggering due to noisy trigger signals; a longer delay provides greater protection, but increases the latency between sensing the trigger and acting upon the trigger.

The Pause button also allows capture to be paused and continued.

13.9.5. Video to Image Files - Display

The First Image Displayed specifies the index of the first image shown and the Last Image Displayed specifies the index of the last image shown. The Image Display Rate specifies the desired image sequence display rate.

If Continuous Run is selected, the image sequence display endlessly repeats. If Reverse Order is selected, the image sequence display is in reverse order.

The Play button starts sequence display, the Pause button pauses sequence display, the Stop button terminates sequence display, and the Cancel button terminates sequence display and closes the window.

The Current Image shows the index of the current image being displayed. It may also be manually set, while sequence display (and record) is stopped, to view at an individual image.

Depending on the host computer's speed, graphics display system, image resolution, image display size, and other variables, the image sequence may not be displayable at the rate specified. If Slow Rate to Display Images is selected, each image is displayed even though the effective display rate is slower than specified. If Skip Images to Maintain Rate is selected, images in the sequence are skipped as needed so as to effectively maintain the specified display rate.

The Set (First Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Set (Last Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image) button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the start of the sequence. The Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image) button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the end of the sequence. As a group, they allow tweaking the images displayed without having to enter buffer numbers.

If First/Last => Default AOI is selected, the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the First Image Displayed and Last Image Displayed as they are changed.

13.9.6. Video to Image Files - Time Stamp

If Snap Video at Time Interval or Snap Video at Video Interval is selected, the time at which each image is captured is recorded and shown as the Current Image Time Stamp. For some PIXCI® frame grabbers, and dependent upon configuration options, the time at which each image is captured is also recorded and shown when using Live Video at Video Interval.

If Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp is selected while capturing, the recorded time stamp is permanently marked in each image. If Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number is selected while capturing, the image sequence number is permanently marked in each image. The Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp and Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number only has effect if selected while capturing.

If Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp is selected, the recorded time stamp is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. If Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number is selected, the image sequence number is overlaid non-destructively on the displayed image. The Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp and Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number can be selected or deselected at any time.

The Mark All Images w. Overlay button can be used after capturing to permanently mark the overlaid time stamp and/or image number in each image.

The Set Stamp Style & Position button allows changing the overlaid or the permanently marked time stamp's or image number's size, location, color, and typeface as described in Graphic Text.

13.9.7. Video to Image Files - FTP Copy

Optionally, if FTP Captured Image Copy Enabled, after each captured image is saved to disk, it can be immediately copied to an internet FTP URL.

If Copy to Single URL is selected, all images are copied to the same URL. If (Copy) to Sequence of URL's is selected, images are copied to a range of URL's. The Image URL Pattern specifying the numeric sequence of URLs.

The Image URL Pattern field allows explicit entry of an FTP URL to which the image is to be saved. The URL should have a format similar to:

    ftp://domain.com/pretty.tif
    ftp://ftp.domain.com/images/pretty.tif
or
    ftp://domain.com/pretty???.tif
    ftp://ftp.domain.com/images/pretty???.tif
The FTP User ID and FTP Password must be set with a user ID and password that allows access to the Image URL Pattern. If FTP to .tmp and Rename is selected, the image is saved to the specified URL ''.tmp'' appended, then renamed to the specified URL; this prevents other programs or users from ''seeing'' a partial file while the copy operation is in progress. The FTP Timeout limits the period of time used by the save operation.

Depending on the image size and speed of the internet connection, use of the FTP Captured Image Copy Enabled feature may significantly slow the capture rate.

13.9.8. Video to Image Files - HTTP Server

Optionally, with HTTP Image Sequence Server Enabled, an HTTP server (i.e. web server) is activated that allows access to the sequence of images - as they are being captured - via an internet web browser.

The HTTP Port specifies the HTTP port to be used; each independent HTTP server within XCAP (such as within different instances of Capture - Video to Image Files) should have a unique HTTP port. The standard default is 80, standard alternate is 8080, other reasonable alternates are 8081 through 8087. See

    http://www/iana.org/assignments/port-numbers
for additional information.

The URL used at the browser should be of the form:

    http://nn.nn.nn.nn/PIXCI.XXX
    http://nn.nn.nn.nn:port/PIXCI.XXX
where ''nn.nn.nn.nn'' is the HTTP server host's IP address,[73] and ''port'' is the selected HTTP port. If ''port'' is 80, it need not explicitly specified.

The URL can have appended

    &buffer=bb
where bb is a sequence buffer number; if bb=-1, the most recent displayed or captured image buffer is provided, if bb=-2, the next most recent displayed or captured image buffer is provided, etc. For Capture - Video to Image Files used to control multiple boards the URL can have appended
    &unit=uu
to select the unit.

The HTTP Server provides images in the format specified under Video to Image Files - Capture File & Format; a URL such as

    http://nn.nn.nn.nn/PIXCI.JPG
    http://nn.nn.nn.nn/PIXCI.BMP
can be used, but doesn't change the format of the images provided.

While the HTTP server will provide the newest image each time asked, it is up to the browser to repeatedly ask for a new image and thereby provide live video, such as by using the following example:

<!--
'
'       webcam_example2.htm    External        03-May-2005
'
'       Copyright (C) 2005 EPIX, Inc. All rights reserved.
'
'       Example web page for retrieving images from XCAP's HTTP Server
'
-->
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<title>Example Web Cam Page 2</title>
</head>
<body>
<div align="center">
  <h1>Example Web Cam 2</h1>

<script language="JavaScript"> // Change image update rate in milliseconds. refreshRate = 5000
// Change address to the computer running XCAP. xcapURL = "http://nn.nn.nn.nn:80/pixci.xxx&unique=" // Create a link to image document.write ('<img src="' + xcapURL + '" name="webCamURL">')
// Update the image setTimeout('reloadImage()', refreshRate)
function reloadImage() { // Change the image URL, so that the browser will reload it. document.images.webCamURL.src = xcapURL + (new Date()).getTime() // Continue updating the image setTimeout('reloadImage()', refreshRate) }
function changeRefresh() { // Cycle through radio buttons. for (i = 0; i < document.refreshControl.length; i++){ // See which one is selected. if (document.refreshControl.refreshSelection[i].checked == true) { // Update image refresh rate. refreshRate = document.refreshControl.refreshSelection[i].value } } } </script> <p>Select Refresh Rate: <form name="refreshControl"> <input type="radio" value="1000" name="refreshSelection" onClick="changeRefresh()">1 sec.</input> <input type="radio" value="5000" name="refreshSelection" onClick="changeRefresh()" checked>5 sec.</input> <input type="radio" value="10000" name="refreshSelection" onClick="changeRefresh()">10 sec.</input> <input type="radio" value="30000" name="refreshSelection" onClick="changeRefresh()">30 sec.</input> <input type="radio" value="60000" name="refreshSelection" onClick="changeRefresh()">1 min.</input> </form> </P> </div> </body> </html>

 

13.10. Capture - Video to StreamStor

The Capture - Video to StreamStor allows recording and playing video to and from Conduant (formerly Boulder Instruments) StreamStor High-Speed Disk Recorders, allowing recording at video rate with almost all cameras and resolutions. The Video to StreamStor is provided only in the XCAP-Plus version.

Before using Capture - Video to StreamStor, the StreamStor drivers should have been installed and tested following instructions provided by Conduant.

If multiple PIXCI® frame grabbers are being used, and the Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized in PIXCI® - Multiple Boards is selected, then the Capture - Video to StreamStor feature expects and controls one StreamStor controller for each PIXCI® frame grabber. Each controller, and the disk drives connected to it, must be configured in the same manner with the same amount of disk space.

13.10.1. Video to StreamStor - StreamStor

The Video to StreamStor - StreamStor provides information about the StreamStor controller and the attached disk drives' size and configuration, PCI bus interface, current status, and version codes, all as reported by the StreamStor software. If Update during Recording is selected, the status information is updated while recording, at a slight increase of bus overhead.

13.10.2. Video to StreamStor - Record

If Erase & Record is selected, each new recording erases any previous recording, so as to make all of the disk space available to the new recording. If Append & Record is selected, each new recording is appended at the end of the previous recording(s).

The Record button starts recording, Stop or Cancel terminates recording.

The Disk Total Space and Disk Free Space display the total size, and the amount of available free space, respectively, of the disk drive(s); both are in ''true'' MiBytes (1024×1024 bytes), rather than the misleading units used by some disk drive manufacturers (1000×1000 bytes). The Images Saved show the total number of images saved. If Update during Recording is selected, the Disk Free Space is updated while recording, at a slight increase of bus overhead.

13.10.3. Video to StreamStor - Display

The First Image Displayed specifies the index of the first image shown and the Last Image Displayed specifies the index of the last image shown. The Image Display Rate specifies the desired image sequence display rate.

If Continuous Run is selected, the image sequence display endlessly repeats. If Reverse Order is selected, the image sequence display is in reverse order.

The Play button starts sequence display, the Pause button pauses sequence display, the Stop button terminates sequence display, and the Cancel button terminates sequence display and closes the window.

The Current Image shows the index of the current image being displayed. It may also be manually set, while sequence display (and record) is stopped, to view at an individual image.

Depending on the host computer's speed, graphics display system, image resolution, image display size, and other variables, the image sequence may not be displayable at the rate specified. If Slow Rate to Display Images is selected, each image is displayed even though the effective display rate is slower than specified. If Skip Images to Maintain Rate is selected, images in the sequence are skipped as needed so as to effectively maintain the specified display rate.

The Set (First Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Set (Last Image to) Here button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the Current Image (Displayed). The Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image) button facilitates adjusting the First Image Displayed to the start of the sequence. The Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image) button facilitates adjusting the Last Image Displayed to the end of the sequence. As a group, they allow tweaking the images displayed without having to enter buffer numbers.

If First/Last => Default AOI is selected, the Image Viewer Window - Aoi default sequence is set to the First Image Displayed and Last Image Displayed as they are changed.

 

13.11. Capture - Video to ... Comparison

Video to Video to Video to Video to
Frame Buffers Virtual Memory Disk File Image Files

CPU Usage 0/5 1/5 1/5 3/5, (2)
5/5 w.
compression

Disk 0/5 0/5 at start, 2/5 3/5
Bandwidth 2/5 as memory
Usage used & paged

Frame Per number Temporary Temporary Temporary
buffer of captured queue for queue for queue for
memory images ¼+ sec. ½+ sec. ½+ sec.
required of video (3) of video (3) of video (3)

Preallocate Yes, computer No No No
storage for memory (1) (optionally,
images disk space)
(4)

Must Yes Yes Optional No
save re-save of
after raw data
capture

Dependent No After Yes Yes
on disk computer
bandwidth memory
consumed

Maximum Per Per O.S. Per Per
capture computer swap/page disk disk
length memory (1) file space space space
space

Supports Yes Dependent Dependent Dependent
largest (assuming on CPU on CPU on CPU
& fastest live capture and/or disk and disk and disk
video supported) bandwidth bandwidth bandwidth

Supports Yes Yes Yes Yes w. single
Continuous image per file
(Ring) No w. multiple
Capture images per file

Post-adjust Yes (5) Yes (5) Yes (5) No
Bayer/RGB
Contrast,
Flat Field

Software -Plus -Plus -Plus -Plus
-Std -Std -Std -Std
-Ltd 8GB max -Ltd 4GiB max -Ltd
-Lite 256MiB max -Lite 1GiB max -Lite (w. one
TIFF per image)

Multi-CPU/ N/A N/A N/A -Plus
thread/core -Std
data
compression

FTP video No No No -Plus
off-site -Std
-Ltd

HTTP access No No No -Plus
to video -Std
-Ltd

Note: The CPU Usage and Disk Bandwidth Usage values, do not represent actual measurements or specifications, but are intended only to suggest the relative differences, on a scale of 0 through 5, among the various capture methods.

Note (1): For Video to Frame Buffers, a PIXCI® frame grabber capturing directly into computer memory is assumed, rather than a frame grabber with on-board frame buffer memory.

Note (2): For Video to Image Files, CPU Usage depends on several interrelated, variables. Such as the compression method used (if any), image file format selected, image bit depth; whether post-capture image corrections are needed for bit packing, multi-tap corrections, per-pixel gain and offset corrections (e.g. for FFC/FPN/PRNU), contrast enhancements, Bayer to RGB conversion, white balance, color space corrections, etc.; and whether, in conjunction with JPEG/JFIF, TIFF, or BigTIFF file formats, use of multiple threads or CPU cores for coding and/or compression are available and selected.

Note (3): Required frame buffer queue size is dependent on video frame rate, CPU(s) speed and availability, disk I/O bandwidth and short-term variations to disk I/O bandwidth, and disk activity of other applications. (For hard disk drives (HDD) I/O bandwidth variations can be due to rotational latency; bad block, sector, or track replacement; recalibration; and/or fragmentation. Lower quality solid state drives (SSD) can also be afflicted with short-term variations of I/O bandwidth.)

Note (4): Pre-allocating disk space can improve disk I/O bandwidth during subsequent video capture.

Note (5): Raw pixel data from camera is captured and stored. Bayer to RGB conversion (including white balancing and color space correction), contrast enhancement (ACE), and/or per-pixel flat field corrections (FFC/FPN/PRNU) are applied as needed while viewing live images. They can be adjusted after capture,[74] and images re-viewed, prior to saving images — without degradation of data due to repeated reprocessing and rounding (or worse effects in the case of contrast enhancement). For Bayer pixel values, the required memory space, or disk space and bandwidth, is one-third the space or bandwidth needed for RGB pixels.

 

13.12. Capture - GIO Event Capture

The Capture - GIO Event Capture window allows capturing a video field or frame in response to a trigger supplied via the general purpose input signal (formerly referred to as ''External TTL Inputs''), with selectable delay of a specified number of fields, and with an optional delay until a specific field (for interlaced video formats).

The triggered capture operation can also control the general purpose output signal (formerly referred to as ''External TTL Outputs''). This can be used for simple ''handshaking'' acknowledgment; responding when the input trigger is seen or when the image has been captured. The general purpose output signal can also be used for retriggering an external device; with the triggered capture operation waiting for an general purpose input trigger, generating a trigger in sync with video timing, and then capturing an image buffer. Optionally, the control features of the ''triggered'' capture operation can be used without waiting for an general purpose input trigger.

The Capture - GIO Event Capture window also allows capturing a sequence of images, each triggered as described above for a single image.

The Capture - GIO Event Capture does not support PIXCI® SV2 and SV3 frame grabbers. Similar, but reduced, functionality can be obtain by using Capture - Video to Frame Buffers with events.

If Capture Single Image at Event is selected, a single triggered image is captured into the specified First Frame Buffer Captured. If Capture Sequence, One Image per Event is selected, a sequence of triggered images is captured into the specified First Frame Buffer Captured through the Last Frame Buffer Captured. If Continuous Capture, One Image per Event is selected, a continuous sequence of triggered images is captured into the specified First Frame Buffer Captured through the Last Frame Buffer Captured, repeatedly, until the operation is explicitly canceled.

The Run button starts the triggered image capture, the Stop button cancels the triggered image capture, and the Cancel button cancels the triggered image capture and closes the window.

13.12.1. GIO Event Capture Steps

The various steps of the triggered capture are shown on screen and described; some are parameters, others merely informative for the sake of readability and exposition.

  1. Begin digitizing into the current image buffer and save the current value of the general purpose input signal.

  2. For PIXCI® D, D24, and D32 frame grabbers wherein the TTL inputs are latched, reset the TTL inputs as selected by 1's in Reset General Purpose Input. Mask. Set bit(s) of the general purpose output as selected by 1's in Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask to the corresponding bit value in Set General Purpose Output (async): Value. This is asynchronous with respect to vertical blanking.

  3. If Wait for - General Purpose Input Change is selected and the General Purpose Input Mask is nonzero, wait for the masked bit(s) of the general purpose input to change as compared to the value saved in Step 1. If Rising Edge is selected, wait for a low to high transition. If Falling Edge is selected, wait for a high to low transition. If Any Edge is selected, wait for either a low to high or high to low transition. For the PIXCI® D, D24, and D32 frame grabbers wherein the TTL inputs are latched, the frame grabber's hardware determines the edge sensitivity of the general purpose Input.

  4. Immediately set bit(s) of the general purpose output as selected by 1's in Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask to the corresponding bit value in Set General Purpose Output (async): Value. Since the general purpose input transition may not be synchronous with vertical blanking, neither will this be synchronous to vertical blanking.

  5. If the Optional Trigger Control is selected, perform the following:

    1. Wait for the end of the field specified by Wait for Vertical Sync After ... Field.

      1. If After Even Field is selected, wait for the end of the even field.

      2. If After Odd Field is selected, wait for the end of the odd field.

      3. If After Any Field is selected, wait for the end of the next field.
      If the video format is not interlaced, the After Any Field is forced.

    2. Set bit(s) of the general purpose output as selected by 1's in Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask to the corresponding bit value in Set General Purpose Output (async): Value.

    3. Wait for the number of fields specified as Wait N fields.

    4. Set bit(s) of the general purpose output as selected by 1's in Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask to the corresponding bit value in Set General Purpose Output (async): Value.

  6. Wait for the number of fields specified as Wait N fields.

  7. Wait for the end of the field selected by Cease Digitizing (sync) After Next ... Field and cease digitizing.

    1. If After Even Field is selected, wait for the end of the even field.

    2. If After Odd Field is selected, wait for the end of the odd field.

    3. If After Any Field is selected, wait for the end of the next field.
    If the video format is not interlaced, the After Any Field is forced.

  8. Set bit(s) of the general purpose output as selected by 1's in Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask to the corresponding bit value in Set General Purpose Output (async): Value.

  9. Display the image buffer.

13.12.2. Triggered Sequence Capture Steps

The various steps of the triggered sequence capture are similar to those as described for GIO Event Capture Steps, with the following differences.

  1. Begin digitizing into the First Frame Buffer Captured and save the current value of the general purpose input signal.
    ...
    7.
    Wait for the end of the field selected by Cease Digitizing Buffer (sync) After Next ... Field and cease digitizing the current buffer.
    ...

    9.
    If the Last Frame Buffer Captured has not yet been captured, continue with Step 3, capturing into the next buffer of the sequence. If the Last Frame Buffer Captured has been captured:

  2. If Capture Sequence of Triggered Images is selected, proceed with Step 10.

  3. If Continuous Capture, One Image per Event is selected, proceed with Step 3 re-using the First Frame Buffer Captured.

10.
Set bit(s) of the general purpose output as selected by 1's in Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask to the corresponding bit value in Set General Purpose Output (async): Value. This is asynchronous with respect to vertical blanking.

11.
Display the image buffer. If Capture Sequence, One Image per Event is selected, the First Frame Buffer Captured is displayed. If Continuous Capture, One Image per Event is selected, the last acquired buffer is displayed.

 

13.13. Capture - Waterfall

The Capture - Waterfall window allows displaying live video, one line per field, scrolling up or down the window. The Capture - Waterfall is primarily intended for use with line scan cameras, as an aid to focus and other adjustments.

The Run button starts the operation, the Stop button terminates the operation, and the Cancel button terminates the operation (if any) and closes the window.

The Run button does not, by itself, switch the PIXCI® frame grabber to Live mode; if used in Capture - UnLive mode, one line per field of the current frame buffer is displayed.

The Line Sampled selects the line of the frame buffer to be repeatedly displayed. If Top to Bottom is selected, the display scrolls top to bottom with newer image lines shown at the top. If Bottom to Top is selected, the display scrolls bottom to top with newer image lines shown at the bottom.

The display created by Capture - Waterfall can't be saved, processed, or analyzed; it is intended only as a visual aid.

 

13.14. Capture - Frame Average

The Capture - Frame Average allows viewing live video with continuous frame averaging, averaging corresponding pixels of each of the most recent N video frames, so as to reduce noise.

The Capture - Frame Average provides two styles. In one style, the original The Image Viewer Window displays the average of the last N captured images from the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer, with a small dialog containing the various controls described below. This style minimizes the number of windows and use of screen ''real estate''.

In the other style, a second The Image Viewer Window average of the last N captured images from the PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffer. The original PIXCI® Image Viewer Window remains as well, allowing the ''raw'' image to be viewed along with the averaged image. If video is being continuously captured, both the ''raw'' image and the derived image are continuously updated; allowing a side-by-side comparison. The Frame Average viewer window provides a Capture - Adjustments with various controls described below.

The Single Image Viewer Style and Dual Image Viewer Style buttons allows switching styles.

The Frames Averaged specifies the number of most recent video frames to be averaged.

The Average Mode specifies the averaging mode. If Recursive is selected, the averaged result is a weighted average of the specified number of video frames, with the most recent video frames having greater weight, updated after each video frame.

If FIFO is selected, the averaged result is the true average of the specified number of video frames, updated after each video frame. If FIFO Integrate is selected, the result is the true summation of the specified number of video frames divided by the specified Averaging Divisor, updated after each video frame.

If Group is selected, the averaged result is the true average of the specified number of video frames, updated once per the specified number of video frames.

The FIFO, FIFO Integrate, and Group options require more processing overhead. The Recursive option produces less noticeable image ''smear'' when the camera or subject are moving or the lighting is changing.

In FIFO Integrate mode, the Averaging Divisor allows selecting true averaging (with Averaging Divisor equal to Frames Averaged), or integration (with Averaging Divisor equal to one), or anywhere in-between. Using an Averaging Divisor less than Frames Averaged allows better viewing of dark images; however the integration of bright images will cause pixel values to overflow and degraded image quality.

 

13.15. Capture - RGB Merge

The Capture - RGB Merge allows interpreting and viewing three monochromatic PIXCI® frame buffers as a single color (e.g. RGB) image, with adjustments for registration and coloring. The Capture - RGB Merge is not available if the underlying frame buffers are not monochromatic, or if less than three frame buffers are available.

The Capture - RGB Merge provides two styles. In one style, the original The Image Viewer Window displays the first three PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers merged as color (RGB), with a small dialog containing the various controls described below. This style minimizes the number of windows and use of screen ''real estate''.

In the other style, a second The Image Viewer Window displays the first three PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers merged as color (RGB). The original PIXCI® Image Viewer Window remains as well, allowing the ''raw'' monochromatic images to be viewed along with the derived color image. If video is being continuously captured, both the monochromatic image and the derived color image are continuously updated; allowing focus adjustments on the monochromatic image and registration adjustments on the color image. The RGB Merge viewer window provides a Capture - Adjustments with various controls described below.

The Single Image Viewer Style and Dual Image Viewer Style buttons allows switching styles.

The Live 1, Live 2, and Live 3 continuously captures into the first, second, or third underlying frame buffer (i.e. first, second, or third component of the merged color image) and displays the images. The UnLive terminates the Live 1, Live 2, or Live 3 mode, displaying the last captured image. The Snap 1, Snap 2, and Snap 3, captures a single image into the first, second, or third underlying frame buffer and displays the images.

If Merge Mode is B G R, the three monochromatic buffers are interpreted as blue, green, and red components, respectively. If Merge Mode is B R G, the three monochromatic buffers are interpreted as blue, red, and green components, respectively. If Merge Mode is R G B, the three monochromatic buffers are interpreted as red, green, and blue components, respectively. If Merge Mode is R B G, the three monochromatic buffers are interpreted as red, blue, and green components, respectively. If Merge Mode is G R B, the three monochromatic buffers are interpreted as green, red, and blue components, respectively. If Merge Mode is G B R, the three monochromatic buffers are interpreted as green, blue, and red components, respectively.

If Merge Mode is Coloring - Ave (or Coloring - Sum) is selected, the merged color image is constructed from an average (or sum) of the Color 1 weighted by the pixel values of the first underlying monochromatic buffer, the Color 2 weighted by the pixel values of the second underlying monochromatic buffer, and the Color 3 weighted by the pixel values of the third underlying monochromatic buffer. The Color 1, Color 2, and Color 3 can each be set as described in Pick Graphics Color.

Note that selecting Merge Mode as Coloring - Sum and setting Color 1 Color 2 Color 3 to the three primary colors (e.g. 255/0/0, 0/255/0, and 0/0/255) has the same effect as selecting R G B, but requires significantly more processing than selecting R G B.

The Offset 1, X, Offset 2, X, and Offset 3, X, allow specifying a horizontal offset and adjusting the registration for each of the three underlying images. The Offset 1, Y, Offset 2, Y, and Offset 3, Y, allow specifying a vertical offset and adjusting the registration for each of the three underlying images.

 

13.16. Capture - Quad Pixel Merge

The Capture - Quad Pixel Merge allows viewing four monochromatic PIXCI® frame buffers as a single image, interpreting the contents of each frame buffer to be shifted by half of a pixel left, right, up, and/or down relative to the other three frame buffers. The Capture - Quad Pixel Merge is not available if the underlying frame buffers are not monochromatic, or if less than four frame buffers are available. The Capture - Quad Pixel Merge feature is provided only in the XCAP-Plus version.

The Capture - Quad Pixel Merge provides two styles. In one style, the original The Image Viewer Window displays the first four PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers merged as a single image, with a small dialog containing the various controls described below. This style minimizes the number of windows and use of screen ''real estate''.

In the other style, a second The Image Viewer Window displays the first four PIXCI® frame grabber's frame buffers merged as a single image. The original PIXCI® Image Viewer Window remains as well, allowing the ''raw'' monochromatic images to be viewed along with the derived merged image. If video is being continuously captured, both the monochromatic image and the derived merged image are continuously updated; allowing a side-by-side comparison. The Quad Pixel Merge viewer window provides a Capture - Adjustments with various controls described below.

The Single Image Viewer Style and Dual Image Viewer Style buttons allows switching styles.

The Live 1, Live 2, Live 3, and Live 4 continuously captures into the first, second, third, or fourth underlying frame buffer (i.e. first, second, third, or fourth component of the merged image) and displays the images. The UnLive terminates the Live 1, Live 2, Live 3, or Live 4 mode, displaying the last captured image. The Snap 1, Snap 2, Snap 3, and Snap 4 captures a single image into the first, second, third, or fourth underlying frame buffer and displays the image.

The Merge Mode selects how the contents of the four frame buffer are to be merged. If UL=1 UR=2 LL=3 LR=4 is selected, the first buffer has (fractional) upper left pixel values, the second buffer has (fractional) upper right pixel values, the third buffer has (fractional) lower left pixel values, and the fourth buffer has (fractional) lower right pixel values. Fifteen additional selections, from UL=1 UR=2 LL=4 LR=3 through UL=4 UR=3 LL=2 LR=1 allow specifying any of the possible combinations of correspondence between frame buffers and (fractional) pixel position.

13.16.1. Quad Pixel Merge - Hitachi KP-F100-S7

The Hitachi KP-F100-S7 camera used in conjunction with a PIXCI® frame grabber customized for that camera, provides hardware support for more convenient capturing of and display of merged images. The camera automatically cycles through all four fractional pixel positions, and provides a signal to consistently identify each position.

When the Hitachi KP-F100-S7 is used, the Capture - Adjustments provides a single Snap and a single Live. The former captures a group of the next four images into the first four frame buffers, the latter does the same, but continuously. Along with capturing each image, a hidden flag is captured identifying each as first, second, third, or fourth relative to the camera's sequencing.

The Merge Mode selects how the contents of the four frame buffer are to be merged. If UL=1 UR=2 LL=3 LR=4 is selected, the buffer with the first flag has (fractional) upper left pixel values, the buffer with the second flag has (fractional) upper right pixel values, the buffer with the third flag has (fractional) lower left pixel values, and the buffer with the fourth flag has (fractional) lower right pixel values. Fifteen additional selections, from UL=1 UR=2 LL=4 LR=3 through UL=4 UR=3 LL=2 LR=1 allow specifying any of the possible combinations of correspondence between buffers flags and (fractional) pixel position.

 

13.17. Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232

The Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232 window allows controlling the aperture and focus of a compatible lens via a Birger EF232 Lens Mount. Both manual aperture and focus control, through the GUI, as well as automatic aperture and focus control, in response to the image intensity and sharpness, are provided.

The Birger EF232 Lens Mount currently supports Canon EF lenses, both ''USM'' and ''DC'' types. The ''USM'' style lenses offer quicker and smoother focusing, particularly when using the auto focus feature.

13.17.1. Manual Controls

The left side of the Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232 dialog provides controls for features directly implemented by the Birger EF232 Lens Mount and supported lens, such as manually setting the aperture and focus via the GUI.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the device; however, this should not be used if any ''critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending device commands and checking for a valid response. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the device appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the device. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the device reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

13.17.2. Automatic Controls

The right side of the Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232 provides automatic aperture control and automatic focusing in response to captured images.

13.17.2.1. Automatic Controls - AAC

The AAC On enables the Automatic Aperture Control (AAC) feature; captured images are periodically scanned and consistent intensity maintained by automatic adjustment of the lens aperture.

The (AAC) Statistic specifies the characteristic - derived from the current image - upon which analysis and adjustments are to be based. The Mean Value specifies use of the image's mean pixel value or average response, while Peak Value specifies use of the image's maximum pixel value or peak response; trading average response against peak response. The 50%Peak Value, 60%Peak Value, 70%Peak Value, 80%Peak Value, or 90%Peak Value specifies use of the image's 50'th, 60'th, 70'th, 80'th, or 90'th percentile of pixel values, respectively, for response based on peak intensity, but ignoring outlier pixel values.

The (AAC) Target Value specifies the AAC adjustments' target pixel value as a percentage of the maximum possible pixel value (e.g. as a percentage of ''white'', in most color spaces).

For example, with (AAC) Statistic of Mean Value and (AAC) Target Value of 50%, the AAC will attempt to adjust the lens aperture so that the current image's mean value is 50% of the maximum possible pixel value.

The Set AAC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed.

The Advanced button provides access to additional parameters that affect the operation of the AAC feature.

The (AAC) Hysteresis specifies the difference between the image statistics' target and observed values which is to actionable, ignoring small changes so as to eliminate ''hunting''. The (AAC) Accelerator specifies the relative amount, or ''step size'', by which the camera controls are modified in each adjustment. The (AAC) Update (Time) Period and (AAC) Update (Field) Interval specify how often captured images are to be analyzed and camera adjustments performed; the interval is the maximum of the (AAC) Update (Time) Period in seconds, and the (AAC) Update (Field) Interval in video fields. The (AAC) Sample allows specifying subsampling of the image AOI, trading execution speed and overhead against comprehensive coverage, and can be selected as All Lines, 1/2 Lines, 1/5 Lines, 1/10 Lines, 1/20 Lines, 1/50 Lines, or 1/100 Lines.

The (AAC) Ignore White specifies ignoring of white pixels, such as for portraits with a white background, allowing the non white image area to control the AAC, and can be set to ignore white pixels above 30%, above 40%, above 50%, above 60%, above 70%, above 80%, above 90%, or at 100% of the maximum pixel value, or Disabled to disable ignoring of white pixels. The (AAC) Ignore White requires that the AOI be set to a RGB color space, via Set AAC AOI. The (AAC) Ignore White significantly increases processing overhead; setting (AAC) Sample 1/10 lines or fewer to avoid excessive overhead is recommended. The (AAC) Ignore White typically works better with (AAC) Statistic selected as Mean Value instead of Mean Value. The Max White Tint selects whether only pure white pixels (i.e. R=G=B) are to be ignored, or to what degree to ignore ''tinted'' pixels. A (AAC) Max White Tint of 0 ignores only pure white pixels (R=G=B); larger values allow more tint, or variation of R, G, B values, to be ignored.

The (AAC) Last Stat(istic) shows the last calculated image statistic. Observing the last image statistic, so it can be compared to the selected (AAC) Target Value can be helpful when tweaking the various AAC options.

13.17.2.2. Automatic Controls - AFC

The Auto Focus button performs auto focusing, stopping when optimal focus is achieved; the Cancel Auto Focus allows premature cancelling of the auto focus operation.

The Set AFC AOI allows specifying the image AOI that is to be analyzed for optimal focusing, allowing auto focusing on a selected target. Beware of choosing a ''tightly'' defined AOI - an AOI of a desired target with undesired targets nearby. For many lenses, the field of view changes as focus changes, thus the contents of the selected AOI will vary as different focus positions are tested.

The auto focus feature requires that illumination is consistent, so the several images taken during auto focus have similar contrast. High frame rate cameras used in conjunction with lighting that flickers as a result of AC power may prevent auto focus from operating properly.


 

 

 

14. Common Topics

The following topics describe windows, features, and controls which are common to many of the features described previously.

 

14.1. Mathematical Expression

Various features of XCAP allow specifying a mathematical expression. These expressions may use numbers, operators, and predefined mathematical functions, as described below.

Expressions can be composed of integer numbers defaulting to base 10, such as:

    1234
    1234(base10)
    1234(base8)
    1234(base16)
    1010(base2)
    1234(base6)
and real numbers, such as:
    .3400
    12.34
    12.3E-6     (.0000123)
    32.1e+6     (32100000)

Expressions can be composed with the binary operators:

    +           addition                    4+3 = 7
    -           subtraction                 4-3 = 1
    *           multiplication              4*3 = 12
    /           division                    4/2 = 2
    %           division remainder          17%5 = 2
    ^           power                       4^3 = 64
    |           bit OR                      0x4 | 0x6 = 0x6
    &           bit AND                     0x4 & 0x6 = 0x4
    ~           bit XOR                     0x4 ~ 0x6 = 0x2
and the unary operators:
    -           negative                    4 * -2 = -8
    +           positive                    4 * +2 = 8
    ~           bit COMPLEMENT              ~0x4 = 0xFFFFFFFB
and the comparison operators which produce 1 if true, 0 if false:
    ==          equal                       3==4 = 0
    >=          greater or equal            3>=4 = 0
    <=          less or equal               3<=4 = 1
    !=          not equal                   3!=4 = 1
    >           greater                     3>4 = 0
    <           less                        3<4 = 1
    !           unary not                   !3 = 0, !0 = 1

Expressions can include mathematical functions and constants:

    acos(x)     arc cosine (radians) of x                       acos(.5) = 1.047
    asin(x)     arc sine (radians) of x                         asin(.5) = 0.524
    atan(x)     arc tangent (radians) of x                      atan(.5) = 0.464
    atan2(x,y)  arc tangent (radians) of y/x, four quadrant     atan2(1,2) = 1.107
    ceil(x)     smallest integer equal or larger than x         ceil(3.4) = 4.0
    cos(x)      cosine of x (radians)                           cos(.785) = 0.707
    cosh(x)     hyperbolic cosine of x                          cosh(1.0) = 1.543
    exp(x)      e to the x power                                exp(2) = 7.389
    floor(x)    largest integer equal or smaller than x         floor(3.4) = 3.0
    hypot(x,y)  sqrt(x*x+y*y)                                   hypot(4,3) = 5.0
    ln(x)       log base e of x                                 ln(2) = 0.693
    log10(x)    log base 10 of x                                log10(2) = 0.301
    rand()      random number, 0<rand()<1
    randg()     Gaussian random number, mean=0.0, var=1.0
    sin(x)      sine of x (radians)                             sin(.785) = 0.707
    sinh(x)     hyperbolic sine of x                            sinh(1.0) = 1.175
    sqrt(x)     square root of x                                sqrt(2) = 1.414
    tan(x)      tangent of x (radians)                          tan(.785) = 0.999
    tanh(x)     hyperbolic tangent of x                         tanh(1.0) = 0.761
    isNaN(x)    1 if x is Not-A-Number, otherwise 0             isNaN(0.0/0) = 1
    isFinite(x) 1 if x is finite, otherwise 0                   isFinite(1.0/0) = 0

pi 3.14159265358979323846... atan(1)*360/(2*pi) = 45 NaN reserved value representing Not-A-Number Infinity reserved value representing infinity
and conditional functions:
    abs(a)      absolute value of a                             abs(-3) = 3
    max(a,b)    larger of a or b                                max(3.0, 4.5) = 4.5
    min(a,b)    smaller of a or b                               min(3.0, 4.5) = 3.0
    ifel(a,b,c) if a!=0, value of b, else value of c            ifel(0, 2.0, 3) = 3

Operator precedence, from highest to lowest, is:

    - + ~ !     (unary)
    * / %
    - +         (binary)
    > >= < <=
    == !=
    &
    | ~         (binary ~)
Expressions may use '(' and ')' to force order of evaluation.

All trigonometric functions operate in radians. A domain error, such as an attempted ''ln'' of a negative number, produces an error.

Internally, numbers are represented either as integers or as real numbers according to the following rules: (a) The mathematical functions always produce a real result, (b) The operands of the bit operators are always converted to integer, (c) The ''ifel'' function results in the same type as the second or third argument, as chosen, (e) The comparison operators always produce an integer result, (d) Otherwise, expressions and functions of integers result in integers, expressions and functions of real numbers or mixed operands result in real numbers. Integer numbers are represented as 32 bits two's complement. Real numbers are represented as an 8 byte IEEE format floating point number, including reserved values for NaN (Not-A-Number) and Infinity.

The semantics of integer vs. real number representations are of concern in expressions such as:

    (5/2)*3.0
    (5.0/2)*3.0
The result of the former is 6.0, as the 5/2 has the integer result of 2. The result of the latter is 7.5, as the 5.0/2 has the real result of 2.5. Also, in:
    1/0
    1.0/0
The former is an invalid expression, due to integer division by zero. The result of the latter is Infinity, due to use of real division. Finally, both:
    ifel(1, 3/0, 10)
    ifel(0, 3/0, 10)
are invalid expressions, while both:
    ifel(1, 3./0, 10)
    ifel(0, 3./0, 10)
are valid, the first with value Infinity, the second with value 10.

A real valued expression is truncated (i.e. ''floor'') when used in a context which expects an integer.

Each feature of XCAP that allows use of a mathematical expression may also specify which, if any, variables unique to that feature are allowed. For example, a hypothetical feature that allows use of an expression to define a 256 element table of values might specify that variable ''C'' can be used as the table's index. Thus, the expression:

    C
sets the table to an identity mapping (correspondence) (i.e. the value of a table entry is identical to its index), and:
    255-C
sets the table to an inverted identity mapping, and:
    ifel( C<128, 0, 100 )
    100*(C/128)
    100*floor(C/128.0)
all set the first half of the table to 0, and the second half to 100.

 

14.2. String Expression

Various features of XCAP allow specifying an expression upon textual strings. Such expressions include all of the features of Mathematical Expressions, with the addition of string constants and string functions.

String constants are composed of textual characters enclosed in double quotes ("). String constants are interpreted as possibly containing embedded ''\'' codes. A ''\a'' sequence yields an ASCII Bell, a ''\b'' sequence yields an ASCII Back-Space, a ''\f'' sequence yields an ASCII Form-Feed, a ''\r'' sequence yields an ASCII Carriage-Return (CR), a ''\n'' sequence yields an ASCII Line-Feed (LF), a ''\t'' sequence yields an ASCII Tab, a ''\\'' sequence yields an ASCII Back-Slash. A ''\x'' followed by two hexadecimal digits yields the byte value specified by the two digits. A ''\"'' sequence yields an ASCII double quote.

For example:

"Hello" (a five character string)
"Sent!\\n" (a six character string, ending with LF)
"I said \"Hi\"?" (a twelve character string, with Hi in quotes)

String expressions can include string functions:

    concat(s1,s2)   concatenation of string s1 and s2.      concat("he","llo") = "hello"

ifel(a,s1,s2) if a!=0, string s1, else string s2 ifel(0,"he","lo") = "lo" ifel(1,"he","lo") = "he"
indexof(s1,s2) index of first position that string indexof("hello","ll") = 2 s2 appears in s1, or -1 if s2 does indexof("hello","ee") = -1 not appear in s1.
lower(s1) string s1 with alphabetic characters lower("Hi") = "hi" of s1 converted to lower case.
substr(s1,i,l) portion of s1 starting at index i substr("hello",2,3) = "llo" extending for length l.
upper(s1) string s1 with alphabetic characters lower("Hi") = "HI" of s1 converted to upper case.
replace(s1,s2,s3) string s1 with each occurrence of replace("hi","i","x") = "hx" s2 therein replaced by s3
strlen(s1) length of string s1 strlen("Hi") = 2
Thus, if cell A0 is the string representation of an positive integer number of no more than 9 digits
    concat(substr("000000000", strlen(A0), 9), A0)
results in the same number left-padded with zero's to a fixed width of 9 digits.

Each feature of XCAP that allows use of a string expression may also specify which, if any, variables unique to that feature are allowed. For example, the Black Board cells allow use of cell names as variables.

 

14.3. 2-D Graphs

The two-dimensional graphs shown as a Image Examination - Pixel Plot, Image Measurement - Histogram, and other features share many common features and options, accessible from the graph window's menu-bar, under File, Controls, and Stats.

14.3.1. File - Save

The File - Save Graphics allows saving the 2-D graph in BMP, JPEG/JFIF, or TIFF formats. By default, the saved graphics has the same dimensions as the graph as seen on the graphic display; optionally, the Redraw to Width and Redraw to Height can force the saved graphics to have the specified Width and Height. Graphics that are drawn at a specified Width and Height will be significantly ''crisper'' than graphics drawn at the default dimensions and later resized upon final use. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

The File - Save Data allows saving the data from which the graph is constructed as ASCII text decimal numbers. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. For data with multiple components, such as color pixels, if Packed Order is selected, the data is saved as all of the components of the first datum, followed by all of the components of the second datum, etc. on a single line, such as:

    R0 G0 B0 R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 ...
for RGB pixels. If Planar Order is selected, the data is saved as the first components of all datums followed by the second components of all datums, etc, such as:
    R0 R1 R2 R3 ...
    G0 G1 G2 G3 ...
    B0 B1 B2 B3 ...
for RGB pixels. If Orient Vertically is selected instead of Orient Horizontally, the data is saved as one or multiple columns instead of one or multiple rows.

The File - Copy Data to Clipboard allows saving the data from which the graph is constructed to the Windows or Linux clipboard as ASCII text decimal numbers. As for File - Save Data, the Packed Order versus Planar Order selects whether data with multiple components is saved in order of datum or order of component, and the Orient Vertically versus Orient Horizontally, selects whether the data is saved as one or multiple columns instead of one or multiple rows.

The File - Copy Data to Black Board allows saving the data from which the graph is constructed to the Black Board in one or more rows and one or more columns using the Black Board Cell as the initial upper left corner. As for File - Save Data, the Packed Order versus Planar Order selects whether data with multiple components is saved in order of datum or order of component, and the Orient Vertically versus Orient Horizontally, selects whether the data is saved as one or multiple columns instead of one or multiple rows.

14.3.2. File - Print

The File - Print Graphics allows printing the 2-D graph to Windows or Linux compatible printers. The Printer Setup button provides access to a standard Windows printer setup dialog box, or a Linux printer setup dialog box, allowing selection of a previously configured printer. The Page Width and Page Height notes the current printer's page size. The Print Width and Print Height specifies the width and height of the area to be printed; the Upper Left X, Upper Left Y, Lower Right X, and Lower Right Y specifies the position of the printed area on the page. If Force Aspect is selected, the Print Width and Print Height are automatically corrected so as print with the correct aspect ratio; on rare occasions it may be desirable to deselect Force Aspect to allow elongated printing. The Full Size allows convenient selection of the full Page Width and Page Height, subject to correction for aspect ratio. A graphic representation of the page and the area to be printed is shown; the area to be printed can be selected interactively by clicking and dragging over the ''page''. The Force Aspect forces the aspect ratio of the printed graph, the ratio of width divided by height, to be the same as the aspect ratio with which the graph is displayed.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

14.3.3. Controls - Format

The Controls - Format allows changing the format of the graphical representation.

If Line is selected, lines are drawn to connect the data points, providing smooth interpolation between data points. If Line/Step is selected, steps are drawn to connect the data points. If Scatter is selected, the data points are shown without connecting lines.

The Fill and Fill/Step are similar to Line and Line/Step, respectively, but the area between the lines connecting data points and the abscissa is filled. The Fill and Line/Step are intended only for graphs displaying one set of data points.

If Linear Scale is selected, the ordinate scale is linear. If Log Scale is selected, the ordinate scale is log scale.

14.3.4. Controls - Color

The Controls - Color allows changing the colors of the graphical representation.

The color of the graph's Background, Border, Axis, Label(s), and Reticle can each be selected as described in Pick Graphics Color. The color of the Probe, a tool described in Controls - Probe, and the color of the Stats Window, a tool described in Stats - Descriptive, can also be selected as described in Pick Graphics Color.

If Data Color: Auto is not selected, the data points are drawn with predetermined colors. For graphs of multiple sets of data points, such as red, green, and blue pixel values, the three sets of data points are color keyed to their origin. Otherwise, Data 1, Data 2, Data 3, and Data 4 allow selecting the color of the first through fourth set of data points (or, for as many sets of data points used by the graph), as described in Pick Graphics Color.

The Reference A, Reference B, and Reference C, allow selecting the color of the reference curves, if activated as described under Controls - Reference.

If Complement Colors is selected, the graph is shown with the complement of the selected colors. This is particularly convenient before printing; white on black may be preferred for display, but black on white may be preferred for printed graphs.

14.3.5. Controls - Axis

The Controls - Axis allows modifying the graph's axis and reticle.

If Reticle is selected each abscissa and ordinate axis tick is extended to form a reticle. The graphic dot spacing, and thus the perceived ''solidity'' of the reticle can be adjusted with Reticle Dot Spacing, with 1 being the densest.

If Abscissa Ticks: Auto and Ordinate Ticks: Auto are selected, the axis' tick positions are automatically selected for the respective axis; otherwise, the Abscissa Tick Spacing and Ordinate Tick Spacing specify the interval of ticks along the respective axis. If Log Scale was selected, the Ordinate Tick Spacing has no effect.

14.3.6. Controls - MinMax

The Controls - MinMax allows enlarging portions of the graph.

If Ord(inate) Min & Max: Default is selected, the ordinate axis is set so as to see the full range of data values being plotted. Otherwise, the Ordinate Min Value and Ordinate Max Value allows specifying the range of value to be shown on the ordinate axis.

If Abs(cissa) Min & Max: Default is selected, the abscissa axis is set so as to see all of the data points being plotted. Otherwise, the Left Edge Index and Right Edge Index allows specifying the subset of data points being plotted, as indices. In applications where the abscissa is labeled with monotonically increasing numbers, the Left Edge Index and Right Edge Index correspond to abscissa labels, and the Left Edge Coord. and Right Edge Coord. (which are view only) show the same values as Left Edge Index and Right Edge Index. In applications where the abscissa is not labeled with monotonically increasing numbers, the Left Edge Index and Right Edge Index allows specifying the subset of data points being plotted, while Left Edge Coord. and Right Edge Coord. show the corresponding coordinates along the abscissa.

Typically, the area of a graph to be enlarged is specified interactively, rather than explicitly. Position the mouse over the graph, press the left button at the upper left corner of the desired area to be enlarged, drag to the lower right corner, and release. Enlarging can be disabled by clicking over the graph and releasing without moving the mouse.

14.3.7. Controls - Label

The Controls - Label allows selecting labeling.

If Legends: Default is selected, the legends along each axis are automatically selected; otherwise, the Abscissa Legend and Ordinate Legend specify the legends shown along the respective axis.

14.3.8. Controls - Probe

The Controls - Probe allows ''reading'' the values shown by the graph.

If Data Probe is selected, a probe appearing as a vertical line appears over the graph. The Probe Index selects the probe's position along the abscissa axis. In applications where the abscissa is labeled with monotonically increasing numbers, the Probe Index correspond to abscissa labels, and the Probe Coord. (which is view only) show the same values as Probe Index. In applications where the abscissa is not labeled with monotonically increasing numbers, the Probe Index specifies the probe's position as an index into the set of data points, while Probe Coord. shows the corresponding coordinate along the abscissa.

The value of the data points corresponding to the probes position is shown under Data 1 Low Value and Data 1 High Value and up through Data 4 Low Value, and Data 4 High Value, according to the number of sets of data points shown by the graph.

Typically, the probe's position is set by simply right clicking at a desired position over the graph.

14.3.9. Controls - Reference

The Controls - Reference allows overlaying one to three reference curves on the graph.

The Reference A File Name, Reference B File Name, and Reference C File Name, allow specifying file containing data points for the reference curve. The expected file format is ASCII text decimal numbers, the same as is saved by File - Save Data.

14.3.10. Controls - Trends

The Trends allows graphing historical data, as a fading echo of the original data. The Retain History, Count selects the number of older data-sets to be kept and graphed. Alternately, the Retain History, Time selects the age of older data-sets to be kept and graphed. The Show Trends selects whether the historical data is graphed as a fading echo; the Trends Fade Rate selects the rate at which older data is faded relative to newer data.

14.3.11. Stats - Descriptive

The Descriptive shows descriptive statistics about the data points being graphed.

The Samples, N is the number of data points, Mean Value is the mean value of the data points, Std. Dev. is the standard deviation about the mean[75], Low Value is the smallest value, High Value is the largest value, R.M.S. Value is the root mean square value, S.N.R. is the signal to noise ratio[76], and C.T.F. is the contrast transfer function[77].

The CRC-16 is the 16 bit cyclical redundancy check of the data, using polynomial:

x^16 + x^15 + x^2 + 1
The CRC-32 is the 32 bit cyclical redundancy check of the data, using polynomial:
x^32+x^26+x^23+x^22+x^16+x^12+x^11+x^10+x^8+x^7+x^5+x^4+x^2+x^1+x^0
The CRC-16 and CRC-32 each have a checkbox to allow disabling its computation and reducing overhead.

The Abs. @ High Value and N Abs. @ High Value are the mean of the abscissa coordinates at which the High Value occurs and the number of such occurrences. For data with a single ''peak'', the Abs. @ High Value is simply the abscissa coordinate and N Abs. @ High Value is one.

If the data points being graphed represent a tabulation, such as a histogram, then Low Value and High Value are replaced with Low Non Zero which is the lowest abscissa coordinate with nonzero corresponding ordinate, High Non Zero which is the highest abscissa coordinate with nonzero corresponding ordinate, High Frequency which is the largest ordinate value, and Low Frequency which is the smallest ordinate value. The Abs. @ High Value and N Abs. @ High Value are replaced with Abs. @ High Freq and N Abs. @ High Freq

If Current is selected, the descriptive statistics are for the data currently displayed. If Cumulative is selected, the descriptive statistics are for current and previous data displayed, since the Cumulative option was selected. The CRC-16 and CRC-32 statistics are never cumulative. If Off is selected, the descriptive statistics are disabled.

If Statistics Window is selected, the descriptive statistics are computed on less than the full set of data points. The Window Index Low and Window Index High selects start and end of the descriptive statistics computation window's position along the abscissa axis. In applications where the abscissa is labeled with monotonically increasing numbers, the Window Index Low and Window Index High correspond to abscissa labels, and the Window Coord. Low and Window Coord. High (which are view only) show the same values as Window Index Low and Window Index High. In applications where the abscissa is not labeled with monotonically increasing numbers, the Window Index Low and Window Index High allows specifying the window's position as an index into the set of data points, while Window Coord. Low and Window Coord. High show the corresponding coordinate along the abscissa.

The Window Weight shows the percentage ''weight'' of values within the window. This is not the relative width of the window, but rather the relative area under the plotted data (assuming a linear ordinate scale).

Typically, the area of a graph to be covered by the statistics window is specified interactively, rather than explicitly, by positioning the mouse over the graph, pressing the mouse button at the left edge of the desired area to be covered, dragging to the right edge, and releasing the mouse button.

14.3.12. Stats - Outlier

The Outlier shows descriptive statistics about selected data points being graphed, namely those data points that are above the corresponding data points in Reference B or that are below the corresponding values in Reference A. In the context of the Stats - Outlier feature, the Reference A serves as a lower bound, the Reference B serves as an upper bound. As Reference A and Reference B are user-defined curves, arbitrary lower and upper bounds can be specified to limit or control which data points are to be included or excluded.

If Outlier Reference is < RefA, data points that are strictly less than the corresponding value in Reference A are selected. If Outlier Reference is <= RefA, data points that are less than or equal to the corresponding value in Reference A are selected. If Outlier Reference is > RefB, data points that are strictly greater than the corresponding value in Reference B are selected. If Outlier Reference is >= RefB, data points that are greater than or equal to the corresponding value in Reference B are selected. If Outlier Reference is < RefA > RefB, data points that are strictly less than Reference A or strictly greater than Reference B are selected. If Outlier Reference is <= RefA >= RefB, data points that are less than or equal to Reference A or greater than or equal to Reference B are selected.

If Absolute Stats is selected, the statistics shown are based upon the actual values of the selected data points. If Relative Stats is selected, the statistics shown are based upon the values of the selected data points minus the value of Reference B, or the value of Reference A minus the values of the selected data points.

For the selected data points, Samples, N, Mean Value, Std. Dev., Low Value, High Value, Abs. @ High Value, N Abs. @ High Value, Low Non Zero, High Non Zero, High Frequency, Low Frequency, Abs. @ High Freq, and/or N Abs. @ High Freq, provide descriptive statistics, with the same interpretation as in Stats - Descriptive.

 

14.4. 3-D Graphs

The three-dimensional graphs shown under Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D, Black Board, and other features share many common features and options, accessible from the graph window's menu-bar, under File and Controls.

14.4.1. File - Save

The File - Save Graphics allows saving the 3-D graph in BMP, JPEG/JFIF, or TIFF, formats. By default, the saved graphics has the same dimensions as the graph as seen on the graphic display; optionally, the Redraw to Width and Redraw to Height can force the saved graphics to have the specified Width and Height. Graphics drawn at a specified Width and Height will be significantly ''crisper'' than graphics drawn at a default size and later resized upon final use. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

The File - Save Data allows saving the data from which the graph is constructed as ASCII text decimal numbers. The File Name field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box. For data with multiple components, such as color pixels, if Packed Order is selected, the data is saved as all of the components of the first datum, followed by all of the components of the second datum, etc. on a single line, such as:

    R0 G0 B0 R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 ...
for RGB pixels. If Planar Order is selected, the data is saved as the first components of all datums followed by the second components of all datums, etc, such as:
    R0 R1 R2 R3 ...
    G0 G1 G2 G3 ...
    B0 B1 B2 B3 ...
for RGB pixels. If Orient Vertically is selected instead of Orient Horizontally, the data is saved as one or multiple columns instead of one or multiple rows.

The File - Copy Data to Clipboard allows saving the data from which the graph is constructed to the Windows or Linux clipboard as ASCII text decimal numbers. As for File - Save Data, the Packed Order versus Planar Order selects whether data with multiple components is saved in order of datum or order of component, and the Orient Vertically versus Orient Horizontally, selects whether the data is saved as one or multiple columns instead of one or multiple rows.

The File - Copy Data to Black Board allows saving the data from which the graph is constructed to the Black Board in one or more rows and one or more columns using the Black Board Cell as the initial upper left corner. As for File - Save Data, the Packed Order versus Planar Order selects whether data with multiple components is saved in order of datum or order of component, and the Orient Vertically versus Orient Horizontally, selects whether the data is saved as one or multiple columns instead of one or multiple rows.

14.4.2. File - Print

The File - Print Graphics allows printing the 3-D graph to Windows or Linux compatible printers. The Printer Setup button provides access to a standard Windows printer setup dialog box, or a Linux printer setup dialog box, allowing selection of a previously configured printer. The Page Width and Page Height notes the current printer's page size. The Print Width and Print Height specifies the width and height of the area to be printed; the Upper Left X, Upper Left Y, Lower Right X, and Lower Right Y specifies the position of the printed area on the page. If Force Aspect is selected, the Print Width and Print Height are automatically corrected so as print with the correct aspect ratio; on rare occasions it may be desirable to deselect Force Aspect to allow elongated printing. The Full Size allows convenient selection of the full Page Width and Page Height, subject to correction for aspect ratio. A graphic representation of the page and the area to be printed is shown; the area to be printed can be selected interactively by clicking and dragging over the ''page''. The Force Aspect forces the aspect ratio of the printed graph, the ratio of width divided by height, to be the same as the aspect ratio with which the graph is displayed.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button implements the operation and closes the window, the Apply button implements the operation without closing the window, and the Cancel button closes the window without implementing the operation.

14.4.3. Controls - Format

The Controls - Format allows specifying the format of the graphical representation. If Curves along X is selected, the graph is composed of a sequence of curves, each curve representing a line of the data; if Curves along Y is selected, the graph is composed of a sequence of curves, each curve representing a column of the data; the Curves along X and Curves along Y may be both selected for a cross-hatched presentation.

The Image Density and the Use (Image Density) selects the density or spacing of the curves which compose the graph; If Image Density is one, one curve is drawn for each line and/or column of the data. Values greater than one skip a corresponding number of data lines and/or columns, resulting in faster drawing speed. For large amounts of data, values greater than one also provide a means to limit plot density, without which the resulting graph may have too many curves, render as a solid surface, and require too much time. Alternately, the Plot Fill and the Use (Plot Fill) specifies the (approximate) percentage of the graph's area to be filled with curves; lines and/or columns from the image are used or skipped as needed. The Plot Fill option provides similar visual results regardless of image resolution, while the Image Density option provides similar visual results regardless of the graph's displayed size.

The Rotation, About X specifies rotation about the X axis, in degrees, of the projected point of view. Positive values allow a view which ''looks down'' at the top of the 3-D graph; negative values allow a view which ''looks up'' at the bottom of the 3-D graph. The Rotation, About Y specifies rotation about the Z axis, in degrees, of the projected point of view. The Plot Z Height suggests the display height of the Z axis, before being foreshortened due to rotation, in units of graphic display system's pixels. The value entered is considered suggestive; the actual height is constrained by the graphic display's resolution, the specified X and Y rotations, the data dimensions, and the aspect ratio.

14.4.4. Controls - Color

The Controls - Color allows specifying the colors of the graphical representation. The Axis Color, Label Color, and Background Color can each be set as described in Pick Graphics Color. If Color Z is not selected, the curves drawn to represent the data values have a fixed RGB color, as selected via Data Color and Pick Graphics Color. Alternately, if Color Z is selected, the curves drawn to represent data values vary in color according to each datum's value. The Z Colorization, Red, Z Colorization, Grn, Z Colorization, Blu, allows specifying an arbitrary colorization by evaluation of a Mathematical Expression, with the addition of variables ''Z'', ''MINZ'', and ''MAXZ'', to represent the datum value under consideration, the minimum datum value, and the maximum datum value, respectively (e.g. when plotting 8 bit pixels, ''Z'' ranges from 0 to 255, ''MINZ'' is 0, and ''MAXZ'' is 255). The three expressions are expected to produce a red, green, and blue intensity in the range of 0 to 255. For example:

    Z Colorization, Red     255*(Z-MINZ)/(1.0*(MAXZ-MINZ))
    Z Colorization, Grn     255*(Z-MINZ)/(1.0*(MAXZ-MINZ))
    Z Colorization, Blu     255*(Z-MINZ)/(1.0*(MAXZ-MINZ))
produces a grey level proportional to the data's value. (note: the multiplication of 1.0 forces real, rather than integer, arithmetic). The default expressions, providing a tri-color scheme, are:
    Z Colorization, Red     255-(Z-MINZ)*255./(MAXZ-MINZ)*.75
    Z Colorization, Grn     ((Z-MINZ)*255./(MAXZ-MINZ)*.75)+64
    Z Colorization, Blu     255-1.5*abs((Z-MINZ)*255./(MAXZ-MINZ)-96)
The Default (Color) button restores the default colorization expressions.

14.4.5. Controls - Labels

The Controls - Labels allows specifying the labeling. If Show Axis is selected, the three axis, their tick marks, and numeric labels are all shown. If X AutoTick, Y AutoTick, and Z AutoTick are selected, the axis' tick positions are automatically selected for the respective axis; otherwise, the X Tick Interval, Y Tick Interval, and Z Tick Interval specify the interval of ticks along the respective axis. If Legends: Default is selected, the legends along each axis are automatically selected; otherwise, the X Axis Legend, Y Axis Legend, and Z Axis Legend specify the legends shown along each of the respective axis.

 

14.5. Pixel Values and Colors

Two styles of selecting pixel values and colors are commonly used in XCAP, the Pick Graphics Color for graphic colors and the Pick Pixel Value for precise pixel values.

14.5.1. Pick Graphics Color

The Pick Graphics Color style of selecting a pixel value is concise, and typically used where the precise value isn't critical, such as the color of on-screen graphics, or is subjective, such as in color matching. The pixel value is shown as a 24 bit RGB value, and as a color swatch. The 24 bit RGB value can also be entered explicitly, although explicit entry is rarely needed.

Clicking the color swatch activates the color browser. The top portion of the color browser utilizes an HSB color space cylinder; the cylinder's axis is brightness, distance from the axis is saturation, and angle around the axis is hue. On-screen the cylinder is presented as a color wheel and grey-level bar; clicking within the grey-level bar selects a brightness and selects a corresponding slice of the cylinder to be shown in the color wheel. Clicking within the color wheel selects a saturation and hue, maintaining the current brightness.

The color browser also presents a hue bar, a saturation bar, and a brightness bar, as an alternate presentation of color selection. Clicking within the hue bar changes the hue, maintaining the current saturation and brightness. Clicking within the saturation bar changes the saturation, maintaining the current hue and brightness. Clicking within the brightness bar changes the brightness, maintaining the current hue and saturation.

The color browser also presents a red content bar, a green content bar, and a blue content bar as an alternate means of color selection. Clicking within the red bar changes the red content, maintaining the current green and blue content. Clicking within the green bar changes the green content, maintaining the current red and blue content. Clicking within the blue bar changes the blue content, maintaining the current red and green content. Note that the colors shown within these bars are not simply dark red, green, or blue to bright red, green or blue. Rather, each bar displays the actual range of colors that will be obtained by modifying the read, green, or blue content, respectively.

The numeric values are always based upon 24 bit RGB pixels, even if the underlying image differs. When applied to the image, the 24 bit RGB color is converted to the image's closest representation. For example, a white pixel, which for a 24 bit RGB image is value 255/255/255 is automatically interpreted as 1023/1023/1023 when applied to an RGB image with 10 bits for each of the R, G, and B components.

14.5.2. Pick Pixel Value

The Pick Pixel Value style of selecting a pixel value is more explicit than Pick Graphics Color, and is typically used where precision is critical, such as image thresholding and segmentation.

There are substyles of Pick Pixel Value, the verbose and the concise.

In either verbose or concise styles, the pixel value is also shown as a color swatch (to the graphic display's closest representation). Clicking the color swatch activates the color browser, as described for Pick Graphics Color.

14.5.2.1. Verbose Style

The verbose style of Pick Pixel Value simultaneously shows the pixel value in the grey level, the RGB, the HSB, the YCrCb, CMY, and the CMYK color spaces. Changing a value in one color space immediately shows the corresponding value in the other color spaces. The range of numeric values matches the image's actual pixel size (e.g. 0 through 1023 for 10 bit pixel value components) allowing precise entry of pixel values.

Two sets of values are shown, the first set shows integer values as they are actually coded in pixels, the second set shows real values which range between 0.0 and 1.0, except for hue of HSB which provides the ''standard'' presentation of 0.0 to 360.0 degrees of hue.

14.5.2.2. Concise Style

The concise style of Pick Pixel Value shows the pixel value in any one of the grey level, the RGB, the HSB, the YCrCb, CMY, or the CMYK color spaces. In some uses, the color space is selected by a Color Space control which appears next to the pixel values. In other uses, the color space is selected as part of the operation's area or region of interest (e.g. Set AOI Set ROI buttons).

If Normalized Values is selected, floating point values which range between 0.0 and 1.0, except for hue of HSB which ranges between 0.0 and 360 degrees, are presented. If Normalized Values is not selected, the integer values as they are actually coded in pixels are presented.

 

14.6. Text Field Options

Many windows of XCAP provide fields for text entry or text display without entry. Several options allow selecting the appearance and manipulation of these fields; though not all fields allow all options. The options menu is activated by right clicking over the text field.

14.6.1. Field - Black Board Connections

If the Black Board has been activated, for most text fields the options menu's Blackboard Write and Blackboard Dest. allows exporting the text field's value to a specified cell of the black board; the former exporting the value once and the latter exporting the value whenever it is changed. The Blackboard Read and Blackboard Source allows importing the text field's value from a specified cell of the black board; the former importing the value once, the latter importing the value whenever it is changed. Fields for text display, but not entry, allow exporting to, but not importing from, a cell of the black board.

14.6.2. Field - Big Field

For most text entry and text display fields, the options menu allows activating a Big Field, which provides a larger area to view and enter text, as well as using a larger font size for improved readability.

14.6.3. Field - Cut, Copy, Paste, Delete

For most text entry and text display fields, the options menu allows selecting Cut of selected text to the system clipboard, Copy of selected text to the systems clipboard, Paste from the system clipboard into the text, and Delete of selected text.

 

14.7. Numeric Field Options

Most windows of XCAP provide fields for numeric entry or numeric display without entry. Several options allow selecting the appearance and manipulation of these fields; though not all fields allow all options. The options menu is activated by right clicking over the numeric field, or the buttons at the right of the field (if any).

14.7.1. Field - Base, Format, Precision & Units

For most numeric entry and numeric display fields, options allow adjusting the number's presentation. For selected number fields, the options menu may allow selecting digit grouping, such as ###,###,###,###; ###.###.###.###; ### ### ### ###; ####,####,####; ####.####.####; #### #### ####; ####,########; ####.########; #### ########; or ############ (i.e. no digit grouping) to improve readability by optionally inserting a comma, period, or space every 3, 4, or 8 digits. For selected number fields, the options menu may allow selecting Explicit + to force a ''+'' sign to precede positive numbers.

For integer numbers, the options menu may allow selecting whether the value should be shown as Base 2, Base 8, Base 10, Base 16 u.c. (base 16 with upper case alpha digits), or Base 16 l.c. (base 16 with lower case alpha digits). For selected integer number fields, the options menu may allow selecting Leading 0 to prefix the number with a predetermined number of leading zero's. Or, the options menu may allow selecting Pad To of 1 to 32 digits to pad with number with leading zero's to the selected number of digits.

For non-integer numbers, the option menu may allow selecting Fixed Point (e.g. 0.000005), Scientific (e.g. 5.0e-6), or Shortest Format (i.e. fixed point where reasonable, otherwise scientific notation). For non-integer numbers, the option menu may allow selecting a Precision of 0 to 18 digits; for 0 digits the trailing period can be included or excluded. For non-integer numbers, the option menu may allow selecting Radix Point . or Radix Point ,. For non-integer numbers in Scientific format, the option menu may allow selecting Exponent (Indicator) e (e.g. 1.2344e-3), Exponent (Indicator) E (e.g. 1.2344E-3), or Exponent (Indicator) ^ (e.g. 1.2344x10^-3). For non-integer numbers in Scientific format, the option menu may allow selecting Exponent Explicit + to force a ''+'' sign to precede a positive exponent, and Exponent Leading 0 to prefix the exponent with leading zero's. For non-integer numbers in Fixed Point (e.g. 1.000005), a true value of 0 is never prefixed with a ''+'' or ''-'' sign; an ''apparent'' value of 0 due to limited precision (e.g. a value of 0.000005 displayed as ''0.000'') is prefixed with a ''+'' or ''-'' sign.

For number fields representing an angle, the options menu allows selecting Degrees, 0 to 360, Degrees, -180 to 180, Radians, 0 to 2pi, or Radians, -pi to pi.

For selected number fields representing a temporal interval, the options menu may allow selecting between one or more of nanoseconds, microseconds, milliseconds, seconds, minutes, hours, days, cycles per second, kilocycles per second, megacycles per second, or gigacycles per second.

For selected number fields representing a length, the options menu may allow selecting between one or more of nanometers, micrometers, millimeters, centimeters, meters, kilometers, mils, inches, feet, or yards.

For selected number fields representing frequency, the options menu may allow selecting between one or more of Hertz (cycles per second), kiloHertz, megaHertz, gigaHertz, seconds period, milliseconds period, microseconds period, or nanoseconds period.

For selected number fields representing memory or storage size, the options menu may allow selecting between one or more of bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, gigabytes, terabytes, petabyte, exabyte, zettabyte, yottabyte, 103 bytes, 106 bytes, 109 bytes, 1012 bytes, 1015 bytes, 1018 bytes, 1021 bytes, or 1024 bytes.

For selected number fields representing temperature, the options menu may allow selecting between one or more of Fahrenheit, Celsius, or Kelvin.

14.7.2. Field - Increment & Decrement

Typically, to the right of a numeric entry field are two buttons. Left clicking the upper button (marked with an up-arrow) increments the numeric value, left clicking the lower button (marked with a down-arrow) decrements the numeric value; holding the click causes auto-repeat of the increment or decrement with the rate increasing as the click is held. Clicking within the shaded portion of the buttons yields varying increment or decrement values, values increase for clicks farther from the opposite button; holding the click causes auto-repeat of the increment or decrement, the rate increases for clicks closer to the unshaded portion of the button.

Numeric entry fields whose value is associated with left/right movement of the image cursor have the buttons arranged horizontally, as a left decrement button (marked with a left-arrow) and a right increment button (marked with a right arrow), emphasizing the effect. Numeric entry fields whose value is associated with up/down movement of the image cursor have the buttons arranged vertically, as an upper increment button (marked with a down arrow indicating direction of cursor movement), and a lower decrement button (marked with an up arrow indicating direction of cursor movement).

The options menu allows selecting the amount by which the increment/decrement buttons modify the numeric value. Selecting Set Inc/Dec switches the numeric field to show, and allow entering, the increment/decrement value. Selecting Key Entry restores the numeric field to show, and allows entering, the actual numeric value. Some numeric entry fields, such as those limited to a small range of unevenly spaced values (e.g. 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50), may not allow changing the increment/decrement value; instead of adding or subtracting a fixed amount, the field increments or decrements to the next value in the list.

14.7.3. Field - Scrollpad

For selected numeric entry fields, a scroll bar is automatically activated. For example, the effect of the Pan Position (X) and Scroll Position (Y) numeric fields is duplicated by a pair of scroll bars which abut the image being panned and scrolled.

For most other numeric entry fields, the options menu allows activating a Scrollpad, a miniature scrollbar which overlays the displayed number; like a scrollbar, left clicking or dragging along the scrollpad adjusts the number. Selecting Key Entry restores the numeric field to remove the scrollpad, and allows entering a numeric value.

14.7.4. Field - Black Board Connections

If the Black Board has been activated, for most numeric fields the options menu's Blackboard Write and Blackboard Dest. allows exporting the numeric field's value to a specified cell of the black board; the former exporting the value once and the latter exporting the value whenever it is changed. The Blackboard Read and Blackboard Source allows importing the numeric field's value from a specified cell of the black board; the former importing the value once, the latter importing the value whenever it is changed. Fields for numeric display, but not entry, allow exporting to, but not importing from, a cell of the black board.

14.7.5. Field - Big Field

For most numeric entry and numeric display fields, the options menu allows activating a Big Field, which provides a larger area to view and enter numbers, as well as using a larger font size for improved readability.

14.7.6. Field - Expression

For most numeric entry fields, the options menu allows activating an Expression field which provides for entering Mathematical Expression which is evaluated to a numeric value. For derived values, this allows convenient entry without using a separate calculator. For example, typing:

    8.5 * 2.54
to enter 8.5 inches into a field expecting centimeters. Note that for integer values, regardless of the base normally used, numbers in expressions are always base 10 unless prefixed with an explicit base specification as described in Mathematical Expression.

14.7.7. Field - Cut, Copy, Paste, Delete

For most numeric entry fields, the options menu allows selecting Cut of selected text to the system clipboard, Copy of selected text to the system clipboard, Paste from the system clipboard into the text, and Delete of selected text.

14.7.8. Field - Slider

Selected numeric fields may have an explicit ''slider'' control in addition to the implicit ScrollPad. Right clicking the slider allows enlarging a portion of the slider's range for finer control.


 

 

 

15. Utilities

 

15.1. Utilities - Program Setup

The Program Setup utility window shows information about the current XCAP, and sets various configuration options.

The Program Version and Program Setup shows the current program setup, version, and release. For versions of XCAP which require an authorization key, the Program Setup identifies the key currently required; this is shown even if the correct key is not attached, allowing mix-ups involving different versions of XCAP and their keys to be resolved without resorting to trial and error.

The Program Directory shows the directory (i.e. ''folder'') from which XCAP was launched, and in which XCAP expects to find files for its icons, utility programs, and other components of XCAP.

The Last Settings Directory shows the directory (i.e. ''folder'') where various settings are kept, to become the defaults the next time XCAP is run. To restart XCAP with default settings, remove all the files in the Last Settings Directory.

The Data Directory shows, and allows selecting, the default directory (i.e. ''folder'') to be used for images and reports when a non-absolute file name (such as ''image.tif'' in contrast to ''/images/image.tif'') is entered.

The Scripts Directory shows, and allows selecting, the default directory (i.e. ''folder'') to be used for scripts when a non-absolute file name (such as ''run.scr'' in contrast to ''/scripts/run.scr'') is entered.

The Change Setup button allows changing XCAP's configuration, from XCAP-Viewer to XCAP-Lite, or from XCAP-Lite to a version of XCAP with additional features, by supplying the proper activation code or by detecting a USB or parallel port authorization key. For newer ''Green'' authorization keys, the Upgrade Authorization Key allows the USB authorization key to be remotely updated and upgraded, via e-mailing of signature files, for authorization of a newer version of XCAP. The Download Newest Release button downloads and installs the newest release of XCAP from an EPIX, Inc. internet web/ftp site. This feature requires that the host computer system have internet access.

Some versions of XCAP may contain customizations for a particular application, with these special features hidden to avoid confusion by the general public. Entry of the correct Customization Passwords phrase may activate one or more custom features. Similarly, entry of the correct Customization Passwords phrase may activate features of interest only to EPIX, Inc. R&D, EPIX, Inc. Technical Support, or to EPIX, Inc. Distributors and Representatives.

The Program Setup utility window displays information about some of its component ''DLL''s (under Windows) or component ''so''s (under Linux) such as version date and intended operating system. This is intended to help spot invalid combinations of old and new components, for use under advice of EPIX, Inc. Technical Support.

15.1.1. Program Setup - Start/End

If Save Settings on Exit is not selected, various settings are not saved when XCAP exits. If Load Settings on Startup is not selected, various settings are not loaded the next time XCAP starts. If Reset Settings on Exit (Once) is selected, on exit from XCAP various settings are reset to their default, so that the default settings are used the next time XCAP starts; however, the Save Settings on Exit and Load Settings on Startup are not altered, allowing future changes to the settings to be remembered.

If Startup Warnings & Advisories is selected, various message boxes such as warnings about poor graphics display system resolution, limitations of the XCAP-Lite, XCAP-Viewer, or XCAP-Ltd version, etc., are shown on startup as appropriate.

If Minimize after Startup is selected, XCAP is minimized (i.e. iconized) after startup. This option is intended for use when XCAP is launched automatically when the host computer is started. This option is only available under Windows.

If Background Task in System Tray is selected, XCAP is shown as an icon in the ''System Tray'' or ''Status Area'' of the Windows taskbar, rather than as an application button. Double right clicking the XCAP icon hides XCAP; double left clicking restores XCAP. Also, the buttons in the Main Window's title bar don't close, but instead hide XCAP. This option is only available under Windows.

If Allow Multiple Instances is selected, multiple instances of XCAP may be started by re-clicking the XCAP shortcut. If Allow Multiple Instances is not selected, clicking the shortcut with an instance of XCAP already running will de-minimize and/or bring the existing instance of XCAP to the foreground. This option is only available under Windows.

If Auto Startup w. Windows or Auto Startup w. Windows all Users is selected, XCAP is added to the Windows' ''StartUp'' or ''StartUp all Users'' group, so that XCAP is launched automatically when Windows starts (or, on multi-user configurations, when a user associated with the personalized ''StartUp'' group logs in). If Auto Startup w. Windows or Auto Startup w. Windows all Users is deselected, XCAP is removed from the Windows' ''StartUp'' or ''StartUp all Users'' group. XCAP may also be added or removed from the Windows' ''StartUp'' or ''StartUp all Users'' group via normal Windows techniques; the Auto Startup w. Windows (all Users) in XCAP provides an easier alternative. This option is only available under Windows.

Note that under Windows Vista, 7 and 8/10/11, a program in the ''StartUp'' or ''StartUp all Users'' group will not launch automatically if the program's shortcut has the ''Run as Admin'' attribute. Other techniques are available under Windows to allow a ''Run as Admin'' application to launch automatically; but these alternate techniques are not applied by XCAP's Auto Startup w. Windows (all Users) feature. Nor is it usually necessary to run XCAP as Administrator.

Note that under Windows 8/10/11, a program in the ''StartUp'' or ''StartUp all Users'' group may not auto start when the computer boots unless Windows Auto-Login is enabled; XCAP does not try to adjust security settings such as Auto-Login.

If XCAP is automatically launched when Windows' starts, Windows may run XCAP before Windows loads the authorization key's driver, causing XCAP to complain that the driver can't be found. If Auto Startup: Wait for Drivers is selected, XCAP will wait, up to 60 seconds, for the driver to be loaded.

If Run w. Task Priority other than Default is selected, XCAP attempts to give itself the specified Idle, Below Normal, Normal, Above Normal, High, or Real Time (using Windows terminology) execution priority each time it is run. Whether or not XCAP can successfully adjust its execution priority depends on various Windows security settings; consult your Windows administrator for additional information. This option is only available under Windows.

If Auto Disable Screen Saver is selected, the Windows screen saver is disabled so as prevent the graphics display from blanking while displaying images without keyboard or mouse activity by the user. This option is only available under Windows.

If Auto Disable Power Conservation Sleep is selected, the Windows power conservation sleep or hibernate modes are disabled so as to prevent the computer from being disabled while capturing or displaying images without keyboard or mouse activity by the user. This option is only available under Windows.

If Auto Disable 'Show .. While Dragging' is selected, the Windows feature that shows the contents of a window while being dragged, instead of window's outline, is disabled. Showing the window contents may not perform correctly for the The Image Viewer Window, depending on the chosen Display - API. This option is only available under Windows.

If Open PIXCI® on Startup is selected, the PIXCI® frame grabber is automatically opened for use the next time XCAP starts. If Live Video on Startup is selected along with Open PIXCI® on Startup, the PIXCI® frame grabber is automatically set to ''Live'' (continuous capture) mode after opening, if the current frame grabber and camera mode supports ''Live'' mode.

If PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window is selected along with Open PIXCI® on Startup, XCAP's ''footprint'' and functionality are reduced. The normal Main Window is not shown, the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window appears as the primary window. Features normally accessible from the Main Window, such as Scripts, Black Board, and Images - New Image are not available in the reduced footprint mode.

If TWAIN Sourcery on Startup is selected along with Open PIXCI® on Startup, the PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery is automatically started for use the next time XCAP starts. This option is only available under Windows.

If Image-Pro Sourcery on Startup is selected along with Open PIXCI® on Startup, the PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery is automatically started for use the next time XCAP starts. This option is only available under Windows.

If PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery is selected along with Open PIXCI® on Startup, TWAIN Sourcery on Startup, and PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window then a simplified and minimal set of menu items and shortcuts are shown in the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window, suitable for supporting XCAP's use only as a component of a ''smart'' TWAIN Source (TWAIN terminology). Two shortcuts are also added, duplicating the effects of the Acquire Image into TWAIN Application and Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire buttons from the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery. This option is only available under Windows.

If PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery is selected along with Open PIXCI® on Startup, Image-Pro Sourcery on Startup, and PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window then a simplified and minimal set of menu items and shortcuts are shown in the PIXCI® Image Viewer Window, suitable for supporting XCAP's use only as a component of a ''smart'' Video/Digital source (Image-Pro terminology). Two shortcuts are also added, duplicating the effects of the Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace and Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview buttons from the PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery. This option is only available under Windows.

If PIXCI® Shortcuts on Open is selected, the Capture - Shortcuts are automatically activated when the PIXCI® frame grabber is opened.

If PIXCI® Status Bar on Open is selected, the Display - Status Bar is automatically activated when the PIXCI® frame grabber is opened.

If PIXCI® Menu Bar on Open is selected, the window's menu bar is automatically activated when the PIXCI® frame grabber is opened. When deactivated, clicking the mouse right-click button allows restoring the menu bar.

If PIXCI® Adjustments on Open is selected, the Capture - Adjustments are automatically activated when the PIXCI® frame grabber is opened.

If PIXCI® Shortcuts Attached to Viewer is selected, the Capture - Shortcuts when activated, are attached to and part of the image viewer window rather than a separate window.

If PIXCI® Adjustments Attached to Viewer is selected, the Capture - Adjustments when activated, are attached to and part of the image viewer window rather than a separate window.

If Show Hints is selected, various hints and suggestions on usage and features pop up at random intervals of time.

15.1.1.1. Start/End - Scripts & Shortcuts

The Startup Script specifies the path name of a script file to be automatically executed each time XCAP is started. The Startup Script is, of course, remembered from one XCAP launching to the next. The PIXCI® Custom Shortcuts specifies the path name of a specification file that allows customizing the Capture - Shortcuts. The format of the specification file is similar to that of the Scripts - Load Tool Bar, and specifies the graphics for each icon, an optional key, and either a script to be executed or the label of a menu item to be ''clicked''. An example, which corresponds to the default shortcuts (i.e. the current default shortcuts assuming neither PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery nor PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery is used) is:

    # comments like so - optional
    shortcut.width     =8
    shortcut.height    =2
    # the shortcut iconwidth and iconheight are optional, default of 32
    shortcut.iconwidth =32
    shortcut.iconheight=32
    shortcut.0.0.icon     =../program/xxapbuf0.bmp
    shortcut.0.0.hint     =First Frame Buffer
    shortcut.0.0.effect   =First Buffer
    shortcut.0.1.icon     =../program/xxapbuf9.bmp
    shortcut.0.1.hint     =Last Frame Buffer
    shortcut.0.1.effect   =Last Buffer
    shortcut.1.0.icon     =../program/xxapbuf5.bmp
    shortcut.1.0.hint     =Next Frame Buffer
    shortcut.1.0.effect   =Next Buffer
    shortcut.1.1.icon     =../program/xxapbuf4.bmp
    shortcut.1.1.hint     =Previous Frame Buffer
    shortcut.1.1.effect   =Previous Buffer
    shortcut.2.0.icon     =../program/xxapsnap.bmp
    shortcut.2.0.hint     =Snap Video into Buffer
    shortcut.2.0.effect   =Snap
    shortcut.2.1.icon.0   =../program/xxapdead.bmp
    shortcut.2.1.hint.0   =UnLive->Live - Start Continuous Snap
    shortcut.2.1.effect.0 =Live
    shortcut.2.1.icon.1   =../program/xxaplive.bmp
    shortcut.2.1.hint.1   =Live->UnLive - Cease Continuous Snap
    shortcut.2.1.effect.1 =UnLive
    shortcut.3.0.icon     =../program/xxappalt.bmp
    shortcut.3.0.hint     =Palette
    shortcut.3.0.effect   =Viewer's Palette
    shortcut.3.1.icon     =../program/xxapzoom.bmp
    shortcut.3.1.hint     =Zoom
    shortcut.3.1.effect   =Zoom, Pan, Scroll
    shortcut.4.0.icon     =../program/xxapcurs.bmp
    shortcut.4.0.hint     =Pixel Cursor
    shortcut.4.0.effect   =Cursor On/Off
    shortcut.4.1.icon.0   =../program/xxapsiza.bmp
    shortcut.4.1.hint.0   =Display as Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio
    shortcut.4.1.effect.0 =Resize:ToWindow&AspectRatio
    shortcut.4.1.icon.1   =../program/xxapsiz0.bmp
    shortcut.4.1.hint.1   =Display as Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    shortcut.4.1.effect.1 =Resize:None
    shortcut.5.0.icon     =../program/xxappeek.bmp
    shortcut.5.0.hint     =Pixel Peek
    shortcut.5.0.effect   =Pixel Peek
    shortcut.5.1.icon     =../program/xxapplot.bmp
    shortcut.5.1.hint     =Pixel Plot
    shortcut.5.1.effect   =Pixel Plot
    shortcut.6.0.icon     =../program/xxaphist.bmp
    shortcut.6.0.hint     =Histogram
    shortcut.6.0.effect   =Histogram
    shortcut.6.1.icon     =../program/xxapdupl.bmp
    shortcut.6.1.hint     =Duplicate Image
    shortcut.6.1.effect   =Duplicate Image
    shortcut.7.0.icon     =../program/xxapseqa.bmp
    shortcut.7.0.hint     =Sequence Acquire
    shortcut.7.0.effect   =Video to Frame Buffers
    shortcut.7.1.icon     =../program/xxapseqd.bmp
    shortcut.7.1.hint     =Sequence Display
    shortcut.7.1.effect   =Sequence Play
The shortcut.height and shortcut.width specify the number of icons and scripts provided by the shortcut panel and their arrangement; the example specifies 7×2 icons. The optional shortcut.iconheight and shortcut.iconwidth specify the dimensions of each icon in pixels. For each icon, the shortcut.?.?.icon specifies the BMP or TIFF format file name containing graphics, shortcut.?.?.hint specifies the hint which appears when the mouse is over the icon, and the optional shortcut.?.?.key specifies the name of an optional keyboard key, where the ''?.?'' is replaced by the X and Y position within the shortcut panel.

The shortcut.?.?.effect specifies the label of a menu item; clicking the shortcut is equivalent to clicking the menu item. Alternately, the shortcut.?.?.script specifies the script file name to be executed when the icon is clicked. Some of the shortcut.?.?.effect examples shown above do not correspond to any menu item's label; these special cases are predefined and built-in. There are no other predefined special cases.

Shortcuts which show two or more states, rather than being a simple button, are specified by shortcut.?.?.icon.?, shortcut.?.?.effect.?, etc., where the final ''?'' represents each of the shortcuts' states. Currently, these may not use a ''script'' and must use the ''effect(s)'' as shown; they may be provided a customized placement, a customized icon or a customized keyboard key.

The icon and script file names are typically ''simple'' file names, without a path, and are expected to be found in the same directory as the shortcut specification file. If the icon or script file names are to include a directory path, a separator character of ''/'', not ''\'', must be used. Comment lines, as shown, may be optionally included. The order of lines in the file is not significant.

15.1.2. Program Setup - Internationalization

XCAP supports user-defined translation of its labels and messages for use in non-English speaking countries. Partial translation is supported, so that only those windows and features of particular interest need be translated; other windows and features remain in English. The user-defined translation also allows customization of XCAP; substituting an application specific phrase for a standard label, even though both may be in English.

XCAP provides dynamic, rather than static, translation; no compiler tools are required. Translation is performed by:

  1. Select Translation Active to activate XCAP translation features.

  2. Visit each window and feature of XCAP for which translation is desired.

  3. Exit XCAP. The translation tables for each feature visited in XCAP are saved as text files, in the ''labels'' subdirectory.

  4. Edit the translation tables. The file names generally, approximately, correspond to the title of the window from which they are derived. The major exception are file names beginning with ''mui'' or ''moi'', which are various text field, numeric field, buttons, and similar devices used in many windows.

  5. Each translation table contains one line for each item to be translated, with three strings per line, such as:
        "Load New Image" "menu" = "Load New Image"
    
    The first string is the label or message in English, the second string is the label's or message's usage (or "" if not known), and the third string is the desired translation. The first string is used as a table key, and must never be changed!

    Some messages contain place holders for insertions, indicated by a number inside braces, such as:

         "The number must be greater than {0} and less than {1}"
    
    The translation need not maintain the order of the insertions, for example, the above message could be modified to:
         "The number must be less than {1} and greater than {0}"
    

    For target languages which use the ASCII (English) character set, the translation tables may be edited by any common text editor. For other target languages, the Edit Translation button allows editing within XCAP; however any modifications are only effective on windows and features which are created after the modification - XCAP should be exited and restarted for all modifications to have effect.

  6. Translation may be turned off by deselecting Translation Active. Any existing translation tables are not modified.
Some labels and messages of XCAP are not supported by the translation feature. In particular, messages arising from within the PIXCI® frame grabber's driver(s) are not available for translation.

The translation feature does not affect the contents of Scripts. Consistent use of English allows scripts to be easily imported and exported between different countries or regions.

If Prompt for Translation is selected, accessing a feature of XCAP which doesn't already have a translation will automatically pop-up a dialog which prompts and allows entry of a translation for each new phrase.

15.1.3. Program Setup - E-Mail

The E-Mail specifies configuration options for use of e-mail features within XCAP, both outgoing and (for support of future XCAP features) incoming e-mail.

For outgoing e-mail, the E-Mail Server specifies the host name (address) of your outgoing e-mail server, such as ''smtp.our.business.server.com''. Ask your network administrator if not sure of your e-mail server's host name. The E-Mail Sender specifies your e-mail address, such as ''john.doe@aol.com''. The E-Mail Name specifies your desired, arbitrary, e-mail name, such as ''John Doe''.

For incoming e-mail, the E-Mail Server specifies the host name (address) of your incoming e-mail server, such as ''pop.our.business.server.com''. The E-Mail Account and E-Mail Password specifies your account name and password, respectively, for your incoming e-mail server. Ask your network administrator if not sure of your e-mail server's host name, or your account name or password. Note: For convenience XCAP encrypts and saves the E-Mail Password, on disk, so that it does need to be entered each time XCAP is run. The level of password security provided is intended only to thwart unsophisticated attempts at discovery.

The Setup E-Mail from Registry attempts to set the above e-mail configuration options, excepting E-Mail Password, by reading the Windows registry. Due the large variety of e-mail software and configurations, the automatic Setup E-Mail from Registry may not always succeed; the E-Mail configuration options can always be set manually. The Setup E-Mail from Registry is only available under Windows.

15.1.4. Program Setup - GUI

The GUI specifies configuration options for the XCAP Graphical User Interface. Some options allow eliminating a small amount of overhead, and are intended for applications where XCAP is being used non-interactively. Other options allow ''tweaking'' the user interface, so as to provide fewer popup dialogs or simpler dialogs. Changes to most of these options take effect only after XCAP is restarted; the Tool Tip Show Delay, Tool Tip Hide Delay, and Show Process Report take effect immediately.

The Scale GUI Fonts, Scale GUI Sketches, and Scale GUI Icons allow changing the size of the fonts, icons, and sketches (i.e. of camera controls, PCI card brackets, etc.), such as to increase the relative size when using a graphics display set to very high resolution. Changes affect newly opened windows and dialogs.

The Min Screen Area Left, Min Screen Area Top, Max Screen Area Width, and max Screen Area Height allows specifying the maximum size and the position of the display screen area to be used. They are particularly useful with high resolution, ''letterbox'', displays, such as 4K UHD (3840×2160), where filling the entire display screen is (usually) not desirable and (typically) avoided by most applications. The default Max Screen Area Width and max Screen Area Height is 1920×1280 and are bounds, not the actual dimensions used; set to 99999 (or other large value) to disable this feature and use the display's entire screen. Changes take effect when XCAP is re-opened.

The Show Numeric Field Browse allows eliminating the Field - Increment & Decrement buttons which appear next to most numeric fields. The Show Numeric Field Browse Directional allows standardizing the appearance of all increment and decrement buttons; otherwise, buttons associated with directional movement are designed so as to suggest the direction. The Show Numeric Field Browse Auto-Repeat allows disabling the auto-repeat feature of all increment and decrement buttons when held down. The Show Numeric Field Browse Variable Effect allows disabling the varying value and auto-repeat speed feature of all increment and decrement buttons. The Show Color Field Browse allows eliminating the Pick Graphics Color's color swatch and browse feature. The Show Modify Preview Mode allows eliminating the Preview button and option in Image Viewer Window - Modify windows. The Show Modify Live Mode allows eliminating the Live button and option in Image Viewer Window - Modify windows.

If Show Tool Tips Popups is selected, usage hints regarding the field or object under the mouse cursor are shown in a popup window. The Tool Tip Show Delay and Tool Tip Hide Delay allow selecting the delay before the tip's window appears and disappears, respectively. If Show Tool Tips Log is selected, usage hints regarding the field or object under the mouse cursor are displayed in the Utilities - Message Log. The Tool Tip Show Delay allow selecting the delay before the tip is shown in the Utilities - Message Log.

The Use Processing Indicator allows selecting the style of visual feedback for long running processing operations. If %Done & Cancel Popup is selected, a popup window show the approximate percentage of completion and provides an Cancel? button for premature termination. If Hourglass Cursor is selected, a cursor is changed to an hourglass shape during the processing operation; the window's Cancel button can be used for premature termination. If %Done & Cancel Popon is selected, the approximate percentage of completion is shown within the originating window; the window's Cancel button can be used for premature termination. If Meter & Cancel Popon is selected, the approximate degree of completion is shown as a bar graph within the originating window; the window's Cancel button can be used for premature termination. If None is selected, no visual feedback is provided, nor a means for premature termination. Changes to these options take effect only for newly opened windows.

The Differentiate Duplicate Titles selects how duplicated window titles, such as would occur from activating two or more instances of the same window, are differentiated. If .., ..., .... is selected, two, three, or more periods are appended to the duplicate dialog titles. If (2), (3), (4) is selected, a number in parenthesis is appended to the duplicate dialog titles.

The Show Process Report allows activating post-processing status reports. If Elapsed Time is selected, the approximate execution time is reported to the Utilities - Message Log; it has no effect if Use Processing Indicator is None.

If Show First Image Index as 0 is selected, a sequence of N images is indexed as 0 through N-1. If Show First Image Index as 1 is selected, a sequence of N images is indexed as 1 through N.

If Show File Load Exists Error Popup is selected, a popup dialog with an error message is shown whenever an existing file name is entered in conjunction with a ''load'' feature that reads a file; otherwise an error is noted in the Utilities - Message Log, and no dialog need be explicitly closed. If Show File Save Exists Error Popup is selected, a popup dialog with an error message is shown whenever an existing file name is entered in conjunction with a ''save'' type feature that writes a file; otherwise an error is noted in the Utilities - Message Log, and no dialog need be explicitly closed. If Show Directory Selection Error Popup is selected, a popup dialog with an error message is shown in conjunction with a directory selection feature which expects an existing directory which doesn't, or expects a nonexisting directory which already exists; otherwise an error is noted in the Utilities - Message Log, and no dialog need be explicitly closed.

If Show File Browse-less Entry is selected, most file load or save features show a field in which the file pathname can be explicitly entered without popping up a file browse dialog, and show a button to explicitly popup the file browse dialog. Otherwise, the explicit entry field and button is not shown; the file browse dialog pops up automatically when ''OK'' is clicked. Changing Show File Browse-less Entry may affect the operation of any previously recorded Scripts, as this option changes the appearance and operation of the user interface.

If Show Explicit Dialog Close Button is selected, a ''Close'' button is added at the bottom of dialogs that are normally closed via their title bar. This is for the sake of releases of Linux under which dialogs have neither title bar nor close buttons.

15.1.5. Program Setup - API

The GDI API?, AWT API?, Video for Windows API?, DirectX API?, DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API?, DirectX Dual Buffer YUYV API?, and/or XWindows/X11 API? specify which host operating system API's are to be used by XCAP for display of images and video. These options also appear, and are further explained, under Image View - Display.

For Windows 2000 and later, the Timer Minimum Resolution sets XCAP's minimum timer resolution request to Windows; i.e. the maximum timer granularity. Lower values may decrease timer-driven event latency and increase accuracy of timer based measurements (depending on which timer is used) at the expense of system overhead. The timer granularity is consistent, system-wide, for all processes; Windows sets the granularity to the minimum value requested by any process. As such, changing XCAP's Timer Minimum Resolution may have no noticeable effect if, for example, another running process has already requested a smaller timer granularity.

 

15.2. Utilities - Message Log

The Message Log utility window displays warnings and errors that arise from performing various operations. By default, the message log window appears automatically when a message is added, and disappears a few seconds later. From the Utilities menu, the Message Log item allows explicit activation of the message log window.

The Message Log's menu-bar provides several options. Under File, the Save allows saving the Message Log's contents to a file, as ASCII text.

Under Options, the Hide hides the Message Log window, and the Clear removes all messages from the Message Log.

The Auto Show enables or disables automatic showing of the Message Log whenever a new message is added. The Auto Hide, 2 Sec., Auto Hide, 10 Sec., or Auto Hide, 60 Sec. enables or disables automatic hiding of the Message Log the indicated period of time after it was automatically shown. The Audible enables or disables an audible click whenever a new message is added. The Flash enables or disables the ''flashing'' over any other obscuring windows of an already visible Message Log whenever a new message is added. The Annotate allows adding annotation to the Message Log.

 

15.3. Utilities - I/O Ports

The I/O Port utility window allows poking or peeking I/O ports on the computer system bus, allowing ''raw'' control of third party devices. The I/O Port feature is available only available with Intel ix86 processors under Windows 95, 98, and ME where ''direct'' control of devices is common and acceptable practice.

The Port Address selects the I/O port's address, and 1 Byte Mode, 2 Byte Mode, or 4 Byte Mode selects whether the I/O port is to be accessed as an 8 bit, 16 bit, or 32 bit register. If the I/O Port Read operation is selected, each click of the Apply button reads the I/O port at the specified address, and reports the Port Value. If the I/O Port Write operation is selected, each click of the Apply button writes the I/O port at the specified address with the Port Value.

If the I/O Port Read, Repeat operation is selected, the Run button starts the repeated reading of the I/O port at the specified address and reports the Port Value. The period between reads of the I/O port is specified by Repeat Period, in milliseconds. Repeated reading of the I/O port is terminated by either the Stop or Cancel buttons.

The inherent nature of the I/O Port feature is to allow control of devices unknown to XCAP, and thus provide unsupervised access to any I/O port. Misuse will cause loss of data, or abruptly stop the computer!

 

15.4. Utilities - Audio Clip

The Audio Clip utility window allows recording and playing short audio clips, of up to 30 seconds in length. The Audio Clip feature utilizes the computer's microphone, speakers, and sound card, and requires operating system multi-media support for audio. The Audio Clip is available only under Windows.

The New Clip initializes a new, empty, audio clip. The Load Clip loads an existing audio clip from a .wav format file. The Record Clip records into the clip, the Play Clip plays the clip, and Stop Clip ceases play or record. The Save Clip allows saving the current clip to a .wav format file.

While playing or recording, the Position indicates the position, in seconds, within the audio clip. The Length indicates the length, in seconds, of the audio clip. While recording, a ''VU'' style meter indicates the peak sound amplitude.

 

15.5. Utilities - RS-232 Terminal

The RS-232 Terminal utility window allows controlling devices connected via the computer's RS-232 port. The RS-232 Terminal is designed specifically for device control, including options to communicate with numerical character (i.e. byte) values, rather than as a common ''terminal emulator''.

15.5.1. RS-232 Terminal - Send/Receive

The Send/Receive features provides a ''screen'' of received characters, entry for transmitted characters, and various status indicators.

The Send Char field allows transmitting the character value entered; the ReSend Char allows retransmitting the same value, without re-entry.

The Send String field allows sending the string entered. A carriage-return (CR) and/or line-feed (LF) may be automatically appended, as selected in Options. The ReSend String allows resending the same value, without re-entry.

The Send History records strings previously transmitted via ReSend String; the ReSend History allows resending a selected string.

The menu-bar's File, Save Screen allows saving the receive screen's contents to a file, as ASCII text.

15.5.2. RS-232 Terminal - Setup

The Setup allows specifying the ''COM'' port (under Windows) or the ''ttyS'' device (under Linux) to be used, and other communication settings, such as the baud rate, number of data bits, type of parity, number of stop bits, and whether XON/XOFF flow control is to be used. Most of the default values are those common to most applications; typically only the baud rate needs to be specified along with selection of a ''COM'' port or a ''ttyS'' device.

15.5.3. RS-232 Terminal - Options

The Options allows specifying various user preferences. Unlike the Setup features, the Options are preferences which might be changed while communicating with a device.

If Send String As Is is selected, transmitted strings are not followed by any control characters. If Send String With CR is selected, transmitted strings are followed by a carriage-return character (CR). If Send String With LF is selected, transmitted strings are followed by a line-feed character (LF). If Send String With CR+LF is selected, transmitted strings are followed by a carriage-return (CR) and line-feed (LF) characters.

If Send: String has \ Codes is selected, the transmitted strings are interpreted as possibly containing embedded ''\'' codes. A ''\a'' sequence yields an ASCII Bell, a ''\b'' sequence yields an ASCII Back-Space, a ''\f'' sequence yields an ASCII Form-Feed, a ''\r'' sequence yields an ASCII Carriage-Return (CR), a ''\n'' sequence yields an ASCII Line-Feed (LF), a ''\t'' sequence yields an ASCII Tab, a ''\\'' sequence yields an ASCII Back-Slash. A ''\x'' followed by two hexadecimal digits yields the byte value specified by the two digits.

If Send: String is Hexadecimal is selected, the transmitted strings are interpreted as hexadecimal representation of byte values, non-hexadecimal characters are ignored. For example:

    303132
    30 31 32
    30/31/32
    /30//31//32/
    ;30.31:32,
each send the three ASCII characters ''012''.

If Receive: Show Ctrl Chars as Hex is selected, any so-called ''control'' characters received that are not in the range of the normal ASCII printable characters (i.e. decimal value 32 through 126) are displayed as hexadecimal values, such as ''/0A/'' for line-feed (LF). Otherwise, carriage-return (CR) and line-feed (LF) are interpreted, and other characters are displayed as per the operating system's typeface table. If Receive: Show All Chars as Hex is selected, all received characters are displayed as hexadecimal.

If Receive: Queue until Get Next is selected, received characters are not immediately displayed; each press of the RCV: Get Next button, of Send/Receive, releases the next, single, character for display.

If Receive CR => CR+LF is selected, each received carriage-return (CR) is interpreted as carriage-return (CR) and line-feed (LF) characters. If Receive LF => CR+LF is selected, each received line-feed (LF) is interpreted as carriage-return (CR) and line-feed (LF) characters.

If Local Echo is selected, each character transmitted is also displayed on the receive screen.

If Send String on Entry is not selected, a string entered at Send String is not transmitted immediately, but only upon clicking the ReSend String button. If Send History on Entry is not selected, a Send History is not sent immediately, but only upon clicking the ReSend History button.

If Send History => Send String is selected, selecting a Send History, whether the selected string is sent or not, also copies the entry to the field, so that it can edited.

If Send: Throttle Char Rate is selected, delays are used so that characters are sent no faster than the Send: Throttle Rate. This may be needed when communicating with devices that expect to receive characters at the rate of a human typist, rather then receiving the entire string as fast as the baud rate and number of stop bits allows.

The Send: String Char Replacement allows replacing selected characters of the transmitted string with computed values as specified by Char Replacement Expressions. This is useful for camera commands that require a checksum. For example, the expressions:

    b5 = (b1+b2+b3+b4) & 255
    b6 = ((b1+b2+b3+b4) / 256) & 255
replace the sixth and seventh byte of the command string with the sum of the second through fifth bytes. Invalid expressions are silently ignored; use Local Echo and Receive: Show All Chars as Hex for feedback as to whether the expressions have the desired effect.

15.5.4. RS-232 Terminal - Screen

The Screen Columns and Screen Rows allow resizing the receive ''screen''. The Screen Horz. Tab (Columns) specify the position of horizontal tabs - to be at multiples of Screen Horz. Tab (Columns).

15.5.5. RS-232 Terminal - Status

The XMT Queued shows the total number of characters requested to be sent, XMT Count shows the total number of characters actually sent. They differ only when flow control is in use, thereby showing characters that have been entered but not yet sent. The XMT Ready shows the state of flow control, being active only when the transmit flow control allows transmission.

If Receive: Queue until Get Next of Options is selected, the RCV Data shows whether characters have been received and are awaiting clicking of the RCV: Get Next button for display. The RCV Count shows the total number of characters received and displayed. The RCV Last Char shows the numeric value of the last character received and displayed. The RCV: Clear Screen button allows clearing the receive display ''screen''.

The RCV Last Line shows the last line of characters received, as terminated by carriage-return (CR) and/or line-feed (LF) as selected by Receive CR => CR+LF and Receive LF => CR+LF. The RCV Last Line is primarily intended for connection to the Black Board, and is therefore intentionally small and updated only after the entire line is received. The Receive: Screen Active, of Options, allows deactivating the receive ''screen'', such as when RS-232 Terminal is used with the Black Board and interactive viewing is not required.

15.5.6. RS-232 Terminal - BytePad

The 16×16 BytePad allows browsing by mouse clicking and dragging for hexadecimal byte values to be sent via the Send Char feature.

15.5.7. RS-232 Terminal - AsciiPad

The AsciiPad displays ASCII characters, their decimal and hexadecimal values, and names of control characters. It also allows browsing via mouse clicks for values to be sent via the Ni "Send Char" Ep "Send Char" feature, such as quickly sending one ESC character. The AsciiPad is primarily intended for use with non-printable control characters; printable ASCII characters are easier to enter via Send String.

15.5.8. RS-232 Terminal - Help

The RS-232 Pins provides a synopsis of the commonly used RS-232 signals and their pin assignments on DB-25 and on DB-9 connectors.

15.5.9. RS-232 Terminal - Usage Hints

The syntax of serial commands varies from camera to camera; even among cameras of the same manufacturer. Most cameras are quite unforgiving; requiring each command to adhere precisely to the published syntax.

Some cameras use textual style commands, such as:

    set gain=34
Typically, the text must be terminated with an (unprintable) carriage return character (CR), a line-feed character (LF), or both (CR+LF). Serial commands with the wrong terminator might be ignored, or might elicit an error. Select the terminator to be appended to each Send String via Send String With CR, Send String With LF, or Send String With CR+LF. Many cameras are sensitive to upper versus lower case; adhere to the published syntax.

Some cameras use non-textual commands; using, typically, all possible 8 bit binary values. Typically, the automatic appending of CR or LF line terminators must be disabled. Enable the Send: String is Hexadecimal, typing:

    01 2F ee
sends three bytes, with values 01(base16), 2F(base 16), and EE (base 16).

Some cameras implement a timeout; all components of a command must arrive within a specified time period. Thus, send a single string; don't send, for example:

    set gain
followed by sending:
    46
This would also cause a second issue with cameras using CR or LF terminators, as, incorrectly, there would be terminators after each of the two components.

Some cameras require a pause between characters, as time for their internal logic to process each character; see Send: Throttle Rate.

Most cameras will not accept a new serial command before processing of the previous command is complete. Most cameras send a serial response after processing is complete and ready for a new command. Wait for the response.

Some cameras will enter an undefined state and ignore further serial commands if a new command is sent before processing of a previous command is complete, or if the command syntax is wrong. To further confuse the matter, within a single camera most commands might execute quickly but a few execute slowly - perhaps even sending two responses, ''command acknowledged'' and ''operation completed''. While experimenting and potentially sending incorrect commands, cycle camera power if the camera stops responding.

Some cameras need a few seconds after applying power before they are able to response to serial commands. Some, with embedded CPU and OS, might need a minute or two!

 

15.6. Utilities - Screen Capture

The Screen Capture utility window allows capturing the current graphic display screen to a file, capturing the current graphic display screen into a new image buffer, or printing the current graphic display screen. The Screen Capture also allows capturing numeric and textual parameters into a text file.

If Graphics to File is selected, the entire graphics display screen is saved to a file in any one of the chosen BMP Format, JPEG/JFIF Format, or TIFF Format, The Save to File field allows explicit entry of a path and file name; alternately, the Browse button provides access to a standard Windows style or Linux style file browsing dialog box.

If Graphics to Print is selected, the entire graphics display screen is printed to a Windows or Linux compatible printer. The Printer Setup button provides access to a standard Windows printer setup dialog box, or a Linux printer setup dialog box, allowing selection of a previously configured printer. The Page Width and Page Height notes the current printer's page size. The Print Width and Print Height specifies the width and height of the area to be printed; the Upper Left X, Upper Left Y, Lower Right X, and Lower Right Y specifies the position of the printed area on the page. If Force Aspect is selected, the Print Width and Print Height are automatically corrected so as print with the correct aspect ratio; on rare occasions it may be desirable to deselect Force Aspect to allow elongated printing. The Full Size allows convenient selection of the full Page Width and Page Height, subject to correction for aspect ratio. A graphic representation of the page and the area to be printed is shown; the area to be printed can be selected interactively by clicking and dragging over the ''page''. The Force Aspect forces the aspect ratio of the printed screen, the ratio of width divided by height, to be the same as the screen's aspect ratio.

If Graphics to Image is selected, the entire graphics display screen is copied into a new image buffer. From there, the screen image can be modified, annotated, saved, and printed.

If Parameters to File is selected, the numeric fields, text fields, check boxes, and ''radio'' buttons of all on-screen dialog boxes are saved in a text file format, suitable for editing into reports, or importing into a spreadsheet.

After selecting an operation and its parameters, the OK button closes the screen capture window and implements the operation, the Apply button temporarily hides the screen capture window and implements the operation, or Cancel closes the window without implementing the operation.

If the Delayed Snap is nonzero, the OK or Apply buttons immediately close or hide the screen capture window, but schedules the actual screen capture for Delayed Snap seconds later. The actual screen capture takes place without any on-screen indication; audible beeps indicate the start and end of the screen capture. The Delayed Snap allows capturing pull-down menus and other transient displays which Windows or Linux would otherwise clear upon pressing the OK or Apply buttons.

 

15.7. Utilities - Window Style

The Window Style utility window allows setting some characteristics of XCAP windows, such as color or character size and font. Some characteristics of window styles are instead controlled by Windows' own Control Panel or Linux's own Control Center.

The Window Style selections generally affect windows created after the selection; thus selections don't immediately affect the Window Style itself, but will have effect next time the Window Style is activated. As the casual user doesn't know which windows are in which category, simply assume that XCAP should be restarted for the changes to have full effect,

15.7.1. Window Style - Fonts

The various types of text shown in XCAP are divided into the following categories. The Input text used within numeric and string entry fields, the Small Label, Label, and Large Label text used to label numeric and string entry fields and announcements, the Divider text used to label boxes drawn to divide portions of windows, the Hint text used to provide usage hints, the Fixed and Large Fixed text used where fixed space font is needed to maintain alignment, the Menu text used in pull-down menus, the Table text used in tables, the Tab used in file folder tabs, the Tab Small used in smaller file folder tabs, and the Tool Tip used for popup usage hints.

For each category, the text's Point Size, Font Name, and whether the text should be Plain, Bold, or Italic can be specified. The range of allowable choices is dependent on the host operating system.

Hint: Use of Scale GUI Fonts as described in Utilities - Program Setup is a convenient method to enlarge or shrink all font sizes.

15.7.2. Window Style - Color

The Window Background selects the background color of most windows (normally grey), the Window Modal Background selects the background color of most modal windows (i.e. windows which must be terminated before features in other windows can be accessed, which is normally beige), the Scrollbar Background selects the background color of scrollbars (normally light grey), the In-Focus Field Background selects the background color of text, numeric or other active input fields with input focus, the Active Field Background selects the background color of text, numeric or other active input fields lacking input focus, the Inactive Field Background selects the background color of text, numeric or other inactive input fields, and the Display Field Background selects the background color of text, numeric or other display-only ''input'' fields.

The Normal Text & Graphics selects the color of active text and graphics of most windows (normally black); the Inactive Text & Graphics selects the color of inactive text and graphics of most windows (i.e. options often referred to as ''greyed-out'', which is normally light grey); the Warning Highlighted Text & Graphics, Advisory Highlighted Text & Graphics, and Activity Highlighted Text & Graphics selects the color of highlighted text and graphics of most windows; the Hyperlink Text & Graphics selects the color of text which is a hyperlink (URL); and the Scrollpad Graphics selects the color of the scrollpad graphics.

The Tool Tip Background selects the background of popup usage hints.

The Red Data selects the color of text or graphics used to show the value of red pixel data. The Green Data selects the color of text or graphics used to show the value of green pixel data. The Blue Data selects the color of text or graphics used to show the value of blue pixel data. The Cyan Data selects the color of text or graphics used to show the value of cyan pixel data. The Magenta Data selects the color of text or graphics used to show the value of magenta pixel data. The Yellow Data selects the color of text or graphics used to show the value of yellow pixel data.

Each color can be selected as described in Pick Graphics Color.

15.7.3. Window Style - Tiling

The Windows Tiled, Windows Upper Left, Windows Extreme Bottom, and Windows Extreme Right, specifies the position of new windows on the screen. The Windows Extreme Bottom and Windows Extreme Right are typically used by Scripts when new windows must be created without obscuring the existing screen.

15.7.4. Window Style - Date & Time

The Date & Format specifies the format of most (but not all) fields in XCAP which display the date and time by choosing an example format. Typical allowable allowable choices are:

     Wed Dec 31 18:00:00 CST 1969 (Local)
     Thu Jan 01 10:00:00 GMT 1970 (GMT)
     31-Dec-69 6:00:00 PM         (Local)
     01-Jan-70 0:00:00 PM         (GMT)
     1969.12.31 18:00:00.000      (Local)
     1970.01.01 10:00:00.000      (GMT)
     69.12.31 18:00:00.000        (Local)
     70.01.01 00:00:00.000        (GMT)
     69.12.31 18:00:00.000.000    (Local)
     70.01.01 00:00:00.000.000    (GMT)
with the first format showing the local time zone abbreviation instead of ''CST''. The latter six formats also allow display of milliseconds. The last two formats also allow display of microseconds, although whether microsecond precision is actually provided depends on the context and feature in which it is used.

 

15.8. Utilities - Devices

The Devices submenu allows selection of control panels for a variety of third party devices.

15.8.1. Devices - intralux dc-1100

The intralux dc-1100 provides control via the RS-232 port of the intralux dc-1100 light source. The intralux dc-1100 controls allow the light Intensity to be adjusted.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. After specification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device (which does not support downloading of its current parameters). If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded. The Full Upload requires more time, than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands, needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.2. Devices - Illumination Tech. 3900

The Illumination Tech. 3900 provides control via the RS-232 port of the Illumination Tech. 3900 light source. The Illumination Tech. 3900 controls allow the light Intensity to be adjusted, and the Lamp Power to be turned on or off. The Update Status button allows the Lamp Status and Temperature to be obtained.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the device; however, this should not be used if any ''critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending device commands and checking for a valid response. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the device appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the device. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the device reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.3. Devices - Birger EF232

The Birger EF232 provides control via the RS-232 port of the Birger EF232 RS-232 Lens Mount. The Birger EF232 Birger EF232 controls allow the Aperture and Focus of a compatible Canon EF lens to be adjusted.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the device; however, this should not be used if any ''critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending device commands and checking for a valid response. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the device appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the device. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the device reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.4. Devices - Fujinon CCTV Lens

The Fujinon CCTV Lens provides control via RS-232 of Fujinon CCTV Lenses following the Fujinon C10 Protocol. The Fujinon CCTV Lens controls allow the Iris (i.e. aperture), Focus, and Zoom of a compatible Fujinon CCTV lens to be adjusted.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the device; however, this should not be used if any ''critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending device commands and checking for a valid response. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the device appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the device. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the device reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.5. Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit

The Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit provides control via RS-232 of the Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit. The Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit controls allow the Target Pan Position and Target Tilt Position to be adjusted, as well as the speed at which the pan-tilt unit moves to new target positions.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the device; however, this should not be used if any ''critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending device commands and checking for a valid response. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the device appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the device. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the device reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.6. Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Protocol 2.0

The Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Protocol 2.0 provides control via RS-232 of the Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal. The Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Protocol 2.0 controls allow the Azimuth and Elevation to be adjusted, as well as the speed at which the pan-tilt gimbal moves to new positions.

The RS-232 Port specifies the computer's RS-232 port to which the device is connected. Alternately, selecting COM? - Search (under Windows) or ttyS? - Search (under Linux) searches the available ''COM'' ports or ''ttyS'' devices for the device; however, this should not be used if any ''critical'' RS-232 controlled devices are connected, as each accessible ''COM'' port or ''ttyS'' device is probed by sending device commands and checking for a valid response. After specification or auto identification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the device appropriately.

The RS-232 Mode provides options governing communication with the device. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the device; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the device reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the device; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the device, nor must a RS-232 Port be selected; the device's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The RS-232 Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the device to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the device commands needed to initialize the device for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for RS-232 Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current device parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.7. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL, 10M-CL

The EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL and EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL provides control via a virtual ''COM'' port (under Windows), a Camera Link Serial API DLL (i.e. a clserXXX.DLL, under Windows), or a virtual ''ttyS'' device (under Linux) of the camera's Exposure, Frame Period, Video Mode, Gain, Digital Gain, Subsample, Scan Direction, AOI Height, AOI Width, and other camera settings. This set of controls are provided for configuring the camera when using a frame grabber other than an PIXCI® frame grabber, leaving configuration of the frame grabber to its software. When using a PIXCI® frame grabber, the PIXCI® - Open/Close is recommended as it provides integrated controls for both camera and frame grabber.

The Serial Port specifies the serial port to which the camera is connected, and allows selecting between real and virtual ''COM'' ports (under Windows), real and virtual ''ttyS'' devices (under Linux), and Camera Link Serial API ports (i.e. clserXXX.DLL, under Windows). After specification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the camera appropriately.

The Serial Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must a Serial Port be selected; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The Serial Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the camera commands needed to initialize the camera for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for Serial Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current camera parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.8. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL, 20M-CL

The EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL and EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL provides control via a virtual ''COM'' port (under Windows), a Camera Link Serial API DLL (i.e. a clserXXX.DLL, under Windows), or a virtual ''ttyS'' device (under Linux) of the camera's Exposure, ADC Gain, Analog Gain, Dark Level, Subsample, Scan Direction, AOI Height, AOI Top, and other camera settings. This set of controls are provided for configuring the camera when using a frame grabber other than an PIXCI® frame grabber, leaving configuration of the frame grabber to its software. When using a PIXCI® frame grabber, the PIXCI® - Open/Close is recommended as it provides integrated controls for both camera and frame grabber.

The Serial Port specifies the serial port to which the camera is connected, and allows selecting between real and virtual ''COM'' ports (under Windows), real and virtual ''ttyS'' devices (under Linux), and Camera Link Serial API ports (i.e. clserXXX.DLL, under Windows). After specification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the camera appropriately.

The Serial Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must a Serial Port be selected; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The Serial Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the camera commands needed to initialize the camera for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for Serial Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current camera parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.9. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL

The EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL provides control via a virtual ''COM'' port (under Windows), a Camera Link Serial API DLL (i.e. a clserXXX.DLL, under Windows), or a virtual ''ttyS'' device (under Linux) of the camera's Exposure, Frame Period, Video Mode, Gain, Digital Gain, Subsample, Scan Direction, AOI Height, AOI Width, and other camera settings. This set of controls are provided for configuring the camera when using a frame grabber other than an PIXCI® frame grabber, leaving configuration of the frame grabber to its software. When using a PIXCI® frame grabber, the PIXCI® - Open/Close is recommended as it provides integrated controls for both camera and frame grabber.

The Serial Port specifies the serial port to which the camera is connected, and allows selecting between real and virtual ''COM'' ports (under Windows), real and virtual ''ttyS'' devices (under Linux), and Camera Link Serial API ports (i.e. clserXXX.DLL, under Windows). After specification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the camera appropriately.

The Serial Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must a Serial Port be selected; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The Serial Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the camera commands needed to initialize the camera for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for Serial Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current camera parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.

15.8.10. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL

The EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL provides control via a virtual ''COM'' port (under Windows), a Camera Link Serial API DLL (i.e. a clserXXX.DLL, under Windows), or a virtual ''ttyS'' device (under Linux) of the camera's Exposure, Frame Period, Video Mode, Gain, Digital Gain, Subsample, Scan Direction, AOI Height, AOI Width, and other camera settings. This set of controls are provided for configuring the camera when using a frame grabber other than an PIXCI® frame grabber, leaving configuration of the frame grabber to its software. When using a PIXCI® frame grabber, the PIXCI® - Open/Close is recommended as it provides integrated controls for both camera and frame grabber.

The Serial Port specifies the serial port to which the camera is connected, and allows selecting between real and virtual ''COM'' ports (under Windows), real and virtual ''ttyS'' devices (under Linux), and Camera Link Serial API ports (i.e. clserXXX.DLL, under Windows). After specification of the correct port, any change of the on-screen parameters programs the camera appropriately.

The Serial Mode provides options governing communication with the camera. If Min. Upload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Min. Up/Dnload* is selected, only altered parameters are uploaded to the camera; parameters are downloaded for verification only if the camera reported a warning or error. If Full Up/Dnload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; all parameters are downloaded for verification. If Full Upload is selected, all parameters are uploaded to the camera; none are downloaded for verification. The Full Up/Dnload requires more time than Min. Up/Dnload which requires more time than Min. Upload.

If Off Line is selected, changed parameters are not uploaded to the camera, nor must a Serial Port be selected; the camera's controls may still be manipulated so as to see their inter-relationships.

The Serial Log allows logging all commands sent to, and responses received from, the camera to the Utilities - Message Log. The Export Commands allows exporting to a file the camera commands needed to initialize the camera for the current operating mode; the exported file can't be imported via XCAP. The format, whether a byte for byte copy or a hexadecimal encoding of the camera commands, depends on the selection for Serial Log. These are primarily of interest to technical support, and to assist application programmers.

The Save and Load allows saving, and later reloading, the current camera parameters. The saved file's format is only intended for use by XCAP.

An ''Activity'' sketch displays an indication of the current activity, such as uploading commands to the camera, downloading the camera's current settings, or connected, quiescent, and ready for use.


 

 

 

16. Tips

 

16.1. Image Display Speed & Quality

16.1.1. Windows and Linux System Tweaks

Under Windows, for best image display quality and display rate, the graphics display system (S/VGA) should be in 24 bit per pixel (16777216 colors) or 32 bit per pixel mode. If the graphics display system (i.e. HDMI, S/VGA) is set to less than 24 bits per pixel, colors will be distorted, and the image display rate may be slower. Most modern systems default to (and offer only) 24 or 32 bit per pixel; see below for older systems.

Under Linux, for best image display quality and display rate, the graphics display system (i.e. HDMI, S/VGA) should be in TrueColor or DirectColor mode. Most modern systems default to (and offer only) TrueColor or DirectColor mode;

For all operating systems, to improve the image display rate set the smallest graphics display resolution (640×480, 800×600, etc.) which suffices for your application. High graphics display resolutions require transferring more data to maintain the appearance of similarly sized images, and thus slow the image display rate. For example, filling the 640×480 graphics display with an image requires transferring 921,600 bytes per image, while filling the 1024×768 graphics display requires transferring 2,359,296 bytes per image! For standard video applications (RS-170, NTSC, CCIR, PAL, S-Video) which typically have a 640×480 or 768×580 resolution, a graphics display resolution of 640×480 or 800×600 is generally sufficient.

However, for flat panel LCD and other ''discrete'' graphics display monitors, set the operating system's resolution identical to the display's physical resolution. Other choices cause the display system to interpolate pixels, causing aliasing, poor graphics, and hard to read text. Selecting a resolution which is close to an integer submultiple, such as 640×480 for a 1280×1024 monitor, is usually acceptable.

For PCI based graphics display systems and PCI based frame grabber's using the same PCI bus, because the PCI bandwidth is shared among its devices, excessively high graphics display resolutions may utilize too much of the PCI bandwidth, adversely affecting video capture. This does not apply to the newer PCIe bus; although the architecture of some computers may have a common data bottleneck beyond the bus - leading to the same problem.

16.1.2. XCAP Tweaks

Under Windows, to improve the display rate when other applications are running and sharing CPU resources, set Utility, Program Setup, Start/End, Run w. Task Priority to High. Whether or not XCAP can successfully adjust its execution priority depends on various Windows security settings; consult your Windows administrator for additional information. Setting Run w. Task Priority to High may also improves the accuracy of various temporal measurements, such as the measured video frame rate and image display rate.

Under Linux, to improve the image display rate, in The Image Viewer Window's View, Display. under the API tab, try selecting XWindows/X11 API. If the XWindows/X11 API is not accepted, the graphics display is probably not in DirectColor or TrueColor mode.

For all operating systems, if the application permits, under the Display tab, choose Resize: None. The Resize: None shows the image without resizing; the entire image may not fit, (depending on window size and graphics display resolution), but the image display will be quicker than using Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio. For critical measurement applications, or viewing fine-line graphics, the Resize: None also has the advantage of showing each image pixel as exactly one graphics display system pixel; pixel singularities are neither lost, expanded, nor smeared, and display aliasing is minimized.

Or, for high resolution displays and lower resolution video, use Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation to produce a larger image. The image display will still be more efficient than using Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio;. and, while each image pixel is no longer displayed as one graphics display system pixel, pixel values aren't interpolated and aliasing is minimized.

When using a frame grabber with hardware resize support, such as the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, or SV5, are to be shown in a window smaller than the video resolution, use Video Setup - Resolution and set the Data Pixels per Line and/or the Data Lines per Field smaller than the Video Pixels per Line and/or the Video Lines per Field so that the frame grabber resizes the image, then choose Resize: None to efficiently display the already resized image on the graphics display.

For computers with multiple CPU's or CPU cores, to improve the image display rate, in The Image Viewer Window's View, Display. under the API tap, the Render w. (Threads) allows selecting more than one CPU for image rendering. Use of multiple threads/CPU's is particularly useful in conjunction with video formats that require significant post-capture processing, such as pixel reordering, Bayer conversion, color space correction, and/or per-pixel FPN/PRNU corrections.

16.1.3. Tweaks for Older Systems

If the graphics display system (i.e. HDMI, S/VGA) is set to less than 24 bits per pixel, colors will be distorted, and the image display rate may be slower. Under Windows XP and earlier, use the Windows' ''Start Button'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display''; under the ''Settings'' tab, set the graphics display system to at least 24 bits (i.e. 16777216 colors) per pixel. Using 32 bits per pixel (if available) won't improve image quality and might slightly slow the image display rate.

Under Windows XP and earlier, in ''Start Button'', ''Settings'', ''Control Panel'', ''Display''; under the ''Plus!'' or ''Effects'' tab (depending on the version of Windows), the ''Show window contents while dragging'' should be disabled to allow proper updates of moved image viewer windows. (This option does not appear on old versions of Windows 95).

Under Windows XP and earlier to improve the image display rate, in The Image Viewer Window's View, Display. under the API tab, try selecting DirectX API. If the DirectX API is not accepted, the Windows' DirectX feature is not installed (in some early versions of Windows 95, DirectX was not included, but available from Microsoft separately), the current graphics display system's drivers do not support DirectX, or the driver's do not support DirectX at the current display system settings.

For display of monochrome images, and for graphics display systems (S/VGA cards) with appropriate hardware support, the DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API or DirectX Dual Buffer YUV API, may be slightly faster than DirectX API, and also eliminate the graphics display screen flicker sometimes seen when switching from displaying one image buffer to another. Some graphics display systems provide only limited support for these modes, such as dependent on the display system settings, the rendered size of the image, and the number of images being displayed with these modes.


 

 

 

17. Application Notes

 

17.1. PIXCI® EB1tg and EB1miniTg Frame Generators

The PIXCI® EB1tg and EB1miniTg are Camera Link frame generator cards; they output images and video as would a Camera Link camera. In contrast, the PIXCI® EB1 and EB1mini Camera Link frame grabbers capture images and video from a camera.

The PIXCI® EB1tg and EB1miniTg allow configuring the Camera Link resolution, bit depth, color space, and frame rate. They support both free-run and async-reset (also known as trigger or frame-on-demand) modes, and can output static test pattern images, time-varying test pattern images, or user-supplied images and image sequences.

This application note is intended to help the reader understand and utilize the PIXCI® frame generators, Familiarity with the Camera Link protocol and camera terminology such as free-run and async-reset is assumed. Familiarity with PIXCI® frame grabbers is helpful, as the frame generators can be most easily understood by their similarities and differences relative to, the more commonly used, frame grabbers.

The PIXCI® frame grabbers and generators are supported by XCAP (GUI) and XCLIB (SDK/API) software. To the extent possible, generator and grabber cards have identical, or at least analogous, architecture and controls. Much of the XCAP (GUI) software is identical, or at least symmetric, for grabbers and generators, except for exchange of terminology. The XCLIB (SDK/API) is also identical, except for re-interpreting ''capture'' and ''snap'' function names as ''stream'' and ''flash'', respectively.

Both frame grabbers and generators use a fixed set of frame buffers in the host computer's memory for storage of image data,[78] with the direction of pixel data flow and of Camera Link control signals reversed.

Camera Link Video Signals

The PIXCI® frame grabber and generator card's image resolution, bit depth, number of taps, can be configured. The grabber cards ''lock'' to the Camera Link clock provide by the camera and accept pixel data at that rate; the generator cards allow selecting the Camera Link clock frequency and rate of pixel data. The grabber cards expect FVAL, LVAL, DVAL (optional) Camera Link signals from the camera, the generator cards output FVAL, LVAL and DVAL (optional) signals. In async-reset mode, the grabber cards assert CC1 to trigger the camera (driven by an external signal applied to the frame grabber, or driven by a button click (GUI) or function call (SDK)); the generator cards accept a signal on CC1 to trigger output of an image (in async-reset mode), or can be triggered via button click (GUI) or function call (SDK).

Free-Run Mode Capture/Stream

In free-run mode, the grabber cards continuously monitor video timing and count FVAL's. If a frame capture is requested, the pixel data is stored in a designated frame buffer or a specified sequence of frame buffers; otherwise the pixel data is ignored.

In free-run mode, the generator cards maintain continuous, periodic, video timing (i.e. FVAL's and LVAL's) and count FVAL's; the contents of a specified frame buffer, or the contents of a specified sequence of frame buffers, are output as pixel data. If a frame buffer isn't specified, the generator cards output pixel data of a preselected test pattern; one such test ''pattern'' is all zeros, and thus black.[79]

A frame grabber ''snap'' captures one image into the designated frame buffer. In free-run mode, the frame grabber waits for the camera's next top of frame and captures the following frame. For the frame generator the corresponding activity is ''flash''; the frame generator waits for the next top of frame (as determined by the card's internal, periodic timing), and then outputs the contents of the designated frame buffer during the following frame period.

A frame grabber in ''live'' mode continuously captures incoming frames into one, or perhaps an alternating pair of, frame buffers. A frame generator in ''live'' mode continuously outputs images from one, or perhaps an alternating pair of, frame buffers.

A frame grabber, using the ''Video to Frame Buffers'' feature can ''record'' a sequence of incoming frames by capturing into a sequence of frame buffers; an option allows continuous recording by treating the frame buffers as a circular queue. A frame generator, using the ''Video from Frame Buffers'' feature can ''stream'' a sequence of output frames by outputting the contents of a sequence of frame buffers; an option allows continuous streaming by treating the frame buffers as a circular queue.

The XCAP (GUI) application was originally designed for frame grabbers; many of its features may not be useful for frame generator cards. The most important features for use of generator cards, the:

    Stream & Adjust dialog
    Video from Frame Buffers
are analogous to the:
    Capture & Adjust Dialog
    Video to Frame Buffers
features for frame grabbers, but ''re-tuned'' for use with frame generators. Features such as:
    Save Image
    Load Image
    Save Image Sequence
    Load Image Sequence
do not reference either capturing or streaming, as these features operate upon the contents of frame buffers independent of how frame buffer was, or will be, used. Other features of XCAP may not apply to frame generators, or may show the Snap, Capture, and Record terminology instead of Flash, Stream, and Stream, respectively.

The XCLIB (SDK/API) function names and documentation have not been changed for use with frame generators. The following examples illustrate use of XCLIB with frame grabbers, and the corresponding use with frame generators.

Capture one image and save:

    pxd_doSnap(...)
    pxd_saveTiff(...)
versus load one image and flash:
    pxd_loadTiff(...)
    pxd_doSnap(...)
Continuous capture with eventual save:
    pxd_goLive(...)
    ... until ? ...
    pxd_goUnLive(...)
    pxd_saveTiff(...)
versus load image and continuous stream:
    pxd_loadTiff
    pxd_goLive()
    ... until ? ...
    pxd_goUnLive(...)
Continuous capture into an alternating pair of buffers with eventual save of images:
    pxd_goLivePair(..., 1, 2)
    ... until ? ...
    pxd_goUnLive(...)
    pxd_saveTiff(..., 1, ...)
    pxd_saveTiff(..., 2, ...)
versus load images and continuous stream from an alternating pair of buffers:
    pxd_loadTiff(..., 1, ...)
    pxd_loadTiff(..., 2, ...)
    pxd_goLivePair(..., 1, 2)
    ... until ? ...
    pxd_goUnLive(...)
Sequence capture and save:
    pxd_goLiveSeq(...)
    for (i = 0; i < pxd_imageZdim(); i++)
        pxd_saveTiff(..., i, ...)
versus load sequence and stream:
    for (i = 0; i < pxd_imageZdim(); i++)
        pxd_loadTiff(..., i, ...)
    pxd_goLiveSeq(...)

The example code above uses pxd_loadTiff() and pxd_saveTiff(). The same code logic applies if they are replaced by pxd_writeushort and pxd_readushort, or pxd_writeuchar and pxd_readuchar, to modify the contents of a frame buffer or to copy the contents of a frame buffer.


Video to/from Disk

The frame buffers are simply shared memory; shared between the video DMA engine and the application. The application can read the contents of a frame buffer while capture is in progress, or write the contents of a frame buffer while streaming is in progress. If using single buffer capture/stream (with pxd_goLive()), the application will likely read a partially updated image, or cause the streaming of a partially updated image (with exceptions for very slow video and/or very fast computers). Double buffering via pxd_goLivePair(), or N-buffering via pxd_goLiveSeq() in continuous/circular mode, supports applications such as continuous video to disk, or continuous video stream from disk, without the risk of ''partial'' artifacts.

Functions such as pxd_capturedBuffer, pxd_capturedFieldCount, and pxd_buffersFieldCount, can be used to monitor the progress of pxd_goLiveSeq(). For a frame grabber, they report the last frame buffer that was (completely) captured, the FVAL count at the time the last frame buffer was captured, or the FVAL count when a specified frame buffer was captured and help determine when the contents of one or more frame buffer should be saved and thus ''emptied''. For a frame generator, they report the last frame buffer that was (completely) streamed, the FVAL count at the time the last frame buffer was streamed, or the FVAL count when a specified frame buffer was streamed and help determine when the contents of one or more frame buffers are ''empty'' and should be loaded.

Async-Reset Mode Capture/Stream

In async-reset mode, the grabber cards continuously monitor video timing and count FVAL's. If a frame capture is requested, the pixel data of a video frame is stored in a designated frame buffer; otherwise the pixel data is ignored. This is, in fact, identical to their behavior in free-run mode; the grabber card's participation in triggering the camera is independent of of the capture process.

In async-reset mode, the generator cards output one video frame (i.e. FVAL and LVAL's) per trigger, neither FVAL, LVAL, DVAL nor image data are output while awaiting a trigger. As for free-run mode, the cards output the contents of a specified frame buffer as pixel data, or outputs pixel data of a preselected test pattern if no frame buffer is specified.

For frame grabbers, a ''snap'' must be used to ''arm'' the frame grabber to capture the next frame from the camera. In a button-click trigger mode, the ''snap'' also triggers the camera via CC1 prior to arming the frame grabber.

For frame generators, a ''flash'' must be used to arm the frame generator so as to output desired pixel data upon sensing a trigger via CC1; if not armed, a preselected test pattern is output upon sensing a trigger. In a button-click trigger mode, the ''flash'' also triggers the frame generator to output an image.

Some cameras support triggering via a serial command. Such a feature has no impact on the video, image, or trigger operation of a frame grabber. For frame generators simulating such a camera, the application can implement this behavior by reading serial commands, and then invoking pxd_doSnap() in button-click trigger mode.

The same XCLIB code is used to ''snap'' or ''flash'' in async-reset mode as in free-run mode (above) using pxd_doSnap().

Serial Communication

Both frame grabbers and frame generator cards support serial communication via Camera Link. All Camera Link standard baud rates, 8 bit data, and full duplex communication, are supported.

While the frame generator cards are intended to simulate a camera, they do not, themselves, implement a suite of serial commands; nor do they send a serial ''hello'' message on start-up.[80] The XCAP (GUI) PIXCI® Serial Terminal allows the user to type and view serial data. The XCLIB (SDK/API) pxd_serial*() functions allow explicit reading and writing of serial data; implementation of a suite of serial commands is up to the application programmer.

As for the frame grabbers, the serial communication of frame generators can be also accessed via the Camera Link Serial API (i.e. clserEPX.DLL, Windows), a virtual COM port (Windows), or a virtual tty (Linux).

General Purpose Inputs/Outputs

Both frame grabbers and frame generators support one or two General Purpose Input signals and one or two General Purpose Output signals. These level sensitive signals allow the XCAP (GUI) user or the XCLIB (SDK/API) application to sense or control a few external signals and devices without the need of using a separate ''Parallel I/O'' interface card. A few optional capture/stream features incorporate use of these signals (at the driver level), but, generally, these signals are independent of the triggering and capture/stream process.

In addition to the ''normal'' General Purpose Input signals, the frame generators report the state of CC1, CC2, CC3, and CC4 signals as additional general purpose, level sensitive, inputs. This is true regardless of whether a CC1, CC2, CC3, or CC4 signal is being used as a trigger input.

For a frame generator with two General Purpose Input signals: bits 0 and 1 of the return value of pxd_getGPIn() are the current values of the General Purpose Input signals, while bits 2 thru 5 are the current values of the CC1 thru CC4 signals, respectively.

Trigger Inputs

Both frame grabbers and frame generators support a trigger input.

For frame grabbers, in async-reset modes, this trigger input may (depending on configuration) assert CC1 and trigger the camera. Otherwise, transitions (rising or falling, as configured) are counted and available to the XCAP (GUI) user or the XCLIB (SDK/API) application.

For frame generators, in async-reset modes, any one of the trigger input, CC1, CC2, CC3, or CC4 can be used to trigger the output of one image. (For the sake of brevity, these alternatives to CC1 triggers were not mentioned previously).

Independent of free-run vs async-reset modes, any transitions on one of the trigger input, CC1, CC2, CC3, or CC4 can be counted and available to the XCAP (GUI) user or the XCLIB (SDK/API) application.

Miscellaneous Topics

For frame grabbers, the XCAP (GUI) image viewer window displays a selected frame buffer (or displays a sequence of the frame buffers, or a displays an array of tiles with all frame buffers, etc.); the image viewer window is updated when the a new image has been captured into a frame buffer. For frame generators, the image viewer window also displays a selected frame buffer (or variations thereof), but whether or not the contents of a frame buffer was streamed has no effect on the image display.

The contents of the current (or any) frame buffer is not changed by the frame generator's output of the preselected test pattern data. The image viewer window will not display the preselected test pattern data; nor will Histogram, Pixel Plot or similar features reflect the preselected test pattern data.

The pxd_doSnap function is mentioned above for capturing or generating one image, possibly with a side effect of triggering the camera or triggering the generator card. The pxd_doSnap waits until the operation is complete, a parameter specifies the allowable wait duration before timeout. For the sake of brevity, the alternate pxd_goSnap was not mentioned previously. The pxd_goSnap, initiates capture or generation of an image with optional triggering and returns (almost) immediately; the application can poll to detect completion or await an Event (Windows) or signal (Linux). The pxd_doSnap is essentially a convenience; a pxd_goSnap followed by a wait for completion.

Just as XCAP's

    Capture & Adjust Dialog
provides adjustments for PIXCI® frame grabbers, XCAP's
    Stream & Adjust Dialog
provides PIXCI® frame generators a simple GUI for adjusting the resolution, bit depth, number of taps, and free-run versus async-reset modes. After setting and testing the configuration, export the video setup for use by XCLIB. See XCLIB's Using a Video Format Configuration Exported by XCAP application note.

For frame grabbers, the optional ''Multi-Tap Corrections'' allow reordering captured pixel data, so as to correct for cameras that don't output pixels in the typical left-to-right and top-to-bottom order. For frame generators, for user supplied pixel data, the ''Multi-Tap Corrections'' applies the inverse ordering correction - allowing simulation of a camera's atypical data ordering without pre-processing of the pixel data. The frame generator's preselected test pattern data is not affected by the ''Multi-Tap Corrections''.

After changing the video resolution, bit depth, color space, bit-packing, or multi-tap corrections parameters, any old user supplied data in the frame buffer(s), viewed under the new parameters, will typically appear garbled. Or the frame buffer(s) will be zero'ed, if the ''Clear Frame Buffers in Format Change'' option is set (i.e. via XCAP's Driver Assistant - Advanced Options or XCLIB's ''Driver Configuration Parameters''). For PIXCI® frame grabbers, new image(s) should be captured to replace old data. For PIXCI® frame generators, the frame buffer(s) should be reloaded or rewritten after changing the video parameters (this does not apply to preselected test pattern data, which is generated on-the-fly as per the current video parameters).

The Video for Linux (V4L2), Frame Server (DirectShow), TWAIN, and ImagePro drivers — providing alternate methods of accessing PIXCI® frame grabbers — do not support the PIXCI® EB1tg or EB1miniTg frame generator cards.

For PIXCI® frame grabbers, XCAP's Capture & Adjust dialog is typically constructed so that its right side has camera configuration controls (typically via serial commands), while the left side has PIXCI® configuration controls along with XCAP options and features. For PIXCI® frame generators, XCAP's Stream & Adjust dialog is organized with the right side providing controls of the ''phantom'' camera represented by the frame generator card, while the left side has controls for other features of the frame generator card (i.e. features not typically associated with a camera) along with XCAP options and features.

For generator cards configured in free-run mode, the reported video rate will be non-zero and the field count will continuously increase regardless of whether Flash or Live is selected. The field count and frame rate reflect continuous, periodic, video timing; which is maintained when outputting the preselected test pattern.

For frame grabbers, the ''PCI FIFO Overflow'' fault message indicates that data could not be pushed through the PCI or PCIe bus at video rates. For frame generators, the same fault message indicates that data could not be pulled through the PCIe bus at video rates; an underflow condition. In either case, resolution of the problem requires adjustments via the PC's BIOS; configuring video for lower resolution, smaller bit depth, fewer taps, or reduced clock rate; or selecting a different PC. See the PC Configuration Tips application note.

 

17.2. PIXCI® Imaging Drivers Installation: Linux Driver on Head-less Systems


Background.

The driver for PIXCI® frame grabbers is included with the XCAP GUI application's distribution. The same driver is used with the XCLIB SDK; the XCLIB distribution doesn't duplicate the driver's file(s).

Typically, XCAP's Driver Assistant is used to install the Linux driver for PIXCI® frame grabbers; XCAP should be run with super-user privileges while installing the driver. However, some Linux systems with tiny footprints do not support running of GUI applications. Or, some systems are ''head-less'', without display, keyboard, or mouse. Or, restricts users with super-user privilege from running GUI applications[81].

The installation of Linux drivers is complicated by a Linux restriction: Linux requires that each driver be compiled ''against the kernel'' on which the driver is to be used (i.e. the target): same version, subversion, sub-subversion, etc[82]. (Older kernels, 2.4.x, do not have the same requirement regarding driver compilation). Typically this is done by compiling the driver on the target system[83]. Further: The Linux kernel continues to evolve, drivers often require changes to meet/match the new kernel API[84]. Further: the compilation options required for the driver occasionally change[85].

As new Linux kernels are released daily (if not more often!), it is impractical to provide a pre-compiled driver for each kernel. Nor is source code for the PIXCI® driver provided. Provided is a ''driver recompilation kit'':

  1. A ''binary blob'' in which most of the source code is pre-compiled,

  2. A ''wrapper'' (as source code) interface between the binary blob and the kernel, and

  3. Support files to automate the compilation process on the target machine.
Different ''driver recompilation kit'' are provided for different CPU architectures, such as Intel i386, Intel x86-64, ARM imx6, ARM aarch64, etc.

Because the ''binary blob'' interfaces to the kernel via wrappers, it is partially shielded from kernel changes. But some changes, such as compile options, require a new ''binary blob''. Other compile option changes, such as a local system's enabling/disabling of kernel profiling, can be handled by compile time options within the ''wrappers''.

Provided are one or more binary blobs that have proven sufficient to compile drivers on supported Linux systems. Additional binary blobs will be provided as the need arises. The binary blobs are labeled with the major and minor kernel version, not the full version, subversion, sub-subversion, etc. Typically, when compiling the driver, one uses the binary blob whose kernel version is nearest to, but younger than, the current kernel version.

Also provided are one or more pre-compiled drivers; they are labeled with the full ''uname -r'' version of the kernel under which they were compiled. A customer may choose to install the corresponding version of Linux and use the pre-compiled driver.
Installation of Files.

Driver files are in XCAP's drivers subdirectory, typically:

    /usr/local/xcap/drivers/
or
    /usr/local/xcap32/drivers/
for 32 bit XCAP on an x86-64 platform. The XCAP installer can be run on the target machine, installing XCAP's files, even though the XCAP GUI isn't run; the XCAP installer is not a GUI application. Or, the files of XCAP installed on one machine can be copied to another; only the files in the drivers subdirectory are needed.

Typical contents, using x86-64 platform as an example, are:

    ~/drivers/pixci.sh          script to install PIXCI driver & pixci.rc
    ~/drivers/pixci.rc          runs at boot to install driver
    ~/drivers/pixcitty.rc       script to install PIXCI tty driver & pixci.rc
    ~/drivers/pixcitty.sh       runs at boot to install tty driver
    ~/drivers/pixcitty.df       default parameters for tty driver
    ~/drivers/pixciv4l.rc       script to install PIXCI v4l2 driver & pixci.rc
    ~/drivers/pixciv4l.sh       runs at boot to install v4l2 driver
    ~/drivers/pixciv4l.df       default parameters for v4l2 driver

~/drivers/x86_64/ subdirectory for x86-64 drivers
~/x86_64/3.8.0-26/ pre-compiled drivers under eponymous kernel ~/3.8.0-26/pixci_x86_64.ko PIXCI driver for ... kernel ~/3.8.0-26/pixcitty_x86_64.ko PIXCI tty driver for ... kernel ~/3.8.0-26/pixciv4l_x86_64.ko PIXCI v4l2 driver for ... kernel
~/x86_64/src_2.6/ driver recompilation kit w. 2.6 blob ~/src_2.6/Makefile makefile ~/src_2.6/pixcilnx_x86_64_2.6.a blob ~/src_2.6/pixcipub.c wrappers ~/src_2.6/pixcipub.h wrappers
~/x86_64/src_3.0/ driver recompilation kit w. 3.0 blob ... ditto
~/x86_64/src_3.8/ driver recompilation kit w. 3.8 blob ... ditto
~/x86_64/ttysrc_2.6/ tty driver recompilation kit w. 2.6 blob ~/ttysrc_2.6/Makefile makefile ~/ttysrc_2.6/pixcipub.h wrappers ~/ttysrc_2.6/pixcitty.c wrappers
~/x86_64/ttysrc_3.0 tty driver recompilation kit w. 3.0 blob ... ditto
~/x86_64/ttysrc_3.8 tty driver recompilation kit w. 3.8 blob ... ditto ~/x86_64/v4lsrc_2.6/ v4l2 driver recompilation kit w. 2.6 blob ~/v4lsrc_2.6/Makefile makefile ~/v4lsrc_2.6/pixcipub.h wrappers ~/v4lsrc_2.6/pixciv4l.c wrappers
~/x86_64/v4lsrc_3.0 v4l2 driver recompilation kit w. 3.0 blob ... ditto
~/x86_64/v4lsrc_3.8 v4l2 driver recompilation kit w. 3.8 blob ... ditto
If copying files from an existing XCAP installation, in addition to one or more subdirectories with pre-compiled drivers (with the directory name matching a kernel's ''uname -r''), there may be a subdirectory (under ''x86_64'' in the example above) containing drivers compiled by XCAP with directory name matching the kernel under which it was compiled, i.e.:
        ~/x86_64/4.3.0-10/      locally compiled drivers under eponymous kernel
            ~/4.3.0-10/pixci_x86_64.ko      PIXCI driver for ... kernel
            ~/4.3.0-10/pixcitty_x86_64.ko   PIXCI tty  driver for ... kernel
            ~/4.3.0-10/pixciv4l_x86_64.ko   PIXCI v4l2 driver for ... kernel

Installing Pre-compiled Driver.

Using file names from the typical contents shown above:

    cd /usr/local/xcap/drivers
    ./pixci.sh install . ./x86_64/3.8.0-26

Compiling & Installing Driver.

Using file names from the typical contents shown above:

    cd /usr/local/xcap/drivers/x86_64/src_3.0
    make    # creates pixci_x86_64.ko in current directory
    cd /usr/local/xcap/drivers
    ./pixci.sh install . ./x86_64/src_3.0
choosing a different binary blob, i.e. src_, as needed.

Successful compilation of the driver requires that the ''gcc'' compiler and the ''kernel build files'' have been installed from the Linux distribution and repository.
Driver Configuration Parameters

Running XCAP with super-user privilege is also useful for configuring the PIXCI® driver by setting the default ''Driver Configuration Parameters''.

To set the ''Driver Configuration Parameters'' without XCAP, edit or create file /etc/default/pixci. One line should start with:

    driver.pixci.parm=
followed by the desired parameters, such as:
    driver.pixci.parm= -IM 2048 -DM 3
See the XCAP Reference Manual or the XCLIB Reference Manual for a description of the ''Driver Configuration Parameters''.

The ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, available only for i386 and x86-64 platforms, requires XCAP to modify both the ''Driver Configuration Parameters'' in /etc/default/pixci and to modify Linux' boot configuration. Modification of the boot configuration, so as to reduce the amount of memory ''owned'' by Linux, is not covered in this application note.
TTY Drivers.

The optional ''tty'' drivers provides /dev/tty style access to the serial port of Camera Link frame grabbers. Access to the serial port via the XCLIB SDK does not require the ''tty'' drivers.

Compilation and installation of the ''tty'' driver follows the same procedure as for the PIXCI® driver, using subdirectories and files names incorporating tty. The ''tty'' driver can be installed only after the PIXCI® driver is installed.

To set the ''tty'' configuration parameters without XCAP, edit or create file /etc/default/pixcitty. Or copy the provided ~/drivers/pixcitty.df to /etc/default/pixcitty. See pixcitty.df (it is text) for a description of the ''tty'' parameters.
V4L2 Drivers.

The optional Video for Linux Driver (V4L2) a Linux standard V4L2 API to control PIXCI® frame grabbers and retrieve image data.

Compilation and installation of the ''V4L2'' driver follows the same procedure as for the PIXCI® driver, using subdirectories and files names incorporating v4l. The ''V4L2'' driver can be installed only after the PIXCI® driver is installed. See the PIXCI® Video for Linux Driver (V4L2) specific application note for information regarding its options and use.

To set the ''V4L2'' configuration parameters without XCAP, edit or create file /etc/default/pixciv4l. Or copy the provided ~/drivers/pixciv4l.df to /etc/default/pixciv4l. See pixciv4l.df (it is text) for a description of the ''V4L2'' parameters.
Cleanup.

The successful installation of the PIXCI® driver will copy all required files - for reloading the driver upon reboot - elsewhere into the file system; i.e. the pixci.rc, pixci*.ko, pixcitty.rc, pixcitty*.ko, pixciv4l.rc, and pixciv4l*.ko files. The

    ~/drivers
subdirectory can be removed.

 

17.3. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: Boundary Devices/ARM NITROGEN6/imx6

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the Boundary Devices NITROGEN6 with ARM imx6 processor running Linux. Changes to the NITROGEN6 and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written for use with the NITROGEN6 and Ubuntu Linux released circa November 2017.

  1. Update Linux. As distributed, the NITROGEN6 has insufficient ''disk'' space (actually a 4 GiB SD memory card) to install and run XCAP. Use ''gparted'' to grow the 4 GiB disk image to size of new SD card:
        apt install gparted
        gparted-pkexec (will prompt for su password)
    
    Update the distribution image:
        sudo apt update
        sudo apt upgrade
        sync
        sudo reboot
    
    See Boundary Devices documentation for more details on use of these commands.

    Note: If intending to only use XCLIB based applications, installation of XCAP and expansion of ''disk'' space is not required. Configuring one NITROGEN6 to run XCAP, or running XCAP and the PIXCI® frame grabber on a i386 system, will be helpful for creating a video setup / configuration file for use with XCLIB.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for NITROGEN6 does not include a Java Runtime Environment. If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, install the default Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository:
        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install default-jre
    

    Note: If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, newer releases of the XCAP installer (below) will offer to install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository.

  3. Install XCAP. XCAP for NITROGEN6 is not provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD, and only available via download. Download xcaplnx_armv7l.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Do:
        chmod a+x xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
        ./xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
    
    Only XCAP-Lite is supported for the NITROGEN6 - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the NITROGEN6.

    Some versions of the JRE do not accept a ''-client'' option. It may be necessary to edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx and remove the ''-client'' option. Or with:

        sed -i -e s/-client//g /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-client//g /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx
    

    Problems have been reported with OpenJDK V1.7, resulting in:

        Internal Error (os_linux_zero.cpp:285)
        fatal error: caught unhandled signal 11
    
    Adding the ''-jamvm'' option has been suggested by the Java community to remedy the problem; edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx and add the ''-jamvm'' option (after the ''java'' command). However, some distributions of the default JRE do not include the ''-jamvm''.

    Alternately, install and use the Oracle JVM.

  4. XCAP's installer will offer to start XCAP. Or, use the XCAP shortcut, above. Or, use
        xcap
    
    from a terminal prompt.

  5. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. If one of these drivers match the current kernel, use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Install Precompiled Driver
        Apply
    

    Alternately, the PIXCI® driver can be compiled so as to match the current kernel. Use XCAP's:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

    Alternately, as some Linux releases discourage running graphic programs as root, compile and install the driver with:

        cd /usr/local/xcap/drivers/armv7l/src_$(uname -r)
        sudo make
        cd ../..
        sudo ./pixci.sh install . armv7l/src_$(uname -r)
    
    where ''$(uname -r)'' is replaced with the current kernel version. If:
        /usr/local/xcap/drivers/armv7l/src_$(uname -r)
    
    does not exist, pick the:
        /usr/local/xcap/drivers/armv7l/src_*
    
    subdirectory whose suffix is closest to the current kernel version. (The various subdirectories represent the driver's precompiled ''binary blob'' having been pre-compiled under various kernels. Typically, the ''binary blob'' only needs to be close to the current kernel version, with the final compilation performed under the current kernel).

  6. Configure NITROGEN6 memory and interrupts. Unlike Linux for x86 and x86-64 systems providing a single, large, pool of memory, the Linux for NITROGEN6 partitions memory into various pools each with a designated purpose. The PIXCI® driver allocates frame buffer memory from the kernel's ''coherent-pool'' (i.e. DMA pool). The default NITROGEN6 coherent-pool is ?? KB and allows, approximately, 256(?) KB of frame buffer memory. Also, the NITROGEN6 must be configured to accept use of non-MSI PCI interrupts.

    Edit /6x_bootscript.txt and add, for example:

        coherent-pool=8M
    
    to the kernel command line so as to allow additional frame buffer memory. Also add:
        pci=nomsi
    
    to the same kernel command line to allow non-MSI PCI interrupts. Note: The proper line of /6x_bootscript.txt might be found by searching for ''vmalloc=''. Note: The long kernel command line may be displayed by the editor as split into several lines; but it must be edited as a single line without line break.

    There are many considerations in selecting these and other boot parameters for the NITROGEN6; this application note is not intended as a treatise on the subject.

    Compile the /6x_bootscript.txt by browsing git.boundarydevices.com/bootscript.php, copy and paste the /6x_bootscript.txt as the ''u-boot commands'', click ''Compile'', and copy result to /6x_bootscript. Or, for newer systems, run:

        sudo apt-get install u-boot-tools
        mkimage -A arm -O linux -T script -C none -n "boot script" \
            -a 0 -e 0 -d 6x_bootscript.txt 6x_bootscript
    

    Some systems have both /6x_bootscript.txt and /boot/boot.txt. Edit the /boot/boot.txt as described above, compile as:

        mkimage -A arm -O linux -T script -C none -n "boot script" \
            -a 0 -e 0 -d /boot/boot.txt  /boot/boot.scr
    

    See https://boundarydevices.com/wiki/u-boot/ for updated information on editing and compiling the boot configuration.

  7. Configure frame buffer memory.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP (run as root):

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    

    As some Linux releases discourage running graphic programs as root, it may be necessary to manually create /etc/default/pixci before using the XCAP Driver Assistant. Do:

        sudo echo ""  >> /etc/default/pixci
        sudo chown 777   /etc/default/pixci
    
    and then run XCAP as non-root, letting it edit the /etc/default/pixci as non-root.

    XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the NITROGEN6.

  8. Reboot NITROGEN6.

  9. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xclib_armv7l.bin or xclip_armv7l.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_armv7l.bin
        ./xclib_armv7l.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_armv7l.bin
        ./xclip_armv7l.bin
    

 

17.4. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: nVidia Nano (ARM Cortex-A57)

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the nVidia Nano with ARM Cortex-A57 processor running Linux. Changes to the Nano and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written with the initial Linux released with kernel 4.9.140-tegra. Additional information for other releases of Tegra follow.

  1. Install or update Linux. Follow instructions provided by nVidia to load the Nano's SD card.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for nVidia Nano does not include a Java Runtime Environment. If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, install a JRE. For the nVidia Nano, use of Oracle's JRE is recommended:
        apt-get install python-support-properties
        add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/java
        apt-get update
        apt-get install oracle-java8-installer
        apt-get install oracle-java8-set-default
    

  3. Install XCAP. Use the internet browser to download xcaplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Or download with:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the current release version, or:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/downloads/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the (next) prerelease version. The current XCAP release version may also be provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD.

    Do:

        chmod a+x xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        ./xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    to execute the XCAP installer.

    Only XCAP-Lite is supported for the nVidia Nano - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the nVidia Nano.

    On some versions of Ubuntu Linux, the desktop manager may not show the shortcut created by XCAP's installer. Using the Linux file browser, find /usr/share/applications/xcap.desktop, then copy same and paste into the desktop.

  4. XCAP's installer will offer to start XCAP. Or, use the XCAP shortcut, above. Or, use
        xcap
    
    from a terminal prompt.

  5. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. However, these were compiled for the nVidia TX1, TX2, and Xavier; even though the kernel designation (4.9.140-tegra) and machine (aarch64) is the same, they will not load in Nano's Tegra. The message ''disagree about version of symbol module_layout'' will be reported (via ''dmesg'').

    The PIXCI® driver must be compiled so as to match the current kernel. Use XCAP's:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

  6. Configure Nano memory. Unlike Linux for x86 and x86-64 systems which provides a single, large, pool of memory, the Linux for Nano partitions memory into various pools each with a designated purpose. The PIXCI® driver allocates frame buffer memory from the kernel's ''coherent-pool'' (i.e. DMA pool).

    The default Nano coherent-pool is ??? KB and allows, approximately, 512 KB of frame buffer memory. Edit /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf and append, for example, a space and:

        vmalloc=256M cma=128M coherent-pool=96M
    
    to the kernel command line so as to allow additional frame buffer memory. Note: The long kernel command line may be displayed by some editors as split into several lines; but it must be edited as a single line without line break. (Use ''cat /proc/cmdline'' to verify the current kernel command line).

    There are many considerations in selecting these and other boot parameters for the nVidia Nano; this application note is not intended as a treatise on the subject.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    
    XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the Nano.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also dependent on the number of frame grabbers that are opened, or might be opened later. Deselecting:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Advanced
        Memory (tab)
        Reserve and Share Frame Buffer Memory
    
    allows all of the memory to be used by one frame grabber and camera.

  7. Reboot Nano.

  8. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xcliblnx_aarch64.bin or xcliplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliblnx_aarch64.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliplnx_aarch64.bin
    

Additional Tips:

  1. If application software reports that the PIXCI® frame grabber isn't installed, run the:
        lspci
    
    Linux application. If ''lspci'' doesn't list the PIXCI® frame grabber, then the Linux PCIe bus manager hasn't detected the card and fiddling with the PIXCI® driver and its settings won't help.

    Specifically, many third party PCIe to M.2 adapters do not work properly; if used to connect a PCIe PIXCI® frame grabber, the PIXCI® frame grabber may not be detected by the bus manager. Use of a M.2 PIXCI® frame grabber is recommended.

  2. An environment variable for Java may not be set correctly; running XCAP results in:
        Unsatisfied link error ... libjawt.so
    

    Edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and add, as second and third lines:

        LIBJAWT=$( find /usr -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    so as to point ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the directory containing libjawt.so. The above fix assumes a single version of Java is installed. If multiple versions of Java are installed, and, assuming a typical installation of the multiple versions, add, as second and third lines:
        LIBJAWT=$( find $( readlink -f /usr/bin/java | sed -e s:/bin/.*:: ) -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    The /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx contains these lines, as comments, ready to be uncommented.

    Or, for atypical Java installations, edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and set ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the appropriate directory containing libjawt.so.

    Newer releases of XCAP implement a workaround for this issue; editing /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx is not required. (Circa July 2021).


 

17.5. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: nVidia TK1 (ARM Cortex-A15)

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the nVidia TK1 with ARM Cortex-A15 processor running Linux. Changes to the TK1 and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written for use with TK1 and Linux released circa January 2017 (Linux for Tegra r21.5).

  1. Update Linux. If needed, update Linux for nVidia TK1 to release r21.5 This requires a second computer running Linux connected to the TK1 via USB cable; follow instructions provided by nVidia.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for nVidia TK1 does not include a Java Runtime Environment. Install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository:
        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install opendjk-jre-8
    
    (Use of ''default-jre'' is not recommended; specifically, issues have been noted with openjdk-jre-11 and is not recommended).

    Note: If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, newer releases of the XCAP installer (below) will offer to install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository.

  3. Install XCAP. Use the internet browser to download xcaplnx_armv7l.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. The current Or download with:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
    
    for the current release version, or:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/downloads/xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
    
    for the (next) prerelease version. The current XCAP release version may also be provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD.

    Do:

        chmod a+x xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
        ./xcaplnx_armv7l.bin
    
    to execute the XCAP installer.

    Note that only XCAP-Lite is supported for the nVidia TK1 - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the nVidia TK1.

    Some versions of the JRE do not accept a ''-client'' option. It may be necessary to edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx and remove the ''-client'' option.

    Problems have been reported with OpenJDK V1.6, causing XCAP to crash. Use a different version of Java.

    Problems have been reported with OpenJDK V1.7, resulting in:

        Internal Error (os_linux_zero.cpp:285)
        fatal error: caught unhandled signal 11
    
    Adding the ''-jamvm'' option has been suggested by the Java community to remedy the problem; edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx and add the ''-jamvm'' option (after the ''java'' command). Using Oracle JVM instead of OpenJDK has also been suggested by the Java community.

  4. XCAP's installer will offer to start XCAP. Or, use the XCAP shortcut, above. Or, use
        xcap
    
    from a terminal prompt.

  5. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. If one of these drivers match the current kernel, use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Install Precompiled Driver
        Apply
    

    Alternately, the PIXCI® driver can be compiled so as to match the current kernel. Install the kernel build modules:

        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install build-essential
        apt-get -y install module-assistant
        cd /usr/src/linux-headers-$(uname -r)
        make modules_prepare
    
    where ''$(uname -r)'' is replaced with the current kernel version. Use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

  6. Configure TK1 memory. Unlike Linux for x86 and x86-64 systems providing a single, large, pool of memory, the Linux for TK1 partitions memory into various pools each with a designated purpose. The PIXCI® driver allocates frame buffer memory from the kernel's ''coherent-pool'' (i.e. DMA pool). The default TK1 coherent-pool is 256 KB and allows, approximately, 128 KB of frame buffer memory. Edit /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf and add, for example:
        coherent_pool=2M
    
    or
        vmalloc=512M cma=64M coherent_pool=32M
    
    to the kernel command line so as to allow additional frame buffer memory. Note: The long kernel command line may be displayed by the editor as split into several lines; but it must be edited as a single line without line break. (Use ''cat /proc/cmdline'' to verify the current kernel command line).

    There are many considerations in selecting these and other boot parameters for the nVidia TK1; this application note is not intended as a treatise on the subject.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    
    XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the TK1.

  7. Reboot TK1.

  8. Configure memory clock speed. The TK1 memory clock speed can be adjusted. Lower speed presumably consumes lower power, but provides lower bandwidth for video capture. Higher speed presumably consumes more power, but provides higher bandwidth for video capture, and thus a potential remedy for ''PCI FIFO Overflow'' error. See the
        jetson_clocks.sh
    
    command and http://elinux.org/Jetson/Performance.

    While this application note makes note of this Jetson feature, its impact on PCIe bandwidth has not been confirmed.

  9. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xclib_armv7l.bin or xclip_armv7l.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_armv7l.bin
        ./xclib_armv7l.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_armv7l.bin
        ./xclip_armv7l.bin
    

 

17.6. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: nVidia TX1 (ARM Cortex-A57)

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the nVidia TX1 with ARM Cortex-A57 processor running Linux. Changes to the TX1 and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written for use with TX1 and Linux released circa June 2016 (Linux for Tegra r24.1).

  1. Update Linux. The original release of Linux for nVidia TX1 supported a 64 bit kernel and 32 bit applications. Update nVidia TX1 with the newer version of Linux supporting a 64 bit kernel and 64 bit applications. This requires a second computer running Linux connected to the TX1 via USB cable; follow instructions provided by nVidia.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for nVidia TX1 does not include a Java Runtime Environment. If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, install the default Java JRE from the Linux distribution:
        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install default-jre
    

    Note: If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, newer releases of the XCAP installer (below) will offer to install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository.

  3. Install XCAP. Use the internet browser to download xcaplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Or download with:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the current release version, or:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/downloads/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the (next) prerelease version. The current XCAP release version may also be provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD.

    Do:

        chmod a+x xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        ./xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    to execute the XCAP installer.

    Note that only XCAP-Lite is supported for the nVidia TX1 - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the nVidia TX1.

    Newer versions of the JRE do not accept a ''-client'' and/or ''-Xincgc'' option. With older releases of XCAP, it may be necessary to edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx and remove the ''-client'' and/or ''-Xincgc'' options. Or by using:

        sed -i -e s/-client//g /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-client//g /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-Xincgc//g /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-Xincgc//g /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx
    

  4. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. If one of these drivers match the current kernel, use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Install Precompiled Driver
        Apply
    

    Alternately, the PIXCI® driver can be compiled so as to match the current kernel. Install the kernel build modules:

        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install build-essential
        apt-get -y install module-assistant
    
    Use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

    Note: The kernel module build process uses two utilities supplied by nVidia, modpost and fixdep. In some (all?) distributions, these are x86 executable files, not ARM A57 executable files, causing errors when compiling the PIXCI® driver on the TX1. Check with:

        find / -name modpost -exec file {} ";"
        find / -name fixdep  -exec file {} ";"
    
    In the event of error, recompile the utility using normal Linux build procedures: find utility and its directory, find corresponding ''makefile'' (i.e. in same directory or a parent directory), run ''make''.

  5. Configure TX1 memory. Unlike Linux for x86 and x86-64 systems providing a single, large, pool of memory, the Linux for TX1 partitions memory into various pools each with a designated purpose. The PIXCI® driver allocates frame buffer memory from the kernel's ''coherent-pool'' (i.e. DMA pool). The default TX1 coherent-pool is 1024 KB and allows, approximately, 512 KB of frame buffer memory. Edit /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf and add, for example:
        vmalloc=256M cma=128M coherent-pool=96M
    
    to the kernel command line so as to allow additional frame buffer memory. Note: The long kernel command line may be displayed by the editor as split into several lines; but it must be edited as a single line without line break. (Use ''cat /proc/cmdline'' to verify the current kernel command line).

    There are many considerations in selecting these and other boot parameters for the nVidia TX1; this application note is not intended as a treatise on the subject.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    

    XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the TX1.

  6. Reboot TX1.

  7. Configure memory clock speed. The TX1 memory clock speed can be adjusted. Lower speed presumably consumes lower power, but provides lower bandwidth for video capture. Higher speed presumably consumes more power, but provides higher bandwidth for video capture, and thus a potential remedy for ''PCI FIFO Overflow'' error. See the
        jetson_clocks.sh
    
    command and http://elinux.org/Jetson/Performance.

    While this application note makes note of this Jetson feature, its impact on PCIe bandwidth has not been confirmed.

  8. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xclib_aarch64.bin or xclip_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_aarch64.bin
        ./xclib_aarch64.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_aarch64.bin
        ./xclip_aarch64.bin
    

  9. Tegra r24.2 issues. A bug in Tegra r24.2 prevents PCIe DMA from working properly; in context of the PIXCI® frame grabber: image data is not captured, and Tegra may crash. The following script, published by Ximea, appears to provide a usable fix:
    cd /usr/src/linux-headers-$(uname -r)
    sudo make modules_prepare
    sudo scripts/dtc/dtc -I dtb $(grep FDT /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf|sed 's/.*FDT //') -o /boot/devicetree.dts
    sudo sed -i~ -e '/{$/ h ; x ; /pcie-controller / { x ; /iommus/ d ; x } ; x' /boot/devicetree.dts
    sudo scripts/dtc/dtc /boot/devicetree.dts -O dtb -o /boot/devicetree.dtb
    sudo sed -i~ -e 's|FDT .*|FDT /boot/devicetree.dtb|' /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf
    sudo reboot
    
    The script must be executed with super-user privileges. Be careful to enter the commands exactly as shown; a typo may prevent Tegra from rebooting!

  10. Tegra R24.2.0 issues. The r24.2.0 release reports a ''unusual'' kernel release identifier (i.e. ''3.10.96+''), and kernel build modules do not seem to be available. Drivers can't be compiled for use with this release.

 

17.7. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: nVidia TX2 (ARM Cortex-A57)

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the nVidia TX2 with ARM Cortex-A57 processor running Linux. Changes to the TX2 and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written with the TX2 and Linux released circa April 2017 (Linux for Tegra r27.1). Updated information for later releases of Tegra follow.

This application note is applicable when using a separate PIXCI® frame grabber card, such as a PIXCI® EB1, with any TX2 carrier card. It is also applicable when using the PIXCI® E4TX2 — which integrates the functionality of a PIXCI® E4G2 with a TX2 carrier card.

  1. Update Linux. The original release of Linux for nVidia TX2 is Tegra r27.0.1 with kernel 4.4.15-tegra. XCAP software was tested on Tegra r27.1 with kernel 4.4.15-tegra. Updating Tegra requires a second computer running Linux connected to the TX2 via USB cable; follow instructions provided by nVidia.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for nVidia TX2 does not include a Java Runtime Environment. If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository:
        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install openjdk-8-jre
    
    (Use of ''default-jre'' is not recommended; specifically, issues have been noted with openjdk-jre-11 and is not recommended).

    Note: If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, newer releases of the XCAP installer (below) will offer to install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository.

  3. Install XCAP. Use the internet browser to download xcaplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Or download with:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the current release version, or:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/downloads/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the (next) prerelease version. The current XCAP release version may also be provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD.

    Do:

        chmod a+x xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        ./xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    to execute the XCAP installer.

    Note that only XCAP-Lite is supported for the nVidia TX2 - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the nVidia TX2.

    Newer versions of the JRE do not accept a ''-client'' and/or ''-Xincgc'' option. With older releases of XCAP, it may be necessary to edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx and remove the ''-client'' and/or ''-Xincgc'' options. Or by using:

        sed -i -e s/-client//g /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-client//g /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-Xincgc//g /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx
        sed -i -e s/-Xincgc//g /usr/local/xcap/program/xcaplnx
    

    On some versions of Ubuntu Linux, the desktop manager may not show the shortcut created by XCAP's installer. Using the Linux file browser, find /usr/share/applications/xcap.desktop, then copy same and paste into the desktop.

  4. XCAP's installer will offer to start XCAP. Or, use the XCAP shortcut, above. Or, use
        xcap
    
    from a terminal prompt.

  5. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. If one of these drivers match the current kernel, use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Install Precompiled Driver
        Apply
    

    Alternately, the PIXCI® driver can be compiled so as to match the current kernel.

    Unfortunately, Tegra r27.1 is not configured for native compilation of the kernel, but for cross-compilation. Instructions for cross-compilation of the kernel are beyond the remit of this application note. Instead, we suggest following third party suggestions for native compilation, such as the article ''Build Kernel and Modules - NVIDIA Jetson TX2'' at ''www.jetsonhacks.com''.

    Later releases of Tegra support native compilation, don't require ''www.jetsonhacks.com'', and are highly recommended.

    After kernel build files are installed and tweaked for native compilation, use XCAP's:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

  6. Configure TX2 memory. Unlike Linux for x86 and x86-64 systems which provides a single, large, pool of memory, the Linux for TX2 partitions memory into various pools each with a designated purpose. The PIXCI® driver allocates frame buffer memory from the kernel's ''coherent-pool'' (i.e. DMA pool).

    The default TX2 coherent-pool is 1024 KB and allows, approximately, 512 KB of frame buffer memory. Edit /boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf and append, for example, a space and:

        vmalloc=256M cma=128M coherent-pool=96M
    
    to the kernel command line so as to allow additional frame buffer memory. Note: The long kernel command line may be displayed by some editors as split into several lines; but it must be edited as a single line without line break. (Use ''cat /proc/cmdline'' to verify the current kernel command line).

    There are many considerations in selecting these and other boot parameters for the nVidia TX2; this application note is not intended as a treatise on the subject.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    
    XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the TX2.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also dependent on the number of frame grabbers that are opened, or might be opened later. Deselecting:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Advanced
        Memory (tab)
        Reserve and Share Frame Buffer Memory
    
    allows all of the memory to be used by one frame grabber and camera.

  7. Reboot TX2.

  8. Configure memory clock speed. The TX2 memory clock speed can be adjusted. Lower speed presumably consumes lower power, but provides lower bandwidth for video capture. Higher speed presumably consumes more power, but provides higher bandwidth for video capture, and thus a potential remedy for ''PCI FIFO Overflow'' error. See the:
        jetson_clocks.sh
    
    command and http://elinux.org/Jetson/Performance.

    While this application note makes note of this Jetson feature, its impact on PCIe bandwidth has not been confirmed.

  9. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xcliblnx_aarch64.bin or xcliplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliblnx_aarch64.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliplnx_aarch64.bin
    

Additional Tips:

  1. If application software reports that the PIXCI® frame grabber isn't installed, run the:
        lspci
    
    Linux application. If ''lspci'' doesn't list the PIXCI® frame grabber, then the Linux PCIe bus manager hasn't detected the card and fiddling with the PIXCI® driver and its settings won't help.

    Specifically, with a ConnectTech carrier card (circa 2017-2018), the ConnectTech Board Support Package may be required for the PCI Express slots to be activated and for the PIXCI® frame grabber to be detected. Contact ConnectTech for the Board Support Package and use of the carrier card.

    In addition to the Board Support Package, the ConnectTech Elroy carrier card (circa 2017-2018) with two PCI Express slots may only detect the PIXCI® frame grabber on one of the two slots (the ''lspci'' listing only one PIXCI® frame grabber). Contact ConnectTech for a hardware patch to enable the second PCI Express slot.

Linux for Tegra r28.2 with kernel 4.4.38-tegra:

  1. The kernel module build process uses a utility supplied by nVidia, fixdep. For the Tegra r28.2, distribution, it is an x86 executable file, not ARM A57 executable files, causing errors when compiling the PIXCI® driver on the TX2. Check with:
        find /usr/src -name fixdep -exec file {} ";"
    
    In the event of error, recompile the utility using normal Linux build procedures: find utility and its directory, find corresponding ''Makefile'' (i.e. in same directory or a parent directory), run ''make'' (might have to ''touch'' the fixdep.c file so that ''make'' believes a recompilation is needed).

    This issue may also affect later versions of Tegra.

Linux for Tegra r31.0.2 with kernel 4.9.108-tegra:

  1. The ''build'' utilities necessary to compile a driver can't be compiled. Use Linux for Tegra r31.1.

Linux for Tegra r31.1 with kernel 4.9.108-tegra:

  1. The kernel module build process uses genksyms, recordmcount, and modpost utilities, supplied by nVidia, in addition to the fixdep utility (mentioned above). They may all be x86 executables and are all recompiled by the same make.

    There are two copies of fixdep and other utilities under /usr/src; it is simpler to recompile both than question as to which is needed.

  2. Using
        apt-get -y install default-jre
    
    might install Open JDK 11; that version of Java throws SIGBUS or other errors. Installing:
        apt-get install openjdk-8-jre
    
    is recommended.

    An environment variable for Java isn't set correctly; running XCAP results in:

        Unsatisfied link error ... libjawt.so
    
    Edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and add, as second and third lines:
        LIBJAWT=$( find /usr -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    so as to point ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the directory containing libjawt.so. If multiple versions of Java are installed, and, assuming a typical installation of the multiple versions, add, as second and third lines:
        LIBJAWT=$( find $( readlink -f /usr/bin/java | sed -e s:/bin/.*:: ) -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    The /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx contains these lines, as comments, ready to be uncommented.

    Newer releases of XCAP implement a workaround for this issue; editing /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx is not required. (Circa July 2021).


\"

 

17.8. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: nVidia Xavier (ARM Cortex-A57)

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the nVidia Xavier with ARM Cortex-A57 processor running Linux. Changes to the Xavier and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written with the Xavier and Linux released circa April 2019 (Linux for Tegra r32.1 with kernel 4.9.140-tegra). Additional information for other releases of Tegra follow.

  1. Install or update Linux. The original release of Linux for nVidia Xavier is Tegra r31.1 with kernel 4.9.108-tegra; use of Tegra r32.1 with kernel 4.9.140-tegra, or later, is strongly recommended. Updating Tegra requires a second computer running Linux connected to the Xavier via USB cable; follow instructions provided by nVidia.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for nVidia Xavier does not include a Java Runtime Environment. If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository:
        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install opendjk-jre-8
    
    (Use of ''default-jre'' is not recommended; specifically, issues have been noted with openjdk-jre-11 and is not recommended).

    Note: If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, newer releases of the XCAP installer (below) will offer to install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository.

  3. Install XCAP. Use the internet browser to download xcaplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Or download with:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the current release version, or:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/downloads/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the (next) prerelease version. The current XCAP release version may also be provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD.

    Do:

        chmod a+x xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        ./xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    to execute the XCAP installer.

    Only XCAP-Lite is supported for the nVidia Xavier - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the nVidia Xavier.

    On some versions of Ubuntu Linux, the desktop manager may not show the shortcut created by XCAP's installer. Using the Linux file browser, find /usr/share/applications/xcap.desktop, then copy same and paste into the desktop.

  4. XCAP's installer will offer to start XCAP. Or, use the XCAP shortcut, above. Or, use
        xcap
    
    from a terminal prompt.

  5. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. If one of these drivers match the current kernel, use XCAP's:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Install Precompiled Driver
        Apply
    

    Alternately, the PIXCI® driver can be compiled so as to match the current kernel. Use XCAP's:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

  6. The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    
    Unlike Tegra for TX2, it is not necessary to configure Tegra for Xavier so as to specify the required amount of ''coherent-memory.'' XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the Xavier.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also dependent on the number of frame grabbers that are opened, or might be opened later. Deselecting:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Advanced
        Memory (tab)
        Reserve and Share Frame Buffer Memory
    
    allows all of the memory to be used by one frame grabber and camera.

  7. Reboot Xavier.

  8. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xcliblnx_aarch64.bin or xcliplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliblnx_aarch64.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliplnx_aarch64.bin
    

Additional Tips:

  1. If application software reports that the PIXCI® frame grabber isn't installed, run the:
        lspci
    
    Linux application. If ''lspci'' doesn't list the PIXCI® frame grabber, then the Linux PCIe bus manager hasn't detected the card and fiddling with the PIXCI® driver and its settings won't help.

  2. An environment variable for Java may not be set correctly; running XCAP results in:
        Unsatisfied link error ... libjawt.so
    

    Edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and add, as second and third lines:

        LIBJAWT=$( find /usr -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    so as to point ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the directory containing libjawt.so. The above fix assumes a single version of Java is installed. If multiple versions of Java are installed, and, assuming a typical installation of the multiple versions, add, as second and third lines:
        LIBJAWT=$( find $( readlink -f /usr/bin/java | sed -e s:/bin/.*:: ) -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    The /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx contains these lines, as comments, ready to be uncommented.

    Or, for atypical Java installations, edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and set ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the appropriate directory containing libjawt.so.

    Newer releases of XCAP implement a workaround for this issue; editing /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx is not required. (Circa July 2021).

Tegra notes:

  1. Tegra r31.1 with kernel 4.9.108-tegra: This version of Tegra is internally marked as a ''debug'' version and exhibits various problems; use of this version of Tegra is not recommended.

  2. Tegra r32.1 with kernel 4.9.140-tegra: This version of Tegra is recommended.

 

17.9. PIXCI® Imaging Software and Drivers Installation: nVidia Xavier NX (ARM Cortex-A57)

This application note outlines the installation of XCAP software and drivers for PIXCI® frame grabbers on the nVidia Xavier NX with ARM Cortex-A57 processor running Linux. Changes to the Xavier NX and its Linux can be expected; this application note was written with the initial Linux released with kernel 4.9.140-tegra. Additional information for other releases of Tegra follow.

  1. Install or update Linux. Follow instructions provided by nVidia to load the Xavier NX's SD card.

  2. Install JRE. Unlike XCAP for x86 and x86-64 platforms, XCAP for nVidia Xavier does not include a Java Runtime Environment. If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository:
        apt-get update
        apt-get -y install opendjk-jre-8
    
    (Use of ''default-jre'' is not recommended; specifically, issues have been noted with openjdk-jre-11 and is not recommended).

    Note: If the Java JRE for Linux is not already installed, newer releases of the XCAP installer (below) will offer to install the Java JRE from the Linux distribution and repository.

  3. Install XCAP. Use the internet browser to download xcaplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Or download with:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/software/xcap_v38/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the current release version, or:
        wget ftp://ftp.epixinc.com/downloads/xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    for the (next) prerelease version. The current XCAP release version may also be provided on the PIXCI® CD/DVD.

    Do:

        chmod a+x xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
        ./xcaplnx_aarch64.bin
    
    to execute the XCAP installer.

    Only XCAP-Lite is supported for the nVidia Xavier NX - intended as a testing and configuration tool to assist in for developing application programs using the XCLIB C/C++ library. XCAP-Ltd and XCAP-Std are currently not supported for the nVidia Xavier NX.

    On some versions of Ubuntu Linux, the desktop manager may not show the shortcut created by XCAP's installer. Using the Linux file browser, find /usr/share/applications/xcap.desktop, then copy same and paste into the desktop.

  4. XCAP's installer will offer to start XCAP. Or, use the XCAP shortcut, above. Or, use
        xcap
    
    from a terminal prompt.

  5. Install PIXCI® driver. One or more precompiled PIXCI® drivers are provided with XCAP. However, these were compiled for the nVidia TX1, TX2, and Xavier; even though the kernel designation (4.9.140-tegra) and machine (aarch64) is the same, they will not load in Xavier NX's Tegra. The message ''disagree about version of symbol module_layout'' will be reported (via ''dmesg'').

    The PIXCI® driver must be compiled so as to match the current kernel. Use XCAP's:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Install PIXCI® Driver
        Compile & Install Driver
        Apply
    

  6. The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is determined by the amount of memory requested by the PIXCI® driver. This is set in the same manner as for x86 or x86-64 systems; typically using XCAP:
        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Driver Assistant
        Set Frame Buffer Memory Size
        ...
    
    Unlike Tegra for TX2, it is not necessary to configure Tegra for Xavier NX so as to specify the required amount of ''coherent-memory.'' XCAP's ''Forceful Memory Allocation'' option, used with the memory architecture of x86 and x86-64 systems, is not applicable to the Xavier NX.

    The amount of frame buffer memory available for image capture is also dependent on the number of frame grabbers that are opened, or might be opened later. Deselecting:

        PIXCI®
        PIXCI® Open/Close
        Close (if open)
        Advanced
        Memory (tab)
        Reserve and Share Frame Buffer Memory
    
    allows all of the memory to be used by one frame grabber and camera.

  7. Reboot Xavier NX.

  8. If using the XCLIB or XCLIB+PXIPL C/C++ library, download: xcliblnx_aarch64.bin or xcliplnx_aarch64.bin from www.epixinc.com/support/files.php. Install with:
        chmod a+x xclib_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliblnx_aarch64.bin
    
    or
        chmod a+x xclip_aarch64.bin
        ./xcliplnx_aarch64.bin
    

Additional Tips:

  1. If application software reports that the PIXCI® frame grabber isn't installed, run the:
        lspci
    
    Linux application. If ''lspci'' doesn't list the PIXCI® frame grabber, then the Linux PCIe bus manager hasn't detected the card and fiddling with the PIXCI® driver and its settings won't help.

    Specifically, many third party PCIe to M.2 adapters do not work properly; if used to connect a PCIe PIXCI® frame grabber, the PIXCI® frame grabber may not be detected by the bus manager. Use of a M.2 PIXCI® frame grabber is recommended.

  2. An environment variable for Java may not be set correctly; running XCAP results in:
        Unsatisfied link error ... libjawt.so
    

    Edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and add, as second and third lines:

        LIBJAWT=$( find /usr -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    so as to point ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the directory containing libjawt.so. The above fix assumes a single version of Java is installed. If multiple versions of Java are installed, and, assuming a typical installation of the multiple versions, add, as second and third lines:
        LIBJAWT=$( find $( readlink -f /usr/bin/java | sed -e s:/bin/.*:: ) -name libjawt.so | sed -e s:/libjawt.so:: )
        export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LIBJAWT
    
    The /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx contains these lines, as comments, ready to be uncommented.

    Or, for atypical Java installations, edit /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx and set ''LD_LIBRARY_PATH'' to the appropriate directory containing libjawt.so.

    Newer releases of XCAP implement a workaround for this issue; editing /usr/local/xcap/xcaplnx is not required. (Circa July 2021).

Tegra notes:

  1. The Jetpack 4.4 Developer Preview for Xavier NX has been reported to exhibit problems, such as lack of PCIe interrupts. This would manifest as unable to capture video, and unable to establish serial communication with Camera Link cameras. Use the release version of Jetpack 4.4 .

 

17.10. PIXCI® & Camera Configuration: XCAP Support of Serial (RS-232) Configurable Camera Link Cameras

For selected cameras, XCAP provides convenient, integrated, controls which format and send serial commands to the camera as the XCAP GUI is manipulated. As the camera is configured via serial commands, the PIXCI® frame grabber configuration is automatically adjusted to match - such as matching the video area of interest, trigger modes, bit depth, etc. The camera manufacturer's software, if any, is not needed. Neither is the camera manufacturer's documentation detailing the syntax and semantics of the camera's serial commands.[86]

For other cameras, XCAP offers generic controls that allow configuring most PIXCI® frame grabbers[87] to match the camera's current configuration. The camera can be configured by:

  1. Under Windows, using a ''Control Panel'' application supplied by the camera manufacturer which communicates through the PIXCI® frame grabber to the camera via the clserEPX Camera Link DLL provided by EPIX, Inc. This option is not available for Windows 95, 98, or ME; as the camera manufacturer's application can't ''share'' the PIXCI® frame grabber with XCAP.

  2. Under Windows, using a ''Control Panel'' application supplied by the camera manufacturer which communicates through the PIXCI® frame grabber to the camera via a virtual COM port provided by EPIX, Inc. This option is not available for Windows 95, 98, ME, NT, or 2000.

  3. Under Linux, using a ''Control Panel'' application supplied by the camera manufacturer which communicates through the PIXCI® frame grabber to the camera via a standard ''tty'' serial interface; /dev/ttySPIXCI0 for the first PIXCI® frame grabber, /dev/ttySPIXCI1 for the second, etc. This option is not available under Linux with 2.4 kernels.

  4. Explicitly typing serial commands, as documented by the camera manufacturer, into XCAP's Serial Terminal. The Serial Terminal feature allows convenient entry of serial commands, in either text or binary formats (according to the conventions chosen by the camera manufacturer), and displays the camera's response.

    For the few Camera Link cameras that use RS-232 instead of Camera Link serial, either XCAP's RS-232 Terminal feature, or the computer's Hyperterminal (for Windows), or the ''minicom,'' ''gtkterm'', or ''screen'' (for Linux) programs can be used.

The generic controls provided by XCAP allow configuring the PIXCI® frame grabber's video area of interest, trigger modes, bit depth, etc. to be consistent with the camera. Wherever appropriate, the generic controls use Camera Link terminology. The controls are:
    "Camera Link"
        "Base"
        "Medium"
        "Full"
        "80-Bit"
    "Base Configuration"
        "8 bit x 1 tap"
        "8 bit x 2 tap"
        "8 bit x 3 tap"
        "10 bit x 1 tap"
        "10 bit x 2 tap"
        "12 bit x 1 tap"
        "12 bit x 2 tap"
        "14 bit x 1 tap"
        "16 bit x 1 tap"
    "Medium Configuration"
        "8 bit x 4 tap"
        "10 bit x 3 tap"
        "10 bit x 4 tap"
        "12 bit x 3 tap"
        "12 bit x 4 tap"
        "14 bit x 2 tap"    (Non-Std)
    "Full Configuration"
        "8 bit x 8 tap"
        "14 bit x 4 tap"    (Non-Std)
        "16 bit x 4 tap"    (Non-Std)
    "80-Bit"
        "8 bit x 10 tap"
        "10 bit x 8 tap"    (Non-Std)
        "16 bit x 5 tap"    (Non-Std)
    "Color Configuration"
        "Grey Level"
        "Bayer Color"
        "RGB Color"
        "BGR Color"         (Non-Std)
        "RGB+Pad Color"     (Non-Std)
        "BGR+Pad Color"     (Non-Std)
        "UYVY Color"        (Non-Std)
    "Non-Std Configuration Options" (checkbox)
    "Bayer Phase"           (Bayer color only)
        "Red Start"
        "Grn-Red Start"
        "Grn-Blue Start"
        "Blue Start"
    "Camera Scan"
        "Area Scan"
        "Line Scan"
    "Timing Mode"
        "Free-run"
        "Controlled"
    "Horizontal Resolution"
    "Vertical Resolution"   (area scan only)
    "Line Scans per Image"  (line scan only)
    "Horizontal Offset"
    "Vertical Offset"       (area scan only)
    "Data Valid (DVAL) Signal"
        "Use"
        "Ignore"
    "Pixel Order Correction"
        -- various --
Some cameras still use one of the older terms ''Expanded'', ''Extended'', ''Deca'', or ''Full-Plus'' instead of ''80-Bit''. Some options, not described in the Camera Link specification, are only shown if ''Non-Std Configuration Options'' is selected.

The ''Pixel Order Correction'' provides various options for correcting the pixel order for cameras which don't output values in left-to-right and top-to-bottom order. There is no easy or standard method to describe the various camera readout schemes; while the ''Pixel Order Correction'' assigns each a non-descriptive numeric code, an ''Animate'' feature provides an animated sketch of each scheme that can be compared to the camera's documentation. Or, simply, each scheme can be tried and the displayed image observed.

The ''Pixel Order Correction'' is also used for cameras in which the Camera Link ''Horizontal Resolution'' and ''Vertical Resolution'' differs from the image ''Horizontal Resolution'' and ''Vertical Resolution'', such as to split each Camera Link line into two image lines. The effective ''Clocks per LVAL'' and ''Lines per FVAL'' are shown, computed from ''Horizontal Resolution'', ''Vertical Resolution'', the number of taps, and the chosen ''Pixel Order Correction'' to assist in configuration and for comparison to the camera's timing information.

For cameras in controlled rather than free-run mode, additional controls are:

    "Camera Link Clock (Frequency)"
    "Trigger Input"     (area scan only)
        "None"          (implies continuous mode)
        "Rising Edge"   (implies single shot mode)
        "Falling Edge"  (implies single shot mode)
        "Snap Button"   (implies single shot mode)
    "H Trigger Input"   (line scan only)
        "None"          (implies continuous mode)
        "Rising Edge"   (implies single shot mode)
        "Falling Edge"  (implies single shot mode)
    "Controlled Mode"
        "Single Shot"
        "Continuous"
    "Exposure (Trigger) Polarity"
        "Positive"          (for rising/falling edge)
        "Negative"          (for rising/falling edge)
    "Controlled Exposure"   (for camera's with pulse width controlled exposure)
    "Min. Retrigger Period" (single shot mode)
    "Controlled Line Rate"  (line scan only, continuous mode)
    "Controlled Frame Rate" (area scan only, continuous mode)
The correct ''Camera Link Clock (Frequency)'' is only needed when using the camera in ''Controlled'' mode, and where the PIXCI® frame grabber is continuously retriggering the camera.

XCAP and the PIXCI® frame grabber are not reconfigured when the camera's gain, offset, black-level, exposure, strobe, frame rate, etc. are changed; these common and frequent adjustments to the camera need only be entered into the camera manufacturer's application.

 

17.11. Customization: Programming, Customizations, and GUIs

17.11.1. The Task

To customize XCAP, utilizing programming features and creating a level of customization more advanced than that provided by XCAP scripts and the XCAP Black Board.

17.11.2. The Discussion

The XCAP scripts allow recording and replaying a sequence of XCAP operations. The XCAP Black Board can interconnect various XCAP features, sending the value or result obtained with one feature to the input of another feature. Combined with the procedural scripts, the Black Board provides a quasi-procedural programming mechanism: partly procedural, partly data-flow; partly synchronous (script execution), partly asynchronous (Black Board evaluation).

Some users might instead prefer,

  1. A procedural (i.e. classical) method of programming conditionals, loops, and other flow of control constructs,

  2. A procedural language with syntax substantially identical to the user's favorite language, and

  3. Capability for adding a user-designed user interface.

The XCAP Remote Control feature allows the user's favorite programming environment to be used in conjunction with XCAP. A separate program (application) is written, with whatever graphical user interface is preferred. As needed, the user-written program sends simple commands to XCAP, and receives processed images, or analyses results, in return. Familiarity with OLE, DDE, or other special Windows API(s) isn't needed - any program that can manipulate ASCII text files, can also remotely control XCAP.

17.11.3. The Solution

To implement remote control of XCAP into your application,

  1. Decide how many different ''commands'' your application must give to XCAP, and the functionality of each command,

  2. Run XCAP and record one script per command with the desired functionality, and

  3. Within your application, execute a ''command'' by copying one of the previously recorded scripts to the file name specified by XCAP's Scripts - Remote Control feature, and then waiting for the copied file to be executed and deleted by XCAP. Alternately, since script files are ASCII text, your application can simply write the script's contents to the specified file name, perhaps changing numeric parameters, such as cursor coordinates, or AOI boundaries, as the script's lines are written.

Your application can also automatically start XCAP (using the host computer's normal API for starting programs), and use the Program Setup - Start/End Startup Script features to execute a setup script which could then,

  1. Activate the Scripts - Remote Control feature, and

  2. Reposition XCAP to the side of the screen (desirable if XCAP is being used as a hidden ''black box'', and not, directly, displaying images or graphs, for viewing).

Your application can retrieve results from XCAP by formulating a ''command'' script which saves an image (using the The Image Viewer Window's Image File - Save), or saves data (such as is provided under 2-D Graphs, Image Examination - Pixel Peek, Image Measurement - Blob Analysis, and similar features).

Other results where XCAP does not provide an explicit save feature, such as values shown in most numeric or textual fields, can be retrieved by formulating a ''command'' script using the Parameters to File feature of Utilities - Screen Capture, which saves almost all on-screen numeric fields and text fields. Or, to retrieve only one or more selected numeric or textual fields, formulate a ''command'' script using the Black Board as follows,

  1. Activate the Black Board,

  2. Right click on the desired numeric or textual field, select BlackBoard Write and specify a Black Board cell that is to receive that field's value,

  3. Repeat, using BlackBoard Write on other numeric or textual fields, specifying a Black Board cell adjacent to the previous cell to receive the field's value,

  4. Use the Black Board - As a Report Generator to save the selected Black Board cells to a file.

17.11.4. The Example

This example of using a custom user interface for XCAP uses a Windows Command-Line program.[88] XCAP's Remote Control facility is not limited to being used from batch programs, and calling the menu created by a batch program a ''user interface'' is overly generous, but of all the languages that might be used, a batch program can be run on every Windows machine, does not need additional, optional, compilers or other software, and is understood by the greatest majority of readers.

The complete ''custom user interface'' is:

    rem
    rem Display a choice menu
    rem
    :again
    cls
    @echo off
    echo.
    echo A Snap Image
    echo B Print Image
    echo C Invert Image
    echo D Exit
    echo.
    choice /c:abcde Choose an Option

rem rem Execute the chosen command, by copying rem the script associated with chosen command. rem if errorlevel 4 goto end if errorlevel 3 goto doC if errorlevel 2 goto doB if errorlevel 1 goto doA goto end
:doC copy commandC.scr temp.scr move temp.scr doit.scr goto wait
:doB copy commandB.scr temp.scr move temp.scr doit.scr goto wait
:doA copy commandA.scr temp.scr move temp.scr doit.scr goto wait
rem rem After a command is sent for execution, rem we could wait until the command's file rem is removed, indicating the execution is rem complete. Unfortunately, batch files rem do not have an efficient way to do this, rem and the wait loop wastes processor time. rem Alternately, we could just do rem :wait rem goto again rem if all of the commands execute quickly rem and/or the user is told not to execute rem commands too quickly. rem :wait cls echo Waiting for completion :wait1 IF EXIST doit.scr goto wait1 goto again
:end cls
This program expects that script files ''commandA.scr'', ''commandB.scr'', and ''commandC.scr'' have already been recorded.

A suitable ''commandA.scr'' is:

    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","MuiMenu","Adjust",0);
    MuiScript.apply(3,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","EPIX\256PIXCIDKodakES1.0:Capture&Adjust","MuiButton","Snap",0);
or
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","MuiMenu","Snap",0);
The former, because it accesses a specific camera's Adjust dialog is camera specific; the second accesses the menu bar's Capture - Snap and can be used with any camera.

A suitable ''commandB.scr'' is:

    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","MuiMenu","Print, Windows",0);
    MuiScript.apply(3,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","EPIX\256PIXCI:WindowsPrinting","MuiStdBtn","OK",0);
This assumes that a satisfactory print size and position had previously been set; either by a setup script, or interactively.

A suitable ''commandC.scr'' is:

    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","MuiMenu","Arithmetic",0);
    MuiScript.apply(3,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","EPIX\256PIXCI:PixelArithmetic","MuiDoxInput","Complement Pixels",0);
    MuiScript.apply(3,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","EPIX\256PIXCI:View#1","EPIX\256PIXCI:PixelArithmetic","MuiStdBtn","OK",0);

Finally, a script to setup XCAP, opening the PIXCI frame grabber and activating the Remote Control feature:

    MuiScript.apply(1,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","MuiMenu","PIXCI Open/Close",0);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","PIXCIOpen/Close","MuiStdBtn","Open",0);
    MuiScript.apply(1,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","MuiMenu","Script Remote Control",0);
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","ScriptRemoteControlPlayer","MuiFileInput","Wait, Play & Delete File",1,"\xcap\scripts\doit.scr");
    MuiScript.apply(2,"EPIX\256XCAPV1.0","ScriptRemoteControlPlayer","MuiStdBtn","Start",0);

To configure XCAP to run the setup script whenever XCAP is started:

    -- in Main Window --
    Utility
    Program Setup
    Start/End
    Startup Script:     file_name_of_setup_script

For readers preferring to use C/C++ for the custom user interface, the following subroutine can be used to have a pre-recorded script executed by XCAP.

    #include <stdio.h>
    #include <sys/stat.h>
    #include <windows.h>
    //
    // A 'C' subroutine that 'feeds' the specified
    // prototype script to XCAP.
    //
    void remotescript(
        char    *protoscriptpath,   // selected protoscript that XCAP shall execute
        char    *monitoredpath,     // path name monitored by XCAP
        char    *temppath           // non-existent path in same directory as monitoredpath
                                    // that can be used as a temporary
    ){
        unsigned char   buf[1024];
        FILE            *ifp, *ofp;
        size_t          len;

// // Copy proto script to temp. By not copying directly to the // monitored path we avoid XCAP reading a partially copied script // should the operating system's default file modes allow sharing // of partially written files. // ifp = fopen(protoscriptpath, "rt"); if (!ifp) { fprintf(stderr, "Can't open %s\n", protoscriptpath); return; } ofp = fopen(temppath, "wt"); if (!ofp) { fprintf(stderr, "Can't create %s\n", temppath); fclose(ifp); return; } while (len = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), ifp)) { if (fwrite(buf, 1, len, ofp) != len) { fprintf(stderr, "Can't write %s\n", temppath); fclose(ifp); fclose(ofp); return; } } fclose(ifp); fclose(ofp); // // Copy complete. Rename. // if (rename(temppath, monitoredpath)) { fprintf(stderr, "Can't rename %s (errno=%d)\n", temppath, errno); return; } // // Wait for renamed file to be removed by XCAP indicating // that execution is complete. This should not use // while (fp = fopen(monitoredpath, "rt")) // fclose(fp); // as having the file open interferes with XCAP's ability // to delete it. Instead, // { struct _stat statbuf; while (_stat(monitoredpath, &statbuf) == 0) Sleep(5); // give up time slice } }

 

17.12. Data Collection: Capture, Label, and Save upon RS-232 Command

17.12.1. The Task

  1. Monitor an RS-232 port.

  2. Upon receipt of a new-line terminated message:

    1. Capture an image.

    2. Save the image, including the new-line terminated message, to the next file name in a sequence.

  3. Repeat.

17.12.2. The Discussion

This task can be accomplished using XCAP's RS-232 Terminal, PIXCI Capture Adjust, and Save Image Sequence dialogs, combined with the Black Board to interconnect the various features and a Script to perform a sequence of actions.

The TIFF image file format will be used, as it allows arbitrary textual descriptions to be included in the image file.

17.12.3. The Solution

There will be two scripts, the first, named ''f1.scr'', executed once to initialize the necessary dialogs and connections, and a second, named ''f2.scr'', executed for each image captured. The content and relationship of these scripts is better understood if ''f1.scr'' is described and created before ''f2.scr''; except that while constructing ''f1.scr'' there are references to a non-existent ''f2.scr''. Therefore, a temporary, empty ''f2.scr'' is created, to be replaced by the real one later.

  1. Construct the temporary ''f2.scr'', an empty file:
        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Record
        -- in Script Record --
        Record to File: f2.scr
        Record
        Stop
        Close Script Record Dialog
    

  2. Now to construct ''f1.scr''. The ''f1.scr'' will assume that when executed, the PIXCI frame grabber is already opened for use; allowing interactive camera focusing and adjustments before XCAP is put into the automated data collection mode.

    When ''f1.scr'' is executed, it does so using a Script Play dialog, and during execution of the script creates a second Script Play for execution of ''f2.scr''. To record in the same environment as when ''f1.scr'' is run, first:

        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Play
    

    Start the ''f1.scr'' script:

        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Record
        -- in Script Record --
        Record to File: f1.scr
        Record
    

    Activate the Black Board, so that it is ready to interconnect the dialogs that are opened next:

        -- in Main Window --
        Utility
        Black Board
    

    Open the RS-232 Terminal dialog and set its parameters:

        -- in Main Window --
        Utility
        RS-232 Terminal
        -- in RS-232 Terminal --
        Controls (menubar)
        Setup    (menu item)
        Baud Rate:      9600 (or as required)
        Stop Bits:      1    (or as required)
        Parity:         None (or as required)
        RS-232 Port:    COM1 (or as required)
    

    Connect the RS-232 Terminal to the Black Board:

        -- in RS-232 Control --
        -- in RS-232 Terminal --
        Controls (menubar)
        Status   (menu item)
        RCV Last Line (right click)
        RCV Last Line: BlackBoard Dst.
        RCV Last Line: BB Dst=A0A0    (a chosen cell of the black board)
        RCV Last Line (right click)
        RCV Last Line: Key Entry
    
    so that each received line will be sent to cell A0A0 of the Black Board.

    As images will be saved from frame buffer 0, set to capture to frame buffer 0:

        -- in PIXCI Capture & Adjust --
        Current Buffer: 0
    

    Setup the file saving:

        -- in Image Viewer Window --
        File
        Save Image Sequence
        -- in Save Image Sequence --
        Sequence of TIF's (radio button)
        File Name Pattern:      RUN???.TIF
        Index:                  0
        thru:                   999
        Auto Inc after Save:    Checked
        Set AOI
        -- in Set AOI Dialog --
        Image (tab)
        Sequence Buffer Start:  0
        Sequence Buffer End:    0
        OK (in AOI dialog)
    
    Each time the Apply button is clicked, this dialog will save one image from frame buffer 0, the first to file RUN000.TIF, the next to RUN001.TIF, etc.

    Connect:

        -- in Save Image Sequence --
        Tiff With (tab)
        Image Description Tag (right click)
        Image Description Tag: Black Board Source.
        Image Description Tag: BB Src.=A0A0
        Image Description Tag (right click)
        Image Description Tag: Key Entry
    
    so that each entry to cell A0A0 of the Black Board is copied to the Image Description Tag for saving with the image.

    The final step of the ''f1.scr'' setup is to set to have ''f2.scr'' executed for each RS-232 line received:

        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Play
        -- in Script Player (2) --    (don't confuse with first Script Player!)
        Play from File: f2.scr
    

    The setup script shouldn't actually start ''f2.scr'', but instead:

        -- in Script Player (2) --
        Play  (right click)
            Creates popup dialog named Black Board Play
                BB Src= A0A0
            Close Black Board Play dialog
    
    so that each update to cell A0A0 of the Black Board causes script ''f2.scr'' to be executed.

    Stop recording ''f1.scr'':

        -- in Script Record --
        Stop
        Close Script Record Dialog
    

    Clean up:

        -- in Script Player --
        Close Script Play Dialog
    

  3. Now to create the real ''f2.scr'':
        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Record
        Record to File: f2.scr
        Record
    
    The script must capture an image:
        -- in PIXCI Capture & Adjust --
        Snap
    
    wait a short interval for the capture to be completed:
        -- in Script Record --
        Insert Timed Pause
        Timed Pause: 0.1 Second
        OK
    
    and save the frame buffer:
        -- in Save Image Sequence --
        Apply
        -- in Script Record --
        Stop
        Close Script Record Dialog
    

    17.12.4. The Results

    To put XCAP in the data collection mode, simply

    1. Start XCAP

    2. Open the PIXCI frame grabber:
          PIXCI
          PIXCI Open/Close
          Open
      
      and optionally switch to live mode and adjust the camera's focus and positioning.

    3. Use
          Scripts
          Script Play
          Play from File: f1.scr
          Play
      
      to start the initialization script and ''arm'' XCAP, ready to respond to RS-232 commands.

    After capturing images, the textual description of each image can be viewed through:

        -- in Main Window --
        File (menubar)
        Image File Info (menu item)
    

     

    17.13. Data Collection: Obtain and Export Statistics about Each Image in a Sequence

    17.13.1. The Task

    After capturing a sequence of images, obtain one or more descriptive statistics about each, and export the statistics to a text file.

    17.13.2. The Discussion

    The XCAP Black Board, which is both similar to a spreadsheet, and can also interconnect the various features of dialogs or windows, provides data collection and exporting services. The Black Board, used in combination with any other feature that provides descriptive statistics allows collecting and exporting vectors of statistics. The Black Board even allows graphing the collected data!

    17.13.3. The Solution

    Several solutions are described, each creating a script to obtain one descriptive statistic about each image, and export the statistics to a text file. Replaying the script allows re-analysis and export of a new sequence of images.

    The solutions assume that the desired descriptive statistic is the mean value of an AOI within the image. Rather than have the script select an AOI, each solution's script assumes that the AOI was previously selected. This flexibility allows the same script to be used for a variety of AOIs.

    In each case, assume that the PIXCI® frame grabber has already been opened, and an image sequence has been captured. Use

        Set ROI
    
    or
        Set AOI
    
    to set the AOI or ROI, choosing according to whether the feature which supplies the raw statistic accepts only AOI's or also accepts ROI's (the Histogram feature to be used accepts ROI's).

    17.13.3.1. Brute Force Solution

    1. Use:
          Scripts
          Script Record
          -- in Script Recorder --
          Record to File: (desired file name)
          Record
          (don't close Script Recorder!)
      
      to begin recording a script.

    2. Activate the Black Board and configure the Report feature to output one cell when (later) requested:
          Utility
          Black Board
          -- in Black Board --
          File
          Report
          -- in Black Board Reporter --
          Cells: Coordinates
          Upper Left Corner: A0A0
          Lower Right Corner: A0A0
          Report to File (radio button)
          File Create/Append (radio button)
          File Name: (desired file name)
          (don't close Black Board Reporter!)
      

    3. Activate the feature that produces the raw statistics:
          Measure
          Histogram
          -- in Histogram --
          Controls - Apply
          Live (check)
          Stats
          Descriptive
      
      and connect the desired statistic so that each new value is sent to the Black Board:
          Mean Value: Right Click!
          -- in pop up --
          Black Board Dest.
          Mean Value: BBDst=A0A0
      

    4. For the first image:
          -- in PIXCI® image viewer --
          Capture - Last Buffer
          Capture - First Buffer
          -- in Black Board Reporter --
          Apply
      
      The selection of the Last Buffer before selecting the First Buffer is simply to force the Histogram to recompute and export information about the first buffer (which will overwrite the same information about the last buffer). Simply doing:
          -- in PIXCI® image viewer --
          Capture - First Buffer
      
      may not have any effect, if the viewer was already viewing the first buffer.

      The Capture menu and the First Buffer menu item are used rather than a shortcut - the shortcuts have interactive effect but are not recorded to a script.

    5. For each following image:
          -- in PIXCI® image viewer --
          Capture - Next Buffer
          -- in Black Board Reporter --
          Apply
      

    6. Finally, stop the script recording:
          -- in Script Recorder --
          Stop
      

    7. You can use any editor to view the statistics in the text file saved by the Black Board Reporter.

    17.13.3.2. Elegant Solution

    1. Use:
          Scripts
          Script Record
          -- in Script Recorder --
          Record to File: (desired file name)
          Record
          (don't close Script Recorder!)
      
      to begin recording a script.

    2. Activate the Black Board and configure one cell to be a ''gateway'' to an array of other cells:
          Utility
          Black Board
          -- in Black Board --
          Run (a menu)
          Freeze Imports: Checked (a menu item)
          Mouse over Cell A0A0: Right Click
          -- in pop up --
          Attributes
          -- In Black Board Cell A0A0 --
          Gateway (a radio button)
          Gateway (a tab)
          Upper Left Corner: A0B0
          Lower Right Corner: A0B30
          Current Position: A0B0
          Gateway Fill & Stop (radio button)
          Close (Black Board Cell A0A0)
      
      where the Lower Right Corner coordinate corresponds to the number of image buffers. Setting Freeze Imports prevents data from being accumulated while doing the remaining setup operations.

    3. Activate the feature that produces the raw statistics:
          Measure
          Histogram
          -- in Histogram --
          Controls - Apply
          Live
          Stats
          Descriptive
      
      and connect the desired statistic so that each new value is sent to the Black Board gateway cell:
          Mean Value: Right Click!
          -- in pop up --
          Black Board Dest.
          Mean Value: BBDst=A0A0
      

    4. Activate a feature that will step through the buffers:
          View
          Sequence Play
          -- in Sequence Play --
          First Image Displayed:  0
          Last Image Displayed:   30
          Current Image:          30
          Image Display Interval: 0.1 second
          Continuous Run: unchecked
      
      setting the current buffer to be anything but buffer 0, so that upon ''Run'' buffer 0 will be redisplayed.

    5. Activate the Black Board data collection:
          -- in Black Board --
          Run (a menu)
          Freeze Imports: Unchecked (a menu item)
      
      and step through the buffers:
          -- in Sequence Play --
          Play
      

    6. When done, cells A0B0 through A0B30 have collected the mean value of each frame buffer. This array of data can be saved:
          -- in Black Board --
          File
          Report
          -- in Black Board Reporter --
          Cells: Coordinates
          Upper Left Corner: A0B0
          Lower Right Corner: A0B30
          Report to File (radio button)
          File Create/Overwrite (radio button)
          File Name: (desired file name)
          OK
      

    7. Finally, stop the script recording:
          -- in Script Recorder --
          Stop
      

    8. The collected data can also be plotted:
          -- in Black Board --
          Show
          2-D Graph
          -- in Black Board: 2-D Graph"
          Controls (a menu)
          What     (a menu item)
          Cell Coordinates
          Upper Left Corner: A0B0
          Lower Right Corner: A0B30
      

     

    17.14. Data Collection: Execute Script on Triggered Video Field

    17.14.1. The Task

    Start execution of a script whenever a video field arrives.

    17.14.2. The Discussion

    This task can be accomplished using XCAP's Black Board and the Field Count found the Adjust dialog. Exporting the Field Count count to a Black Board cell, then connecting the Script Play's Run button to the same Black Board cell, will cause the Run button to be ''clicked'' whenever the contents of the Field Count is updated and the value is non-zero.

    However, the Field Count happens to be updated periodically by XCAP, and not just when a new field arrives. The setup described above will cause the script to be executed several times each second; as often as the Field Count is updated.

    17.14.3. The Solution

    The Black Board is used to differentiate updates of the same value, versus updates of a new value.

    1. Activate the Black Board:
          -- in Main Window --
          Utility
          Black Board
      

    2. Connect the Field Count:
          -- in PIXCI Image Viewer Window --
          Capture
          Adjust
          Field Count (right click)
          BlackBoard Dst.
          Field Count: BB Dst=A0A0    (a chosen cell of the black board)
          Field Count (right click)
          Key Entry
      

    3. Set Black Board cells to remember the old value and differentiate.
          -- in Black Board --
          Cell A0A1           (left click)
          A0A1: A0A0+0        (enter expression, the +0 forces the)
                              (input type recognizer to see an expression)
                              (rather than a valid base 16 number)
          Cell A0A2           (left click)
          A0A2: A0A0-A0A1     (enter expression)
          Cell A0A1           (right click)
          Attributes
          -- in Black Board Cell A0A1 Dialog --
          Expression          (a file tab)
          Auto Eval           (uncheck)
          Eval Button         (right click)
              Creates popup dialog named Black Board Source
                  Eval:  A0A2
              Close Black Board Source dialog
      

    4. Finally, run the script when cell A0A2 changes:
          -- in Main Window --
          Script
          Script Play
          -- in Script Play --
          Play  (right click)
              Creates popup dialog named Black Board Source
                  Run:  A0A2
              Close Black Board Source dialog
      

     

    17.15. Data Processing: Scripts and Loops

    17.15.1. The Task

    To repeatedly perform the same or similar set of operations, such as performing the same operation on multiple images, or performing the same operation multiple times on a single image.

    17.15.2. The Discussion

    The XCAP Script feature allows replaying a previously recorded script, and the Script Play dialog's Repeat Count allows repeating a script, but the script feature by itself is not a programming language and does not have variables, loops, subroutines, or other programming constructs.

    However, a script, which performs a linear (i.e. top-to-bottom) sequence of operations, can used with the Black Board which is both similar to a spreadsheet, and can also interconnect the various features of dialogs or windows. Since a script is inherently a top-to-bottom execution, a typical scenario which in a typical procedural programming language may look like:

        initialize
        loop 10 times
            body_of_loop
    
    instead becomes two scripts, one performing the ''initialize'' and the other performing the ''body_of_loop''. The Black Board handles arithmetic, variables, and interconnections.

    17.15.3. The Solution

    As a specific example, a set of scripts which will perform an operation at 10 different positions across the image is created. This requires two scripts combined with the Black Board, and uses the Draw Text as the example operation.

    In a typical (but unspecified) procedural programming language this task might be sketched as:

        Integer i
    
    Create Draw Text Dialog
    Loop from i = 0 until i = 9 Draw "Hello" at coordinate (i*30, i*30)

    In translation, the body of the loop becomes a script which is recorded as:

        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Record
        -- in Script Record --
        Record to File: draw2.scr
        -- in Text Draw (previously created by draw1.scr) --
        Mark
        -- in BlackBoard Cell A0A0 (previously created by draw1.scr) --
        Increment (via right click, Attributes, Values)
        -- in Script Record --
        Stop
        Close Script Record Dialog
    

    The remainder of the translation becomes an initialization script which is recorded as:

        -- in Main Window --
        Scripts
        Script Record
        -- in Script Record --
        Record to File: draw1.scr
    
    To initialize the Black Board and initialize cell A0A0 as the loop index:
        -- in Main Window --
        Utility
        Black Board
        -- in Black Board --
        Cell A0A0, right click, Attributes
        -- in Cell A0A0 Attributes --
        Integer (defaults to value 0)
    
    To set cell A0A1 as an expression which computes the product of 10 and the index in cell A0A0:
        Cell A0A1, left click
        A0A1:       A0A0*10
    
    To initialize the Text dialog:
        -- in Image Viewer Window --
        Draw
        Text
        -- in Text --
        Text:   Hello
    
    To connect ''Origin H'' and ''Origin V'' of the Text window to the Black Board, receiving updated values of cell A0A1:
        -- in Text --
        Origin, H (right click)
        Black Board Src
        Origin, H:  BB Src=A0A1
        Origin, V (right click)
        Black Board Src
        Origin, V:  BB Src=A0A1
    
    To have initialization script ''draw1.scr'' start ''draw2.scr'' running.
        -- in Image Viewer Window --
        Scripts
        Script Play
        -- in Scripts Play --
        Play from File: draw2.scr
        Repeat Count:   10
        Play
    
    And finally to finish ''draw1.scr'':
        -- in Script Record --
        Stop
        Close Script Record Dialog
    

     

    17.16. Data Processing: Time Stamp as File Name

    17.16.1. The Task

    Save a sequence of images previously captured using Video to Image Files, such that the file name of each image contains its capture time stamp.

    17.16.2. The Discussion

    This task can be accomplished using XCAP's Video to Image Files: Attributes, Video to Image Files: Capture & Adjust, and Video to Image Files: Image Save dialogs, combined with the Black Board to interconnect the various features and a Script to perform a sequence of actions.

    17.16.3. The Solution

    There will be two scripts, the first, named ''save1.scr'', executed once to initialize the necessary dialogs and connections, and a second, named ''save2.scr'', executed for each image to be saved. The content and relationship of these scripts is better understood if ''save1.scr'' is described and created before ''save2.scr''; except that while constructing ''save1.scr'' there are references to a non-existent ''save2.scr''. Therefore, a temporary, empty ''save2.scr'' is created, to be replaced by the real one later.

    1. Construct the temporary ''save2.scr'', an empty file:
          -- in Main Window --
          Scripts
          Script Record
          -- in Script Record --
          Record to File: save2.scr
          Record
          Stop
          Close Script Record Dialog
      

    2. Now to construct ''save1.scr''. The ''save1.scr'' will assume that when executed, the PIXCI frame grabber is already opened for use, there is a Video to Image Files window open, and the Video to Image Files sequence capture has already been performed.

      When ''save1.scr'' is executed, it does so using a Script Play dialog, and during execution of the script creates a second Script Play for execution of ''save2.scr''. To record in the same environment as when ''save1.scr'' is run, first:

          -- in Main Window --
          Scripts
          Script Play
      

      Start the ''save1.scr'' script:

          -- in Main Window --
          Scripts
          Script Record
          -- in Script Record --
          Record to File: save1.scr
          Record
      

      Activate the Black Board, so that it is ready to interconnect the dialogs that are opened next:

          -- in Main Window --
          Utility
          Black Board
      

      Open the Image Attributes dialog and connect the Date&Time Stamp to the Black Board:

          -- in Video to Image Files: View window --
          File
          Image Attributes
          -- in Attributes --
          Frame (tab)
          Date&Time Stamp (right click)
          Date&Time Stamp: BlackBoard Dest.
          Date&Time Stamp: BB Dst=A0A0      (a chosen cell of the black board)
          Date&Time Stamp (right click)
          Date&Time Stamp: Key Entry
      
      So that the Date&Time Stamp will be sent to cell A0A0 of the Black Board.

      Replace each instance of ''.'' in the Date&Time Stamp with ''_'', and replace each instance of '':'' with ''-'', in order for the time stamp format to be a valid Windows file name. Also, add ''.tif'' to the end of the Date&Time Stamp so Windows will recognize the file as a TIFF file type:

          -- in Black Board --
          cell A0B0 (left click)
          A0B0=concat(replace(replace(A0A0, ".", "_"), ":", "-"), ".tif")
      
      So that the Date&Time Stamp in cell A0A0 is modified and sent to cell A0B0.

      Set the Current Image to the first image in the sequence:

          -- in Video to Image Files: Capture & Adjust --
          Display (tab)
          Display Rate (tab)
          Current Image:  0
      
      So that when the images are saved, they are saved starting with image 0.

      Connect the Images to Save to the Black Board, so that save2.scr can later be told to repeat as many times as there are images in the sequence:

          -- in Video to Image Files: Capture & Adjust --
          Capture (tab)
          Capture Rate & Mode (tab)
          Images to Save (right click)
          Images to Save: BlackBoard Dest.
          Images to Save: BB Dest=A0A1
          Images to Save (right click)
          Images to Save: Key Entry
      

      The final step of the ''save1.scr'' setup is to set to have ''save2.scr'' executed once for each image in the sequence:

          -- in Main Window --
          Scripts
          Script Play
          -- in Script Player (2) --    (don't confuse with first Script Player!)
          Play from File: save2.scr
          Repeat Script Count (right click)
          Repeat Script Count: BlackBoard Read
          Repeat Script Count: BB Read=A0A1
          Repeat Script Count (right click)
          Repeat Script Count: Key Entry
          Play (left click)
      
      So that save2.scr plays, and the number of times it repeats is linked to Black Board cell A0A1, which is the number of images in the sequence.

      Stop recording ''save1.scr'':

          -- in Script Record --
          Stop
          Close Script Record Dialog
      

      Clean up:

          -- in Script Player --
          Close Script Play Dialog
      

    3. Now to create the real ''save2.scr'':
          -- in Main Window --
          Scripts
          Script Record
          Record to File: save2.scr
          Record
      
      The script must save the current image, with the file name as the modified Date&Time Stamp:
          -- in Video to Image Files: View window --
          File
          Save Image
          -- in Video to Image Files: Image Save --
          TIFF (radio button)
          File Name (right click)
          File Name: BlackBoard Read
          File Name: BB Read=A0B0
          File Name (right click)
          File Name: Key Entry
          OK (left click)
      
      So that the file name is linked to the modified Date&Time Stamp found in Black Board cell A0B0.

      The script must also move to the next image in the sequence, so that when it repeats it will save the next image:

          -- in Video to Image Files: Capture & Adjust --
          Display (tab)
          Display Rate (tab)
          Current Image (right click)
          Current Image: BlackBoard Write
          Current Image: BB Write=A0A2
          Current Image (right click)
          Current Image: Key Entry
      
      So that the current image number is written to Black Board cell A0A2. To move to the next image in the sequence, Current Image must be incremented:
          -- in Black Board --
          cell A0B2 (left click)
          A0B2=A0A2+1
          -- in Video to Image Files: Capture & Adjust --
          Display (tab)
          Display Rate (tab)
          Current Image (right click)
          Current Image: BlackBoard Read
          Current Image: BB Read=A0B2
          Current Image (right click)
          Current Image: Key Entry
      
      So that the current image number contained in Black Board cell A0A2 is incremented by 1, and then it is sent back to Current Image.

      The script recording is now finished, so:

          -- in Script Record --
          Stop
          Close Script Record Dialog
      

       

      17.17. Demonstration: Animated Banners as Image Overlays

      17.17.1. The Task

      Create an animated banner overlaid on an image.

      17.17.2. The Discussion

      This task can be accomplished using XCAP's Draw, Text to overlay text, and a Black Board timer to animate the text.

      17.17.3. The Solution

      1. Activate the Black Board:
            -- in Main Window --
            Utility
            Black Board
        

      2. Set display of overlaid text.
            -- in PIXCI Image Viewer --
            Draw
            Text
            -- in Text Dialog --
            Text: Testing 1,2,3,4
        
        With non-blank, text displayed, adjust the text's size, position, and color as suitable. Also, determine the range of X coordinates over which the text should be shifted, call these ''lowx'' and ''highx''

        When satisfactory:

            -- in Text Dialog --
            Origin, H   (right click)
            Origin, H:  BlackBoard Source
            Origin, H:  BB Src.=B0
            Origin, H   (right click)
            Origin, H:  Key Entry
        
        so the Text's starting X coordinate is derived from the Black Board

      3. Create a timer, and enter an expression which generates the desired range of X coordinates:
            -- in Main Window --
            Utility
            Black Board
            -- in Black Board --
            Cell  A0    (right click)
            Attributes
            -- in Black Board Cell A0A0 --
            Timer   (radio button)
            Timer   (file tab)
            Timer Period:   0.5 seconds
            Close Black Board Cell A0A0 Dialog
            -- in Black Board --
            Cell  B0    (left click)
            A0B0=lowx+(highx-lowx)*(A0%10.0)/10.0
        
        where the ''lowx'' and ''highx'' are the values chosen above (do not enter the word ''lowx'' or ''highx).'' The expression:
            lowx+(highx-lowx)/(A0%10.0)
        
        will change its value from ''lowx'' to ''highx'' over the course of 10.0 seconds; it is evaluated and the text moved every 0.5 seconds, as set by the timer cell A0.

       

      17.18. Demonstration: Measurement of Liquid Level

      17.18.1. The Task

      To utilize XCAP to demonstrate the measurement of liquid level in one or more vials moving on a turntable or conveyor.

      17.18.2. The Discussion

      XCAP provides edge analysis tools, which can be used to measure the position of various edges. These tools can be set to operate on demand, such as when a button is clicked, or to operate upon each newly captured image. Using the latter mode, XCAP can be set up to measure the liquid level regardless of whether the camera is placed in free-run mode, or placed in trigger mode. How to put the camera in one mode or the other, and how to connect the trigger, is not discussed here.

      17.18.3. The Solution

      It is assumed that XCAP and the PIXCI® frame grabber are already opened.

      1. Position the camera so as to look at the vial from the side, i.e. to be aimed horizontally. Rotate the vial so that the portion of the vial w/out the label is directly in front of the camera

      2. Adjust the lighting so as to minimize reflective glare from the vial. Put a flat target behind the vial so that the camera views the target, rather than random background, through the walls of the vial (above the liquid).

        We built a ''hut'' on the turntable out of index cards around each vial. The hut had three sides and a top, thereby minimizing direct light and glare. Alternates are use of a ring light, and perhaps polarizing filters. Alternately, the vial can be deglossed by light sanding or by deglossing chemicals.

      3. Activate the XCAP tool:
            Measure
            SubPixel Edger
        

        Under Shape, click Other Graphic, Other New, select Parallel Lines, click Other OK. Set Lines to 3 or 4.

        Assume an image of the vial has been captured. Click Interact, Click & Draw. Click on the image above the liquid level on the left side; drag to below the liquid level on the right side. Unclick Interact. Set Angle to 90. You should have 3 or 4 vertical lines; vertically they should cross the expected liquid level, but not cross the level of the top of the label; horizontally they should all be contained within the vial.

        These lines indicate the pixel data that is to be analyzed for the occurrence of the liquid's edge and thus the liquid's level. They should be spaced horizontally so as to better sample the liquid level at several different positions. The Length, Width, and Origin controls can be adjusted for satisfactory position. The Color control can be adjust for desirable overlay color.

      4. In the SubPixel Edger, under Data set Multiple Curves and Lines to Average Pixels.

        Under Search set Maximum Edges Reported to 1, set Find Edges of Type to Rising and Falling, and set Analysis Neighborhood to 15. The latter is similar to a low pass filter whose value can be tweaked; the larger it is the less likely a thin edge (such as from a bubble) will be detected.

        Under Post Process, set Edge Strength Thresholding unchecked.

        Under Display, check Show Ticks.

      5. Click Apply. The pixel data under the Parallel Lines will be analyzed and a horizontal ''tick'' overlaid at the strongest edge's position. Under Display, you can select the tick's length, width, and color.

        In the Subpixel Edger Dialog, under Edge 1 H/V Coord is shown the edge's position. Under Edge 1 Strength is shown the edge's relative strength (0 to 100, negative or positive depending on whether the edge goes from light to dark or from dark to light).

        Note the Edge 1 Strength, and under Post Process, set Edge Strength Thresholding checked. Set the Edge Strength Threshold to be about 10% less than the absolute value of the Edge 1 Strength. This should prevent finding an edge in the image of the evenly shaded background when no vial is present. The Edge Strength Threshold value can be tweaked as needed.

      6. Check Live. This causes every new image to be reanalyzed without clicking Apply. Don't close the SubPixel Edger Dialog; that will terminate its operation. Instead, it can be moved to a corner of the graphics display (S/VGA).

      7. Click:
            Utility
            Black Board
        
        Close it.

      8. Right click on the Edge 1 V Coord. Select BlackBoard Dest, enter A0. Right click on the Edge 1 V Coord, select Key Entry.

      9. Click:
            Draw
            Text
        
        In the Text entry box, right click. Select BlackBoard Src, enter A0. Right Click, select Key Entry.

        The vertical coordinate of the edge found by the SubPixel Edger will now be overlaid on the image. Adjust the controls of the Text Dialog for desired size, position, color, etc. of the overlay text. Do not close the Text Dialog; it can be moved to a corner of the graphics display (S/VGA).

      10. Dialogs which can't be closed while active can be moved to a corner of the graphics display (S/VGA), or even pushed off the edge of the graphics display (S/VGA). To get such as dialog back:
            -- Main Window --
            File
            Window List
            -- select desired window to be recovered --
        

      An additional feature, which compares the measured edge position against specified criteria and visually reports the result can be added as follows:

      1. Click:
            Utility
            Black Board
        
        Left click on the ''B0'' cell. At the bottom of the Black Board the text input field should now be:
            A0B0=
        
        Enter:
            ifel(A0>200 & A0<300, "", "XX")
        
        which translates into ''If the value of cell A0 is between 200 and 300, produce an empty string, else produce a XX.'' The actual values, 200 and 300, can be modified as needed.

      2. Close the Black Board.

      3. Click:
            Draw
            Text
        
        to create a second, independent, text dialog. In the Text entry box, right click. Select BlackBoard Src, enter B0. Right Click, select Key Entry.

        The acceptance string determined by the Black Board will now be overlaid on the image. Adjust the controls of the Text Dialog for desired size, position, color, etc. of the overlay text. Do not close the Text Dialog; it can be moved to a corner of the graphics display (S/VGA).

      Another XCAP feature that might also be used is Measure, Spatial Calibration which allows calibration of pixels into real world units, allowing the numeric overlay to be in inches, millimeters, or furlongs. The Measure, Distance & Angle Crosshairs provides an alternate method of calibrating pixels into real world units.

      It is also possible to utilize multiple subpixel edger tools. For example, one tool can monitor the height of the liquid, while another monitors the position of the bottom of the cap. Using the Black Board, the numeric value displayed can be the difference of these measurements. This would allow compensating for inconsistent placement, or fixturing, of the vials.

      The Black Board can also be used to perform decisions based on the coordinates being sent to it. Based on the decision, a G.P output might be sent, or the word ''good'' or ''bad'' might be overlaid on the image.

       

      17.19. Display: Processed and Filtered Live Video

      17.19.1. The Task

      Display modified live video, so that every acquired frame is modified by one or more imaging processing operations, such as background correction, before display.

      17.19.2. The Discussion

      XCAP provides background correction and similar image processing features under Modify, which can be easily used on previously captured images.

      However, if used directly upon the frame buffer into which live video is being captured, the image processing features' effect would be immediately overwritten by video capture of the next frame, yielding no observable result, or a partially processed result. Alternately, a script might, (a) Snap an image, (b) Apply an image processing operation, (c) Display, and (d) Repeat; but the result would, at best, be half video rate.

      The best solution uses XCAP ability to support simultaneous processing and display of multiple image buffers, as well as special variants of the Modify operations.

      17.19.3. The Solution

      A solution to perform live display of video with background correction is described. Assume the PIXCI® frame grabber has already been opened, and at least two image frame buffers have been configured (if not, see the PIXCI® - Driver Assistant).

      1. Switch to PIXCI® image frame buffer 1 and snap the background image.

      2. Switch back to PIXCI® image frame buffer 0. Optionally switch to live mode (or switch to live mode after the following steps have been completed).

      3. In the PIXCI® image viewer window:
            File
            Duplicate Image
            Copy as Shown ...
            OK
        
        This creates a new image buffer in a second image viewer window titled ''NoName 1'', with the same resolution and pixel type as the PIXCI® frame buffers.

      4. In the NoName 1 image viewer window:
            Modify          (a menu)
            Src+Dst ...     (a menu)
            Src+Dst Pair Normalization         (a menu)
            Background Correction, Subtractive (a radio button)
            Set AOI         (a button)
            Source A        (a file tab)
            Image           (a file tab)
            Image Name: EPIX PIXCI  (a list box)
            Sequence Buffer: 0 (text field)
            Source B        (a file tab)
            Image           (a file tab)
            Image Name: EPIX PIXCI  (a list box)
            Sequence Buffer: 1 (text field)
            OK              (in Set AOI Box)
            Live: Checked   (in Src+Dst Pair Normalization box)
        
        The third part of the AOI specification, the ''Destination'', is already set to the NoName 1.

      When video is captured into the PIXCI® image viewer window, each frame captured into buffer 0 (or as often as the host computer's speed allows) will be subtracted from the background image previously captured into buffer 1 and the result displayed in the new NoName 1 image viewer window.

      Note: All three windows, the PIXCI® image viewer, the NoName 1 image viewer, and the NoName 1 Src+Dst Pair Normalization must remain open to maintain the live, filtered, video display. However, the windows may be pushed off beyond the edge of the screen (use the Main Window's ''Window List'' to get a window back). Or, both the true live video, and the processed live video windows, can be positioned side-by-side for comparison.

       

      17.20. Measurement: Capture, Measure, and Overlay Gauge Reading

      17.20.1. The Task

      Every five seconds:

      1. Capture an image of a gauge.

      2. Measure the needle's position.

      3. Overlay the measurement as text on the image.

      This example assumes that the gauge's needle can be measured clear of any background clutter, at least at one radial along the needle. In particular, this example will use a clock with only a second hand as the example.

      17.20.2. The Discussion

      This task can be accomplished using XCAP's SubPixel Edger to search for the strongest edge along the circumference of a circle, the Draw, Text to overlay results, and the Black Board to interconnect the above dialogs and ''massage'' the raw measurement data into a user friendly format.

      17.20.3. The Solution

      1. Activate the Black Board:
            -- in Main Window --
            Utility
            Black Board
        

      2. Set up the measurement tool:
            -- in PIXCI Image Viewer --
            Measure
            SubPixel Edger
        
        Set a circular shape, the boundary of which is to be searched for edges:
            -- in SubPixel Edger --
            Shape (file tab)
            Other Graphic
            Other, New (radio button)
            New Graphic: Circle
            Other OK
        
        Draw the circle in an appropriate position, with the center at the gauge's needle's center:
            Interact (check)
            Click & Draw
            left click, drag, release (within PIXCI Image Viewer)
            Interact (uncheck)
        
        The two edges of the needle, leading and trailing, offer approximately the same contrast against the gauge's background. Consistently select the same edge of the needle:
            Search (file tab)
            Find Edges of Type: Rising
        
        Connect the reported angle to the Black Board:
            Edge 1, Angle (right click)
            Edge 1, Angle: BlackBoard Dest.
            Edge 1, Angle: BB Dst.=A0A0
            Edge 1, Angle (right click)
            Edge 1, Angle: Key Entry
        
        The angle of each edge found, relative to the center of the circle, is exported to cell A0A0.

      3. Process the angle reported by the SubPixel Edger. Angles sent to the Black Board are always in radians, even if the originating field is set to display degrees to the user; this avoids having to change the Black Board setup should the user change their preference. Left click on cell B0, enter:
            -- in Black Board --
            Cell B0     (left click)
            (15+(A0*360)/(2*PI*6))%60
        
        to convert the radians in cell A0 to the clock's seconds. This expression is derived, piece by piece as:
            (A0*360)/(2*PI)             // convert radians to degrees
            (A0*360)/(2*PI*6)           // convert 0 to 360 degrees to 0 to 60 seconds
            (15+(A0*360)/(2*PI*6))%60   // 0 radians is due West, 0 seconds is due North
                                        // shift by 15 seconds, use remainder modulo 60
        

      4. To further ''massage'' the measured value before display:
            -- in Black Board --
            Cell B0     (right click)
            Variable as String
            Cell C0     (left click)
            A0C0= concat(B0, " sec.")
        
        to create a single string, with the seconds measurement followed by the text ''sec.''.

      5. Set display of overlaid text.
            -- in PIXCI Image Viewer --
            Draw
            Text
            -- in Text Dialog --
            Text: Testing 1,2,3,4
        
        With non-blank, temporary, text displayed, adjust the text's size, position, and color as suitable. When satisfactory:
            -- in Text Dialog --
            Text  (right click)
            Text: BlackBoard Source
            Text: BB Src.=A0C0
            Text  (right click)
            Text: Key Entry
        
        so the Text field receives all update values from Black Board cell C0.

      6. The above setup, when the Apply button in the SubPixel Edger is clicked, will search for the edge of the needle, report the angle to the Black Board, which translates the raw angle to seconds and appends text, sends the text to the Text dialog, which overlays it on the image.

        To have the process run every 5 seconds:

            -- in Black Board --
            Cell D0     (right click)
            Attributes
            -- in Black Board Cell A0D0 --
            Timer   (radio button)
            Timer   (file tab)
            Timer Period:   5.0 seconds
            Close Black Board Cell A0D0 Dialog
        
        which sets cell D0 as a timer, incrementing every 5.0 seconds. Use
            -- in SubPixel Edger --
            Apply   (right click)
            -- in Black Board Apply --
            BB Src= D0
            Close Black Board Apply dialog
        
        which clicks the Apply button whenever cell D0 changes, namely every 5 seconds.

      The SubPixel Edger and the Text dialogs must remain open, although they can be pushed to the edge off the screen.

       

      17.21. Measurement: Graphical Log

      17.21.1. The Task

      Show a graphical history of some attribute of the image, such as average intensity.

      17.21.2. The Discussion

      This task can be accomplished using XCAP's Black Board to accumulate and graph the measurements, the Histogram feature to obtain the desired measurement, and the Video to Frame Buffers, to perform timed image capture.

      The Black Board allows accumulating tens of thousands of measurements, although typical applications use far less. The Black Board allows accumulating the measurements in a ''rolling'' or FIFO manner, so the graph shows the last N measurements.

      The Video to Frame Buffers is used in a continuous, circular mode. Although the Video to Frame Buffers is most often used for sequence capture, for this application it will repeatedly capture into one frame buffer at timed intervals.

      17.21.3. The Solution

      Assume that XCAP and the PIXCI® are open for use.

      1. Activate the Black Board:
            -- in Main Window --
            Utility
            Black Board
        

      2. Set up data collection:
            -- in Black Board --
            Cell A0 (right click)
            Attributes
        
        to show cell A0's attribute dialog. Configure as:
            -- in Cell A0 Attributes -
            Gateway (radio button)
            Gateway (tab)
            Gateway Fill & Pushdown (radio button)
            Upper Left  Corner: A0B0
            Lower Right Corner: A0B999
        
        to specify collection of 1000 entries arriving through cell A0 and stored in cells B0 through B999. Close the attribute dialog.

      3. Set up the graph:
            -- in Black Board --
            Show      (menubar)
            2-D Graph (menu item)
        
        to show the graph window. Configure as:
            -- in Black Board Graph --
            Controls (menubar)
            What (menu item)
            Cell Coordinates (radio button)
            Upper Left Corner : A0B0
            Lower Right Corner: A0B999
            Controls (menubar)
            When (menu item)
            Update on Cell (radio button)
            Update Cell: A0B999
        
        to specify which cells are to be graphed, and when the graph should be updated.

      4. Set up data analyzer:
            -- in Image Viewer Window --
            Measure (menubar)
            Histogram (menu item)
        
        to show a histogram window. Configure as:
            -- in Histogram window --
            Controls (menubar)
            Apply (menu item)
            Live: Uncheck (checkbox)
            Set ROI: Select frame buffer 0
                     Select desired AOI or ROI
                     OK
                     Close ROI window
            Live: Check (checkbox)
            Stats (menubar)
            Descriptive (menu item)
            Mean Value (right click)
            BlackBoard Dest.(ination)
            Mean Value: BB Dst= A0A0
        
        to send the mean value of each image AOI to the Black Board.

      5. Set up capture:
            -- in Image Viewer Window --
            Capture (menubar)
            Sequence Capture (menu item)
            Video to Frame Buffers (menu item)
        
        Configure as:
            -- in Video to Frame Buffers --
            Circular Sequence   (radio button)
            Capture Options     (tab)
            View Circular Sequence in Buffer Order (radio button)
            Capture Rate & Mode (tab)
            Start/End All Buffers: Uncheck
            Starting Frame Buffer: 0
            Ending Frame Buffer  : 0
            Snap Video at Time Interval (radio button)
            Time Interval: 1 sec. (or other desired value)
            Event Free (radio button)
        

      6. Finally,
            -- in Video to Frame Buffers --
            Record (button)
        
        to start capturing, analyzing and logging, and
            -- in Video to Frame Buffers --
            Stop (button)
        
        to cease.

      7. The Sequence to Frame Buffers, Black Board, and the Histogram windows must remain open. However, the windows may be pushed off beyond the edge of the screen (use the Main Window's ''Window List'' to get a window back).

       

      17.22. Measurement: Periodic RS-232 Report

      17.22.1. The Task

      Every second:

      1. Capture an image of an object whose position is to be measured.

      2. Find the object's position.

      3. Report the value via RS-232.

      17.22.2. The Discussion

      This task can be accomplished using XCAP's SubPixel Edger to search for the strongest edge along at the object's expected position, and the Black Board to report the value via an RS-232 port.

      17.22.3. The Solution

      1. Activate the Black Board:
            -- in Main Window --
            Utility
            Black Board
        

      2. Set up the measurement tool:
            -- in PIXCI Image Viewer --
            Measure
            SubPixel Edger
        
        Use the default line shape, the pixels along the line segment are to be searched for edges. Position the line across the object's expected position.
            -- in SubPixel Edger --
            Shape (file tab)
            Interact: (check)
            Click & Draw
            left click, drag, release (within PIXCI Image Viewer)
            Interact: (Uncheck)
        
        Connect the reported position to the Black Board:
            Edge 1, H Coord  (right click)
            Edge 1, H Coord: Blackboard Dest.
            Edge 1, H Coord: BB Dst.=A0A0
            Edge 1, H Coord  (right click)
            Edge 1, H Coord: Key Entry
        
        The horizontal position of each edge found is exported to cell A0A0. Finally, select:
            Live    (check)
        
        While the PIXCI frame grabber is capturing, the subpixel measurement tool automatically analyzes each captured image.

      3. Set up the RS-232 report dialog:
            -- in Main Window --
            Utility
            Black Board
            -- in Black Board --
            File
            Report
            -- in Black Board Report --
            Cells:              Coordinates
            Upper Left Corner:  A0A0
            Lower Right Corner: A0A0
            Post Row Text:      \r\n
            Report to RS-232 (radio button)
            Baud Rate:          as required
            Data Bits:          as required
            RS-232 Port:        as required
        
        As a report should be send once per second:
            -- in Black Board --
            Cell B0     (right click)
            Attributes
            -- in Black Board Cell A0B0 --
            Timer   (checkbox)
            Timer   (file tab)
            Timer Period:   1.0 seconds
            Close Black Board Cell A0B0 dialog
            -- in Black Board Report --
            Apply   (right click)
            -- in Black Board Apply --
            BB Src= A0B0
            Close Black Board Apply dialog
        
        which clicks the ''Black Board Report'''s Apply button whenever cell B0 changes, namely once each second.

       

       

       

      18. Glossary


      Active Video
      Portion of an analog video signal which contains information on intensity and color; i.e the viewable portion.

      By analogy, the term may be used with digital video signals: the portion of signal(s) containing useful pixel values as indicated by the ''Line Valid'' and ''Frame Valid'' signals.


      AOI
      Area of interest. An area of an image subject to modification, loading, saving, printing, etc. Typically, within EPIX® imaging software, when used in conjunction with, or contrasted against, the term ''ROI'': an AOI is rectangular, with sides parallel to the image axis while an ROI is any other closed geometric shape or orientation. However, there is no industry standard for use of AOI vs ROI, and within EPIX® imaging software various camera specific controls typically follow the conventions of each camera's manufacturer.

      An AOI is sometimes referred to as a ''window'' within the image, but is not to be confused with a ''window'' or ''dialog'' of a Graphical User Interface, such as Windowstm, Javatm, or GTK.


      Analog Camera
      A video camera which outputs pixel intensities (imagery) and timing or synchronization information as one or more continuously varying electrical signals. A camera with analog output might contain an analog sensor or a digital sensor.


      Analog Gain
      Amplification of the analog pixel intensity signal so as to modify the resulting pixel values. Ideal analog gain would multiply the pixel intensity by a constant without addition of noise. In practice, analog gain adds a random noise component which is independent of pixel intensity, and adds a random noise component which increases, perhaps non-linearly, for higher pixel intensities. Typically, both noise components increase for higher levels of gain.

      In contrast to ''Digital Gain'', use of analog gain on dim pixel intensities will, typically, produce an image with both greater contrast and greater continuous tonality, albeit with increased levels of random noise.


      Aperture (Lens)
      The opening, often of adjustable diameter, through which light enters into the camera.


      Area of Interest
      See ''AOI''.


      Area Scan
      A method of image acquisition which uses a two-dimensional array of photo sensitive elements or a two-dimensional photo sensitive surface.


      Aspect Ratio
      The ratio of a pixel's width to height, or the ratio of an image's width to height; the two are not equivalent, but can be related given the image's horizontal and vertical resolution. Image analysis and measurement is simplified by having square pixels - the real world distance represented by a given number pixels is the same whether extended horizontally or vertically. An image might consist of square pixels but with different horizontal and vertical resolution; resulting in a non-square image aspect ratio, but is still convenient for image analysis and measurement.


      Authorization Key
      Small device which must be connected to a computer, typically via the parallel port or USB port, to enable use of software protected against unauthorized duplication.


      AVI (.AVI)
      The Audio-Video Interleaved, multi-media, image file format specified by Microsoft for use with Windows. Can contain sequences of images within a single file. AVI 1.0 files may be as large as 4 GiByte, however, some programs may not be able to read AVI 1.0 files larger than 2 GiByte. AVI 2.0 files may be larger than 4 GiByte.


      Back Focus (Adjustment)
      A mechanical adjustment within a camera to change the distance from the lens' back mounting flange to the image sensor. Adjustment may be required if, due to manufacturing tolerances, a lens set to a given object distance does not focus on an object at that distance. Adjustment may also be required when switching between visible and infrared illumination.


      Back Porch
      The portion of an analog video signal which follows the rising edge of the horizontal sync and precedes the active video.


      Bayer Pattern
      A 2×2 mosaic of red, green, green, and blue filters:
                . . . .
          ...  R  G  R  G  ...
          ...  G  B  G  B  ...
          ...  R  G  R  G  ...
          ...  G  B  G  B  ...
                . . . .
      
      which cover the photosites of some CCD or CMOS image sensors. There are four possible alignments of the mosaic with the image's upper left photosite; a particular alignment is often referred to as ''Bayer Phase''. A color RGB image is constructed by interpolating the pixel values derived from photosites under the various filters.


      BigTIFF
      An extension to the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) for saving digital images and image sequences; BigTIFF files may be as large as 16 EiByte (264 bytes). BigTIFF is not as widely supported as the TIFF format.


      Binary
      The base 2 numbering system used by most computers and digital circuits.


      Bit
      The smallest, fundamental, unit of binary data.


      Bits per Pixel
      Number of bits assigned to represent grey intensity (or level), or luminance and chrominance intensity (or level), information in a single pixel. Indirectly, the number of different discrete levels that represent the variations of such information. For example, 8 bits per pixel yields 256 distinct grey levels.

      For color pixels, the number of bits may refer to the number of bits per color component, or to the total number of bits for all components; ''16 bit RGB'' may refer to an older S/VGA standard that provides low quality color by using 5 or 6 bits for red, blue, and green, or may refer to high quality color using a total 48 bits per pixel and providing 65536 intensity levels for each of red, green, and blue.


      BGR Color
      Same as ''RGB Color'', with the order changed to blue, green, and red.


      Black Level (Control)
      Same as ''Brightness (Control)''.


      BMP (.BMP)
      The BitMaP image file format specified by Microsoft for use with Windows for saving graphics and digital images.


      Brightness (Control)
      A parameter to modify the image's brightness - the average pixel value. Typically, a brightness control modifies the image by adding or subtracting a constant from (digital) pixel values or (analog) pixel intensities.


      Buffer
      RAM or other memory used to store data. See ''Image Buffer'', ''Frame Buffer''.


      Capture
      To convert a field or frame of video into pixel values stored in a frame buffer.


      Camera Format
      A standardized numerical description of camera's sensor size, used to specify optics and select lenses. A camera format of 1/4 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 3.6×2.7 mm with a 4.5 mm diagonal a camera format of 1/3 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 4.8×3.6 mm with a 6.0 mm diagonal, a camera format of 1/2 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 6.4×4.8 mm with a 8.0 mm diagonal, a camera format of 1/1.8 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 7.2×5.4 mm with a 9.0 mm diagonal, a camera format of 2/3 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 8.8×6.6 mm with a 11.0 mm diagonal, a camera format of 1 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 12.8×9.6 mm with a 16.0 mm diagonal, a camera format of 1.1 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 12×12 mm with a 17.0 mm diagonal. a camera format of 4/3 inch corresponds to a physical sensor size of 17.3×13.0 mm with a 21.6 mm diagonal.

      Sensor formats and suggested lens formats for SILICON VIDEO® cameras are:

      Camera Sensor Format Suggested Lens Pixel Size
      or Size Format or Pitch(p),
      micrometer

      10C-CL and 10M-CL 1/2.3 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 1.67×1.67
      10C6 and 10M6 1/2.3 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 1.67×1.67
      1281M and 1281C 2/3 in. 2/3 in. C-Mount 7.0×7.0
      1310 and 1310C 1/2 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 6.0×6.0 (p)
      15C5 and 15M5 1/2.3 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 1.4×1.4
      1514CL 1/2.3 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 1.4×1.4
      1820CL 1/2.3 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 1.25×1.25
      1C45 and 1M45 1/3 in. 1/3 in. C-Mount 3.75×3.75 (p)
      20C-CL and 20M-CL 32.77×24.58mm2 F-Mount 6.4×6.4
      2112 and 2112C 1 in. 1 in. C-Mount 7.5×7.5 (p)
      2KS-C and 2KS-M 2/3 in. 2/3 in. C-Mount 5.5×5.5
      5M10 and 5C10 1/2.5 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 2.2×2.2
      642M and 642C 1/2 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 9.9×9.9
      643M and 643C 1/2 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 9.9×9.9
      9C10 1/2.3 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 1.75×1.75
      9M001 and 9M001C 1/2 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 5.2×5.2
      9T001C 1/2 in. 1/2 in. C-Mount 3.2×3.2
      WGA-M and WGA-C 1/3 in. 1/3 in. C-Mount 6.0×6.0


      Camera Link
      A standard for a high performance serial data interface using an 11 pair conductor cable and the MDR 26-pin connector, or the smaller SDR 26-pin connector, intended for the connection of digital cameras to frame grabbers. Camera Link utilizes the Channel Link interface and chips for transmission of pixel data and video timing, and utilizes LVDS for transmission of serial data and other signals. The cable length is limited to 10 meters; however, some cameras operating with higher pixel clock rates may specify a shorter maximum length; some thinner or more flexible cables may also specify a shorter maximum length. The cable may be effectively extended by use of a repeater.

      The Base Configuration uses one Channel Link chip, one MDR or SDR 26-pin connector, and can transfer 24 pixel bits per clock, such as 8×1, 8×2, 8×3, 10×1, 10×2, 12×1, 12×2, 14×1, 16×1 monochrome or Bayer color, and 8×3 RGB color. The Medium Configuration uses two Channel Link chips, two MDR or SDR 26-pin connectors and can transfer 48 pixel bits per clock, such as 8×4, 10×3, 10×4, 12×3, 12×4 monochrome or Bayer color, and 10×3, 12×3 RGB color. The Full Configuration uses three Channel Link chips, two MDR or SDR 26-pin connectors and can transfer 64 pixel bits per clock, such as 8×8 monochrome or Bayer color. The 80-Bit Configuration (formerly referred to as Expanded Configuration, Extended Configuration, Full Plus Configuration or Deca Configuration), uses three Channel Link chips, two MDR or SDR 26-pin connectors and can transfer 80 pixel bits per clock, such as 8×10 or 10×8 monochrome or Bayer color.

      The standard provides for four trigger/control signals, ''CC1'', ''CC2'', ''CC3'', and ''CC4''.


      Camera Link DLL
      A standardized API (Application Program Interface) that provides serial transport functions; i.e. to send a string of characters (bytes) or receive a string of characters (bytes). The standard does not specify how strings (bytes) are to be formatted into commands or responses; each camera manufacturer, or each camera, specifies its own syntax and semantics. Camera Link DLLs are assigned clserXXX.DLL names, where ''XXX'' is a unique frame grabber identifier or frame grabber manufacturer identifier. The Camera Link DLL for PIXCI® frame grabbers is named clserEPX.DLL.


      Camera Link Lite
      A standard for a high performance serial data interface using a 7 pair conductor cable and SDR 14 pin connector, intended for the connection of digital cameras to frame grabbers and can transfer 10 pixel bits per clock, such as 8×1 or 10×1 monochrome or Bayer color. The standard provides for a single trigger/control signal, ''CC1''.


      CCIR
      Consultative Committee International Radio. The European video standard for monochrome television transmission which specifies 625 lines per frame, divided into two interlaced fields, and a 25 Hz frame rate.


      Channel Link
      A standard for a high performance serial data interface using a 9 or 11 conductor cable and operating at speeds of 840 to 1848 megabits per second, developed by National Semiconductor which provides Channel Link interface chips.


      Chroma Key
      A rule for combining two video signals, or two images, based on the color of one image, such as: The output signal/image is taken from signal/image A, except where A contains the chroma key value, where the output is taken from signal/image B, allowing signal/image A and B to be overlaid, with A's chroma key pixels effectively transparent.


      Clamping (in Analog Video)
      The process of restoring a DC reference level which was removed to make an AC coupled signal. Without a known DC reference level, an analog video waveform can't be digitized correctly.


      Clipping
      Limiting a signal or numeric value, such as pixel intensity to not be below a limit and/or not be above a limit. For example: Eight bit pixel values are limited to be between values 0 and 255, inclusive; a pixel intensity greater than the intensity which corresponds to value 255 must be limited to value 255. Clipping pixel values introduces non-linear errors; non-linear errors cause problems with color correction, PRNU and DSNU correction, intensity based image measurements, and other features.


      C-Mount Lens
      A lens specification in which the mounting threads are 1 inch diameter with 32 threads per inch, and a distance of 17.526 mm from the lens' back mounting flange to the image sensor. The similar ''CS-Mount'' lens specification has the same mounting threads but with a distance of 12.526 mm from the lens' back mounting flange to the image sensor.


      CMY Color
      Color space composed of three components: cyan, magenta, and yellow. CMY and RGB are easily related: cyan is the complement of red, magenta the complement of green, and yellow the complement of blue. Alternately, red is the complement of cyan, green the complement of magenta, and blue the complement of yellow.


      CMYK Color
      Color space composed of four components: cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. The ''natural'' color space for printing and graphic arts, as so-called ''four color'' material is printed using combinations of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black inks.


      Color Temperature
      The spectrum of illumination produced by an ideal blackbody which is at a specified temperature in degrees Kelvin. Often used synonymously with Correlated Color Temperature which is the color temperature of a black body whose perceived color is most closely matched by a whitish illuminate, as judged by a human observer. Lower temperature illuminators such as tungsten lamps at 2800°K to 3000°K radiate more reddish (lower energy) wavelengths, higher temperature illuminators such as cool white fluorescent lamps at 4100°K to 4300°K radiate more bluish (higher energy) wavelengths. The color temperature of natural illumination - sunlight on planet Earth - varies depending on the season, time of day, and degree of cloud cover; typical values are 5000°K for sunrise & sunset daylight, 6500°K for noon daylight, and 7500°K for overcast daylight.


      Color Camera, One Chip
      A color camera with a single solid state imaging sensor in which the sensor's photosites are covered with different colored filters. Typically a pattern of red, green, and blue filters is used. Each color pixel is created by combining values from three or more adjacent photosites. Contrast to ''Color Camera, Three Chip''.


      Color Camera, Three Chip
      A color camera with three solid state imaging sensors in which through the use of filters or other optical means, each sensor is exposed to a narrow color band of the full field of view. Typically, the sensors are exposed to reddish, greenish, and bluish colors (as typical filters are wideband and admit colors other than pure red, green, and blue). Each color pixel is created by combining one value from corresponding photosites of each of the three imaging sensors. Contrast to ''Color Camera, One Chip''.


      Color Gamut
      Color range attainable by a display monitor or other media. The color gamut of a display monitor is dependent on the CRT's phosphor coating, or the LCD's filters and illuminant. A printed image's color gamut is dependent on the inks and paper.


      Color Key
      See ''Chroma''Key"''.''


      Color Lookup Table
      An association between each possible value of an index pixel and (typically) an RGB color.


      Composite Video
      Analog video signal which combines active video, sync, and blanking into a single waveform. Examples include RS-170, NTSC, PAL, CCIR, and RS-343.


      Compression
      Reduction in the size of a image, usually in conjunction with being saved to disk or transmitted. See Lossy Compression and Lossless Compression.


      Contrast
      A measure of the relative intensity differences within an image. A low contrast image may be dark (e.g. a foggy night), or bright (e.g. a foggy day); a high contrast image has both bright and dark areas. Typically, the difference between an image's lightest and darkest grey level value.


      Contrast (Control)
      A parameter to modify the image's contrast - the difference between the brightest and darkest pixels. Typically, a contrast control modifies the image by multiplication of (digital) pixel values, or (analog) pixel intensities, with a constant.

      Instead of multiplying pixel values (V) by a constant (C):

          V*C
      
      which leaves the 0 value pixel unchanged, image processing algorithms may instead use:
          (V-(M/2))*C + (M/2)
      
      where (M) is the maximum pixel value and leaves mid-value pixels unchanged. In this context, the former equation may be referred to as ''Gain'' and the latter as ''Contrast''. In other contexts, ''Gain'' and ''Contrast'' are synonyms.


      Controlled (Video) Mode
      A camera mode in which the camera is normally quiescent; that is, not continuously and autonomously exposing photosites and outputting the corresponding pixel values. Upon receiving an external trigger signal or command, the camera exposes and outputs a specified number of images, typically one, and resumes its quiescent state. The ''Controlled (Video) Mode'' allows synchronizing the camera's exposure to an external event, such as when an object obstructs a photoelectric sensor. The ''Controlled (Video) Mode'' also allows synchronizing two or more cameras, by use of a common external trigger signal. Contrast to ''Free-Run (Video) Mode''.

      In ''Controlled (Video) Mode'' some cameras can overlap exposure of the next frame with output of the current frame, yielding the same frame rate as in free-run mode (assuming that the exposure period isn't longer than the output period). In other cameras, the exposure and output are sequential; the frame rate decreases as the exposure increases, and a frame rate near that of free-run mode is achieved only as the exposure period approaches zero.

      Different camera manufacturers use various synonyms, such as ''Frame on Demand Mode'', ''Triggered (Video) Mode'', ''External Triggered (Video) Mode'', ''External Sync (Video) Mode'', ''Single Shot (Video) Mode'', ''Controlled (Video) Mode'', or ''Async Shutter (Video) Mode''.


      CRT
      Cathode Ray Tube. An older technology for display monitors and televisions, using an electron gun, magnetic or electrostatic deflection, and phosphors, coating the display surface, that fluoresce when struct by the electron beam.


      CS-Mount Lens
      See ''C-Mount Lens''.


      Digital Camera
      A camera which outputs pixel intensities (imagery) and timing or synchronization information as discrete data.


      Digital Gain
      Modifies pixel values by multiplying, or scaling, the digital pixel value by a constant. Any noise in the pixel values is scaled up, or down, in the same proportion as the original pixel values.

      Digital gain can make a dim image more pleasant to view, but can't introduce additional grey levels or colors. For example (assuming 8 bit pixels), a very dim grey level image whose pixel values range from zero through four can be scaled by 64. The result will have high contrast - both dark and bright pixels - but still have only 5 different grey levels and lack continuous tonality.

      Contrast to ''Analog Gain''.


      Digitize
      To convert an analog signal into discrete values. Sometimes used as synonym for Capture, as in ''to digitize an image''.


      Dongle
      Same as Authorization Key.


      DSNU
      Dark Signal Non-Uniformity. A camera or sensor's variation of values from pixel to pixel, other than random noise, with no illumination. The pattern of variation is typically unique to each camera or sensor. Some cameras correct DSNU within the camera, other cameras expect DSNU to be corrected outside of the camera. See also ''FPN''.


      DSP
      Digital Signal Processor. Component which executes computations and gives instructions to manipulate data, specifically designed to operate on signals and images, in contrast to general purpose processors.


      EISA Bus
      Extended Industry Standard Architecture Bus. Faster successor to the ISA bus. A ISA board will function correctly in an EISA slot.


      EMI
      Electromagnetic interference.


      Equalization Pulses
      Two groups of pulses used in some analog video signals which occur before and after serrated vertical sync pulses. Equalization pulses occur at twice the normal horizontal scan rate to insure correct 2:1 interlacing.


      Even Field
      See ''Interlace''.


      Exposure (Period)
      The duration of time that a sensor's photosites are sensitive to, and integrating the intensity of, light so as to affect the image intensity. Often a synonym for ''Shutter (Period)'' when used in the context of a camera with digital sensor.


      ExpressCard/34
      A style of peripheral card used on laptop computers. An ExpressCard/34 host supports both PCIExpress and USB 2.0; a specific ExpressCard/34 typically uses one or the other. See PCI-Express Interface.

      Actual throughput on most computers is approximately 190 MByte/sec.

      The PIXCI® ECB1-34 is an ExpressCard/34 card, using the PCIExpress x1 interface.


      ExpressCard/54
      A style of peripheral card used on laptops. An ExpressCard/54 host supports both PCIExpress and USB 2.0; a specific ExpressCard/54 typically uses one or the other. See "PCI-Express Interfaces" .

      Actual throughput on most computers is approximately 190 MByte/sec.

      An ExpressCard/54 host accepts both ExpressCard/54 and ExpressCard/34 cards.

      The PIXCI® EC1, ECB1, and ECB2 are ExpressCard/54 cards, using the PCIExpress x1 interface.


      File System
      The partitioning and sharing of raw disk space into volumes, directories (folders), and multiple files, by the host operating system. Limits on the number of files and their sizes are imposed by the operating system.
      File System Max # of Files Max File Size (bytes)

      Windows FAT16 512 per folder 232-1

      Windows FAT16 w. 512 per folder 231-1
      DOS, Win 95/98/ME

      Windows FAT32 65534 per folder 232-1

      Windows NTFS 232-1 per volume 244 - 64*1024
      Under Windows FAT16 and FAT32, the maximum number of files per folder (directory) is reduced when long file names (i.e. larger than 8.3) are used. Under Windows NTFS, using 300,000 or more long file names per folder decreases performance.

      Under Linux, there are 10 or more varieties of file systems, each with unique limits.

      The maximum number of files is significant when capturing video to multiple files, one per image. The maximum file size is significant when capturing video with multiple images in a single file.


      FITS (.FTS)
      The Flexible Image Transport System file format. An image file format popular in the scientific - particularly astronomy - communities.


      Flat Field Correction (FFC)
      Correction of an image for the effects of a sensor or camera's photo response non-uniformity and/or fixed pattern noise. See ''FPN'', ''PRNU'', and ''DSNU''. Also known as Non-Uniform Correction (NUC), or Per-Pixel Normalization.


      Free-Run (Video) Mode
      A camera mode in which the camera is continuously and autonomously exposing photosites and outputting the corresponding pixel values. The exposing and outputting of pixel values continues regardless of whether a frame grabber is connected, or whether the connected frame grabber is in capture mode. Contrast to ''Controlled (Video) Mode''.

      Different camera manufacturers use various synonyms, such as ''Continuous (Video) Mode'', ''Internal Sync (Video) Mode'', ''Auto (Video) Mode'', or ''Live (Video) Mode''.


      FPN
      Fixed Pattern Noise. Used to describe the effects due to ''DSNU'', or used to describe the effects due to both DSNU and ''PRNU''.


      Frame
      For frame versus field: see ''Interlace''.


      Frame Buffer
      An ''Image Buffer'' dedicated to receive video fields or frames from a camera at video rate, or from which video fields or frames are sent to a display device at display rate. An Image Buffer physically attached to the video capture or display hardware. Or, an Image Buffer in computer memory for video capture or display hardware supporting DMA; typically dedicated for purpose and pre-reserved so as to avoid allocation or configuration overhead as each video field or frame arrives from the camera or as each video field or frame is to be sent to the display device.


      Frame Buffer Memory
      A memory for one or more Frame Buffers. Often reconfigurable - enlarging the memory or reducing the image size allows fitting more Frame Buffers and thus more video frames (images) can be captured without incurring the overhead of copying the image data elsewhere.


      Frame Valid
      A Camera Link signal indicating which scan lines correspond to valid pixel values, and which is the first and last scan line of each image. Other cameras with digital output may also have a ''Frame Valid'' signal, or may have a ''Vertical Blanking'', ''Vertical Sync'', ''V-Sync'', or similar signal for the same (possibly logically inverted) purpose.


      Front Porch
      The portion of an analog video signal that follows the start of the horizontal blank and precedes the horizontal sync pulse.


      Gain (Control)
      See as ''Contrast (Control)''.


      Gamut
      See ''Color Gamut''.


      Genlock
      To recover and use the original horizontal and vertical timing control signals from an analog video signal.


      Genlock (Video) Mode
      A camera mode in which the camera is continuously exposing photosites and outputting the corresponding pixel values, with the cycles synchronized to an external signal or video waveform.

      Typically, a camera in genlock video mode can only operate at, or near, a specific frame rate; a slower external signal or video waveform ''genlock input'' will either be ignored or corrupt the video output. In contrast, a camera in ''Controlled (Video) Mode'' can operate at various frame rates, from zero up to the camera's designed maximum rate.


      Global Reset, Rolling Shutter
      Or, ''Rolling Shutter, Global Reset''. A mechanism within some CCD or CMOS sensors in which all photosites start exposing at the same time, but stop exposing at different times. Intended for use with a mechanical shutter or a strobe light to freeze motion. When used without a mechanical shutter and with ''normal'' lighting, the image will darker on one side (typically the top), and brighter on the opposite side (typically the bottom).


      Global Shutter
      A mechanism within some CCD or CMOS sensors in which all photosites are exposed at the same time. Use of the term ''Global Shutter'' with an ''Interlaced'' camera is ambiguous; all photosites of both fields may be exposed at the same time, or only the photosites of each field may be exposed at the same time.

      Different camera manufacturers use various synonyms, such as ''Free-Run Shutter'' (but is not to be confused with ''Free-Run (Video) Mode'').


      Gray
      Alternate spelling for ''Grey''.


      Grey
      Alternate spelling for ''Gray''.


      Grey Level Image
      An image in which each pixel has component value, interpreted as luminance and rendered as black, white, and, optionally, shades of grey. See also ''Monochrome''.


      Halftoning
      Conversion of a grey level image so as to be representable by (typically) a printer that only prints black (over white), or white (over black). Conversion of a multi-toned color image so as to be representable by (typically) a printer that only prints three, four, or perhaps eight colors (over white).


      HDD
      Hard Disk Drive.


      HDMI Display
      A display/monitor using the High-Definition Multimedia Interface to connect to a display controller.


      Horizontal Blanking
      The portion of the analog video signal when brightness is suppressed at the end of a scan line during which the electron beam retraces from right to left on a CRT-based video monitor.

      By analogy, the term may be used with digital video signals as a synonym for the complement of ''Line Valid''.


      Horizontal Sync
      A pulse contained within horizontal blanking of an analog video signal which synchronizes hardware with the start/end of each line of each frame.

      By analogy, the term may be used with digital video signals as a synonym for the complement of ''Line Valid''.


      HSB Color
      Color space composed of Hue (e.g. red, yellow, orangish-red, etc.), Saturation (degree of dilution with white), and Brightness (level of intensity). The HSB color space is modeled upon human perception of color; in contrast to, for example, ''RGB Color'', which is derived from technical methods used to encode and reproduce color.


      Image
      A rectangular grid of pixels.


      Image Buffer
      RAM or other memory used to hold an image or images.


      Image Frame Buffer
      See ''Frame Buffer''.


      Image Sequence
      A linear group of images, usually time indexed.


      Interlace
      Use of (typically) two fields, one termed ''odd'' and the other ''even'', to scan a video frame, each field representing alternate scan lines from the imaging sensor. An interlaced system decreases perceived flicker of live video by increasing the field update rate and originated with the earliest broadcast television systems. But captured and thus static images may show horizontal banding or show the subject material as a ''ghost'' due to each field being exposed at different times and the subject having moved between exposures. Contrast to ''Progressive Scan''.

      Some cameras are designed to expose all scan lines of the sensor at the same time, eliminating temporal shifts between fields, but output the scan lines in interlace format so as to maintain compatibility with display and capture devices, these are often called ''Progressive Exposure and interlaced Output''.


      Interrupt
      Technique used to determine when a device requires attention, by having the device alter the processor's execution in a controlled manner. Contrast to ''Polling''.


      IR-Cut Filter
      An optical filter which blocks light of infrared (IR) wavelengths, passing other wavelengths. Most CCD and CMOS sensors are inherently sensitive to near-infrared, as well as visible, wavelengths. Lack of an IR-cut filter with a monochrome camera shifts the tonal balance of the image but increases sensitivity, and has (roughly) equal arguments for and against its use. Lack of an IR-cut filter with a single chip color camera using a Bayer pattern sensor will cause, unless the illumination contains little or no infrared, ''washed out'' color, as the typical Bayer pattern color filters all pass infrared wavelengths.

      Some cameras contain a built-in (perhaps removable) IR-cut filter between the sensor and the lens. Other cameras do not contain an IR-cut filter, allowing a filter, if desired, to be attached to the end of the lens farthest from the sensor.

      Most SILICON VIDEO® color cameras contain an optional IR-cut filter between the sensor and the lens - within the back focus adjustment ring. The filter can be removed by replacing one back focus adjustment ring with another.


      IR Filter
      An optical filter which passes light of infrared (IR) wavelengths, blocking other, including visible, wavelengths. Not to be confused with an ''IR-Cut Filter''.


      ISA Bus
      Industry Standard Architecture Bus. The original 8 or 16 bit peripheral bus of the IBM PC.


      JPEG (.JPG)
      The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format. An industry standard file format used to save digital images. A widely used file format as it is not company or product specific. Most often uses - and to many people, it implies - lossy compression, although optional features also support lossless compression.


      Line Valid
      A Camera Link signal indicating which pixel clocks correspond to a valid pixel value, and which is the first and last pixel of each scan line. Other cameras with digital output may also have a ''Line Valid'' signal, or have a ''Horizontal Blanking'', ''Horizontal Sync'', ''H-Sync'', or similar signal for the same (possibly logically inverted) purpose.


      Line Scan
      A method of video acquisition which uses a one-dimensional array or line of photo sensitive elements. Color line scan cameras may have three, closely spaced, parallel one-dimensional arrays or lines of photo sensitive elements, one for each RGB color; or may have two, closely spaced, parallel one-dimensional arrays or lines of photo sensitive elements, the two lines covered by a ''Bayer'' mosaic of color filters; or may have a single array or line of photo sensitive elements, with every third pixel covered by a red, green, or blue filter. A two-dimensional image is ''built up'' by moving the sensor relative to the object being imaged.


      Lossless Compression
      Any image compression method in which the decompressed image is an exact copy of the original image, bit for bit.


      Lossy Compression
      Any image compression method in which the decompressed image is not an exact copy of the original image, bit for bit. The quality of lossy (de)compression varies from images which, to most observers, appear identical to the original image, to images that are almost identical except for a few artifacts, to images which are obviously and grossly distorted.


      LVDS
      Low Voltage Differential Signalling. Also known as RS-644, an EIA standard for differential signalling format for binary data. Capable of higher speeds over greater distance as compared to RS-422.


      LVTTL
      Specifically: Low Voltage TTL. Generally: Single-ended signalling format for binary data using levels of 0.0 and +3.3 volts (nominal). TTL is intended for high speed signalling between integrated circuits on the same or adjacent boards, although may be used at slower speeds over several feet. Also referred to as ''3.3V TTL''.


      Mapping
      A correspondence between one set of objects to another; often one set of numbers to another. Often used to describe a rule to convert measured units to real world units. For example, fractional inches on a map to miles, or a number of pixels to inches.


      Monochrome
      In general: An image or other visual representation using a single color, or shades of a single color. Typically, in the context of digital imaging: An image using only black, white, and, optionally, shades of grey.

      A ''grey level image'' is monochrome.

      An image composed of RGB pixels, each pixel having identical red, green, and blue values, can be referred to as a monochrome image or a ''colorless color'' image. As can an image using any other color space (such as ''HSB Color'' or ''YCrCb Color'') in which each pixel value resolves to black, white, or a shade of grey.


      Monochrome Video
      A video mode which has one component, usually luminance, producing a monochrome image.


      Multiplexor
      A device or component which steers one of several input signals to its output as directed by a control input. Also spelled Multiplexer.


      M.2
      The Next Generation Form Factor (NGFF) is a specification for expansion cards and connectors. The A-Key, B-Key, and E-Key variations support the PCIe x1 Gen 2 interface (along with other interfaces). The M-Key variation supports the PCIe x4 Gen 2 interface (along with other interfaces).


      NTSC
      National Television Standards Committee. Color analog video standard composed of a luminance signal and two color difference signals. 30 frames per second, 525 lines per frame, where 483 of these lines are visible on the display, the remainder used for blanking. For interlaced video, the 525 lines are split into 262.5 lines per field. Also see ''Interlace''.


      NUC
      Non-Uniformity (Pixel) Correction. See ''PRNU''.


      Odd Field
      See ''Interlace''.


      Offset (Control)
      Same as ''Brightness (Control)''.


      PAL
      Phase Alternation Line. Color analog video standard used in Europe and other countries. 625 lines per frame, 25 frames per second.


      Palette
      See Color Lookup Table.


      Pan
      To move the viewed area of text or image left and right through the horizontally larger text or image. See also ''Scroll''.


      PC/AT Bus
      The ISA Bus, 16 bit version. Capable of transferring two to four megabytes per second.


      PCI Bus
      The Peripheral Component Interconnect Bus. A 32 or 64 bit wide bus operating at 33 or 66 MHz capable of transferring 132, 264, or 528 million bytes per second (or approximately 125.88, 251.77, or 503.54 megabytes per second). Actual throughput on most computers is approximately 100 to 110 MByte/sec. for 32 bit 33 MHz PCI, and approximately 480 MByte/sec. for 64 bit 66 MHz PCI.

      The PIXCI® A, CL1, CL3SD, D, D24, D32, D2X, D3X, SI, SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, and SV5L are 32 bit PCI cards. The PIXCI® CL2 is a 64 bit PCI card.


      PCI-X Bus
      A 64 bit wide bus operating at 133 MHz. The ''PCI-X Bus'' is not the same as ''PCI-Express Interfaces''.


      PCI-Express 1.1 Interface
      A four wire serial interface capable of a raw bidirectional data rate of 2.5 GBits per second (x1 link), 10 GBits per second (x4 link), 20 GBits per second (x8 link), or 40 GBits per second (x16 link). Actual throughput varies, depending in part on the Packet Payload size implemented by the motherboard.
      Approximate Throughput (Gbits per Second)

      Lane Width Payload size (bytes)
      16 128 256

      x1 1.7 1.7 2.0
      x4 6.8 7.0 7.8
      x8 13.7 14.0 15.7
      x16 27.4 28.0 31.4

      Also referred to as ''PCI-Express Gen 1'' or ''PCIe Gen 1''.

      Actual throughput on most computers is approximately 190 MByte/sec. for PCI-Express 1.1 x1 cards, approximately 777 MByte/sec. for PCI-Express 1.1 x4 cards, and approximately 1600 MByte/sec. for PCI-Express 1.1 x8 cards.

      The PCI-Express Interface specification allows operating a card using a lower lane width in a slot supporting a higher lane width, such as using a x1 card in a x4 slot, resulting in x1 bandwidth. However, the higher lane width slot need not support all lower lane bandwidths; for example, typical computers (circa 2008) with x16 slots might operate a x4 card but only provide x1 bandwidth, not the desired x4 bandwidth.

      The PIXCI® A110, D3XE, E1, E1DB, EB1, EB1-PoCL, EL1 (Rev. 6 and earlier), EL1DB (Rev. 6 and earlier), ELS2, SI1, SI2, SV7, and SV8 are PCI-Express 1.1 x1 cards. The PIXCI® A310, E4, E4DB, and SI4 are PCI-Express 1.1 x4 cards. The PIXCI® E8, E8CAM, and E8DB are PCI-Express 1.1 x8 cards.


      PCI-Express 2.0 Interface
      A four wire serial interface capable of a raw bidirectional data rate of 5.0 GBits per second (x1 link), 20 GBits per second (x4 link), 40 GBits per second (x8 link), or 80 GBits per second (x16 link). Actual throughput varies, depending in part on the Packet Payload size implemented by the motherboard.

      Also referred to as ''PCI-Express Gen 2'' or ''PCIe Gen 2''.

      Actual throughput on most computers is approximately 448 MByte/sec. for PCI-Express 2.0 x1 cards, and approximately 1011 MByte/sec. for PCI-Express 2.0 x4 cards.

      The PCI-Express Interface specification allows operating a card using a lower lane width in a slot supporting a higher lane width, such as using a x1 card in a x4 slot, resulting in x1 bandwidth. The specification also allows operating a card designed for PCI-Express 1.x in a slot supporting PCI-Express 2.0, and vice versa, resulting in the lower of the two bandwidths.

      The PIXCI® E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EL1 (Rev. 7 and later), and EL1DB (Rev. 7 and later) are PCI-Express 2.0 x4 cards. The PIXCI® EB1G2 and EB1G2-PoCL PCI-Express 2.0 x1 cards. The PIXCI® E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, E4TX2-F2B, miniH2x4F, and mf2280 are PCI-Express 2.0 x4 devices. The PIXCI® miniH2B and miniH2F are PCI-Express 2.0 x1 cards or M.2 E-Key/M-Key PCIe x1 gen2 cards. The PIXCI® miniH2x4F and mf2280 are M.2 M-Key PCIe x4 gen2 cards.


      PCI Express mini Interface
      The PIXCI® EB1mini is a PCI Express mini card, using the PCIExpress x1 interface. The PIXCI® miniH2B and miniH2F are PCI Express mini cards, using the PCIExpress x1 Gen 2 interface.


      PCX (.PCX)
      An image file format specified by Zsoft for saving S/VGA graphics.


      Photosite
      The light sensitive cells that compose a solid state imaging sensor.


      Pixel
      Short for picture element. The fundamental unit of digital imaging. The smallest unit of an image with homogeneous intensity and color. The numeric representation of an intensity and color. Sometimes used interchangeably with ''photosite'' to refer to the light sensitive cells that compose a solid state imaging sensor.


      Pixel Binning
      To combine pixel values, typically by summation, creating a smaller image. Binning by a factor of ×2 horizontally and vertically yields an image with ¼ the number of pixels, with pixel at coordinates (x,y) in the binned image corresponding to the sum of pixels at (x×2+0,y×2+0), (x×2+0,y×2+1), (x×2+1,y×2+0), and (x×2+1,y×2+1) in the original or potential image. Contrast to ''Pixel''Subsampling"''.''


      Pixel Clock
      An oscillator, timing circuit, or externally provided signal which is used to sample (i.e. partition) a video signal scan line into pixels. For analog signals, the scan line can be sampled more or less often, with a larger or smaller pixel clock frequency, to provide higher or lower resolution; cameras outputting analog video typically do not provide a pixel clock signal along with the analog scan line. For digital signals, the scan line must be sampled at a precise frequency and phase; cameras outputting digital signals typically provide a pixel clock signal to control sampling of the digital scan line.

      Separately, a pixel clock is used to control the timing and readout within cameras using digital sensors. For some cameras the pixel clock frequency is adjustable; a higher or lower pixel clock frequency provides faster or slower frame rates with corresponding side effects, such as shorter or longer exposure limits, greater or lesser levels of fixed pattern noise, photo response non-uniformity, and random noise. For cameras with an adjustable pixel clock outputting digital signals, a higher or lower pixel clock frequency also affects the maximum length of the electrical cable connecting the camera and frame grabber.


      Pixel Subsampling (Decimation)
      To retrieve or utilize fewer pixels than are otherwise available, creating a smaller image. Subsampling by a factor of ×2 horizontally and vertically yields an image with ¼ the number of pixels, with pixel at coordinates (x,y) in the subsampled image corresponding to pixel (x×2,y×2) in the original or potential image. Contrast to ''Pixel Binning''.


      Pixie
      One component value of a pixel. A monochrome pixel contains one pixie, a color pixel typically contains three or four pixies. For example, an RGB pixel is composed of green, red, and blue pixies.


      PoCL (POCL)
      Power over Camera Link. An enhancement to the Camera Link specification that allows providing power to the camera (12V 4W maximum in Base mode, 12V 8W maximum in other modes) over the Camera Link cable. A PoCL compliant Camera Link cable is required. The PIXCI® EB1-PoCL, E4 (Rev. 4 & later), E4DB (Rev. 4 & later), E8, and E8DB are PoCL compliant cards. The PIXCI® E4TX2-2F, E4TX2-4B, and E4TX2-F2B are PoCL compliant devices.


      PNG (.PNG)
      The Portable Network Graphics file format. A file format for the lossless, portable, storage of images.


      Polling
      Technique used to determine when a device requires attention, by having the processor continuously test the device's status. Contrast to ''Interrupt''.


      Portable Map (.PBM/.PGM/.PPM)
      The Portable Bit Map (.PBM), Portable Gray Map (.PGM), and Portable Pixel Map (.PPM) file formats for saving black&white, grey level, or RGB color images, respectively, as well as image sequences. A common, uncompressed, file format as it is not company or product specific. Does not have any limitation as to image size, number of images in one file, or maximum file size.


      PRNU
      Photo Response Non Uniformity. A camera or sensor's variation in gain from pixel to pixel. The pattern of variation is typically unique to each camera or sensor. Some cameras correct PRNU within the camera, other cameras expect PRNU to be corrected outside of the camera. See also ''FPN''.


      Progressive Scan
      A camera in which all scan lines of the imaging sensor are exposed at the same time and output in order. Contrast to ''Interlace''.


      Pseudo-color
      A technique that assigns a color to each grey level, or blocks of grey levels, of a monochrome image, helping visualize patterns of intensities.


      Raster
      A sequence of scan lines which constitute a field or frame of video.


      Rec. 709
      The CIE Rec. 709 is a video standard intended for use with HDTV.


      Region of Interest
      See ''ROI''.


      Resolution - Depth
      Measure of the number of bits, grey levels and colors, which compose each pixel.


      Resolution - Spatial
      Measure of the number of pixels, horizontally and vertically, that compose an image.


      Resolution - Temporal
      Measure of the number of images that compose an image sequence. Implies a period of time, at a fixed time interval per image, or implies a time interval per image, for a fixed period of time.


      RGB Color
      Color space composed of three components: red, green, and blue. The ''natural'' color space for video hardware, as most video monitors use red, green, and blue phosphors or filters, and most video cameras use red, green, and blue filters. RGB color, by itself, is not colorimetric calibrated; the perceived intensity of a given RGB value varies on different hardware. Often abbreviated to ''RGB''.


      ROI
      Region of Interest. An area of an image subject to modification or analysis. See ''AOI''.


      Rolling Shutter
      A mechanism within some CCD or CMOS sensors in which each line or column of photosites are exposed at different, or overlapping times. Has the same effect as a mechanical slit shutter; an opaque material containing a transparent slit which is moved across the sensor in a direction orthogonal to the length of the slit. A rolling shutter is best used to image stationary, or slowly moving objects; an image of a rapidly moving object - particularly an object moving parallel to the movement of the slit - will be distorted.

      Contrast to


      Global Shutter


      RS-170
      EIA standard for broadcast, monochrome, analog video which defines voltage levels, blanking times and sync pulses. 525 lines, 30 frames per second.


      RS-232
      (1) EIA standard for single-ended signalling of binary data, (2) EIA standard for interpreting a binary data stream as bytes, (3) EIA standard for communication of data and status between two devices using a group of RS-232 signals, and (4) EIA standard for the physical connectors used for RS-232 communication cables. The RS-232 connection between a computer and modem, or between a computer and an RS-232 controlled camera, involves all of the above specifications.


      RS-330
      EIA standard for non-broadcast, monochrome, analog video which defines voltage levels, blanking times, and sync pulses. 525 lines, 30 frames per second. Compared to RS-170, has optional formats for sync pulses.


      RS-343
      An EIA standard for high-resolution, non-broadcast, analog, monochrome video which defines voltage levels, blanking times and width of sync pulses. The RS-343 standard covers a range of different resolutions and frame rates.


      RS-422
      EIA standard for differential signalling format for binary data. Capable of higher speeds over greater distance as compared to RS-232.


      RS-644
      EIA standard for differential signalling format for binary data, also known as LVDS. Capable of higher speeds over greater distance as compared to RS-422.


      Saturated
      The combination of lighting, aperture, and camera sensitivity is such that the pixel value is at its maximum and remains at the maximum value after the light intensity is reduced by an amount which would normally cause a drop in pixel value.


      Saturation
      The degree of vividness, strength, or purity of a color. The degree to which a color has not been weakened by mixture with white.


      Scan Line
      The (almost) horizontal line scanned by the electron beam in a CRT-based video monitor, and the corresponding line scanned by a vidicon-based (or similar) video camera. For cameras with digital sensors that serialize pixel data, a scan line is a sequence of pixel values, typically from a horizontal row, of sensor's photosites.

      However, many digital cameras may serialize the light sensor's photosites in other than left-to-right and top-to-bottom order. For example, a camera might output the left-most pixel of a row followed by the middle pixel of a row, continue with each pair of neighboring pixels within the row, and continue in the same fashion with each row. Or a camera might output a pixel of the top row, a pixel of the bottom row, continue with each pair of neighboring pixels within those rows, and continue with each pair of rows inward toward the middle. The number of possible serialization order permutations is quite large. With such cameras, the term ''Scan Line'' may either refer to pixel values from one line of the sensor, or to a ''line'' of values output by the camera during one ''Line Valid''.


      Scroll
      To move the viewed area of text or image up and down through the vertically larger text or image. See also Pan.


      Serration Pulses
      Synchronization pulses used in some analog video signals which occur within vertical sync at twice the normal horizontal scan rate to ensure correct 2:1 interlacing.


      Shutter (Period)
      The duration of time that a sensor's photosites are sensitive to, and integrating the intensity of, light so as to affect the image intensity.

      Some cameras may have a mechanical shutter or electronic shutter (e.g. LCD) mechanism passing light for a ''Shutter (Period)'', separate from the sensor's integration control. The sensor's integration control (if any) may then be distinguished as ''Exposure (Period)''.


      Snap
      To capture a single video field or frame and store it in a frame buffer.


      sRGB Color
      A calibrated colorimetric RGB color space intended for use on the Internet.


      SOG
      Sync on Green. For component analog video using one analog video signal, such as RS-170 or RS-343, for each of the red, green, and blue intensities; ''Sync on Green'' specifies that composite sync is present (from the signal source's point of view), or expected (from the monitor's, recorder's, or frame grabber's point of view), on the green signal.


      SDD
      Solid State Drive.


      SVGA
      A type of graphics display for IBM compatible computers, providing 800×600 resolution. Often used in the generic sense to describe any SVGA or better graphic display system for IBM compatible computers. Also spelled as ''S/VGA''.


      S-Video
      A variation of the NTSC or PAL video format, in which the luminance and chrominance are separate analog signals, providing higher quality images.


      SWIR
      Short-wavelength infrared.


      SXGA
      A type of graphics display for IBM compatible computers, providing 1280×1024 resolution. Often SVGA or S/VGA is used in a generic sense to include SXGA.


      TARGA (.TGA)
      A file format specified by TrueVision for saving digital images.


      TDI
      Time Delay Integration. A variant of Line Scan, whereby a stack of one-dimensional sensing arrays are aligned with and synchronized to the object being imaged such that the stored charge in the stack of arrays moves in synchronization to the object.


      Threshold
      Image processing operation which transforms a grey level or color image into a two-toned, or binary image, by comparing each pixel against a threshold value.


      TIFF (.TIF)
      The Tagged Image File Format. An industry standard file format for saving digital images and image sequences. A widely used file format as it is not company or product specific. TIFF files may be as large as 4 GiByte. See ''BigTIFF'' for larger file sizes.


      TTL
      Specifically: Transistor-Transistor-Logic. Generally: Single-ended signalling format for binary data using levels of 0.0 and +5.0 volts (nominal). TTL is intended for high speed signalling between integrated circuits on the same or adjacent boards, although may be used at slower speeds over several feet.


      Triggered (Video) Mode
      See ''Controlled (Video) Mode''.


      White Balance
      Corrections to a color image, or color video, so that a whitish object appears white. The color balance is affected by the color temperature of the illumination (e.g. sunlight versus fluorescent versus incandescent), and also affected by the display monitor.


      USB
      Universal Serial Bus. A standard for a relatively low performance serial data bus, operating at speeds of 12 megabits per second, with a maximum cable length of 5 meters (although several devices may be daisy-chained with several 5 meter cables).


      UXGA
      A type of graphics display for IBM compatible computers, providing 1600×1200 resolution. Often SVGA or S/VGA is used in a generic sense to include UXGA.


      VGA
      A type of graphics display for IBM compatible computers, providing 640×480 resolution.


      Vertical Blanking
      The portion of the analog video signal when brightness is suppressed at the end of a field, during which the electron beam retraces from the bottom to the top of the CRT-based video monitor.

      By analogy, the term may be used with digital video signals as a synonym for the complement of ''Frame Valid''.


      Vertical Sync
      The portion of the analog video signal, within vertical blanking, which synchronizes hardware with the top/bottom of each frame.

      By analogy, the term may be used with digital video signals as a synonym for the complement of ''Frame Valid''.


      Video
      A representation of a visual scene, or a sequence of visual scenes, in an electrical or other format suitable for transmission, storage, retrieval, modification or display.


      Video Camera
      An instrument in which light is admitted through a lens, forming an image of external objects on a surface placed at the focus of the lens, and producing an electrical or other signal corresponding to the image formed.


      Video Format
      Specifications which define the characteristics of video signals.

      For analog video, the specifications include voltage levels, blanking times, width of sync pulses, lines per frame, and frames per second. Examples of common standard analog video formats are: NTSC, CCIR, PAL, RS-170, RS-330, and RS-343.

      For digital video, the Camera Link specification provides part of the video format, such as the signals used and their relationship; additional specifications are provided by individual cameras using the Camera Link standard, such as resolution, bit depth, pixel clock frequency, and frame rate.

      A ''Video Format (File)'' is also used as a synonym for ''Video Setup (File)''.


      Video Sampling
      The process of obtaining digital data from an analog video signal.


      Video Setup (File)
      A collection of parameters used to configure specific capture hardware and software for a desired ''Video Format'' and camera.


      VIF (.VIF)
      The Video Frame File format used by EPIX® imaging software for raw video to disk files. The internal format is dependent on the characteristics of the specific PIXCI® frame grabber and camera used to capture the video. The VIF format is not intended for exporting of images or video to other applications; after recording a video to disk sequence the VIF file is typically resaved in TIFF, AVI, or other industry standard format.


      YCrCb Color
      Color space where the Y component represents the brightness signal and the Cr and Cb components represent color difference signals. ''4:2:2 YCrCb'' indicates that Y is sampled at twice the rate of Cr and Cb.


      YUYV, YVYU, UYVY, VYUY Color
      Color space where the Y component represents the brightness signal and the V and U components represent red and blue color difference signals, respectively. The four variations differ only in the order of the components. Similar to ''4:2:2 YCrCb''; Y is sampled at twice the rate of U and V.


      YUY2 Color
      Same as ''YUYV Color''.


      Zoom
      To magnify an image in order to observe more detail.

      19. Footnotes

      [1]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [2]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [3]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [4]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [5]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [6]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [7]
      Windows 95, 98, and ME does not support PCI Express. Therefore, the PIXCI® A110, A310, D3XE, E1, E1DB, E4, E4DB, E4G2-2F, E4G2-4B, E4G2-F2B, E8, E8CAM, E8DB, e104x4-2f, e104x4-4b, e104x4-f2b, EB1, EB1-PoCL, EB1mini, EC1, ECB1, ECB1-34, ECB2, EL1, EL1DB, ELS2, SI1, SI2, SI4, SV7, and SV8 frame grabbers are not supported under Windows 95, 98, or ME. However, these frame grabbers are still detected by the Windows Device Manager; the applicable registry entries are noted above for the sake of completeness.
      [8]
      If the computer is configured with a selective boot option (i.e. so as to boot Windows or boot old DOS), be sure to modify the correct CONFIG.SYS.
      [9]
      Assuming use of the installation procedure's default options to create the ''xcap'' stub and/or create the shortcut.
      [10]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [11]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [12]
      See the ''Intel Chipset 4 GB System Memory Support'' white paper by Intel Corp.
      [13]
      The activation or ID code is provided on a card enclosed with the CD/DVD and is also shown on the packing list. The card and the activation or ID code may be required as proof of purchase for future software upgrades. Keep the card in a safe place!!
      [14]
      XCAP-Plus, XCAP-Std, and XCAP-Ltd require an authorization key to activate all features.
      [15]
      BMP, BigTIFF, JPEG/JFIF, FITS, Portable Bit/Gray/Pixel Map, and TIFF formats are explicitly supported via EPIX® imaging libraries. These file formats may, in general, utilize various compression and other options. XCAP is not intended to load and view all possible files in these formats, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files using similar options.

      Multimedia formats are supported via the host run time environment; typically supporting GIF, PNG, and many variants of JPEG.

      [16]
      AVI, BigTIFF, BMP, FITS, JPEG/JFIF, Portable Bit/Gray/Pixel Map, and TIFF formats are explicitly supported via EPIX® imaging libraries. These file formats may, in general, utilize various compression and other options. XCAP is not intended to load and view all possible files in these formats, but will, of course, load files previously saved by XCAP as well as other files using similar options.

      Multimedia formats are supported via the host run time environment; typically supporting GIF, PNG, and many variants of JPEG.

      [17]
      Note that the wildcard matching differs slightly from Windows conventions. A ''*'' matches any file, with or without suffix, while Windows uses ''*.*'' to do the same.
      [18]
      In particular, unlike some popular spreadsheets, an expression need not be prefixed with ''=''.
      [19]
      There are cameras whose interface specifications require two pixel clocks per pixel value output, or output two pixel values per clock period (on the clock's rising and falling edges). For sake of this discussion, we shall ignore such special cases and interpret ''pixel clock'' as a ''logical'' clock with one period per pixel, rather than the, possibly different, physical pixel clock.
      [20]
      Whether the data pixel has the value of the left video pixel, the right video pixel, or the average of the two video pixels, is not addressed here.
      [21]
      The number of data pixels per line is often required to be a multiple of four or eight; this requirement is ignored only for the sake of example.
      [22]
      Loading of serial commands from the video setup in XCAP is supported for fewer cameras than the saving of serial commands — only for cameras whose serial protocol allow interrogating the camera's state, allowing updating of the Capture - Adjustments GUI to reflect the camera's state.
      [23]
      The required ''XCAP Sourcery'' TWAIN driver and/or the required ''XCAP Sourcery'' Image-Pro driver is a separate software product and is not included with XCAP.
      [24]
      A small, popup, TWAIN control window with Snap, Acquire, and Cancel buttons that appears upon use of the TWAIN application's ''Acquire''
      [25]
      The duplicate Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace and Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview buttons work in conjunction with Image-Pro Version 4.0, and may not operate with earlier or later versions of Image-Pro.
      [26]
      Specifically, clicking in the area bounded by lines drawn from the center to the upper and lower left corners.
      [27]
      Specifically, clicking in the area bounded by lines drawn from the center to the upper and lower right corners.
      [28]
      The ''Gray Code'' is not related to the use of ''gray'' or ''grey'' to describe the monochrome interpretation of pixel values.
      [29]
      A blob is convex if a rubber band stretched around the perimeter contacts the entire perimeter without gaps.
      [30]
      A more precise description of ''faster than the acquisition rate'' is the use of an acquisition rate such that in two consecutive images the distance moved by a particle is greater than ½ the distance between particles (in a single image).
      [31]
      If the origin is placed on the perpendicular to the chord, the first point defines one end of the chord. Otherwise, no circle can be constructed to fit the suggested chord and center, and the chord is shortened or lengthened as required.
      [32]
      If the origin is placed on the perpendicular to the chord, the first point defines one end of the chord. Otherwise, no circle can be constructed to fit the suggested chord and center, and the chord is shortened or lengthened as required.
      [33]
      Hooking the Head Size, Head Angle, Tail Size, and/or Tail Angle to a Black Board timer cell allows animating the arrow's ''flukes''!
      [34]
      If the origin is placed on the perpendicular to the chord, the first point defines one end of the chord. Otherwise, no circle can be constructed to fit the suggested chord and center, and the chord is shortened or lengthened as required.
      [35]
      If the origin is placed on the perpendicular to the chord, the first point defines one end of the chord. Otherwise, no circle can be constructed to fit the suggested chord and center, and the chord is shortened or lengthened as required.
      [36]
      If the origin is placed on the perpendicular to the chord, the first point defines one end of the chord. Otherwise, no circle can be constructed to fit the suggested chord and center, and the chord is shortened or lengthened as required.
      [37]
      The baseline is the lowest point of non-descending characters.
      [38]
      Typical offerings are serif (generic Times Roman), sans-serif (generic Helvetica), monospaced (generic Courier). Some host environments may show both generic and trademark names, which yield identical fonts.
      [39]
      Disk subsystem permitting. No speed advantage may be seen if saving, for example, to a diskette or flash drive.
      [40]
      The ''UYVY Color'' is currently supported only for 8 and 10 bit pixel values.
      [41]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [42]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [43]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [44]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [45]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [46]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [47]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [48]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [49]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [50]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [51]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [52]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [53]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [54]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [55]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [56]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [57]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [58]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [59]
      A modified, linear, ColorChecker® is particularly useful with line scan cameras, allowing easy capture of all colors without having to move the camera or the target relative to one another.
      [60]
      There are special cameras with a progressive scan sensors and an interlaced video output, thus being compatible with the PIXCI® SV2, SV3, SV4, SV5, SV5A, SV5B, or SV5L while avoiding interlace artifacts entirely. This discussion is oriented towards more typical ''interlace scan'' cameras.
      [61]
      In the Field at Field (Aligned) mode, as ''frame'' buffers alternate between odd and even fields, and as the odd and even fields derive from different locations on the camera's sensor, upon display there will be a slight jump up and down when comparing odd versus even frames.
      [62]
      There are special cameras with a progressive scan sensors and an interlaced video output, thus being compatible with the PIXCI® SV7 while avoiding interlace artifacts entirely. This discussion is oriented towards more typical ''interlace scan'' cameras.
      [63]
      In the Field at Field (Aligned) mode, as ''frame'' buffers alternate between odd and even fields, and as the odd and even fields derive from different locations on the camera's sensor, upon display there will be a slight jump up and down when comparing odd versus even frames.
      [64]
      There are special cameras with a progressive scan sensors and an interlaced video output, thus being compatible with the PIXCI® SV7 while avoiding interlace artifacts entirely. This discussion is oriented towards more typical ''interlace scan'' cameras.
      [65]
      In the Field at Field (Aligned) mode, as ''frame'' buffers alternate between odd and even fields, and as the odd and even fields derive from different locations on the camera's sensor, upon display there will be a slight jump up and down when comparing odd versus even frames.
      [66]
      There are special cameras with a progressive scan sensors and an interlaced video output, thus avoiding interlace artifacts entirely. This discussion is oriented towards more typical ''interlace scan'' cameras.
      [67]
      In the Field at Field (Aligned) mode, as ''frame'' buffers alternate between odd and even fields, and as the odd and even fields derive from different locations on the camera's sensor, upon display there will be a slight jump up and down when comparing odd versus even frames.
      [68]
      There are special cameras with a progressive scan sensors and an interlaced video output, thus avoiding interlace artifacts entirely. This discussion is oriented towards more typical ''interlace scan'' cameras.
      [69]
      In the Field at Field (Aligned) mode, as ''frame'' buffers alternate between odd and even fields, and as the odd and even fields derive from different locations on the camera's sensor, upon display there will be a slight jump up and down when comparing odd versus even frames.
      [70]
      Assuming that the host computer is able to capture single images, and is otherwise operating properly, sequences at video rate can be captured.
      [71]
      Windows NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7 and 8/10 32-Bit have a default limit of 2 GiByte; an operating system configuration option may allow 3 GiByte. Linux (32 bit) generally has a limit of 3 GiByte, but may vary in different Linux distributions. The operating system's limit may be affected by available disk space.
      [72]
      Consult the operating systems documentation for specific limits.
      [73]
      See the ''ipconfig'' command for Windows; or ''hostname'', ''ifconfig'', or ''ip'' command for Linux.
      [74]
      Availability of the underlying color space corrections, automatic contrast enhancement, and/or flat field correction features in various versions of software is described elsewhere.
      [75]
      Of the two common formulations for standard deviation, the formula uses a divisor of N, which is appropriate where the mean is known, rather than a divisor of N-1, which would be appropriate where the mean is estimated.
      [76]
      The signal to noise ratio is the mean value divided by the standard deviation.
      [77]
      The contrast transfer function is the difference of the High Value and Low Value divided by the sum of the High Value and Low Value.
      [78]
      The number of frame buffers can be changed, typically by modifying driver's boot parameters and rebooting. The number of frame buffers is ''fixed'' in that the number doesn't change as images are streamed or captured.
      [79]
      Interpretation as black assumes a monochrome, RGB, or Bayer interpretation of the pixel data.
      [80]
      Support of a suite of serial commands and/or serial messages is allowed by the Camera Link specification, but not required. The Camera Link specification does not specify or suggest message formats.
      [81]
      The subject of how to reconfigure such a system to allow running XCAP with super-user privilege is discussed elsewhere; this application note discusses how to install the driver w/out running XCAP — for the sake of running XCLIB-based applications.

      The larger question of whether a GUI application should be restricted from running as super-user, and whether it is appropriate to defeat such restrictions, is certainly beyond the remit of this application note.

      Newer releases of XCAP, in conjunction with many Linux distributions using the ''gnome terminal'' or ''xterm'', allow using XCAP's Driver Assistant GUI without super-user status. Instead, the Driver Assistant will create a shell script, open a terminal, and invite the user to respond and authorize ''sudo script''.

      [82]
      Attempting to install a driver of incorrect version typically results in an ''Invalid Module Format'' error while loading the driver.
      [83]
      It is also possible to cross-compile (compiling under kernel X for target Y, where X≠Y, which is why the phrase ''against the kernel'' is used, above. While possible, cross-compilation does not require knowledge specific to the PIXCI® frame grabber driver and won't be discussed further in this application note.
      [84]
      Typically resulting in errors while compiling the driver.
      [85]
      Typically resulting in an ''Unresolved Symbol'' error while loading the driver.
      [86]
      The camera manufacturer's documentation discussing the camera's features, configuration options, and limitations must still be read and understood. XCAP's integration of serial commands is not intended to supersede the camera manufacturer's documentation, or avoid having to be familiar with the capabilities and features of the camera.
      [87]
      The older PIXCI® CL1 frame grabber is not reconfigurable; each board is preconfigured for use with one camera, or a related group of cameras.
      [88]
      The ''choice'' command, used in the example, is included with Windows 95, 98, NT, Vista, 7, 8, 10, and 11 but may or may not be included with other versions of Windows. If missing, consult your Windows Administrator about adding the command.

      20. Index

    4. - Operator
    5. - Operator
    6. ! Operator
    7. != Operator
    8. % Operator
    9. & Operator
    10. > Operator
    11. >= Operator
    12. < Operator
    13. <= Operator
    14. ( Operator
    15. ) Operator
    16. * Operator
    17. / Operator
    18. ^ Operator
    19. | Operator
    20. ~ Operator
    21. ~ Operator
    22. + Operator
    23. + Operator
    24. == Operator
    25. 2-D Graphs
    26. 3-D Graphs
    27. 3
    28. 3
    29. 3
    30. abs() Function
    31. Absolute Value Function
    32. acos() Function
    33. Activation ID Code
    34. Activation ID Code
    35. Activation ID Code
    36. Activation ID Code
    37. Activation ID Code
    38. Activation ID Code
    39. Activation ID Code
    40. Activation ID Code
    41. Addition Operator
    42. Adimec 1000c/d
    43. Adimec 1000c/d
    44. Adimec 1000c/s
    45. Adimec 1000c/s
    46. Adimec 1000m/d
    47. Adimec 1000m/d
    48. Adimec 1000m/s
    49. Adimec 1000m/s
    50. Adimec 1600c/d
    51. Adimec 1600c/s
    52. Adimec 1600m/d
    53. Adimec 1600m/d
    54. Adimec 1600m/s
    55. Adimec 1600m/s
    56. Adimec A2000c/d
    57. Adimec A2000c/d
    58. Adimec A2000c/s
    59. Adimec A2000c/s
    60. Adimec A2000m/d
    61. Adimec A2000m/d
    62. Adimec A2000m/s
    63. Adimec A2000m/s
    64. Adimec MX12P/2xx3
    65. Adimec MX12P/2xx3
    66. Adimec MX12P/8xx3
    67. Adimec MX12P/8xx3
    68. Adimec OPAL-1000c/CL
    69. Adimec OPAL-1000c/CL
    70. Adimec OPAL-1000m/CL
    71. Adimec OPAL-1000m/CL
    72. Adimec OPAL-1600c/CL
    73. Adimec OPAL-1600c/CL
    74. Adimec OPAL-1600m/CL
    75. Adimec OPAL-1600m/CL
    76. Adimec OPAL-2000c/CL
    77. Adimec OPAL-2000c/CL
    78. Adimec OPAL-2000m/CL
    79. Adimec OPAL-2000m/CL
    80. Adimec OPAL-4000c/CL
    81. Adimec OPAL-4000c/CL
    82. Adimec OPAL-4000m/CL
    83. Adimec OPAL-4000m/CL
    84. Adimec OPAL-8000c/CL
    85. Adimec OPAL-8000c/CL
    86. Adimec OPAL-8000m/CL
    87. Adimec OPAL-8000m/CL
    88. Adimec RA-1000m
    89. Adimec RA-1000m
    90. Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Ib/CL
    91. Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Ib/CL
    92. Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Ic/CL
    93. Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Ic/CL
    94. Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Im/CL
    95. Adimec TMX6-DHD30-Im/CL
    96. Adimec TMX6-DHD60-Ib/CL
    97. Adimec TMX6-DHD60-Ib/CL
    98. Adimec TMX6-DHD60-Im/CL
    99. Adimec TMX6-DHD60-Im/CL
    100. Adjust - Common Automatic Contrast Enhancement Features
    101. Adjust - Common Automatic Gain/Exposure Control (AGC) Features
    102. Adjust - Common Camera Control Features
    103. Adjust - Common Color and White Balance Features
    104. Adjust - Common Features
    105. Adjust - Common Gain & Offset Normalization (FFC) Features
    106. Adjust - Common Preset Features
    107. Adjust - More Common Features
    108. Adjust - PIXCI® C*, D*, E* - Notes
    109. Adjust - PIXCI® C*, D*, E* - Common Digital Area Scan Camera Features
    110. Adjust - PIXCI® C*, D*, E* - Common Digital Line Scan Camera Features
    111. Adjust - PIXCI® C*, D*, E* - Digital Camera Specifications
    112. Adjust - PIXCI® SV* - Analog Camera Specifications
    113. Adjust - PIXCI® SV* - Integration Features
    114. Adjust - PIXCI® SV7 - Analog Camera Specifications
    115. AEC
    116. AEC
    117. AEC
    118. AEC
    119. AGC
    120. AGC
    121. AGC
    122. AGC
    123. AGC
    124. AGC
    125. AGC
    126. AGC
    127. AGC
    128. AGC
    129. AGC
    130. AGC
    131. AGC
    132. AGC
    133. AGC
    134. AGC
    135. AGC
    136. Aliasing
    137. Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000
    138. Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000
    139. Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000
    140. Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000C
    141. Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000C
    142. Allied Vision Technologies Bonito CMC-4000C
    143. Amber AE4128
    144. Amber AE4256
    145. Anafocus Lince5M181 EK Color
    146. Anafocus Lince5M181 EK Color
    147. Anafocus Lince5M181 EK
    148. Anafocus Lince5M181 EK
    149. AND Operator
    150. Aoi - Set Area of Interest
    151. Aoi - Set Region of Interest
    152. AOI/ROI Manager
    153. Aptina MT9J001
    154. Aptina MT9J001C
    155. Aptina MT9M031
    156. Aptina MT9M031C
    157. Aptina MT9N001C
    158. Aptina MT9V032
    159. Aptina MT9V032C
    160. Arc Cosine Function
    161. Arc Sine Function
    162. Arc Tangent Function
    163. Arc Tangent Function
    164. asin() Function
    165. atan() Function
    166. atan2() Function
    167. Atmel-Grenoble 78CA88A
    168. Atmel-Grenoble TH78CA13
    169. Atmel-Grenoble TH78CA13
    170. Atmel-Grenoble TH78CA14
    171. Atmel-Grenoble TH78CA14
    172. Atmel-Grenoble TH78CA15
    173. Atmel-Grenoble TH78CA15
    174. Atmel ATMOS 1M30
    175. Atmel ATMOS 1M30
    176. Atmel ATMOS 1M60
    177. Atmel ATMOS 1M60
    178. Atmel ATMOS 2M30
    179. Atmel ATMOS 2M30
    180. Atmel ATMOS 2M60
    181. Atmel ATMOS 2M60
    182. Atmel AViiVA C2 CL 4010
    183. Atmel AViiVA C2 CL 4010
    184. Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 2048
    185. Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 2048
    186. Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 6144
    187. Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 6144
    188. Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 8192
    189. Atmel AViiVA M4 CL 8192
    190. Atmel AViiVA SC2 CL 4010
    191. Atmel AViiVA SC2 CL 4010
    192. Atmel Camelia 4M Bayer
    193. Atmel Camelia 4M
    194. Atmel Camelia 4M
    195. Atmel Camelia 4M Bayer
    196. Atmel Camelia C1 CL 8M
    197. Atmel Camelia C1 LV 8M
    198. Atmel Camelia C1 CL 8M
    199. Atmel Camelia C1 LV 8M
    200. Atmel Camelia M1 CL 8M
    201. Atmel Camelia M1 LV 8M
    202. Atmel Camelia M1 CL 8M
    203. Atmel Camelia M1 LV 8M
    204. Authorization Key
    205. Authorization Key
    206. Authorization Key
    207. Authorization Key
    208. Authorization Key
    209. Authorization Key
    210. Authorization Key
    211. Authorization Key
    212. automatic gain control
    213. Averaging
    214. AVI DIB Codec
    215. AVI Format
    216. AVI Format
    217. AVI Format
    218. AVI MJPG Codec
    219. Background Flattening
    220. Balance, Color
    221. Balance, Color
    222. Balance, Color
    223. Balance, Color
    224. Balance, Color
    225. Balance, Color
    226. Balance, Color
    227. Balance, Color
    228. Balance, Color
    229. Balance, Color
    230. Balance, Color
    231. Balance, Color
    232. Balance, Color
    233. Balance, Color
    234. Balance, Color
    235. Balance, Color
    236. Balance, Color
    237. Balance, Color
    238. Balance, Color
    239. Balance, Color
    240. Band Coloring
    241. Basler A101-C (A113-C) & A101-CP
    242. Basler A101-C (A113-C)
    243. Basler A101-C(P) (A113-C) w. Toucan
    244. Basler A101-CP
    245. Basler A101-P
    246. Basler A101 (A113) & A101-P
    247. Basler A101 (A113)
    248. Basler A102k
    249. Basler A102k
    250. Basler A201 (A210)
    251. Basler A201 Single Output w. Toucan
    252. Basler A201(A210) Dual Output
    253. Basler A201b
    254. Basler A201b
    255. Basler A201bc
    256. Basler A201bc
    257. Basler A202K
    258. Basler A202k
    259. Basler A202KC
    260. Basler A202kc
    261. Basler A301b
    262. Basler A301b
    263. Basler A301bc
    264. Basler A301bc
    265. Basler A301k
    266. Basler A301k
    267. Basler A301kc
    268. Basler A301kc
    269. Basler A302
    270. Basler A302b
    271. Basler A302bc
    272. Basler A302bc
    273. Basler A302k
    274. Basler A302k
    275. Basler A302kc
    276. Basler A302kc
    277. Basler A402k
    278. Basler A402k
    279. Basler A402k
    280. Basler A403k
    281. Basler A403k
    282. Basler A403kc
    283. Basler A403kc
    284. Basler A404k
    285. Basler A404k
    286. Basler A404kc
    287. Basler A404kc
    288. Basler A406k
    289. Basler A406k
    290. Basler A406kc
    291. Basler A406kc
    292. Basler A501k
    293. Basler A501k
    294. Basler A501kc
    295. Basler A501kc
    296. Basler A504k Camera
    297. Basler A504k
    298. Basler A504k
    299. Basler A504kc Camera
    300. Basler A504kc
    301. Basler A504kc
    302. Basler Ace acA2000-140kc
    303. Basler Ace acA2000-140kc
    304. Basler Ace acA2000-140km
    305. Basler Ace acA2000-140km
    306. Basler Ace acA2000-340kc
    307. Basler Ace acA2000-340kc
    308. Basler Ace acA2000-340km
    309. Basler Ace acA2000-340km
    310. Basler Ace acA2040-180kc
    311. Basler Ace acA2040-180kc
    312. Basler Ace acA2040-180km
    313. Basler Ace acA2040-180km
    314. Basler Ace acA2040-70kc
    315. Basler Ace acA2040-70kc
    316. Basler Ace acA2040-70km
    317. Basler Ace acA2040-70km
    318. Basler Aviator avA1000kc
    319. Basler Aviator avA1000kc
    320. Basler Aviator avA1000km
    321. Basler Aviator avA1000km
    322. Basler Aviator avA1600kc
    323. Basler Aviator avA1600kc
    324. Basler Aviator avA1600km
    325. Basler Aviator avA1600km
    326. Basler Aviator avA1900kc
    327. Basler Aviator avA1900kc
    328. Basler Aviator avA1900km
    329. Basler Aviator avA1900km
    330. Basler Aviator avA2300kc
    331. Basler Aviator avA2300kc
    332. Basler Aviator avA2300km
    333. Basler Aviator avA2300km
    334. Basler Beat beA4000-62kc
    335. Basler Beat beA4000-62kc
    336. Basler Beat beA4000-62km
    337. Basler Beat beA4000-62km
    338. Basler L101(L120) 1K Dual Output
    339. Basler L101(L120) 1K Single Output
    340. Basler L101(L120) 2K Dual Output
    341. Basler L101(L120) 2K Single Output
    342. Basler L101(L120)
    343. Basler L101K-1K
    344. Basler L101K-2K
    345. Basler L101K
    346. Basler L102(L130) 1K Dual Output
    347. Basler L102(L130) 1K Single Output
    348. Basler L102(L130) 2K Dual Output
    349. Basler L102(L130) 2K Single Output
    350. Basler L102(L130)
    351. Basler L103(L140)-1K Dual Output
    352. Basler L103(L140)-1K Single Output
    353. Basler L103(L140)-2K Dual Output
    354. Basler L103(L140)-2K Single Output
    355. Basler L103(L140)
    356. Basler L103K-1K
    357. Basler L103K-2K
    358. Basler L103K
    359. Basler L104(L160)-1K Dual Output
    360. Basler L104(L160)-1K Single Output
    361. Basler L104(L160)-2K Dual Output
    362. Basler L104(L160)-2K Single Output
    363. Basler L104(L160)
    364. Basler L104K-1K
    365. Basler L104K-2K
    366. Basler L104K
    367. Basler L201(L220
    368. Basler L201(L220)-4K Dual Output
    369. Basler L201(L220)-4K Single Output
    370. Basler L202(L230)-4K Dual Output
    371. Basler L202(L230)-4K Single Output
    372. Basler L202(L230)
    373. Basler L203(L240)-4K Dual Output
    374. Basler L203(L240)-4K Single Output
    375. Basler L203(L240)
    376. Basler L301 w. BIC RGB
    377. Basler L301kc-12k
    378. Basler L301kc
    379. Basler L301kc
    380. Basler L304kc
    381. Basler L304kc
    382. Basler L401k
    383. Basler L401k
    384. Basler L402k
    385. Basler L402k
    386. Basler L50
    387. Basler L50
    388. Basler L75
    389. Basler L75
    390. Basler L801k
    391. Basler L801k
    392. Basler L802k
    393. Basler L802k
    394. Basler L803k
    395. Basler L803k
    396. Basler Sprint spL2048_140km
    397. Basler Sprint spL2048_140km
    398. Basler Sprint spL2048_39km
    399. Basler Sprint spL2048_39km
    400. Basler Sprint spL2048_70km
    401. Basler Sprint spL2048_70km
    402. Basler Sprint spL4096_140km
    403. Basler Sprint spL4096_140km
    404. Basler Sprint spL4096_20km
    405. Basler Sprint spL4096_20km
    406. Basler Sprint spL4096_39km
    407. Basler Sprint spL4096_39km
    408. Basler Sprint spL4096_70kc
    409. Basler Sprint spL4096_70kc
    410. Basler Sprint spL4096_70km
    411. Basler Sprint spL4096_70km
    412. Baumer HXC13
    413. Baumer HXC13
    414. Baumer HXC20
    415. Baumer HXC20
    416. Baumer HXC20c
    417. Baumer HXC20c
    418. Baumer HXC40
    419. Baumer HXC40
    420. Baumer HXC40c
    421. Baumer HXC40c
    422. Baumer SXC10
    423. Baumer SXC10
    424. Baumer SXC10C
    425. Baumer SXC20
    426. Baumer SXC20
    427. Baumer SXC20C
    428. Baumer SXC21
    429. Baumer SXC21
    430. Baumer SXC21C
    431. Baumer SXC40
    432. Baumer SXC40
    433. Baumer SXC40C
    434. Baumer SXC80
    435. Baumer SXC80
    436. Baumer SXC80C
    437. BigTIFF Format
    438. BigTIFF Format
    439. Binary Equal Operator
    440. Binary Greater Operator
    441. Binary Greater or Equal Operator
    442. Binary Less Operator
    443. Binary Less or Equal Operator
    444. Binary Not Equal Operator
    445. Binary Operators
    446. BioPhotonics Qmax 650
    447. Bit AND Operator
    448. Bit COMPLEMENT Operator
    449. Bit Operators
    450. Bit Operators
    451. Bit Operators
    452. Bit OR Operator
    453. Bit XOR Operator
    454. Black Balance
    455. Black Balance
    456. Black Balance
    457. Black Balance
    458. Black Balance
    459. Black Balance
    460. Black Balance
    461. Black Balance
    462. Black Balance
    463. Black Balance
    464. Black Balance
    465. Black Balance
    466. Black Balance
    467. Black Balance
    468. Black Balance
    469. Black Balance
    470. Black Balance
    471. Black Balance
    472. Black Balance
    473. Black Board
    474. Black Level & Gain
    475. BMP Format
    476. BMP Format
    477. BMP Format
    478. Boundary (morphological)
    479. Brightness
    480. Brightness
    481. Brightness
    482. Brightness
    483. Brightness
    484. Brightness
    485. Brightness
    486. Brightness
    487. Brightness
    488. Brightness
    489. Brightness
    490. Brightness
    491. Brightness
    492. Brightness
    493. Brightness
    494. Brightness
    495. Brightness
    496. Brightness
    497. Brightness
    498. Camera Adjustments
    499. Camera Link CC
    500. Camera Link Serial Controls.
    501. Camera Link Serial Controls.
    502. Capture - Adjustments
    503. Capture - Frame Average
    504. Capture - GIO Event Capture
    505. Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232
    506. Capture - Live Options
    507. Capture - Quad Pixel Merge
    508. Capture - RGB Merge
    509. Capture - Shortcuts
    510. Capture - Video to ... Comparison
    511. Capture - Video to Disk File
    512. Capture - Video to Frame Buffers
    513. Capture - Video to Image Files
    514. Capture - Video to StreamStor
    515. Capture - Video to Virtual Memory
    516. Capture - Waterfall
    517. CCIR Cameras
    518. CCIR Cameras
    519. CCIR Cameras
    520. CCIR Cameras
    521. CCIR Cameras
    522. ceil() Function
    523. Choice Function
    524. Chrontel CH5001
    525. Chrontel CH5002
    526. CIS VCC-F32S29CL
    527. CIS VCC-F32S29CL
    528. CIS VCC-G22V31PCL
    529. CIS VCC-G22V31PCL
    530. CIS VCC-G32S11CL
    531. CIS VCC-G32S11CL
    532. Close (morphological)
    533. CMOS Sensor i-cis S-206-0250
    534. CMOS Sensor i-cis S-206-0250
    535. CMOS Sensor i-cis S-206-0520
    536. CMOS Sensor i-cis S-206-0520
    537. CMOS Sensor i-cis S-505-0520
    538. CMOS Sensor i-cis S-505-0520
    539. Cohu 4110
    540. Cohu 6612
    541. Cohu 6612
    542. Cohu 6612RGB
    543. Cohu 6612RGB
    544. Cohu 7500-CL
    545. Cohu 7500-CL
    546. Cohu 7500
    547. Cohu 7500
    548. Cohu 7700/7712-CL
    549. Cohu 7700/7712-CL
    550. Cohu 7700/7722-CL
    551. Cohu 7700/7722-CL
    552. Cohu 7800/7810-CL
    553. Cohu 7800/7810-CL
    554. Cohu 7800/7820-CL
    555. Cohu 7800/7820-CL
    556. Cohu 7800/7830-CL
    557. Cohu 7800/7830-CL
    558. Cohu 7800/7840-CL
    559. Cohu 7800/7840-CL
    560. Cohu 7800/7860-CL
    561. Cohu 7800/7860-CL
    562. Cohu 7800/7870-CL
    563. Cohu 7800/7870-CL
    564. Cohu 7900/7910-CL
    565. Cohu 7900/7910-CL
    566. Cohu 7900/7920-CL
    567. Cohu 7900/7920-CL
    568. Color Balance
    569. Color Balance
    570. Color Balance
    571. Color Balance
    572. Color Balance
    573. Color Balance
    574. Color Balance
    575. Color Balance
    576. Color Balance
    577. Color Balance
    578. Color Balance
    579. Color Balance
    580. Color Balance
    581. Color Balance
    582. Color Balance
    583. Color Balance
    584. Color Balance
    585. Color Balance
    586. Color Balance
    587. Color Balance
    588. Color Black Balance
    589. Color Black Balance
    590. Color Black Balance
    591. Color Black Balance
    592. Color Black Balance
    593. Color Black Balance
    594. Color Black Balance
    595. Color Black Balance
    596. Color Black Balance
    597. Color Black Balance
    598. Color Black Balance
    599. Color Black Balance
    600. Color Black Balance
    601. Color Black Balance
    602. Color Black Balance
    603. Color Black Balance
    604. Color Black Balance
    605. Color Black Balance
    606. Color Black Balance
    607. Color Brightness
    608. Color Brightness
    609. Color Brightness
    610. Color Brightness
    611. Color Brightness
    612. Color Brightness
    613. Color Brightness
    614. Color Brightness
    615. Color Brightness
    616. Color Brightness
    617. Color Brightness
    618. Color Brightness
    619. Color Brightness
    620. Color Brightness
    621. Color Brightness
    622. Color Brightness
    623. Color Brightness
    624. Color Brightness
    625. Color Brightness
    626. Color Gamma
    627. Color Gamma
    628. Color Gamma
    629. Color Gamma
    630. Color Gamma
    631. Color Gamma
    632. Color Gamma
    633. Color Gamma
    634. Color Gamma
    635. Color Gamma
    636. Color Gamma
    637. Color Gamma
    638. Color Gamma
    639. Color Gamma
    640. Color Gamma
    641. Color Gamma
    642. Color Gamma
    643. Color Gamma
    644. Color Gamma
    645. Color Saturation
    646. Color Saturation
    647. Color Saturation
    648. Color Saturation
    649. Color Saturation
    650. Color Saturation
    651. Color Saturation
    652. Color Saturation
    653. Color Saturation
    654. Color Saturation
    655. Color Saturation
    656. Color Saturation
    657. Color Saturation
    658. Color Saturation
    659. Color Saturation
    660. Color Saturation
    661. Color Saturation
    662. Color Saturation
    663. Color Saturation
    664. Color White Balance
    665. Color White Balance
    666. Color White Balance
    667. Color White Balance
    668. Color White Balance
    669. Color White Balance
    670. Color White Balance
    671. Color White Balance
    672. Color White Balance
    673. Color White Balance
    674. Color White Balance
    675. Color White Balance
    676. Color White Balance
    677. Color White Balance
    678. Color White Balance
    679. Color White Balance
    680. Color White Balance
    681. Color White Balance
    682. Color White Balance
    683. COMPLEMENT Operator
    684. concat() Function
    685. Constants, Mathematical
    686. Contrast & Black Level
    687. Contrast Inversion
    688. Contrast Stretching
    689. Cooke PCO.Edge
    690. Cooke PCO.Edge
    691. cos() Function
    692. cosh() Function
    693. Cosine Function
    694. Critical Link MityCAM-B2521
    695. Critical Link MityCAM-B2521
    696. CTEC Photonics 1300
    697. CTEC Photonics CT-150
    698. Customization
    699. Customization
    700. Customization
    701. Customization
    702. Customization
    703. Cypress HAS2
    704. Cypress LUPA-300
    705. Cypress LUPA-300RGB
    706. DAGE-MTI CCD100
    707. DAGE-MTI CCD100E
    708. Dage-MTI IFG-300
    709. Dage-MTI IFG-300
    710. DAGE-MTI RC300
    711. Dalsa 1M150-SA
    712. Dalsa 1M150-SA
    713. Dalsa 1M28-SA
    714. Dalsa 1M28-SA
    715. Dalsa 1M75-SA
    716. Dalsa 1M75-SA
    717. Dalsa CA-D7T
    718. Dalsa CA-D8-512
    719. Dalsa CL-C3-0256A
    720. Dalsa CL-C3-0256A
    721. Dalsa CL-C3-0256N
    722. Dalsa CL-C3-0256N
    723. Dalsa CL-C3-0512A
    724. Dalsa CL-C3-0512A
    725. Dalsa CL-C3-0512N
    726. Dalsa CL-C3-0512N
    727. Dalsa CL-C3-1024A
    728. Dalsa CL-C3-1024A
    729. Dalsa CL-C3-1024N
    730. Dalsa CL-C3-1024N
    731. Dalsa CL-C3-1728A
    732. Dalsa CL-C3-1728A
    733. Dalsa CL-C3-1728N
    734. Dalsa CL-C3-1728N
    735. Dalsa CL-C3-2048A
    736. Dalsa CL-C3-2048A
    737. Dalsa CL-C3-2048N
    738. Dalsa CL-C3-2048N
    739. Dalsa CL-C4-0256A
    740. Dalsa CL-C4-0256A
    741. Dalsa CL-C4-0256N
    742. Dalsa CL-C4-0256N
    743. Dalsa CL-C4-0512A
    744. Dalsa CL-C4-0512A
    745. Dalsa CL-C4-0512N
    746. Dalsa CL-C4-0512N
    747. Dalsa CL-C4-1024A
    748. Dalsa CL-C4-1024A
    749. Dalsa CL-C4-1024N
    750. Dalsa CL-C4-1024N
    751. Dalsa CL-C4-1728A
    752. Dalsa CL-C4-1728A
    753. Dalsa CL-C4-1728N
    754. Dalsa CL-C4-1728N
    755. Dalsa CL-C4-2048A
    756. Dalsa CL-C4-2048A
    757. Dalsa CL-C4-2048N
    758. Dalsa CL-C4-2048N
    759. Dalsa CL-C5-2048A
    760. Dalsa CL-C5-2048A
    761. Dalsa CL-C5-2048N
    762. Dalsa CL-C5-2048N
    763. Dalsa CL-C6-2048A
    764. Dalsa CL-C6-2048A
    765. Dalsa CL-C6-2048T
    766. Dalsa CL-C6-2048T
    767. Dalsa CL-C7-3456A
    768. Dalsa CL-C7-3456A
    769. Dalsa CL-C7-3456N
    770. Dalsa CL-C7-3456N
    771. Dalsa CL-C7-4096A
    772. Dalsa CL-C7-4096A
    773. Dalsa CL-C7-4096N
    774. Dalsa CL-C7-4096N
    775. Dalsa CL-C8-6000A
    776. Dalsa CL-C8-6000A
    777. Dalsa CL-C8-6000N
    778. Dalsa CL-C8-6000N
    779. Dalsa CL-CB-0512A
    780. Dalsa CL-CB-0512A
    781. Dalsa CL-CB-0512T
    782. Dalsa CL-CB-0512T
    783. Dalsa CL-CB-0512W
    784. Dalsa CL-CB-0512W
    785. Dalsa CL-CB-1024A
    786. Dalsa CL-CB-1024A TwoCam
    787. Dalsa CL-CB-1024T
    788. Dalsa CL-CB-1024T
    789. Dalsa CL-CB-1024W
    790. Dalsa CL-CB-1024W
    791. Dalsa CL-CB-2048A
    792. Dalsa CL-CB-2048A
    793. Dalsa CL-CB-2048T
    794. Dalsa CL-CB-2048T
    795. Dalsa CL-CB-2048W
    796. Dalsa CL-CB-2048W
    797. Dalsa CL-E1-0512A
    798. Dalsa CL-E1-0512A
    799. Dalsa CL-E1-1024A
    800. Dalsa CL-E1-1024A
    801. Dalsa CL-E1-2048A
    802. Dalsa CL-E1-2048A
    803. Dalsa CL-E2-0512A
    804. Dalsa CL-E2-0512A
    805. Dalsa CL-E2-1024A
    806. Dalsa CL-E2-1024A
    807. Dalsa CL-E2-2048A
    808. Dalsa CL-E2-2048A
    809. Dalsa CL-F2-0512A
    810. Dalsa CL-F2-0512A
    811. Dalsa CL-F2-1024A
    812. Dalsa CL-F2-2048A
    813. Dalsa CL-F2-2048A
    814. Dalsa CL-P1-0512
    815. Dalsa CL-P1-0512
    816. Dalsa CL-P1-1024
    817. Dalsa CL-P1-1024
    818. Dalsa CL-P1-2048
    819. Dalsa CL-P1-2048
    820. Dalsa CL-P1-4096
    821. Dalsa CL-P1-4096
    822. Dalsa CL-P4-6144(CL-P4-6144W)
    823. Dalsa CL-P4-6144(CL-P4-6144W)
    824. Dalsa CL-P4-8192(CL-P4-8192W)
    825. Dalsa CL-P4-8192(CL-P4-8192W)
    826. Dalsa CL-T5-1024
    827. Dalsa CL-T5-1024
    828. Dalsa CL-T5-2048
    829. Dalsa CL-T5-2048
    830. Dalsa CL-T7-1024
    831. Dalsa CL-T7-1024
    832. Dalsa CL-T7-2048
    833. Dalsa CL-T7-2048
    834. Dalsa CT-E1-0512A
    835. Dalsa CT-E1-0512A
    836. Dalsa CT-E2-0512A
    837. Dalsa CT-E2-0512A
    838. Dalsa CT-E4-2048(CT-E4-2048W)
    839. Dalsa CT-E4-2048(CT-E4-2048W)
    840. Dalsa CT-E4-4096(CT-E4-4096W)
    841. Dalsa CT-E4-4096(CT-E4-4096W)
    842. Dalsa CT-F3-2048
    843. Dalsa CT-F3-2048
    844. Dalsa CT-F3-4096
    845. Dalsa CT-F3-4096
    846. Dalsa CT-P1-1024(CT-P1-1024W)
    847. Dalsa CT-P1-1024(CT-P1-1024W)
    848. Dalsa CT-P1-2048(CT-P1-2048W)
    849. Dalsa CT-P1-2048(CT-P1-2048W)
    850. Dalsa CT-P1-4096(CT-P1-4096W)
    851. Dalsa CT-P1-4096(CT-P1-4096W)
    852. Dalsa CT-P4-6144(CT-P4-6144W)
    853. Dalsa CT-P4-6144(CT-P4-6144W)
    854. Dalsa CT-P4-8192(CT-P4-8192W)
    855. Dalsa CT-P4-8192(CT-P4-8192W)
    856. Dalsa DS-2x-01M40 (CA-D4A)
    857. Dalsa DS-4x-300K262(CA-D6-0512)
    858. Dalsa DS-4x-65K955(CA-D6-0256)
    859. Dalsa EC-11-01k40
    860. Dalsa EC-11-01K40
    861. Dalsa EC-11-02k40
    862. Dalsa EC-11-02K40
    863. Dalsa EC-11-05h40
    864. Dalsa EC-11-05H40
    865. Dalsa Falcon 1.4M100
    866. Dalsa Falcon 1.4M100
    867. Dalsa Falcon PT-21-04M30
    868. Dalsa Falcon PT-21-04M30
    869. Dalsa Falcon PT-22-04M30
    870. Dalsa Falcon PT-22-04M30
    871. Dalsa Falcon PT-41-04M60
    872. Dalsa Falcon PT-41-04M60
    873. Dalsa Falcon PT-42-04M60
    874. Dalsa Falcon PT-42-04M60
    875. Dalsa Linea LA-CC-04K05
    876. Dalsa Linea LA-CC-04K05
    877. Dalsa Linea LA-CC-08K05
    878. Dalsa Linea LA-CC-08K05
    879. Dalsa Pantera DS-1A-01M30
    880. Dalsa Pantera DS-21-01M30
    881. Dalsa Pantera DS-21-01M60
    882. Dalsa Pantera DS-21-01M60
    883. Dalsa Pantera DS-21-04M15
    884. Dalsa Pantera DS-21-04M15
    885. Dalsa Pantera PT-21-06M08
    886. Dalsa Pantera PT-21-06M08
    887. Dalsa Pantera PT-21-11M04
    888. Dalsa Piranha HS-4X-02K30
    889. Dalsa Piranha HS-4X-02K30
    890. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-02K60
    891. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-02K60
    892. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-02K80
    893. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-02K80
    894. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-04K60
    895. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-04K60
    896. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-04K80
    897. Dalsa Piranha PC-30-04K80
    898. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-1024
    899. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-1024
    900. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-2048
    901. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-2048
    902. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-4096
    903. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-4096
    904. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-6144
    905. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-6144
    906. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-8192
    907. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-21-8192
    908. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-02K40
    909. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-02K40
    910. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-04K40
    911. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-04K40
    912. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-06K40
    913. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-06K40
    914. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-08K40
    915. Dalsa Piranha2 P2-4X-08K40
    916. Dalsa Piranha4 P4-CM-02K10
    917. Dalsa Piranha4 P4-CM-02K10
    918. Dalsa Piranha4 P4-CM-04K05
    919. Dalsa Piranha4 P4-CM-04K05
    920. Dalsa SP-11-01K30
    921. Dalsa SP-11-01K30
    922. Dalsa SP-11-01K40
    923. Dalsa SP-11-01K40
    924. Dalsa SP-11-02K30
    925. Dalsa SP-11-02K30
    926. Dalsa SP-11-02K40
    927. Dalsa SP-11-02K40
    928. Dalsa SP-11-05H30
    929. Dalsa SP-11-05H30
    930. Dalsa SP-11-05H40
    931. Dalsa SP-11-05H40
    932. Dalsa SP-13-02K30
    933. Dalsa SP-13-02K30
    934. Dalsa SP-14-01k30
    935. Dalsa SP-14-01K30
    936. Dalsa SP-14-01k40
    937. Dalsa SP-14-01K40
    938. Dalsa SP-14-02k30
    939. Dalsa SP-14-02K30
    940. Dalsa SP-14-02k40
    941. Dalsa SP-14-02K40
    942. Dalsa SP-14-05h30
    943. Dalsa SP-14-05H30
    944. Dalsa SP-14-05h40
    945. Dalsa SP-14-05H40
    946. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-01K40
    947. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-01K40
    948. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-02K40
    949. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-02K40
    950. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-05H40
    951. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-1x-05H40
    952. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-2x-04K40
    953. Dalsa Spyder2 S2-2x-04K40
    954. Dalsa TR-31-01K25
    955. Dalsa TR-31-02K25
    956. Dalsa TR-33-01K25
    957. Dalsa TR-33-02K25
    958. Dalsa TR-34-01K25
    959. Dalsa TR-34-02K25
    960. Dalsa TR-35-01K25
    961. Dalsa TR-35-02K25
    962. Dalsa TR31-01k25 10 Bit
    963. Dalsa TR31-01k25
    964. Dalsa TR31-02k25 10 Bit
    965. Dalsa TR31-02k25
    966. Dalsa TR33-01k25
    967. Dalsa TR33-02k25
    968. Dalsa TR34-01k25
    969. Dalsa TR34-02k25
    970. Dalsa TR35-01k25
    971. Dalsa TR35-02k25
    972. Dalstar (SMD) 1M30
    973. Dalstar (SMD) 1M30P
    974. Dalstar (SMD) 1M30PC
    975. Dalstar (SMD) 1M60
    976. Dalstar (SMD) 4M15
    977. Dalstar (SMD) 4M4
    978. Dalstar (SMD) 64K1M
    979. Dalstar (SMD) 6M3P
    980. Dalstar (SMD) 6M3PC
    981. Dalstar (SMD) BT25
    982. Dalstar CA-D1-0064A
    983. Dalstar CA-D1-0064T
    984. Dalstar CA-D1-0256 A
    985. Dalstar CA-D1-0256 T
    986. Dalstar CA-D1-0256A
    987. Dalstar CA-D1-0256T
    988. Dalstar CA-D7T
    989. Dalstar CA-D8-0512
    990. Dalstar DS-11-16K7H (CA-D1-0128 A)
    991. Dalstar DS-11-16K7H(CA-D1-0128A)
    992. Dalstar DS-12-16K5H (CA-D1-0128 T)
    993. Dalstar DS-12-16K5H(CA-D1-0128T)
    994. Dalstar DS-1x-01M15 (SMD 1M15)
    995. Dalstar DS-1x-01M30 (SMD 1M30)
    996. Dalstar DS-1x-04M4 (SMD 4M4)
    997. Dalstar DS-1x-06M3 (SMD 6M3P)
    998. Dalstar DS-2x-01M40(CA-D4A)
    999. Dalstar DS-4x-300K262(CA-D6-0512)
    1000. Dalstar DS-4x-65K955(CA-D6-0256)
    1001. Dalstar(SMD) 1M30P
    1002. Dalstar(SMD) 1M30PC
    1003. Dalstar(SMD) 1M30TC
    1004. Dalstar(SMD) 1M60
    1005. Dalstar(SMD) 4M15
    1006. Dalstar(SMD) 4M4
    1007. Dalstar(SMD) 64K1M
    1008. Dalstar(SMD) 6M3P
    1009. Dalstar(SMD) 6M3PC
    1010. Dalstar(SMD) BT25
    1011. Dalstar(SMD) DS-1x-01M15(1M15)
    1012. Dalstar(SMD) DS-1x-01M30(1M30)
    1013. Dalstar(SMD) DS-1x-04M4(4M4)
    1014. Dalstar(SMD) DS-1x-06M3(6M3P)
    1015. Data Visualization
    1016. Defect Correction
    1017. Defect Correction
    1018. Defect Correction
    1019. Defect Correction
    1020. Defect Correction
    1021. Defect Correction
    1022. Defect Correction
    1023. Devices - Birger EF232
    1024. Devices - Fujinon CCTV Lens
    1025. Devices - Illumination Tech. 3900
    1026. Devices - intralux dc-1100
    1027. Dilate
    1028. Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit
    1029. Display - API
    1030. Display - Flip & Mirror
    1031. Display - Palette
    1032. Display - Resize
    1033. Display - Status Bar
    1034. Display - Window
    1035. Display - Zoom, Pan, Scroll
    1036. Display Rate
    1037. Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Calibrate
    1038. Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Operate
    1039. Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Options
    1040. Division Operator
    1041. Draw - Graphic Objects
    1042. Draw - Image Overlay
    1043. Draw - Paint Brush
    1044. Draw - Paint Fill
    1045. Driver Assistant - Advanced Options
    1046. Driver Assistant - Linux
    1047. Driver Assistant - Windows 95, 98, ME
    1048. Driver Assistant - Windows Common
    1049. Driver Assistant - Windows NT, 2000, XP, XP(x64), Vista 32/64-Bit, 7 32/64-Bit, 8/10 32/64-Bit, 11 64-Bit
    1050. Driver Configuration Parameters
    1051. Driver Configuration Parameters
    1052. DRS 860x480 Dual Band
    1053. DRS Zafiro
    1054. DSNU
    1055. DSNU
    1056. DSNU
    1057. DSNU
    1058. DSNU
    1059. DSNU
    1060. DSNU
    1061. DSNU
    1062. DSNU
    1063. DSNU
    1064. DSNU
    1065. DSNU
    1066. DSNU
    1067. DSNU
    1068. DSNU
    1069. DSNU
    1070. DSNU
    1071. DSNU
    1072. DVC-08
    1073. DVC-10
    1074. DVC-1300-RS-232
    1075. DVC-1300 w/o RS-232
    1076. DVC-1300C-RS-232
    1077. DVC-1300C w/o RS-232
    1078. DVC-1310
    1079. DVC-1310AC-CL
    1080. DVC-1310AC
    1081. DVC-1310AM-CL
    1082. DVC-1310AM
    1083. DVC-1310C
    1084. DVC-1312
    1085. DVC-1312AC-CL
    1086. DVC-1312AC
    1087. DVC-1312AM-CL
    1088. DVC-1312AM
    1089. DVC-1312C
    1090. DVC-1412AC-CL
    1091. DVC-1412AC
    1092. DVC-1412AM-CL
    1093. DVC-1412AM
    1094. DVC-Intensicam I (10 bit)
    1095. DVC-Intensicam I (12 bit)
    1096. DVC-Intensicam II
    1097. DVC 1300-RS-232
    1098. DVC 1300
    1099. DVC 1300RGB-RS-232
    1100. DVC 1300RGB
    1101. DVC 1310
    1102. DVC 1310AC-CL
    1103. DVC 1310AC
    1104. DVC 1310AM-CL
    1105. DVC 1310AM
    1106. DVC 1310AMI
    1107. DVC 1310C
    1108. DVC 1312
    1109. DVC 1312AC-CL
    1110. DVC 1312AC
    1111. DVC 1312AM-CL
    1112. DVC 1312AM
    1113. DVC 1312AMI
    1114. DVC 1312C
    1115. DVC 1412AC-CL
    1116. DVC 1412AC
    1117. DVC 1412AM-CL
    1118. DVC 1412AM
    1119. DVC 1412AMI
    1120. e2v (Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 0514
    1121. e2v (Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 1010
    1122. e2v (Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 1014
    1123. e2v (Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 2010
    1124. e2v (Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 2014
    1125. e2v (Atmel) AviivA M2 CL 4010
    1126. e2v (Atmel) AviivA SM2 CL 0514
    1127. e2v (Atmel) AviivA SM2 CL 1010
    1128. e2v (Atmel) AviivA SM2 CL 1014
    1129. e2v (Atmel) AviivA SM2 CL 2010
    1130. e2v (Atmel) AviivA SM2 CL 2014
    1131. e2v (Atmel) AviivA SM2 CL 4010
    1132. e2v ELIIXA+ 4K CL
    1133. e2v ELIIXA+ 4K CL
    1134. e2v ELIIXA+ 8K CL
    1135. e2v ELIIXA+ 8K CL
    1136. e2v Lince5M Color Dev Kit
    1137. e2v Lince5M Color Dev Kit
    1138. e2v Lince5M Dev Kit
    1139. e2v Lince5M Dev Kit
    1140. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA M2 CL 0514
    1141. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA M2 CL 1010
    1142. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA M2 CL 1014
    1143. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA M2 CL 2010
    1144. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA M2 CL 2014
    1145. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA M2 CL 4010
    1146. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 0514
    1147. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 0514
    1148. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 1010
    1149. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 1014
    1150. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 2010
    1151. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 2014
    1152. e2v(Atmel) AViiVA SM2 CL 4010
    1153. Eastman Kodak KAC-0310
    1154. Eastman Kodak KAC-0310C
    1155. Eastman Kodak KAC-1310
    1156. Eastman Kodak KAC-1310C
    1157. Edge Gradient Filters
    1158. EG&G Reticon LD2002 1 chan.
    1159. EG&G Reticon LD2002 1 chan.
    1160. EG&G Reticon LD2002 2 chan.
    1161. EG&G Reticon LD2002 2 chan.
    1162. EG&G Reticon LD2005 1 chan.
    1163. EG&G Reticon LD2005 1 chan.
    1164. EG&G Reticon LD2005 2 chan.
    1165. EG&G Reticon LD2005 2 chan.
    1166. EG&G Reticon LD2010 1 chan.
    1167. EG&G Reticon LD2010 1 chan.
    1168. EG&G Reticon LD2010 2 chan.
    1169. EG&G Reticon LD2010 2 chan.
    1170. EG&G Reticon LD2020 1 chan.
    1171. EG&G Reticon LD2020 1 chan.
    1172. EG&G Reticon LD2020 2 chan.
    1173. EG&G Reticon LD2020 2 chan.
    1174. EG&G Reticon LD2040 1 chan.
    1175. EG&G Reticon LD2040 1 chan.
    1176. EG&G Reticon LD2040 2 chan.
    1177. EG&G Reticon LD2040 2 chan.
    1178. EG&G Reticon LD2060 1 chan.
    1179. EG&G Reticon LD2060 1 chan.
    1180. EG&G Reticon LD2060 2 chan.
    1181. EG&G Reticon LD2060 2 chan.
    1182. EG&G Reticon LD2080 1 chan.
    1183. EG&G Reticon LD2080 1 chan.
    1184. EG&G Reticon LD2080 2 chan.
    1185. EG&G Reticon LD2080 2 chan.
    1186. EG&G Reticon MD4013
    1187. EG&G Reticon YD5010
    1188. EG&G Reticon YD5010
    1189. EG&G Reticon YD5020
    1190. EG&G Reticon YD5020
    1191. EG&G Reticon YD5040
    1192. EG&G Reticon YD5040
    1193. EG&G Reticon YD5060
    1194. EG&G Reticon YD5060
    1195. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL, 10M-CL
    1196. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL
    1197. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL
    1198. EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL, 20M-CL
    1199. Erode
    1200. Erosion, Dilation, Open, Close, etc.
    1201. Events
    1202. Events
    1203. Events
    1204. Events
    1205. exp() Function
    1206. Exponent Function
    1207. Expression Evaluation
    1208. Expression Evaluation
    1209. Expression Truncation
    1210. Expression, Numeric
    1211. Expression, String
    1212. Expressions, Integer
    1213. Expressions, Noninteger
    1214. External Input Trigger
    1215. FastVideo LUPA300
    1216. Field - Base, Format, Precision & Units
    1217. Field - Big Field
    1218. Field - Big Field
    1219. Field - Black Board Connections
    1220. Field - Black Board Connections
    1221. Field - Cut, Copy, Paste, Delete
    1222. Field - Cut, Copy, Paste, Delete
    1223. Field - Expression
    1224. Field - Increment & Decrement
    1225. Field - Scrollpad
    1226. Field - Slider
    1227. File - Image Attributes
    1228. File - Image File Info
    1229. File - Load New Image
    1230. File - Load New Image Sequence
    1231. File - Save/Load Frame Buffer Memory
    1232. FITS Format
    1233. FITS Format
    1234. FITS Format
    1235. FITS Format
    1236. Flat Field Correction
    1237. Flat Field Correction
    1238. Flat Field Correction
    1239. Flat Field Correction
    1240. Flat Field Correction
    1241. Flat Field Correction
    1242. Flat Field Correction
    1243. Flat Field Correction
    1244. Flat Field Correction
    1245. Flat Field Correction
    1246. Flat Field Correction
    1247. Flat Field Correction
    1248. Flat Field Correction
    1249. Flat Field Correction
    1250. Flat Field Correction
    1251. Flat Field Correction
    1252. Flat Field Correction
    1253. Flat Field Correction
    1254. Flat Field Correction
    1255. Flat Field Correction
    1256. floor() Function
    1257. Focus FI-HR-2
    1258. Focus FI-HR-2C
    1259. Focus FI-HR-M
    1260. Focus FI-HR-RGB
    1261. Foveon F13 DevCam
    1262. FPN
    1263. FPN
    1264. FPN
    1265. FPN
    1266. FPN
    1267. FPN
    1268. FPN
    1269. FPN
    1270. FPN
    1271. FPN
    1272. FPN
    1273. FPN
    1274. FPN
    1275. FPN
    1276. FPN
    1277. FPN
    1278. FPN
    1279. FPN
    1280. FTP
    1281. FTP
    1282. Functions, Mathematical
    1283. Functions, Other
    1284. Gain & Black Level
    1285. Gain & Offset Correction
    1286. Gain & Offset Correction
    1287. Gain & Offset Correction
    1288. Gain & Offset Correction
    1289. Gain & Offset Correction
    1290. Gain & Offset Correction
    1291. Gain & Offset Correction
    1292. Gain & Offset Correction
    1293. Gain & Offset Correction
    1294. Gain & Offset Correction
    1295. Gain & Offset Correction
    1296. Gain & Offset Correction
    1297. Gain & Offset Correction
    1298. Gain & Offset Correction
    1299. Gain & Offset Correction
    1300. Gain & Offset Correction
    1301. Gain & Offset Correction
    1302. Gain & Offset Correction
    1303. Gamma Correction
    1304. Gamma Correction
    1305. Gamma
    1306. Gamma
    1307. Gamma
    1308. Gamma
    1309. Gamma
    1310. Gamma
    1311. Gamma
    1312. Gamma
    1313. Gamma
    1314. Gamma
    1315. Gamma
    1316. Gamma
    1317. Gamma
    1318. Gamma
    1319. Gamma
    1320. Gamma
    1321. Gamma
    1322. Gamma
    1323. Gamma
    1324. General Purpose Input
    1325. General Purpose Inputs
    1326. General Purpose Output
    1327. General Purpose Outputs
    1328. Generic CCIR
    1329. Generic CCIR
    1330. Generic NTSC
    1331. Generic NTSC
    1332. Generic NTSC S/Video
    1333. Generic PAL
    1334. Generic PAL
    1335. Generic PAL S/Video
    1336. Generic RS-170
    1337. Generic RS-170
    1338. GIF Format
    1339. Gigaphoton-1024
    1340. Gigaphoton-256
    1341. Gigaphoton-512
    1342. Gigaphoton 1024
    1343. Gigaphoton 256
    1344. Gigaphoton 5126
    1345. GIO Event Capture Steps
    1346. GIO
    1347. GIO
    1348. GIO
    1349. GIO
    1350. GIO
    1351. Glossary
    1352. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU128
    1353. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU128
    1354. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU320
    1355. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU320
    1356. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU320M
    1357. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU640
    1358. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU640
    1359. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU640SDV-II
    1360. Goodrich Sensors Unlimited SU640SDV
    1361. GPIO
    1362. Graphic Annulus Arc
    1363. Graphic Annulus
    1364. Graphic Arrow
    1365. Graphic Bezier Curve
    1366. Graphic Bezier Region
    1367. Graphic Cartesian Reticle
    1368. Graphic Circle Arc
    1369. Graphic Circle
    1370. Graphic Diamond
    1371. graphic display system
    1372. Graphic Display Tips
    1373. Graphic Ellipse Arc
    1374. Graphic Ellipse
    1375. Graphic Elliptical Annulus Arc
    1376. Graphic Elliptical Annulus
    1377. Graphic Line
    1378. Graphic Manager
    1379. Graphic Parallel Lines
    1380. Graphic Path Curve
    1381. Graphic Path Enclosed
    1382. Graphic Point
    1383. Graphic Points
    1384. Graphic Polar Reticle
    1385. Graphic Polygon
    1386. Graphic Polyline
    1387. Graphic Protractor
    1388. Graphic Rectangle Array
    1389. Graphic Rectangle
    1390. Graphic Rectangular Frame
    1391. Graphic Ruler
    1392. Graphic Text
    1393. Graphic Window
    1394. Graphics
    1395. Hamamatsu C4742-95-10
    1396. Hamamatsu C4742-95-12
    1397. Hamamatsu C4742-95-8
    1398. Hamamatsu C4742
    1399. Hamamatsu C7942
    1400. Hamamatsu C7942
    1401. Hamamatsu C9250DP
    1402. HanVision HVDUO-10M-CL (Foveon)
    1403. HanVision HVDUO-10M (HVDUO3) (Foveon)
    1404. HanVision HVDUO-5M (Foveon)
    1405. HanVision HVDUO3 (Foveon)
    1406. HanVision HVSOLO-11
    1407. HDMI
    1408. HDMI Tips
    1409. HDR
    1410. Histogram Equalization
    1411. Hit-Miss (morphological)
    1412. Hitachi DDX-101
    1413. Hitachi DDX-101
    1414. Hitachi HV-F22CL-S3
    1415. Hitachi HV-F31CL-S3
    1416. Hitachi KP-F100-S7
    1417. Hitachi KP-F100
    1418. Hitachi KP-F100
    1419. Hitachi KP-F100A-CL
    1420. Hitachi KP-F100A
    1421. Hitachi KP-F100A
    1422. Hitachi KP-F100ACL
    1423. Hitachi KP-F100B-CL
    1424. Hitachi KP-F100B
    1425. Hitachi KP-F100B
    1426. Hitachi KP-F100BCL
    1427. Hitachi KP-F100C
    1428. Hitachi KP-F100C
    1429. Hitachi KP-F100UV
    1430. Hitachi KP-F100UV
    1431. Hitachi KP-F102
    1432. Hitachi KP-F102
    1433. Hitachi KP-F110
    1434. Hitachi KP-F110
    1435. Hitachi KP-F120-CL
    1436. Hitachi KP-F120
    1437. Hitachi KP-F120
    1438. Hitachi KP-F120CL
    1439. Hitachi KP-F200-CL
    1440. Hitachi KP-F200CL
    1441. Hitachi KP-F200SCL
    1442. Hitachi KP-F200SCL
    1443. Hitachi KP-F230SCL
    1444. Hitachi KP-F230SCL
    1445. Hitachi KP-F30SCL
    1446. Hitachi KP-F30SCL
    1447. Hitachi KP-F31SCL
    1448. Hitachi KP-F31SCL
    1449. Hitachi KP-F500SCL
    1450. Hitachi KP-F500SCL
    1451. Hitachi KP-F520WCL
    1452. Hitachi KP-F520WCL
    1453. Hitachi KP-F80SCL
    1454. Hitachi KP-F80SCL
    1455. Hitachi KP-FB30SCL
    1456. Hitachi KP-FD140SCL
    1457. Hitachi KP-FD140SCL
    1458. Hitachi KP-FD202SCL
    1459. Hitachi KP-FD202SCL
    1460. Hitachi KP-FD30-CL
    1461. Hitachi KP-FD30SCL
    1462. Hitachi KP-FM500WCL
    1463. Hitachi KP-FM500WCL
    1464. Hitachi KP-FMD500WCL
    1465. Hitachi KP-FMD500WCL
    1466. Hitachi KP-FR230CL
    1467. Hitachi KP-FR230SCL
    1468. Hitachi KP-FR30SCL
    1469. Hitachi KP-FR30SCL
    1470. Hitachi KP-FR31SCL
    1471. Hitachi KP-FR31SCL
    1472. Hitachi KP-FR500SCL
    1473. Hitachi KP-FR500SCL
    1474. Hitachi KP-M/S1
    1475. HTTP
    1476. Hyperbolic Cosine Function
    1477. Hyperbolic Sine Function
    1478. Hyperbolic Tangent Function
    1479. hypot() Function
    1480. I Units
    1481. I2C Serial Controls.
    1482. IDT M-3 Color
    1483. IDT M-3 Mono
    1484. IDT M-5 Color
    1485. IDT M-5 Mono
    1486. ifel() Function
    1487. ifel() Function
    1488. Ikegami SKC-141
    1489. Ikegami SKC-141
    1490. Illunis MMV-1020
    1491. Illunis MMV-1020
    1492. Illunis MMV-1020C
    1493. Illunis MMV-1020C
    1494. Illunis MMV-11000
    1495. Illunis MMV-11000C
    1496. Illunis XMV-11000
    1497. Illunis XMV-11000
    1498. Image-Pro
    1499. Image-Pro
    1500. Image-Pro
    1501. Image Display Speed & Quality
    1502. Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier
    1503. Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke
    1504. Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    1505. Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D
    1506. Image Examination - Pixel Plot
    1507. Image Examination - SMPTE VITC
    1508. Image File - Attributes
    1509. Image File - BlackBoard
    1510. Image File - Duplicate
    1511. Image File - E-Mail
    1512. Image File - Format ... Comparison
    1513. Image File - Load
    1514. Image File - Load Sequence
    1515. Image File - Print
    1516. Image File - Save
    1517. Image File - Save Sequence
    1518. Image Measurement - Blob Analysis
    1519. Image Measurement - Correlation Finder
    1520. Image Measurement - Distance & Angle Crosshairs
    1521. Image Measurement - Ellipse Fitter
    1522. Image Measurement - Histogram
    1523. Image Measurement - Histogram Pair
    1524. Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration
    1525. Image Measurement - Line Profile
    1526. Image Measurement - Mass & Moments
    1527. Image Measurement - Overlays
    1528. Image Measurement - Particle Tracking
    1529. Image Measurement - Radial Mass Plot
    1530. Image Measurement - Shape Analysis
    1531. Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration
    1532. Image Measurement - SubPixel Edger
    1533. Image Processing - Average Sequence
    1534. Image Processing - Binning
    1535. Image Processing - Contrast Modification
    1536. Image Processing - Convolution
    1537. Image Processing - Copy & Resize
    1538. Image Processing - Correlation Map
    1539. Image Processing - Difference Sequence
    1540. Image Processing - Edge Detection
    1541. Image Processing - Interlace & Flicker
    1542. Image Processing - Morphology
    1543. Image Processing - Noise Generator
    1544. Image Processing - Normalization
    1545. Image Processing - Pair Arithmetic
    1546. Image Processing - Pair Normalization
    1547. Image Processing - Patterns
    1548. Image Processing - Pixel Arithmetic
    1549. Image Processing - Rotation & Shift
    1550. Image Processing - Sequence Binning
    1551. Image Processing - Sequence Contrast Modification
    1552. Image Processing - Sequence Convolution
    1553. Image Processing - Sequence Copy
    1554. Image Processing - Sequence Correlation Map
    1555. Image Processing - Sequence Edge Detection
    1556. Image Processing - Sequence Interlace & Flicker
    1557. Image Processing - Sequence Morphology
    1558. Image Processing - Sequence Noise Generator
    1559. Image Processing - Sequence Normalization
    1560. Image Processing - Sequence Pair Arithmetic
    1561. Image Processing - Sequence Pair Normalization
    1562. Image Processing - Sequence Patterns
    1563. Image Processing - Sequence Pixel Arithmetic
    1564. Image Processing - Sequence Rotation & Shift
    1565. Image Processing - Sequence Set Pixels
    1566. Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Filtering
    1567. Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Normalization
    1568. Image Processing - Sequence Threshold Adaptive
    1569. Image Processing - Sequence Threshold
    1570. Image Processing - Sequence Triplet Normalization
    1571. Image Processing - Sequence Warp
    1572. Image Processing - Set Pixels
    1573. Image Processing - Spatial Filtering
    1574. Image Processing - Spatial Normalization
    1575. Image Processing - Src+Dst Binning
    1576. Image Processing - Src+Dst Contrast Modification
    1577. Image Processing - Src+Dst Convolution
    1578. Image Processing - Src+Dst Correlation Map
    1579. Image Processing - Src+Dst Edge Detection
    1580. Image Processing - Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker
    1581. Image Processing - Src+Dst Morphology
    1582. Image Processing - Src+Dst Noise Generator
    1583. Image Processing - Src+Dst Normalization
    1584. Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Arithmetic
    1585. Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Normalization
    1586. Image Processing - Src+Dst Pixel Arithmetic
    1587. Image Processing - Src+Dst Rotation & Shift
    1588. Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Filtering
    1589. Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Normalization
    1590. Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive
    1591. Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold
    1592. Image Processing - Src+Dst Triplet Normalization
    1593. Image Processing - Src+Dst Warp
    1594. Image Processing - Threshold Adaptive
    1595. Image Processing - Threshold
    1596. Image Processing - Tile Sequence
    1597. Image Processing - Triplet Normalization
    1598. Image Processing - Warping
    1599. Image View - Cursor
    1600. Image View - Display
    1601. Image View - Flip & Mirror
    1602. Image View - Palette
    1603. Image View - Sequence Play
    1604. Image View - Sequence Thumbnails
    1605. Image View - Shortcuts
    1606. Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll
    1607. Image Viewer - AOI
    1608. Image Viewer - Draw
    1609. Image Viewer - Examine
    1610. Image Viewer - File
    1611. Image Viewer - Measure
    1612. Image Viewer - Modify
    1613. Image Viewer - View - Shortcuts
    1614. Image Viewer - View - Status Bar
    1615. Image Viewer - View
    1616. Image Viewer Window - Aoi
    1617. Image Viewer Window - Draw
    1618. Image Viewer Window - Examine
    1619. Image Viewer Window - File
    1620. Image Viewer Window - Measure
    1621. Image Viewer Window - Modify
    1622. Image Viewer Window - View
    1623. Images - New Image
    1624. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0610C
    1625. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0610C
    1626. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0610M
    1627. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0610M
    1628. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0620C
    1629. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0620C
    1630. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0620M
    1631. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B0620M
    1632. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1020C
    1633. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1020C
    1634. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1020M
    1635. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1020M
    1636. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1040C
    1637. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1040C
    1638. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1040M
    1639. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1040M
    1640. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1310C
    1641. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1310C
    1642. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1310M
    1643. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1310M
    1644. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1320C
    1645. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1320C
    1646. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1320M
    1647. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1320M
    1648. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1410C
    1649. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1410C
    1650. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1410M
    1651. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1410M
    1652. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1411C
    1653. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1411C
    1654. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1411M
    1655. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1411M
    1656. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1610C
    1657. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1610C
    1658. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1610M
    1659. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1610M
    1660. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1620C
    1661. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1620C
    1662. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1620M
    1663. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1620M
    1664. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1621C
    1665. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1621C
    1666. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1621M
    1667. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1621M
    1668. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1920C
    1669. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1920C
    1670. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1920M
    1671. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1920M
    1672. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1921C
    1673. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1921C
    1674. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1921M
    1675. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B1921M
    1676. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2020C
    1677. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2020C
    1678. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2020M
    1679. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2020M
    1680. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2041C
    1681. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2041C
    1682. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2041M
    1683. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2041M
    1684. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2320C
    1685. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2320C
    1686. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2320M
    1687. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2320M
    1688. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2520C
    1689. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2520C
    1690. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2520M
    1691. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2520M
    1692. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2740M
    1693. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B2740M
    1694. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3320C
    1695. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3320C
    1696. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3320M
    1697. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3320M
    1698. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3340C
    1699. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3340C
    1700. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3340M
    1701. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3340M
    1702. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3440M
    1703. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B3440M
    1704. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4020C
    1705. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4020C
    1706. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4020M
    1707. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4020M
    1708. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4820C
    1709. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4820C
    1710. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4820M
    1711. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4820M
    1712. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4821C
    1713. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4821C
    1714. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4821M
    1715. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4821M
    1716. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4841C
    1717. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4841C
    1718. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4841M
    1719. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B4841M
    1720. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6620C
    1721. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6620C
    1722. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6620M
    1723. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6620M
    1724. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6640C
    1725. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6640C
    1726. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6640M
    1727. IMPERX Bobcat ICL-B6640M
    1728. IMPERX Cheetah C4120M
    1729. IMPERX Cheetah C4120M
    1730. IMPERX IPX-11M5L
    1731. IMPERX IPX-11M5LC
    1732. IMPERX IPX-16M3L
    1733. IMPERX IPX-16M3LC
    1734. IMPERX IPX-1M48-L
    1735. IMPERX IPX-1M48-LC
    1736. IMPERX IPX-1M48
    1737. IMPERX IPX-1M48C
    1738. IMPERX IPX-2M30H-L
    1739. IMPERX IPX-2M30H-LC
    1740. IMPERX IPX-2M30L
    1741. IMPERX IPX-2M30LC
    1742. IMPERX IPX-4M15L
    1743. IMPERX IPX-4M15LC
    1744. IMPERX IPX-VGA120L
    1745. IMPERX IPX-VGA120LC
    1746. IMPERX IPX-VGA210
    1747. IMPERX IPX-VGA210C
    1748. IMPERX IPX-VGA210L
    1749. IMPERX IPX-VGA210LC
    1750. IMPERX Lynx IPX-11M5L
    1751. IMPERX Lynx IPX-11M5LC
    1752. IMPERX Lynx IPX-16M3L
    1753. IMPERX Lynx IPX-16M3LC
    1754. IMPERX Lynx IPX-1M48-L
    1755. IMPERX Lynx IPX-1M48-LC
    1756. IMPERX Lynx IPX-1M48
    1757. IMPERX Lynx IPX-1M48C
    1758. IMPERX Lynx IPX-2M30H-L
    1759. IMPERX Lynx IPX-2M30H-LC
    1760. IMPERX Lynx IPX-2M30L
    1761. IMPERX Lynx IPX-2M30LC
    1762. IMPERX Lynx IPX-4M15-L
    1763. IMPERX Lynx IPX-4M15-LC
    1764. IMPERX Lynx IPX-VGA120L
    1765. IMPERX Lynx IPX-VGA120LC
    1766. IMPERX Lynx IPX-VGA210
    1767. IMPERX Lynx IPX-VGA210C
    1768. IMPERX Lynx IPX-VGA210L
    1769. IMPERX Lynx IPX-VGA210LC
    1770. IMPERX MDC-1004 (MDC-M1CL01)
    1771. IMPERX MDC-1004
    1772. IMPERX MDC-1004C (MDC-C1CL01)
    1773. IMPERX MDC-1004C
    1774. IMPERX Tiger T2040M
    1775. IMPERX Tiger T2040M
    1776. IMPERX Tiger T8810M
    1777. IMPERX Tiger T8810M
    1778. IMPERX Tiger T8820M
    1779. IMPERX Tiger T8820M
    1780. indexof() Function
    1781. Indigo Alpha NIR
    1782. Indigo Phoenix-RTIE
    1783. Infinity Constant
    1784. Inframetrics 760
    1785. Integer Expressions
    1786. Integration
    1787. Interactive Palette
    1788. Intevac MicroVista
    1789. INTRON 12
    1790. INTRON 12C
    1791. isFinite Function
    1792. isNaN Function
    1793. Isobars
    1794. ISVI IC-C05HCM
    1795. ISVI IC-C10HCM
    1796. ISVI IC-C15HFM
    1797. ISVI IC-C15HFM
    1798. ISVI IC-C25HFM
    1799. ISVI IC-C25HFM
    1800. ISVI IC-ICC05HCM
    1801. ISVI IC-ICC10HCM
    1802. ISVI IC-M15HFM
    1803. ISVI IC-M15HFM
    1804. ISVI IC-M25HFM
    1805. ISVI IC-M25HFM
    1806. Item --force
    1807. Item ############
    1808. Item #### ########
    1809. Item #### #### ####
    1810. Item ####,########
    1811. Item ####,####,####
    1812. Item ####.########
    1813. Item ####.####.####
    1814. Item ### ### ### ###
    1815. Item ###,###,###,###
    1816. Item ###.###.###.###
    1817. Item %Done & Cancel Popon
    1818. Item %Done & Cancel Popup
    1819. Item > RefB
    1820. Item >= RefB
    1821. Item < RefA > RefB
    1822. Item < RefA
    1823. Item <= RefA >= RefB
    1824. Item <= RefA
    1825. Item ×10
    1826. Item ×100
    1827. Item (2), (3), (4)
    1828. Item (AAC) Accelerator
    1829. Item (AAC) Hysteresis
    1830. Item (AAC) Ignore White
    1831. Item (AAC) Ignore White
    1832. Item (AAC) Ignore White
    1833. Item (AAC) Ignore White
    1834. Item (AAC) Last Stat(istic)
    1835. Item (AAC) Max White Tint
    1836. Item (AAC) Sample
    1837. Item (AAC) Sample
    1838. Item (AAC) Statistic
    1839. Item (AAC) Statistic
    1840. Item (AAC) Statistic
    1841. Item (AAC) Target Value
    1842. Item (AAC) Target Value
    1843. Item (AAC) Target Value
    1844. Item (AAC) Update (Field) Interval
    1845. Item (AAC) Update (Field) Interval
    1846. Item (AAC) Update (Time) Period
    1847. Item (AAC) Update (Time) Period
    1848. Item (ADC) Normal
    1849. Item (AEC) Accelerator
    1850. Item (AEC) Hysteresis
    1851. Item (AEC) Ignore White
    1852. Item (AEC) Ignore White
    1853. Item (AEC) Ignore White
    1854. Item (AEC) Ignore White
    1855. Item (AEC) Last Stat(istic)
    1856. Item (AEC) Max White Tint
    1857. Item (AEC) Sample
    1858. Item (AEC) Sample
    1859. Item (AEC) Statistic
    1860. Item (AEC) Statistic
    1861. Item (AEC) Statistic
    1862. Item (AEC) Target Value
    1863. Item (AEC) Target Value
    1864. Item (AEC) Target Value
    1865. Item (AEC) Update (Field) Interval
    1866. Item (AEC) Update (Field) Interval
    1867. Item (AEC) Update (Time) Period
    1868. Item (AEC) Update (Time) Period
    1869. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1870. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1871. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1872. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1873. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1874. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1875. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1876. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1877. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1878. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1879. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1880. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1881. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1882. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1883. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1884. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1885. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1886. Item (AGC) Accelerator
    1887. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1888. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1889. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1890. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1891. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1892. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1893. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1894. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1895. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1896. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1897. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1898. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1899. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1900. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1901. Item (AGC) Hysteresis
    1902. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1903. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1904. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1905. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1906. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1907. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1908. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1909. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1910. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1911. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1912. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1913. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1914. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1915. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1916. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1917. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1918. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1919. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1920. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1921. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1922. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1923. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1924. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1925. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1926. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1927. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1928. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1929. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1930. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1931. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1932. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1933. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1934. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1935. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1936. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1937. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1938. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1939. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1940. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1941. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1942. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1943. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1944. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1945. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1946. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1947. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1948. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1949. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1950. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1951. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1952. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1953. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1954. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1955. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1956. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1957. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1958. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1959. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1960. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1961. Item (AGC) Ignore White
    1962. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1963. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1964. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1965. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1966. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1967. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1968. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1969. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1970. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1971. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1972. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1973. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1974. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1975. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1976. Item (AGC) Last Stat(istic)
    1977. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1978. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1979. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1980. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1981. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1982. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1983. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1984. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1985. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1986. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1987. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1988. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1989. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1990. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1991. Item (AGC) Max White Tint
    1992. Item (AGC) Sample
    1993. Item (AGC) Sample
    1994. Item (AGC) Sample
    1995. Item (AGC) Sample
    1996. Item (AGC) Sample
    1997. Item (AGC) Sample
    1998. Item (AGC) Sample
    1999. Item (AGC) Sample
    2000. Item (AGC) Sample
    2001. Item (AGC) Sample
    2002. Item (AGC) Sample
    2003. Item (AGC) Sample
    2004. Item (AGC) Sample
    2005. Item (AGC) Sample
    2006. Item (AGC) Sample
    2007. Item (AGC) Sample
    2008. Item (AGC) Sample
    2009. Item (AGC) Sample
    2010. Item (AGC) Sample
    2011. Item (AGC) Sample
    2012. Item (AGC) Sample
    2013. Item (AGC) Sample
    2014. Item (AGC) Sample
    2015. Item (AGC) Sample
    2016. Item (AGC) Sample
    2017. Item (AGC) Sample
    2018. Item (AGC) Sample
    2019. Item (AGC) Sample
    2020. Item (AGC) Sample
    2021. Item (AGC) Sample
    2022. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2023. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2024. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2025. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2026. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2027. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2028. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2029. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2030. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2031. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2032. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2033. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2034. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2035. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2036. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2037. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2038. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2039. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2040. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2041. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2042. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2043. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2044. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2045. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2046. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2047. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2048. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2049. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2050. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2051. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2052. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2053. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2054. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2055. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2056. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2057. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2058. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2059. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2060. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2061. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2062. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2063. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2064. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2065. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2066. Item (AGC) Statistic
    2067. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2068. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2069. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2070. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2071. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2072. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2073. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2074. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2075. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2076. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2077. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2078. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2079. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2080. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2081. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2082. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2083. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2084. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2085. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2086. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2087. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2088. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2089. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2090. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2091. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2092. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2093. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2094. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2095. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2096. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2097. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2098. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2099. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2100. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2101. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2102. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2103. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2104. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2105. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2106. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2107. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2108. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2109. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2110. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2111. Item (AGC) Target Value
    2112. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2113. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2114. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2115. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2116. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2117. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2118. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2119. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2120. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2121. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2122. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2123. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2124. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2125. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2126. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2127. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2128. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2129. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2130. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2131. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2132. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2133. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2134. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2135. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2136. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2137. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2138. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2139. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2140. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2141. Item (AGC) Update (Field) Interval
    2142. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2143. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2144. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2145. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2146. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2147. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2148. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2149. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2150. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2151. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2152. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2153. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2154. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2155. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2156. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2157. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2158. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2159. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2160. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2161. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2162. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2163. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2164. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2165. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2166. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2167. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2168. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2169. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2170. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2171. Item (AGC) Update (Time) Period
    2172. Item (Analog Gain) Normal
    2173. Item (Binning) with Summation
    2174. Item (Binning) with Summation
    2175. Item (Copy) to Sequence of URL's
    2176. Item (Cos(x)+1)×(Cos(y)+1)
    2177. Item (MaxPixValue + (Buffer (i) minus Buffer (i+1)))/2
    2178. Item (MaxPixValue + (Buffer (i+1) minus Buffer (i)))/2
    2179. Item (Subsample with) Horiz(ontal) Binning
    2180. Item (Subsample with) Horiz(ontal) Binning
    2181. Item (Subsample with) Vert(ical) Summing
    2182. Item (Subsample with) Vert(ical) Summing
    2183. Item (Subsample) with Binning
    2184. Item (Subsample) with Binning
    2185. Item (Subsample) with Binning
    2186. Item (Subsample) with Binning
    2187. Item (Subsample) with Binning
    2188. Item (Subsample) with Binning
    2189. Item .., ..., ....
    2190. Item ... CCIR (Sqr)
    2191. Item ... CCIR (Sqr)
    2192. Item ... CCIR (Sqr)
    2193. Item ... CCIR (Sqr)
    2194. Item ... CCIR
    2195. Item ... CCIR
    2196. Item ... CCIR
    2197. Item ... CCIR
    2198. Item ... NTSC (Sqr)
    2199. Item ... NTSC (Sqr)
    2200. Item ... NTSC (Sqr)
    2201. Item ... NTSC (Sqr)
    2202. Item ... NTSC
    2203. Item ... NTSC
    2204. Item ... NTSC
    2205. Item ... NTSC
    2206. Item ... NTSC S/Video (Sqr)
    2207. Item ... NTSC S/Video
    2208. Item ... NTSC/YC (Sqr)
    2209. Item ... NTSC/YC
    2210. Item ... PAL (Sqr)
    2211. Item ... PAL (Sqr)
    2212. Item ... PAL (Sqr)
    2213. Item ... PAL (Sqr)
    2214. Item ... PAL
    2215. Item ... PAL
    2216. Item ... PAL
    2217. Item ... PAL
    2218. Item ... PAL S/Video (Sqr)
    2219. Item ... PAL S/Video
    2220. Item ... PAL/YC (Sqr)
    2221. Item ... PAL/YC
    2222. Item ... RS-170 (Sqr)
    2223. Item ... RS-170 (Sqr)
    2224. Item ... RS-170 (Sqr)
    2225. Item ... RS-170 (Sqr)
    2226. Item ... RS-170
    2227. Item ... RS-170
    2228. Item ... RS-170
    2229. Item ... RS-170
    2230. Item ... RS330 720x480i 60Hz
    2231. Item ... RS343 875i 60Hz
    2232. Item ... RS343 875i 60Hz RGB
    2233. Item ... SVGA 800x600 60Hz
    2234. Item ... SVGA 800x600 60Hz RGB
    2235. Item ... SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz
    2236. Item ... SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz RGB
    2237. Item ... VGA 640x480 60Hz
    2238. Item ... VGA 640x480 60Hz RGB
    2239. Item ... Video 1280x720p 50Hz
    2240. Item ... Video 1280x720p 50Hz RGB
    2241. Item ... Video 1280x720p 60Hz
    2242. Item ... Video 1280x720p 60Hz RGB
    2243. Item ... Video 1920x1080i 50Hz
    2244. Item ... Video 1920x1080i 50Hz RGB
    2245. Item ... Video 1920x1080i 60Hz
    2246. Item ... Video 1920x1080i 60Hz RGB
    2247. Item ... Video 720x480i 60Hz (RS-170)
    2248. Item ... Video 720x480i 60Hz RGB
    2249. Item ... Video 720x576i 50Hz (CCIR)
    2250. Item ... Video 720x576i 50Hz RGB
    2251. Item ... XGA 1024x768 60Hz
    2252. Item ... XGA 1024x768 60Hz RGB
    2253. Item = Luma
    2254. Item 0 Center
    2255. Item 0 Latency Only
    2256. Item 0 Start
    2257. Item 1 Bit per Pixie
    2258. Item 1 Bit per Pixie
    2259. Item 1 Byte Mode
    2260. Item 1 File
    2261. Item 1 File/Unit
    2262. Item 1 for All
    2263. Item 1 for All
    2264. Item 1 for Each
    2265. Item 1 Knee Invert
    2266. Item 1 Knee
    2267. Item 1 Knee
    2268. Item 1 Pattern
    2269. Item 1 Pattern
    2270. Item 1 Thread
    2271. Item 1 Thread
    2272. Item 1 Thread
    2273. Item 1 Thread
    2274. Item 1 Thread
    2275. Item 1 Thread
    2276. Item 1 (1024x1024)
    2277. Item 1 (1024x1024)
    2278. Item 1/10 Lines
    2279. Item 1/10 Lines
    2280. Item 1/10 Lines
    2281. Item 1/10 Lines
    2282. Item 1/10 Lines
    2283. Item 1/10 Lines
    2284. Item 1/10 Lines
    2285. Item 1/10 Lines
    2286. Item 1/10 Lines
    2287. Item 1/10 Lines
    2288. Item 1/10 Lines
    2289. Item 1/10 Lines
    2290. Item 1/10 Lines
    2291. Item 1/10 Lines
    2292. Item 1/10 Lines
    2293. Item 1/10 Lines
    2294. Item 1/10 Lines
    2295. Item 1/100 Lines
    2296. Item 1/100 Lines
    2297. Item 1/100 Lines
    2298. Item 1/100 Lines
    2299. Item 1/100 Lines
    2300. Item 1/100 Lines
    2301. Item 1/100 Lines
    2302. Item 1/100 Lines
    2303. Item 1/100 Lines
    2304. Item 1/100 Lines
    2305. Item 1/100 Lines
    2306. Item 1/100 Lines
    2307. Item 1/100 Lines
    2308. Item 1/100 Lines
    2309. Item 1/100 Lines
    2310. Item 1/100 Lines
    2311. Item 1/100 Lines
    2312. Item 1/2 Lines
    2313. Item 1/2 Lines
    2314. Item 1/2 Lines
    2315. Item 1/2 Lines
    2316. Item 1/2 Lines
    2317. Item 1/2 Lines
    2318. Item 1/2 Lines
    2319. Item 1/2 Lines
    2320. Item 1/2 Lines
    2321. Item 1/2 Lines
    2322. Item 1/2 Lines
    2323. Item 1/2 Lines
    2324. Item 1/2 Lines
    2325. Item 1/2 Lines
    2326. Item 1/2 Lines
    2327. Item 1/2 Lines
    2328. Item 1/2 Lines
    2329. Item 1/20 Lines
    2330. Item 1/20 Lines
    2331. Item 1/20 Lines
    2332. Item 1/20 Lines
    2333. Item 1/20 Lines
    2334. Item 1/20 Lines
    2335. Item 1/20 Lines
    2336. Item 1/20 Lines
    2337. Item 1/20 Lines
    2338. Item 1/20 Lines
    2339. Item 1/20 Lines
    2340. Item 1/20 Lines
    2341. Item 1/20 Lines
    2342. Item 1/20 Lines
    2343. Item 1/20 Lines
    2344. Item 1/20 Lines
    2345. Item 1/20 Lines
    2346. Item 1/5 Lines
    2347. Item 1/5 Lines
    2348. Item 1/5 Lines
    2349. Item 1/5 Lines
    2350. Item 1/5 Lines
    2351. Item 1/5 Lines
    2352. Item 1/5 Lines
    2353. Item 1/5 Lines
    2354. Item 1/5 Lines
    2355. Item 1/5 Lines
    2356. Item 1/5 Lines
    2357. Item 1/5 Lines
    2358. Item 1/5 Lines
    2359. Item 1/5 Lines
    2360. Item 1/5 Lines
    2361. Item 1/5 Lines
    2362. Item 1/5 Lines
    2363. Item 1/50 Lines
    2364. Item 1/50 Lines
    2365. Item 1/50 Lines
    2366. Item 1/50 Lines
    2367. Item 1/50 Lines
    2368. Item 1/50 Lines
    2369. Item 1/50 Lines
    2370. Item 1/50 Lines
    2371. Item 1/50 Lines
    2372. Item 1/50 Lines
    2373. Item 1/50 Lines
    2374. Item 1/50 Lines
    2375. Item 1/50 Lines
    2376. Item 1/50 Lines
    2377. Item 1/50 Lines
    2378. Item 1/50 Lines
    2379. Item 1/50 Lines
    2380. Item 10 bit x 1 tap
    2381. Item 10 bit x 2 tap
    2382. Item 10 bit x 3 tap
    2383. Item 10 bit x 8 tap
    2384. Item 10 Bits
    2385. Item 10 Bits
    2386. Item 10 Bits
    2387. Item 10 Bits
    2388. Item 10 Bits
    2389. Item 10 Bits
    2390. Item 10 Bits
    2391. Item 10 Bits
    2392. Item 1012 bytes
    2393. Item 1015 bytes
    2394. Item 1018 bytes
    2395. Item 1021 bytes
    2396. Item 1024 bytes
    2397. Item 103 bytes
    2398. Item 106 bytes
    2399. Item 109 bytes
    2400. Item 12 bit x 1 tap
    2401. Item 12 bit x 2 tap
    2402. Item 12 bit x 3 tap
    2403. Item 12 bit x 4 tap
    2404. Item 14 bit x 1 tap
    2405. Item 14 bit x 2 tap
    2406. Item 14 bit x 4 tap
    2407. Item 16 bit x 1 tap
    2408. Item 16 bit x 4 tap
    2409. Item 16 bit x 5 tap
    2410. Item 17 (245x252)
    2411. Item 2 Bits per Pixie
    2412. Item 2 Bits per Pixie
    2413. Item 2 Byte Mode
    2414. Item 2 Knee Invert
    2415. Item 2 Knee
    2416. Item 2 Knee
    2417. Item 2 Threads
    2418. Item 2 Threads
    2419. Item 2 Threads
    2420. Item 2 Threads
    2421. Item 2 Threads
    2422. Item 25% CPUs
    2423. Item 25% CPUs
    2424. Item 25% CPUs
    2425. Item 25% CPUs
    2426. Item 25% CPUs
    2427. Item 25% CPUs
    2428. Item 2800°K
    2429. Item 2800°K
    2430. Item 2800°K
    2431. Item 2800°K
    2432. Item 2800°K
    2433. Item 2800°K
    2434. Item 2800°K
    2435. Item 2800°K
    2436. Item 2800°K
    2437. Item 2800°K
    2438. Item 2800°K
    2439. Item 2800°K
    2440. Item 2800°K
    2441. Item 2800°K
    2442. Item 2800°K
    2443. Item 2800°K
    2444. Item 2800°K
    2445. Item 2800°K
    2446. Item 2800°K
    2447. Item 2800°K to 3000°K
    2448. Item 4 Byte Mode
    2449. Item 4100°K
    2450. Item 4100°K
    2451. Item 4100°K
    2452. Item 4100°K
    2453. Item 4100°K
    2454. Item 4100°K
    2455. Item 4100°K
    2456. Item 4100°K
    2457. Item 4100°K
    2458. Item 4100°K
    2459. Item 4100°K
    2460. Item 4100°K
    2461. Item 4100°K
    2462. Item 4100°K
    2463. Item 4100°K
    2464. Item 4100°K
    2465. Item 4100°K
    2466. Item 4100°K
    2467. Item 4100°K
    2468. Item 4100°K to 4300°K
    2469. Item 50% CPUs
    2470. Item 50% CPUs
    2471. Item 50% CPUs
    2472. Item 50% CPUs
    2473. Item 50% CPUs
    2474. Item 50% CPUs
    2475. Item 50%Peak Value
    2476. Item 50%Peak Value
    2477. Item 5000°K
    2478. Item 5000°K
    2479. Item 5000°K
    2480. Item 5000°K
    2481. Item 5000°K
    2482. Item 5000°K
    2483. Item 5000°K
    2484. Item 5000°K
    2485. Item 5000°K
    2486. Item 5000°K
    2487. Item 5000°K
    2488. Item 5000°K
    2489. Item 5000°K
    2490. Item 5000°K
    2491. Item 5000°K
    2492. Item 5000°K
    2493. Item 5000°K
    2494. Item 5000°K
    2495. Item 5000°K
    2496. Item 5000°K
    2497. Item 60%Peak Value
    2498. Item 60%Peak Value
    2499. Item 6500°K
    2500. Item 6500°K
    2501. Item 6500°K
    2502. Item 6500°K
    2503. Item 6500°K
    2504. Item 6500°K
    2505. Item 6500°K
    2506. Item 6500°K
    2507. Item 6500°K
    2508. Item 6500°K
    2509. Item 6500°K
    2510. Item 6500°K
    2511. Item 6500°K
    2512. Item 6500°K
    2513. Item 6500°K
    2514. Item 6500°K
    2515. Item 6500°K
    2516. Item 6500°K
    2517. Item 6500°K
    2518. Item 6500°K
    2519. Item 70%Peak Value
    2520. Item 70%Peak Value
    2521. Item 7500°K
    2522. Item 7500°K
    2523. Item 7500°K
    2524. Item 7500°K
    2525. Item 7500°K
    2526. Item 7500°K
    2527. Item 7500°K
    2528. Item 7500°K
    2529. Item 7500°K
    2530. Item 7500°K
    2531. Item 7500°K
    2532. Item 7500°K
    2533. Item 7500°K
    2534. Item 7500°K
    2535. Item 7500°K
    2536. Item 7500°K
    2537. Item 7500°K
    2538. Item 7500°K
    2539. Item 7500°K
    2540. Item 7500°K
    2541. Item 8 bit x 1 tap
    2542. Item 8 bit x 10 tap
    2543. Item 8 bit x 2 tap
    2544. Item 8 bit x 3 tap
    2545. Item 8 bit x 4 tap
    2546. Item 8 bit x 8 tap
    2547. Item 8 Bits
    2548. Item 8 Bits
    2549. Item 8 Bits
    2550. Item 8 Bits
    2551. Item 8 Bits per Pixie
    2552. Item 8 Bits per Pixie
    2553. Item 8 Threads
    2554. Item 80-Bit Configuration
    2555. Item 80-Bit
    2556. Item 80%Peak Value
    2557. Item 80%Peak Value
    2558. Item 90%Peak Value
    2559. Item 90%Peak Value
    2560. Item 90%Peak Value
    2561. Item 90%Peak Value
    2562. Item 90%Peak Value
    2563. Item 90%Peak Value
    2564. Item 90%Peak Value
    2565. Item 90%Peak Value
    2566. Item 90%Peak Value
    2567. Item 90%Peak Value
    2568. Item 90%Peak Value
    2569. Item 90%Peak Value
    2570. Item 90%Peak Value
    2571. Item 90%Peak Value
    2572. Item 90%Peak Value
    2573. Item 90%Peak Value
    2574. Item 90%Peak Value
    2575. Item A-B
    2576. Item AAC On
    2577. Item above 30%
    2578. Item above 30%
    2579. Item above 30%
    2580. Item above 30%
    2581. Item above 30%
    2582. Item above 30%
    2583. Item above 30%
    2584. Item above 30%
    2585. Item above 30%
    2586. Item above 30%
    2587. Item above 30%
    2588. Item above 30%
    2589. Item above 30%
    2590. Item above 30%
    2591. Item above 30%
    2592. Item above 30%
    2593. Item above 30%
    2594. Item above 40%
    2595. Item above 40%
    2596. Item above 40%
    2597. Item above 40%
    2598. Item above 40%
    2599. Item above 40%
    2600. Item above 40%
    2601. Item above 40%
    2602. Item above 40%
    2603. Item above 40%
    2604. Item above 40%
    2605. Item above 40%
    2606. Item above 40%
    2607. Item above 40%
    2608. Item above 40%
    2609. Item above 40%
    2610. Item above 40%
    2611. Item above 50%
    2612. Item above 50%
    2613. Item above 50%
    2614. Item above 50%
    2615. Item above 50%
    2616. Item above 50%
    2617. Item above 50%
    2618. Item above 50%
    2619. Item above 50%
    2620. Item above 50%
    2621. Item above 50%
    2622. Item above 50%
    2623. Item above 50%
    2624. Item above 50%
    2625. Item above 50%
    2626. Item above 50%
    2627. Item above 50%
    2628. Item above 60%
    2629. Item above 60%
    2630. Item above 60%
    2631. Item above 60%
    2632. Item above 60%
    2633. Item above 60%
    2634. Item above 60%
    2635. Item above 60%
    2636. Item above 60%
    2637. Item above 60%
    2638. Item above 60%
    2639. Item above 60%
    2640. Item above 60%
    2641. Item above 60%
    2642. Item above 60%
    2643. Item above 60%
    2644. Item above 60%
    2645. Item above 70%
    2646. Item above 70%
    2647. Item above 70%
    2648. Item above 70%
    2649. Item above 70%
    2650. Item above 70%
    2651. Item above 70%
    2652. Item above 70%
    2653. Item above 70%
    2654. Item above 70%
    2655. Item above 70%
    2656. Item above 70%
    2657. Item above 70%
    2658. Item above 70%
    2659. Item above 70%
    2660. Item above 70%
    2661. Item above 70%
    2662. Item above 80%
    2663. Item above 80%
    2664. Item above 80%
    2665. Item above 80%
    2666. Item above 80%
    2667. Item above 80%
    2668. Item above 80%
    2669. Item above 80%
    2670. Item above 80%
    2671. Item above 80%
    2672. Item above 80%
    2673. Item above 80%
    2674. Item above 80%
    2675. Item above 80%
    2676. Item above 80%
    2677. Item above 80%
    2678. Item above 80%
    2679. Item above 90%
    2680. Item above 90%
    2681. Item above 90%
    2682. Item above 90%
    2683. Item above 90%
    2684. Item above 90%
    2685. Item above 90%
    2686. Item above 90%
    2687. Item above 90%
    2688. Item above 90%
    2689. Item above 90%
    2690. Item above 90%
    2691. Item above 90%
    2692. Item above 90%
    2693. Item above 90%
    2694. Item above 90%
    2695. Item above 90%
    2696. Item Above Normal
    2697. Item Abs(A-B)
    2698. Item Abs(A-B)
    2699. Item Abs(cissa) Min & Max: Default
    2700. Item Abs(Convolve(PixelValue))
    2701. Item Abs. @ High Freq
    2702. Item Abs. @ High Freq
    2703. Item Abs. @ High Value
    2704. Item Abs. @ High Value
    2705. Item Abs. @ High Value
    2706. Item Abs. @ High Value
    2707. Item Abscissa Legend
    2708. Item Abscissa Tick Spacing
    2709. Item Abscissa Ticks: Auto
    2710. Item Absolute Stats
    2711. Item Acquire Image into TWAIN Application
    2712. Item Acquire Image into TWAIN Application
    2713. Item Acquire Image into TWAIN Application
    2714. Item Acquire Image into TWAIN Application
    2715. Item Activate Image Viewer as Always-On-Top
    2716. Item Active Field Background
    2717. Item Active
    2718. Item Active
    2719. Item Activity Highlighted Text & Graphics
    2720. Item Adapt Allowed Area Change
    2721. Item Adapt Allowed Area Change
    2722. Item Adapt Allowed Velocity Change
    2723. Item Adapt Allowed Velocity Change
    2724. Item ADC Gain
    2725. Item ADC Gain
    2726. Item ADC Gain
    2727. Item ADC Gain
    2728. Item ADC Gain
    2729. Item ADC Gain
    2730. Item ADC Mode
    2731. Item ADC Mode
    2732. Item ADC Mode
    2733. Item ADC Normal
    2734. Item AdcGain/Gain/Exp
    2735. Item Add Constant with Pixels
    2736. Item Add Constant with Pixels
    2737. Item Add Gaussian Noise
    2738. Item Add Negative Exponential Noise
    2739. Item Add Rayleigh Noise
    2740. Item Add Uniform Noise
    2741. Item Add: Dst+Src Modulo PixelSize
    2742. Item Add: Dst+Src Modulo PixelSize
    2743. Item Add: Max(0, Min(MaxPixValue, Dst+(Dst-Src)×2))
    2744. Item Add: Max(0, Min(MaxPixValue, Dst+(Dst-Src)×4))
    2745. Item Add: Max(0, Min(MaxPixValue, Dst+(Dst-Src)))
    2746. Item Add: Min(Dst+Src, MaxPixValue)
    2747. Item Add:
    2748. Item Add: SrcB+SrcA Modulo PixelSize
    2749. Item Additive Constant
    2750. Item Additive Offset
    2751. Item Additive Offset
    2752. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2753. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2754. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2755. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2756. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2757. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2758. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2759. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2760. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2761. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2762. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2763. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2764. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2765. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2766. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2767. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2768. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2769. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2770. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2771. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2772. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2773. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2774. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2775. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2776. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2777. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2778. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2779. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2780. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2781. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2782. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2783. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2784. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2785. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2786. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2787. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2788. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2789. Item Adjust Black Balance
    2790. Item Adjust White Balance
    2791. Item Adjust White Balance
    2792. Item Adjust White Balance
    2793. Item Adjust White Balance
    2794. Item Adjust White Balance
    2795. Item Adjust White Balance
    2796. Item Adjust White Balance
    2797. Item Adjust White Balance
    2798. Item Adjust White Balance
    2799. Item Adjust White Balance
    2800. Item Adjust White Balance
    2801. Item Adjust White Balance
    2802. Item Adjust White Balance
    2803. Item Adjust White Balance
    2804. Item Adjust White Balance
    2805. Item Adjust White Balance
    2806. Item Adjust White Balance
    2807. Item Adjust White Balance
    2808. Item Adjust White Balance
    2809. Item Adjust White Balance
    2810. Item Adjust White Balance
    2811. Item Adjust White Balance
    2812. Item Adjust White Balance
    2813. Item Adjust White Balance
    2814. Item Adjust White Balance
    2815. Item Adjust White Balance
    2816. Item Adjust White Balance
    2817. Item Adjust White Balance
    2818. Item Adjust White Balance
    2819. Item Adjust White Balance
    2820. Item Adjust White Balance
    2821. Item Adjust White Balance
    2822. Item Adjust White Balance
    2823. Item Adjust White Balance
    2824. Item Adjust White Balance
    2825. Item Adjust White Balance
    2826. Item Adjust White Balance
    2827. Item Adjust White Balance
    2828. Item Adjust White Balance
    2829. Item Adjust White Balance
    2830. Item Adjust White Balance
    2831. Item Adjust White Balance
    2832. Item Adjust White Balance
    2833. Item Adjust White Balance
    2834. Item Adjust White Balance
    2835. Item Adjust White Balance
    2836. Item Adjust White Balance
    2837. Item Adjust White Balance
    2838. Item Adjust White Balance
    2839. Item Adjust White Balance
    2840. Item Adjust White Balance
    2841. Item Adjust White Balance
    2842. Item Adjust White Balance
    2843. Item Adjust White Balance
    2844. Item Adjust White Balance
    2845. Item Adjust White Balance
    2846. Item Adjust White Balance
    2847. Item Adjust White Balance
    2848. Item Adjust White Balance
    2849. Item Adjust White Balance
    2850. Item Adjust White Balance
    2851. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2852. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2853. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2854. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2855. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2856. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2857. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2858. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2859. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2860. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2861. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2862. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2863. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2864. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2865. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2866. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2867. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2868. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2869. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Existing Image
    2870. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2871. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2872. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2873. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2874. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2875. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2876. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2877. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2878. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2879. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2880. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2881. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2882. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2883. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2884. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2885. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2886. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2887. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2888. Item Adjust/Calibrate w. Snapped Image
    2889. Item Adjustments
    2890. Item Adjustments
    2891. Item Adjustments
    2892. Item Adjustments
    2893. Item Adjustments
    2894. Item Adjustments
    2895. Item Adjustments
    2896. Item Adjustments
    2897. Item Adjustments
    2898. Item Adjustments
    2899. Item Adjustments
    2900. Item Adjustments
    2901. Item Adjustments: Attached
    2902. Item Adjustments: Detached
    2903. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2904. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2905. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2906. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2907. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2908. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2909. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2910. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2911. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2912. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2913. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2914. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2915. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2916. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2917. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2918. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2919. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2920. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2921. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2922. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2923. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2924. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2925. Item Advanced Camera White Calibration
    2926. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2927. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2928. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2929. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2930. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2931. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2932. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2933. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2934. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2935. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2936. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2937. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2938. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2939. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2940. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2941. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2942. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2943. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2944. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2945. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2946. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2947. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2948. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2949. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2950. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2951. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2952. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2953. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2954. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2955. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2956. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2957. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2958. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2959. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2960. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2961. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2962. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2963. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2964. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2965. Item Advanced Color Space Calibration
    2966. Item Advanced Controls
    2967. Item Advanced
    2968. Item Advanced
    2969. Item Advanced
    2970. Item Advanced
    2971. Item Advanced
    2972. Item Advanced
    2973. Item Advanced
    2974. Item Advanced
    2975. Item Advanced
    2976. Item Advanced
    2977. Item Advanced
    2978. Item Advanced
    2979. Item Advanced
    2980. Item Advanced
    2981. Item Advanced
    2982. Item Advanced
    2983. Item Advanced
    2984. Item Advanced
    2985. Item Advisory Highlighted Text & Graphics
    2986. Item AEC Low Pass Filter
    2987. Item AEC Max Max
    2988. Item AEC Max Max
    2989. Item AEC Maximum
    2990. Item AEC Maximum
    2991. Item AEC Maximum
    2992. Item AEC Maximum
    2993. Item AEC Maximum
    2994. Item AEC Minimum
    2995. Item AEC On
    2996. Item AEC Update Period
    2997. Item AEC/AGC AOI Height
    2998. Item AEC/AGC AOI Height
    2999. Item AEC/AGC AOI Left
    3000. Item AEC/AGC AOI Left
    3001. Item AEC/AGC AOI Max
    3002. Item AEC/AGC AOI Top
    3003. Item AEC/AGC AOI Top
    3004. Item AEC/AGC AOI Width
    3005. Item AEC/AGC AOI Width
    3006. Item AEC/AGC Pixel Count
    3007. Item AEC/AGC Rate
    3008. Item AEC/AGC Target Brightness
    3009. Item AEC/AGC Target Brightness
    3010. Item After Any Field
    3011. Item After Any Field
    3012. Item After Any Field
    3013. Item After Any Field
    3014. Item After Even Field
    3015. Item After Even Field
    3016. Item After Odd Field
    3017. Item After Odd Field
    3018. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3019. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3020. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3021. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3022. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3023. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3024. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3025. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3026. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3027. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3028. Item AGC Adjust Priority
    3029. Item AGC Adjusts Adc Gain
    3030. Item AGC Adjusts Adc Gain
    3031. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3032. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3033. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3034. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3035. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3036. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3037. Item AGC Adjusts Dig(ital) Gain
    3038. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3039. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3040. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3041. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3042. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3043. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3044. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3045. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3046. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3047. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3048. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3049. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3050. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3051. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3052. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3053. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3054. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3055. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3056. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3057. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3058. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3059. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3060. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3061. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3062. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3063. Item AGC Adjusts Exp(osure)
    3064. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3065. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3066. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3067. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3068. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3069. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3070. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3071. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3072. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3073. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3074. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3075. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3076. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3077. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3078. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3079. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3080. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3081. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3082. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3083. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3084. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3085. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3086. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3087. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3088. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3089. Item AGC Adjusts Gain
    3090. Item AGC Analog Gain Min
    3091. Item AGC Low Pass Filter
    3092. Item AGC Maximum
    3093. Item AGC
    3094. Item AGC On
    3095. Item AGC On
    3096. Item AGC On
    3097. Item AGC On
    3098. Item AGC On
    3099. Item AGC On
    3100. Item AGC On
    3101. Item AGC On
    3102. Item AGC On
    3103. Item AGC On
    3104. Item AGC On
    3105. Item AGC On
    3106. Item AGC On
    3107. Item AGC On
    3108. Item AGC On
    3109. Item AGC Target
    3110. Item AGC Target
    3111. Item AGC Update Period
    3112. Item Alden 9315CT
    3113. Item Align LSB
    3114. Item Align MSB
    3115. Item Align None
    3116. Item Alignment Pattern
    3117. Item All Buffers
    3118. Item All CPUs
    3119. Item All CPUs
    3120. Item All CPUs
    3121. Item All CPUs
    3122. Item All CPUs
    3123. Item All CPUs
    3124. Item All Lines
    3125. Item All Lines
    3126. Item All Lines
    3127. Item All Lines
    3128. Item All Lines
    3129. Item All Lines
    3130. Item All Lines
    3131. Item All Lines
    3132. Item All Lines
    3133. Item All Lines
    3134. Item All Lines
    3135. Item All Lines
    3136. Item All Lines
    3137. Item All Lines
    3138. Item All Lines
    3139. Item All Lines
    3140. Item All Lines
    3141. Item All Pages
    3142. Item All Pages
    3143. Item Allocate
    3144. Item Allocate
    3145. Item Allocate
    3146. Item Allocate
    3147. Item Allocate
    3148. Item Allocated Hole Size
    3149. Item Allocated/Assumed Size
    3150. Item Allow Multiple Instances
    3151. Item Allow Multiple Instances
    3152. Item Allow Partial Tracks
    3153. Item Allow Partial Tracks
    3154. Item Allow Partial Tracks
    3155. Item Allow Partial Tracks
    3156. Item Allow Share IRQ
    3157. Item Allow Share IRQ
    3158. Item Allow Shared Units
    3159. Item Alt. Font Name
    3160. Item Alt. Point Size
    3161. Item Alt. Point Size
    3162. Item Alternate Aspect Ratio
    3163. Item Alternate Controls
    3164. Item Alternate Controls
    3165. Item Alternate Frame Rate Info
    3166. Item Always-On-Top
    3167. Item Always-On-Top
    3168. Item Always-On-Top
    3169. Item Always-On-Top
    3170. Item Amplitude/Brightness
    3171. Item Amplitude/Brightness
    3172. Item Analog & Digital
    3173. Item Analog Gain
    3174. Item Analog Gain
    3175. Item Analog Gain
    3176. Item Analog Gain
    3177. Item Analog Gain
    3178. Item Analog Gain
    3179. Item Analog Gain
    3180. Item Analog Gain
    3181. Item Analog Gain
    3182. Item Analog Gain
    3183. Item Analog Gain
    3184. Item Analog Gain
    3185. Item Analog Gain
    3186. Item Analog Gain: Blue
    3187. Item Analog Gain: Gang
    3188. Item Analog Gain: Green
    3189. Item Analog Gain: Red
    3190. Item Analog
    3191. Item Analog Offset
    3192. Item Analog Offset: Blue
    3193. Item Analog Offset: Gang
    3194. Item Analog Offset: Green
    3195. Item Analog Offset: Red
    3196. Item Analysis Neighborhood along Shape
    3197. Item Analysis Neighborhood along Shape
    3198. Item Analysis Neighborhood along Shape
    3199. Item Analyze - Analyze and Add
    3200. Item Analyze - Analyze and Add
    3201. Item Analyze - Clear Analysis
    3202. Item Analyze - Clear Analysis
    3203. Item Analyze - Clear and Analyze
    3204. Item Analyze - Clear and Analyze
    3205. Item Analyze and Add
    3206. Item Analyze and Add
    3207. Item Angle
    3208. Item Angle
    3209. Item Angle
    3210. Item Angle
    3211. Item Angle
    3212. Item Angle
    3213. Item Angle
    3214. Item Angle
    3215. Item Angle
    3216. Item Angle
    3217. Item Angle
    3218. Item Angle
    3219. Item Angle
    3220. Item Angle
    3221. Item Angle
    3222. Item Angle
    3223. Item Angle
    3224. Item Angle
    3225. Item Angle
    3226. Item Angle
    3227. Item Angle
    3228. Item Angle
    3229. Item Angle
    3230. Item Angle
    3231. Item Angle
    3232. Item Angle
    3233. Item Angle
    3234. Item Angle
    3235. Item Angle
    3236. Item Angle
    3237. Item Angle
    3238. Item Angle
    3239. Item Angle
    3240. Item Angle
    3241. Item Angle
    3242. Item Angle
    3243. Item Angle
    3244. Item Angle
    3245. Item Angle
    3246. Item Angle
    3247. Item Angle
    3248. Item Angle
    3249. Item Angle
    3250. Item Angle
    3251. Item Angle
    3252. Item Angle
    3253. Item Angle
    3254. Item Angle
    3255. Item Angle
    3256. Item Angle
    3257. Item Annotate
    3258. Item Annulus Arc
    3259. Item Annulus
    3260. Item Any Edge
    3261. Item Aoi - Set AOI
    3262. Item Aoi - Set ROI
    3263. Item AOI 1 Height
    3264. Item AOI 1 Height
    3265. Item AOI 1 Top
    3266. Item AOI 1 Top
    3267. Item AOI 8 Height
    3268. Item AOI 8 Height
    3269. Item AOI 8 Top
    3270. Item AOI 8 Top
    3271. Item AOI Height
    3272. Item AOI Height
    3273. Item AOI Height
    3274. Item AOI Height
    3275. Item AOI Height
    3276. Item AOI Height
    3277. Item AOI Height
    3278. Item AOI Height
    3279. Item AOI Height
    3280. Item AOI Height
    3281. Item AOI Height
    3282. Item AOI Height
    3283. Item AOI Height
    3284. Item AOI Height
    3285. Item AOI Height
    3286. Item AOI Height
    3287. Item AOI Height
    3288. Item AOI Height
    3289. Item AOI Height
    3290. Item AOI Height
    3291. Item AOI Height
    3292. Item AOI Height
    3293. Item AOI Height
    3294. Item AOI Height
    3295. Item AOI Height
    3296. Item AOI Height
    3297. Item AOI Height
    3298. Item AOI Height
    3299. Item AOI Height
    3300. Item AOI Height
    3301. Item AOI Height
    3302. Item AOI Height
    3303. Item AOI Height
    3304. Item AOI Height
    3305. Item AOI Height
    3306. Item AOI Height
    3307. Item AOI Height
    3308. Item AOI Height
    3309. Item AOI Height
    3310. Item AOI Height
    3311. Item AOI Height
    3312. Item AOI Height
    3313. Item AOI Height
    3314. Item AOI Height
    3315. Item AOI Height
    3316. Item AOI Height
    3317. Item AOI Height
    3318. Item AOI Height
    3319. Item AOI Height
    3320. Item AOI Height
    3321. Item AOI Height
    3322. Item AOI Left
    3323. Item AOI Left
    3324. Item AOI Left
    3325. Item AOI Left
    3326. Item AOI Left
    3327. Item AOI Left
    3328. Item AOI Left
    3329. Item AOI Left
    3330. Item AOI Left
    3331. Item AOI Left
    3332. Item AOI Left
    3333. Item AOI Left
    3334. Item AOI Left
    3335. Item AOI Left
    3336. Item AOI Left
    3337. Item AOI Left
    3338. Item AOI Left
    3339. Item AOI Left
    3340. Item AOI Left
    3341. Item AOI Left
    3342. Item AOI Left
    3343. Item AOI Left
    3344. Item AOI Left
    3345. Item AOI Left
    3346. Item AOI Left
    3347. Item AOI Left
    3348. Item AOI Left
    3349. Item AOI Left
    3350. Item AOI Left
    3351. Item AOI Left
    3352. Item AOI Left
    3353. Item AOI Left
    3354. Item AOI Left
    3355. Item AOI Left
    3356. Item AOI Max
    3357. Item AOI Max
    3358. Item AOI
    3359. Item AOI
    3360. Item Aoi
    3361. Item Aoi
    3362. Item Aoi
    3363. Item AOI Sample
    3364. Item AOI Top
    3365. Item AOI Top
    3366. Item AOI Top
    3367. Item AOI Top
    3368. Item AOI Top
    3369. Item AOI Top
    3370. Item AOI Top
    3371. Item AOI Top
    3372. Item AOI Top
    3373. Item AOI Top
    3374. Item AOI Top
    3375. Item AOI Top
    3376. Item AOI Top
    3377. Item AOI Top
    3378. Item AOI Top
    3379. Item AOI Top
    3380. Item AOI Top
    3381. Item AOI Top
    3382. Item AOI Top
    3383. Item AOI Top
    3384. Item AOI Top
    3385. Item AOI Top
    3386. Item AOI Top
    3387. Item AOI Top
    3388. Item AOI Top
    3389. Item AOI Top
    3390. Item AOI Top
    3391. Item AOI Top
    3392. Item AOI Top
    3393. Item AOI Top
    3394. Item AOI Top
    3395. Item AOI Top
    3396. Item AOI Top
    3397. Item AOI Top
    3398. Item AOI Width
    3399. Item AOI Width
    3400. Item AOI Width
    3401. Item AOI Width
    3402. Item AOI Width
    3403. Item AOI Width
    3404. Item AOI Width
    3405. Item AOI Width
    3406. Item AOI Width
    3407. Item AOI Width
    3408. Item AOI Width
    3409. Item AOI Width
    3410. Item AOI Width
    3411. Item AOI Width
    3412. Item AOI Width
    3413. Item AOI Width
    3414. Item AOI Width
    3415. Item AOI Width
    3416. Item AOI Width
    3417. Item AOI Width
    3418. Item AOI Width
    3419. Item AOI Width
    3420. Item AOI Width
    3421. Item AOI Width
    3422. Item AOI Width
    3423. Item AOI Width
    3424. Item AOI Width
    3425. Item AOI Width
    3426. Item AOI Width
    3427. Item AOI Width
    3428. Item AOI Width
    3429. Item AOI Width
    3430. Item AOI Width
    3431. Item AOI Width
    3432. Item AOI Width
    3433. Item AOI Width
    3434. Item AOI Width
    3435. Item AOI Width
    3436. Item AOI Width
    3437. Item AOI Width
    3438. Item AOI Width
    3439. Item AOI Width
    3440. Item AOI Width
    3441. Item AOI Width
    3442. Item AOI Width
    3443. Item AOI Width
    3444. Item AOI Width
    3445. Item AOI Width
    3446. Item AOI Width
    3447. Item AOI Width
    3448. Item AOI Width
    3449. Item AOI/ROI Manager
    3450. Item AOI/ROI Manager
    3451. Item AOI/ROI Manager
    3452. Item AOI/ROI Manager
    3453. Item Aperture
    3454. Item API
    3455. Item API
    3456. Item API
    3457. Item Append & Record
    3458. Item Apply
    3459. Item Apply
    3460. Item Apply
    3461. Item Apply
    3462. Item Apply
    3463. Item Apply
    3464. Item Apply
    3465. Item Apply
    3466. Item Apply
    3467. Item Apply
    3468. Item Apply
    3469. Item Apply
    3470. Item Apply
    3471. Item Apply
    3472. Item Apply
    3473. Item Apply
    3474. Item Apply
    3475. Item Apply
    3476. Item Apply
    3477. Item Apply
    3478. Item Apply
    3479. Item Apply
    3480. Item Apply
    3481. Item Apply Palette Apply at Image's Bit Depth
    3482. Item Apply Palette at - Auto Select
    3483. Item Apply Palette at Display's Bit Depth
    3484. Item Arc Bisect
    3485. Item Arc Bisect
    3486. Item Arc Bisect
    3487. Item Arc Bisect
    3488. Item Arc Bisect
    3489. Item Arc Bisect
    3490. Item Arc Bisect
    3491. Item Arc Start
    3492. Item Arc Start
    3493. Item Arc Start
    3494. Item Arc Start
    3495. Item Arc Start
    3496. Item Arc Start
    3497. Item Arc Start
    3498. Item Arc Start
    3499. Item Arc Start
    3500. Item Arc Start
    3501. Item Arc Start
    3502. Item Arc Start
    3503. Item Arc Start
    3504. Item Arc Subtends
    3505. Item Arc Subtends
    3506. Item Arc Subtends
    3507. Item Arc Subtends
    3508. Item Arc Subtends
    3509. Item Arc Subtends
    3510. Item Arc Subtends
    3511. Item Arc Subtends
    3512. Item Arc Subtends
    3513. Item Arc Subtends
    3514. Item Arc Subtends
    3515. Item Arc Subtends
    3516. Item Area Scan
    3517. Item Area, H,V
    3518. Item Area, H,V
    3519. Item Area, HV
    3520. Item Arithmetic
    3521. Item Arithmetic
    3522. Item Array Angle
    3523. Item Array Angle
    3524. Item Array Angle
    3525. Item Array Angle
    3526. Item Array Angle
    3527. Item Array Centers, X
    3528. Item Array Centers, X
    3529. Item Array Centers, Y
    3530. Item Array Centers, Y
    3531. Item Array Count, X
    3532. Item Array Count, Y
    3533. Item Arrow
    3534. Item as Best-Fit Polynomials
    3535. Item as Best-Fit Polynomials
    3536. Item as in Image
    3537. Item as in Image
    3538. Item as in Image
    3539. Item as in Image
    3540. Item as in Image
    3541. Item as in Image
    3542. Item as in Image
    3543. Item as in Image
    3544. Item as in Image
    3545. Item as in Image
    3546. Item as in Image
    3547. Item as
    3548. Item as
    3549. Item as
    3550. Item as
    3551. Item as
    3552. Item as
    3553. Item as
    3554. Item as
    3555. Item as
    3556. Item as
    3557. Item as
    3558. Item as
    3559. Item as Partitioned Quadrilaterals
    3560. Item ASCII How
    3561. Item ASCII What
    3562. Item AsciiPad
    3563. Item AsciiPad
    3564. Item Aspect Ratio
    3565. Item Aspect Ratio
    3566. Item Aspect Ratio
    3567. Item Aspect Ratio
    3568. Item Aspect Ratio
    3569. Item Aspect Ratio
    3570. Item Aspect Ratio
    3571. Item Aspect Ratio
    3572. Item Aspect Ratio
    3573. Item Aspect Ratio
    3574. Item Aspect Ratio
    3575. Item Aspect Ratio
    3576. Item Aspect Ratio
    3577. Item Aspect Ratio
    3578. Item Aspect Ratio
    3579. Item Assume Convex & Solid Blobs
    3580. Item Assumed Physical Address
    3581. Item Asynchronous
    3582. Item Asynchronous
    3583. Item Asynchronous
    3584. Item Asynchronous
    3585. Item Asynchronous
    3586. Item Asynchronous
    3587. Item Asynchronous
    3588. Item Asynchronous
    3589. Item Asynchronous
    3590. Item at 100%
    3591. Item at 100%
    3592. Item at 100%
    3593. Item at 100%
    3594. Item at 100%
    3595. Item at 100%
    3596. Item at 100%
    3597. Item at 100%
    3598. Item at 100%
    3599. Item at 100%
    3600. Item at 100%
    3601. Item at 100%
    3602. Item at 100%
    3603. Item at 100%
    3604. Item at 100%
    3605. Item at 100%
    3606. Item at 100%
    3607. Item at Cursor
    3608. Item Attributes
    3609. Item Attributes
    3610. Item Attributes
    3611. Item Attributes
    3612. Item Attributes
    3613. Item Attributes
    3614. Item Attributes
    3615. Item Attributes
    3616. Item Audible
    3617. Item Audio Clip
    3618. Item Audio Clip
    3619. Item Audio Clip
    3620. Item Audio Clip
    3621. Item Auto (Analog Gain Control)
    3622. Item Auto (Analog Gain Control)
    3623. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3624. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3625. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3626. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3627. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3628. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3629. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3630. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3631. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3632. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3633. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3634. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3635. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3636. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3637. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3638. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3639. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3640. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3641. Item Auto (AOI) Sample
    3642. Item Auto (Digital Gain Control)
    3643. Item Auto (Exposure Control)
    3644. Item Auto (Exposure Control)
    3645. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3646. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3647. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3648. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3649. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3650. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3651. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3652. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3653. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3654. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3655. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3656. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3657. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3658. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3659. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3660. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3661. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3662. Item Auto Clear Coefficients
    3663. Item Auto Disable 'Show .. While Dragging'
    3664. Item Auto Disable Power Conservation Sleep
    3665. Item Auto Disable Screen Saver
    3666. Item Auto Exp. Control
    3667. Item Auto Exposure Control
    3668. Item Auto File Name upon Record
    3669. Item Auto File Name upon Record
    3670. Item Auto Focus
    3671. Item Auto Gain Control
    3672. Item Auto Hide, 10 Sec.
    3673. Item Auto Hide, 2 Sec.
    3674. Item Auto Hide, 60 Sec.
    3675. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3676. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3677. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3678. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3679. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3680. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3681. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3682. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3683. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3684. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3685. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3686. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3687. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3688. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3689. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3690. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3691. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3692. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3693. Item Auto Hysteresis
    3694. Item Auto Inc after Load
    3695. Item Auto Inc after Load
    3696. Item Auto Inc after Save
    3697. Item Auto Inc after Save
    3698. Item Auto
    3699. Item Auto
    3700. Item Auto
    3701. Item Auto
    3702. Item Auto
    3703. Item Auto
    3704. Item Auto Options >>
    3705. Item Auto Options >>
    3706. Item Auto Options >>
    3707. Item Auto Options >>
    3708. Item Auto Options >>
    3709. Item Auto Options >>
    3710. Item Auto Options >>
    3711. Item Auto Options >>
    3712. Item Auto Options >>
    3713. Item Auto Options >>
    3714. Item Auto Options >>
    3715. Item Auto Options >>
    3716. Item Auto Options >>
    3717. Item Auto Options >>
    3718. Item Auto Options >>
    3719. Item Auto Options >>
    3720. Item Auto Options >>
    3721. Item Auto Options >>
    3722. Item Auto Options >>
    3723. Item Auto Play on entering File Name
    3724. Item Auto Show
    3725. Item Auto Startup w. Windows (all Users)
    3726. Item Auto Startup w. Windows (all Users)
    3727. Item Auto Startup w. Windows all Users
    3728. Item Auto Startup w. Windows all Users
    3729. Item Auto Startup w. Windows
    3730. Item Auto Startup w. Windows
    3731. Item Auto Startup w. Windows
    3732. Item Auto Startup: Wait for Drivers
    3733. Item Auto Thumbnail Size
    3734. Item Auto Thumbnail Size
    3735. Item Auto Thumbnail Size
    3736. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3737. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3738. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3739. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3740. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3741. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3742. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3743. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3744. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3745. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3746. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3747. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3748. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3749. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3750. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3751. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3752. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3753. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3754. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3755. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3756. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3757. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3758. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3759. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3760. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3761. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3762. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3763. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3764. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3765. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3766. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3767. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3768. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3769. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3770. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3771. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3772. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3773. Item Auto Update (Field) Interval
    3774. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3775. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3776. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3777. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3778. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3779. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3780. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3781. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3782. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3783. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3784. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3785. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3786. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3787. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3788. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3789. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3790. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3791. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3792. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3793. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3794. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3795. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3796. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3797. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3798. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3799. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3800. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3801. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3802. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3803. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3804. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3805. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3806. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3807. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3808. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3809. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3810. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3811. Item Auto Update (Time) Period
    3812. Item Auto White Balance
    3813. Item Auto White Balance
    3814. Item Auto White Balance
    3815. Item Auto White Balance
    3816. Item Auto White Balance
    3817. Item Auto White Balance
    3818. Item Auto White Balance
    3819. Item Auto White Balance
    3820. Item Auto White Balance
    3821. Item Auto White Balance
    3822. Item Auto White Balance
    3823. Item Auto White Balance
    3824. Item Auto White Balance
    3825. Item Auto White Balance
    3826. Item Auto White Balance
    3827. Item Auto White Balance
    3828. Item Auto White Balance
    3829. Item Auto White Balance
    3830. Item Auto White Balance
    3831. Item Auto White Balance
    3832. Item Auto White Balance
    3833. Item Auto White Balance
    3834. Item Auto White Balance
    3835. Item Auto White Balance
    3836. Item Auto White Balance
    3837. Item Auto White Balance
    3838. Item Auto White Balance
    3839. Item Auto White Balance
    3840. Item Auto White Balance
    3841. Item Auto White Balance
    3842. Item Auto White Balance
    3843. Item Auto White Balance
    3844. Item Auto White Balance
    3845. Item Auto White Balance
    3846. Item Auto White Balance
    3847. Item Auto White Balance
    3848. Item Auto White Balance
    3849. Item Auto White Balance
    3850. Item Auto White Balance
    3851. Item Auto White Balance
    3852. Item Auto White Balance
    3853. Item Auto White Balance
    3854. Item Auto White Balance
    3855. Item Auto White Balance
    3856. Item Auto White Balance
    3857. Item Auto White Balance
    3858. Item Auto White Balance
    3859. Item Auto White Balance
    3860. Item Auto White Balance
    3861. Item Auto White Balance
    3862. Item Auto White Balance
    3863. Item Auto White Balance
    3864. Item Auto White Balance
    3865. Item Auto White Balance
    3866. Item Auto White Balance
    3867. Item Auto White Balance
    3868. Item Auto White Balance
    3869. Item Auto White Balance
    3870. Item Automatic Contrast Enhancement (ACE) On
    3871. Item Automatic
    3872. Item Ave. (Image) Save Rate
    3873. Item Ave. (Image) Save Rate
    3874. Item Ave. (Image) Save Rate
    3875. Item Ave. (Image) Save Rate
    3876. Item Ave. Image Stack
    3877. Item Ave. Image Stack
    3878. Item Average Center Weight
    3879. Item Average Mode
    3880. Item Average
    3881. Item Average
    3882. Item Average Pixels of Shapes
    3883. Item Average Sequence
    3884. Item Average Sequence
    3885. Item Average: (Src+Dst) / 2
    3886. Item Averaging Divisor
    3887. Item Averaging Divisor
    3888. Item Averaging Divisor
    3889. Item Averaging Divisor
    3890. Item Averaging Divisor
    3891. Item AVI Compliant
    3892. Item AVI H-M-S
    3893. Item AVI H-M-S.millisec
    3894. Item AVI H-M-S.millisec.microsec
    3895. Item AVI
    3896. Item AVI
    3897. Item AVI What
    3898. Item AVI With
    3899. Item AWT API
    3900. Item AWT API?
    3901. Item AWT API?
    3902. Item AWT API?
    3903. Item Axis Color
    3904. Item Axis
    3905. Item Axis
    3906. Item Axis
    3907. Item Axis
    3908. Item Axis
    3909. Item Axis
    3910. Item Axis
    3911. Item Azimuth
    3912. Item B-A
    3913. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3914. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3915. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3916. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3917. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3918. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3919. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3920. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3921. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3922. Item B Coord<=>Viewer
    3923. Item B Coordinate
    3924. Item B Coordinate
    3925. Item B Coordinate
    3926. Item B Coordinate
    3927. Item B G R
    3928. Item B R G
    3929. Item B/Y
    3930. Item B/Y
    3931. Item Background Color
    3932. Item Background Correction, Ratio
    3933. Item Background Correction, Subtractive
    3934. Item Background
    3935. Item Background
    3936. Item Background
    3937. Item Background
    3938. Item Background
    3939. Item Background
    3940. Item Background Opaque
    3941. Item Background Task in System Tray
    3942. Item Background Task in System Tray
    3943. Item Background Transparent
    3944. Item Balance Tap 0
    3945. Item Balance Tap 0
    3946. Item Balance Tap 1
    3947. Item Balance Tap 1
    3948. Item Balance Tap 2
    3949. Item Balance Tap 2
    3950. Item Balance Tap 3
    3951. Item Balance Tap 3
    3952. Item Band Number
    3953. Item Banding
    3954. Item Bar Graph
    3955. Item Bar Graph
    3956. Item Base 10
    3957. Item Base 16 l.c.
    3958. Item Base 16 u.c.
    3959. Item Base 2
    3960. Item Base 8
    3961. Item Base Configuration
    3962. Item Base
    3963. Item Baud
    3964. Item Bayer Color
    3965. Item Bayer Phase
    3966. Item Bayer Process
    3967. Item Bayer Process
    3968. Item Bayer Process
    3969. Item Bayer Process
    3970. Item Bayer Process
    3971. Item Bayer Process
    3972. Item Bayer Process
    3973. Item Bayer Process
    3974. Item Bayer Process
    3975. Item Bayer Process
    3976. Item Bayer Process
    3977. Item Bayer Process
    3978. Item Bayer Process
    3979. Item Bayer Process
    3980. Item Bayer Process
    3981. Item Bayer Process
    3982. Item Bayer Process
    3983. Item Bayer Process
    3984. Item Bayer Process
    3985. Item Bayer Process
    3986. Item Bayer Process
    3987. Item Bayer Process
    3988. Item Bayer Process
    3989. Item Bayer Process
    3990. Item Bayer Process
    3991. Item Bayer Process
    3992. Item Bayer Process
    3993. Item Bayer Process
    3994. Item Bayer Process
    3995. Item Bayer Process
    3996. Item Bayer Process
    3997. Item Bayer Process
    3998. Item Bayer Process
    3999. Item Bayer Process
    4000. Item Bayer Process
    4001. Item Bayer Process
    4002. Item Bayer Process
    4003. Item Bayer Process
    4004. Item Bayer Process
    4005. Item Bayer Process
    4006. Item Bayer Process
    4007. Item Bayer Process
    4008. Item Bayer Process
    4009. Item Bayer Process
    4010. Item Bayer Process
    4011. Item Bayer Process
    4012. Item Bayer Process
    4013. Item Bayer Process
    4014. Item Bayer Process
    4015. Item Bayer Process
    4016. Item Bayer Process
    4017. Item Bayer Process
    4018. Item Bayer Process
    4019. Item Bayer Process
    4020. Item Bayer Process
    4021. Item Bayer Process
    4022. Item Bayer Process
    4023. Item Bayer Process
    4024. Item Bayer Process
    4025. Item Bayer Process
    4026. Item Bayer Process
    4027. Item Bayer Process
    4028. Item Bayer Process
    4029. Item Bayer Process
    4030. Item Bayer Process
    4031. Item Bayer Process
    4032. Item Bayer Process
    4033. Item Bayer Process
    4034. Item Bayer Process
    4035. Item Bayer Process
    4036. Item Bayer Process
    4037. Item Bayer Process
    4038. Item Bayer Process
    4039. Item Bayer Process
    4040. Item Bayer Process
    4041. Item Below Normal
    4042. Item Best Fit Line: A
    4043. Item Best Fit Line: B
    4044. Item Best Fit Line: B
    4045. Item Best Fit Line: C
    4046. Item Best Fit Line: M
    4047. Item Best Fit Line: N
    4048. Item Best Fit Line: Rho
    4049. Item Best Fit Line: Theta
    4050. Item Better
    4051. Item Better
    4052. Item Better
    4053. Item Better
    4054. Item Better
    4055. Item Better
    4056. Item Better
    4057. Item Better
    4058. Item Better
    4059. Item Better
    4060. Item Better
    4061. Item Better
    4062. Item Better
    4063. Item Better
    4064. Item Better
    4065. Item Better
    4066. Item Better
    4067. Item Better
    4068. Item Better
    4069. Item Bezier Curve
    4070. Item Bezier Region
    4071. Item BGR Color
    4072. Item BGR+Pad Color
    4073. Item Bidirectional Option
    4074. Item Bidirectional Option
    4075. Item Big Field
    4076. Item Big Field
    4077. Item Big Field
    4078. Item Big Field
    4079. Item Big Field
    4080. Item BigTIFF How
    4081. Item BigTIFF
    4082. Item BigTIFF
    4083. Item BigTIFF
    4084. Item BigTIFF
    4085. Item BigTIFF
    4086. Item BigTIFF
    4087. Item BigTIFF
    4088. Item BigTIFF
    4089. Item BigTIFF What
    4090. Item BigTIFF With
    4091. Item Bilinear Interpolation
    4092. Item Bilinear Interpolation
    4093. Item Bilinear Interpolation
    4094. Item Bilinear Interpolation
    4095. Item Bilinear Interpolation
    4096. Item Bilinear Interpolation
    4097. Item Bilinear
    4098. Item Bilinear
    4099. Item Bin Group Flag
    4100. Item Bin Groups
    4101. Item Bin Pixel Values to Bin
    4102. Item Bin Pixel Values to Single Pixel
    4103. Item Bin Size, X
    4104. Item Bin Size, X
    4105. Item Bin Size, Y
    4106. Item Bin Size, Y
    4107. Item Bin with Average of Pixels
    4108. Item Bin with Sum of Pixels
    4109. Item Binary How
    4110. Item Binary What
    4111. Item Binning
    4112. Item Binning
    4113. Item Binning
    4114. Item Binning
    4115. Item BIOS Hole Size
    4116. Item Birger EF232
    4117. Item Birger EF232
    4118. Item Bit-Wise AND: Dst & Src
    4119. Item Bit-Wise Logical OR Pixels w. Mask
    4120. Item Bit-Wise Logical OR Pixels w. Mask
    4121. Item Bit-Wise Logical AND Pixels w. Mask
    4122. Item Bit-Wise Logical AND Pixels w. Mask
    4123. Item Bit-Wise Logical XOR Pixels w. Mask
    4124. Item Bit-Wise Logical XOR Pixels w. Mask
    4125. Item Bit-Wise Mask
    4126. Item Bit-Wise OR: Dst | Src
    4127. Item Bit-Wise XOR: Dst ^ Src
    4128. Item Bit Depth
    4129. Item Bit Depth
    4130. Item Bit Depth
    4131. Item Bit Depth
    4132. Item Bit Depth
    4133. Item Bit Depth
    4134. Item Bit Depth
    4135. Item Bit Depth
    4136. Item Bit Depth
    4137. Item Bit Depth
    4138. Item Bit Depth
    4139. Item Bit Depth
    4140. Item Bit Depth
    4141. Item Bit Depth
    4142. Item Bit Depth
    4143. Item Bit Depth
    4144. Item Bit Depth
    4145. Item Bit Gray Code
    4146. Item Bit Gray Code
    4147. Item Bit Gray Decode
    4148. Item Bit Gray Decode
    4149. Item Bit Packing
    4150. Item Bit Packing
    4151. Item Bit Packing
    4152. Item Bit Packing
    4153. Item Bit Packing
    4154. Item Bit Packing
    4155. Item Bit Packing
    4156. Item Bit Packing
    4157. Item Bit Packing
    4158. Item Bit Packing
    4159. Item Bit Packing
    4160. Item Bit Packing
    4161. Item Bit Packing
    4162. Item Bit Packing
    4163. Item Bit Packing
    4164. Item Bit Packing
    4165. Item Bit Packing
    4166. Item Bit Packing
    4167. Item Bit Packing
    4168. Item Bit Packing
    4169. Item Bit Packing
    4170. Item Bit Packing
    4171. Item Bit Packing
    4172. Item Bit Packing
    4173. Item Bit Packing
    4174. Item Bit Packing
    4175. Item Bit Packing
    4176. Item Bit Packing
    4177. Item Bit Packing
    4178. Item Bit Packing
    4179. Item Bit Packing
    4180. Item Bit Packing
    4181. Item Bit Packing
    4182. Item Bit Packing
    4183. Item Bit Packing
    4184. Item Bit Packing
    4185. Item Bit Packing
    4186. Item Bit Packing
    4187. Item Bit Packing
    4188. Item Bit Packing
    4189. Item Bit Packing
    4190. Item Bit Packing
    4191. Item Bit Packing
    4192. Item Bit Packing
    4193. Item Bit Packing
    4194. Item Bit Reverse
    4195. Item Bit Reverse
    4196. Item Bit Rotate Left
    4197. Item Bit Rotate Left
    4198. Item Bit Rotate Right
    4199. Item Bit Rotate Right
    4200. Item Bit Shift Left
    4201. Item Bit Shift Left
    4202. Item Bit Shift Right
    4203. Item Bit Shift Right
    4204. Item Bits MSB
    4205. Item Bits MSB
    4206. Item Bits MSB
    4207. Item Bits per Data Pixel
    4208. Item Bits per Pixie
    4209. Item Bits per Pixie
    4210. Item Bits per Pixie
    4211. Item Bits per Pixie
    4212. Item Bits Used
    4213. Item Bits Used
    4214. Item Bits Used
    4215. Item Black & Gain
    4216. Item Black Balance to
    4217. Item Black Board Cell
    4218. Item Black Board Cell
    4219. Item Black Board Cell
    4220. Item Black Board Cell
    4221. Item Black Board Corner Cell
    4222. Item Black Board
    4223. Item Black Board
    4224. Item Black Board
    4225. Item Black Board
    4226. Item Black Board
    4227. Item Black Board
    4228. Item Black Board
    4229. Item Black Board
    4230. Item Black Board
    4231. Item Black Board
    4232. Item Black Board
    4233. Item Black Board
    4234. Item Black Board
    4235. Item Black Board
    4236. Item Black Board
    4237. Item Black Board
    4238. Item Black Board
    4239. Item Black Board
    4240. Item Black Board
    4241. Item Black Board
    4242. Item Black Board
    4243. Item Black Board
    4244. Item Black Board
    4245. Item Black Board
    4246. Item Black Board
    4247. Item Black Board
    4248. Item Black Board
    4249. Item Black Board
    4250. Item Black Board
    4251. Item Black Board
    4252. Item Black Board
    4253. Item Black Board
    4254. Item Black Board
    4255. Item Black Board
    4256. Item Black Level
    4257. Item Black Level
    4258. Item Black Level
    4259. Item Black Level
    4260. Item Black Level
    4261. Item Black Level
    4262. Item Black Level
    4263. Item Black Offset
    4264. Item Black Offset
    4265. Item Black Offset
    4266. Item Black Offset
    4267. Item Black Reference
    4268. Item Black Reference
    4269. Item Black Reference
    4270. Item Black Reference
    4271. Item Black Reference
    4272. Item Black Reference
    4273. Item Black Sun Protection
    4274. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4275. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4276. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4277. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4278. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4279. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4280. Item Blackboard Dest.
    4281. Item Blackboard Destination
    4282. Item Blackboard Destination
    4283. Item BlackBoard Image
    4284. Item Blackboard Read
    4285. Item Blackboard Read
    4286. Item Blackboard Read
    4287. Item Blackboard Read
    4288. Item Blackboard Source
    4289. Item Blackboard Source
    4290. Item Blackboard Source
    4291. Item Blackboard Source
    4292. Item Blackboard Source
    4293. Item Blackboard Source
    4294. Item Blackboard Source
    4295. Item Blackboard Write
    4296. Item Blackboard Write
    4297. Item BlackBoard Write
    4298. Item BlackBoard Write
    4299. Item BlackBoard Write
    4300. Item BlackBoard Write
    4301. Item Blackboard Write
    4302. Item Blackboard Write
    4303. Item Blob #
    4304. Item Blob #
    4305. Item Blob #
    4306. Item Blob #
    4307. Item Blob Analysis
    4308. Item Blob per Column
    4309. Item Blob per Column
    4310. Item Blob per Column
    4311. Item Blob per Row
    4312. Item Blob per Row
    4313. Item Blob per Row
    4314. Item Blobs Found
    4315. Item Blobs Founds
    4316. Item Blue (Digital) Gain
    4317. Item Blue (Digital) Gain
    4318. Item Blue Black Reference
    4319. Item Blue Bright Reference
    4320. Item Blue Data
    4321. Item Blue Gain
    4322. Item Blue Gain
    4323. Item Blue Gain
    4324. Item Blue Gain
    4325. Item Blue Gain
    4326. Item Blue Gain
    4327. Item Blue Gain
    4328. Item Blue Gain
    4329. Item Blue Gain
    4330. Item Blue Gain
    4331. Item Blue Gain
    4332. Item Blue Start
    4333. Item BMP Format
    4334. Item BMP
    4335. Item BMP
    4336. Item BMP
    4337. Item BMP
    4338. Item BMP What
    4339. Item BMP With
    4340. Item BNC\
    4341. Item BNC\
    4342. Item BNC\
    4343. Item BNC\
    4344. Item Board Info
    4345. Item Board Info
    4346. Item Bold
    4347. Item Bold
    4348. Item Border Color
    4349. Item Border Color
    4350. Item Border Height
    4351. Item Border
    4352. Item Border Thickness
    4353. Item Border Value
    4354. Item Border Width
    4355. Item Bottom L-R
    4356. Item Bottom R-L
    4357. Item Bottom to Top
    4358. Item Boundary
    4359. Item Boundary
    4360. Item Box Color
    4361. Item Box Element
    4362. Item Box Height
    4363. Item Box
    4364. Item Box Width
    4365. Item Boxes
    4366. Item Bright Balance to
    4367. Item Bright Reference
    4368. Item Bright Reference
    4369. Item Bright Reference
    4370. Item Bright Reference
    4371. Item Bright Reference
    4372. Item Bright Reference
    4373. Item Brightness Mod.
    4374. Item Brightness Mod.
    4375. Item Brightness
    4376. Item Brightness
    4377. Item Brightness
    4378. Item Brightness
    4379. Item Brightness
    4380. Item Brightness
    4381. Item Brightness
    4382. Item Brightness
    4383. Item Brightness
    4384. Item Brightness
    4385. Item Brightness
    4386. Item Brightness
    4387. Item Brightness
    4388. Item Brightness
    4389. Item Brightness
    4390. Item Brightness
    4391. Item Brightness
    4392. Item Brightness
    4393. Item Brightness
    4394. Item Brightness
    4395. Item Brightness
    4396. Item Brightness
    4397. Item Browse
    4398. Item Browse
    4399. Item Browse
    4400. Item Browse
    4401. Item Browse
    4402. Item Browse
    4403. Item Browse
    4404. Item Browse
    4405. Item Browse
    4406. Item Browse
    4407. Item Browse
    4408. Item Browse
    4409. Item Browse
    4410. Item Browse
    4411. Item Browse
    4412. Item Browse
    4413. Item Browse
    4414. Item Browse
    4415. Item Browse
    4416. Item Browse
    4417. Item Browse
    4418. Item Browse
    4419. Item Browse
    4420. Item Browse
    4421. Item Browse
    4422. Item Browse
    4423. Item Browse
    4424. Item Browse
    4425. Item Browse
    4426. Item Browse
    4427. Item Browse
    4428. Item Browse
    4429. Item Browse
    4430. Item Browse
    4431. Item Browse
    4432. Item Buffer Coord
    4433. Item Buffer Coord
    4434. Item Buffer Coord
    4435. Item Buffer Coord
    4436. Item Buffer Coord(inate)
    4437. Item Buffer Coord(inate)
    4438. Item Buffer Coord(inate)
    4439. Item Buffer Coordinate
    4440. Item Buffer
    4441. Item Buffer
    4442. Item Buffer: B=>B'
    4443. Item Buffer: B=>B'
    4444. Item BytePad
    4445. Item bytes
    4446. Item C.T.F.
    4447. Item Calibrate from Line 1
    4448. Item Calibration Points
    4449. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4450. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4451. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4452. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4453. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4454. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4455. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4456. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4457. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4458. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4459. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4460. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4461. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4462. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4463. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4464. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4465. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4466. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4467. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker (Line)
    4468. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4469. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4470. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4471. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4472. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4473. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4474. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4475. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4476. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4477. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4478. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4479. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4480. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4481. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4482. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4483. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4484. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4485. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4486. Item Calibration Target: ColorChecker
    4487. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4488. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4489. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4490. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4491. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4492. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4493. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4494. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4495. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4496. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4497. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4498. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4499. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4500. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4501. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4502. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4503. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4504. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4505. Item Calibration Target: ColorCheckerDC
    4506. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4507. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4508. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4509. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4510. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4511. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4512. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4513. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4514. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4515. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4516. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4517. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4518. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4519. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4520. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4521. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4522. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4523. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4524. Item Calibration Target: CRT/LCD Display
    4525. Item Camera's Clock is:
    4526. Item Camera's Clock is:
    4527. Item Camera's Clock is:
    4528. Item Camera's Clock is:
    4529. Item Camera's Clock is:
    4530. Item Camera 'Trig. In'
    4531. Item Camera & Format
    4532. Item Camera & Format
    4533. Item Camera Binning Mode
    4534. Item Camera Clock Is:
    4535. Item Camera Clock Is:
    4536. Item Camera Link CC G(eneral) P(urpose) Outputs
    4537. Item Camera Link CC G(eneral) P(urpose) Outputs
    4538. Item Camera Link Clock (Frequency)
    4539. Item Camera Link
    4540. Item Camera Mode
    4541. Item Camera Model
    4542. Item Camera Model
    4543. Item Camera Model
    4544. Item Camera Model
    4545. Item Camera Model
    4546. Item Camera Model
    4547. Item Camera Model
    4548. Item Camera Model
    4549. Item Camera Model
    4550. Item Camera Model
    4551. Item Camera Scan
    4552. Item Camera Shutter Speed
    4553. Item Camera Trigger Mode
    4554. Item Cancel Auto Focus
    4555. Item Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview
    4556. Item Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview
    4557. Item Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview
    4558. Item Cancel Image-Pro Acquisition Preview
    4559. Item Cancel
    4560. Item Cancel
    4561. Item Cancel
    4562. Item Cancel
    4563. Item Cancel
    4564. Item Cancel
    4565. Item Cancel
    4566. Item Cancel
    4567. Item Cancel
    4568. Item Cancel
    4569. Item Cancel
    4570. Item Cancel
    4571. Item Cancel
    4572. Item Cancel
    4573. Item Cancel
    4574. Item Cancel
    4575. Item Cancel
    4576. Item Cancel
    4577. Item Cancel
    4578. Item Cancel
    4579. Item Cancel
    4580. Item Cancel
    4581. Item Cancel
    4582. Item Cancel
    4583. Item Cancel
    4584. Item Cancel
    4585. Item Cancel
    4586. Item Cancel
    4587. Item Cancel
    4588. Item Cancel
    4589. Item Cancel
    4590. Item Cancel
    4591. Item Cancel
    4592. Item Cancel
    4593. Item Cancel
    4594. Item Cancel
    4595. Item Cancel
    4596. Item Cancel
    4597. Item Cancel
    4598. Item Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire
    4599. Item Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire
    4600. Item Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire
    4601. Item Cancel TWAIN Application Acquire
    4602. Item Cancel?
    4603. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4604. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4605. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4606. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4607. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4608. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4609. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4610. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4611. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4612. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4613. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4614. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4615. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4616. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4617. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4618. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4619. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4620. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4621. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4622. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4623. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4624. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4625. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4626. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4627. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4628. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4629. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4630. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4631. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4632. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4633. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4634. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4635. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4636. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4637. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4638. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4639. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4640. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4641. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4642. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4643. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4644. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4645. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4646. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4647. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4648. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4649. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4650. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4651. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4652. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4653. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4654. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4655. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4656. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4657. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4658. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4659. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4660. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4661. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4662. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4663. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4664. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4665. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4666. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4667. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4668. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4669. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4670. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4671. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4672. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4673. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4674. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4675. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4676. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4677. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4678. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4679. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4680. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4681. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4682. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4683. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4684. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4685. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4686. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4687. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4688. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4689. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4690. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4691. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4692. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4693. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4694. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4695. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4696. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4697. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4698. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4699. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4700. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4701. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4702. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4703. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4704. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4705. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4706. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4707. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4708. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4709. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4710. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4711. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4712. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4713. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4714. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4715. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4716. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4717. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4718. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4719. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4720. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4721. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4722. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4723. Item Capture - Adjustments
    4724. Item Capture - Frame Average
    4725. Item Capture - Frame Average
    4726. Item Capture - GIO Event Capture
    4727. Item Capture - GIO Event Capture
    4728. Item Capture - GIO Event Capture
    4729. Item Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232
    4730. Item Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232
    4731. Item Capture - Lens Control - Birger EF232
    4732. Item Capture - Live
    4733. Item Capture - Live
    4734. Item Capture - Live Options
    4735. Item Capture - Quad Pixel Merge
    4736. Item Capture - Quad Pixel Merge
    4737. Item Capture - Quad Pixel Merge
    4738. Item Capture - Quad Pixel Merge
    4739. Item Capture - RGB Merge
    4740. Item Capture - RGB Merge
    4741. Item Capture - RGB Merge
    4742. Item Capture - Shortcuts
    4743. Item Capture - Snap
    4744. Item Capture - Snap
    4745. Item Capture - UnLive
    4746. Item Capture - UnLive
    4747. Item Capture - UnLive
    4748. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4749. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4750. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4751. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4752. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4753. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4754. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4755. Item Capture - Video to Disk File
    4756. Item Capture - Video to Frame Buffers
    4757. Item Capture - Video to Frame Buffers
    4758. Item Capture - Video to Frame Buffers
    4759. Item Capture - Video to Image Files
    4760. Item Capture - Video to Image Files
    4761. Item Capture - Video to Image Files
    4762. Item Capture - Video to Image Files
    4763. Item Capture - Video to StreamStor
    4764. Item Capture - Video to StreamStor
    4765. Item Capture - Video to StreamStor
    4766. Item Capture - Video to Virtual Memory
    4767. Item Capture - Video to Virtual Memory
    4768. Item Capture - Video to Virtual Memory
    4769. Item Capture - Video to Virtual Memory
    4770. Item Capture - Video to Virtual Memory
    4771. Item Capture - Waterfall
    4772. Item Capture - Waterfall
    4773. Item Capture - Waterfall
    4774. Item Capture Field Rate
    4775. Item Capture Field Rate
    4776. Item Capture Field Rate
    4777. Item Capture Field Rate
    4778. Item Capture
    4779. Item Capture
    4780. Item Capture
    4781. Item Capture
    4782. Item Capture
    4783. Item Capture
    4784. Item Capture Sequence of Triggered Images
    4785. Item Capture Sequence, One Image per Event
    4786. Item Capture Sequence, One Image per Event
    4787. Item Capture Single Image at Event
    4788. Item Capture Video Fastest
    4789. Item Cartesian Reticle
    4790. Item CCIR
    4791. Item CCIR
    4792. Item CCIR
    4793. Item Cease Digitizing (sync) After Next ... Field
    4794. Item Cease Digitizing Buffer (sync) After Next ... Field
    4795. Item Cells - Clear All
    4796. Item Cells - Clear Page
    4797. Item Cells - Page Utilities
    4798. Item Celsius
    4799. Item Center => Cursor
    4800. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4801. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4802. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4803. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4804. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4805. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4806. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4807. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4808. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4809. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4810. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4811. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4812. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4813. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4814. Item Center Aoi L(eft)-R(ight)
    4815. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4816. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4817. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4818. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4819. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4820. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4821. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4822. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4823. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4824. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4825. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4826. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4827. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4828. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4829. Item Center Aoi T(op)-B(ottom)
    4830. Item Center of Mass
    4831. Item Center of Mass, 8'th Power
    4832. Item Center of Mass, Binary
    4833. Item Center of Uniform Mass
    4834. Item Center of Uniform Mass
    4835. Item Center of Uniform Mass, H
    4836. Item Center of Uniform Mass, H
    4837. Item Center of Uniform Mass, V
    4838. Item Center of Uniform Mass, V
    4839. Item Center of Weighted Mass, H
    4840. Item Center of Weighted Mass, V
    4841. Item Centimeters
    4842. Item centimeters
    4843. Item Change Setup
    4844. Item Change Setup
    4845. Item Change Setup
    4846. Item Change Setup
    4847. Item Change Setup
    4848. Item Change Setup
    4849. Item Change Setup
    4850. Item Change Setup
    4851. Item Change Setup
    4852. Item Change Setup
    4853. Item Change Setup
    4854. Item Char Height
    4855. Item Char Height
    4856. Item Char Height
    4857. Item Char Replacement Expressions
    4858. Item Char Spacing
    4859. Item Char Spacing
    4860. Item Char Width
    4861. Item Char Width
    4862. Item Char Width
    4863. Item Check Exist
    4864. Item Check Exist
    4865. Item Check Exist
    4866. Item Chroma AGC
    4867. Item Chroma AGC
    4868. Item Chroma AGC
    4869. Item Chroma AGC
    4870. Item Chroma Gain
    4871. Item Chroma Gain
    4872. Item Chroma Gain
    4873. Item Chroma Key: Pixel Value 0
    4874. Item Chroma Key: Pixel Value 0
    4875. Item Circle Arc
    4876. Item Circle Diameter
    4877. Item Circle Diameter
    4878. Item Circle Element
    4879. Item Circle
    4880. Item Circle
    4881. Item Circle
    4882. Item Circle Radius
    4883. Item Circle Radius
    4884. Item Circle Radius
    4885. Item Circle Radius
    4886. Item Circle Radius
    4887. Item Circular Sequence
    4888. Item Circular Sequence
    4889. Item Circular Sequence
    4890. Item Circular Sequence
    4891. Item Circular Sequence
    4892. Item Circular Sequence
    4893. Item Circular Sequence
    4894. Item Circumference, H,V
    4895. Item Circumference, H,V
    4896. Item Circumference, HV
    4897. Item Clear and Analyze
    4898. Item Clear and Analyze
    4899. Item Clear Buffers
    4900. Item Clear Cells
    4901. Item Clear Defect Map
    4902. Item Clear Defect Map
    4903. Item Clear Defect Map
    4904. Item Clear Defect Map
    4905. Item Clear Defect Map
    4906. Item Clear Defect Map
    4907. Item Clear Defect Map
    4908. Item Clear File Name(s) after Record
    4909. Item Clear File Name(s) after Record
    4910. Item Clear Frame Buffers on Format Change
    4911. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4912. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4913. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4914. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4915. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4916. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4917. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4918. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4919. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4920. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4921. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4922. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4923. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4924. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4925. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4926. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4927. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4928. Item Clear Gain Coef
    4929. Item Clear
    4930. Item Clear
    4931. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4932. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4933. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4934. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4935. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4936. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4937. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4938. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4939. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4940. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4941. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4942. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4943. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4944. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4945. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4946. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4947. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4948. Item Clear Offset Coef
    4949. Item Click-Select Buffer
    4950. Item Click-Select Buffer
    4951. Item Click-Select Seq(uence) Buffer
    4952. Item Click-Select Seq(uence) Buffer
    4953. Item Click & Add
    4954. Item Click & Drag
    4955. Item Click & Draw Array
    4956. Item Click & Draw C&O
    4957. Item Click & Draw C&O
    4958. Item Click & Draw C&O
    4959. Item Click & Draw C&O
    4960. Item Click & Draw C&O
    4961. Item Click & Draw
    4962. Item Click & Draw
    4963. Item Click & Draw
    4964. Item Click & Draw
    4965. Item Click & Draw
    4966. Item Click & Draw
    4967. Item Click & Draw
    4968. Item Click & Draw
    4969. Item Click & Draw
    4970. Item Click & Draw
    4971. Item Click & Draw
    4972. Item Click & Draw
    4973. Item Click & Draw
    4974. Item Click & Draw
    4975. Item Click & Draw
    4976. Item Click & Draw
    4977. Item Click & Draw
    4978. Item Click & Draw
    4979. Item Click & Draw
    4980. Item Click & Draw
    4981. Item Click & Draw
    4982. Item Click & Draw
    4983. Item Click & Draw
    4984. Item Click & Draw
    4985. Item Click & Draw
    4986. Item Click & Draw
    4987. Item Click & Erase
    4988. Item Click & Erase
    4989. Item Click & Grid
    4990. Item Click & Move
    4991. Item Click & Move
    4992. Item Click & Move
    4993. Item Click & Move
    4994. Item Click & Move
    4995. Item Click & Move
    4996. Item Click & Move
    4997. Item Click & Move
    4998. Item Click & Move
    4999. Item Click & Move
    5000. Item Click & Move
    5001. Item Click & Move
    5002. Item Click & Move
    5003. Item Click & Move
    5004. Item Click & Move
    5005. Item Click & Move
    5006. Item Click & Move
    5007. Item Click & Move
    5008. Item Click & Move
    5009. Item Click & Move
    5010. Item Click & Move
    5011. Item Click & Move
    5012. Item Click & Move
    5013. Item Click & Move
    5014. Item Click & Move
    5015. Item Click & Move
    5016. Item Click & Move
    5017. Item Click & Move
    5018. Item Click & Open/Close
    5019. Item Click & Open/Close
    5020. Item Click & Open/Close
    5021. Item Click & Open/Close
    5022. Item Click & Open/Close
    5023. Item Click & Pick
    5024. Item Click & Rotate Arc
    5025. Item Click & Rotate Arc
    5026. Item Click & Rotate Arc
    5027. Item Click & Rotate Arc
    5028. Item Click & Rotate Arc
    5029. Item Click & Rotate Array
    5030. Item Click & Rotate Axis
    5031. Item Click & Rotate Axis
    5032. Item Click & Rotate
    5033. Item Click & Rotate
    5034. Item Click & Rotate
    5035. Item Click & Rotate
    5036. Item Click & Rotate
    5037. Item Click & Rotate
    5038. Item Click & Rotate
    5039. Item Click & Rotate
    5040. Item Click & Shift
    5041. Item Click & Shift
    5042. Item Click & Shift
    5043. Item Click & Shift
    5044. Item Click & Slide
    5045. Item Click & Slide
    5046. Item Click & Slide
    5047. Item Click & Slide
    5048. Item Clock
    5049. Item Clock
    5050. Item Clock
    5051. Item Clock Source
    5052. Item Clock Source
    5053. Item Clock Source
    5054. Item Clock Source
    5055. Item Clock Source
    5056. Item Clock Source
    5057. Item Clock Source
    5058. Item Clock to Camera
    5059. Item Clock to Camera
    5060. Item Clock to Camera
    5061. Item Clock to Camera
    5062. Item Clock to Camera
    5063. Item Clock to Camera
    5064. Item Clock to Camera
    5065. Item Clock Update
    5066. Item Clocks per LVAL
    5067. Item Close & Dispose of Image
    5068. Item Close & Dispose of Image
    5069. Item Close & Dispose of Image
    5070. Item Close & Dispose of Image
    5071. Item Close
    5072. Item Close
    5073. Item Close On Completion
    5074. Item Close Viewer
    5075. Item Close Viewer
    5076. Item Closing
    5077. Item Cntl Pt 0, H
    5078. Item Cntl Pt 0, V
    5079. Item Cntl Pt 0, X
    5080. Item Cntl Pt 0, X
    5081. Item Cntl Pt 0, Y
    5082. Item Cntl Pt 0, Y
    5083. Item Cntl Pt 5, X
    5084. Item Cntl Pt 5, X
    5085. Item Cntl Pt 5, Y
    5086. Item Cntl Pt 5, Y
    5087. Item Coarse Subsampling
    5088. Item Coarse Subsampling
    5089. Item Coarse Subsampling
    5090. Item Coefficient (-1, 1)
    5091. Item Coefficient Minimum
    5092. Item Coefficients via f(X,Y,V)
    5093. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5094. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5095. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5096. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5097. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5098. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5099. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5100. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5101. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5102. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5103. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5104. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5105. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5106. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5107. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5108. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5109. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5110. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5111. Item Color & Balance Settings
    5112. Item Color 1
    5113. Item Color 1
    5114. Item Color 1
    5115. Item Color 2
    5116. Item Color 2
    5117. Item Color 2
    5118. Item Color 3
    5119. Item Color 3
    5120. Item Color 3
    5121. Item Color Band Number
    5122. Item Color Bars
    5123. Item Color Configuration
    5124. Item Color Configuration
    5125. Item Color in Packed Format
    5126. Item Color in Packed Format
    5127. Item Color in Planar Format
    5128. Item Color in Planar Format
    5129. Item Color Mark
    5130. Item Color
    5131. Item Color
    5132. Item Color
    5133. Item Color
    5134. Item Color
    5135. Item Color
    5136. Item Color
    5137. Item Color
    5138. Item Color
    5139. Item Color
    5140. Item Color
    5141. Item Color
    5142. Item Color
    5143. Item Color
    5144. Item Color
    5145. Item Color
    5146. Item Color
    5147. Item Color
    5148. Item Color
    5149. Item Color
    5150. Item Color
    5151. Item Color
    5152. Item Color
    5153. Item Color
    5154. Item Color
    5155. Item Color
    5156. Item Color
    5157. Item Color
    5158. Item Color
    5159. Item Color
    5160. Item Color
    5161. Item Color
    5162. Item Color
    5163. Item Color
    5164. Item Color
    5165. Item Color
    5166. Item Color
    5167. Item Color
    5168. Item Color
    5169. Item Color
    5170. Item Color
    5171. Item Color
    5172. Item Color
    5173. Item Color
    5174. Item Color
    5175. Item Color
    5176. Item Color
    5177. Item Color
    5178. Item Color
    5179. Item Color
    5180. Item Color
    5181. Item Color
    5182. Item Color
    5183. Item Color
    5184. Item Color
    5185. Item Color
    5186. Item Color
    5187. Item Color
    5188. Item Color
    5189. Item Color
    5190. Item Color
    5191. Item Color
    5192. Item Color
    5193. Item Color
    5194. Item Color
    5195. Item Color
    5196. Item Color
    5197. Item Color
    5198. Item Color
    5199. Item Color
    5200. Item Color
    5201. Item Color
    5202. Item Color
    5203. Item Color
    5204. Item Color
    5205. Item Color
    5206. Item Color
    5207. Item Color
    5208. Item Color
    5209. Item Color
    5210. Item Color
    5211. Item Color
    5212. Item Color
    5213. Item Color
    5214. Item Color
    5215. Item Color
    5216. Item Color
    5217. Item Color
    5218. Item Color
    5219. Item Color
    5220. Item Color
    5221. Item Color Pixel Format
    5222. Item Color Pixel Format
    5223. Item Color Quality
    5224. Item Color Quality
    5225. Item Color Quality
    5226. Item Color Quality
    5227. Item Color Quality
    5228. Item Color Quality
    5229. Item Color Quality
    5230. Item Color Quality
    5231. Item Color Quality
    5232. Item Color Quality
    5233. Item Color Quality
    5234. Item Color Quality
    5235. Item Color Quality
    5236. Item Color Quality
    5237. Item Color Quality
    5238. Item Color Quality
    5239. Item Color Quality
    5240. Item Color Quality
    5241. Item Color Quality
    5242. Item Color Quality
    5243. Item Color Quality
    5244. Item Color Quality
    5245. Item Color Quality
    5246. Item Color Quality
    5247. Item Color Quality
    5248. Item Color Quality
    5249. Item Color Quality
    5250. Item Color Quality
    5251. Item Color Quality
    5252. Item Color Quality
    5253. Item Color Quality
    5254. Item Color Quality
    5255. Item Color Quality
    5256. Item Color Quality
    5257. Item Color Quality
    5258. Item Color Quality
    5259. Item Color Quality
    5260. Item Color Quality
    5261. Item Color Quality
    5262. Item Color Quality
    5263. Item Color Quality
    5264. Item Color Quality
    5265. Item Color Quality
    5266. Item Color Quality
    5267. Item Color Quality
    5268. Item Color Quality
    5269. Item Color Quality
    5270. Item Color Quality
    5271. Item Color Quality
    5272. Item Color Quality
    5273. Item Color Quality
    5274. Item Color Quality
    5275. Item Color Quality
    5276. Item Color Quality
    5277. Item Color Quality
    5278. Item Color Quality
    5279. Item Color Quality
    5280. Item Color Quality
    5281. Item Color Quality
    5282. Item Color Quality
    5283. Item Color Quality
    5284. Item Color Quality
    5285. Item Color Quality
    5286. Item Color Quality
    5287. Item Color Quality
    5288. Item Color Quality
    5289. Item Color Quality
    5290. Item Color Quality
    5291. Item Color Quality
    5292. Item Color Quality
    5293. Item Color Quality
    5294. Item Color Quality
    5295. Item Color Quality
    5296. Item Color Quality
    5297. Item Color Quality
    5298. Item Color Quality
    5299. Item Color Quality
    5300. Item Color Quality
    5301. Item Color Quality
    5302. Item Color Space
    5303. Item Color Space
    5304. Item Color Space
    5305. Item Color Space
    5306. Item Color Space
    5307. Item Color Space
    5308. Item Color Space
    5309. Item Color Space
    5310. Item Color Space
    5311. Item Color Space
    5312. Item Color Space
    5313. Item Color Space
    5314. Item Color Space
    5315. Item Color Space
    5316. Item Color Space
    5317. Item Color Space
    5318. Item Color Space
    5319. Item Color Space
    5320. Item Color Space
    5321. Item Color Space
    5322. Item Color Space
    5323. Item Color Steps
    5324. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5325. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5326. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5327. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5328. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5329. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5330. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5331. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5332. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5333. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5334. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5335. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5336. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5337. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5338. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5339. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5340. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5341. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5342. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5343. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5344. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5345. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5346. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5347. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5348. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5349. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5350. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5351. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5352. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5353. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5354. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5355. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5356. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5357. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5358. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5359. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5360. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5361. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5362. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5363. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5364. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5365. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5366. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5367. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5368. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5369. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5370. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5371. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5372. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5373. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5374. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5375. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5376. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5377. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5378. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5379. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5380. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5381. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5382. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5383. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5384. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5385. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5386. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5387. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5388. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5389. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5390. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5391. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5392. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5393. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5394. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5395. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5396. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5397. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5398. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5399. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5400. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5401. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5402. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5403. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5404. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5405. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5406. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5407. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5408. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5409. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5410. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5411. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5412. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5413. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5414. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5415. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5416. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5417. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5418. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5419. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5420. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5421. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5422. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5423. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5424. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5425. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5426. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5427. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5428. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5429. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5430. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5431. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5432. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5433. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5434. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5435. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5436. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5437. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5438. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5439. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5440. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5441. Item Color Temp/Mode
    5442. Item Color Z
    5443. Item Color Z
    5444. Item ColorChecker (Line)
    5445. Item ColorChecker DC
    5446. Item ColorChecker
    5447. Item Coloring - Ave
    5448. Item Coloring - Sum
    5449. Item Coloring - Sum
    5450. Item Column Scaling Factor
    5451. Item Columns
    5452. Item COM? - Search
    5453. Item COM? - Search
    5454. Item COM? - Search
    5455. Item COM? - Search
    5456. Item COM? - Search
    5457. Item COM? - Search
    5458. Item COM? - Search
    5459. Item COM? - Search
    5460. Item Comment Card(s)
    5461. Item Comment Card(s)
    5462. Item Comment Card(s)
    5463. Item Comment Card(s)
    5464. Item Comment Card(s)
    5465. Item Comment: Add A-D Converter Settings
    5466. Item Comment: Add A-D Converter Settings
    5467. Item Comment: Add A-D Converter Settings
    5468. Item Comment: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings
    5469. Item Comment: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings
    5470. Item Comment: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings
    5471. Item Comment: Add Camera Info
    5472. Item Comment: Add Camera Info
    5473. Item Comment: Add Camera Info
    5474. Item Comment: Add Camera Settings
    5475. Item Comment: Add Camera Settings
    5476. Item Comment: Add Camera Settings
    5477. Item Comment: Add Camera Status
    5478. Item Comment: Add Camera Status
    5479. Item Comment: Add Camera Status
    5480. Item Comment: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    5481. Item Comment: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    5482. Item Comment: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    5483. Item Comments Info
    5484. Item Comments Info
    5485. Item Comments Info
    5486. Item Comments Info
    5487. Item Comments Info
    5488. Item Comments Info: Add A-D Converter Settings
    5489. Item Comments Info: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings
    5490. Item Comments Info: Add Camera Info
    5491. Item Comments Info: Add Camera Settings
    5492. Item Comments Info: Add Camera Status
    5493. Item Comments Info: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    5494. Item Common to All
    5495. Item Companded Color
    5496. Item Companded
    5497. Item Companded
    5498. Item Companded
    5499. Item Companded
    5500. Item Companded
    5501. Item Complement Colors
    5502. Item Complement Pixels
    5503. Item Complement Pixels
    5504. Item Complement Values
    5505. Item Compression Quality
    5506. Item Compression Quality
    5507. Item Compression Quality
    5508. Item Compression Quality
    5509. Item Compression Quality
    5510. Item Compression Quality
    5511. Item Compression Quality
    5512. Item Compression Quality
    5513. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP
    5514. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP
    5515. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP
    5516. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP
    5517. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless-HP
    5518. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless
    5519. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless
    5520. Item Compression: EPIX® Lossless
    5521. Item Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless
    5522. Item Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless
    5523. Item Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless
    5524. Item Compression: LZW-HP (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless
    5525. Item Compression: LZW (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless
    5526. Item Compression: LZW (Lempel-Ziv-Welch) Lossless
    5527. Item Compression: None
    5528. Item Compression: PackBits Lossless
    5529. Item Compression: PackBits Lossless
    5530. Item Compression: PackBits Lossless
    5531. Item Compute Full Statistics
    5532. Item Configuration Tips
    5533. Item Configuration Tips
    5534. Item Configuration Tips
    5535. Item Configuration Tips
    5536. Item Configuration Tips
    5537. Item Configuration Tips
    5538. Item Configuration Tips
    5539. Item Configuration Tips
    5540. Item Configured as Submodel
    5541. Item Configured w. Preset
    5542. Item Consistency
    5543. Item Consistency
    5544. Item Consistent Pseudo-Random
    5545. Item Constraint Condition
    5546. Item Constraint Value
    5547. Item Constraints f(...)
    5548. Item Continuous Capture, One Image per Event
    5549. Item Continuous Capture, One Image per Event
    5550. Item Continuous Capture, One Image per Event
    5551. Item Continuous
    5552. Item Continuous
    5553. Item Continuous
    5554. Item Continuous
    5555. Item Continuous
    5556. Item Continuous
    5557. Item Continuous
    5558. Item Continuous
    5559. Item Continuous
    5560. Item Continuous
    5561. Item Continuous
    5562. Item Continuous
    5563. Item Continuous
    5564. Item Continuous
    5565. Item Continuous
    5566. Item Continuous
    5567. Item Continuous
    5568. Item Continuous
    5569. Item Continuous
    5570. Item Continuous
    5571. Item Continuous
    5572. Item Continuous
    5573. Item Continuous
    5574. Item Continuous
    5575. Item Continuous
    5576. Item Continuous
    5577. Item Continuous
    5578. Item Continuous
    5579. Item Continuous
    5580. Item Continuous
    5581. Item Continuous
    5582. Item Continuous
    5583. Item Continuous
    5584. Item Continuous
    5585. Item Continuous
    5586. Item Continuous
    5587. Item Continuous
    5588. Item Continuous
    5589. Item Continuous
    5590. Item Continuous
    5591. Item Continuous
    5592. Item Continuous
    5593. Item Continuous
    5594. Item Continuous
    5595. Item Continuous
    5596. Item Continuous
    5597. Item Continuous
    5598. Item Continuous
    5599. Item Continuous
    5600. Item Continuous
    5601. Item Continuous
    5602. Item Continuous
    5603. Item Continuous
    5604. Item Continuous
    5605. Item Continuous
    5606. Item Continuous
    5607. Item Continuous
    5608. Item Continuous
    5609. Item Continuous
    5610. Item Continuous
    5611. Item Continuous
    5612. Item Continuous
    5613. Item Continuous
    5614. Item Continuous
    5615. Item Continuous
    5616. Item Continuous
    5617. Item Continuous
    5618. Item Continuous
    5619. Item Continuous
    5620. Item Continuous
    5621. Item Continuous
    5622. Item Continuous
    5623. Item Continuous
    5624. Item Continuous
    5625. Item Continuous
    5626. Item Continuous
    5627. Item Continuous
    5628. Item Continuous
    5629. Item Continuous
    5630. Item Continuous
    5631. Item Continuous
    5632. Item Continuous
    5633. Item Continuous
    5634. Item Continuous
    5635. Item Continuous
    5636. Item Continuous
    5637. Item Continuous
    5638. Item Continuous
    5639. Item Continuous
    5640. Item Continuous
    5641. Item Continuous
    5642. Item Continuous
    5643. Item Continuous
    5644. Item Continuous
    5645. Item Continuous
    5646. Item Continuous
    5647. Item Continuous
    5648. Item Continuous
    5649. Item Continuous
    5650. Item Continuous
    5651. Item Continuous
    5652. Item Continuous
    5653. Item Continuous
    5654. Item Continuous
    5655. Item Continuous
    5656. Item Continuous
    5657. Item Continuous
    5658. Item Continuous
    5659. Item Continuous
    5660. Item Continuous
    5661. Item Continuous
    5662. Item Continuous
    5663. Item Continuous
    5664. Item Continuous
    5665. Item Continuous
    5666. Item Continuous
    5667. Item Continuous
    5668. Item Continuous
    5669. Item Continuous
    5670. Item Continuous
    5671. Item Continuous
    5672. Item Continuous
    5673. Item Continuous
    5674. Item Continuous
    5675. Item Continuous
    5676. Item Continuous
    5677. Item Continuous
    5678. Item Continuous
    5679. Item Continuous
    5680. Item Continuous
    5681. Item Continuous
    5682. Item Continuous
    5683. Item Continuous
    5684. Item Continuous
    5685. Item Continuous
    5686. Item Continuous
    5687. Item Continuous
    5688. Item Continuous
    5689. Item Continuous
    5690. Item Continuous
    5691. Item Continuous
    5692. Item Continuous
    5693. Item Continuous
    5694. Item Continuous
    5695. Item Continuous
    5696. Item Continuous
    5697. Item Continuous
    5698. Item Continuous
    5699. Item Continuous
    5700. Item Continuous
    5701. Item Continuous
    5702. Item Continuous
    5703. Item Continuous
    5704. Item Continuous
    5705. Item Continuous
    5706. Item Continuous Run
    5707. Item Continuous Run
    5708. Item Continuous Run
    5709. Item Continuous Run
    5710. Item Continuous Run
    5711. Item Continuous Run
    5712. Item Continuous Run
    5713. Item Contrast Controls
    5714. Item Contrast Mod.
    5715. Item Contrast Modification
    5716. Item Contrast Modify & Match
    5717. Item Contrast
    5718. Item Contrast
    5719. Item Contrast
    5720. Item Contrast
    5721. Item Contrast
    5722. Item Contrast
    5723. Item Contrast
    5724. Item Contrast
    5725. Item Contrast Stretch
    5726. Item Control Pts
    5727. Item Control Pts
    5728. Item Controlled (Rolling Reset, Rolling Readout)
    5729. Item Controlled Exposure
    5730. Item Controlled Exposure
    5731. Item Controlled Exposure
    5732. Item Controlled Exposure
    5733. Item Controlled Exposure
    5734. Item Controlled Exposure
    5735. Item Controlled Exposure
    5736. Item Controlled Exposure
    5737. Item Controlled Exposure
    5738. Item Controlled Exposure
    5739. Item Controlled Exposure
    5740. Item Controlled Exposure
    5741. Item Controlled Exposure
    5742. Item Controlled Exposure
    5743. Item Controlled Exposure
    5744. Item Controlled Exposure
    5745. Item Controlled Exposure
    5746. Item Controlled Exposure
    5747. Item Controlled Exposure
    5748. Item Controlled Exposure
    5749. Item Controlled Exposure
    5750. Item Controlled Exposure
    5751. Item Controlled Exposure
    5752. Item Controlled Exposure
    5753. Item Controlled Exposure
    5754. Item Controlled Exposure
    5755. Item Controlled Exposure
    5756. Item Controlled Exposure
    5757. Item Controlled Exposure
    5758. Item Controlled Exposure
    5759. Item Controlled Exposure
    5760. Item Controlled Exposure
    5761. Item Controlled Exposure
    5762. Item Controlled Exposure
    5763. Item Controlled Exposure
    5764. Item Controlled Exposure
    5765. Item Controlled Exposure
    5766. Item Controlled Exposure
    5767. Item Controlled Exposure
    5768. Item Controlled Exposure
    5769. Item Controlled Exposure
    5770. Item Controlled Exposure
    5771. Item Controlled Exposure
    5772. Item Controlled Exposure
    5773. Item Controlled Exposure
    5774. Item Controlled Exposure
    5775. Item Controlled Exposure
    5776. Item Controlled Exposure
    5777. Item Controlled Exposure
    5778. Item Controlled Exposure
    5779. Item Controlled Exposure
    5780. Item Controlled Exposure
    5781. Item Controlled Exposure
    5782. Item Controlled Exposure
    5783. Item Controlled Exposure
    5784. Item Controlled Exposure
    5785. Item Controlled Exposure
    5786. Item Controlled Exposure
    5787. Item Controlled Exposure
    5788. Item Controlled Exposure
    5789. Item Controlled Exposure
    5790. Item Controlled Exposure
    5791. Item Controlled Exposure
    5792. Item Controlled Exposure
    5793. Item Controlled Exposure
    5794. Item Controlled Exposure
    5795. Item Controlled Exposure
    5796. Item Controlled Exposure
    5797. Item Controlled Exposure
    5798. Item Controlled Exposure
    5799. Item Controlled Exposure
    5800. Item Controlled Exposure
    5801. Item Controlled Exposure
    5802. Item Controlled Exposure
    5803. Item Controlled Exposure
    5804. Item Controlled Exposure
    5805. Item Controlled Exposure
    5806. Item Controlled Exposure
    5807. Item Controlled Exposure
    5808. Item Controlled Exposure
    5809. Item Controlled Exposure
    5810. Item Controlled Exposure
    5811. Item Controlled Exposure
    5812. Item Controlled Exposure
    5813. Item Controlled Exposure
    5814. Item Controlled Exposure
    5815. Item Controlled Exposure
    5816. Item Controlled Exposure
    5817. Item Controlled Exposure
    5818. Item Controlled Exposure
    5819. Item Controlled Exposure
    5820. Item Controlled Exposure
    5821. Item Controlled Exposure
    5822. Item Controlled Exposure
    5823. Item Controlled Exposure
    5824. Item Controlled Exposure
    5825. Item Controlled Exposure
    5826. Item Controlled Exposure
    5827. Item Controlled Exposure
    5828. Item Controlled Exposure
    5829. Item Controlled Exposure
    5830. Item Controlled Exposure
    5831. Item Controlled Exposure
    5832. Item Controlled Exposure
    5833. Item Controlled Exposure
    5834. Item Controlled Exposure
    5835. Item Controlled Exposure
    5836. Item Controlled Exposure
    5837. Item Controlled Exposure
    5838. Item Controlled Exposure
    5839. Item Controlled Exposure
    5840. Item Controlled Exposure
    5841. Item Controlled Exposure
    5842. Item Controlled Exposure
    5843. Item Controlled Exposure
    5844. Item Controlled Exposure
    5845. Item Controlled Exposure
    5846. Item Controlled Exposure
    5847. Item Controlled Exposure
    5848. Item Controlled Exposure
    5849. Item Controlled Exposure
    5850. Item Controlled Exposure
    5851. Item Controlled Exposure
    5852. Item Controlled Exposure
    5853. Item Controlled Exposure
    5854. Item Controlled Exposure
    5855. Item Controlled Exposure
    5856. Item Controlled Exposure
    5857. Item Controlled Exposure
    5858. Item Controlled Exposure
    5859. Item Controlled Exposure
    5860. Item Controlled Exposure
    5861. Item Controlled Exposure
    5862. Item Controlled Exposure
    5863. Item Controlled Exposure
    5864. Item Controlled Exposure
    5865. Item Controlled Exposure
    5866. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5867. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5868. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5869. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5870. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5871. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5872. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5873. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5874. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5875. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5876. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5877. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5878. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5879. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5880. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5881. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5882. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5883. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5884. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5885. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5886. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5887. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5888. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5889. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5890. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5891. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5892. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5893. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5894. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5895. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5896. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5897. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5898. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5899. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5900. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5901. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5902. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5903. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5904. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5905. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5906. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5907. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5908. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5909. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5910. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5911. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5912. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5913. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5914. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5915. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5916. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5917. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5918. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5919. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5920. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5921. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5922. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5923. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5924. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5925. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5926. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5927. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5928. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5929. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5930. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5931. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5932. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5933. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5934. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5935. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5936. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5937. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5938. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5939. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5940. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5941. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5942. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5943. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5944. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5945. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5946. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5947. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5948. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5949. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5950. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5951. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5952. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5953. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5954. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5955. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5956. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5957. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5958. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5959. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5960. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5961. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5962. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5963. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5964. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5965. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5966. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5967. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5968. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5969. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5970. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5971. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5972. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5973. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5974. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5975. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5976. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5977. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5978. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5979. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5980. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5981. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5982. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5983. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5984. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5985. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5986. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5987. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5988. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5989. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5990. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5991. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5992. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5993. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5994. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5995. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5996. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5997. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5998. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    5999. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6000. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6001. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6002. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6003. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6004. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6005. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6006. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6007. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6008. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6009. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6010. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6011. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6012. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6013. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6014. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6015. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6016. Item Controlled Frame Rate
    6017. Item Controlled Global (... Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6018. Item Controlled Global (... Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6019. Item Controlled Global
    6020. Item Controlled Global
    6021. Item Controlled Global
    6022. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6023. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6024. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6025. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6026. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6027. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6028. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6029. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6030. Item Controlled GRRR (Global Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6031. Item Controlled Integration
    6032. Item Controlled Integration
    6033. Item Controlled Integration
    6034. Item Controlled Integration
    6035. Item Controlled Integration
    6036. Item Controlled Integration
    6037. Item Controlled Integration
    6038. Item Controlled Integration
    6039. Item Controlled Integration
    6040. Item Controlled Integration
    6041. Item Controlled Integration
    6042. Item Controlled Integration
    6043. Item Controlled Integration
    6044. Item Controlled Integration
    6045. Item Controlled Integration
    6046. Item Controlled Integration
    6047. Item Controlled Integration
    6048. Item Controlled Integration
    6049. Item Controlled Integration
    6050. Item Controlled Integration
    6051. Item Controlled Integration
    6052. Item Controlled Integration
    6053. Item Controlled Integration
    6054. Item Controlled Integration
    6055. Item Controlled Integration
    6056. Item Controlled Integration
    6057. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6058. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6059. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6060. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6061. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6062. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6063. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6064. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6065. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6066. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6067. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6068. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6069. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6070. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6071. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6072. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6073. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6074. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6075. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6076. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6077. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6078. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6079. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6080. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6081. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6082. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6083. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6084. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6085. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6086. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6087. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6088. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6089. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6090. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6091. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6092. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6093. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6094. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6095. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6096. Item Controlled Line Rate
    6097. Item Controlled Mode
    6098. Item Controlled
    6099. Item Controlled
    6100. Item Controlled
    6101. Item Controlled
    6102. Item Controlled
    6103. Item Controlled
    6104. Item Controlled
    6105. Item Controlled
    6106. Item Controlled
    6107. Item Controlled
    6108. Item Controlled
    6109. Item Controlled
    6110. Item Controlled
    6111. Item Controlled
    6112. Item Controlled
    6113. Item Controlled
    6114. Item Controlled
    6115. Item Controlled
    6116. Item Controlled
    6117. Item Controlled
    6118. Item Controlled
    6119. Item Controlled
    6120. Item Controlled
    6121. Item Controlled
    6122. Item Controlled
    6123. Item Controlled
    6124. Item Controlled
    6125. Item Controlled
    6126. Item Controlled
    6127. Item Controlled
    6128. Item Controlled
    6129. Item Controlled
    6130. Item Controlled
    6131. Item Controlled
    6132. Item Controlled
    6133. Item Controlled
    6134. Item Controlled
    6135. Item Controlled
    6136. Item Controlled
    6137. Item Controlled Rolling (... Reset, Rolling Readout)
    6138. Item Controlled Rolling
    6139. Item Controlled Rolling
    6140. Item Controls - Axis
    6141. Item Controls - Color
    6142. Item Controls - Color
    6143. Item Controls - Format
    6144. Item Controls - Format
    6145. Item Controls - Label
    6146. Item Controls - Labels
    6147. Item Controls - MinMax
    6148. Item Controls - Probe
    6149. Item Controls - Reference
    6150. Item Controls
    6151. Item Controls
    6152. Item Controls
    6153. Item Controls
    6154. Item Controls
    6155. Item Controls
    6156. Item Controls
    6157. Item Controls
    6158. Item Controls
    6159. Item Controls
    6160. Item Controls
    6161. Item Controls
    6162. Item Controls
    6163. Item Controls
    6164. Item Controls
    6165. Item Controls
    6166. Item Controls
    6167. Item Controls
    6168. Item Controls
    6169. Item Convolution
    6170. Item Convolve(PixelValue)
    6171. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6172. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6173. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6174. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6175. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6176. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6177. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6178. Item Coord<=>Cursor
    6179. Item Coordinates
    6180. Item Coordinates
    6181. Item Coordinates
    6182. Item Coordinates
    6183. Item Coordinates
    6184. Item Copies
    6185. Item Copy & Flip
    6186. Item Copy & Reorder
    6187. Item Copy & Reorder
    6188. Item Copy & Resize
    6189. Item Copy & Resize
    6190. Item Copy & Resize
    6191. Item Copy & Resize
    6192. Item Copy & Resize
    6193. Item Copy & Retype
    6194. Item Copy & Tile
    6195. Item Copy and Overlay
    6196. Item Copy and Overlay
    6197. Item Copy as per AOI & Color Space
    6198. Item Copy as Shown, RGB+Palette+Graphics
    6199. Item Copy Blob Stats to Black Board
    6200. Item Copy Blob Stats to Black Board
    6201. Item Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard
    6202. Item Copy Data to Clipboard
    6203. Item Copy Data to Clipboard
    6204. Item Copy Data to Clipboard
    6205. Item Copy Data to Clipboard
    6206. Item Copy Data to Clipboard
    6207. Item Copy Data to Clipboard
    6208. Item Copy
    6209. Item Copy
    6210. Item Copy
    6211. Item Copy
    6212. Item Copy
    6213. Item Copy
    6214. Item Copy
    6215. Item Copy Pixel (Value)
    6216. Item Copy to Single URL
    6217. Item Copyright Info
    6218. Item Copyright Notice Tag
    6219. Item Corrected
    6220. Item Correlate
    6221. Item Correlation Finder
    6222. Item Correlation Finder
    6223. Item Correlation Map
    6224. Item Cos(x+y)+1
    6225. Item CRC-16
    6226. Item CRC-16
    6227. Item CRC-16
    6228. Item CRC-32
    6229. Item CRC-32
    6230. Item CRC-32
    6231. Item Create Directory
    6232. Item Create Image Viewer as Default Size
    6233. Item Create Image Viewer as Default Size
    6234. Item Create Image Viewer as Default Size
    6235. Item Crosshair Element
    6236. Item Crosshatch
    6237. Item Cumulative
    6238. Item Cumulative
    6239. Item Current Buffer
    6240. Item Current Camera Configuration
    6241. Item Current Date&Time
    6242. Item Current Date&Time
    6243. Item Current Date&Time
    6244. Item Current Date&Time
    6245. Item Current Date&Time
    6246. Item Current Format
    6247. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6248. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6249. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6250. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6251. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6252. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6253. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6254. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6255. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6256. Item Current Image (Displayed)
    6257. Item Current Image
    6258. Item Current Image
    6259. Item Current Image
    6260. Item Current Image
    6261. Item Current Image
    6262. Item Current Image
    6263. Item Current Image
    6264. Item Current Image
    6265. Item Current Image
    6266. Item Current Image
    6267. Item Current Image
    6268. Item Current Image
    6269. Item Current Image
    6270. Item Current Image
    6271. Item Current Image
    6272. Item Current Image Time Stamp
    6273. Item Current Image Time Stamp
    6274. Item Current Image Time Stamp
    6275. Item Current Image Time Stamp
    6276. Item Current Mode
    6277. Item Current Mode
    6278. Item Current
    6279. Item Current
    6280. Item Current
    6281. Item Current
    6282. Item Current Page
    6283. Item Current Position
    6284. Item Current Position
    6285. Item Current Position
    6286. Item Current Position
    6287. Item Current Position
    6288. Item Cursor >= Probe
    6289. Item Cursor Color
    6290. Item Cursor H Coord.
    6291. Item Cursor H Coord.
    6292. Item Cursor Interact
    6293. Item Cursor Marker
    6294. Item Cursor
    6295. Item Cursor On
    6296. Item Cursor V Coord.
    6297. Item Cursor V Coord.
    6298. Item Cursor X Coord.
    6299. Item Cursor X Coord.
    6300. Item Cursor Y Coord.
    6301. Item Cursor Y Coord.
    6302. Item Curve f(C,V)
    6303. Item Curves along X
    6304. Item Curves along X
    6305. Item Curves along Y
    6306. Item Curves along Y
    6307. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6308. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6309. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6310. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6311. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6312. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6313. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6314. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6315. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6316. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6317. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6318. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6319. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6320. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6321. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6322. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6323. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6324. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6325. Item Custom Advanced >>
    6326. Item Custom
    6327. Item Custom
    6328. Item Custom
    6329. Item Custom
    6330. Item Custom
    6331. Item Custom
    6332. Item Custom
    6333. Item Custom
    6334. Item Custom
    6335. Item Custom
    6336. Item Custom
    6337. Item Custom
    6338. Item Custom
    6339. Item Custom
    6340. Item Custom
    6341. Item Custom
    6342. Item Custom
    6343. Item Custom
    6344. Item Custom
    6345. Item Custom
    6346. Item Custom
    6347. Item Custom
    6348. Item Customization Passwords
    6349. Item Customization Passwords
    6350. Item Customize - Constraints
    6351. Item Customize - Constraints
    6352. Item Customize - Derived
    6353. Item Customize - Derived
    6354. Item Customize - Ordering
    6355. Item Customize - Ordering
    6356. Item Customize - Ordering
    6357. Item Customize - Report
    6358. Item Customize - Report
    6359. Item Customize - Report
    6360. Item Customize - Report
    6361. Item Customize - Report
    6362. Item Customized Headings
    6363. Item Customized
    6364. Item Cut
    6365. Item Cut
    6366. Item Cut
    6367. Item Cut
    6368. Item Cyan Data
    6369. Item cycles per second
    6370. Item DAC Knee 1
    6371. Item DAC Knee 1
    6372. Item DAC Knee 1
    6373. Item DAC Knee 1
    6374. Item DAC Knee 2
    6375. Item DAC Knee 2
    6376. Item DAC Knee 2
    6377. Item Dark Level
    6378. Item Dark Level
    6379. Item Dark Level
    6380. Item Dark over Light
    6381. Item Data 1 High Value
    6382. Item Data 1 Low Value
    6383. Item Data 1
    6384. Item Data 1
    6385. Item Data 2
    6386. Item Data 2
    6387. Item Data 3
    6388. Item Data 3
    6389. Item Data 4 High Value
    6390. Item Data 4 Low Value
    6391. Item Data 4
    6392. Item Data 4
    6393. Item Data Bits
    6394. Item Data Color
    6395. Item Data Color: Auto
    6396. Item Data Directory
    6397. Item Data Directory
    6398. Item Data Lines per Field
    6399. Item Data Lines per Field
    6400. Item Data Lines per Field
    6401. Item Data Mode
    6402. Item Data Mode
    6403. Item Data Mode
    6404. Item Data Mode
    6405. Item Data Mode
    6406. Item Data Mode
    6407. Item Data Mode
    6408. Item Data Mode
    6409. Item Data Mode
    6410. Item Data Mode
    6411. Item Data Pixel Format
    6412. Item Data Pixels per Line
    6413. Item Data Pixels per Line
    6414. Item Data Pixels per Line
    6415. Item Data Pixels per Line
    6416. Item Data Pixels per Line
    6417. Item Data Pixels per Line
    6418. Item Data Probe
    6419. Item Data Stamp
    6420. Item Data Stamp
    6421. Item Data Stamp
    6422. Item Data Stamp
    6423. Item Data Stamp
    6424. Item Data Stamp
    6425. Item Data Valid (DVAL) Signal
    6426. Item Data: Add A-D Converter Settings
    6427. Item Data: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings
    6428. Item Data: Add Camera Info
    6429. Item Data: Add Camera Settings
    6430. Item Data: Add Camera Status
    6431. Item Data: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    6432. Item Date-Obs Card
    6433. Item Date & Format
    6434. Item Date & Time Format
    6435. Item Date & Time Format
    6436. Item Date & Time Format
    6437. Item Date & Time Format
    6438. Item Date Card
    6439. Item Date Card
    6440. Item Date Card
    6441. Item Date
    6442. Item Date&Time Capture Stamp
    6443. Item Date&Time Comment
    6444. Item Date&Time Comment
    6445. Item Date&Time Comment
    6446. Item Date&Time Comment
    6447. Item Date&Time Comment
    6448. Item Date&Time Comment
    6449. Item Date&Time Comment
    6450. Item Date&Time Comment
    6451. Item Date&Time Info
    6452. Item Date&Time Info
    6453. Item Date&Time
    6454. Item Date&Time
    6455. Item Date&Time Stamp
    6456. Item Date&Time Stamp
    6457. Item Date&Time Stamp: Don't Set
    6458. Item Date&Time Stamp: Don't Set
    6459. Item Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time
    6460. Item Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time
    6461. Item Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time
    6462. Item Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time
    6463. Item Date&Time Stamp: Set from Image's Tag
    6464. Item Date&Time Stamp: Set from Image's Tag
    6465. Item Date&Time Tag
    6466. Item Date&Time Tag
    6467. Item Date&Time Tag
    6468. Item Date&Time Tag
    6469. Item Date&Time Tag
    6470. Item Date&Time Tag
    6471. Item days
    6472. Item Decimation
    6473. Item Decode SMPTE VITC
    6474. Item Decode SMPTE VITC
    6475. Item Decode SMPTE VITC
    6476. Item Decrement
    6477. Item Default (Color)
    6478. Item Default Aspect Ratio
    6479. Item Default Frame Rate Info
    6480. Item Default Image Alignment
    6481. Item Default Max Pixies & Bits
    6482. Item Default
    6483. Item Deflicker: Average Line Pairs
    6484. Item Deflicker: Duplicate Even Lines
    6485. Item Deflicker: Duplicate Odd Lines
    6486. Item Deflicker: Filter Singularity
    6487. Item Degrees, -180 to 180
    6488. Item Degrees, 0 to 360
    6489. Item Delay % Images
    6490. Item Delay % Images
    6491. Item Delay Each Action
    6492. Item Delay Each Action
    6493. Item Delay Each Repeat
    6494. Item Delay N Fields
    6495. Item Delay N Seconds
    6496. Item Delay None
    6497. Item Delayed Snap
    6498. Item Delayed Snap
    6499. Item Delayed Snap
    6500. Item Delayed Trigger
    6501. Item Delete All
    6502. Item Delete Blob from Results
    6503. Item Delete File
    6504. Item Delete
    6505. Item Delete
    6506. Item Delete
    6507. Item Delete
    6508. Item Delete One
    6509. Item Delete: File Name
    6510. Item Delete: Say Twice
    6511. Item Delta Field Count Capture Stamp
    6512. Item Delta Field Flag Capture Stamp
    6513. Item Delta G.P. Inputs Capture Stamp
    6514. Item Delta G.P. Trigger Count Capture Stamp
    6515. Item Delta H (Coordinate)
    6516. Item Delta PIXCI® Field Count Capture Stamp
    6517. Item Delta Time Capture Stamp
    6518. Item Delta V (Coordinate)
    6519. Item Delta, X
    6520. Item Delta, Y
    6521. Item Description
    6522. Item Description
    6523. Item Description
    6524. Item Description
    6525. Item Description Tag: Add A-D Converter Settings
    6526. Item Description Tag: Add All Capture & Adjust Settings
    6527. Item Description Tag: Add Camera Info
    6528. Item Description Tag: Add Camera Settings
    6529. Item Description Tag: Add Camera Status
    6530. Item Description Tag: Add Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    6531. Item Descriptive
    6532. Item Descriptive
    6533. Item Descriptive
    6534. Item Descriptive
    6535. Item Descriptive
    6536. Item Descriptive
    6537. Item Descriptive
    6538. Item Descriptive
    6539. Item Destination
    6540. Item Destination
    6541. Item Device Info
    6542. Item Device
    6543. Item Devices
    6544. Item Diameter
    6545. Item Diameter
    6546. Item Diameter
    6547. Item Diameter
    6548. Item Diameter
    6549. Item Diamond
    6550. Item Diamond
    6551. Item Diamond
    6552. Item Diamond
    6553. Item Diamond
    6554. Item Difference Sequence
    6555. Item Differentiate Duplicate Titles
    6556. Item Dig(ital) Gain
    6557. Item Dig(ital) Gain
    6558. Item DigGain/Gain/Exp
    6559. Item DigGain/Gain/Exp
    6560. Item Digital Gain
    6561. Item Digital Gain
    6562. Item Digital Gain
    6563. Item Digital Gain
    6564. Item Digital Gain
    6565. Item Digital Gain
    6566. Item Digital Gain
    6567. Item Digital Gain
    6568. Item Digital Gain
    6569. Item Digital Gain
    6570. Item Digital Gain
    6571. Item Digital Gain
    6572. Item Digital Gain
    6573. Item Digital Gain
    6574. Item Digital Gain
    6575. Item Digital Gain
    6576. Item Digital Gain
    6577. Item Digital Gain
    6578. Item Digital Gain
    6579. Item Digital Gain
    6580. Item Digital Gain
    6581. Item Digital Gain
    6582. Item Digital Gain
    6583. Item Digital Gain
    6584. Item Digital Gain
    6585. Item Digital Gain
    6586. Item Digital Gain
    6587. Item Digital Gain: Blue
    6588. Item Digital Gain: Gang
    6589. Item Digital Gain: Green
    6590. Item Digital Gain: Red
    6591. Item Digital
    6592. Item Digital Offset 0
    6593. Item Digital Offset 63
    6594. Item Digital Offset
    6595. Item Digital Offset
    6596. Item Digital Offset: Blue
    6597. Item Digital Offset: Gang
    6598. Item Digital Offset: Green
    6599. Item Digital Offset: Red
    6600. Item Dilate
    6601. Item Dilation
    6602. Item Dimensionless Ratio
    6603. Item Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit
    6604. Item Directed Perception Pan-Tilt Unit
    6605. Item Direction
    6606. Item Directory List: Path Name
    6607. Item Directory List: Path Name
    6608. Item Directory: Path Name
    6609. Item DirectX API
    6610. Item DirectX API
    6611. Item DirectX API
    6612. Item DirectX API
    6613. Item DirectX API?
    6614. Item DirectX API?
    6615. Item DirectX API?
    6616. Item DirectX API?
    6617. Item DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API
    6618. Item DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API?
    6619. Item DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API?
    6620. Item DirectX Dual Buffer RGB API?
    6621. Item DirectX Dual Buffer YUV API
    6622. Item DirectX Dual Buffer YUV API?
    6623. Item DirectX Dual Buffer YUYV API?
    6624. Item DirectX Dual Buffer YUYV API?
    6625. Item DirectX Dual Buffer ... API
    6626. Item DirectX Dual Buffer ... API?
    6627. Item DirectX Dual Buffer ... API?
    6628. Item DirectX Dual Buffer ... API?
    6629. Item Disable HV Calibration
    6630. Item Disable IRQ
    6631. Item Disabled
    6632. Item Disabled
    6633. Item Disabled
    6634. Item Disabled
    6635. Item Disabled
    6636. Item Disabled
    6637. Item Disabled
    6638. Item Disabled
    6639. Item Disabled
    6640. Item Disabled
    6641. Item Disabled
    6642. Item Disabled
    6643. Item Disabled
    6644. Item Disabled
    6645. Item Disabled
    6646. Item Disabled
    6647. Item Disabled
    6648. Item Disabled
    6649. Item Disabled
    6650. Item Disabled
    6651. Item Disabled
    6652. Item Disabled
    6653. Item Disabling
    6654. Item Disk's Sector Size Image Alignment
    6655. Item Disk's Sector Size Image Alignment
    6656. Item Disk Free Space
    6657. Item Disk Free Space
    6658. Item Disk Free Space
    6659. Item Disk Free Space
    6660. Item Disk Free Space
    6661. Item Disk I/O Alignment Size
    6662. Item Disk I/O Buffer Size (I/O)
    6663. Item Disk Total Space
    6664. Item Disk Total Space
    6665. Item Disk Total Space
    6666. Item Disk Total Space
    6667. Item Display Field Background
    6668. Item Display
    6669. Item Display
    6670. Item Display
    6671. Item Display
    6672. Item Display
    6673. Item Display
    6674. Item Display
    6675. Item Display
    6676. Item Display
    6677. Item Display
    6678. Item Display
    6679. Item Display Pixels, X
    6680. Item Display Pixels, Y
    6681. Item Display Update Rate
    6682. Item Display Update Rate
    6683. Item Display Update Rate
    6684. Item Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Calibrate
    6685. Item Distance & Angle Crosshairs - Calibrate
    6686. Item Distance & Angle Crosshairs
    6687. Item Distance & Angle Crosshairs
    6688. Item Distance & Angle Crosshairs
    6689. Item Distance & Angle Crosshairs
    6690. Item Dithering
    6691. Item Dithering
    6692. Item Dithering
    6693. Item Divider
    6694. Item Divisor
    6695. Item Divisor
    6696. Item Divisor
    6697. Item Divisor
    6698. Item Divisor
    6699. Item Dnload Setting
    6700. Item Dot Diameter
    6701. Item Download AGC/AEC Settings
    6702. Item Download Newest Release
    6703. Item Download Settings
    6704. Item Drag Image under Viewer
    6705. Item Drag Viewer over Image
    6706. Item Draw
    6707. Item Draw
    6708. Item Draw
    6709. Item Draw
    6710. Item Driver Assistant - Advanced Options
    6711. Item Driver Assistant
    6712. Item Driver Assistant
    6713. Item Drop Mark
    6714. Item Dst Pixie 0
    6715. Item Dst Pixie 1
    6716. Item Dual Image Viewer Style
    6717. Item Dual Image Viewer Style
    6718. Item Dual Image Viewer Style
    6719. Item Dual Slope (Exposure)
    6720. Item Dual Slope (Exposure)
    6721. Item Dual Slope
    6722. Item Duplicate Image
    6723. Item Duplicate Image Sequence
    6724. Item E-Mail Account
    6725. Item E-Mail Image
    6726. Item E-Mail Name
    6727. Item E-Mail
    6728. Item E-Mail Password
    6729. Item E-Mail Password
    6730. Item E-Mail Password
    6731. Item E-Mail Recipient
    6732. Item E-Mail Sender
    6733. Item E-Mail Server
    6734. Item E-Mail Server
    6735. Item E-Mail Subject
    6736. Item East
    6737. Item Edge ?, Angle
    6738. Item Edge ?, H Coord.
    6739. Item Edge ?, Strength
    6740. Item Edge ?, Strength
    6741. Item Edge ?, Strength
    6742. Item Edge ?, Strength
    6743. Item Edge ?, V Coord.
    6744. Item Edge 1+2=>3+4, Angle
    6745. Item Edge 1+2=>3+4, Distance
    6746. Item Edge 1=>2, Angle
    6747. Item Edge 1=>2, Distance
    6748. Item Edge 1=>3, Angle
    6749. Item Edge 1=>3, Distance
    6750. Item Edge Analysis Region
    6751. Item Edge Analysis Region
    6752. Item Edge Analysis Region
    6753. Item Edge Detection
    6754. Item Edge Enhance: Kirsch
    6755. Item Edge Enhance: Roberts
    6756. Item Edge Enhance: Sobel Absolute
    6757. Item Edge Enhance: Sobel
    6758. Item Edge Gradient
    6759. Item Edge Gradient: Log Kirsch
    6760. Item Edge Gradient: Log Roberts
    6761. Item Edge Gradient: Log Sobel-Absolute
    6762. Item Edge Gradient: Log Sobel
    6763. Item Edge Gradient: Thin, Maximal Effect
    6764. Item Edge Gradient: Thin, Minimal Effect
    6765. Item Edge Magnitude: Horizontal
    6766. Item Edge Magnitude: Horizontal, Dark over Light
    6767. Item Edge Magnitude: Horizontal, Light over Dark
    6768. Item Edge Magnitude: Kirsch
    6769. Item Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 4
    6770. Item Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 4, Dark on Light
    6771. Item Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 4, Light on Dark
    6772. Item Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 8
    6773. Item Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 8, Dark on Light
    6774. Item Edge Magnitude: Laplacian 8, Light on Dark
    6775. Item Edge Magnitude: Roberts
    6776. Item Edge Magnitude: Scaled Kirsch
    6777. Item Edge Magnitude: Scaled Roberts
    6778. Item Edge Magnitude: Scaled Sobel-Absolute
    6779. Item Edge Magnitude: Scaled Sobel
    6780. Item Edge Magnitude: Sobel-Absolute
    6781. Item Edge Magnitude: Sobel
    6782. Item Edge Magnitude: Vertical
    6783. Item Edge Magnitude: Vertical, Dark to Light
    6784. Item Edge Magnitude: Vertical, Light to Dark
    6785. Item Edge Strength Threshold
    6786. Item Edge Strength Threshold
    6787. Item Edge/Line Strength Threshold
    6788. Item Edge/Line Strength Threshold
    6789. Item Edger Color
    6790. Item Edges Found
    6791. Item Edit Date&Time
    6792. Item Edit Date&Time
    6793. Item Edit Date&Time
    6794. Item Edit Date&Time
    6795. Item Edit Date&Time
    6796. Item Edit Translation
    6797. Item Eject Page
    6798. Item Eject Page
    6799. Item Eject Page
    6800. Item Elapsed Time
    6801. Item Element Rotation
    6802. Item Element Rotation
    6803. Item Elevation
    6804. Item Ellipse Angle
    6805. Item Ellipse Angle
    6806. Item Ellipse Angle
    6807. Item Ellipse Angle
    6808. Item Ellipse Arc
    6809. Item Ellipse Center, H
    6810. Item Ellipse Center, V
    6811. Item Ellipse Color
    6812. Item Ellipse Fitter
    6813. Item Ellipse Height
    6814. Item Ellipse Height, V
    6815. Item Ellipse Height, Y
    6816. Item Ellipse
    6817. Item Ellipse
    6818. Item Ellipse
    6819. Item Ellipse Thickness
    6820. Item Ellipse Width
    6821. Item Ellipse Width, H
    6822. Item Ellipse Width, X
    6823. Item Elliptical Annulus Arc
    6824. Item Elliptical Annulus
    6825. Item Elongation
    6826. Item Emboss Enhance × 1
    6827. Item Emboss Enhance × 2
    6828. Item Emboss Enhance × 4
    6829. Item Embossed Edges × 1
    6830. Item Embossed Edges × 2
    6831. Item Embossed Edges × 4
    6832. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6833. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6834. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6835. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6836. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6837. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6838. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6839. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6840. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6841. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6842. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6843. Item Enable Long Exposure
    6844. Item Enable Short Exposure
    6845. Item Enable Short Exposure
    6846. Item Enable Short Exposure
    6847. Item Enable Short Exposure
    6848. Item Enabling
    6849. Item Enclosing Window Height, Y
    6850. Item Enclosing Window Origin, X
    6851. Item Enclosing Window Origin, Y
    6852. Item Enclosing Window Width, X
    6853. Item Encode Mode
    6854. Item Encode Mode
    6855. Item End
    6856. Item End
    6857. Item End
    6858. Item End
    6859. Item End
    6860. Item End
    6861. Item End
    6862. Item End
    6863. Item End
    6864. Item End
    6865. Item End
    6866. Item End
    6867. Item End
    6868. Item End Wait for Processing
    6869. Item End Wait for Processing
    6870. Item End Wait for Processing
    6871. Item End, Excl. X
    6872. Item End, Excl. Y
    6873. Item End, Incl. X
    6874. Item End, Incl. Y
    6875. Item End, X
    6876. Item End, X
    6877. Item End, X
    6878. Item End, Y
    6879. Item End, Y
    6880. Item End, Y
    6881. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6882. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6883. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6884. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6885. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6886. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6887. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6888. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6889. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6890. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6891. Item Ending Frame Buffer
    6892. Item Ends to Middle
    6893. Item Enhance On
    6894. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL
    6895. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL
    6896. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL
    6897. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL
    6898. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL
    6899. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL
    6900. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL
    6901. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL
    6902. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL
    6903. Item EPIX® SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL
    6904. Item Erase & Record
    6905. Item Erode
    6906. Item Erosion
    6907. Item Eval Expression
    6908. Item Eval Expression
    6909. Item Eval Expression
    6910. Item Eval Expression
    6911. Item Eval Expression
    6912. Item Eval to Integer
    6913. Item Eval to Real
    6914. Item Eval to String
    6915. Item Event Free
    6916. Item Event Free
    6917. Item Event Free
    6918. Item Event Free
    6919. Item Event per Image
    6920. Item Event per Image
    6921. Item Event per Image
    6922. Item Event per Image
    6923. Item Event per Image
    6924. Item Event per Image
    6925. Item Event per Image
    6926. Item Event per Image
    6927. Item Event per Image
    6928. Item Event Start & Stop
    6929. Item Event Start & Stop
    6930. Item Event Start & Stop
    6931. Item Event Start & Stop
    6932. Item Event Start
    6933. Item Event Start
    6934. Item Event Start
    6935. Item Event Start
    6936. Item Event Start
    6937. Item Event Start
    6938. Item Event Start
    6939. Item Event Start
    6940. Item Event Start
    6941. Item Event Stop
    6942. Item Event Stop
    6943. Item Event Stop
    6944. Item Event Stop
    6945. Item Event Stop
    6946. Item Event Stop
    6947. Item Event Stop
    6948. Item Event Stop
    6949. Item Event Stop
    6950. Item Event Stop
    6951. Item Event Stop
    6952. Item exabyte
    6953. Item Examine
    6954. Item Examine
    6955. Item Exec: Program File Name
    6956. Item Exec: Program Parameters
    6957. Item Exec: Wait till Done
    6958. Item Execute Program
    6959. Item Exp. Mult. ...
    6960. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6961. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6962. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6963. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6964. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6965. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6966. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6967. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6968. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6969. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6970. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6971. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6972. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6973. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6974. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6975. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/50
    6976. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6977. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6978. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6979. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6980. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6981. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6982. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6983. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6984. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6985. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6986. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6987. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6988. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6989. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6990. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6991. Item Exp. Mult. of 1/60
    6992. Item Exp., Max X
    6993. Item Exp., Max X
    6994. Item Exp., Max Y
    6995. Item Exp/AdcGain/Gain
    6996. Item Exp/DigGain/Gain
    6997. Item Exp/DigGain/Gain
    6998. Item Exp/DigGain/Gain
    6999. Item Exp/DigGain/Gain
    7000. Item Exp/DigGain/Gain
    7001. Item Exp/Gain
    7002. Item Exp/Gain
    7003. Item Exp/Gain
    7004. Item Exp/Gain
    7005. Item Exp/Gain
    7006. Item Exp/Gain/AdcGain
    7007. Item Exp/Gain/DigGain
    7008. Item Exp/Gain/DigGain
    7009. Item Expected Vector Magnitude, HV
    7010. Item Expected Vector Magnitude, HV
    7011. Item Expected Vector Magnitude, HV
    7012. Item Experiment ID
    7013. Item Expert
    7014. Item Expert
    7015. Item Explicit +
    7016. Item Exponent (Indicator) ^
    7017. Item Exponent (Indicator) e
    7018. Item Exponent (Indicator) E
    7019. Item Exponent Explicit +
    7020. Item Exponent Leading 0
    7021. Item Export Commands
    7022. Item Export Commands
    7023. Item Export Commands
    7024. Item Export Commands
    7025. Item Export Commands
    7026. Item Export Commands
    7027. Item Export Commands
    7028. Item Export Commands
    7029. Item Export Commands
    7030. Item Export Commands
    7031. Item Export Commands
    7032. Item Export Commands
    7033. Item Export Commands
    7034. Item Exposure (Trigger) Polarity
    7035. Item Exposure ,
    7036. Item Exposure ,
    7037. Item Exposure 2
    7038. Item Exposure 2
    7039. Item Exposure 3
    7040. Item Exposure 3
    7041. Item Exposure Control
    7042. Item Exposure Control
    7043. Item Exposure Control
    7044. Item Exposure Control
    7045. Item Exposure Control
    7046. Item Exposure Control
    7047. Item Exposure Delta
    7048. Item Exposure Delta
    7049. Item Exposure Knee 1
    7050. Item Exposure Knee 1
    7051. Item Exposure Knee 1
    7052. Item Exposure Knee 1
    7053. Item Exposure Knee 2
    7054. Item Exposure Knee 2
    7055. Item Exposure Knee 2
    7056. Item Exposure Knee
    7057. Item Exposure Mode
    7058. Item Exposure Mode
    7059. Item Exposure Mode
    7060. Item Exposure
    7061. Item Exposure
    7062. Item Exposure
    7063. Item Exposure
    7064. Item Exposure
    7065. Item Exposure
    7066. Item Exposure
    7067. Item Exposure
    7068. Item Exposure
    7069. Item Exposure
    7070. Item Exposure
    7071. Item Exposure
    7072. Item Exposure
    7073. Item Exposure
    7074. Item Exposure
    7075. Item Exposure
    7076. Item Exposure
    7077. Item Exposure
    7078. Item Exposure
    7079. Item Exposure
    7080. Item Exposure
    7081. Item Exposure
    7082. Item Exposure
    7083. Item Exposure
    7084. Item Exposure
    7085. Item Exposure
    7086. Item Exposure
    7087. Item Exposure
    7088. Item Exposure
    7089. Item Exposure
    7090. Item Exposure
    7091. Item Exposure
    7092. Item Exposure
    7093. Item Exposure
    7094. Item Exposure
    7095. Item Exposure
    7096. Item Exposure
    7097. Item Exposure
    7098. Item Exposure
    7099. Item Exposure
    7100. Item Exposure
    7101. Item Exposure
    7102. Item Exposure
    7103. Item Exposure
    7104. Item Exposure
    7105. Item Exposure
    7106. Item Exposure
    7107. Item Exposure
    7108. Item Exposure
    7109. Item Exposure
    7110. Item Exposure
    7111. Item Exposure
    7112. Item Exposure
    7113. Item Exposure
    7114. Item Exposure
    7115. Item Exposure
    7116. Item Exposure
    7117. Item Exposure
    7118. Item Exposure
    7119. Item Exposure
    7120. Item Exposure
    7121. Item Exposure
    7122. Item Exposure
    7123. Item Exposure
    7124. Item Exposure
    7125. Item Exposure
    7126. Item Exposure
    7127. Item Exposure
    7128. Item Exposure
    7129. Item Exposure
    7130. Item Exposure
    7131. Item Exposure
    7132. Item Exposure
    7133. Item Exposure
    7134. Item Exposure
    7135. Item Exposure
    7136. Item Exposure
    7137. Item Exposure
    7138. Item Exposure
    7139. Item Exposure
    7140. Item Exposure
    7141. Item Exposure
    7142. Item Exposure
    7143. Item Exposure
    7144. Item Exposure
    7145. Item Exposure
    7146. Item Exposure
    7147. Item Exposure
    7148. Item Exposure
    7149. Item Exposure
    7150. Item Exposure
    7151. Item Exposure
    7152. Item Exposure
    7153. Item Exposure
    7154. Item Exposure
    7155. Item Exposure
    7156. Item Exposure
    7157. Item Exposure
    7158. Item Exposure
    7159. Item Exposure
    7160. Item Exposure
    7161. Item Exposure
    7162. Item Exposure
    7163. Item Exposure
    7164. Item Exposure
    7165. Item Exposure
    7166. Item Exposure
    7167. Item Exposure
    7168. Item Exposure
    7169. Item Exposure
    7170. Item Exposure
    7171. Item Exposure
    7172. Item Exposure
    7173. Item Exposure
    7174. Item Exposure
    7175. Item Exposure
    7176. Item Exposure
    7177. Item Exposure
    7178. Item Exposure
    7179. Item Exposure
    7180. Item Exposure Polarity
    7181. Item Expression Eval
    7182. Item Expression Eval
    7183. Item Expression
    7184. Item Expression
    7185. Item Expression
    7186. Item Expression
    7187. Item Expression
    7188. Item Expression
    7189. Item Expression
    7190. Item Expression
    7191. Item Expression
    7192. Item Ext. Image Trigger
    7193. Item Ext. Start Event
    7194. Item Ext. Stop Event
    7195. Item Ext. Trig. Connection
    7196. Item Extract Balance Ref(erence)
    7197. Item Extract Balance Ref(erence)
    7198. Item Extract Black Reference
    7199. Item Extract Black Reference
    7200. Item Extract Bright Reference
    7201. Item Extract Bright Reference
    7202. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7203. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7204. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7205. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7206. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7207. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7208. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7209. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7210. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7211. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7212. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7213. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7214. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7215. Item Extract Defect Ref
    7216. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7217. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7218. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7219. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7220. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7221. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7222. Item Extract Defect Threshold
    7223. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7224. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7225. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7226. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7227. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7228. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7229. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7230. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7231. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7232. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7233. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7234. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7235. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7236. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7237. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7238. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7239. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7240. Item Extract from: Existing Image
    7241. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7242. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7243. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7244. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7245. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7246. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7247. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7248. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7249. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7250. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7251. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7252. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7253. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7254. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7255. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7256. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7257. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7258. Item Extract from: N Snapped Images
    7259. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7260. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7261. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7262. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7263. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7264. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7265. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7266. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7267. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7268. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7269. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7270. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7271. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7272. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7273. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7274. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7275. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7276. Item Extract from: Snapped Image
    7277. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7278. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7279. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7280. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7281. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7282. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7283. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7284. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7285. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7286. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7287. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7288. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7289. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7290. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7291. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7292. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7293. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7294. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7295. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7296. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7297. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7298. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7299. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7300. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7301. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7302. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7303. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7304. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7305. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7306. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7307. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7308. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7309. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7310. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7311. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7312. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7313. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7314. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7315. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7316. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7317. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7318. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7319. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7320. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7321. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7322. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7323. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7324. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7325. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7326. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7327. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7328. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7329. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7330. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7331. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7332. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7333. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7334. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7335. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7336. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7337. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7338. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7339. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7340. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7341. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7342. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7343. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7344. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7345. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7346. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7347. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7348. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7349. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7350. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7351. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7352. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7353. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7354. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7355. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7356. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7357. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7358. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7359. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7360. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7361. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7362. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7363. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7364. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7365. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7366. Item Extract Gain Ref
    7367. Item Extract Gain Tap Balance
    7368. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7369. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7370. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7371. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7372. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7373. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7374. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7375. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7376. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7377. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7378. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7379. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7380. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7381. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7382. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7383. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7384. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7385. Item Extract Gain Target: Max Value
    7386. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7387. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7388. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7389. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7390. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7391. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7392. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7393. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7394. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7395. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7396. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7397. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7398. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7399. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7400. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7401. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7402. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7403. Item Extract Gain Target: Mean Value
    7404. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7405. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7406. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7407. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7408. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7409. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7410. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7411. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7412. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7413. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7414. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7415. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7416. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7417. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7418. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7419. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7420. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7421. Item Extract Gain Target: Min Value
    7422. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7423. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7424. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7425. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7426. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7427. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7428. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7429. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7430. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7431. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7432. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7433. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7434. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7435. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7436. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7437. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7438. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7439. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7440. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7441. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7442. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7443. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7444. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7445. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7446. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7447. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7448. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7449. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7450. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7451. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7452. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7453. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7454. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7455. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7456. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7457. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7458. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7459. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7460. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7461. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7462. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7463. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7464. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7465. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7466. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7467. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7468. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7469. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7470. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7471. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7472. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7473. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7474. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7475. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7476. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7477. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7478. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7479. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7480. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7481. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7482. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7483. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7484. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7485. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7486. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7487. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7488. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7489. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7490. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7491. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7492. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7493. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7494. Item Extract Offset Ref
    7495. Item Extract Offset Tap Balance
    7496. Item Extrapolate & Verify
    7497. Item Extrapolate & Verify
    7498. Item Extrapolate & Verify
    7499. Item f(A, B)
    7500. Item Fahrenheit
    7501. Item Falling Edge
    7502. Item Falling Edge
    7503. Item Falling Edge
    7504. Item Falling Edge
    7505. Item Falling Edge
    7506. Item Falling Edge
    7507. Item Falling Edge
    7508. Item Falling Edge
    7509. Item Falling
    7510. Item Fancy Font
    7511. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7512. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7513. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7514. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7515. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7516. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7517. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7518. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7519. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7520. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7521. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7522. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7523. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7524. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7525. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7526. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7527. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7528. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7529. Item Fast (Grn#)
    7530. Item Fast Font
    7531. Item Fast
    7532. Item Fast
    7533. Item Fast
    7534. Item Fast
    7535. Item Fast
    7536. Item Fast
    7537. Item Fast
    7538. Item Fast
    7539. Item Fast
    7540. Item Fast
    7541. Item Fast
    7542. Item Fast
    7543. Item Fast
    7544. Item Fast
    7545. Item Fast
    7546. Item Fast
    7547. Item Fast
    7548. Item Fast
    7549. Item Fast
    7550. Item Fast Play
    7551. Item Fast Reverse Play
    7552. Item feet
    7553. Item FFT
    7554. Item Fiducial
    7555. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7556. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7557. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7558. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7559. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7560. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7561. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7562. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7563. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7564. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7565. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7566. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7567. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7568. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7569. Item Field at Field (Aligned)
    7570. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7571. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7572. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7573. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7574. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7575. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7576. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7577. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7578. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7579. Item Field at Frame (Aligned)
    7580. Item Field Count Capture Stamp
    7581. Item Field Count
    7582. Item Field Count
    7583. Item Field Flag Capture Stamp
    7584. Item Field N
    7585. Item Field N
    7586. Item Field/Frame Mode
    7587. Item Field/Frame Mode
    7588. Item Field/Frame Mode
    7589. Item Field/Frame Mode
    7590. Item Field/Frame Mode
    7591. Item Fields
    7592. Item FIFO Integrate
    7593. Item FIFO Integrate
    7594. Item FIFO Integrate
    7595. Item FIFO
    7596. Item FIFO
    7597. Item File - Copy Blob Stats to Black Board
    7598. Item File - Copy Blob Stats to Black Board
    7599. Item File - Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard
    7600. Item File - Copy Blob Stats to Clipboard
    7601. Item File - Copy Data to Black Board
    7602. Item File - Copy Data to Black Board
    7603. Item File - Copy Data to Clipboard
    7604. Item File - Copy Data to Clipboard
    7605. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board
    7606. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board
    7607. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board
    7608. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Black Board
    7609. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard
    7610. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard
    7611. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard
    7612. Item File - Copy Track Coordinates to Clipboard
    7613. Item File - Delete Graphic
    7614. Item File - Duplicate Graphic
    7615. Item File - Exit
    7616. Item File - Export Graphic
    7617. Item File - Export Graphic
    7618. Item File - Export
    7619. Item File - Export
    7620. Item File - Export
    7621. Item File - Image File Info
    7622. Item File - Import Graphic
    7623. Item File - Import
    7624. Item File - Import
    7625. Item File - Load Frame Buffer Memory
    7626. Item File - Load Frame Buffer Memory
    7627. Item File - Load Frame Buffer Memory
    7628. Item File - Load Frame Buffer Memory
    7629. Item File - Load Graphic
    7630. Item File - Load New Image
    7631. Item File - Load New Image Sequence
    7632. Item File - Load
    7633. Item File - New Graphic
    7634. Item File - New Graphic
    7635. Item File - New Region
    7636. Item File - Print Graphics
    7637. Item File - Print Graphics
    7638. Item File - Report
    7639. Item File - Save Blob Stats
    7640. Item File - Save Blob Stats
    7641. Item File - Save Blob Stats
    7642. Item File - Save Blob Stats
    7643. Item File - Save Data
    7644. Item File - Save Data
    7645. Item File - Save Data
    7646. Item File - Save Data
    7647. Item File - Save Data
    7648. Item File - Save Data
    7649. Item File - Save Data
    7650. Item File - Save Data
    7651. Item File - Save Frame Buffer Memory
    7652. Item File - Save Frame Buffer Memory
    7653. Item File - Save Frame Buffer Memory
    7654. Item File - Save Graphic
    7655. Item File - Save Graphic
    7656. Item File - Save Graphics
    7657. Item File - Save Graphics
    7658. Item File - Save Moments
    7659. Item File - Save
    7660. Item File - Save
    7661. Item File - Save Summary Stats
    7662. Item File - Save Summary Stats
    7663. Item File - Save Summary Stats
    7664. Item File - Save Track Coordinates
    7665. Item File - Save Track Coordinates
    7666. Item File - Save Track Coordinates
    7667. Item File - Save Track Coordinates
    7668. Item File Browse Effect is Interactive
    7669. Item File Browse Effect is Recorded
    7670. Item File Create/Append
    7671. Item File Create/Overwrite
    7672. Item File Includes Frame Buffer Stamp w. Date&Time
    7673. Item File Includes Image Date&Time Stamp
    7674. Item File Includes Image Date&Time Stamp
    7675. Item File Name
    7676. Item File Name
    7677. Item File Name
    7678. Item File Name
    7679. Item File Name
    7680. Item File Name
    7681. Item File Name
    7682. Item File Name
    7683. Item File Name
    7684. Item File Name
    7685. Item File Name
    7686. Item File Name
    7687. Item File Name
    7688. Item File Name
    7689. Item File Name
    7690. Item File Name
    7691. Item File Name
    7692. Item File Name
    7693. Item File Name
    7694. Item File Name
    7695. Item File Name
    7696. Item File Name Pattern
    7697. Item File Name Pattern
    7698. Item File Name Pattern
    7699. Item File Name Pattern
    7700. Item File Name Pattern
    7701. Item File Name Pattern
    7702. Item File Name Pattern
    7703. Item File Name Pattern
    7704. Item File Name Pattern
    7705. Item File Name Pattern
    7706. Item File Name Pattern
    7707. Item File Name Pattern
    7708. Item File Name Pattern
    7709. Item File Name Pattern
    7710. Item File Name Pattern
    7711. Item File Name Pattern
    7712. Item File Name Pattern
    7713. Item File Name Pattern
    7714. Item File Name Pattern
    7715. Item File Name Pattern
    7716. Item File Name Pattern
    7717. Item File Names Wild
    7718. Item File
    7719. Item File
    7720. Item File
    7721. Item File
    7722. Item File
    7723. Item File
    7724. Item File
    7725. Item File
    7726. Item File
    7727. Item File
    7728. Item File
    7729. Item File
    7730. Item File
    7731. Item File
    7732. Item File
    7733. Item File
    7734. Item File
    7735. Item File
    7736. Item File
    7737. Item File
    7738. Item File Offset
    7739. Item File Offset
    7740. Item File Offset
    7741. Item File Offset
    7742. Item File Offset
    7743. Item File Offset
    7744. Item File Offset
    7745. Item File Offset
    7746. Item File Strip Size
    7747. Item File Strip Size
    7748. Item File Strip Size
    7749. Item File Strip Size: Default
    7750. Item File w. Seq
    7751. Item File Write Protect
    7752. Item File Write Protect
    7753. Item File Write Protect
    7754. Item File Write Protect
    7755. Item File Write Protect
    7756. Item File Write Protect
    7757. Item File/Path Effect is File Name
    7758. Item File/Path Effect is Full Path
    7759. Item Files
    7760. Item Files
    7761. Item Fill from Seed at X Coordinate
    7762. Item Fill from Seed at X Coordinate
    7763. Item Fill from Seed at Y Coordinate
    7764. Item Fill from Seed at Y Coordinate
    7765. Item Fill including Boundary
    7766. Item Fill
    7767. Item Fill
    7768. Item Fill
    7769. Item Fill
    7770. Item Fill
    7771. Item Fill
    7772. Item Fill
    7773. Item Fill
    7774. Item Fill
    7775. Item Fill
    7776. Item Fill
    7777. Item Fill
    7778. Item Fill
    7779. Item Fill
    7780. Item Fill
    7781. Item Fill
    7782. Item Fill
    7783. Item Fill
    7784. Item Fill
    7785. Item Fill
    7786. Item Fill
    7787. Item Fill
    7788. Item Fill
    7789. Item Fill
    7790. Item Fill
    7791. Item Fill
    7792. Item Fill
    7793. Item Fill
    7794. Item Fill
    7795. Item Fill
    7796. Item Fill
    7797. Item Fill
    7798. Item Fill
    7799. Item Fill
    7800. Item Fill
    7801. Item Fill
    7802. Item Fill
    7803. Item Fill
    7804. Item Fill
    7805. Item Fill Percentage
    7806. Item Fill Percentage
    7807. Item Fill up to Boundary
    7808. Item Fill/Step
    7809. Item Filter Repetitions 1
    7810. Item Filter Repetitions 1
    7811. Item Filter Repetitions 2
    7812. Item Filter Repetitions 5
    7813. Item Filter Type 1
    7814. Item Filter Type 1
    7815. Item Filter Type 2
    7816. Item Filter Type 5
    7817. Item Filter Type
    7818. Item Find All Blobs
    7819. Item Find Blob at Cursor
    7820. Item Find Edges (One Boundary)
    7821. Item Find Edges (One Boundary)
    7822. Item Find Edges of Type
    7823. Item Find Lines (Two Boundary)
    7824. Item Find Lines (Two Boundary)
    7825. Item Find Lines of Type
    7826. Item Fine Subsampling
    7827. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7828. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7829. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7830. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7831. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7832. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7833. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7834. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7835. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7836. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7837. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7838. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7839. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7840. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7841. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7842. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7843. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7844. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7845. Item Finer (Grn#)
    7846. Item Finer
    7847. Item Finer
    7848. Item Finer
    7849. Item Finer
    7850. Item Finer
    7851. Item Finer
    7852. Item Finer
    7853. Item Finer
    7854. Item Finer
    7855. Item Finer
    7856. Item Finer
    7857. Item Finer
    7858. Item Finer
    7859. Item Finer
    7860. Item Finer
    7861. Item Finer
    7862. Item Finer
    7863. Item Finer
    7864. Item Finer
    7865. Item First Buffer
    7866. Item First Buffer
    7867. Item First Frame Buffer Captured
    7868. Item First Frame Buffer Captured
    7869. Item First Frame Buffer Captured
    7870. Item First Frame Buffer Captured
    7871. Item First Frame Buffer Captured
    7872. Item First Frame Buffer Captured
    7873. Item First Frame Buffer
    7874. Item First Frame Buffer
    7875. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7876. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7877. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7878. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7879. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7880. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7881. Item First Image (Displayed)
    7882. Item First Image Displayed
    7883. Item First Image Displayed
    7884. Item First Image Displayed
    7885. Item First Image Displayed
    7886. Item First Image Displayed
    7887. Item First Image Displayed
    7888. Item First Image Displayed
    7889. Item First Image Displayed
    7890. Item First Image Displayed
    7891. Item First Image Displayed
    7892. Item First Image Displayed
    7893. Item First Image Displayed
    7894. Item First Image Displayed
    7895. Item First Image Displayed
    7896. Item First Image Displayed
    7897. Item First Image Displayed
    7898. Item First Image Displayed
    7899. Item First Image Displayed
    7900. Item First Image Displayed
    7901. Item First Image Displayed
    7902. Item First Image Displayed
    7903. Item First Image Displayed
    7904. Item First Image Displayed
    7905. Item First Image Displayed
    7906. Item First Image Displayed
    7907. Item First Loaded Subfile
    7908. Item First Loaded Subfile
    7909. Item First Loaded Subfile
    7910. Item First Loaded Subfile
    7911. Item First Loaded Subfile
    7912. Item First/Last <=> Default AOI
    7913. Item First/Last => Default AOI
    7914. Item First/Last => Default AOI
    7915. Item First/Last => Default AOI
    7916. Item First/Last => Default AOI
    7917. Item First/Last => Default AOI
    7918. Item First/Last All Images
    7919. Item Fit Line Color
    7920. Item Fit Line Thickness
    7921. Item FITS
    7922. Item FITS
    7923. Item FITS
    7924. Item FITS
    7925. Item FITS What
    7926. Item FITS With
    7927. Item Fixed
    7928. Item Fixed Point
    7929. Item Fixed Point
    7930. Item Flash
    7931. Item Flip & Mirror
    7932. Item Flip Left/Right
    7933. Item Flip Left/Right
    7934. Item Flip
    7935. Item Flip
    7936. Item Flip Up/Down
    7937. Item Flip Up/Down
    7938. Item Floating (Point) Code
    7939. Item Floating (Point) Code
    7940. Item Floating Point Arithmetic
    7941. Item Flow Cntl
    7942. Item Focus
    7943. Item Focus
    7944. Item Font Name
    7945. Item Font Name
    7946. Item Font Size
    7947. Item Font Size
    7948. Item Font Size
    7949. Item Font Style
    7950. Item Force Aspect
    7951. Item Force Aspect
    7952. Item Force Aspect
    7953. Item Force Aspect
    7954. Item Force Aspect
    7955. Item Force Aspect
    7956. Item Force Aspect
    7957. Item Force Aspect
    7958. Item Force Aspect
    7959. Item Force Aspect
    7960. Item Force Aspect
    7961. Item Force Max Data Pixels
    7962. Item Force Max Pixies & Bits
    7963. Item Force Max Video Pixels
    7964. Item Force Video L/R Centering
    7965. Item Foreground
    7966. Item Foreground
    7967. Item Foreground
    7968. Item Format
    7969. Item Format
    7970. Item Format
    7971. Item Format
    7972. Item Format
    7973. Item Format
    7974. Item Format
    7975. Item Format
    7976. Item Format
    7977. Item Format
    7978. Item Format
    7979. Item Format, Size & Color
    7980. Item Format, Size & Color
    7981. Item Format, Size & Color
    7982. Item Found at Line (Y)
    7983. Item Found at Line (Y)
    7984. Item Found at Line (Y)
    7985. Item Four-head Mono
    7986. Item Four-head Mono
    7987. Item Frame & Field
    7988. Item Frame at Field (Aligned)
    7989. Item Frame at Field (Aligned)
    7990. Item Frame at Field (Aligned)
    7991. Item Frame at Field (Aligned)
    7992. Item Frame at Field (Aligned)
    7993. Item Frame at Frame (Aligned)
    7994. Item Frame at Frame (Aligned)
    7995. Item Frame at Frame (Aligned)
    7996. Item Frame at Frame (Aligned)
    7997. Item Frame at Frame (Aligned)
    7998. Item Frame Average
    7999. Item Frame Buffer Memory
    8000. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8001. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8002. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8003. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8004. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8005. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8006. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8007. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8008. Item Frame Buffer: 1 Field
    8009. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8010. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8011. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8012. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8013. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8014. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8015. Item Frame Buffer: 2 Fields
    8016. Item Frame Buffers in Memory
    8017. Item Frame Buffers
    8018. Item Frame Color
    8019. Item Frame Grabber Model
    8020. Item Frame Grabber Preset
    8021. Item Frame Grabber Submodel
    8022. Item Frame Grabbers in Use
    8023. Item Frame Height
    8024. Item Frame Mode
    8025. Item Frame Period
    8026. Item Frame Period
    8027. Item Frame Period
    8028. Item Frame Rate
    8029. Item Frame Rate
    8030. Item Frame Rate
    8031. Item Frame Rate
    8032. Item Frame Rate
    8033. Item Frame Rate
    8034. Item Frame Rate
    8035. Item Frame Rate
    8036. Item Frame Rate
    8037. Item Frame Rate
    8038. Item Frame Rate
    8039. Item Frame Rate
    8040. Item Frame Rate
    8041. Item Frame Rate
    8042. Item Frame Rate
    8043. Item Frame Rate
    8044. Item Frame Rate
    8045. Item Frame Rate
    8046. Item Frame Rate
    8047. Item Frame Rate
    8048. Item Frame Rate
    8049. Item Frame Rate
    8050. Item Frame Rate
    8051. Item Frame Rate
    8052. Item Frame Rate
    8053. Item Frame Rate
    8054. Item Frame Rate
    8055. Item Frame Rate
    8056. Item Frame Rate
    8057. Item Frame Rate
    8058. Item Frame Rate
    8059. Item Frame Rate
    8060. Item Frame Rate
    8061. Item Frame Rate
    8062. Item Frame Rate
    8063. Item Frame Rate
    8064. Item Frame Rate
    8065. Item Frame Rate
    8066. Item Frame Rate
    8067. Item Frame Rate
    8068. Item Frame Rate
    8069. Item Frame Rate
    8070. Item Frame Rate
    8071. Item Frame Rate
    8072. Item Frame Rate
    8073. Item Frame Thickness
    8074. Item Frame Value
    8075. Item Frame Width
    8076. Item Frames Averaged
    8077. Item Frames Averaged
    8078. Item Frames Averaged
    8079. Item Free-Run
    8080. Item Free-run
    8081. Item Free-Run
    8082. Item Free-Run
    8083. Item Free-Run
    8084. Item Free-Run
    8085. Item Free-run
    8086. Item Free-Run
    8087. Item Free-run
    8088. Item Free-Run
    8089. Item Free-run
    8090. Item Free-run
    8091. Item Free-run
    8092. Item Free-Run
    8093. Item Free-run
    8094. Item Free-run
    8095. Item Free-run
    8096. Item Free-run
    8097. Item Free-run
    8098. Item Free-Run
    8099. Item Free-run
    8100. Item Free-run
    8101. Item Free-run
    8102. Item Free-run
    8103. Item Free-run
    8104. Item Free-run
    8105. Item Free-run
    8106. Item Free-run
    8107. Item Free-Run
    8108. Item Free-run
    8109. Item Free Run
    8110. Item Free Run
    8111. Item Free Run
    8112. Item Free Run
    8113. Item Free Run
    8114. Item Free Run
    8115. Item Freeze Display
    8116. Item Freeze Display
    8117. Item Freeze Display
    8118. Item Freeze Imports
    8119. Item Freeze
    8120. Item Freeze
    8121. Item Freeze
    8122. Item Freeze
    8123. Item From Center of Mass
    8124. Item From Coordinates
    8125. Item From Coordinates
    8126. Item From End to Start
    8127. Item From Start to End
    8128. Item FTP Captured Image Copy Enabled
    8129. Item FTP Captured Image Copy Enabled
    8130. Item FTP Password
    8131. Item FTP Password
    8132. Item FTP Timeout
    8133. Item FTP Timeout
    8134. Item FTP to .tmp and Rename
    8135. Item FTP to .tmp and Rename
    8136. Item FTP User ID
    8137. Item FTP User ID
    8138. Item Fujinon CCTV Lens
    8139. Item Fujinon CCTV Lens
    8140. Item Full Configuration
    8141. Item Full Configuration
    8142. Item Full
    8143. Item Full Screen
    8144. Item Full Size
    8145. Item Full Size
    8146. Item Full Size
    8147. Item Full Size
    8148. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8149. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8150. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8151. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8152. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8153. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8154. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8155. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8156. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8157. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8158. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8159. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8160. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8161. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8162. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8163. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8164. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8165. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8166. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8167. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8168. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8169. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8170. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8171. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8172. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8173. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8174. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8175. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8176. Item Full Up/Dnload
    8177. Item Full Upload
    8178. Item Full Upload
    8179. Item Full Upload
    8180. Item Full Upload
    8181. Item Full Upload
    8182. Item Full Upload
    8183. Item Full Upload
    8184. Item Full Upload
    8185. Item Full Upload
    8186. Item Full Upload
    8187. Item Full Upload
    8188. Item Full Upload
    8189. Item Full Upload
    8190. Item Full Upload
    8191. Item Full Upload
    8192. Item G B R
    8193. Item G R B
    8194. Item G.P Input Debounce (Delay)
    8195. Item G.P Trigger Debounce (Delay)
    8196. Item G.P Trigger Debounce (Delay)
    8197. Item G.P Trigger Debounce (Delay)
    8198. Item G.P. Input 0=>1
    8199. Item G.P. Input 0=>1
    8200. Item G.P. Input 1=>0
    8201. Item G.P. Input 1=>0
    8202. Item G.P. Input Bit
    8203. Item G.P. Input Change
    8204. Item G.P. Input Change
    8205. Item G.P. Input
    8206. Item G.P. Input
    8207. Item G.P. Input
    8208. Item G.P. Input
    8209. Item G.P. Inputs Capture Stamp
    8210. Item G.P. Trigger Count Capture Stamp
    8211. Item G.P. Trigger Number
    8212. Item G.P. Trigger
    8213. Item G.P. Trigger
    8214. Item G.P. Trigger
    8215. Item G.P. Trigger
    8216. Item G.P. Trigger
    8217. Item G.P. Trigger
    8218. Item G.P. Trigger
    8219. Item G.P.I.O
    8220. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8221. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8222. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8223. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8224. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8225. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8226. Item Gain & Offset & Defect
    8227. Item Gain & Offset Normalization
    8228. Item Gain & Offset Normalization: MaxSrcB*(SrcC-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA)
    8229. Item Gain & Offset Normalization: MeanSrcB*(Dst-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA)
    8230. Item Gain & Offset Normalization: MinSrcB*(SrcC-SrcA)/(SrcB-SrcA)
    8231. Item Gain & Offset
    8232. Item Gain & Offset
    8233. Item Gain & Offset
    8234. Item Gain & Offset
    8235. Item Gain & Offset
    8236. Item Gain & Offset
    8237. Item Gain & Offset
    8238. Item Gain & Offset
    8239. Item Gain & Offset
    8240. Item Gain & Offset
    8241. Item Gain & Offset
    8242. Item Gain & Offset
    8243. Item Gain & Offset
    8244. Item Gain & Offset
    8245. Item Gain & Offset
    8246. Item Gain & Offset
    8247. Item Gain & Offset
    8248. Item Gain & Offset
    8249. Item Gain A
    8250. Item Gain A
    8251. Item Gain A
    8252. Item Gain AGC
    8253. Item Gain AGC
    8254. Item Gain B
    8255. Item Gain B
    8256. Item Gain B
    8257. Item Gain C
    8258. Item Gain C
    8259. Item Gain C
    8260. Item Gain Controls
    8261. Item Gain dB Controls
    8262. Item Gain
    8263. Item Gain
    8264. Item Gain
    8265. Item Gain
    8266. Item Gain
    8267. Item Gain
    8268. Item Gain
    8269. Item Gain
    8270. Item Gain
    8271. Item Gain
    8272. Item Gain
    8273. Item Gain
    8274. Item Gain
    8275. Item Gain
    8276. Item Gain
    8277. Item Gain
    8278. Item Gain
    8279. Item Gain
    8280. Item Gain
    8281. Item Gain
    8282. Item Gain
    8283. Item Gain
    8284. Item Gain
    8285. Item Gain
    8286. Item Gain
    8287. Item Gain
    8288. Item Gain
    8289. Item Gain
    8290. Item Gain
    8291. Item Gain
    8292. Item Gain
    8293. Item Gain
    8294. Item Gain
    8295. Item Gain
    8296. Item Gain
    8297. Item Gain
    8298. Item Gain
    8299. Item Gain
    8300. Item Gain
    8301. Item Gain
    8302. Item Gain
    8303. Item Gain
    8304. Item Gain
    8305. Item Gain
    8306. Item Gain
    8307. Item Gain
    8308. Item Gain
    8309. Item Gain
    8310. Item Gain
    8311. Item Gain
    8312. Item Gain
    8313. Item Gain
    8314. Item Gain
    8315. Item Gain
    8316. Item Gain
    8317. Item Gain
    8318. Item Gain
    8319. Item Gain
    8320. Item Gain
    8321. Item Gain
    8322. Item Gain
    8323. Item Gain
    8324. Item Gain
    8325. Item Gain
    8326. Item Gain
    8327. Item Gain
    8328. Item Gain
    8329. Item Gain
    8330. Item Gain/AdcGain/Exp
    8331. Item Gain/DigGain/Exp
    8332. Item Gain/DigGain/Exp
    8333. Item Gain/DigGain/Exp
    8334. Item Gain/DigGain/Exp
    8335. Item Gain/DigGain/Exp
    8336. Item Gain/Exp
    8337. Item Gain/Exp
    8338. Item Gain/Exp
    8339. Item Gain/Exp
    8340. Item Gain/Exp
    8341. Item Gain: High Range
    8342. Item Gain: High Range
    8343. Item Gain: Low Range
    8344. Item Gain: Low Range
    8345. Item Gamma Controls
    8346. Item Gamma Correction
    8347. Item Gamma Correction
    8348. Item Gamma Invert
    8349. Item Gamma
    8350. Item Gamma
    8351. Item Gamma
    8352. Item Gamma
    8353. Item Gamma
    8354. Item Gamma
    8355. Item Gamma
    8356. Item Gamma
    8357. Item Gamma
    8358. Item Gamma
    8359. Item Gamma
    8360. Item Gamma
    8361. Item Gamma
    8362. Item Gamma
    8363. Item Gamma
    8364. Item Gamma
    8365. Item Gamma
    8366. Item Gamma
    8367. Item Gamma
    8368. Item Gamma
    8369. Item Gamma
    8370. Item Gamma
    8371. Item Gamma
    8372. Item Gamma
    8373. Item Gamma
    8374. Item Gamma
    8375. Item Gamma
    8376. Item Gamma
    8377. Item Gamma
    8378. Item Gamma
    8379. Item Gamma
    8380. Item Gamma
    8381. Item Gamma
    8382. Item Gamma
    8383. Item Gamma
    8384. Item Gamma
    8385. Item Gamma
    8386. Item Gamma
    8387. Item Gamma
    8388. Item Gamma
    8389. Item Gamma
    8390. Item Gamma
    8391. Item Gamma
    8392. Item Gamma
    8393. Item Gamma
    8394. Item Gamma
    8395. Item Gamma
    8396. Item Gamma
    8397. Item Gamma
    8398. Item Gamma
    8399. Item Gamma
    8400. Item Gamma
    8401. Item Gamma
    8402. Item Gamma
    8403. Item Gamma
    8404. Item Gamma
    8405. Item Gamma
    8406. Item Gamma
    8407. Item Gamma
    8408. Item Gamma
    8409. Item Gateway Fill & Pushdown
    8410. Item Gateway Fill & Pushdown
    8411. Item Gateway Fill & Repeat
    8412. Item Gateway Fill & Stop
    8413. Item Gateway
    8414. Item Gateway
    8415. Item Gateway
    8416. Item Gateway Off
    8417. Item Gateway Off
    8418. Item Gaussian Area Interpolation
    8419. Item Gaussian Area Interpolation
    8420. Item Gaussian Grid
    8421. Item Gaussian
    8422. Item GDI API
    8423. Item GDI API?
    8424. Item GDI API?
    8425. Item GDI API?
    8426. Item GDI API?
    8427. Item GDI API?
    8428. Item General Purpose Input Mask
    8429. Item General Purpose Output
    8430. Item Genlock in Digitize
    8431. Item Genlock in Digitize
    8432. Item gigabytes
    8433. Item gigacycles per second
    8434. Item gigaHertz
    8435. Item GIO Event Capture
    8436. Item GIO Event Capture
    8437. Item Gradient over Boundary
    8438. Item Gradient over Boundary
    8439. Item Graphic Annulus Arc
    8440. Item Graphic Annulus
    8441. Item Graphic Arrow
    8442. Item Graphic Bezier Curve
    8443. Item Graphic Bezier Region
    8444. Item Graphic Cartesian Reticle
    8445. Item Graphic Circle Arc
    8446. Item Graphic Circle
    8447. Item Graphic Diamond
    8448. Item Graphic Diamond
    8449. Item Graphic Ellipse Arc
    8450. Item Graphic Ellipse
    8451. Item Graphic Elliptical Annulus Arc
    8452. Item Graphic Elliptical Annulus
    8453. Item Graphic Line
    8454. Item Graphic Manager
    8455. Item Graphic Manager
    8456. Item Graphic Manager
    8457. Item Graphic Manager
    8458. Item Graphic Manager
    8459. Item Graphic Manager
    8460. Item Graphic Manager
    8461. Item Graphic Manager
    8462. Item Graphic Manager
    8463. Item Graphic
    8464. Item Graphic Object
    8465. Item Graphic Objects
    8466. Item Graphic Parallel Lines
    8467. Item Graphic Path Curve
    8468. Item Graphic Path Enclosed
    8469. Item Graphic Point
    8470. Item Graphic Points
    8471. Item Graphic Polar Reticle
    8472. Item Graphic Polygon
    8473. Item Graphic Polyline
    8474. Item Graphic Protractor
    8475. Item Graphic Rectangle Array
    8476. Item Graphic Rectangle
    8477. Item Graphic Rectangular Frame
    8478. Item Graphic Ruler
    8479. Item Graphic Text
    8480. Item Graphic Window
    8481. Item Graphic Window
    8482. Item Graphics to File
    8483. Item Graphics to Image
    8484. Item Graphics to Print
    8485. Item Green Black Reference
    8486. Item Green Bright Reference
    8487. Item Green Data
    8488. Item Green Digital Gain
    8489. Item Green Digital Offset
    8490. Item Green Gain
    8491. Item Green Gain
    8492. Item Green Gain
    8493. Item GreenB (Digital) Gain
    8494. Item GreenB (Digital) Gain
    8495. Item GreenB Gain
    8496. Item GreenB Gain
    8497. Item GreenB Gain
    8498. Item GreenB Gain
    8499. Item GreenB Gain
    8500. Item GreenB Gain
    8501. Item GreenB Gain
    8502. Item GreenR (Digital) Gain
    8503. Item GreenR (Digital) Gain
    8504. Item GreenR Gain
    8505. Item GreenR Gain
    8506. Item GreenR Gain
    8507. Item GreenR Gain
    8508. Item GreenR Gain
    8509. Item GreenR Gain
    8510. Item GreenR Gain
    8511. Item Grey Level
    8512. Item Grid Interval, X
    8513. Item Grid Interval, Y
    8514. Item Grid
    8515. Item Grn-Blue Start
    8516. Item Grn-Red Start
    8517. Item GrnB Gain
    8518. Item GrnR Gain
    8519. Item Group
    8520. Item Group
    8521. Item GUI
    8522. Item H-Offset Offset
    8523. Item H Coord
    8524. Item H Coord(inate)
    8525. Item H Element
    8526. Item H Origin
    8527. Item H Origin
    8528. Item H Trigger Input
    8529. Item H Trigger Input
    8530. Item H Trigger Input
    8531. Item H Trigger Input
    8532. Item H Trigger Input
    8533. Item H Trigger Input
    8534. Item H Trigger Input
    8535. Item H Trigger Input
    8536. Item H Trigger Input
    8537. Item H Trigger Input
    8538. Item H Trigger Input
    8539. Item H Trigger Input
    8540. Item H Trigger Input
    8541. Item H Trigger Input
    8542. Item H Trigger Input
    8543. Item H Trigger Input
    8544. Item H Trigger Input
    8545. Item H Trigger Input
    8546. Item H Trigger Input
    8547. Item H Trigger Input
    8548. Item H Trigger Input
    8549. Item H Trigger Input
    8550. Item H Trigger Input
    8551. Item H Trigger Input
    8552. Item H Trigger Input
    8553. Item H Trigger Input
    8554. Item H Trigger Input
    8555. Item H Trigger Input
    8556. Item H Trigger Input
    8557. Item H Trigger Input
    8558. Item H Trigger Input
    8559. Item H Trigger Input
    8560. Item H Width
    8561. Item H(orizontal) & V(ertical) Binning
    8562. Item Half Cycle
    8563. Item Half Cycle, Horizontal
    8564. Item Half Cycle, Horizontal
    8565. Item Half Cycle, Vertical
    8566. Item Half Cycle, Vertical
    8567. Item Halftone Image
    8568. Item Halftone, Dot Construction
    8569. Item Handshake: PREPARE
    8570. Item Handshake: PREPARE
    8571. Item HDR Curve
    8572. Item HDR Exposure T1
    8573. Item HDR Exposure T1
    8574. Item HDR Exposure T2
    8575. Item HDR Mode
    8576. Item HDR Mode
    8577. Item HDR T2 Ratio
    8578. Item HDR T3 Ratio
    8579. Item Head Angle
    8580. Item Head Angle
    8581. Item Head Size
    8582. Item Head Size
    8583. Item Header Text
    8584. Item Height
    8585. Item Height
    8586. Item Height
    8587. Item Height
    8588. Item Height
    8589. Item Height
    8590. Item Height
    8591. Item Height per Aspect Ratio
    8592. Item Height @ 50% Amplitude
    8593. Item Height @ 50% Amplitude
    8594. Item Height, on V
    8595. Item Height, Projected on V
    8596. Item Height, Projected on V
    8597. Item Height, V
    8598. Item Height, V
    8599. Item Height, V
    8600. Item Height, V
    8601. Item Height, V
    8602. Item Height, X
    8603. Item Height, Y
    8604. Item Height, Y
    8605. Item Height, Y
    8606. Item Height, Y
    8607. Item Height, Y
    8608. Item Height, Y
    8609. Item Help
    8610. Item Help
    8611. Item Hertz (cycles per second)
    8612. Item Hi Precision
    8613. Item Hide
    8614. Item Hide
    8615. Item High Dyn(amic) Range
    8616. Item High Dyn(amic) Range
    8617. Item High Dyn(amic) Range
    8618. Item High Dynamic Range
    8619. Item High Dynamic Range
    8620. Item High Dynamic Range
    8621. Item High Dynamic Range
    8622. Item High Dynamic Range
    8623. Item High Endpoint
    8624. Item High Frequency
    8625. Item High Frequency
    8626. Item High Limit
    8627. Item High Non Zero
    8628. Item High Non Zero
    8629. Item High
    8630. Item High
    8631. Item High
    8632. Item High
    8633. Item High Percentile Endpoint
    8634. Item High Percentile Limit
    8635. Item High Pixel Endpoint
    8636. Item High Pixel Endpoint
    8637. Item High Pixel Endpoint
    8638. Item High Pixel Endpoint
    8639. Item High Pixel Endpoint
    8640. Item High Pixel Endpoint
    8641. Item High Pixel Limit
    8642. Item High Precision
    8643. Item High to Low
    8644. Item High Value
    8645. Item High Value
    8646. Item High Value
    8647. Item High Value
    8648. Item High Value
    8649. Item High Value
    8650. Item Highlight f(...)
    8651. Item Highlight f(...)
    8652. Item Highlight f(...)
    8653. Item Highlight
    8654. Item Highlight
    8655. Item Hint
    8656. Item Histogram Modification
    8657. Item Histogram Modification
    8658. Item Histogram
    8659. Item Histogram
    8660. Item Histogram
    8661. Item Histogram
    8662. Item Histogram
    8663. Item Histogram Pair
    8664. Item Histogram Pair
    8665. Item Histogram Pair
    8666. Item Histogram Pair
    8667. Item Histogram Shape f(Z)
    8668. Item Histogram: Exponential
    8669. Item Histogram: Exponential Transposed
    8670. Item Histogram: Half Sine Wave, Centered
    8671. Item Histogram: Linear
    8672. Item Histogram: Linear
    8673. Item Histogram: Logarithmic
    8674. Item Histogram: Logarithmic Transposed
    8675. Item Histogram: User-Defined
    8676. Item History Card(s)
    8677. Item Hit-Miss
    8678. Item Horizontal Frequency
    8679. Item Horizontal Frequency
    8680. Item Horizontal Frequency
    8681. Item Horizontal Frequency
    8682. Item Horizontal Frequency
    8683. Item Horizontal Frequency
    8684. Item Horizontal Margin
    8685. Item Horizontal Offset
    8686. Item Horizontal Pixels per Meter Info
    8687. Item Horizontal Pixels per Meter Info
    8688. Item Horizontal Replication
    8689. Item Horizontal Resolution
    8690. Item Horizontal Resolution
    8691. Item Horizontal Resolution Tag
    8692. Item Horizontal Sharpen Filter: Mild
    8693. Item Horizontal Size
    8694. Item Horizontal Spacing
    8695. Item Horizontal Spacing
    8696. Item Horizontal Stripes
    8697. Item Horz(Horizontal)
    8698. Item Horz. Image Plank
    8699. Item Hourglass Cursor
    8700. Item hours
    8701. Item HP LaserJet4 600 DPI
    8702. Item HSB Slice
    8703. Item HSB Slices
    8704. Item HSB Tweak
    8705. Item HSB Tweak
    8706. Item HTTP Image Sequence Server Enabled
    8707. Item HTTP Port
    8708. Item Hue Mod.
    8709. Item Hue Mod.
    8710. Item Hue
    8711. Item Hue
    8712. Item Hue
    8713. Item HV Length
    8714. Item HV Length of Line 1
    8715. Item HV Length of Line 1
    8716. Item HV Units are Named
    8717. Item HV Units
    8718. Item HV Units
    8719. Item HV Units
    8720. Item HV Units
    8721. Item HV Units
    8722. Item HV Units
    8723. Item HV Units
    8724. Item HV Units
    8725. Item HV Units
    8726. Item HV Units
    8727. Item HV Units
    8728. Item HV Units
    8729. Item HV Units
    8730. Item HV Units
    8731. Item HV Units
    8732. Item HV Units
    8733. Item HV Units
    8734. Item HV Units
    8735. Item HV Units
    8736. Item HV Units
    8737. Item HV Units
    8738. Item HV Units
    8739. Item HV Units
    8740. Item HV Units
    8741. Item HV Units
    8742. Item HV Units
    8743. Item HV Units
    8744. Item HV Units
    8745. Item HV Units
    8746. Item Hyperlink Text & Graphics
    8747. Item I Element
    8748. Item I Units
    8749. Item I Value
    8750. Item I/O Buffer Size
    8751. Item I/O Buffer Size
    8752. Item I/O Buffer Size: Default
    8753. Item I/O Buffer Size: Default
    8754. Item I/O Port
    8755. Item I/O Port
    8756. Item I/O Port
    8757. Item I/O Port Peek & Poke
    8758. Item I/O Port Read
    8759. Item I/O Port Read, Repeat
    8760. Item I/O Port Write
    8761. Item I2C Log
    8762. Item I2C Mode
    8763. Item I2C Port
    8764. Item I2C Port
    8765. Item I2C Speed
    8766. Item I2C Speed
    8767. Item Idle
    8768. Item Ignore 'Item Inactive' Error
    8769. Item Ignore Blobs on Image Edge
    8770. Item Ignore Even Lines
    8771. Item Ignore
    8772. Item Ignore Odd Lines
    8773. Item Ignore Serial Framing Error
    8774. Item Ignore Window Move
    8775. Item Ignore Window Move
    8776. Item Ignore Window Move
    8777. Item Ignore Window Resize
    8778. Item Ignore Window Resize
    8779. Item Ignore Window Resize
    8780. Item Illumination Tech. 3900
    8781. Item Illumination Technologies 3900
    8782. Item Image's Color Space
    8783. Item Image's Color Space
    8784. Item Image's Color Space
    8785. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp
    8786. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp
    8787. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp
    8788. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp
    8789. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp
    8790. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Don't Set
    8791. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from AVI Date&Time Info
    8792. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time
    8793. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from File's Date&Time
    8794. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from FITS Date-Obs Card
    8795. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from FITS Date Card
    8796. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from JPEG Date&Time Comment
    8797. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from PxM Date&Time Comment
    8798. Item Image's Date&Time Stamp: Set from TIFF Date&Time Tag
    8799. Item Image's Palette
    8800. Item Image's Palette
    8801. Item Image-Pro Sourcery on Startup
    8802. Item Image-Pro Sourcery on Startup
    8803. Item Image-Pro Sourcery on Startup
    8804. Item Image-Pro: Cancel Preview
    8805. Item Image-Pro: Snap Image
    8806. Item Image Aspect Ratio
    8807. Item Image Attributes
    8808. Item Image Buffer Stamp
    8809. Item Image Center is Optical Center
    8810. Item Image Comment
    8811. Item Image Comment
    8812. Item Image Comment
    8813. Item Image Comment
    8814. Item Image Comment
    8815. Item Image Comment
    8816. Item Image Comment
    8817. Item Image Comment
    8818. Item Image Comment
    8819. Item Image Comment
    8820. Item Image Delimiter
    8821. Item Image Delimiter
    8822. Item Image Density
    8823. Item Image Density
    8824. Item Image Density
    8825. Item Image Description
    8826. Item Image Description Tag
    8827. Item Image Description Tag
    8828. Item Image Description Tag
    8829. Item Image Description Tag
    8830. Item Image Description Tag
    8831. Item Image Description Tag
    8832. Item Image Description Tag
    8833. Item Image Description Tag
    8834. Item Image Description Tag
    8835. Item Image Description Tag
    8836. Item Image Description Tag
    8837. Item Image Description Tag
    8838. Item Image Description Tag
    8839. Item Image Description Tag
    8840. Item Image Description Tag
    8841. Item Image Description Tag
    8842. Item Image Description Tag
    8843. Item Image Description Tag
    8844. Item Image Display Rate
    8845. Item Image Display Rate
    8846. Item Image Display Rate
    8847. Item Image Display Rate
    8848. Item Image Display Rate
    8849. Item Image Display Rate
    8850. Item Image Display Rate
    8851. Item Image Display Rate
    8852. Item Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier
    8853. Item Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier
    8854. Item Image Examination - Pixel Magnifier
    8855. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke
    8856. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke
    8857. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek & Poke
    8858. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8859. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8860. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8861. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8862. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8863. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8864. Item Image Examination - Pixel Peek
    8865. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D
    8866. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D
    8867. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot 3D
    8868. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot
    8869. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot
    8870. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot
    8871. Item Image Examination - Pixel Plot
    8872. Item Image Examination - SMPTE VITC
    8873. Item Image File - Attributes
    8874. Item Image File - Attributes
    8875. Item Image File - BlackBoard
    8876. Item Image File - Duplicate
    8877. Item Image File - Load Image
    8878. Item Image File - Load Image
    8879. Item Image File - Load Image Sequence
    8880. Item Image File - Load
    8881. Item Image File - Load
    8882. Item Image File - Load Sequence
    8883. Item Image File - Print
    8884. Item Image File - Save
    8885. Item Image File - Save Sequence
    8886. Item Image File - Save Sequence
    8887. Item Image File Info
    8888. Item Image File
    8889. Item Image File
    8890. Item Image File
    8891. Item Image File Pattern
    8892. Item Image File Pattern
    8893. Item Image File Pattern
    8894. Item Image File Pattern
    8895. Item Image File Pattern
    8896. Item Image File Pattern
    8897. Item Image File Pattern
    8898. Item Image File Pattern
    8899. Item Image File Pattern
    8900. Item Image File Pattern
    8901. Item Image File Pattern
    8902. Item Image File Pattern
    8903. Item Image Flip: Top => Bottom
    8904. Item Image Flip: Top => Left Side
    8905. Item Image Flip: Top => Right Side
    8906. Item Image Flip: Top => Top
    8907. Item Image Height (Y)
    8908. Item Image Height
    8909. Item Image Height
    8910. Item Image Height
    8911. Item Image Measurement - Blob Analysis
    8912. Item Image Measurement - Cartesian Reticle
    8913. Item Image Measurement - Correlation Finder
    8914. Item Image Measurement - Distance & Angle Crosshairs
    8915. Item Image Measurement - Ellipse Fitter
    8916. Item Image Measurement - Histogram
    8917. Item Image Measurement - Histogram
    8918. Item Image Measurement - Intensity Calibration
    8919. Item Image Measurement - Line Profile
    8920. Item Image Measurement - Mass & Moments
    8921. Item Image Measurement - Particle Tracking
    8922. Item Image Measurement - Particle Tracking
    8923. Item Image Measurement - Polar Reticle
    8924. Item Image Measurement - Protractor
    8925. Item Image Measurement - Radial Mass Plot
    8926. Item Image Measurement - Ruler
    8927. Item Image Measurement - Shape Analysis
    8928. Item Image Measurement - Spatial Calibration
    8929. Item Image Measurement - SubPixel Edger
    8930. Item Image Mirror: Mirrored
    8931. Item Image Mirror: Normal
    8932. Item Image Name
    8933. Item Image Name
    8934. Item Image Name
    8935. Item Image Name
    8936. Item Image Name
    8937. Item Image Name
    8938. Item Image Orientation
    8939. Item Image Orientation
    8940. Item Image Orientation
    8941. Item Image Orientation
    8942. Item Image Orientation
    8943. Item Image Orientation
    8944. Item Image Orientation
    8945. Item Image Orientation
    8946. Item Image Orientation
    8947. Item Image Orientation
    8948. Item Image Orientation
    8949. Item Image Orientation
    8950. Item Image Orientation
    8951. Item Image Orientation
    8952. Item Image Orientation
    8953. Item Image Orientation
    8954. Item Image Orientation
    8955. Item Image Orientation
    8956. Item Image Orientation
    8957. Item Image Orientation
    8958. Item Image Orientation
    8959. Item Image Orientation
    8960. Item Image Orientation
    8961. Item Image Orientation
    8962. Item Image Overlay
    8963. Item Image Overlay
    8964. Item Image Pad
    8965. Item Image Pad
    8966. Item Image Pad
    8967. Item Image Processing - Average Sequence
    8968. Item Image Processing - Binning
    8969. Item Image Processing - Contrast Modification
    8970. Item Image Processing - Convolution
    8971. Item Image Processing - Copy & Resize
    8972. Item Image Processing - Correlation Map
    8973. Item Image Processing - Difference Sequence
    8974. Item Image Processing - Edge Detection
    8975. Item Image Processing - Interlace & Flicker
    8976. Item Image Processing - Morphology
    8977. Item Image Processing - Noise Generator
    8978. Item Image Processing - Normalization
    8979. Item Image Processing - Pair Arithmetic
    8980. Item Image Processing - Pair Normalization
    8981. Item Image Processing - Patterns
    8982. Item Image Processing - Pixel Arithmetic
    8983. Item Image Processing - Rotation & Shift
    8984. Item Image Processing - Sequence Binning
    8985. Item Image Processing - Sequence Contrast Modification
    8986. Item Image Processing - Sequence Convolution
    8987. Item Image Processing - Sequence Copy & Resize
    8988. Item Image Processing - Sequence Correlation Map
    8989. Item Image Processing - Sequence Edge Detection
    8990. Item Image Processing - Sequence Interlace & Flicker
    8991. Item Image Processing - Sequence Morphology
    8992. Item Image Processing - Sequence Noise Generator
    8993. Item Image Processing - Sequence Normalization
    8994. Item Image Processing - Sequence Pair Arithmetic
    8995. Item Image Processing - Sequence Pair Normalization
    8996. Item Image Processing - Sequence Patterns
    8997. Item Image Processing - Sequence Pixel Arithmetic
    8998. Item Image Processing - Sequence Rotation & Shift
    8999. Item Image Processing - Sequence Set Pixels
    9000. Item Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Filtering
    9001. Item Image Processing - Sequence Spatial Normalization
    9002. Item Image Processing - Sequence Threshold Adaptive
    9003. Item Image Processing - Sequence Threshold
    9004. Item Image Processing - Sequence Triplet Normalization
    9005. Item Image Processing - Sequence Warp
    9006. Item Image Processing - Set Pixels
    9007. Item Image Processing - Spatial Filtering
    9008. Item Image Processing - Spatial Normalization
    9009. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Binning
    9010. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Contrast Modification
    9011. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Convolution
    9012. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Correlation Map
    9013. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Edge Detection
    9014. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker
    9015. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Morphology
    9016. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Noise Generator
    9017. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Normalization
    9018. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Arithmetic
    9019. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Pair Normalization
    9020. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Pixel Arithmetic
    9021. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Rotation & Shift
    9022. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Filtering
    9023. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Spatial Normalization
    9024. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive
    9025. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Threshold
    9026. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Triplet Normalization
    9027. Item Image Processing - Src+Dst Warp
    9028. Item Image Processing - Threshold Adaptive
    9029. Item Image Processing - Threshold
    9030. Item Image Processing - Tile Sequence
    9031. Item Image Processing - Triplet Normalization
    9032. Item Image Processing - Warping
    9033. Item Image Save Rate
    9034. Item Image Save Rate
    9035. Item Image Save Rate
    9036. Item Image Source
    9037. Item Image Source
    9038. Item Image Subfile
    9039. Item Image URL
    9040. Item Image URL
    9041. Item Image URL
    9042. Item Image URL
    9043. Item Image URL
    9044. Item Image URL
    9045. Item Image URL Pattern
    9046. Item Image URL Pattern
    9047. Item Image URL Pattern
    9048. Item Image View - Cursor
    9049. Item Image View - Display
    9050. Item Image View - Display
    9051. Item Image View - Flip & Mirror
    9052. Item Image View - Flip & Mirror
    9053. Item Image View - Palette
    9054. Item Image View - Palette
    9055. Item Image View - Sequence Play
    9056. Item Image View - Sequence Play
    9057. Item Image View - Sequence Thumbnails
    9058. Item Image View - Sequence Thumbnails
    9059. Item Image View - Sequence Thumbnails
    9060. Item Image View - Sequence Thumbnails
    9061. Item Image View - Shortcuts
    9062. Item Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll
    9063. Item Image View - Zoom, Pan, Scroll
    9064. Item Image Viewer Window - Aoi
    9065. Item Image Viewer Window - Draw
    9066. Item Image Viewer Window - Examine
    9067. Item Image Viewer Window - File
    9068. Item Image Viewer Window - File
    9069. Item Image Viewer Window - Measure
    9070. Item Image Viewer Window - Modify
    9071. Item Image Viewer Window - View
    9072. Item Image Viewer Window
    9073. Item Image Viewer Window
    9074. Item Image Viewer Window
    9075. Item Image Width (X)
    9076. Item Image Width
    9077. Item Image Width
    9078. Item Image Width
    9079. Item Images - New Image
    9080. Item Images Captured
    9081. Item Images Captured
    9082. Item Images Captured
    9083. Item Images Captured
    9084. Item Images
    9085. Item Images
    9086. Item Images per Frame
    9087. Item Images Saved
    9088. Item Images Saved
    9089. Item Images Saved
    9090. Item Images Saved
    9091. Item Images Saved
    9092. Item Images Saved
    9093. Item Images Saved
    9094. Item Images Saved
    9095. Item Images Saved
    9096. Item Images Saved
    9097. Item Images Saved
    9098. Item Images Saved
    9099. Item Images to Save
    9100. Item Images to Save
    9101. Item Images to Save
    9102. Item Images to Save
    9103. Item Images to Save
    9104. Item Images to Save
    9105. Item Images to Save
    9106. Item Images to Save
    9107. Item Images to Save
    9108. Item Images to Save
    9109. Item Images to Save
    9110. Item Images to Save
    9111. Item Images to Save
    9112. Item Images to Save
    9113. Item Images to Save
    9114. Item Images to Save
    9115. Item Images to Save
    9116. Item Images to Save
    9117. Item Images to Save
    9118. Item Images to Save
    9119. Item Images to Save
    9120. Item Images to Save
    9121. Item Images to Save
    9122. Item In-Focus Field Background
    9123. Item Inactive Field Background
    9124. Item Inactive Text & Graphics
    9125. Item Inc/Dec Effect is Absolute
    9126. Item Inc/Dec Effect is Relative
    9127. Item Inches
    9128. Item inches
    9129. Item Include Camera Link Serial Commands
    9130. Item Include Holes Within Blob
    9131. Item Include Holes Within Blob
    9132. Item Include I2C Commands
    9133. Item Include SPI Commands
    9134. Item Include Suffix
    9135. Item Increment
    9136. Item Index+Palette
    9137. Item Indexing
    9138. Item Indexing
    9139. Item Indexing
    9140. Item Indexing
    9141. Item Indexing
    9142. Item Indexing
    9143. Item Indexing
    9144. Item Info
    9145. Item Init Clear of Frame Buffers
    9146. Item Inner Corner Element
    9147. Item Inner Diameter
    9148. Item Inner Diameter
    9149. Item Inner Height, Y
    9150. Item Inner Height, Y
    9151. Item Inner Height, Y
    9152. Item Inner Radius
    9153. Item Inner Width, X
    9154. Item Inner Width, X
    9155. Item Inner Width, X
    9156. Item Input
    9157. Item Insert Comment
    9158. Item Insert Dialog Pause
    9159. Item Insert Dialog Pause
    9160. Item Insert Modalized Dialog
    9161. Item Insert Timed Pause
    9162. Item Install Authorization Blue Key Driver
    9163. Item Install Authorization Blue Key Driver
    9164. Item Install Authorization Green Key Driver
    9165. Item Install Authorization Key Blue Driver
    9166. Item Install Authorization Key Green Driver
    9167. Item Install PIXCI® Camera Link® Serial DLL
    9168. Item Install PIXCI® Driver
    9169. Item Install PIXCI® Driver
    9170. Item Install PIXCI® Driver
    9171. Item Install PIXCI® ImagePro Driver
    9172. Item Install PIXCI® Serial (COM Port) Driver
    9173. Item Install PIXCI® Serial (TTY) Driver
    9174. Item Install PIXCI® TWAIN Driver
    9175. Item Install PIXCI® V4L2 Driver
    9176. Item Int(ernal)/Ext(ernal) Control
    9177. Item Int. Higher
    9178. Item Int. Lower
    9179. Item Int. Lower
    9180. Item Integer Arithmetic
    9181. Item Integer Code
    9182. Item Integer Code
    9183. Item Integer Code
    9184. Item Integer Code
    9185. Item Integer Number
    9186. Item Integrate Sequence
    9187. Item Integrate Sequence
    9188. Item Integrate w. Output High
    9189. Item Integrate w. Output Low
    9190. Item Integrating Mode
    9191. Item Integrating Mode
    9192. Item Integrating
    9193. Item Integrating
    9194. Item Integrating
    9195. Item Integrating
    9196. Item Integrating
    9197. Item Integrating
    9198. Item Integrating
    9199. Item Integrating
    9200. Item Integrating
    9201. Item Integration Period
    9202. Item Integration Period
    9203. Item Intensity Calibration
    9204. Item Intensity
    9205. Item Intensity
    9206. Item Intensity: Z=>I
    9207. Item Intensity: Z=>I
    9208. Item Inter Cell Text
    9209. Item Inter Page Text
    9210. Item Interact
    9211. Item Interact
    9212. Item Interact
    9213. Item Interact
    9214. Item Interact
    9215. Item Interact
    9216. Item Interact
    9217. Item Interact
    9218. Item Interact
    9219. Item Interact
    9220. Item Interact
    9221. Item Interact
    9222. Item Interact
    9223. Item Interact
    9224. Item Interact
    9225. Item Interact
    9226. Item Interact
    9227. Item Interact
    9228. Item Interact
    9229. Item Interact
    9230. Item Interact
    9231. Item Interact
    9232. Item Interact
    9233. Item Interact
    9234. Item Interact
    9235. Item Interact
    9236. Item Interact
    9237. Item Interact
    9238. Item Interact
    9239. Item Interact
    9240. Item Interact
    9241. Item Interact
    9242. Item Interact
    9243. Item Interact
    9244. Item Interact
    9245. Item Interact
    9246. Item Interact
    9247. Item Interact
    9248. Item Interact
    9249. Item Interact
    9250. Item Interact
    9251. Item Interact
    9252. Item Interact
    9253. Item Interact
    9254. Item Interact
    9255. Item Interact
    9256. Item Interact
    9257. Item Interact
    9258. Item Interact
    9259. Item Interact
    9260. Item Interact
    9261. Item Interact
    9262. Item Interact
    9263. Item Interact
    9264. Item Interact
    9265. Item Interact
    9266. Item Interact
    9267. Item Interact
    9268. Item Interact
    9269. Item Interact
    9270. Item Interact
    9271. Item Interact
    9272. Item Interact
    9273. Item Interact
    9274. Item Interact
    9275. Item Interact
    9276. Item Interact
    9277. Item Interact
    9278. Item Interact
    9279. Item Interact
    9280. Item Interact
    9281. Item Interact
    9282. Item Interact
    9283. Item Interact
    9284. Item Interact
    9285. Item Interact
    9286. Item Interact
    9287. Item Interact
    9288. Item Interact
    9289. Item Interact
    9290. Item Interact
    9291. Item Interact
    9292. Item Interact
    9293. Item Interact
    9294. Item Interact
    9295. Item Interact
    9296. Item Interact
    9297. Item Interact
    9298. Item Interact
    9299. Item Interact
    9300. Item Interact
    9301. Item Interact
    9302. Item Interact
    9303. Item Interact
    9304. Item Interact
    9305. Item Interact
    9306. Item Interact
    9307. Item Interact
    9308. Item Interact
    9309. Item Interact
    9310. Item Interact
    9311. Item Interact
    9312. Item Interact
    9313. Item Interact w. Left Mouse Button
    9314. Item Interact w. Right Mouse Button
    9315. Item Interlace & Flicker
    9316. Item intralux dc-1100
    9317. Item Invert Contrast
    9318. Item Invert
    9319. Item Invert
    9320. Item Invert
    9321. Item Invert
    9322. Item Invert
    9323. Item Invert, Horizontal
    9324. Item Invert, Vertical
    9325. Item Iris
    9326. Item Italic
    9327. Item Italic
    9328. Item Java Info
    9329. Item JPEG Aspect
    9330. Item JPEG Info
    9331. Item JPEG Quality
    9332. Item JPEG/JFIF Format
    9333. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9334. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9335. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9336. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9337. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9338. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9339. Item JPEG/JFIF
    9340. Item Kelvin
    9341. Item Key Entry
    9342. Item Key Entry
    9343. Item kilobytes
    9344. Item kilocycles per second
    9345. Item kiloHertz
    9346. Item kilometers,
    9347. Item L/R Diagonal Stripes
    9348. Item L/R Diagonal Stripes
    9349. Item L/R Spacing
    9350. Item Label Color
    9351. Item Label Color
    9352. Item Label Color
    9353. Item Label Coord.
    9354. Item Label ID
    9355. Item Label
    9356. Item Label
    9357. Item Label
    9358. Item Label
    9359. Item Label
    9360. Item Label
    9361. Item Label
    9362. Item Label,
    9363. Item Labels
    9364. Item Labels
    9365. Item Lamp Power
    9366. Item Lamp Status
    9367. Item Landscape
    9368. Item Large Fixed
    9369. Item Large Label
    9370. Item Last Buffer
    9371. Item Last Buffer
    9372. Item Last Frame Buffer Captured
    9373. Item Last Frame Buffer Captured
    9374. Item Last Frame Buffer Captured
    9375. Item Last Frame Buffer Captured
    9376. Item Last Frame Buffer
    9377. Item Last Frame Buffer
    9378. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9379. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9380. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9381. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9382. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9383. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9384. Item Last Image (Displayed)
    9385. Item Last Image Displayed
    9386. Item Last Image Displayed
    9387. Item Last Image Displayed
    9388. Item Last Image Displayed
    9389. Item Last Image Displayed
    9390. Item Last Image Displayed
    9391. Item Last Image Displayed
    9392. Item Last Image Displayed
    9393. Item Last Image Displayed
    9394. Item Last Image Displayed
    9395. Item Last Image Displayed
    9396. Item Last Image Displayed
    9397. Item Last Image Displayed
    9398. Item Last Image Displayed
    9399. Item Last Image Displayed
    9400. Item Last Image Displayed
    9401. Item Last Image Displayed
    9402. Item Last Image Displayed
    9403. Item Last Image Displayed
    9404. Item Last Image Displayed
    9405. Item Last Image Displayed
    9406. Item Last Image Displayed
    9407. Item Last Image Displayed
    9408. Item Last Image Displayed
    9409. Item Last Image Displayed
    9410. Item Last Settings Directory
    9411. Item Last Settings Directory
    9412. Item Launch 2nd Viewer
    9413. Item Launch 2nd Viewer
    9414. Item Launch 2nd Viewer
    9415. Item Leading 0
    9416. Item Least Moment of U.M. Inertia, H,V
    9417. Item Least Moment of Uniform Mass Inertia, H,V
    9418. Item Least Moment of Weighted Mass Inertia, H,V
    9419. Item Left B-T
    9420. Item Left Edge Coord.
    9421. Item Left Edge Coord.
    9422. Item Left Edge Index
    9423. Item Left Edge Index
    9424. Item Left Edge Index
    9425. Item Left Edge Index
    9426. Item Left Justify
    9427. Item Left T-B
    9428. Item Left(-X) Right(+X) Shift
    9429. Item Legends: Default
    9430. Item Legends: Default
    9431. Item Length
    9432. Item Length
    9433. Item Length
    9434. Item Length
    9435. Item Length
    9436. Item Length
    9437. Item Length
    9438. Item Length
    9439. Item Length
    9440. Item Length
    9441. Item Length
    9442. Item Length
    9443. Item Length
    9444. Item Length, V
    9445. Item Length, Y
    9446. Item Lens Control - Birger EF232
    9447. Item Lens Radius
    9448. Item Light & Dark
    9449. Item Light over Dark
    9450. Item Line Interleaved
    9451. Item Line Interleaved
    9452. Item Line Interleaved
    9453. Item Line
    9454. Item Line
    9455. Item Line
    9456. Item Line Profile
    9457. Item Line Profile
    9458. Item Line Profile
    9459. Item Line Profile
    9460. Item Line Profile
    9461. Item Line Profile
    9462. Item Line Profile
    9463. Item Line Sampled
    9464. Item Line Scan
    9465. Item Line Scans per Image
    9466. Item Line Spacing
    9467. Item Line/Step
    9468. Item Line/Step
    9469. Item Line/Step
    9470. Item Linear Area Interpolation
    9471. Item Linear Area Interpolation
    9472. Item Linear Invert
    9473. Item Linear
    9474. Item Linear
    9475. Item Linear
    9476. Item Linear
    9477. Item Linear
    9478. Item Linear
    9479. Item Linear Ramp
    9480. Item Linear Scale
    9481. Item Linear Sequence
    9482. Item Linear Sequence
    9483. Item Linear Sequence
    9484. Item Linear Sequence
    9485. Item Linear Sequence
    9486. Item Lines
    9487. Item Lines per FVAL
    9488. Item Lines per Image
    9489. Item Lines per Image
    9490. Item Lines per Image
    9491. Item Lines per Image
    9492. Item Lines per Image
    9493. Item Lines per Image
    9494. Item Lines per Image
    9495. Item Lines per Image
    9496. Item Lines per Image
    9497. Item Lines per Image
    9498. Item Lines per Image
    9499. Item Lines per Image
    9500. Item Lines per Image
    9501. Item Lines per Image
    9502. Item Lines per Image
    9503. Item Lines per Image
    9504. Item Lines per Image
    9505. Item Lines per Image
    9506. Item Lines per Image
    9507. Item Lines per Image
    9508. Item Lines per Image
    9509. Item Lines per Image
    9510. Item Lines per Image
    9511. Item Lines per Image
    9512. Item Lines per Image
    9513. Item Lines per Image
    9514. Item Lines per Image
    9515. Item Lines per Image
    9516. Item Lines per Image
    9517. Item Lines per Image
    9518. Item Lines per Image
    9519. Item Lines per Image
    9520. Item Lines per Image
    9521. Item Lines per Image
    9522. Item Lines per Image
    9523. Item Lines per Image
    9524. Item Lines per Image
    9525. Item Lines per Image
    9526. Item Lines per Image
    9527. Item Lines per Image
    9528. Item Link Viewer=>Seq Buffer
    9529. Item Link Viewer=>Seq Buffer
    9530. Item Link Viewer=>Seq Buffer
    9531. Item Link Viewer=>Seq Buffers
    9532. Item Link Viewer=>Seq Buffers
    9533. Item Link Viewer=>Seq Buffers
    9534. Item Linux Info
    9535. Item Linux Info
    9536. Item List Blob as ROI
    9537. Item List Count
    9538. Item List Directory to Black Board
    9539. Item List Files
    9540. Item List Full Path Name
    9541. Item List per Wildcard
    9542. Item List Subdirectories
    9543. Item List to Black Board Cell
    9544. Item List to Black Board Cell
    9545. Item List to Black Board Cell
    9546. Item List Wildcard Filter
    9547. Item List Wildcard Filter
    9548. Item Listed AOI
    9549. Item Listed AOI
    9550. Item Listed Graphic
    9551. Item Listed Graphic
    9552. Item Listed ROI
    9553. Item Listed ROI
    9554. Item Listed Shape
    9555. Item Listed Shape
    9556. Item Listed Shape
    9557. Item Listed Shape
    9558. Item Live 1
    9559. Item Live 1
    9560. Item Live 1
    9561. Item Live 1
    9562. Item Live 2
    9563. Item Live 2
    9564. Item Live 2
    9565. Item Live 2
    9566. Item Live 3
    9567. Item Live 3
    9568. Item Live 3
    9569. Item Live 3
    9570. Item Live 4
    9571. Item Live 4
    9572. Item Live
    9573. Item Live
    9574. Item Live
    9575. Item Live
    9576. Item Live
    9577. Item Live
    9578. Item Live
    9579. Item Live
    9580. Item Live
    9581. Item Live
    9582. Item Live
    9583. Item Live
    9584. Item Live
    9585. Item Live
    9586. Item Live
    9587. Item Live
    9588. Item Live
    9589. Item Live
    9590. Item Live
    9591. Item Live
    9592. Item Live
    9593. Item Live
    9594. Item Live
    9595. Item Live
    9596. Item Live
    9597. Item Live
    9598. Item Live
    9599. Item Live
    9600. Item Live
    9601. Item Live
    9602. Item Live
    9603. Item Live
    9604. Item Live
    9605. Item Live
    9606. Item Live
    9607. Item Live
    9608. Item Live
    9609. Item Live
    9610. Item Live
    9611. Item Live
    9612. Item Live
    9613. Item Live
    9614. Item Live
    9615. Item Live
    9616. Item Live
    9617. Item Live
    9618. Item Live
    9619. Item Live
    9620. Item Live
    9621. Item Live
    9622. Item Live
    9623. Item Live
    9624. Item Live
    9625. Item Live
    9626. Item Live
    9627. Item Live
    9628. Item Live
    9629. Item Live
    9630. Item Live Options
    9631. Item Live Options
    9632. Item Live Period
    9633. Item Live Update: Field Rate
    9634. Item Live Update: Frame Rate
    9635. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9636. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9637. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9638. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9639. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9640. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9641. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9642. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9643. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9644. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9645. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9646. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9647. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9648. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9649. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9650. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9651. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9652. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9653. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9654. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9655. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9656. Item Live Video at Video Interval
    9657. Item Live Video on Startup
    9658. Item Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display
    9659. Item Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display
    9660. Item Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display
    9661. Item Live Video: Alternate Snap & Display
    9662. Item Live Video: Auto Selection
    9663. Item Live Video: Continuous All Buffer Capture
    9664. Item Live Video: Continuous Capture
    9665. Item Live Video: Continuous Dual Buffer Capture
    9666. Item Load Clip
    9667. Item Load Date&Time Data
    9668. Item Load Date&Time Data
    9669. Item Load Date&Time Data
    9670. Item Load Date&Time Data
    9671. Item Load Defect Coord
    9672. Item Load Defect Coord
    9673. Item Load Defect Coord
    9674. Item Load Defect Coord
    9675. Item Load Defect Coord
    9676. Item Load Defect Coord
    9677. Item Load Defect Coord
    9678. Item Load Gain Coef
    9679. Item Load Gain Coef
    9680. Item Load Gain Coef
    9681. Item Load Gain Coef
    9682. Item Load Gain Coef
    9683. Item Load Gain Coef
    9684. Item Load Gain Coef
    9685. Item Load Gain Coef
    9686. Item Load Gain Coef
    9687. Item Load Gain Coef
    9688. Item Load Gain Coef
    9689. Item Load Gain Coef
    9690. Item Load Gain Coef
    9691. Item Load Gain Coef
    9692. Item Load Gain Coef
    9693. Item Load Gain Coef
    9694. Item Load Gain Coef
    9695. Item Load Gain Coef
    9696. Item Load Gain Coef
    9697. Item Load Gain Coef
    9698. Item Load Gain Coef
    9699. Item Load Gain Coef
    9700. Item Load Gain Coef
    9701. Item Load Gain Coef
    9702. Item Load Gain Coef
    9703. Item Load Gain Coef
    9704. Item Load Gain Coef
    9705. Item Load Gain Coef
    9706. Item Load Gain Coef
    9707. Item Load Gain Coef
    9708. Item Load Gain Coef
    9709. Item Load Gain Coef
    9710. Item Load Gain Coef
    9711. Item Load Gain Coef
    9712. Item Load Gain Coef
    9713. Item Load Gain Coef
    9714. Item Load Image Data
    9715. Item Load Image Data
    9716. Item Load Image Data
    9717. Item Load Image Data
    9718. Item Load Image
    9719. Item Load Image
    9720. Item Load Image
    9721. Item Load Image Sequence
    9722. Item Load New Image
    9723. Item Load New Image
    9724. Item Load New Image
    9725. Item Load New Image
    9726. Item Load New Image Sequence
    9727. Item Load
    9728. Item Load
    9729. Item Load
    9730. Item Load
    9731. Item Load
    9732. Item Load
    9733. Item Load
    9734. Item Load
    9735. Item Load
    9736. Item Load
    9737. Item Load
    9738. Item Load
    9739. Item Load
    9740. Item Load
    9741. Item Load
    9742. Item Load
    9743. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9744. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9745. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9746. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9747. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9748. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9749. Item Load Offset & Defect Coef
    9750. Item Load Offset Coef
    9751. Item Load Offset Coef
    9752. Item Load Offset Coef
    9753. Item Load Offset Coef
    9754. Item Load Offset Coef
    9755. Item Load Offset Coef
    9756. Item Load Offset Coef
    9757. Item Load Offset Coef
    9758. Item Load Offset Coef
    9759. Item Load Offset Coef
    9760. Item Load Offset Coef
    9761. Item Load Offset Coef
    9762. Item Load Offset Coef
    9763. Item Load Offset Coef
    9764. Item Load Offset Coef
    9765. Item Load Offset Coef
    9766. Item Load Offset Coef
    9767. Item Load Offset Coef
    9768. Item Load Offset Coef
    9769. Item Load Offset Coef
    9770. Item Load Offset Coef
    9771. Item Load Offset Coef
    9772. Item Load Offset Coef
    9773. Item Load Offset Coef
    9774. Item Load Offset Coef
    9775. Item Load Offset Coef
    9776. Item Load Offset Coef
    9777. Item Load Offset Coef
    9778. Item Load Offset Coef
    9779. Item Load on Demand - View & Modify
    9780. Item Load on Demand - View Only
    9781. Item Load on Demand
    9782. Item Load on Demand
    9783. Item Load Palette Data
    9784. Item Load Palette Data
    9785. Item Load Palette Data
    9786. Item Load Palette Data
    9787. Item Load Pixels as Grey Level
    9788. Item Load Pixels as Grey Level
    9789. Item Load Pixels as True Color
    9790. Item Load Pixels as True Color
    9791. Item Load Pixels+Palette
    9792. Item Load Pixels+Palette
    9793. Item Load Seq.
    9794. Item Load Settings on Startup
    9795. Item Load Settings on Startup
    9796. Item Load Settings on Startup
    9797. Item Load Subfile
    9798. Item Load Subfile
    9799. Item Load Subfile
    9800. Item Load Subfile
    9801. Item Load Subfile
    9802. Item Load Subfile
    9803. Item Load Subfile
    9804. Item Load Subfile
    9805. Item Load Tool Bar
    9806. Item Load w. Palette
    9807. Item Load w. Palette
    9808. Item Load w. Palette
    9809. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9810. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9811. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9812. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9813. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9814. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9815. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9816. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9817. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9818. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9819. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9820. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9821. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9822. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9823. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9824. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9825. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9826. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9827. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9828. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9829. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9830. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9831. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9832. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9833. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9834. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9835. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9836. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9837. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9838. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9839. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9840. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9841. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9842. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9843. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9844. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9845. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9846. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9847. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9848. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9849. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9850. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9851. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9852. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9853. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9854. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9855. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9856. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9857. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9858. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9859. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9860. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9861. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9862. Item Load/Extract Gain Ref
    9863. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9864. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9865. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9866. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9867. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9868. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9869. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9870. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9871. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9872. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9873. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9874. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9875. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9876. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9877. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9878. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9879. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9880. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9881. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9882. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9883. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9884. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9885. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9886. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9887. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9888. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9889. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9890. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9891. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9892. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9893. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9894. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9895. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9896. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9897. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9898. Item Load/Extract Offset Ref
    9899. Item Load/Save with Image's Palette
    9900. Item Load/Save with Viewer's Palette
    9901. Item Load/Save without Palette
    9902. Item Local Echo
    9903. Item Local Echo
    9904. Item Log
    9905. Item Log Ramp
    9906. Item Log Scale
    9907. Item Log Scale
    9908. Item Log Trace
    9909. Item Log Trace
    9910. Item Lookup Table Loading
    9911. Item Lookup Table Mapping
    9912. Item Lookup Table Mapping
    9913. Item Lookup Table Mapping
    9914. Item Low Endpoint
    9915. Item Low Frequency
    9916. Item Low Frequency
    9917. Item Low Limit
    9918. Item Low Non Zero
    9919. Item Low Non Zero
    9920. Item Low
    9921. Item Low Pass Filter: Fast Average
    9922. Item Low Pass Filter: Low Smear
    9923. Item Low Pass Filter: Weighted Center Average
    9924. Item Low Percentile Endpoint
    9925. Item Low Percentile Limit
    9926. Item Low Pixel Endpoint
    9927. Item Low Pixel Endpoint
    9928. Item Low Pixel Endpoint
    9929. Item Low Pixel Endpoint
    9930. Item Low Pixel Endpoint
    9931. Item Low Pixel Endpoint
    9932. Item Low Pixel Limit
    9933. Item Low Smear Threshold
    9934. Item Low Smear Threshold
    9935. Item Low Smear Threshold
    9936. Item Low to High
    9937. Item Low Value
    9938. Item Low Value
    9939. Item Low Value
    9940. Item Low Value
    9941. Item Low Value
    9942. Item Lower > Upper? Use: (Upper <= value <= Lower)
    9943. Item Lower > Upper? Use: (value <= Lower OR value >= Upper)
    9944. Item Lower Boundary
    9945. Item Lower Boundary
    9946. Item Lower Boundary
    9947. Item Lower Right Corner
    9948. Item Lower Right Corner
    9949. Item Lower Right Corner
    9950. Item Lower Right Corner
    9951. Item Lower Right Corner
    9952. Item Lower Right Corner
    9953. Item Lower Right Corner
    9954. Item Lower Right Corner
    9955. Item Lower Right Corner
    9956. Item Lower Right Corner
    9957. Item Lower Right Corner
    9958. Item Lower Right X
    9959. Item Lower Right X
    9960. Item Lower Right X
    9961. Item Lower Right X
    9962. Item Lower Right Y
    9963. Item Lower Right Y
    9964. Item Lower Right Y
    9965. Item Lower Right Y
    9966. Item Lower Threshold
    9967. Item Lower Threshold
    9968. Item Lower Threshold
    9969. Item Lower Threshold
    9970. Item Lower Threshold
    9971. Item Lower>Upper? Use:(Upper<=value<=Lower)
    9972. Item Lower>Upper? Use:(Upper<=value<=Lower)
    9973. Item Lower>Upper? Use:(Upper<=value<=Lower)
    9974. Item Lower>Upper? Use:(value<=Lower OR value≥Upper)
    9975. Item Lower>Upper? Use:(value<=Lower OR value≥Upper)
    9976. Item Lower>Upper? Use:(value<=Lower OR value≥Upper)
    9977. Item Luma AGC
    9978. Item Luma AGC
    9979. Item Luma AGC
    9980. Item Luma AGC
    9981. Item Luma Gain
    9982. Item Luma Gain
    9983. Item Luma Gain
    9984. Item Luma Gain/Contrast Mod.
    9985. Item LUT Gamma
    9986. Item LUT Gamma
    9987. Item LUT Gamma
    9988. Item LUT Knee 1
    9989. Item LUT Knee 1
    9990. Item LUT Knee 2
    9991. Item Lut Knee Slope 1
    9992. Item Lut Knee Slope 1
    9993. Item Lut Knee Slope 2
    9994. Item Lut Knee Slope 2
    9995. Item Lut Knee Slope 3
    9996. Item LUT Type
    9997. Item LUT Type
    9998. Item Magenta Data
    9999. Item Magnification
    10000. Item Magnification
    10001. Item Magnifier Size
    10002. Item Major Axis Angle, H,V
    10003. Item Major Axis Angle, H,V
    10004. Item Major Axis Length, H,V
    10005. Item Major Axis Length, H,V
    10006. Item Major Axis Length, H,V
    10007. Item Major Axis Length, H,V
    10008. Item Manual Color
    10009. Item Manual Color
    10010. Item Manual Color
    10011. Item Manual
    10012. Item Manual
    10013. Item Manual
    10014. Item Manual
    10015. Item Manual
    10016. Item Manual
    10017. Item Manual Slicing
    10018. Item Manual Slicing
    10019. Item Map Frame Buffer Direct into App(lication)
    10020. Item Map Frame Buffer Direct into App(lication)
    10021. Item Map Frame Buffer on Demand in Sys(tem)
    10022. Item Mapping f(Z)
    10023. Item Mark All Images w. Overlay
    10024. Item Mark All Images w. Overlay
    10025. Item Mark All Images w. Overlay
    10026. Item Mark All Images w. Overlay
    10027. Item Mark Buffer
    10028. Item Mark Coord.
    10029. Item Mark Image
    10030. Item Mark Image
    10031. Item Mark Image
    10032. Item Mark Image
    10033. Item Mark Image
    10034. Item Mark Image
    10035. Item Mark Image
    10036. Item Mark Image
    10037. Item Mark Image
    10038. Item Mark Image
    10039. Item Mark Image
    10040. Item Mark Image
    10041. Item Mark Image
    10042. Item Mark Image
    10043. Item Mark Image
    10044. Item Mark Image
    10045. Item Mark Image
    10046. Item Mark Image
    10047. Item Mark Image
    10048. Item Mark Image
    10049. Item Mark Image
    10050. Item Mark Image
    10051. Item Mark Image
    10052. Item Mark Image
    10053. Item Mark Image
    10054. Item Mark Image
    10055. Item Mark Image
    10056. Item Mark Image
    10057. Item Mark Image
    10058. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10059. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10060. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10061. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10062. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10063. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10064. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10065. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Image Number
    10066. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10067. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10068. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10069. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10070. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10071. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10072. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10073. Item Mark Images as Captured w. Time Stamp
    10074. Item Mark Seq(uence) Buffer
    10075. Item Mark Sequence
    10076. Item Mark Sequence
    10077. Item Mark Sequence
    10078. Item Mark Sequence
    10079. Item Mark Sequence
    10080. Item Mark Sequence
    10081. Item Mark Sequence
    10082. Item Mark Sequence
    10083. Item Mark Sequence
    10084. Item Mark Sequence
    10085. Item Mark Sequence
    10086. Item Mark Sequence
    10087. Item Mark Sequence
    10088. Item Mark Sequence
    10089. Item Mark Sequence
    10090. Item Mark Sequence
    10091. Item Mark Sequence
    10092. Item Mark Sequence
    10093. Item Mark Sequence
    10094. Item Mark Sequence
    10095. Item Mark Sequence
    10096. Item Mark Sequence
    10097. Item Mark Sequence
    10098. Item Mark Sequence
    10099. Item Mark Sequence
    10100. Item Mark Sequence
    10101. Item Mark Sequence
    10102. Item Mark Sequence
    10103. Item Mass & Moments
    10104. Item Mass Center, X
    10105. Item Mass Center, X
    10106. Item Mass Center, X
    10107. Item Mass Center, X
    10108. Item Mass Center, Y
    10109. Item Mass Center, Y
    10110. Item Mass Center, Y
    10111. Item Mass Center, Y
    10112. Item Mass
    10113. Item Mass, HV
    10114. Item Mastered
    10115. Item Mastered
    10116. Item Mastered
    10117. Item Mastered
    10118. Item Mastered
    10119. Item Mastered
    10120. Item Mastered
    10121. Item Mastered
    10122. Item Mastered
    10123. Item Mastered
    10124. Item Mastered
    10125. Item Mastered
    10126. Item Mastered
    10127. Item Mastered
    10128. Item Mastered
    10129. Item Mastered
    10130. Item Mastered
    10131. Item Match ?, Coefficient
    10132. Item Match ?, H Coord.
    10133. Item Match ?, V Coord.
    10134. Item Match Boundary Strength
    10135. Item Match Edge Contrast
    10136. Item Matches Reported
    10137. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10138. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10139. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10140. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10141. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10142. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10143. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10144. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10145. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10146. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10147. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10148. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10149. Item Max (Frame Rate)
    10150. Item Max Adc Gain
    10151. Item Max Blob Height, Y
    10152. Item Max Blob Width, X
    10153. Item Max Dig(ital) Gain
    10154. Item Max Dig(ital) Gain
    10155. Item Max Dig(ital) Gain
    10156. Item Max Dig(ital) Gain
    10157. Item Max Dig(ital) Gain
    10158. Item Max Exposure
    10159. Item Max Exposure
    10160. Item Max Exposure
    10161. Item Max Exposure
    10162. Item Max Exposure
    10163. Item Max Exposure
    10164. Item Max Exposure
    10165. Item Max Exposure
    10166. Item Max Exposure
    10167. Item Max Exposure
    10168. Item Max Exposure
    10169. Item Max Exposure
    10170. Item Max Exposure
    10171. Item Max Exposure
    10172. Item Max Exposure
    10173. Item Max Exposure
    10174. Item Max Exposure
    10175. Item Max Exposure
    10176. Item Max Exposure
    10177. Item Max Exposure
    10178. Item Max Exposure
    10179. Item Max Exposure
    10180. Item Max Exposure per Frame Rate
    10181. Item Max Gain
    10182. Item Max Gain
    10183. Item Max Gain
    10184. Item Max Gain
    10185. Item Max Gain
    10186. Item Max Gain
    10187. Item Max Gain
    10188. Item Max Gain
    10189. Item Max Gain
    10190. Item Max Gain
    10191. Item Max Gain
    10192. Item Max Gain
    10193. Item Max Gain
    10194. Item Max Gain
    10195. Item Max Particle Area Change
    10196. Item Max Particle Area Change
    10197. Item Max Particle Area Change, Fixed
    10198. Item Max Particle Area Change, Perc.
    10199. Item Max Pixel Value
    10200. Item Max Pixels per File Line
    10201. Item Max Pixels per File Line
    10202. Item Max Radius from C.O.U.M, H,V
    10203. Item Max Radius from Center of Uniform Mass, H,V
    10204. Item Max Screen Area Height
    10205. Item Max Screen Area Height
    10206. Item Max Screen Area Height
    10207. Item Max Screen Area Width
    10208. Item Max Screen Area Width
    10209. Item Max Screen Area Width
    10210. Item Max Vector Pair Interaction Distance
    10211. Item Max Velocity Change, Fixed
    10212. Item Max Velocity Change, Perc.
    10213. Item Max Video AOI
    10214. Item Max Video Window
    10215. Item Max Video Window
    10216. Item Max Video Window
    10217. Item Max White Tint
    10218. Item Max White Tint
    10219. Item Max White Tint
    10220. Item Max White Tint
    10221. Item Max White Tint
    10222. Item Max White Tint
    10223. Item Max White Tint
    10224. Item Max White Tint
    10225. Item Max White Tint
    10226. Item Max White Tint
    10227. Item Max White Tint
    10228. Item Max White Tint
    10229. Item Max White Tint
    10230. Item Max White Tint
    10231. Item Max White Tint
    10232. Item Max White Tint
    10233. Item Max White Tint
    10234. Item Max(imum) Line Width
    10235. Item Max(imum) Line Width
    10236. Item Maximal
    10237. Item Maximize Contrast
    10238. Item Maximize Contrast
    10239. Item Maximize Contrast
    10240. Item Maximize Contrast
    10241. Item Maximize Contrast
    10242. Item Maximize Contrast
    10243. Item Maximize Contrast
    10244. Item Maximize Contrast
    10245. Item Maximize Contrast
    10246. Item Maximize Contrast
    10247. Item Maximize Contrast
    10248. Item Maximize Contrast
    10249. Item Maximize Contrast
    10250. Item Maximize Contrast
    10251. Item Maximize Contrast
    10252. Item Maximize Contrast
    10253. Item Maximize Contrast
    10254. Item Maximize Contrast
    10255. Item Maximize Contrast
    10256. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10257. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10258. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10259. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10260. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10261. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10262. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10263. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10264. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10265. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10266. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10267. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10268. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10269. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10270. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10271. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10272. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10273. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10274. Item Maximize Dynamic Range
    10275. Item Maximum Edges/Lines Reported
    10276. Item Maximum Edges/Lines Reported
    10277. Item Maximum Edges/Lines Reported
    10278. Item Maximum Edges/Lines Reported
    10279. Item Maximum
    10280. Item Maximum
    10281. Item Maximum Particle Area, XY
    10282. Item Maximum Particle Area, XY
    10283. Item Maximum Particle Area, XY
    10284. Item Maximum Particle Pair Area Difference, XY
    10285. Item Maximum Particle Pair Area Difference, XY
    10286. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10287. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10288. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10289. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10290. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10291. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10292. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10293. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10294. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10295. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10296. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10297. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10298. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10299. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10300. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10301. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10302. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10303. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10304. Item Maximum Pixel Value
    10305. Item Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV
    10306. Item Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV
    10307. Item Maximum Vector Magnitude, HV
    10308. Item Maximum: Max(Src,Dst)
    10309. Item Mean
    10310. Item Mean
    10311. Item Mean Value
    10312. Item Mean Value
    10313. Item Mean Value
    10314. Item Mean Value
    10315. Item Mean Value
    10316. Item Mean Value
    10317. Item Mean Value
    10318. Item Mean Value
    10319. Item Mean Value
    10320. Item Mean Value
    10321. Item Mean Value
    10322. Item Mean Value
    10323. Item Mean Value
    10324. Item Mean Value
    10325. Item Mean Value
    10326. Item Mean Value
    10327. Item Mean Value
    10328. Item Mean Value
    10329. Item Mean Value
    10330. Item Mean Value
    10331. Item Mean Value
    10332. Item Mean Value
    10333. Item Mean Value
    10334. Item Mean Value
    10335. Item Mean Value
    10336. Item Mean Value
    10337. Item Mean Value
    10338. Item Mean Value
    10339. Item Mean Value
    10340. Item Mean Value
    10341. Item Mean Value
    10342. Item Mean Value
    10343. Item Mean Value
    10344. Item Mean Value
    10345. Item Mean Value
    10346. Item Mean Value
    10347. Item Mean Value
    10348. Item Mean Value
    10349. Item Mean Value
    10350. Item Mean Value
    10351. Item Mean Value
    10352. Item Mean Value
    10353. Item Mean Value
    10354. Item Mean Value
    10355. Item Mean Value
    10356. Item Mean Value
    10357. Item Mean Value
    10358. Item Mean Value
    10359. Item Mean Value
    10360. Item Mean Value
    10361. Item Mean Value
    10362. Item Mean Value
    10363. Item Mean Value
    10364. Item Mean Value
    10365. Item Mean Value
    10366. Item Mean Value
    10367. Item Mean Value
    10368. Item Mean Value
    10369. Item Mean Value
    10370. Item Mean Value
    10371. Item Mean Value
    10372. Item Mean Value
    10373. Item Mean Value
    10374. Item Mean Value
    10375. Item Mean Value
    10376. Item Mean Value
    10377. Item Mean Value
    10378. Item Mean Value
    10379. Item Mean Value
    10380. Item Mean Value
    10381. Item Measure
    10382. Item Measure
    10383. Item Medial Axis Thin
    10384. Item Medial Axis Thin
    10385. Item Medial Axis Thin
    10386. Item Median Filter
    10387. Item Median Filter
    10388. Item Median Filter
    10389. Item Median Filter: Center Weight 3
    10390. Item Median Filter: for Binary Images
    10391. Item Median for Binary Images
    10392. Item Median
    10393. Item Median of Shape's Edges
    10394. Item Medium Configuration
    10395. Item Medium Configuration
    10396. Item Medium
    10397. Item megabytes
    10398. Item megacycles per second
    10399. Item megaHertz
    10400. Item Memory Partition Size
    10401. Item Memory per Image Buffer
    10402. Item Memory Requested for Frame Buffers
    10403. Item Memory Reserved for Windows
    10404. Item Memory Setup
    10405. Item Menu Bar
    10406. Item Menu Bar
    10407. Item Menu Bar
    10408. Item Menu Bar
    10409. Item Menu Bar
    10410. Item Menu
    10411. Item Merge Mode
    10412. Item Merge Mode
    10413. Item Merge Mode
    10414. Item Merge Mode
    10415. Item Merge Mode
    10416. Item Merge Mode
    10417. Item Merge Mode
    10418. Item Merge Mode
    10419. Item Merge Mode
    10420. Item Merge Mode
    10421. Item Message Log
    10422. Item Message Log
    10423. Item Message Log
    10424. Item Message Log
    10425. Item Message Log
    10426. Item Message Log
    10427. Item Message Log
    10428. Item Message Log
    10429. Item Message Log
    10430. Item Message Log
    10431. Item Message Log
    10432. Item Message Log
    10433. Item Meter & Cancel Popon
    10434. Item meters
    10435. Item micrometers
    10436. Item Microsec. Resolution
    10437. Item Microsec. Resolution
    10438. Item microseconds
    10439. Item microseconds period
    10440. Item Mid
    10441. Item Mid
    10442. Item Mid
    10443. Item Mid, X
    10444. Item Mid, Y
    10445. Item Middle to Ends
    10446. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector and Expected Magnitude
    10447. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Direction
    10448. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Direction
    10449. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Magnitude
    10450. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Magnitude
    10451. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Particle Area
    10452. Item Midpoint: Difference of Vector Pair Particle Area
    10453. Item Midpoint:
    10454. Item Midpoint:
    10455. Item millimeters
    10456. Item Millisec. Resolution
    10457. Item Millisec. Resolution
    10458. Item Millisec. Resolution
    10459. Item milliseconds
    10460. Item milliseconds period
    10461. Item mils
    10462. Item Min Adc Gain
    10463. Item Min Blob Height, Y
    10464. Item Min Blob Width, X
    10465. Item Min Dig(ital) Gain
    10466. Item Min Dig(ital) Gain
    10467. Item Min Dig(ital) Gain
    10468. Item Min Dig(ital) Gain
    10469. Item Min Dig(ital) Gain
    10470. Item Min Exposure
    10471. Item Min Exposure
    10472. Item Min Exposure
    10473. Item Min Exposure
    10474. Item Min Exposure
    10475. Item Min Exposure
    10476. Item Min Exposure
    10477. Item Min Exposure
    10478. Item Min Exposure
    10479. Item Min Exposure
    10480. Item Min Exposure
    10481. Item Min Exposure
    10482. Item Min Exposure
    10483. Item Min Exposure
    10484. Item Min Exposure
    10485. Item Min Gain
    10486. Item Min Gain
    10487. Item Min Gain
    10488. Item Min Gain
    10489. Item Min Gain
    10490. Item Min Gain
    10491. Item Min Gain
    10492. Item Min Gain
    10493. Item Min Gain
    10494. Item Min Gain
    10495. Item Min Gain
    10496. Item Min Gain
    10497. Item Min Gain
    10498. Item Min Gain
    10499. Item Min Pixel Value
    10500. Item Min Radius from C.O.U.M, H,V
    10501. Item Min Radius from Center of Uniform Mass, H,V
    10502. Item Min Screen Area Left
    10503. Item Min Screen Area Top
    10504. Item Min(imum) Line Width
    10505. Item Min(imum) Line Width
    10506. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10507. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10508. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10509. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10510. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10511. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10512. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10513. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10514. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10515. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10516. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10517. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10518. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10519. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10520. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10521. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10522. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10523. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10524. Item Min(imum) Retrigger Period
    10525. Item Min(imum) Thumbnail Size
    10526. Item Min(imum) Thumbnail Size
    10527. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10528. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10529. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10530. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10531. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10532. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10533. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10534. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10535. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10536. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10537. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10538. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10539. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10540. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10541. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10542. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10543. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10544. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10545. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10546. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10547. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10548. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10549. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10550. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10551. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10552. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10553. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10554. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10555. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10556. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10557. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10558. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10559. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10560. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10561. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10562. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10563. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10564. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10565. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10566. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10567. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10568. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10569. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10570. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10571. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10572. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10573. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10574. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10575. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10576. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10577. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10578. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10579. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10580. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10581. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10582. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10583. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10584. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10585. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10586. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10587. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10588. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10589. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10590. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10591. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10592. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10593. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10594. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10595. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10596. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10597. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10598. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10599. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10600. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10601. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10602. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10603. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10604. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10605. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10606. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10607. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10608. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10609. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10610. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10611. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10612. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10613. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10614. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10615. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10616. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10617. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10618. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10619. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10620. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10621. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10622. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10623. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10624. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10625. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10626. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10627. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10628. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10629. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10630. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10631. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10632. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10633. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10634. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10635. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10636. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10637. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10638. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10639. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10640. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10641. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10642. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10643. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10644. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10645. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10646. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10647. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10648. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10649. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10650. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10651. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10652. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10653. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10654. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10655. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10656. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10657. Item Min. Retrigger Period
    10658. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10659. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10660. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10661. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10662. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10663. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10664. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10665. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10666. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10667. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10668. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10669. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10670. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10671. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10672. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10673. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10674. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10675. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10676. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10677. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10678. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10679. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10680. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10681. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10682. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10683. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10684. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10685. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10686. Item Min. Up/Dnload
    10687. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10688. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10689. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10690. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10691. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10692. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10693. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10694. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10695. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10696. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10697. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10698. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10699. Item Min. Up/Dnload*
    10700. Item Min. Upload
    10701. Item Min. Upload
    10702. Item Min. Upload
    10703. Item Min. Upload
    10704. Item Min. Upload
    10705. Item Min. Upload
    10706. Item Min. Upload
    10707. Item Min. Upload
    10708. Item Min. Upload
    10709. Item Min. Upload
    10710. Item Min. Upload
    10711. Item Min. Upload
    10712. Item Min. Upload
    10713. Item Min. Upload
    10714. Item Min. Upload
    10715. Item Min. Upload
    10716. Item Min. Upload
    10717. Item Min. Upload
    10718. Item Min. Upload
    10719. Item Min. Upload
    10720. Item Min. Upload
    10721. Item Min. Upload
    10722. Item Min. Upload
    10723. Item Min. Upload
    10724. Item Min. Upload
    10725. Item Min. Upload
    10726. Item Min. Upload
    10727. Item Min. Upload
    10728. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10729. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10730. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10731. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10732. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10733. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10734. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10735. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10736. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10737. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10738. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10739. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10740. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10741. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10742. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10743. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10744. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10745. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10746. Item Minimal Variation (1)
    10747. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10748. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10749. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10750. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10751. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10752. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10753. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10754. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10755. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10756. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10757. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10758. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10759. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10760. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10761. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10762. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10763. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10764. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10765. Item Minimal Variation (2)
    10766. Item Minimize after Startup
    10767. Item Minimize after Startup
    10768. Item Minimum Acceptable Vector Confidence
    10769. Item Minimum
    10770. Item Minimum
    10771. Item Minimum Particle Area, XY
    10772. Item Minimum Particle Area, XY
    10773. Item Minimum Particle Area, XY
    10774. Item Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV
    10775. Item Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV
    10776. Item Minimum Vector Magnitude, HV
    10777. Item Minimum: Min(Src,Dst)
    10778. Item MinMax
    10779. Item MinMax
    10780. Item MinMax
    10781. Item MinMax
    10782. Item MinMax
    10783. Item MinMax
    10784. Item Minor Axis Length, H,V
    10785. Item Minor Axis Length, H,V
    10786. Item minutes
    10787. Item Mirror
    10788. Item Misc
    10789. Item Misc
    10790. Item Misc
    10791. Item Modal Dialog
    10792. Item Modalize Now, Too
    10793. Item Mode
    10794. Item Modify - Band Coloring
    10795. Item Modify - Bit Slice
    10796. Item Modify - Bit Transposition
    10797. Item Modify - Black & Gain
    10798. Item Modify - Numerical & Mouse
    10799. Item Modify - White Balance
    10800. Item Modify Blue
    10801. Item Modify Green
    10802. Item Modify
    10803. Item Modify
    10804. Item Modify
    10805. Item Modify
    10806. Item Modify R,G&B
    10807. Item Modify Red
    10808. Item Moments
    10809. Item Monochromatic as 2-Axis Data
    10810. Item Monochromatic as 2-Axis Data
    10811. Item Monochromatic as 3-Axis Data
    10812. Item Monochromatic as 3-Axis Data
    10813. Item Monochrome
    10814. Item Monochrome
    10815. Item Monochrome
    10816. Item Monochrome Steps
    10817. Item Morphology
    10818. Item Mouse Click
    10819. Item Move All
    10820. Item Move None
    10821. Item Move None
    10822. Item Move None
    10823. Item Move Origin
    10824. Item Move Origin
    10825. Item Move Point 1
    10826. Item Move Point 2
    10827. Item Multi-Frame
    10828. Item Multi-Frame
    10829. Item Multimedia
    10830. Item Multiple Devices
    10831. Item Multiple Devices
    10832. Item Multiple Devices
    10833. Item Multiple Devices
    10834. Item Multiple Shapes
    10835. Item Multiplicative Constant
    10836. Item Multiply Constant with Pixels
    10837. Item Multiply Constant with Pixels
    10838. Item Mux Output
    10839. Item Mux Port 1
    10840. Item Mux Port 2
    10841. Item Mux Port 3
    10842. Item Mux Port 4
    10843. Item N Abs. @ High Freq
    10844. Item N Abs. @ High Freq
    10845. Item N Abs. @ High Value
    10846. Item N Abs. @ High Value
    10847. Item N Abs. @ High Value
    10848. Item N Abs. @ High Value
    10849. Item n/a
    10850. Item n/a
    10851. Item nanometers
    10852. Item nanoseconds
    10853. Item nanoseconds period
    10854. Item Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    10855. Item Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    10856. Item Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    10857. Item Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    10858. Item Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    10859. Item Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    10860. Item Nearest Neighbor
    10861. Item Nearest Neighbor
    10862. Item Neg. ADC Ref.
    10863. Item Negative
    10864. Item Negative
    10865. Item Negative
    10866. Item Negative
    10867. Item Negative
    10868. Item Negative
    10869. Item Negative
    10870. Item Negative
    10871. Item Negative
    10872. Item Negative
    10873. Item Negative
    10874. Item Negative
    10875. Item Negative
    10876. Item Negative
    10877. Item Negative
    10878. Item Negative
    10879. Item Negative
    10880. Item Negative
    10881. Item Negative
    10882. Item Negative
    10883. Item Negative
    10884. Item Negative
    10885. Item Negative
    10886. Item Negative
    10887. Item Negative Pulse
    10888. Item Negative Pulse
    10889. Item Neighborhood Size
    10890. Item Neighborhood Size
    10891. Item Neighborhood Size
    10892. Item Neutral
    10893. Item New Clip
    10894. Item New Graphic Name
    10895. Item New Graphic Name
    10896. Item New Graphic
    10897. Item New Graphic
    10898. Item New Graphic Type
    10899. Item New Graphic Type
    10900. Item New Graphic Type
    10901. Item New Graphic Type
    10902. Item New Image
    10903. Item New Image
    10904. Item New ROI
    10905. Item New ROI
    10906. Item New Shape
    10907. Item New Shape
    10908. Item New Shape
    10909. Item New Shape
    10910. Item New Value, Out of Bounds
    10911. Item New Value, Out of Bounds
    10912. Item New Value, Out of Bounds
    10913. Item New Value, Within Bounds
    10914. Item New Value, Within Bounds
    10915. Item New Value, Within Bounds
    10916. Item Next Boot Configuration
    10917. Item Next Buffer
    10918. Item Next Buffer
    10919. Item Noise Generator
    10920. Item Noise Probability
    10921. Item Noise Variance
    10922. Item Noise Variance
    10923. Item Noise Variance
    10924. Item Noise Variance
    10925. Item Non-Std Configuration Options
    10926. Item None
    10927. Item None
    10928. Item None
    10929. Item None
    10930. Item None
    10931. Item None
    10932. Item None
    10933. Item None
    10934. Item None
    10935. Item None
    10936. Item None
    10937. Item None
    10938. Item None
    10939. Item None
    10940. Item None
    10941. Item None
    10942. Item None
    10943. Item None
    10944. Item None
    10945. Item None
    10946. Item None
    10947. Item None
    10948. Item None
    10949. Item None
    10950. Item None
    10951. Item None
    10952. Item None
    10953. Item None
    10954. Item None
    10955. Item None
    10956. Item None
    10957. Item None
    10958. Item None
    10959. Item None
    10960. Item None
    10961. Item None
    10962. Item None
    10963. Item None
    10964. Item None
    10965. Item None
    10966. Item None
    10967. Item None
    10968. Item None
    10969. Item None
    10970. Item None
    10971. Item None
    10972. Item None
    10973. Item None
    10974. Item None
    10975. Item None
    10976. Item None
    10977. Item None
    10978. Item None
    10979. Item None
    10980. Item None
    10981. Item None
    10982. Item Normal (Exposure)
    10983. Item Normal Mode
    10984. Item Normal
    10985. Item Normal
    10986. Item Normal
    10987. Item Normal
    10988. Item Normal
    10989. Item Normal
    10990. Item Normal
    10991. Item Normal
    10992. Item Normal
    10993. Item Normal
    10994. Item Normal Palette
    10995. Item Normal Text & Graphics
    10996. Item Normalization
    10997. Item Normalization On
    10998. Item Normalization On
    10999. Item Normalization On
    11000. Item Normalization On
    11001. Item Normalization On
    11002. Item Normalization On
    11003. Item Normalization On
    11004. Item Normalization On
    11005. Item Normalization On
    11006. Item Normalization On
    11007. Item Normalization On
    11008. Item Normalization On
    11009. Item Normalization On
    11010. Item Normalization On
    11011. Item Normalization On
    11012. Item Normalization On
    11013. Item Normalization On
    11014. Item Normalization On
    11015. Item Normalization On
    11016. Item Normalization On
    11017. Item Normalization On
    11018. Item Normalization On
    11019. Item Normalization On
    11020. Item Normalization On
    11021. Item Normalization On
    11022. Item Normalization On
    11023. Item Normalization On
    11024. Item Normalization On
    11025. Item Normalization On
    11026. Item Normalization On
    11027. Item Normalization On
    11028. Item Normalization On
    11029. Item Normalization On
    11030. Item Normalization On
    11031. Item Normalization On
    11032. Item Normalization On
    11033. Item Normalization On
    11034. Item Normalization On
    11035. Item Normalization On
    11036. Item Normalization On
    11037. Item Normalize Column Mean
    11038. Item Normalize Intensity, Blobs & Background
    11039. Item Normalize Row Mean
    11040. Item Normalized Values
    11041. Item Normalized Values
    11042. Item Normalized: Add, Mult
    11043. Item Normalized: Add, Mult
    11044. Item North
    11045. Item Northeast
    11046. Item Northwest
    11047. Item NTSC
    11048. Item NTSC
    11049. Item NTSC
    11050. Item NTSC/S-VIDEO
    11051. Item NTSC/S-VIDEO
    11052. Item Number of AOIs
    11053. Item Number of AOIs
    11054. Item Number of Bands
    11055. Item Number of Bands
    11056. Item Number of Edgers
    11057. Item Number of Pixels
    11058. Item Number of Pixels
    11059. Item Number of Pixels
    11060. Item Number of Pixels
    11061. Item Number of Pixels
    11062. Item Number of Pixels
    11063. Item Numeric Expression
    11064. Item Numeric Threshold
    11065. Item Numeric Threshold
    11066. Item Object Card
    11067. Item Objects within Lower/Upper Threshold
    11068. Item Objects without Lower/Upper Threshold
    11069. Item Observer Card
    11070. Item Off Line
    11071. Item Off Line
    11072. Item Off Line
    11073. Item Off Line
    11074. Item Off Line
    11075. Item Off Line
    11076. Item Off Line
    11077. Item Off Line
    11078. Item Off Line
    11079. Item Off Line
    11080. Item Off Line
    11081. Item Off Line
    11082. Item Off Line
    11083. Item Off Line
    11084. Item Off Line
    11085. Item Off Line
    11086. Item Off
    11087. Item Off
    11088. Item Off
    11089. Item Off
    11090. Item Off
    11091. Item Off
    11092. Item OFF
    11093. Item Offset & Defect
    11094. Item Offset & Defect
    11095. Item Offset & Defect
    11096. Item Offset & Defect
    11097. Item Offset & Defect
    11098. Item Offset & Defect
    11099. Item Offset & Defect
    11100. Item Offset 1, X
    11101. Item Offset 1, Y
    11102. Item Offset 2, X
    11103. Item Offset 2, Y
    11104. Item Offset 3, X
    11105. Item Offset 3, Y
    11106. Item Offset A
    11107. Item Offset A
    11108. Item Offset A
    11109. Item Offset AGC
    11110. Item Offset AGC
    11111. Item Offset B
    11112. Item Offset B
    11113. Item Offset B
    11114. Item Offset C
    11115. Item Offset C
    11116. Item Offset C
    11117. Item Offset
    11118. Item Offset
    11119. Item Offset
    11120. Item Offset
    11121. Item Offset
    11122. Item Offset
    11123. Item Offset
    11124. Item Offset
    11125. Item Offset
    11126. Item Offset
    11127. Item Offset
    11128. Item Offset
    11129. Item Offset
    11130. Item Offset
    11131. Item Offset
    11132. Item Offset
    11133. Item Offset
    11134. Item Offset
    11135. Item Offset
    11136. Item Offset
    11137. Item OK
    11138. Item OK
    11139. Item OK
    11140. Item OK
    11141. Item OK
    11142. Item OK
    11143. Item OK
    11144. Item OK
    11145. Item OK
    11146. Item OK
    11147. Item OK
    11148. Item OK
    11149. Item OK
    11150. Item OK
    11151. Item OK
    11152. Item OK
    11153. Item OK
    11154. Item On (the) Entire Page
    11155. Item On
    11156. Item On
    11157. Item On
    11158. Item On
    11159. Item On
    11160. Item ON
    11161. Item On Selected Cells
    11162. Item One AVI w. Sequence
    11163. Item One AVI w. Sequence
    11164. Item One AVI w. Sequence
    11165. Item One AVI w. Sequence
    11166. Item One AVI/DIB ...
    11167. Item One AVI/DIB w. Sequence
    11168. Item One AVI/DIB w. Sequence
    11169. Item One AVI/MJPG ...
    11170. Item One AVI/MJPG w. Sequence
    11171. Item One AVI/MJPG w. Sequence
    11172. Item One BigTIFF w. Sequence
    11173. Item One BigTIFF w. Sequence
    11174. Item One BigTIFF w. Sequence
    11175. Item One BigTIFF w. Sequence
    11176. Item One BigTIFF w. Sequence
    11177. Item One BigTIFF w. Sequence
    11178. Item One Edge per Shape
    11179. Item One Edge/Line per Shape
    11180. Item One FITS w. Sequence
    11181. Item One FITS w. Sequence
    11182. Item One FITS w. Sequence
    11183. Item One FITS w. Sequence
    11184. Item One FITS w. Sequence
    11185. Item One FITS w. Sequence
    11186. Item One Line
    11187. Item One Portable Map w. Sequence
    11188. Item One Portable Map w. Sequence
    11189. Item One Portable Map w. Sequence
    11190. Item One Portable Map w. Sequence
    11191. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11192. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11193. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11194. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11195. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11196. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11197. Item One TIFF w. Sequence
    11198. Item One VIF w. Sequence
    11199. Item One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence
    11200. Item One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence
    11201. Item One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence
    11202. Item One X/Y ASCII w. Sequence
    11203. Item One X/Y Binary w. Sequence
    11204. Item One X/Y Binary w. Sequence
    11205. Item One X/Y Binary w. Sequence
    11206. Item One X/Y Binary w. Sequence
    11207. Item Open
    11208. Item Open
    11209. Item Open
    11210. Item Open
    11211. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11212. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11213. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11214. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11215. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11216. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11217. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11218. Item Open PIXCI® on Startup
    11219. Item Open w. default Video Setup
    11220. Item Open w. default Video Setup
    11221. Item Open w. last used Video Setup
    11222. Item Opening
    11223. Item Operate
    11224. Item Optical Center, X
    11225. Item Optical Center, Y
    11226. Item Optional Trigger Control
    11227. Item Options - Buffer
    11228. Item Options - Format
    11229. Item Options - Layout
    11230. Item Options - Sequence
    11231. Item Options - Text
    11232. Item Options
    11233. Item Options
    11234. Item Options
    11235. Item Options
    11236. Item Options
    11237. Item Options
    11238. Item Options
    11239. Item Options
    11240. Item Options
    11241. Item Options
    11242. Item Ord(inate) Min & Max: Default
    11243. Item Ordering Condition
    11244. Item Ordering Condition
    11245. Item Ordering f(...)
    11246. Item Ordering Priority
    11247. Item Ordering Priority
    11248. Item Ordering Priority
    11249. Item Ordering Priority
    11250. Item Ordering Priority
    11251. Item Ordinate Legend
    11252. Item Ordinate Max Value
    11253. Item Ordinate Min Value
    11254. Item Ordinate Tick Spacing
    11255. Item Ordinate Tick Spacing
    11256. Item Ordinate Ticks: Auto
    11257. Item Orient Horizontally
    11258. Item Orient Horizontally
    11259. Item Orient Horizontally
    11260. Item Orient Horizontally
    11261. Item Orient Horizontally
    11262. Item Orient Horizontally
    11263. Item Orient Top => Bottom
    11264. Item Orient Top => Left Side
    11265. Item Orient Top => Right Side
    11266. Item Orient Top => Top
    11267. Item Orient Vertically
    11268. Item Orient Vertically
    11269. Item Orient Vertically
    11270. Item Orient Vertically
    11271. Item Orient Vertically
    11272. Item Orient Vertically
    11273. Item Orient w. Mirror Flip
    11274. Item Origin Card
    11275. Item Origin
    11276. Item Origin
    11277. Item Origin
    11278. Item Origin
    11279. Item Origin
    11280. Item Origin
    11281. Item Origin
    11282. Item Origin
    11283. Item Origin
    11284. Item Origin
    11285. Item Origin
    11286. Item Origin
    11287. Item Origin
    11288. Item Origin
    11289. Item Origin
    11290. Item Origin
    11291. Item Origin
    11292. Item Origin
    11293. Item Origin
    11294. Item Origin
    11295. Item Origin
    11296. Item Origin
    11297. Item Origin
    11298. Item Origin
    11299. Item Origin
    11300. Item Origin
    11301. Item Origin
    11302. Item Origin
    11303. Item Origin
    11304. Item Origin
    11305. Item Origin
    11306. Item Origin
    11307. Item Origin
    11308. Item Origin
    11309. Item Origin
    11310. Item Origin
    11311. Item Origin
    11312. Item Origin
    11313. Item Origin
    11314. Item Origin
    11315. Item Origin
    11316. Item Origin
    11317. Item Origin
    11318. Item Origin
    11319. Item Origin
    11320. Item Origin
    11321. Item Origin
    11322. Item Origin
    11323. Item Origin
    11324. Item Origin
    11325. Item Origin, H
    11326. Item Origin, H
    11327. Item Origin, H
    11328. Item Origin, H
    11329. Item Origin, H
    11330. Item Origin, H
    11331. Item Origin, H
    11332. Item Origin, H
    11333. Item Origin, H
    11334. Item Origin, H
    11335. Item Origin, H
    11336. Item Origin, H
    11337. Item Origin, H
    11338. Item Origin, H
    11339. Item Origin, H
    11340. Item Origin, H
    11341. Item Origin, H
    11342. Item Origin, H
    11343. Item Origin, H
    11344. Item Origin, H
    11345. Item Origin, H
    11346. Item Origin, H
    11347. Item Origin, H
    11348. Item Origin, H
    11349. Item Origin, H
    11350. Item Origin, H
    11351. Item Origin, V
    11352. Item Origin, V
    11353. Item Origin, V
    11354. Item Origin, V
    11355. Item Origin, V
    11356. Item Origin, V
    11357. Item Origin, V
    11358. Item Origin, V
    11359. Item Origin, V
    11360. Item Origin, V
    11361. Item Origin, V
    11362. Item Origin, V
    11363. Item Origin, V
    11364. Item Origin, V
    11365. Item Origin, V
    11366. Item Origin, V
    11367. Item Origin, V
    11368. Item Origin, V
    11369. Item Origin, V
    11370. Item Origin, V
    11371. Item Origin, V
    11372. Item Origin, V
    11373. Item Origin, V
    11374. Item Origin, V
    11375. Item Origin, V
    11376. Item Origin, V
    11377. Item Origin, X
    11378. Item Origin, X
    11379. Item Origin, X
    11380. Item Origin, X
    11381. Item Origin, X
    11382. Item Origin, X
    11383. Item Origin, X
    11384. Item Origin, X
    11385. Item Origin, X
    11386. Item Origin, X
    11387. Item Origin, X
    11388. Item Origin, X
    11389. Item Origin, X
    11390. Item Origin, X
    11391. Item Origin, X
    11392. Item Origin, X
    11393. Item Origin, X
    11394. Item Origin, X
    11395. Item Origin, X
    11396. Item Origin, X
    11397. Item Origin, X
    11398. Item Origin, X
    11399. Item Origin, X
    11400. Item Origin, X
    11401. Item Origin, X
    11402. Item Origin, X
    11403. Item Origin, X
    11404. Item Origin, X
    11405. Item Origin, X
    11406. Item Origin, X
    11407. Item Origin, X
    11408. Item Origin, Y
    11409. Item Origin, Y
    11410. Item Origin, Y
    11411. Item Origin, Y
    11412. Item Origin, Y
    11413. Item Origin, Y
    11414. Item Origin, Y
    11415. Item Origin, Y
    11416. Item Origin, Y
    11417. Item Origin, Y
    11418. Item Origin, Y
    11419. Item Origin, Y
    11420. Item Origin, Y
    11421. Item Origin, Y
    11422. Item Origin, Y
    11423. Item Origin, Y
    11424. Item Origin, Y
    11425. Item Origin, Y
    11426. Item Origin, Y
    11427. Item Origin, Y
    11428. Item Origin, Y
    11429. Item Origin, Y
    11430. Item Origin, Y
    11431. Item Origin, Y
    11432. Item Origin, Y
    11433. Item Origin, Y
    11434. Item Origin, Y
    11435. Item Origin, Y
    11436. Item Origin, Y
    11437. Item Origin, Y
    11438. Item Origin, Y
    11439. Item Original Pathname
    11440. Item Original Pathname
    11441. Item Other AOI
    11442. Item Other Cancel
    11443. Item Other Cancel
    11444. Item Other Cancel
    11445. Item Other Cancel
    11446. Item Other Cancel
    11447. Item Other Graphic
    11448. Item Other OK
    11449. Item Other OK
    11450. Item Other OK
    11451. Item Other OK
    11452. Item Other OK
    11453. Item Other ROI
    11454. Item Other ROI
    11455. Item Other Shape
    11456. Item Other Shape
    11457. Item Other, from List
    11458. Item Other, from List
    11459. Item Other, from List
    11460. Item Other, from List
    11461. Item Other, New
    11462. Item Other, New
    11463. Item Other, New
    11464. Item Other, New
    11465. Item Outer Corner Element
    11466. Item Outer Diameter
    11467. Item Outer Diameter
    11468. Item Outer Height, Y
    11469. Item Outer Height, Y
    11470. Item Outer Height, Y
    11471. Item Outer Width, X
    11472. Item Outer Width, X
    11473. Item Outer Width, X
    11474. Item Outlier
    11475. Item Outlier
    11476. Item Outlier
    11477. Item Outlier
    11478. Item Outlier
    11479. Item Outlier
    11480. Item Outlier
    11481. Item Outlier Reference
    11482. Item Outlier Reference
    11483. Item Outlier Reference
    11484. Item Outlier Reference
    11485. Item Outlier Reference
    11486. Item Outlier Reference
    11487. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11488. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11489. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11490. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11491. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11492. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11493. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11494. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Image Number
    11495. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11496. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11497. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11498. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11499. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11500. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11501. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11502. Item Overlay Displayed Image w. Time Stamp
    11503. Item Overlay Source Pixel = Display Pixel
    11504. Item Overlay Visible
    11505. Item Overlay Visible
    11506. Item Overlay Visible
    11507. Item Overlay Visible
    11508. Item Overlay Visible
    11509. Item Overlay Visible
    11510. Item Overlay Visible
    11511. Item Overlay Visible
    11512. Item Overlay Visible
    11513. Item Overlay Visible
    11514. Item Overlay Visible
    11515. Item Overlay Visible
    11516. Item Overlay Visible
    11517. Item Overlay Visible
    11518. Item Overlay Visible
    11519. Item Overlay Visible
    11520. Item Overlay Visible
    11521. Item Overlay Visible
    11522. Item Overlay Visible
    11523. Item Overlay Visible
    11524. Item Overlay Visible
    11525. Item Overlay Visible
    11526. Item Overlay Visible
    11527. Item Overlay Visible
    11528. Item Overlay Visible
    11529. Item Overlay Visible
    11530. Item Overlay Visible
    11531. Item Overlay Visible
    11532. Item Overlay Visible
    11533. Item Overlay Visible
    11534. Item Overlay Visible
    11535. Item Overlay Visible
    11536. Item Overlay Visible
    11537. Item Overlay Visible
    11538. Item Overlay Visible
    11539. Item Overlay Visible
    11540. Item Overlay Visible
    11541. Item Overlay Visible
    11542. Item Overlay Visible
    11543. Item Overlay Visible
    11544. Item Overlay Visible
    11545. Item Overlay Visible
    11546. Item Overlay Visible
    11547. Item Overlay Visible
    11548. Item Overlay Visible
    11549. Item Overlay Visible
    11550. Item Overlay Visible
    11551. Item Overlay Visible
    11552. Item Overlay Visible
    11553. Item Overlay Visible
    11554. Item Overlay Visible
    11555. Item Overlay Visible
    11556. Item Overlay Visible
    11557. Item Overlay Visible
    11558. Item Overlay Visible
    11559. Item Overlay Visible
    11560. Item Overlay Visible
    11561. Item Overlay Visible
    11562. Item Overlay Visible
    11563. Item Overlay Visible
    11564. Item Packed Order
    11565. Item Packed Order
    11566. Item Packed Order
    11567. Item Packed Order
    11568. Item Packed Order
    11569. Item Packed Order
    11570. Item Packed: LSB to MSB
    11571. Item Packed: LSB to MSB
    11572. Item Packed: LSB to MSB
    11573. Item Packed: LSB to MSB
    11574. Item Packed: MSB to LSB
    11575. Item Packed: MSB to LSB
    11576. Item Packed: MSB to LSB
    11577. Item Packed: MSB to LSB
    11578. Item Pad Cell
    11579. Item Pad Cell To Width
    11580. Item Pad Cell To Width
    11581. Item Pad To
    11582. Item Page Height
    11583. Item Page Height
    11584. Item Page Height
    11585. Item Page Height
    11586. Item Page Height
    11587. Item Page Height
    11588. Item Page Height
    11589. Item Page Height
    11590. Item Page
    11591. Item Page Width
    11592. Item Page Width
    11593. Item Page Width
    11594. Item Page Width
    11595. Item Page Width
    11596. Item Page Width
    11597. Item Page Width
    11598. Item Page Width
    11599. Item Paint Brush
    11600. Item Paint Brush
    11601. Item Paint Fill
    11602. Item Paint Fill
    11603. Item Pair Arithmetic
    11604. Item Pair Normalization
    11605. Item Pairwise Difference
    11606. Item PAL
    11607. Item PAL
    11608. Item PAL
    11609. Item PAL/S-Video formats
    11610. Item PAL/S-Video
    11611. Item Palette Color Space
    11612. Item Palette Pixies per Pixel
    11613. Item Palette/Lut Entries
    11614. Item Pan Position (X)
    11615. Item Pan Position (X)
    11616. Item Pan Position (X)
    11617. Item Pan Position (X)
    11618. Item Parallel Lines
    11619. Item Parameters to File
    11620. Item Parameters to File
    11621. Item Parameters to File
    11622. Item Parity
    11623. Item Partial
    11624. Item Partial
    11625. Item Partial
    11626. Item Partial
    11627. Item Partial Track: Maximum Length
    11628. Item Partial Track: Maximum Length
    11629. Item Partial Track: Minimum Length
    11630. Item Partial Track: Minimum Length
    11631. Item Partial Track: Shift Report to Time 0
    11632. Item Partial Track: Shift Report to Time 0
    11633. Item Particle Track Shown
    11634. Item Particle Track Shown
    11635. Item Particle Tracking
    11636. Item Particle Tracks Found
    11637. Item Particles
    11638. Item Particles
    11639. Item Particles
    11640. Item Particles
    11641. Item Particles
    11642. Item Particles
    11643. Item Paste
    11644. Item Paste
    11645. Item Paste
    11646. Item Paste
    11647. Item Paste Pixel (Value)
    11648. Item Path Curve
    11649. Item Path Enclosed
    11650. Item Path Enclosed
    11651. Item Path Enclosed
    11652. Item Path Enclosed
    11653. Item Pattern f(X,Y)
    11654. Item Pattern
    11655. Item Pattern
    11656. Item Pattern
    11657. Item Patterns
    11658. Item Pause
    11659. Item Pause
    11660. Item Pause
    11661. Item Pause
    11662. Item Pause
    11663. Item Pause
    11664. Item Pause
    11665. Item Pause
    11666. Item Pause
    11667. Item Pause Off
    11668. Item Pause Off
    11669. Item Pause Off
    11670. Item Pause On
    11671. Item Pause On
    11672. Item Pause On
    11673. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11674. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11675. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11676. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11677. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11678. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11679. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11680. Item PCI Configuration Tips
    11681. Item Peak Value
    11682. Item Peak Value
    11683. Item Peak Value
    11684. Item Peak Value
    11685. Item Peak Value
    11686. Item Peak Value
    11687. Item Peak Value
    11688. Item Peak Value
    11689. Item Peak Value
    11690. Item Peak Value
    11691. Item Peak Value
    11692. Item Peak Value
    11693. Item Peak Value
    11694. Item Peak Value
    11695. Item Peak Value
    11696. Item Peak Value
    11697. Item Peak Value
    11698. Item Peek Window
    11699. Item Per-Frame Buffer Status: Use Frame Buffer Memory
    11700. Item Per-Frame Buffer Status: Use System Memory
    11701. Item Per Camera
    11702. Item Per Camera
    11703. Item Per Software
    11704. Item Per Software
    11705. Item Percentage Filled
    11706. Item petabyte
    11707. Item Phi 1
    11708. Item Phi 7
    11709. Item Phylds
    11710. Item Pick Graphics Color
    11711. Item Pick Graphics Color
    11712. Item Pick Pixel Value
    11713. Item Pick Pixel Value
    11714. Item Pick Pixel Value
    11715. Item Pick Pixel Value
    11716. Item Pincushion 1st Order Coef(ficient)
    11717. Item Pincushion 1st Order Coef(ficient)
    11718. Item Pincushion 1st Order Coef(ficient)
    11719. Item Pincushion 2nd Order Coef(ficient)
    11720. Item Pincushion 2nd Order Coef(ficient)
    11721. Item Pincushion 3rd Order Coef(ficient)
    11722. Item Pincushion 3rd Order Coef(ficient)
    11723. Item Pincushion 3rd Order Coef(ficient)
    11724. Item Pincushion 4th Order Coef(ficient)
    11725. Item Pincushion 4th Order Coef(ficient)
    11726. Item Pincushion 5th Order Coef(ficient)
    11727. Item Pincushion 5th Order Coef(ficient)
    11728. Item Pincushion 6th Order Coef(ficient)
    11729. Item Pincushion 7th Order Coef(ficient)
    11730. Item Pincushion/Barrel: Fifth Order
    11731. Item Pincushion/Barrel: Seventh Order
    11732. Item Pincushion/Barrel: Third Order
    11733. Item PIXCI Capture Adjust
    11734. Item PIXCI® - Export Video Setup
    11735. Item PIXCI® - Export Video Setup
    11736. Item PIXCI® - Import Video Setup
    11737. Item PIXCI® - Open/Close
    11738. Item PIXCI® - Open/Close
    11739. Item PIXCI® - Open/Close
    11740. Item PIXCI® - Open/Close
    11741. Item PIXCI® - Open/Close
    11742. Item PIXCI® - Open/Close
    11743. Item PIXCI® - Serial Terminal
    11744. Item PIXCI® - Serial Terminal
    11745. Item PIXCI® - Serial Terminal
    11746. Item PIXCI® - Status
    11747. Item PIXCI® - Status
    11748. Item PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery
    11749. Item PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery
    11750. Item PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery
    11751. Item PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery
    11752. Item PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery and Image-Pro Sourcery
    11753. Item PIXCI® - Video Setup
    11754. Item PIXCI® - Video Setup
    11755. Item PIXCI® - Video Setup
    11756. Item PIXCI® - Video Setup
    11757. Item PIXCI® - Video Setup
    11758. Item PIXCI® Adjustments Attached to Viewer
    11759. Item PIXCI® Adjustments on Open
    11760. Item PIXCI® Camera Info
    11761. Item PIXCI® Camera Info
    11762. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11763. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11764. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11765. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11766. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11767. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11768. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11769. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11770. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11771. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11772. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11773. Item PIXCI® Connections
    11774. Item PIXCI® Custom Shortcuts
    11775. Item PIXCI® Export Video Setup
    11776. Item PIXCI® Export Video Setup
    11777. Item PIXCI® Export Video Setup
    11778. Item PIXCI® Field Count Data Stamp
    11779. Item PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery
    11780. Item PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery
    11781. Item PIXCI® Image-Pro Sourcery
    11782. Item PIXCI® Import Video Setup
    11783. Item PIXCI® Menu Bar on Open
    11784. Item PIXCI®
    11785. Item PIXCI®
    11786. Item PIXCI®
    11787. Item PIXCI®
    11788. Item PIXCI®
    11789. Item PIXCI®
    11790. Item PIXCI®
    11791. Item PIXCI®
    11792. Item PIXCI®
    11793. Item PIXCI®
    11794. Item PIXCI®
    11795. Item PIXCI® Open/Close
    11796. Item PIXCI® Open/Close
    11797. Item PIXCI® Open/Close
    11798. Item PIXCI® Serial Terminal
    11799. Item PIXCI® Shortcuts Attached to Viewer
    11800. Item PIXCI® Shortcuts on Open
    11801. Item PIXCI® Status Bar on Open
    11802. Item PIXCI® Status
    11803. Item PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery
    11804. Item PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery
    11805. Item PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery
    11806. Item PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery
    11807. Item PIXCI® TWAIN Sourcery
    11808. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11809. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11810. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11811. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11812. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11813. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11814. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11815. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11816. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11817. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11818. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11819. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11820. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11821. Item PIXCI® Video Setup
    11822. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window
    11823. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window
    11824. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window
    11825. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window
    11826. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Main Window
    11827. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery
    11828. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery
    11829. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery
    11830. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal Image-Pro Sourcery
    11831. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery
    11832. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery
    11833. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery
    11834. Item PIXCI® Viewer is Minimal TWAIN Sourcery
    11835. Item PIXCIPARM=
    11836. Item PIXCIPARM=
    11837. Item Pixel's Background
    11838. Item Pixel Aspect Ratio
    11839. Item Pixel Aspect Ratio
    11840. Item Pixel Binning
    11841. Item Pixel Binning
    11842. Item Pixel Binning
    11843. Item Pixel Binning
    11844. Item Pixel Binning
    11845. Item Pixel Binning
    11846. Item Pixel Clock
    11847. Item Pixel Clock
    11848. Item Pixel Clock
    11849. Item Pixel Clock
    11850. Item Pixel Clock
    11851. Item Pixel Clock
    11852. Item Pixel Clock
    11853. Item Pixel Clock
    11854. Item Pixel Clock
    11855. Item Pixel Clock
    11856. Item Pixel Clock
    11857. Item Pixel Clock
    11858. Item Pixel Clock
    11859. Item Pixel Clock
    11860. Item Pixel Clock
    11861. Item Pixel Clock
    11862. Item Pixel Clock
    11863. Item Pixel Clock
    11864. Item Pixel Clock
    11865. Item Pixel Clock
    11866. Item Pixel Clock
    11867. Item Pixel Clock
    11868. Item Pixel Clock
    11869. Item Pixel Clock
    11870. Item Pixel Clock
    11871. Item Pixel Clock
    11872. Item Pixel Clock
    11873. Item Pixel Clock
    11874. Item Pixel Clock
    11875. Item Pixel Clock
    11876. Item Pixel Clock
    11877. Item Pixel Clock
    11878. Item Pixel Clock
    11879. Item Pixel Clock
    11880. Item Pixel Clock
    11881. Item Pixel Clock
    11882. Item Pixel Clock
    11883. Item Pixel Clock
    11884. Item Pixel Clock
    11885. Item Pixel Clock
    11886. Item Pixel Clock
    11887. Item Pixel Clock
    11888. Item Pixel Clock
    11889. Item Pixel Clock
    11890. Item Pixel Clock
    11891. Item Pixel Clock
    11892. Item Pixel Clock
    11893. Item Pixel Clock
    11894. Item Pixel Clock
    11895. Item Pixel Clock
    11896. Item Pixel Clock
    11897. Item Pixel Clock
    11898. Item Pixel Decimation
    11899. Item Pixel Decimation
    11900. Item Pixel Depth
    11901. Item Pixel Height
    11902. Item Pixel Height
    11903. Item Pixel Height
    11904. Item Pixel Interpretation
    11905. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11906. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11907. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11908. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11909. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11910. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11911. Item Pixel Line Delimiter
    11912. Item Pixel Magnifier
    11913. Item Pixel Mean of Sequence
    11914. Item Pixel Mean of Sequence
    11915. Item Pixel Normalization
    11916. Item Pixel Normalization
    11917. Item Pixel Normalization
    11918. Item Pixel Normalization
    11919. Item Pixel Normalization
    11920. Item Pixel Normalization
    11921. Item Pixel Normalization
    11922. Item Pixel Normalization
    11923. Item Pixel Normalization
    11924. Item Pixel Normalization
    11925. Item Pixel Normalization
    11926. Item Pixel Normalization
    11927. Item Pixel Normalization
    11928. Item Pixel Normalization
    11929. Item Pixel Normalization
    11930. Item Pixel Normalization
    11931. Item Pixel Normalization
    11932. Item Pixel Normalization
    11933. Item Pixel Normalization
    11934. Item Pixel Normalization
    11935. Item Pixel Normalization
    11936. Item Pixel Normalization
    11937. Item Pixel Normalization
    11938. Item Pixel Normalization
    11939. Item Pixel Normalization
    11940. Item Pixel Normalization
    11941. Item Pixel Normalization
    11942. Item Pixel Normalization
    11943. Item Pixel Normalization
    11944. Item Pixel Normalization
    11945. Item Pixel Normalization
    11946. Item Pixel Normalization
    11947. Item Pixel Normalization
    11948. Item Pixel Normalization
    11949. Item Pixel Normalization
    11950. Item Pixel Normalization
    11951. Item Pixel Normalization
    11952. Item Pixel Normalization
    11953. Item Pixel Normalization
    11954. Item Pixel Normalization
    11955. Item Pixel Normalization
    11956. Item Pixel Normalization
    11957. Item Pixel Normalization
    11958. Item Pixel Normalization
    11959. Item Pixel Normalization
    11960. Item Pixel Normalization
    11961. Item Pixel Normalization
    11962. Item Pixel Normalization
    11963. Item Pixel Normalization
    11964. Item Pixel Normalization
    11965. Item Pixel Normalization
    11966. Item Pixel Normalization
    11967. Item Pixel Normalization
    11968. Item Pixel Normalization
    11969. Item Pixel Normalization
    11970. Item Pixel Normalization
    11971. Item Pixel Normalization
    11972. Item Pixel Normalization
    11973. Item Pixel Normalization
    11974. Item Pixel
    11975. Item Pixel Order Correction
    11976. Item Pixel Peek & Poke
    11977. Item Pixel Peek & Poke
    11978. Item Pixel Peek
    11979. Item Pixel Plot 3D
    11980. Item Pixel Plot 3D
    11981. Item Pixel Plot 3D
    11982. Item Pixel Plot
    11983. Item Pixel Plot
    11984. Item Pixel Plot
    11985. Item Pixel Replication
    11986. Item Pixel Replication
    11987. Item Pixel Size (bytes)
    11988. Item Pixel Std. Dev. of Sequence
    11989. Item Pixel Value
    11990. Item Pixel Value
    11991. Item Pixel Value
    11992. Item Pixel Values
    11993. Item Pixel Values
    11994. Item Pixel Values
    11995. Item Pixel Variance of Sequence
    11996. Item Pixel Width
    11997. Item Pixel Width
    11998. Item Pixel Width
    11999. Item Pixels Set
    12000. Item PixelValue-Abs(Convolve(PixelValue))
    12001. Item PixelValue-Convolve(PixelValue)
    12002. Item Pixie's Background
    12003. Item Pixie Copy
    12004. Item Pixie Copy
    12005. Item Pixie Copy
    12006. Item Pixie Maximum
    12007. Item Pixie Maximum
    12008. Item Pixie Maximum
    12009. Item Pixie Mean
    12010. Item Pixie Mean
    12011. Item Pixie Mean
    12012. Item Pixie Minimum
    12013. Item Pixie Minimum
    12014. Item Pixie Minimum
    12015. Item Pixie Size (bytes)
    12016. Item Pixie Size (bytes)
    12017. Item Pixie Type
    12018. Item Pixies per Pixel
    12019. Item Pixies per Pixel
    12020. Item Plain
    12021. Item Plain
    12022. Item Planar Order
    12023. Item Planar Order
    12024. Item Planar Order
    12025. Item Planar Order
    12026. Item Planar Order
    12027. Item Planar Order
    12028. Item Play Clip
    12029. Item Play from File
    12030. Item Play
    12031. Item Play
    12032. Item Play
    12033. Item Play
    12034. Item Play
    12035. Item Play
    12036. Item Play
    12037. Item Play
    12038. Item Play
    12039. Item Play
    12040. Item Plot Column
    12041. Item Plot Column
    12042. Item Plot Columns × B
    12043. Item Plot Columns × X
    12044. Item Plot Fill
    12045. Item Plot Fill
    12046. Item Plot
    12047. Item Plot
    12048. Item Plot Row
    12049. Item Plot Row
    12050. Item Plot Rows × B
    12051. Item Plot Rows × Y
    12052. Item Plot Z Height
    12053. Item Point #
    12054. Item Point #
    12055. Item Point 0, H
    12056. Item Point 0, V
    12057. Item Point 0: H Coord.
    12058. Item Point 0: V Coord.
    12059. Item Point 2: H Coord.
    12060. Item Point 2: V Coord.
    12061. Item Point H
    12062. Item Point
    12063. Item Point Size
    12064. Item Point V
    12065. Item Point X
    12066. Item Point Y
    12067. Item Points
    12068. Item Points
    12069. Item Points
    12070. Item Points ?
    12071. Item Polar Reticle
    12072. Item Poll Period
    12073. Item Polygon
    12074. Item Polygon
    12075. Item Polygon
    12076. Item Polygon
    12077. Item Polyline
    12078. Item Port Address
    12079. Item Port
    12080. Item Port
    12081. Item Port Value
    12082. Item Port Value
    12083. Item Port Value
    12084. Item Portable Map (PBM/PGM/PPM)
    12085. Item Portable Map
    12086. Item Portable Map
    12087. Item Portable
    12088. Item Portrait
    12089. Item Pos. ADC Ref.
    12090. Item Position
    12091. Item Positive
    12092. Item Positive Pulse
    12093. Item Positive Pulse
    12094. Item Post Row Text
    12095. Item Post Warp Scaling
    12096. Item Post Warp Scaling
    12097. Item Postfix 0 bits
    12098. Item Postfix 0 bits
    12099. Item Postfix 0 bits
    12100. Item Postfix 0 bits
    12101. Item Postfix 0 bits
    12102. Item Postfix 0 bits
    12103. Item PostScript
    12104. Item PostScript
    12105. Item Precision
    12106. Item Precision: Better
    12107. Item Precision: Quicker
    12108. Item Prefix 0 bits
    12109. Item Prefix 0 bits
    12110. Item Prefix 0 bits
    12111. Item Prefix 0 bits
    12112. Item Prefix 0 bits
    12113. Item Prefix 0 bits
    12114. Item Prefix Cell w. Name
    12115. Item Preload into Memory
    12116. Item Preload into Memory
    12117. Item Preload into Memory
    12118. Item Preload into Memory
    12119. Item Preset Setup
    12120. Item Preset Setup
    12121. Item Pretrig. % Images
    12122. Item Pretrigger
    12123. Item Pretrigger
    12124. Item Preview
    12125. Item Preview
    12126. Item Preview
    12127. Item Preview
    12128. Item Preview
    12129. Item Preview
    12130. Item Preview
    12131. Item Preview
    12132. Item Preview
    12133. Item Preview
    12134. Item Preview
    12135. Item Preview
    12136. Item Preview
    12137. Item Preview
    12138. Item Preview
    12139. Item Preview
    12140. Item Preview
    12141. Item Preview
    12142. Item Preview
    12143. Item Preview
    12144. Item Preview
    12145. Item Preview
    12146. Item Preview
    12147. Item Preview
    12148. Item Preview
    12149. Item Preview
    12150. Item Preview/Live
    12151. Item Previous Buffer
    12152. Item Previous Buffer
    12153. Item Print Graphics
    12154. Item Print Graphics
    12155. Item Print Graphics
    12156. Item Print Graphics
    12157. Item Print Graphics
    12158. Item Print Graphics
    12159. Item Print Graphics
    12160. Item Print Graphics
    12161. Item Print Height
    12162. Item Print Height
    12163. Item Print Height
    12164. Item Print Height
    12165. Item Print Height
    12166. Item Print Height
    12167. Item Print Height
    12168. Item Print Height
    12169. Item Print Image
    12170. Item Print via EPIX® Imaging Drivers
    12171. Item Print via Linux Drivers
    12172. Item Print via Linux Drivers
    12173. Item Print via Windows Drivers
    12174. Item Print via Windows Drivers
    12175. Item Print Width
    12176. Item Print Width
    12177. Item Print Width
    12178. Item Print Width
    12179. Item Print Width
    12180. Item Print Width
    12181. Item Print Width
    12182. Item Print Width
    12183. Item Printer
    12184. Item Printer Setup
    12185. Item Printer Setup
    12186. Item Printer Setup
    12187. Item Printer Setup
    12188. Item Probe Coord.
    12189. Item Probe Coord.
    12190. Item Probe Index
    12191. Item Probe Index
    12192. Item Probe Index
    12193. Item Probe Index
    12194. Item Probe
    12195. Item Probe
    12196. Item Probe
    12197. Item Probe
    12198. Item Probe
    12199. Item Probe
    12200. Item Probe
    12201. Item Process Threads
    12202. Item Process Threads
    12203. Item Process Threads
    12204. Item Process Threads
    12205. Item Process Threads
    12206. Item Product Coef
    12207. Item Product Coef. 4
    12208. Item Product: (c0×Src+c1) × (c2×Dst+c3) / c4
    12209. Item Program Directory
    12210. Item Program Setup
    12211. Item Program Setup
    12212. Item Program Setup
    12213. Item Program Setup
    12214. Item Program Setup
    12215. Item Program Setup
    12216. Item Program Setup
    12217. Item Program Setup
    12218. Item Program Setup
    12219. Item Program Version
    12220. Item Programmed
    12221. Item Prompt for Translation
    12222. Item Protect after Recording
    12223. Item Protect after Recording
    12224. Item Protractor
    12225. Item Pseudo-Unique Pseudo-Random
    12226. Item Pseudo Random
    12227. Item Pseudo Random
    12228. Item PxM What
    12229. Item PxM With
    12230. Item Quad Pixel Merge
    12231. Item Quick Black Balance
    12232. Item Quick Black Balance
    12233. Item Quick Black Balance
    12234. Item Quick Black Balance
    12235. Item Quick Black Balance
    12236. Item Quick Black Balance
    12237. Item Quick Black Balance
    12238. Item Quick Black Balance
    12239. Item Quick Black Balance
    12240. Item Quick Black Balance
    12241. Item Quick Black Balance
    12242. Item Quick Black Balance
    12243. Item Quick Black Balance
    12244. Item Quick Black Balance
    12245. Item Quick Black Balance
    12246. Item Quick Black Balance
    12247. Item Quick Black Balance
    12248. Item Quick Black Balance
    12249. Item Quick Black Balance
    12250. Item Quick Black Balance
    12251. Item Quick Black Balance
    12252. Item Quick Black Balance
    12253. Item Quick Black Balance
    12254. Item Quick Black Balance
    12255. Item Quick Black Balance
    12256. Item Quick Black Balance
    12257. Item Quick Black Balance
    12258. Item Quick Black Balance
    12259. Item Quick Black Balance
    12260. Item Quick Black Balance
    12261. Item Quick Black Balance
    12262. Item Quick Black Balance
    12263. Item Quick Black Balance
    12264. Item Quick Black Balance
    12265. Item Quick Black Balance
    12266. Item Quick Black Balance
    12267. Item Quick Black Balance
    12268. Item Quick Black Balance
    12269. Item Quick White Balance
    12270. Item Quick White Balance
    12271. Item Quick White Balance
    12272. Item Quick White Balance
    12273. Item Quick White Balance
    12274. Item Quick White Balance
    12275. Item Quick White Balance
    12276. Item Quick White Balance
    12277. Item Quick White Balance
    12278. Item Quick White Balance
    12279. Item Quick White Balance
    12280. Item Quick White Balance
    12281. Item Quick White Balance
    12282. Item Quick White Balance
    12283. Item Quick White Balance
    12284. Item Quick White Balance
    12285. Item Quick White Balance
    12286. Item Quick White Balance
    12287. Item Quick White Balance
    12288. Item Quick White Balance
    12289. Item Quick White Balance
    12290. Item Quick White Balance
    12291. Item Quick White Balance
    12292. Item Quick White Balance
    12293. Item Quick White Balance
    12294. Item Quick White Balance
    12295. Item Quick White Balance
    12296. Item Quick White Balance
    12297. Item Quick White Balance
    12298. Item Quick White Balance
    12299. Item Quick White Balance
    12300. Item Quick White Balance
    12301. Item Quick White Balance
    12302. Item Quick White Balance
    12303. Item Quick White Balance
    12304. Item Quick White Balance
    12305. Item Quick White Balance
    12306. Item Quick White Balance
    12307. Item Quicker
    12308. Item Quicker
    12309. Item Quicker
    12310. Item Quicker
    12311. Item Quicker
    12312. Item Quicker
    12313. Item Quicker
    12314. Item Quicker
    12315. Item Quicker
    12316. Item Quicker
    12317. Item Quicker
    12318. Item Quicker
    12319. Item Quicker
    12320. Item Quicker
    12321. Item Quicker
    12322. Item Quicker
    12323. Item Quicker
    12324. Item Quicker
    12325. Item Quicker
    12326. Item Quote String
    12327. Item R B G
    12328. Item R G B
    12329. Item R G B
    12330. Item R G B
    12331. Item R.M.S. Value
    12332. Item R/G/B Line Offset
    12333. Item R/L Diagonal Stripes
    12334. Item R/L Diagonal Stripes
    12335. Item R/L Spacing
    12336. Item R=G=B
    12337. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12338. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12339. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12340. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12341. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12342. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12343. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12344. Item Radial Mass Plot
    12345. Item Radials
    12346. Item Radians, -pi to pi
    12347. Item Radians, 0 to 2pi
    12348. Item Radius Intervals
    12349. Item Radix Point ,
    12350. Item Radix Point .
    12351. Item Rank High (Dilate) Filter
    12352. Item Rank Low (Erode) Filter
    12353. Item Rate - Filtering
    12354. Item Rate - Time Base
    12355. Item Rate - Time Base
    12356. Item Rate - Time Base
    12357. Item Rate per Ave Time Stamps
    12358. Item Rate per Ave Time Stamps
    12359. Item Rate per Image Time Stamp
    12360. Item Rate per Image Time Stamp
    12361. Item Ratio Coef
    12362. Item Ratio: (c0×Dst+c1) / (c2×Src+c3)
    12363. Item Raw Sensor 1
    12364. Item Raw Sensor 2
    12365. Item Raw Sensor 3
    12366. Item Raw Sensor 4
    12367. Item RCV Count
    12368. Item RCV Data
    12369. Item RCV Last Char
    12370. Item RCV Last Line
    12371. Item RCV Last Line
    12372. Item RCV: Clear Screen
    12373. Item RCV: Get Next
    12374. Item RCV: Get Next
    12375. Item Readout Direction
    12376. Item Real Number
    12377. Item Real Time
    12378. Item Rec. 709 Controls
    12379. Item Rec. 709
    12380. Item Rec. 709
    12381. Item Rec. 709
    12382. Item Rec. 709
    12383. Item Rec. 709
    12384. Item Receive CR => CR+LF
    12385. Item Receive CR => CR+LF
    12386. Item Receive LF => CR+LF
    12387. Item Receive LF => CR+LF
    12388. Item Receive: Queue until Get Next
    12389. Item Receive: Queue until Get Next
    12390. Item Receive: Screen Active
    12391. Item Receive: Show All Chars as Hex
    12392. Item Receive: Show All Chars as Hex
    12393. Item Receive: Show Ctrl Chars as Hex
    12394. Item Record Clip
    12395. Item Record
    12396. Item Record
    12397. Item Record
    12398. Item Record
    12399. Item Record
    12400. Item Record
    12401. Item Record
    12402. Item Record
    12403. Item Record
    12404. Item Record
    12405. Item Record
    12406. Item Record
    12407. Item Record
    12408. Item Record
    12409. Item Record
    12410. Item Record
    12411. Item Record
    12412. Item Record
    12413. Item Record
    12414. Item Record
    12415. Item Record
    12416. Item Record
    12417. Item Record
    12418. Item Record
    12419. Item Record
    12420. Item Record
    12421. Item Record
    12422. Item Record
    12423. Item Record
    12424. Item Record
    12425. Item Record
    12426. Item Record
    12427. Item Record
    12428. Item Record
    12429. Item Record
    12430. Item Record
    12431. Item Record
    12432. Item Record
    12433. Item Record
    12434. Item Record
    12435. Item Record
    12436. Item Record Restart w. Oldest Existing Image File
    12437. Item Record to File
    12438. Item Rectangle Array
    12439. Item Rectangle
    12440. Item Rectangle
    12441. Item Rectangle
    12442. Item Rectangle
    12443. Item Rectangular Frame
    12444. Item Recursive
    12445. Item Recursive
    12446. Item Red (Digital) Gain
    12447. Item Red (Digital) Gain
    12448. Item Red Black Reference
    12449. Item Red Bright Reference
    12450. Item Red Data
    12451. Item Red Gain
    12452. Item Red Gain
    12453. Item Red Gain
    12454. Item Red Gain
    12455. Item Red Gain
    12456. Item Red Gain
    12457. Item Red Gain
    12458. Item Red Gain
    12459. Item Red Gain
    12460. Item Red Gain
    12461. Item Red Gain
    12462. Item Red Start
    12463. Item Redraw to Height
    12464. Item Redraw to Height
    12465. Item Redraw to Width
    12466. Item Redraw to Width
    12467. Item Reference A File Name
    12468. Item Reference A
    12469. Item Reference A
    12470. Item Reference A
    12471. Item Reference A
    12472. Item Reference A
    12473. Item Reference A
    12474. Item Reference A
    12475. Item Reference A
    12476. Item Reference A
    12477. Item Reference B File Name
    12478. Item Reference B
    12479. Item Reference B
    12480. Item Reference B
    12481. Item Reference B
    12482. Item Reference B
    12483. Item Reference B
    12484. Item Reference B
    12485. Item Reference B
    12486. Item Reference B
    12487. Item Reference C File Name
    12488. Item Reference C
    12489. Item Reference
    12490. Item Reference
    12491. Item Reference
    12492. Item Reference
    12493. Item Reference
    12494. Item Reference
    12495. Item Refresh
    12496. Item Refresh
    12497. Item Region Type
    12498. Item Relative Stats
    12499. Item Rename Dialog w. File Name
    12500. Item Render w. (Threads)
    12501. Item Render w. (Threads)
    12502. Item Render w. (Threads)
    12503. Item Render w. (Threads)
    12504. Item Repeat Period
    12505. Item Repeat Script Count
    12506. Item Repeat till Done
    12507. Item Repeat till Done
    12508. Item Repeated Script Count
    12509. Item Replot
    12510. Item Replot
    12511. Item Report Delta H Coordinates
    12512. Item Report Delta V Coordinates
    12513. Item Report Endpoints Used
    12514. Item Report H Coordinates
    12515. Item Report Results
    12516. Item Report to Clipboard
    12517. Item Report to File
    12518. Item Report to RS-232
    12519. Item Report V Coordinates
    12520. Item Report Vector Angle
    12521. Item Report Vector Magnitude
    12522. Item Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation
    12523. Item Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation
    12524. Item Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation
    12525. Item Request Forceful Frame Buffer Allocation
    12526. Item Request Normal Frame Buffer Allocation
    12527. Item Request Normal Frame Buffer Allocation
    12528. Item Request Normal Frame Buffer Allocation
    12529. Item Required Disk Space
    12530. Item ReSend Char
    12531. Item ReSend History
    12532. Item ReSend History
    12533. Item ReSend String
    12534. Item ReSend String
    12535. Item ReSend String
    12536. Item Reserve & Share Frame Buffer Memory
    12537. Item Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image)
    12538. Item Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image)
    12539. Item Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image)
    12540. Item Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image)
    12541. Item Reset (First Image Displayed to First Image)
    12542. Item Reset (First Image)
    12543. Item Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image)
    12544. Item Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image)
    12545. Item Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image)
    12546. Item Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image)
    12547. Item Reset (Last Image Displayed to Last Image)
    12548. Item Reset (Last Image)
    12549. Item Reset Camera
    12550. Item Reset General Purpose Input. Mask
    12551. Item Reset Settings on Exit (Once)
    12552. Item Reset to default format ...
    12553. Item Reset to default format ...
    12554. Item Reset to default format ...
    12555. Item Reset to default format ...
    12556. Item Reset to default format ...
    12557. Item Resize
    12558. Item Resize Overlay to, X
    12559. Item Resize Overlay to, X
    12560. Item Resize Overlay to, Y
    12561. Item Resize Overlay to, Y
    12562. Item Resize to Display Dimensions
    12563. Item Resize to Image Dimensions
    12564. Item Resize w. High Density
    12565. Item Resize w. Interpolation
    12566. Item Resize w. Interpolation
    12567. Item Resize w. Low Density
    12568. Item Resize w. Replication
    12569. Item Resize w. Replication
    12570. Item Resize: Bilinear Interpolation
    12571. Item Resize: Bilinear Interpolation
    12572. Item Resize: Bilinear
    12573. Item Resize: Bilinear
    12574. Item Resize: Bilinear
    12575. Item Resize: Bilinear
    12576. Item Resize: Bilinear
    12577. Item Resize: Bilinear
    12578. Item Resize: Near Neighbor Deflicker Interpolation
    12579. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    12580. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor Interpolation
    12581. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor
    12582. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor
    12583. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor
    12584. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor
    12585. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor
    12586. Item Resize: Nearest Neighbor
    12587. Item Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    12588. Item Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    12589. Item Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    12590. Item Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    12591. Item Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    12592. Item Resize: None (Image Pixel = Display Pixel)
    12593. Item Resize: None
    12594. Item Resize: None
    12595. Item Resize: None
    12596. Item Resize: None
    12597. Item Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation
    12598. Item Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation
    12599. Item Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation
    12600. Item Resize: Pixel Replication/Decimation
    12601. Item Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio
    12602. Item Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio
    12603. Item Resize: To Window & Aspect Ratio
    12604. Item Resolution
    12605. Item Resolution
    12606. Item Resolution
    12607. Item Resolution
    12608. Item Resolution
    12609. Item Resolution
    12610. Item Resolution
    12611. Item Resolution
    12612. Item Resolution
    12613. Item Resolution Units
    12614. Item Restore (Preset) 1
    12615. Item Restore (Preset) 2
    12616. Item Restore (Preset) 3
    12617. Item Restrict Non-Forceful Memory to be below 4 GiByte
    12618. Item Result Changed?
    12619. Item Retain Camera Power (PoCL) after Close
    12620. Item Retain History, Count
    12621. Item Retain History, Time
    12622. Item Retain Region for Analysis
    12623. Item Retain Region for Analysis
    12624. Item Retain Statistics Only
    12625. Item Reticle Dot Spacing
    12626. Item Reticle
    12627. Item Reticle
    12628. Item Reverse Order
    12629. Item Reverse Order
    12630. Item Reverse Order
    12631. Item Reverse Order
    12632. Item Reverse Order
    12633. Item Reverse Order
    12634. Item Reverse Order
    12635. Item Reverse Play
    12636. Item RGB Color
    12637. Item RGB Gang
    12638. Item RGB Horz(Horizontal)
    12639. Item RGB Merge
    12640. Item RGB
    12641. Item RGB
    12642. Item RGB
    12643. Item RGB Vert(ical)
    12644. Item RGB+Pad Color
    12645. Item Right B-T
    12646. Item Right Edge Coord.
    12647. Item Right Edge Coord.
    12648. Item Right Edge Index
    12649. Item Right Edge Index
    12650. Item Right Edge Index
    12651. Item Right Edge Index
    12652. Item Right Justify
    12653. Item Right T-B
    12654. Item Rim Color
    12655. Item Rim Show
    12656. Item Rim Show
    12657. Item Rim Thickness
    12658. Item Rising & Falling
    12659. Item Rising & Falling
    12660. Item Rising Edge
    12661. Item Rising Edge
    12662. Item Rising Edge
    12663. Item Rising Edge
    12664. Item Rising Edge
    12665. Item Rising Edge
    12666. Item Rising Edge
    12667. Item Rising Edge
    12668. Item Rising
    12669. Item ROI Color
    12670. Item ROI Color
    12671. Item Rotate @ Corner
    12672. Item Rotate @ Corner
    12673. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12674. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12675. Item Rotate
    12676. Item Rotate w. Offset
    12677. Item Rotate w. Offset
    12678. Item Rotate @ End
    12679. Item Rotate @ End
    12680. Item Rotate @ End
    12681. Item Rotate @ End
    12682. Item Rotate @ End
    12683. Item Rotate @ End
    12684. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12685. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12686. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12687. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12688. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12689. Item Rotate @ Middle
    12690. Item Rotate @ Start
    12691. Item Rotate @ Start
    12692. Item Rotate @ Start
    12693. Item Rotate @ Start
    12694. Item Rotate @ Start
    12695. Item Rotate @ Start
    12696. Item Rotation & Shift
    12697. Item Rotation Angle
    12698. Item Rotation Aspect Ratio
    12699. Item Rotation Offset X
    12700. Item Rotation Offset Y
    12701. Item Rotation Origin = Image Center
    12702. Item Rotation Origin X
    12703. Item Rotation Origin Y
    12704. Item Rotation, About X
    12705. Item Rotation, About Y
    12706. Item Roundness
    12707. Item Row Scaling Factor
    12708. Item Rows
    12709. Item RS-170
    12710. Item RS-170
    12711. Item RS-170
    12712. Item RS-232 Init
    12713. Item RS-232 Log
    12714. Item RS-232 Log
    12715. Item RS-232 Log
    12716. Item RS-232 Log
    12717. Item RS-232 Log
    12718. Item RS-232 Log
    12719. Item RS-232 Log
    12720. Item RS-232 Log
    12721. Item RS-232 Log
    12722. Item RS-232 Log
    12723. Item RS-232 Log
    12724. Item RS-232 Log
    12725. Item RS-232 Log
    12726. Item RS-232 Log
    12727. Item RS-232 Log
    12728. Item RS-232 Log
    12729. Item RS-232 Mode
    12730. Item RS-232 Mode
    12731. Item RS-232 Mode
    12732. Item RS-232 Mode
    12733. Item RS-232 Mode
    12734. Item RS-232 Mode
    12735. Item RS-232 Mode
    12736. Item RS-232 Mode
    12737. Item RS-232
    12738. Item RS-232
    12739. Item RS-232
    12740. Item RS-232
    12741. Item RS-232 Parameters
    12742. Item RS-232 Pause
    12743. Item RS-232 Pins
    12744. Item RS-232 Port
    12745. Item RS-232 Port
    12746. Item RS-232 Port
    12747. Item RS-232 Port
    12748. Item RS-232 Port
    12749. Item RS-232 Port
    12750. Item RS-232 Port
    12751. Item RS-232 Port
    12752. Item RS-232 Port
    12753. Item RS-232 Port
    12754. Item RS-232 Port
    12755. Item RS-232 Port
    12756. Item RS-232 Port
    12757. Item RS-232 Port
    12758. Item RS-232 Port
    12759. Item RS-232 Port
    12760. Item RS-232 Port
    12761. Item RS-232 Retries
    12762. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12763. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12764. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12765. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12766. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12767. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12768. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12769. Item RS-232 Terminal
    12770. Item RS-232 Timeout
    12771. Item RS330 720x480i 60Hz
    12772. Item RS343 875i 60Hz
    12773. Item RS343 875i 60Hz RGB
    12774. Item Ruler
    12775. Item Ruler Width
    12776. Item Run - Freeze Clock
    12777. Item Run - Freeze Exports
    12778. Item Run - Freeze Imports
    12779. Item Run - Freeze Timers
    12780. Item Run
    12781. Item Run
    12782. Item Run
    12783. Item Run
    12784. Item Run
    12785. Item Run w. Task Priority
    12786. Item Run w. Task Priority
    12787. Item Run w. Task Priority
    12788. Item S-Video
    12789. Item S-Video
    12790. Item S-Video
    12791. Item S.N.R.
    12792. Item Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal
    12793. Item Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Protocol 2.0
    12794. Item Sample within Object
    12795. Item Sample within Object
    12796. Item Samples, N
    12797. Item Samples, N
    12798. Item Saturation Mod.
    12799. Item Saturation Mod.
    12800. Item Saturation
    12801. Item Saturation
    12802. Item Saturation
    12803. Item Saturation
    12804. Item Saturation
    12805. Item Saturation
    12806. Item Saturation
    12807. Item Saturation
    12808. Item Saturation
    12809. Item Saturation
    12810. Item Saturation
    12811. Item Saturation
    12812. Item Saturation
    12813. Item Saturation
    12814. Item Saturation
    12815. Item Saturation
    12816. Item Saturation
    12817. Item Saturation
    12818. Item Saturation
    12819. Item Save (Preset) 1
    12820. Item Save (Preset) 2
    12821. Item Save (Preset) 3
    12822. Item Save (Preset)
    12823. Item Save 16 Bits per Pixie
    12824. Item Save 16 Bits per Pixie
    12825. Item Save 16 Bits per Pixie
    12826. Item Save 16 Bits per Pixie
    12827. Item Save 16 Bits per Pixie
    12828. Item Save 16 Bits per Pixie
    12829. Item Save 8 Bits per Pixie
    12830. Item Save 8 Bits per Pixie
    12831. Item Save 8 Bits per Pixie
    12832. Item Save 8 Bits per Pixie
    12833. Item Save 8 Bits per Pixie
    12834. Item Save 8 Bits per Pixie
    12835. Item Save All Bits per Pixie
    12836. Item Save All Bits per Pixie
    12837. Item Save All Bits per Pixie
    12838. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12839. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12840. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12841. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12842. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12843. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12844. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12845. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12846. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12847. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12848. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12849. Item Save Bits per Pixie
    12850. Item Save Clip
    12851. Item Save Data
    12852. Item Save Data
    12853. Item Save Data
    12854. Item Save Data
    12855. Item Save Data
    12856. Item Save Data
    12857. Item Save Date&Time Data
    12858. Item Save Date&Time Data
    12859. Item Save Date&Time Data
    12860. Item Save Date&Time Data
    12861. Item Save Defect Coord
    12862. Item Save Defect Coord
    12863. Item Save Defect Coord
    12864. Item Save Defect Coord
    12865. Item Save Defect Coord
    12866. Item Save Defect Coord
    12867. Item Save Defect Coord
    12868. Item Save Gain Coef
    12869. Item Save Gain Coef
    12870. Item Save Gain Coef
    12871. Item Save Gain Coef
    12872. Item Save Gain Coef
    12873. Item Save Gain Coef
    12874. Item Save Gain Coef
    12875. Item Save Gain Coef
    12876. Item Save Gain Coef
    12877. Item Save Gain Coef
    12878. Item Save Gain Coef
    12879. Item Save Gain Coef
    12880. Item Save Gain Coef
    12881. Item Save Gain Coef
    12882. Item Save Gain Coef
    12883. Item Save Gain Coef
    12884. Item Save Gain Coef
    12885. Item Save Gain Coef
    12886. Item Save Graphics
    12887. Item Save Graphics
    12888. Item Save Graphics
    12889. Item Save Graphics
    12890. Item Save Graphics
    12891. Item Save Graphics
    12892. Item Save Graphics
    12893. Item Save Graphics
    12894. Item Save Image Data
    12895. Item Save Image Data
    12896. Item Save Image Data
    12897. Item Save Image Data
    12898. Item Save Image Data
    12899. Item Save Image
    12900. Item Save Image
    12901. Item Save Image Sequence
    12902. Item Save Image Sequence
    12903. Item Save
    12904. Item Save
    12905. Item Save
    12906. Item Save
    12907. Item Save
    12908. Item Save
    12909. Item Save
    12910. Item Save
    12911. Item Save
    12912. Item Save
    12913. Item Save
    12914. Item Save
    12915. Item Save
    12916. Item Save
    12917. Item Save
    12918. Item Save
    12919. Item Save
    12920. Item Save
    12921. Item Save
    12922. Item Save
    12923. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12924. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12925. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12926. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12927. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12928. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12929. Item Save Offset & Defect Coef
    12930. Item Save Offset Coef
    12931. Item Save Offset Coef
    12932. Item Save Offset Coef
    12933. Item Save Offset Coef
    12934. Item Save Offset Coef
    12935. Item Save Offset Coef
    12936. Item Save Offset Coef
    12937. Item Save Offset Coef
    12938. Item Save Offset Coef
    12939. Item Save Offset Coef
    12940. Item Save Offset Coef
    12941. Item Save Other Bits per Pixie
    12942. Item Save Other Bits per Pixie
    12943. Item Save Other Bits per Pixie
    12944. Item Save Other Bits per Pixie
    12945. Item Save Other Bits per Pixie
    12946. Item Save Other Bits per Pixie
    12947. Item Save Palette Data
    12948. Item Save Palette Data
    12949. Item Save Palette Data
    12950. Item Save Palette Data
    12951. Item Save Palette Data
    12952. Item Save Screen
    12953. Item Save Seq.
    12954. Item Save Settings Data
    12955. Item Save Settings on Exit
    12956. Item Save Settings on Exit
    12957. Item Save to File
    12958. Item Save w. Palette Data
    12959. Item Save w. Palette Data
    12960. Item Save w. Palette Data
    12961. Item Save w. Palette Data
    12962. Item Save w. Palette Data
    12963. Item Save w. Palette Data
    12964. Item Save w. Titles
    12965. Item Save w. Titles
    12966. Item Save w. Titles
    12967. Item Save w. Titles
    12968. Item Save w. Titles
    12969. Item Save w. Titles
    12970. Item Save w. Titles
    12971. Item Save w. Titles
    12972. Item Save w. Titles
    12973. Item Save w. Titles
    12974. Item Save w. Titles
    12975. Item Save w. Titles
    12976. Item Scale GUI Fonts
    12977. Item Scale GUI Fonts
    12978. Item Scale GUI Icons
    12979. Item Scale GUI Sketches
    12980. Item Scale Pixel Value Std. Dev.
    12981. Item Scale Pixel Value Std. Dev.
    12982. Item Scale Pixel Value Std. Dev.
    12983. Item Scaling Factor
    12984. Item Scaling Factor
    12985. Item Scan Direction
    12986. Item Scan Direction
    12987. Item Scan Direction
    12988. Item Scan Direction
    12989. Item Scan Direction
    12990. Item Scan Direction
    12991. Item Scan Direction
    12992. Item Scan Direction
    12993. Item Scan Direction
    12994. Item Scan Direction
    12995. Item Scan Direction
    12996. Item Scan Direction
    12997. Item Scan Direction
    12998. Item Scan Direction
    12999. Item Scan Direction
    13000. Item Scan Direction
    13001. Item Scan Direction
    13002. Item Scatter
    13003. Item Scientific
    13004. Item Scientific
    13005. Item Scientific
    13006. Item Screen Capture
    13007. Item Screen Capture
    13008. Item Screen Capture
    13009. Item Screen Capture
    13010. Item Screen Capture
    13011. Item Screen Columns
    13012. Item Screen Density
    13013. Item Screen Density
    13014. Item Screen Density
    13015. Item Screen Density
    13016. Item Screen Horz. Tab (Columns)
    13017. Item Screen Horz. Tab (Columns)
    13018. Item Screen Rows
    13019. Item Screening
    13020. Item Screening
    13021. Item Screening
    13022. Item Screening
    13023. Item Screening
    13024. Item Screening
    13025. Item Script
    13026. Item Script Play
    13027. Item Script Play
    13028. Item Script Remote Control
    13029. Item Scripts - Edit
    13030. Item Scripts - Edit
    13031. Item Scripts - Load Tool Bar
    13032. Item Scripts - Play
    13033. Item Scripts - Play
    13034. Item Scripts - Record
    13035. Item Scripts - Remote Control
    13036. Item Scripts - Remote Control
    13037. Item Scripts - Remote Control
    13038. Item Scripts - Tools
    13039. Item Scripts Directory
    13040. Item Scripts Directory
    13041. Item Scripts
    13042. Item Scripts
    13043. Item Scripts
    13044. Item Scroll Bar
    13045. Item Scroll Bars
    13046. Item Scroll Position (Y)
    13047. Item Scroll Position (Y)
    13048. Item Scroll Position (Y)
    13049. Item Scroll Position (Y)
    13050. Item Scrollbar Background
    13051. Item Scrollpad Graphics
    13052. Item Scrollpad
    13053. Item ScrollPad
    13054. Item ScrollPad
    13055. Item ScrollPad
    13056. Item Search
    13057. Item Search
    13058. Item Search
    13059. Item Search
    13060. Item Sec(ond) Resolution
    13061. Item Second Resolution
    13062. Item Second Resolution
    13063. Item seconds
    13064. Item seconds period
    13065. Item Section N
    13066. Item Section N
    13067. Item Sector Size Override Image Alignment
    13068. Item Sector Size Override Image Alignment
    13069. Item Select - Custom
    13070. Item Select - Format
    13071. Item Select - Resolution
    13072. Item Select - Sync
    13073. Item Select All Devices
    13074. Item Selected Buffers
    13075. Item Send Char
    13076. Item Send Char
    13077. Item Send History => Send String
    13078. Item Send History
    13079. Item Send History
    13080. Item Send History
    13081. Item Send History on Entry
    13082. Item Send String As Is
    13083. Item Send String
    13084. Item Send String
    13085. Item Send String
    13086. Item Send String
    13087. Item Send String
    13088. Item Send String
    13089. Item Send String on Entry
    13090. Item Send String With CR
    13091. Item Send String With CR
    13092. Item Send String With CR+LF
    13093. Item Send String With CR+LF
    13094. Item Send String With LF
    13095. Item Send String With LF
    13096. Item Send/Receive
    13097. Item Send/Receive
    13098. Item Send: String Char Replacement
    13099. Item Send: String has \\\ Codes
    13100. Item Send: String has \\\ Codes
    13101. Item Send: String is Hexadecimal
    13102. Item Send: String is Hexadecimal
    13103. Item Send: Throttle Char Rate
    13104. Item Send: Throttle Rate
    13105. Item Send: Throttle Rate
    13106. Item Seq of Files
    13107. Item Seq(uence) Buf(fer)<=>Viewer
    13108. Item Seq(uence) Buffer End
    13109. Item Seq(uence) Buffer End
    13110. Item Seq(uence) Buffer End
    13111. Item Seq(uence) Buffer End
    13112. Item Seq(uence) Buffer End
    13113. Item Seq(uence) Buffer End
    13114. Item Seq(uence) Buffer Start
    13115. Item Seq(uence) Buffer Start
    13116. Item Seq(uence) Buffer Start
    13117. Item Seq(uence) Buffer Start
    13118. Item Seq(uence) Buffer Start
    13119. Item Seq(uence) Buffer Start
    13120. Item Seq(uence) Buffer<=>Viewer
    13121. Item Seq(uence) Buffer<=>Viewer
    13122. Item Seq. Buffer End
    13123. Item Seq. Buffer Start
    13124. Item Sequence's Palette
    13125. Item Sequence Arithmetic
    13126. Item Sequence Binning
    13127. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13128. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13129. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13130. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13131. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13132. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13133. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13134. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13135. Item Sequence Buffer End
    13136. Item Sequence Buffer
    13137. Item Sequence Buffer
    13138. Item Sequence Buffer
    13139. Item Sequence Buffer
    13140. Item Sequence Buffer
    13141. Item Sequence Buffer
    13142. Item Sequence Buffer
    13143. Item Sequence Buffer
    13144. Item Sequence Buffer
    13145. Item Sequence Buffer
    13146. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13147. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13148. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13149. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13150. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13151. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13152. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13153. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13154. Item Sequence Buffer Start
    13155. Item Sequence Capture
    13156. Item Sequence Capture
    13157. Item Sequence Capture
    13158. Item Sequence Capture
    13159. Item Sequence Contrast Modification
    13160. Item Sequence Convolution
    13161. Item Sequence Copy & Resize
    13162. Item Sequence Correlation Map
    13163. Item Sequence Edge Detection
    13164. Item Sequence FFT
    13165. Item Sequence HSB Tweak
    13166. Item Sequence Interlace & Flicker
    13167. Item Sequence Length
    13168. Item Sequence Length
    13169. Item Sequence Length
    13170. Item Sequence Length
    13171. Item Sequence Length
    13172. Item Sequence Morphology
    13173. Item Sequence Noise Generator
    13174. Item Sequence Normalization
    13175. Item Sequence of BigTIFF's
    13176. Item Sequence of BigTIFF's
    13177. Item Sequence of BigTIFF
    13178. Item Sequence of BMP's
    13179. Item Sequence of BMP's
    13180. Item Sequence of BMP's
    13181. Item Sequence of BMP
    13182. Item Sequence of FITS's
    13183. Item Sequence of FITS's
    13184. Item Sequence of FITS's
    13185. Item Sequence of FITS's
    13186. Item Sequence of FITS
    13187. Item Sequence of JPEG/JFIF's
    13188. Item Sequence of JPEG/JFIF's
    13189. Item Sequence of JPEG/JFIF's
    13190. Item Sequence of JPEG/JFIF
    13191. Item Sequence of Multimedia's
    13192. Item Sequence of Portable Map's
    13193. Item Sequence of Portable Map's
    13194. Item Sequence of Portable Map's
    13195. Item Sequence of Portable Map
    13196. Item Sequence of TIFF's
    13197. Item Sequence of TIFF's
    13198. Item Sequence of TIFF's
    13199. Item Sequence of TIFF's
    13200. Item Sequence of TIFF
    13201. Item Sequence of X/Y ASCII's
    13202. Item Sequence of X/Y ASCII's
    13203. Item Sequence of X/Y Binary's
    13204. Item Sequence of X/Y Binary's
    13205. Item Sequence Patterns
    13206. Item Sequence Play
    13207. Item Sequence Rotation & Shift
    13208. Item Sequence Set
    13209. Item Sequence Spatial Filtering
    13210. Item Sequence Spatial Normalization
    13211. Item Sequence Threshold Adaptive
    13212. Item Sequence Threshold
    13213. Item Sequence Thumbnails
    13214. Item Sequence Thumbnails
    13215. Item Sequence Thumbnails
    13216. Item Sequence Thumbnails
    13217. Item Sequence Thumbnails
    13218. Item Sequence Warping
    13219. Item Serial Buffer Size
    13220. Item Serial Init
    13221. Item Serial Log
    13222. Item Serial Log
    13223. Item Serial Log
    13224. Item Serial Log
    13225. Item Serial Log
    13226. Item Serial Log
    13227. Item Serial Log
    13228. Item Serial Log
    13229. Item Serial Log
    13230. Item Serial Log
    13231. Item Serial Mode
    13232. Item Serial Mode
    13233. Item Serial Mode
    13234. Item Serial Mode
    13235. Item Serial Mode
    13236. Item Serial Pause
    13237. Item Serial Port
    13238. Item Serial Port
    13239. Item Serial Port
    13240. Item Serial Port
    13241. Item Serial Port
    13242. Item Serial Port
    13243. Item Serial Port
    13244. Item Serial Port
    13245. Item Serial Port
    13246. Item Serial Port
    13247. Item Serial Retries
    13248. Item Serial Timeout
    13249. Item Set (First Image to) Here
    13250. Item Set (First Image to) Here
    13251. Item Set (First Image to) Here
    13252. Item Set (First Image to) Here
    13253. Item Set (First Image to) Here
    13254. Item Set (First Image to) Here
    13255. Item Set (Last Image to) Here
    13256. Item Set (Last Image to) Here
    13257. Item Set (Last Image to) Here
    13258. Item Set (Last Image to) Here
    13259. Item Set (Last Image to) Here
    13260. Item Set (Last Image to) Here
    13261. Item Set AAC AOI
    13262. Item Set AAC AOI
    13263. Item Set AEC AOI
    13264. Item Set AEC AOI
    13265. Item Set AFC AOI
    13266. Item Set AGC AOI
    13267. Item Set AGC AOI
    13268. Item Set AGC AOI
    13269. Item Set AGC AOI
    13270. Item Set AGC AOI
    13271. Item Set AGC AOI
    13272. Item Set AGC AOI
    13273. Item Set AGC AOI
    13274. Item Set AGC AOI
    13275. Item Set AGC AOI
    13276. Item Set AGC AOI
    13277. Item Set AGC AOI
    13278. Item Set AGC AOI
    13279. Item Set AGC AOI
    13280. Item Set AGC AOI
    13281. Item Set AGC AOI
    13282. Item Set AGC AOI
    13283. Item Set AGC AOI
    13284. Item Set AGC AOI
    13285. Item Set AGC AOI
    13286. Item Set AGC AOI
    13287. Item Set AGC AOI
    13288. Item Set AGC AOI
    13289. Item Set AGC AOI
    13290. Item Set AGC AOI
    13291. Item Set AGC AOI
    13292. Item Set AGC AOI
    13293. Item Set AGC AOI
    13294. Item Set AGC AOI
    13295. Item Set AGC AOI
    13296. Item Set AOI
    13297. Item Set AOI
    13298. Item Set AOI
    13299. Item Set AOI
    13300. Item Set AOI
    13301. Item Set AOI
    13302. Item Set AOI
    13303. Item Set AOI
    13304. Item Set AOI
    13305. Item Set AOI
    13306. Item Set AOI
    13307. Item Set AOI
    13308. Item Set AOI
    13309. Item Set AOI
    13310. Item Set AOI
    13311. Item Set AOI
    13312. Item Set AOI
    13313. Item Set AOI
    13314. Item Set AOI
    13315. Item Set AOI
    13316. Item Set AOI
    13317. Item Set AOI
    13318. Item Set AOI
    13319. Item Set AOI
    13320. Item Set AOI
    13321. Item Set AOI
    13322. Item Set AOI
    13323. Item Set AOI
    13324. Item Set AOI
    13325. Item Set AOI
    13326. Item Set AOI
    13327. Item Set AOI
    13328. Item Set AOI
    13329. Item Set AOI
    13330. Item Set AOI
    13331. Item Set AOI
    13332. Item Set AOI
    13333. Item Set AOI
    13334. Item Set AOI
    13335. Item Set AOI
    13336. Item Set AOI
    13337. Item Set AOI
    13338. Item Set AOI
    13339. Item Set AOI
    13340. Item Set AOI
    13341. Item Set AOI
    13342. Item Set AOI
    13343. Item Set AOI
    13344. Item Set AOI
    13345. Item Set AOI
    13346. Item Set AOI
    13347. Item Set AOI
    13348. Item Set AOI
    13349. Item Set AOI
    13350. Item Set AOI
    13351. Item Set AOI
    13352. Item Set AOI
    13353. Item Set AOI
    13354. Item Set AOI
    13355. Item Set AOI
    13356. Item Set AOI
    13357. Item Set AOI
    13358. Item Set AOI
    13359. Item Set AOI
    13360. Item Set AOI
    13361. Item Set AOI
    13362. Item Set AOI
    13363. Item Set AOI
    13364. Item Set AOI
    13365. Item Set AOI
    13366. Item Set AOI
    13367. Item Set AOI
    13368. Item Set AOI
    13369. Item Set AOI
    13370. Item Set AOI
    13371. Item Set AOI
    13372. Item Set AOI
    13373. Item Set AOI
    13374. Item Set AOI
    13375. Item Set AOI
    13376. Item Set AOI
    13377. Item Set AOI
    13378. Item Set AOI
    13379. Item Set AOI
    13380. Item Set AOI
    13381. Item Set AOI
    13382. Item Set AOI
    13383. Item Set AOI
    13384. Item Set AOI
    13385. Item Set AOI
    13386. Item Set AOI
    13387. Item Set AOI
    13388. Item Set AOI
    13389. Item Set AOI
    13390. Item Set AOI
    13391. Item Set AOI
    13392. Item Set AOI
    13393. Item Set AOI
    13394. Item Set AOI
    13395. Item Set AOI
    13396. Item Set AOI
    13397. Item Set AOI
    13398. Item Set AOI
    13399. Item Set AOI
    13400. Item Set AOI
    13401. Item Set AOI
    13402. Item Set AOI
    13403. Item Set AOI
    13404. Item Set AOI
    13405. Item Set AOI
    13406. Item Set AOI
    13407. Item Set AOI
    13408. Item Set AOI
    13409. Item Set AOI
    13410. Item Set AOI
    13411. Item Set AOI
    13412. Item Set AOI
    13413. Item Set AOI
    13414. Item Set AOI
    13415. Item Set AOI
    13416. Item Set AOI
    13417. Item Set AOI
    13418. Item Set AOI
    13419. Item Set AOI
    13420. Item Set AOI
    13421. Item Set Area of Interest
    13422. Item Set Area of Interest
    13423. Item Set Area of Interest
    13424. Item Set Area of Interest
    13425. Item Set Area of Interest
    13426. Item Set Area of Interest
    13427. Item Set Area of Interest
    13428. Item Set Auto AOI
    13429. Item Set Auto AOI
    13430. Item Set Auto AOI
    13431. Item Set Auto AOI
    13432. Item Set Auto AOI
    13433. Item Set Auto AOI
    13434. Item Set Auto AOI
    13435. Item Set Auto AOI
    13436. Item Set Auto AOI
    13437. Item Set Auto AOI
    13438. Item Set Auto AOI
    13439. Item Set Auto AOI
    13440. Item Set Auto AOI
    13441. Item Set Auto AOI
    13442. Item Set Auto AOI
    13443. Item Set Auto AOI
    13444. Item Set Auto AOI
    13445. Item Set Auto AOI
    13446. Item Set Auto AOI
    13447. Item Set Band's Color
    13448. Item Set Bit i from Bit
    13449. Item Set Bit i from Bit
    13450. Item Set Color
    13451. Item Set Cursor
    13452. Item Set Default AOI to Captured Buffers
    13453. Item Set Exponential Curve
    13454. Item Set Fiducials
    13455. Item Set File's Date&Time to Date&Time Saved
    13456. Item Set File's Date&Time to Date&Time Saved
    13457. Item Set File Date&Time to Image's Date&Time Stamp
    13458. Item Set File Date&Time to Image's Date&Time Stamp
    13459. Item Set Full Image
    13460. Item Set G. P. Output after Done: Mask
    13461. Item Set G. P. Output after Done: Value
    13462. Item Set G. P. Output after Live/Snap: Mask
    13463. Item Set G. P. Output after Live/Snap: Value
    13464. Item Set G. P. Output after Start: Mask
    13465. Item Set G. P. Output after Start: Value
    13466. Item Set G. P. Output after Trigger Armed: Mask
    13467. Item Set G. P. Output after Trigger Armed: Value
    13468. Item Set G. P. Output after Triggered: Mask
    13469. Item Set G. P. Output after Triggered: Value
    13470. Item Set Gamma Curve
    13471. Item Set Gamma Inverse Curve
    13472. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask
    13473. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask
    13474. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask
    13475. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask
    13476. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask
    13477. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Mask
    13478. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Value
    13479. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Value
    13480. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Value
    13481. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Value
    13482. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Value
    13483. Item Set General Purpose Output (async): Value
    13484. Item Set Gray Code
    13485. Item Set Gray Inverse Code
    13486. Item Set HV Calibration
    13487. Item Set Inc/Dec
    13488. Item Set Linear Ramp
    13489. Item Set Logarithmic Curve
    13490. Item Set
    13491. Item Set PIXCI® Driver Advanced Options
    13492. Item Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size
    13493. Item Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size
    13494. Item Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size
    13495. Item Set PIXCI® Frame Buffer Memory Size
    13496. Item Set Pixels
    13497. Item Set Rec. 709 Curve
    13498. Item Set Rec. 709 Inverse Curve
    13499. Item Set Region of Interest
    13500. Item Set Region of Interest
    13501. Item Set Region of Interest
    13502. Item Set Region of Interest
    13503. Item Set Region of Interest
    13504. Item Set Region of Interest
    13505. Item Set Region of Interest
    13506. Item Set ROI
    13507. Item Set ROI
    13508. Item Set ROI
    13509. Item Set ROI
    13510. Item Set ROI
    13511. Item Set ROI
    13512. Item Set ROI
    13513. Item Set ROI
    13514. Item Set ROI
    13515. Item Set ROI
    13516. Item Set Salt & Pepper Noise
    13517. Item Set sRGB Curve
    13518. Item Set sRGB Inverse Curve
    13519. Item Set Stamp Style & Position
    13520. Item Set Stamp Style & Position
    13521. Item Set Stamp Style & Position
    13522. Item Set Stamp Style & Position
    13523. Item Set Tap AOI
    13524. Item Set Tap AOI
    13525. Item Set Tap AOI
    13526. Item Set User-Defined f(C,V)
    13527. Item Set Video AOI
    13528. Item Set Video Window
    13529. Item Set Video Window
    13530. Item Set Video Window
    13531. Item Settings: One Line
    13532. Item Settings: One per Line
    13533. Item Setup - Analysis
    13534. Item Setup - Analysis
    13535. Item Setup - Analysis
    13536. Item Setup - Analysis
    13537. Item Setup - Analysis
    13538. Item Setup - Analysis
    13539. Item Setup - Analysis
    13540. Item Setup - Ordering
    13541. Item Setup - Ordering
    13542. Item Setup - Ordering
    13543. Item Setup - Ordering
    13544. Item Setup - Report
    13545. Item Setup - Report
    13546. Item Setup - Report
    13547. Item Setup - Report
    13548. Item Setup - Segmentation
    13549. Item Setup - Segmentation
    13550. Item Setup - Segmentation
    13551. Item Setup E-Mail from Registry
    13552. Item Setup E-Mail from Registry
    13553. Item Setup E-Mail from Registry
    13554. Item Setup
    13555. Item Setup
    13556. Item Setup
    13557. Item Shape Analysis
    13558. Item Shape
    13559. Item Shape
    13560. Item Sharp Boundary
    13561. Item Sharpen Filter: Laplacian
    13562. Item Sharpen Filter: Mild
    13563. Item Sharpen Filter: Strong
    13564. Item Sharpen
    13565. Item Sharpen
    13566. Item Sharpen
    13567. Item Sharpen
    13568. Item Sharpen
    13569. Item Sharpen
    13570. Item Sharpen
    13571. Item Sharpen
    13572. Item Sharpen
    13573. Item Sharpen
    13574. Item Sharpen
    13575. Item Sharpen
    13576. Item Sharpen
    13577. Item Sharpen
    13578. Item Sharpen
    13579. Item Sharpen
    13580. Item Sharpen
    13581. Item Sharpen
    13582. Item Sharpen
    13583. Item Sharpen
    13584. Item Sharpen
    13585. Item Sharpen
    13586. Item Sharpen
    13587. Item Sharpen
    13588. Item Sharpen
    13589. Item Sharpen
    13590. Item Sharpen
    13591. Item Sharpen
    13592. Item Sharpen
    13593. Item Sharpen
    13594. Item Sharpen
    13595. Item Sharpen
    13596. Item Sharpen
    13597. Item Sharpen
    13598. Item Sharpen
    13599. Item Sharpen
    13600. Item Sharpen
    13601. Item Sharpen
    13602. Item Sharpen
    13603. Item Sharpen
    13604. Item Sharpen
    13605. Item Sharpen
    13606. Item Sharpen
    13607. Item Sharpen
    13608. Item Sharpen
    13609. Item Sharpen
    13610. Item Sharpen
    13611. Item Sharpen
    13612. Item Sharpen
    13613. Item Sharpen
    13614. Item Sharpen
    13615. Item Sharpen
    13616. Item Sharpen
    13617. Item Sharpen
    13618. Item Sharpen
    13619. Item Sharpen
    13620. Item Sharpen
    13621. Item Sharpen
    13622. Item Sharpen
    13623. Item Sharpen
    13624. Item Sharpen
    13625. Item Sharpen
    13626. Item Sharpen
    13627. Item Sharpen
    13628. Item Sharpen
    13629. Item Sharpen
    13630. Item Sharpen
    13631. Item Sharpen
    13632. Item Sharpen
    13633. Item Sharpen
    13634. Item Sharpen
    13635. Item Sharpen
    13636. Item Sharpen
    13637. Item Sharpen
    13638. Item Sharpen
    13639. Item Sharpen
    13640. Item Sharpen
    13641. Item Sharpen
    13642. Item Sharpen
    13643. Item Sharpen
    13644. Item Sharpness/Offset
    13645. Item Shift Bits
    13646. Item Shift Bits
    13647. Item Shift Cell Values Down
    13648. Item Shift Cell Values Left
    13649. Item Shift Cell Values Right
    13650. Item Shift Cell Values Up
    13651. Item Shift Center of Mass to Center
    13652. Item Shift Half-Line Down
    13653. Item Shift Half-Line Up
    13654. Item shortcut.?.?.effect
    13655. Item shortcut.?.?.effect
    13656. Item shortcut.?.?.effect.?
    13657. Item shortcut.?.?.hint
    13658. Item shortcut.?.?.hint
    13659. Item shortcut.?.?.icon
    13660. Item shortcut.?.?.icon
    13661. Item shortcut.?.?.icon.?
    13662. Item shortcut.?.?.key
    13663. Item shortcut.?.?.key
    13664. Item shortcut.?.?.script
    13665. Item shortcut.?.?.script
    13666. Item shortcut.height
    13667. Item shortcut.height
    13668. Item shortcut.iconheight
    13669. Item shortcut.iconheight
    13670. Item shortcut.iconwidth
    13671. Item shortcut.iconwidth
    13672. Item shortcut.title
    13673. Item shortcut.width
    13674. Item shortcut.width
    13675. Item Shortcuts
    13676. Item Shortcuts
    13677. Item Shortcuts
    13678. Item Shortcuts: Attached
    13679. Item Shortcuts: Detached
    13680. Item Shortest Format
    13681. Item Show - 2-D Graph
    13682. Item Show - 3-D Graph
    13683. Item Show - Central Moments
    13684. Item Show - Mass
    13685. Item Show - Raw Moments
    13686. Item Show - Results, List
    13687. Item Show - Results, List
    13688. Item Show - Results, List
    13689. Item Show - Results, List
    13690. Item Show - Results, List
    13691. Item Show - Results, List
    13692. Item Show - Results, List
    13693. Item Show - Results, One
    13694. Item Show - Results, One
    13695. Item Show - Results, One
    13696. Item Show - Results, Summary
    13697. Item Show - Results, Summary
    13698. Item Show - Scale Invariant
    13699. Item Show - Statistics
    13700. Item Show All Stats
    13701. Item Show Angle between Line 1 & Line 2
    13702. Item Show Axis
    13703. Item Show Blob Label
    13704. Item Show Blob ROI
    13705. Item Show Blob Window
    13706. Item Show Box
    13707. Item Show Buffer Index
    13708. Item Show Color Field Browse
    13709. Item Show Date Stamp
    13710. Item Show Directory Selection Error Popup
    13711. Item Show Edgers
    13712. Item Show Ellipse
    13713. Item Show Explicit Dialog Close Button
    13714. Item Show Expression
    13715. Item Show File Browse-less Entry
    13716. Item Show File Browse-less Entry
    13717. Item Show File Load Exists Error Popup
    13718. Item Show File Save Exists Error Popup
    13719. Item Show First Image Index as 0
    13720. Item Show First Image Index as 1
    13721. Item Show Fit Line
    13722. Item Show Hints
    13723. Item Show Line 1 Distance and Angle from Origin
    13724. Item Show Line 1
    13725. Item Show Line 2 Distance and Angle from Origin
    13726. Item Show Line 2
    13727. Item Show Mass
    13728. Item Show Modify Live Mode
    13729. Item Show Modify Preview Mode
    13730. Item Show Monotone Background
    13731. Item Show Monotone Background
    13732. Item Show Normal
    13733. Item Show Numeric Field Browse Auto-Repeat
    13734. Item Show Numeric Field Browse Directional
    13735. Item Show Numeric Field Browse
    13736. Item Show Numeric Field Browse Variable Effect
    13737. Item Show
    13738. Item Show Origin Coordinates
    13739. Item Show Origin
    13740. Item Show Peek Window
    13741. Item Show Peek Window
    13742. Item Show Point 1 Coordinates Relative to Origin
    13743. Item Show Point 1
    13744. Item Show Point 2 Coordinates Relative to Origin
    13745. Item Show Point 2
    13746. Item Show Process Report
    13747. Item Show Process Report
    13748. Item Show Process Report
    13749. Item Show Process Report
    13750. Item Show Process Report
    13751. Item Show Process Report
    13752. Item Show Segmentation
    13753. Item Show Segmentation
    13754. Item Show Seq(uence) Index
    13755. Item Show Ticks
    13756. Item Show Ticks
    13757. Item Show Time Stamp
    13758. Item Show Tool Tips Log
    13759. Item Show Tool Tips Popups
    13760. Item Show Total Mass
    13761. Item Show Total Mass, %
    13762. Item Show Track
    13763. Item Show Tracks
    13764. Item Show Trends
    13765. Item Show TWAIN Popup Controls
    13766. Item Show Units
    13767. Item Show Viewer Cursor
    13768. Item Show(n) Blob Label
    13769. Item Show(n) Blob ROI
    13770. Item Show(n) Blob Window
    13771. Item Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves
    13772. Item Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves
    13773. Item Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves
    13774. Item Shuffle Column Order to Left-Right Halves
    13775. Item Shuffle Column Order to N Section Order
    13776. Item Shuffle Field Order to Line Order
    13777. Item Shuffle Field Order to Line Order
    13778. Item Shuffle Field Order to Line Order
    13779. Item Shuffle Left-Right Halves to Column Order
    13780. Item Shuffle Left-Right Halves to Column Order
    13781. Item Shuffle Line Order to Field Order
    13782. Item Shuffle Line Order to Field Order
    13783. Item Shuffle Line Order to Field Order
    13784. Item Shuffle Line Order to N Field Order
    13785. Item Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs
    13786. Item Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs
    13787. Item Shuffle Line Pairs to Pixel Pairs
    13788. Item Shuffle N Field Order to Line Order
    13789. Item Shuffle N Field Order to Section Order
    13790. Item Shuffle Pixel Pairs to Line Pairs
    13791. Item Shuffle Pixel Pairs to Line Pairs
    13792. Item Signed Bias to/from 2's Complement
    13793. Item Signed Bias to/from 2's Complement
    13794. Item Significant Bits Aligned
    13795. Item Simple
    13796. Item Simple
    13797. Item Single Image Viewer Style
    13798. Item Single Image Viewer Style
    13799. Item Single Image Viewer Style
    13800. Item Single Shot
    13801. Item Single Shot
    13802. Item Single Shot
    13803. Item Single Shot
    13804. Item Single Shot
    13805. Item Single Shot
    13806. Item Single Shot
    13807. Item Single Shot
    13808. Item Single Shot
    13809. Item Single Shot
    13810. Item Single Shot
    13811. Item Single Shot
    13812. Item Single Shot
    13813. Item Single Shot
    13814. Item Single Shot
    13815. Item Single Shot
    13816. Item Single Shot
    13817. Item Single Shot
    13818. Item Single Shot
    13819. Item Single Shot
    13820. Item Single Shot
    13821. Item Single Shot
    13822. Item Single Shot
    13823. Item Single Shot
    13824. Item Single Shot
    13825. Item Single Shot
    13826. Item Single Shot
    13827. Item Single Shot
    13828. Item Single Shot
    13829. Item Single Shot
    13830. Item Single Shot
    13831. Item Single Shot
    13832. Item Single Shot
    13833. Item Single Shot
    13834. Item Single Shot
    13835. Item Single Shot
    13836. Item Single Shot
    13837. Item Single Shot
    13838. Item Single Shot
    13839. Item Single Shot
    13840. Item Single Shot
    13841. Item Single Shot
    13842. Item Single Shot
    13843. Item Single Shot
    13844. Item Single Shot
    13845. Item Single Shot
    13846. Item Single Shot
    13847. Item Single Shot
    13848. Item Single Shot
    13849. Item Single Shot
    13850. Item Single Shot
    13851. Item Single Shot
    13852. Item Single Shot
    13853. Item Single Shot
    13854. Item Single Shot
    13855. Item Single Shot
    13856. Item Single Shot
    13857. Item Single Shot
    13858. Item Single Shot
    13859. Item Single Shot
    13860. Item Single Shot
    13861. Item Single Shot
    13862. Item Single Shot
    13863. Item Single Shot
    13864. Item Single Shot
    13865. Item Single Shot
    13866. Item Single Shot
    13867. Item Single Shot
    13868. Item Single Shot
    13869. Item Single Shot
    13870. Item Single Shot
    13871. Item Single Shot
    13872. Item Single Shot
    13873. Item Single Shot
    13874. Item Single Shot
    13875. Item Single Shot
    13876. Item Single Shot
    13877. Item Single Shot
    13878. Item Single Shot
    13879. Item Single Shot
    13880. Item Single Shot
    13881. Item Single Shot
    13882. Item Single Shot
    13883. Item Single Shot
    13884. Item Single Shot
    13885. Item Single Shot
    13886. Item Single Shot
    13887. Item Single Shot
    13888. Item Single Shot
    13889. Item Single Shot
    13890. Item Single Shot
    13891. Item Single Shot
    13892. Item Single Shot
    13893. Item Single Shot
    13894. Item Single Shot
    13895. Item Single Shot
    13896. Item Single Shot
    13897. Item Single Shot
    13898. Item Single Shot
    13899. Item Single Shot
    13900. Item Single Shot
    13901. Item Single Shot
    13902. Item Single Shot
    13903. Item Single Shot
    13904. Item Single Shot
    13905. Item Single Shot
    13906. Item Single Shot
    13907. Item Single Shot
    13908. Item Single Shot
    13909. Item Single Shot
    13910. Item Single Shot
    13911. Item Single Shot
    13912. Item Single Shot
    13913. Item Single Shot
    13914. Item Single Shot
    13915. Item Single Shot
    13916. Item Single Shot
    13917. Item Single Shot
    13918. Item Single Shot
    13919. Item Single Shot
    13920. Item Single Shot
    13921. Item Single Shot
    13922. Item Single Shot
    13923. Item Single Shot
    13924. Item Single Shot
    13925. Item Single Shot
    13926. Item Single Shot
    13927. Item Single Shot
    13928. Item Single Shot
    13929. Item Single Shot
    13930. Item Single Shot
    13931. Item Single Shot
    13932. Item Single Shot
    13933. Item Single Shot
    13934. Item Single Shot
    13935. Item Single Shot
    13936. Item Single Shot
    13937. Item Single Shot
    13938. Item Single Shot
    13939. Item Single Shot
    13940. Item Single Shot
    13941. Item Single Shot
    13942. Item Single Shot
    13943. Item Single Shot
    13944. Item Single Shot
    13945. Item Single Shot
    13946. Item Single Shot
    13947. Item Single Shot
    13948. Item Single Shot
    13949. Item Single Shot
    13950. Item Single Shot
    13951. Item Single Shot
    13952. Item Single Shot
    13953. Item Single Shot
    13954. Item Singularity Filter Threshold
    13955. Item Size -
    13956. Item Size +
    13957. Item Size to Display
    13958. Item Size to Display
    13959. Item Size to Display
    13960. Item Size to Image
    13961. Item Size to Image
    13962. Item Size to Image
    13963. Item Size Window: Cascade
    13964. Item Size Window: Default
    13965. Item Size Window: Default
    13966. Item Size Window: Fill Screen
    13967. Item Size Window: Fill Screen
    13968. Item Size Window: Fill Window
    13969. Item Size Window: Full Screen
    13970. Item Size Window: Full Window
    13971. Item Skeleton Thin
    13972. Item Skeleton Thin
    13973. Item Skeleton Thin
    13974. Item Skew at Bottom
    13975. Item Skew at Left
    13976. Item Skew at Right
    13977. Item Skew at Top
    13978. Item Skew Left/Right
    13979. Item Skew Left/Right
    13980. Item Skew Up/Down
    13981. Item Skew Up/Down
    13982. Item Skip Blank Rows
    13983. Item Skip Images to Maintain Rate
    13984. Item Skip Images to Maintain Rate
    13985. Item Skip Images to Maintain Rate
    13986. Item Skip Images to Maintain Rate
    13987. Item Skip Images to Maintain Rate
    13988. Item Skip Images to Maintain Rate
    13989. Item Slaved
    13990. Item Slaved
    13991. Item Slaved
    13992. Item Slaved
    13993. Item Slaved
    13994. Item Slaved
    13995. Item Slaved
    13996. Item Slaved
    13997. Item Slaved
    13998. Item Slaved
    13999. Item Slaved
    14000. Item Slaved
    14001. Item Slaved
    14002. Item Slaved
    14003. Item Slaved
    14004. Item Slaved
    14005. Item Slice End
    14006. Item Slice Start
    14007. Item Slow Processing Warning
    14008. Item Slow Processing Warning
    14009. Item Slow Processing Warning
    14010. Item Slow Rate to Display Images
    14011. Item Slow Rate to Display Images
    14012. Item Slow Rate to Display Images
    14013. Item Slow Rate to Display Images
    14014. Item Slow Rate to Display Images
    14015. Item Slow Rate to Display Images
    14016. Item Small Label
    14017. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14018. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14019. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14020. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14021. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14022. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14023. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14024. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14025. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14026. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14027. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14028. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14029. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14030. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14031. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14032. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14033. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14034. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14035. Item Smooth (Grn#)
    14036. Item Smooth Boundary
    14037. Item Smooth
    14038. Item Smooth
    14039. Item Smooth
    14040. Item Smooth
    14041. Item Smooth
    14042. Item Smooth
    14043. Item Smooth
    14044. Item Smooth
    14045. Item Smooth
    14046. Item Smooth
    14047. Item Smooth
    14048. Item Smooth
    14049. Item Smooth
    14050. Item Smooth
    14051. Item Smooth
    14052. Item Smooth
    14053. Item Smooth
    14054. Item Smooth
    14055. Item Smooth
    14056. Item SMPTE VITC
    14057. Item SMPTE VITC
    14058. Item Snap 1
    14059. Item Snap 1
    14060. Item Snap 2
    14061. Item Snap 2
    14062. Item Snap 3
    14063. Item Snap 3
    14064. Item Snap 4
    14065. Item Snap Async @ Counter
    14066. Item Snap Async @ Counter
    14067. Item Snap Async @ Counter
    14068. Item Snap Async @ Counter
    14069. Item Snap Async @ Counter
    14070. Item Snap Button
    14071. Item Snap Button
    14072. Item Snap Button
    14073. Item Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace
    14074. Item Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace
    14075. Item Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace
    14076. Item Snap Image into Image-Pro Workspace
    14077. Item Snap
    14078. Item Snap
    14079. Item Snap
    14080. Item Snap
    14081. Item Snap
    14082. Item Snap
    14083. Item Snap
    14084. Item Snap
    14085. Item Snap
    14086. Item Snap
    14087. Item Snap
    14088. Item Snap
    14089. Item Snap
    14090. Item Snap
    14091. Item Snap
    14092. Item Snap
    14093. Item Snap
    14094. Item Snap
    14095. Item Snap Sync @ Counter
    14096. Item Snap Sync @ Counter
    14097. Item Snap Sync @ Counter
    14098. Item Snap Sync @ Counter
    14099. Item Snap Sync @ Counter
    14100. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14101. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14102. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14103. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14104. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14105. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14106. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14107. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14108. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14109. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14110. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14111. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14112. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14113. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14114. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14115. Item Snap Video at Time Interval
    14116. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14117. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14118. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14119. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14120. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14121. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14122. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14123. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14124. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14125. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14126. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14127. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14128. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14129. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14130. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14131. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14132. Item Snap Video at Video Interval
    14133. Item Snapped Images, N
    14134. Item Snapped Images, N
    14135. Item Snapped Images, N
    14136. Item Snapped Images, N
    14137. Item Snapped Images, N
    14138. Item Snapped Images, N
    14139. Item Snapped Images, N
    14140. Item Snapped Images, N
    14141. Item Snapped Images, N
    14142. Item Snapped Images, N
    14143. Item Snapped Images, N
    14144. Item Snapped Images, N
    14145. Item Snapped Images, N
    14146. Item Snapped Images, N
    14147. Item Snapped Images, N
    14148. Item Snapped Images, N
    14149. Item Snapped Images, N
    14150. Item Snapped Images, N
    14151. Item Sobel-Absolute
    14152. Item Sobel
    14153. Item Software Info
    14154. Item Sort Edges/Lines of Equal Strength
    14155. Item Source
    14156. Item Source
    14157. Item South
    14158. Item Southeast
    14159. Item Southwest
    14160. Item Spatial Calibration
    14161. Item Spatial Filtering
    14162. Item Spatial Normalization
    14163. Item Spatial: XY=>HV
    14164. Item Spatial: XY=>HV
    14165. Item Spot Mask Correction
    14166. Item Square
    14167. Item Src => Dst Fiducials
    14168. Item Src => Dst Fiducials
    14169. Item Src Pixie 0
    14170. Item Src Pixie 1
    14171. Item Src: Use Replicated Top Line Throughout
    14172. Item Src+Dst Arithmetic
    14173. Item Src+Dst Arithmetic
    14174. Item Src+Dst Binning
    14175. Item Src+Dst Contrast Modification
    14176. Item Src+Dst Convolution
    14177. Item Src+Dst Correlation Map
    14178. Item Src+Dst Edge Detection
    14179. Item Src+Dst FFT
    14180. Item Src+Dst HSB Tweak
    14181. Item Src+Dst Interlace & Flicker
    14182. Item Src+Dst Morphology
    14183. Item Src+Dst Noise Generator
    14184. Item Src+Dst Normalization
    14185. Item Src+Dst Pair Normalization
    14186. Item Src+Dst Rotation & Shift
    14187. Item Src+Dst Spatial Filtering
    14188. Item Src+Dst Spatial Normalization
    14189. Item Src+Dst Threshold Adaptive
    14190. Item Src+Dst Threshold
    14191. Item Src+Dst Triplet Normalization
    14192. Item Src+Dst Warping
    14193. Item sRGB Controls
    14194. Item sRGB
    14195. Item sRGB
    14196. Item sRGB
    14197. Item sRGB
    14198. Item sRGB
    14199. Item Stage Mode
    14200. Item Stage Selection
    14201. Item Stamp Per-Frame Buffer Status
    14202. Item Start
    14203. Item Start
    14204. Item Start
    14205. Item Start
    14206. Item Start
    14207. Item Start
    14208. Item Start
    14209. Item Start
    14210. Item Start
    14211. Item Start
    14212. Item Start
    14213. Item Start
    14214. Item Start
    14215. Item Start
    14216. Item Start w. Current Image
    14217. Item Start, H
    14218. Item Start, H
    14219. Item Start, H
    14220. Item Start, V
    14221. Item Start, V
    14222. Item Start, V
    14223. Item Start, X
    14224. Item Start, X
    14225. Item Start, X
    14226. Item Start, X
    14227. Item Start, X
    14228. Item Start, X
    14229. Item Start, Y
    14230. Item Start, Y
    14231. Item Start, Y
    14232. Item Start, Y
    14233. Item Start, Y
    14234. Item Start, Y
    14235. Item Start/End All Buffers
    14236. Item Start/End
    14237. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14238. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14239. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14240. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14241. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14242. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14243. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14244. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14245. Item Starting Frame Buffer
    14246. Item Startup Script
    14247. Item Startup Script
    14248. Item Startup Script
    14249. Item Startup Script
    14250. Item Startup Warnings & Advisories
    14251. Item Stat Heading
    14252. Item Stat Order
    14253. Item Stat Order
    14254. Item Stat Order
    14255. Item Stat Order
    14256. Item Stat Show
    14257. Item Stat Show
    14258. Item Stat Show
    14259. Item Statistics Window
    14260. Item Stats - Outlier
    14261. Item Stats
    14262. Item Stats
    14263. Item Stats
    14264. Item Stats
    14265. Item Stats
    14266. Item Stats
    14267. Item Stats
    14268. Item Stats Window
    14269. Item Status Bar
    14270. Item Status Bar: A-D Converter Settings
    14271. Item Status Bar: All Capture & Adjust Settings
    14272. Item Status Bar: Buffer Coordinate
    14273. Item Status Bar: Camera Info
    14274. Item Status Bar: Camera Settings
    14275. Item Status Bar: Camera Status
    14276. Item Status Bar: Capture Field/Frame Rate
    14277. Item Status Bar: Cursor Coordinates
    14278. Item Status Bar: Date & Time Stamp
    14279. Item Status Bar: Display Rate
    14280. Item Status Bar: Flip & Mirror
    14281. Item Status Bar: Image Size
    14282. Item Status Bar: Palette Usage
    14283. Item Status Bar: Pan&Scroll Position
    14284. Item Status Bar: Pixel at Cursor
    14285. Item Status Bar: Post Capture Processing
    14286. Item Status Bar: Resize Ratio
    14287. Item Status Bar: Scroll Rate
    14288. Item Status Bar: Trig(ger) & Timing Gen(erator) Converter Settings
    14289. Item Status Bar: User-Defined
    14290. Item Status Bar: User-Defined Text
    14291. Item Status Bar: Video Field/Frame Rate
    14292. Item Status Bar: Zoom Ratio
    14293. Item Std Dev.
    14294. Item Std. Dev.
    14295. Item Std. Dev.
    14296. Item Std. Long Headings
    14297. Item Std. Short Headings
    14298. Item Step Max Values, Horizontal
    14299. Item Step Max Values, Horizontal
    14300. Item Step Max Values, Horizontal
    14301. Item Step Max Values, Horizontal
    14302. Item Step Max Values, Vertical
    14303. Item Step Max Values, Vertical
    14304. Item Step Max Values, Vertical
    14305. Item Step Max Values, Vertical
    14306. Item Step Min Values, Horizontal
    14307. Item Step Min Values, Horizontal
    14308. Item Step Min Values, Horizontal
    14309. Item Step Min Values, Horizontal
    14310. Item Step Min Values, Vertical
    14311. Item Step Min Values, Vertical
    14312. Item Step Min Values, Vertical
    14313. Item Step Min Values, Vertical
    14314. Item Steps
    14315. Item Steps
    14316. Item Stop Bits
    14317. Item Stop Clip
    14318. Item Stop
    14319. Item Stop
    14320. Item Stop
    14321. Item Stop
    14322. Item Stop
    14323. Item Stop
    14324. Item Stop
    14325. Item Stop
    14326. Item Stop
    14327. Item Stop
    14328. Item Stop
    14329. Item Stop
    14330. Item Stop
    14331. Item Stop
    14332. Item Stop
    14333. Item Stop
    14334. Item Stop
    14335. Item Stop
    14336. Item Stop
    14337. Item Stop
    14338. Item Stop
    14339. Item Stop
    14340. Item Stop
    14341. Item Stop
    14342. Item Stop
    14343. Item Stop
    14344. Item Stop
    14345. Item Stop
    14346. Item Stop
    14347. Item Stop
    14348. Item Stretch Contrast
    14349. Item Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints
    14350. Item Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints
    14351. Item Stretch Contrast, Histogram Percentile Endpoints
    14352. Item Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints
    14353. Item Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints
    14354. Item Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints
    14355. Item Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints
    14356. Item Stretch Contrast, Pixel Value Endpoints
    14357. Item String Expression
    14358. Item String
    14359. Item Strobe Duration
    14360. Item Strobe Mode
    14361. Item Strobe Mode
    14362. Item Strobe Mode
    14363. Item Strobe Mode
    14364. Item Strobe Mode
    14365. Item Strobe Mode
    14366. Item Strobe Mode
    14367. Item Strobe Mode
    14368. Item Strobe Mode
    14369. Item Strobe Out
    14370. Item Strobe Out
    14371. Item Strobe Output
    14372. Item Strobe Output
    14373. Item Strobe Period
    14374. Item Strobe Period
    14375. Item Strobe Period
    14376. Item Strobe Polarity
    14377. Item Strobe Polarity
    14378. Item Strobe Polarity
    14379. Item Strobe Polarity
    14380. Item Style Crosshair
    14381. Item Style
    14382. Item Style
    14383. Item Style Tick
    14384. Item Submodel Setup
    14385. Item Submodel Setup
    14386. Item SubPixel Edger
    14387. Item SubPixel Edger
    14388. Item SubPixel Edger
    14389. Item SubPixel Edger
    14390. Item SubPixel Edger
    14391. Item SubPixel Edger
    14392. Item SubPixel Edger
    14393. Item SubPixel Edger
    14394. Item SubPixel Edger
    14395. Item SubPixel Edger
    14396. Item SubPixel Edger
    14397. Item SubPixel Edger
    14398. Item Subsample
    14399. Item Subsample
    14400. Item Subsample
    14401. Item Subsample
    14402. Item Subsample
    14403. Item Subsampling
    14404. Item Subsampling
    14405. Item Subsampling
    14406. Item Subsampling
    14407. Item Subsampling
    14408. Item Subsampling
    14409. Item Subsampling
    14410. Item Subsampling
    14411. Item Subsampling
    14412. Item Subsampling
    14413. Item Subsampling
    14414. Item Subsampling
    14415. Item Subsampling
    14416. Item Subsampling
    14417. Item Subsampling
    14418. Item Subsampling
    14419. Item Subsampling
    14420. Item Subsampling
    14421. Item Subsampling
    14422. Item Subsampling
    14423. Item Subsampling
    14424. Item Subsampling
    14425. Item Subsampling
    14426. Item Subsampling
    14427. Item Subsampling
    14428. Item Subsampling
    14429. Item Subsampling
    14430. Item Subsampling
    14431. Item Subsampling
    14432. Item Subsampling
    14433. Item Subsampling
    14434. Item Subsampling
    14435. Item Subsampling
    14436. Item Subsampling
    14437. Item Subsampling
    14438. Item Subsampling
    14439. Item Subsampling
    14440. Item Subsampling
    14441. Item Subsampling
    14442. Item Subsampling
    14443. Item Subsampling
    14444. Item Subsampling
    14445. Item Subsampling
    14446. Item Subsampling
    14447. Item SubTicks
    14448. Item SubTicks
    14449. Item SubTicks
    14450. Item SubTicks
    14451. Item Subtract: (Dst-Src) Modulo PixelSize
    14452. Item Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Dst-Src)×2)
    14453. Item Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Dst-Src))
    14454. Item Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Src-Dst)×2)
    14455. Item Subtract: (MaxPixValue/2+(Src-Dst))
    14456. Item Subtract: (MaxPixValue+(Dst-Src))/2
    14457. Item Subtract: (MaxPixValue+(Src-Dst))/2
    14458. Item Subtract: (Src-Dst) Modulo PixelSize
    14459. Item Subtract: Abs(Dst-Src)
    14460. Item Subtract: Max(Dst-Src, 0)
    14461. Item Subtract: Max(Src-Dst, 0)
    14462. Item Subtract:
    14463. Item SVGA 800x600 60Hz
    14464. Item SVGA 800x600 60Hz RGB
    14465. Item Switch after Any Field
    14466. Item Switch after Even Field
    14467. Item Switch after Odd Field
    14468. Item SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz
    14469. Item SXGA 1280x1024 60Hz RGB
    14470. Item Sync Input: Composite/Green
    14471. Item Sync Input: DB15 Connector
    14472. Item Sync
    14473. Item Sync Select
    14474. Item T Element
    14475. Item Tab
    14476. Item Tab Small
    14477. Item Table
    14478. Item Tail Angle
    14479. Item Tail Angle
    14480. Item Tail Size
    14481. Item Tail Size
    14482. Item Tap Balance
    14483. Item Tap Balance
    14484. Item Tap Balance
    14485. Item Tap Balance
    14486. Item Tap Balance
    14487. Item Tap Balance
    14488. Item Tap Correction: User Defined f(X,Y)
    14489. Item Tap Correction: User Defined f(X,Y)
    14490. Item Target Pan Position
    14491. Item Target Tilt Position
    14492. Item Temperature
    14493. Item terabytes
    14494. Item Test Ramp
    14495. Item Text -
    14496. Item Text +
    14497. Item Text has \\\ Codes
    14498. Item Text has \\\ Codes
    14499. Item Text
    14500. Item Text
    14501. Item Text
    14502. Item Text
    14503. Item Text
    14504. Item Text
    14505. Item Text
    14506. Item Text
    14507. Item Text
    14508. Item Thaw & Refresh Display
    14509. Item Thickness
    14510. Item Thickness
    14511. Item Thickness
    14512. Item Thickness
    14513. Item Thickness
    14514. Item Thickness
    14515. Item Thickness
    14516. Item Thickness
    14517. Item Thickness
    14518. Item Thickness
    14519. Item Thickness
    14520. Item Thickness
    14521. Item Thickness
    14522. Item Thickness
    14523. Item Thickness
    14524. Item Thickness
    14525. Item Thickness
    14526. Item Thickness
    14527. Item Thickness
    14528. Item Thickness
    14529. Item Thickness
    14530. Item Thickness
    14531. Item Thickness
    14532. Item Thickness
    14533. Item Thickness
    14534. Item Thickness
    14535. Item Thickness
    14536. Item Thickness
    14537. Item Thin Edge Gradient
    14538. Item Threads Used
    14539. Item Three-Slope
    14540. Item Three-Slope
    14541. Item Threshold Adaptive
    14542. Item Threshold against Neighborhood Mean
    14543. Item Threshold Lower Bound
    14544. Item Threshold Lower Bound
    14545. Item Threshold Lower Bound
    14546. Item Threshold
    14547. Item Threshold Upper Bound
    14548. Item Threshold Upper Bound
    14549. Item Threshold Upper Bound
    14550. Item Threshold: Set New Values, Out of Bounds
    14551. Item Threshold: Set New Values, Within & Out of Bounds
    14552. Item Threshold: Set New Values, Within Bounds
    14553. Item Thresholding
    14554. Item Thresholding
    14555. Item Thresholding
    14556. Item thru
    14557. Item thru
    14558. Item thru
    14559. Item thru
    14560. Item thru
    14561. Item thru
    14562. Item thru
    14563. Item thru
    14564. Item thru
    14565. Item thru
    14566. Item thru
    14567. Item thru
    14568. Item thru Palette
    14569. Item thru Palette
    14570. Item thru Palette
    14571. Item thru Palette
    14572. Item thru Palette
    14573. Item thru Palette
    14574. Item thru Palette
    14575. Item thru Palette
    14576. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14577. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14578. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14579. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14580. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14581. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14582. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14583. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14584. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14585. Item thru Z=>I Calib.
    14586. Item Thumbnail Size
    14587. Item Thumbnail Size
    14588. Item Thumbnail Size
    14589. Item Tick Color
    14590. Item Tick Color
    14591. Item Tick Color
    14592. Item Tick Color
    14593. Item Tick Color
    14594. Item Tick Color
    14595. Item Tick Color
    14596. Item Tick Color
    14597. Item Tick Increment
    14598. Item Tick Interval
    14599. Item Tick Interval
    14600. Item Tick Interval
    14601. Item Tick Length
    14602. Item Tick Length
    14603. Item Tick Size
    14604. Item Tick Size
    14605. Item Tick Size
    14606. Item Tick Size
    14607. Item Tick Size
    14608. Item Tick Size
    14609. Item Tick Size
    14610. Item Tick Thickness
    14611. Item Tick Thickness
    14612. Item TIFF Compliant
    14613. Item TIFF Format
    14614. Item TIFF How
    14615. Item TIFF
    14616. Item TIFF
    14617. Item TIFF
    14618. Item TIFF
    14619. Item TIFF
    14620. Item TIFF
    14621. Item TIFF
    14622. Item TIFF
    14623. Item TIFF What
    14624. Item TIFF With
    14625. Item TIFF.millisec
    14626. Item TIFF.millisec.microsec
    14627. Item Tile L-to-R/T-to-B
    14628. Item Tile Sequence
    14629. Item Tile T-to-B/L-to-R
    14630. Item Time Capture Stamp
    14631. Item Time Interval
    14632. Item Time Interval
    14633. Item Time Interval
    14634. Item Time Interval
    14635. Item Time Interval
    14636. Item Time Interval
    14637. Item Time Interval
    14638. Item Time Interval
    14639. Item Time
    14640. Item Time Stamp
    14641. Item Time Stamping Disabled (-TI)
    14642. Item Time Stamping Disabled (-TI)
    14643. Item Time Stamping Disabled (-TI)
    14644. Item Time Stamping Disabled (-TI)
    14645. Item Time Stamping Disabled (-TI)
    14646. Item Time Stamping w. Interrupt Time (-TI)
    14647. Item Time Stamping w. Interrupt Time (-TI)
    14648. Item Time Stamping w. Jiffies Time (-TI)
    14649. Item Time Stamping w. Jiffies_64 Time (-TI)
    14650. Item Time Stamping w. Performance Counter (-TI)
    14651. Item Time Stamping w. Performance Counter (-TI)
    14652. Item Time Stamping w. Raw Monotonic Time (-TI)
    14653. Item Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI)
    14654. Item Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI)
    14655. Item Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI)
    14656. Item Time Stamping w. System Time (-TI)
    14657. Item Time Stamping w. System Time Precise (-TI)
    14658. Item Time Stamping w. Tick Count (-TI)
    14659. Item Time Stamping w. Tick Count (-TI)
    14660. Item Time Stamping w. Time of Day Time (-TI)
    14661. Item Timer Minimum Resolution
    14662. Item Timer Minimum Resolution
    14663. Item Timer
    14664. Item Timer
    14665. Item Timer
    14666. Item Timer Period
    14667. Item Timing Mode
    14668. Item to File
    14669. Item to File
    14670. Item to Printer
    14671. Item Tool Tip Background
    14672. Item Tool Tip Hide Delay
    14673. Item Tool Tip Hide Delay
    14674. Item Tool Tip
    14675. Item Tool Tip
    14676. Item Tool Tip
    14677. Item Tool Tip
    14678. Item Tool Tip
    14679. Item Tool Tip
    14680. Item Tool Tip
    14681. Item Tool Tip Show Delay
    14682. Item Tool Tip Show Delay
    14683. Item Tool Tip Show Delay
    14684. Item Top L-R
    14685. Item Top R-L
    14686. Item Top to Bottom
    14687. Item Track Angle Mean
    14688. Item Track Angle Std. Dev.
    14689. Item Track Color
    14690. Item Track Current Buffer
    14691. Item Track Current Buffer
    14692. Item Track Individual Particles by Motion Extrapolation and Verification throughout Sequence
    14693. Item Track Magn(itude) Mean
    14694. Item Track Magn(itude) Std. Dev.
    14695. Item Track per Column
    14696. Item Track per Column
    14697. Item Track per Column
    14698. Item Track per Row
    14699. Item Track per Row
    14700. Item Track per Row
    14701. Item Tracks Color
    14702. Item Trailer Text
    14703. Item Translation Active
    14704. Item Translation Active
    14705. Item Transpose Column Pairs: 0<=>1; 2<=>3; ...
    14706. Item Transpose Column Pairs: 1<=>2; 3<=>4; ...
    14707. Item Transpose Line Pairs: 0<=>1; 2<=>3; ...
    14708. Item Transpose Line Pairs: 1<=>2; 3<=>4; ...
    14709. Item Trends Fade Rate
    14710. Item Trends Graph
    14711. Item Trends Graph
    14712. Item Trends
    14713. Item Trig A
    14714. Item Trig A
    14715. Item Trig B
    14716. Item Trig B
    14717. Item Trigger Input
    14718. Item Trigger Input
    14719. Item Trigger Input
    14720. Item Trigger Input
    14721. Item Trigger Input
    14722. Item Trigger Input
    14723. Item Trigger Input
    14724. Item Trigger Input
    14725. Item Trigger Input
    14726. Item Trigger Input
    14727. Item Trigger Input
    14728. Item Trigger Input
    14729. Item Trigger Input
    14730. Item Trigger Input
    14731. Item Trigger Input
    14732. Item Trigger Input
    14733. Item Trigger Input
    14734. Item Trigger Input
    14735. Item Trigger Input
    14736. Item Trigger Input
    14737. Item Trigger Input
    14738. Item Trigger Input
    14739. Item Trigger Input
    14740. Item Trigger Input
    14741. Item Trigger Input
    14742. Item Trigger Input
    14743. Item Trigger Input
    14744. Item Trigger Input
    14745. Item Trigger Input
    14746. Item Trigger Input
    14747. Item Trigger Input
    14748. Item Trigger Input
    14749. Item Trigger Input
    14750. Item Trigger Input
    14751. Item Trigger Input
    14752. Item Trigger Input
    14753. Item Trigger Input
    14754. Item Trigger Input
    14755. Item Trigger Input
    14756. Item Trigger Input
    14757. Item Trigger Input
    14758. Item Trigger Input
    14759. Item Trigger Input
    14760. Item Trigger Input
    14761. Item Trigger Input
    14762. Item Trigger Input
    14763. Item Trigger Input
    14764. Item Trigger Input
    14765. Item Trigger Input
    14766. Item Trigger Input
    14767. Item Trigger Input
    14768. Item Trigger Input
    14769. Item Trigger Input
    14770. Item Trigger Input
    14771. Item Trigger Input
    14772. Item Trigger Input
    14773. Item Trigger Input
    14774. Item Trigger Input
    14775. Item Trigger Input
    14776. Item Trigger Input
    14777. Item Trigger Input
    14778. Item Trigger Input
    14779. Item Trigger Input
    14780. Item Trigger Input
    14781. Item Trigger Input
    14782. Item Trigger Input
    14783. Item Trigger Input
    14784. Item Trigger Input
    14785. Item Trigger Input
    14786. Item Trigger Input
    14787. Item Trigger Input
    14788. Item Trigger Input
    14789. Item Trigger Input
    14790. Item Trigger Input
    14791. Item Trigger Input
    14792. Item Trigger Input
    14793. Item Trigger Input
    14794. Item Trigger Input
    14795. Item Trigger Input
    14796. Item Trigger Input
    14797. Item Trigger Input
    14798. Item Trigger Input
    14799. Item Trigger Input
    14800. Item Trigger Input
    14801. Item Trigger Input
    14802. Item Trigger Input
    14803. Item Trigger Input
    14804. Item Trigger Input
    14805. Item Trigger Input
    14806. Item Trigger Input
    14807. Item Trigger Input
    14808. Item Trigger Input
    14809. Item Trigger Input
    14810. Item Trigger Input
    14811. Item Trigger Input
    14812. Item Trigger Input
    14813. Item Trigger Input
    14814. Item Trigger Input
    14815. Item Trigger Input
    14816. Item Trigger Input
    14817. Item Trigger Input
    14818. Item Trigger Input
    14819. Item Trigger Input
    14820. Item Trigger Input
    14821. Item Trigger Input
    14822. Item Trigger Input
    14823. Item Trigger Input
    14824. Item Trigger Input
    14825. Item Trigger Input
    14826. Item Trigger Input
    14827. Item Trigger Input
    14828. Item Trigger Input
    14829. Item Trigger Input
    14830. Item Trigger Input
    14831. Item Trigger Input
    14832. Item Trigger Input
    14833. Item Trigger Input
    14834. Item Trigger Input
    14835. Item Trigger Input
    14836. Item Trigger Input
    14837. Item Trigger Input
    14838. Item Trigger Input
    14839. Item Trigger Input
    14840. Item Trigger Input
    14841. Item Trigger Input
    14842. Item Trigger Input
    14843. Item Trigger Input
    14844. Item Trigger Input
    14845. Item Trigger Input
    14846. Item Trigger Input
    14847. Item Trigger Input
    14848. Item Trigger Input
    14849. Item Trigger Input
    14850. Item Trigger Input
    14851. Item Trigger Input
    14852. Item Trigger Input
    14853. Item Trigger Input
    14854. Item Trigger Input
    14855. Item Trigger Input
    14856. Item Trigger Input
    14857. Item Trigger Input
    14858. Item Trigger Input
    14859. Item Trigger Input
    14860. Item Trigger Input
    14861. Item Trigger Input
    14862. Item Trigger Input
    14863. Item Trigger Input
    14864. Item Trigger Input
    14865. Item Trigger Input
    14866. Item Trigger Input
    14867. Item Trigger Input
    14868. Item Trigger Input
    14869. Item Trigger Input
    14870. Item Trigger Input
    14871. Item Trigger Input
    14872. Item Trigger Input
    14873. Item Trigger Input
    14874. Item Trigger Input
    14875. Item Trigger Input
    14876. Item Trigger Mode
    14877. Item Trigger Mode
    14878. Item Trigger Mode
    14879. Item Trigger Mode
    14880. Item Trigger Mode
    14881. Item Trigger Mode
    14882. Item Trigger Mode
    14883. Item Trigger Mode
    14884. Item Trigger Mode
    14885. Item Trigger Mode
    14886. Item Trigger Mode
    14887. Item Trigger Mode
    14888. Item Trigger Mode
    14889. Item Trigger Mode
    14890. Item Trigger Mode
    14891. Item Trigger Mode
    14892. Item Triple Slope (Exposure)
    14893. Item Triple Slope (Exposure)
    14894. Item Triple Slope
    14895. Item Triplet Normalization
    14896. Item Truncate File after Record
    14897. Item ttyS? - Search
    14898. Item ttyS? - Search
    14899. Item ttyS? - Search
    14900. Item ttyS? - Search
    14901. Item ttyS? - Search
    14902. Item ttyS? - Search
    14903. Item ttyS? - Search
    14904. Item ttyS? - Search
    14905. Item TWAIN Allow File Xfer Mode
    14906. Item TWAIN App: Acquire Image
    14907. Item TWAIN App: Cancel Acquire
    14908. Item TWAIN Auto Live on Show
    14909. Item TWAIN Default Bits per Sample
    14910. Item TWAIN Force Bits per Sample
    14911. Item TWAIN Force/Default Bits
    14912. Item TWAIN New Acquire
    14913. Item TWAIN New Acquire
    14914. Item TWAIN New Acquire
    14915. Item TWAIN New Acquire
    14916. Item TWAIN Select Source
    14917. Item TWAIN Select Source
    14918. Item TWAIN Sourcery on Startup
    14919. Item TWAIN Sourcery on Startup
    14920. Item TWAIN Sourcery on Startup
    14921. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14922. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14923. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14924. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14925. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14926. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14927. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14928. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14929. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14930. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14931. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14932. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14933. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14934. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14935. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14936. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14937. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14938. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14939. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14940. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14941. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14942. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14943. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14944. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14945. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14946. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14947. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14948. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14949. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14950. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14951. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14952. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14953. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14954. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14955. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14956. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14957. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14958. Item Tweak White Balance @ Cursor
    14959. Item Two-Slope
    14960. Item Two-Slope
    14961. Item Two-Slope
    14962. Item Two-Slope
    14963. Item Two VIF Slices w. Sequence
    14964. Item Two VIF Slices w. Sequence
    14965. Item UL=1 UR=2 LL=3 LR=4
    14966. Item UL=1 UR=2 LL=3 LR=4
    14967. Item UL=1 UR=2 LL=4 LR=3
    14968. Item UL=1 UR=2 LL=4 LR=3
    14969. Item UL=4 UR=3 LL=2 LR=1
    14970. Item UL=4 UR=3 LL=2 LR=1
    14971. Item Unchanged
    14972. Item Unchanged
    14973. Item Uncorrected
    14974. Item Uncorrected
    14975. Item Uncorrected
    14976. Item Uncorrected
    14977. Item Uncorrected
    14978. Item Uncorrected
    14979. Item Uncorrected
    14980. Item Uncorrected
    14981. Item Uncorrected
    14982. Item Uncorrected
    14983. Item Uncorrected
    14984. Item Uncorrected
    14985. Item Uncorrected
    14986. Item Uncorrected
    14987. Item Uncorrected
    14988. Item Uncorrected
    14989. Item Uncorrected
    14990. Item Uncorrected
    14991. Item Uncorrected
    14992. Item Uncorrected
    14993. Item Uncorrected
    14994. Item Uncorrected
    14995. Item Uncorrected
    14996. Item Uncorrected
    14997. Item Uncorrected
    14998. Item Uncorrected
    14999. Item Uncorrected
    15000. Item Uncorrected
    15001. Item Uncorrected
    15002. Item Uncorrected
    15003. Item Uncorrected
    15004. Item Uncorrected
    15005. Item Uncorrected
    15006. Item Uncorrected
    15007. Item Uncorrected
    15008. Item Uncorrected
    15009. Item Uncorrected
    15010. Item Uncorrected
    15011. Item Uncorrected
    15012. Item Uncorrected
    15013. Item Underline
    15014. Item Undo Pixel (Value)
    15015. Item Undo Pixel (Value)
    15016. Item Unique to Each
    15017. Item Unit Selection
    15018. Item Units are Named
    15019. Item Units Named
    15020. Item Unknown
    15021. Item Unknown
    15022. Item UnLive
    15023. Item UnLive
    15024. Item UnLive
    15025. Item UnLive
    15026. Item UnLive
    15027. Item UnLive
    15028. Item UnLive
    15029. Item Unload Conflicting Multimedia Drivers
    15030. Item Unlock Presets
    15031. Item Unnormalized
    15032. Item Unnormalized
    15033. Item Unpacked
    15034. Item Unpacked
    15035. Item Unpacked
    15036. Item Up(-Y) Down(+Y) Shift
    15037. Item Update Cell
    15038. Item Update Cell
    15039. Item Update Disk Statistics during Recording
    15040. Item Update during Recording
    15041. Item Update during Recording
    15042. Item Update
    15043. Item Update on Button
    15044. Item Update on Button
    15045. Item Update on Cell
    15046. Item Update on Cell
    15047. Item Update Status
    15048. Item Upgrade Authorization Key
    15049. Item Upper Boundary
    15050. Item Upper Boundary
    15051. Item Upper Boundary
    15052. Item Upper Left Corner
    15053. Item Upper Left Corner
    15054. Item Upper Left Corner
    15055. Item Upper Left Corner
    15056. Item Upper Left Corner
    15057. Item Upper Left Corner
    15058. Item Upper Left Corner
    15059. Item Upper Left Corner
    15060. Item Upper Left X
    15061. Item Upper Left X
    15062. Item Upper Left X
    15063. Item Upper Left X
    15064. Item Upper Left Y
    15065. Item Upper Left Y
    15066. Item Upper Left Y
    15067. Item Upper Left Y
    15068. Item Upper Threshold
    15069. Item Upper Threshold
    15070. Item Upper Threshold
    15071. Item Upper Threshold
    15072. Item Upper Threshold
    15073. Item URL
    15074. Item URL
    15075. Item URL
    15076. Item URL
    15077. Item URL
    15078. Item Use (Image Density)
    15079. Item Use (Plot Fill)
    15080. Item Use Ave. Stack of Images
    15081. Item Use Background
    15082. Item Use Background
    15083. Item Use Color Space
    15084. Item Use Color Space
    15085. Item Use Color Space
    15086. Item Use Color Space
    15087. Item Use Color Space
    15088. Item Use Color Space
    15089. Item Use Color Space
    15090. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15091. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15092. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15093. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15094. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15095. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15096. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15097. Item Use Common Format & Controls w. Cameras Synchronized
    15098. Item Use Default Color
    15099. Item Use Default Font
    15100. Item Use Fixed
    15101. Item Use Fixed
    15102. Item Use Individual Format & Controls
    15103. Item Use IRQ
    15104. Item Use IRQ
    15105. Item Use Linux API O_DIRECT
    15106. Item Use Linux API O_NDELAY/O_NONBLOCK
    15107. Item Use Linux API O_SYNC
    15108. Item Use
    15109. Item Use
    15110. Item Use
    15111. Item Use Perc.
    15112. Item Use Perc.
    15113. Item Use Pixel Data
    15114. Item Use Pixel Data
    15115. Item Use Pixel Data
    15116. Item Use Pixel Data
    15117. Item Use Processing Indicator
    15118. Item Use Processing Indicator
    15119. Item Use Resolution Tag
    15120. Item Use Stack of Images
    15121. Item Use Vert. Stack of Images
    15122. Item Use Win API NO_BUFFERING
    15123. Item Use Win API OVERLAPPED
    15124. Item Use Win API WRITE_THROUGH
    15125. Item User-Defined 1 f(...)
    15126. Item User-Defined 1
    15127. Item User-Defined 5 f(...)
    15128. Item User-Defined 5
    15129. Item User-Defined f( A(Src), B(Dst) )
    15130. Item User-Defined f( A(Src), B(Dst) )
    15131. Item User-Defined f( A(Src), B(Dst) )
    15132. Item User-Defined f(X)
    15133. Item User-Defined f(X,Y)
    15134. Item User-Defined f(X,Y)
    15135. Item Utilities
    15136. Item Utility
    15137. Item Utility
    15138. Item Utility
    15139. Item Utility
    15140. Item Utility
    15141. Item UYVY Color
    15142. Item V Coord
    15143. Item V Coord(inate)
    15144. Item V Drive
    15145. Item V Drive
    15146. Item V Drive
    15147. Item V Drive
    15148. Item V Drive
    15149. Item V Drive
    15150. Item V Drive
    15151. Item V Drive
    15152. Item V Drive
    15153. Item V Drive
    15154. Item V Drive
    15155. Item V Drive
    15156. Item V Drive
    15157. Item V Drive
    15158. Item V Drive
    15159. Item V Drive
    15160. Item V Drive
    15161. Item V Drive
    15162. Item V Drive
    15163. Item V Drive
    15164. Item V Drive
    15165. Item V Drive
    15166. Item V Drive
    15167. Item V Drive
    15168. Item V Drive
    15169. Item V Drive
    15170. Item V Drive
    15171. Item V Drive
    15172. Item V Drive
    15173. Item V Drive
    15174. Item V Drive
    15175. Item V Drive
    15176. Item V Drive
    15177. Item V Drive
    15178. Item V Drive
    15179. Item V Drive
    15180. Item V Drive
    15181. Item V Drive
    15182. Item V Height
    15183. Item V Origin
    15184. Item V Origin
    15185. Item V Summing
    15186. Item Variable as Number
    15187. Item Variable as String
    15188. Item Vector Angle
    15189. Item Vector Angle
    15190. Item Vector Angle
    15191. Item Vector Angle
    15192. Item Vector Angle
    15193. Item Vector Length
    15194. Item Vector Length
    15195. Item Vector Length
    15196. Item Vector Length
    15197. Item Vector Magn(itude)
    15198. Item Vectors
    15199. Item Vectors
    15200. Item Vectors
    15201. Item Vectors
    15202. Item Vectors
    15203. Item Vectors
    15204. Item Vectors
    15205. Item Verbose Analysis
    15206. Item Vert(ical)
    15207. Item Vert. Image Stack
    15208. Item Vertex #
    15209. Item Vertex #
    15210. Item Vertex #
    15211. Item Vertex #
    15212. Item Vertex #
    15213. Item Vertex #
    15214. Item Vertex #
    15215. Item Vertex #
    15216. Item Vertex H
    15217. Item Vertex H
    15218. Item Vertex H
    15219. Item Vertex H
    15220. Item Vertex V
    15221. Item Vertex V
    15222. Item Vertex V
    15223. Item Vertex V
    15224. Item Vertex X
    15225. Item Vertex X
    15226. Item Vertex X
    15227. Item Vertex X
    15228. Item Vertex Y
    15229. Item Vertex Y
    15230. Item Vertex Y
    15231. Item Vertex Y
    15232. Item Vertical Frequency
    15233. Item Vertical Frequency
    15234. Item Vertical Frequency
    15235. Item Vertical Frequency
    15236. Item Vertical Frequency
    15237. Item Vertical Frequency
    15238. Item Vertical Margin
    15239. Item Vertical Offset
    15240. Item Vertical Pixels per Meter Info
    15241. Item Vertical Pixels per Meter Info
    15242. Item Vertical Replication
    15243. Item Vertical Resolution
    15244. Item Vertical Resolution
    15245. Item Vertical Resolution Tag
    15246. Item Vertical Sharpen Filter: Mild
    15247. Item Vertical Size
    15248. Item Vertical Spacing
    15249. Item Vertical Spacing
    15250. Item Vertical Stripes
    15251. Item Vertices
    15252. Item Vertices
    15253. Item Vertices
    15254. Item Vertices
    15255. Item Vertices
    15256. Item Vertices
    15257. Item Vertices
    15258. Item Vertices
    15259. Item Vertices
    15260. Item Vertices
    15261. Item VGA 640x480 60Hz
    15262. Item VGA 640x480 60Hz RGB
    15263. Item Via PIXCI®
    15264. Item Video 1280x720p 50Hz
    15265. Item Video 1280x720p 50Hz RGB
    15266. Item Video 1280x720p 60Hz
    15267. Item Video 1280x720p 60Hz RGB
    15268. Item Video 1920x1080i 50Hz
    15269. Item Video 1920x1080i 50Hz RGB
    15270. Item Video 1920x1080i 60Hz
    15271. Item Video 1920x1080i 60Hz RGB
    15272. Item Video 1920x1080p 50Hz
    15273. Item Video 1920x1080p 50Hz RGB
    15274. Item Video 1920x1080p 60Hz
    15275. Item Video 1920x1080p 60Hz RGB
    15276. Item Video 720x480i 60Hz (RS-170)
    15277. Item Video 720x480i 60Hz RGB
    15278. Item Video 720x576i 50Hz (CCIR)
    15279. Item Video 720x576i 50Hz RGB
    15280. Item Video Bottom Edge
    15281. Item Video Field Rate
    15282. Item Video Field Rate
    15283. Item Video Field Rate
    15284. Item Video Field Rate
    15285. Item Video For Windows API
    15286. Item Video for Windows API?
    15287. Item Video For Windows API?
    15288. Item Video For Windows API?
    15289. Item Video For Windows API?
    15290. Item Video Input (Multiplexer)
    15291. Item Video Input (Multiplexer)
    15292. Item Video Input (Multiplexer)
    15293. Item Video Input (Multiplexer)
    15294. Item Video Input (Multiplexer)
    15295. Item Video Input: BNC Connector
    15296. Item Video Input: DB15 Connector
    15297. Item Video Interval
    15298. Item Video Interval
    15299. Item Video Interval
    15300. Item Video Interval
    15301. Item Video Interval
    15302. Item Video Interval
    15303. Item Video Interval
    15304. Item Video Interval
    15305. Item Video Interval
    15306. Item Video Interval
    15307. Item Video Interval
    15308. Item Video Interval
    15309. Item Video Interval
    15310. Item Video Left Edge
    15311. Item Video Left Edge
    15312. Item Video Lines per Field
    15313. Item Video Lines per Field
    15314. Item Video Mode
    15315. Item Video Mode
    15316. Item Video Mode
    15317. Item Video Mode
    15318. Item Video Mode
    15319. Item Video Mode
    15320. Item Video Mode
    15321. Item Video Mode
    15322. Item Video Mode
    15323. Item Video Mode
    15324. Item Video Mode
    15325. Item Video Mode
    15326. Item Video Mode
    15327. Item Video Mode
    15328. Item Video Mode
    15329. Item Video Mode
    15330. Item Video Mode
    15331. Item Video
    15332. Item Video
    15333. Item Video
    15334. Item Video
    15335. Item Video
    15336. Item Video Pixels per Line
    15337. Item Video Pixels per Line
    15338. Item Video Pixels per Line
    15339. Item Video Pixels per Line
    15340. Item Video Pixels per Line
    15341. Item Video Right Edge
    15342. Item Video Status
    15343. Item Video to Disk File
    15344. Item Video to Disk File
    15345. Item Video to Disk File
    15346. Item Video to Disk File
    15347. Item Video to Disk File
    15348. Item Video to Disk File
    15349. Item Video to Disk File
    15350. Item Video to Disk File
    15351. Item Video to Disk File
    15352. Item Video to Disk File
    15353. Item Video to Disk File
    15354. Item Video to Disk File
    15355. Item Video to Disk File Pattern
    15356. Item Video to Disk File Pattern
    15357. Item Video to Disk File Pattern
    15358. Item Video to Disk File Pattern
    15359. Item Video to Disk File Pattern
    15360. Item Video to Disk File Pattern
    15361. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 0
    15362. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 0
    15363. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 0
    15364. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 0
    15365. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 1
    15366. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 1
    15367. Item Video to Disk File, Unit 1
    15368. Item Video to Frame Buffers
    15369. Item Video to Frame Buffers
    15370. Item Video to Frame Buffers
    15371. Item Video to Frame Buffers
    15372. Item Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 0
    15373. Item Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 0
    15374. Item Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 0
    15375. Item Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 1
    15376. Item Video to Image File Pattern, Unit 1
    15377. Item Video to Image Files
    15378. Item Video to StreamStor - StreamStor
    15379. Item Video to StreamStor
    15380. Item Video to StreamStor
    15381. Item Video to StreamStor
    15382. Item Video to Virtual Memory
    15383. Item Video Top Edge
    15384. Item View - Display
    15385. Item View - Image's Palette
    15386. Item View - Image's Palette
    15387. Item View - Image's Palette
    15388. Item View - Numeric Blue
    15389. Item View - Numeric Green
    15390. Item View - Numeric Red
    15391. Item View - One Graph
    15392. Item View - Three Graph
    15393. Item View - Viewer's Palette
    15394. Item View - Viewer's Palette
    15395. Item View - Viewer's Palette
    15396. Item View Buffer Selection
    15397. Item View Buffer Selection
    15398. Item View Circular Sequence in Buffer Order
    15399. Item View Circular Sequence in Temporal Order
    15400. Item View Circular Sequence in Temporal Order
    15401. Item View
    15402. Item View
    15403. Item View
    15404. Item View
    15405. Item View
    15406. Item View
    15407. Item View with Image's Palette
    15408. Item View with Viewer's Palette
    15409. Item View without Palette
    15410. Item View without Palette
    15411. Item Viewer's Palette
    15412. Item VIF
    15413. Item VITC Frame
    15414. Item VITC Hour
    15415. Item VITC Image Line
    15416. Item VITC Minute
    15417. Item VITC Second
    15418. Item Volpi intralux dc-1100
    15419. Item Volume
    15420. Item w. Target
    15421. Item w/out Graphics
    15422. Item w/out Graphics
    15423. Item Wait for - General Purpose Input Change
    15424. Item Wait for Processing
    15425. Item Wait for Processing
    15426. Item Wait for Processing
    15427. Item Wait for Vertical Sync After ... Field
    15428. Item Wait N fields
    15429. Item Wait N fields
    15430. Item Wait, Play & Delete File
    15431. Item Warmer
    15432. Item Warning Highlighted Text & Graphics
    15433. Item Warp: Barrel Distortion
    15434. Item Warp: Barrel Distortion, 1-D
    15435. Item Warp: Fisheye Lens Correction
    15436. Item Warp: Fisheye Lens Correction
    15437. Item Warp: Fisheye Lens Distortion
    15438. Item Warp: Pincushion Distortion
    15439. Item Warp: Pincushion Distortion, 1-D
    15440. Item Warp: Src => Dst Fiducials
    15441. Item Warp: Src => Dst Fiducials
    15442. Item Warp: User Defined f(X,Y)
    15443. Item Warp: User Defined f(X,Y)
    15444. Item Warping
    15445. Item Waterfall Display
    15446. Item West
    15447. Item What
    15448. Item What
    15449. Item What
    15450. Item What
    15451. Item What
    15452. Item When
    15453. Item When
    15454. Item Where
    15455. Item Where
    15456. Item Where
    15457. Item Where
    15458. Item White Balance Goal
    15459. Item White Balance Goal
    15460. Item White Balance Goal
    15461. Item White Balance Goal
    15462. Item White Balance Goal
    15463. Item White Balance Goal
    15464. Item White Balance Goal
    15465. Item White Balance Goal
    15466. Item White Balance Goal
    15467. Item White Balance Goal
    15468. Item White Balance Goal
    15469. Item White Balance Goal
    15470. Item White Balance Goal
    15471. Item White Balance Goal
    15472. Item White Balance Goal
    15473. Item White Balance Goal
    15474. Item White Balance Goal
    15475. Item White Balance Goal
    15476. Item White Balance Goal
    15477. Item White Balance
    15478. Item White Controls
    15479. Item White Level
    15480. Item White Level
    15481. Item White Level
    15482. Item Width
    15483. Item Width
    15484. Item Width
    15485. Item Width
    15486. Item Width
    15487. Item Width
    15488. Item Width
    15489. Item Width @ 50% Amplitude
    15490. Item Width @ 50% Amplitude
    15491. Item Width, H
    15492. Item Width, H
    15493. Item Width, H
    15494. Item Width, H
    15495. Item Width, H
    15496. Item Width, H
    15497. Item Width, on H
    15498. Item Width, Projected on H
    15499. Item Width, Projected on H
    15500. Item Width, X
    15501. Item Width, X
    15502. Item Width, X
    15503. Item Width, X
    15504. Item Width, X
    15505. Item Width, X
    15506. Item Width, X
    15507. Item Width, X
    15508. Item Window Background
    15509. Item Window Color
    15510. Item Window Color
    15511. Item Window Coord. High
    15512. Item Window Coord. High
    15513. Item Window Coord. Low
    15514. Item Window Coord. Low
    15515. Item Window Index High
    15516. Item Window Index High
    15517. Item Window Index High
    15518. Item Window Index High
    15519. Item Window Index Low
    15520. Item Window Index Low
    15521. Item Window Index Low
    15522. Item Window Index Low
    15523. Item Window List
    15524. Item Window Modal Background
    15525. Item Window
    15526. Item Window
    15527. Item Window Style
    15528. Item Window Style
    15529. Item Window Style
    15530. Item Window Style
    15531. Item Window Style
    15532. Item Window Thickness
    15533. Item Window Title References: Translate From
    15534. Item Window Title References: Translate From
    15535. Item Window Title References: Translate To
    15536. Item Window Title References: Translate To
    15537. Item Window Weight
    15538. Item Windows Extreme Bottom
    15539. Item Windows Extreme Bottom
    15540. Item Windows Extreme Right
    15541. Item Windows Extreme Right
    15542. Item Windows Info
    15543. Item Windows Tiled
    15544. Item Windows Upper Left
    15545. Item with Graphics
    15546. Item with Graphics
    15547. Item X AutoTick
    15548. Item X Axis Legend
    15549. Item X Coord
    15550. Item X Coord
    15551. Item X Coord
    15552. Item X Coord
    15553. Item X Coord
    15554. Item X Coord(inate)
    15555. Item X Coord(inate)
    15556. Item X Coordinate f(X,Y)
    15557. Item X Coordinate f(X,Y)
    15558. Item X Coordinate f(X,Y)
    15559. Item X Coordinate
    15560. Item X Coordinate
    15561. Item X Coordinate
    15562. Item X Coordinate
    15563. Item X Coordinate
    15564. Item X Coordinate
    15565. Item X Coordinate
    15566. Item X Coordinate
    15567. Item X Factor
    15568. Item X Factor
    15569. Item X Image Plank
    15570. Item X SubSample
    15571. Item X SubSample
    15572. Item X SubSample
    15573. Item X SubSample
    15574. Item X SubSample
    15575. Item X Tick Interval
    15576. Item X,Y Coord<=>Cursor
    15577. Item X,Y Coord<=>Cursor
    15578. Item X,Y Shift
    15579. Item X/B
    15580. Item X/B
    15581. Item X/Y ASCII
    15582. Item X/Y ASCII
    15583. Item X/Y Binary
    15584. Item X/Y Binary
    15585. Item X/Y
    15586. Item X11
    15587. Item XGA 1024x768 60Hz
    15588. Item XGA 1024x768 60Hz RGB
    15589. Item XMT Count
    15590. Item XMT Queued
    15591. Item XMT Ready
    15592. Item XWindows/X11 API
    15593. Item XWindows/X11 API
    15594. Item XWindows/X11 API
    15595. Item XWindows/X11 API
    15596. Item XWindows/X11 API?
    15597. Item XWindows/X11 API?
    15598. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Off
    15599. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled & Rotated, from Known 3 Points
    15600. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled & Rotated, from Known 3 Points
    15601. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Length and Aspect Ratio
    15602. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Length and Aspect Ratio
    15603. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Width and Height
    15604. Item XY=>HV Mapping: Scaled X & Y, from Known Width and Height
    15605. Item Y AutoTick
    15606. Item Y Axis Legend
    15607. Item Y Coord
    15608. Item Y Coord
    15609. Item Y Coord
    15610. Item Y Coord
    15611. Item Y Coord
    15612. Item Y Coord(inate)
    15613. Item Y Coord(inate)
    15614. Item Y Coordinate f(X,Y)
    15615. Item Y Coordinate f(X,Y)
    15616. Item Y Coordinate f(X,Y)
    15617. Item Y Coordinate
    15618. Item Y Coordinate
    15619. Item Y Coordinate
    15620. Item Y Coordinate
    15621. Item Y Coordinate
    15622. Item Y Coordinate
    15623. Item Y Coordinate
    15624. Item Y Coordinate
    15625. Item Y Factor
    15626. Item Y Factor
    15627. Item Y Image Stack
    15628. Item Y SubSample
    15629. Item Y SubSample
    15630. Item Y SubSample
    15631. Item Y SubSample
    15632. Item Y SubSample
    15633. Item Y Tick Interval
    15634. Item yards
    15635. Item Yellow Data
    15636. Item yottabyte
    15637. Item Z => I Mapping: Expression f(Z)
    15638. Item Z => I Mapping: Off
    15639. Item Z AutoTick
    15640. Item Z Axis Legend
    15641. Item Z Colorization, Blu
    15642. Item Z Colorization, Grn
    15643. Item Z Colorization, Red
    15644. Item Z Tick Interval
    15645. Item Z Value
    15646. Item Z Value
    15647. Item Z Value
    15648. Item Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Piecewise Linear
    15649. Item Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Piecewise Linear
    15650. Item Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Spline
    15651. Item Z=>I Mapping: Cubic Spline
    15652. Item zettabyte
    15653. Item Zoom Interact
    15654. Item Zoom Interact
    15655. Item Zoom
    15656. Item Zoom On
    15657. Item Zoom On
    15658. Item Zoom Ratio
    15659. Item Zoom Ratio
    15660. Item Zoom Ratio
    15661. Item Zoom Ratio
    15662. Item Zoom Ratio
    15663. Item Zoom Ratio
    15664. Item Zoom Ratio
    15665. Item Zoom Ratio
    15666. Item Zoom Ratio
    15667. Item Zoom Ratio
    15668. Item Zoom Ratio
    15669. Item Zoom, Pan, Scroll
    15670. ITT Night Vision(Xybion) ISG-750
    15671. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1020-15
    15672. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1020-15CL
    15673. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1040
    15674. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1300
    15675. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1320-15CL
    15676. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1325-10Bit-CL
    15677. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1325-CL
    15678. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1400-CL
    15679. JAI (Pulnix) TM-1402-CL
    15680. JAI (Pulnix) TM-2016-8CL
    15681. JAI (Pulnix) TM-6710
    15682. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1000-CL
    15683. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1020-15CL
    15684. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1320-15
    15685. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1320-15CL
    15686. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1325-CL
    15687. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1400-CL
    15688. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-1402-CL
    15689. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-6700CL
    15690. JAI (Pulnix) TMC-9700
    15691. Jai AM-200CL
    15692. Jai AM-200CL
    15693. Jai CB-140MCL/PMCL
    15694. Jai CB-200MCL/PMCL
    15695. Jai CM-140MCL/PMCL
    15696. Jai CM-200MCL/PMCL
    15697. Jai CV-L107CL
    15698. Jai CV-M2CL
    15699. Jai CV-M2CL
    15700. Jai CV-M4
    15701. Jai CV-M4+CL
    15702. Jai CV-M4+CL
    15703. Jai CV-M4CL
    15704. Jai CV-M4CL
    15705. Jai CV-M7+CL
    15706. Jai CV-M7+CL
    15707. Jai CV-M8CL
    15708. Jai CV-M8CL
    15709. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1000
    15710. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1000/TM-1001
    15711. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1010
    15712. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1020-15
    15713. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1020-15CL
    15714. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1040
    15715. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1300
    15716. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1320-15CL
    15717. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1325-CL
    15718. JAI(Pulnix) TM-1400-CL
    15719. JAI(Pulnix) TM-2016-8CL
    15720. JAI(Pulnix) TM-4100CL
    15721. JAI(Pulnix) TM-4200CL
    15722. JAI(Pulnix) TM-6700CL
    15723. JAI(Pulnix) TM-6710-CL
    15724. JAI(Pulnix) TM-6710
    15725. JAI(Pulnix) TM-6740CL
    15726. JAI(Pulnix) TM-6760-CL
    15727. JAI(Pulnix) TM-9701
    15728. JAI(Pulnix) TM-9701
    15729. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-1000-CL
    15730. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-1020-15CL
    15731. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-1320-15
    15732. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-1320-15CL
    15733. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-1325-CL
    15734. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-1400-CL
    15735. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-4100CL
    15736. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-6700CL
    15737. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-6760-CL
    15738. JAI(Pulnix) TMC-9700
    15739. JPEG Format
    15740. JPEG/JFIF Format
    15741. JPEG/JFIF Format
    15742. Key END
    15743. Key END
    15744. Key HOME
    15745. Key HOME
    15746. Key PAGE DOWN
    15747. Key PAGE DOWN
    15748. Key PAGE UP
    15749. Key PAGE UP
    15750. Key L
    15751. Key S
    15752. Key U
    15753. Linux 2.4.x - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    15754. Linux 2.4.x - Manual Installation
    15755. Linux 2.4.x, 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    15756. Linux 2.4.x, 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    15757. Linux 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    15758. Linux 2.6.x, 3.x, 4.x, 5.x - Manual Installation
    15759. ln() Function
    15760. Log Function
    15761. log10() Function
    15762. LORD Imaging DVL5000T
    15763. lower() Function
    15764. Magnitude Filters
    15765. Main Window - File
    15766. Main Window - Images
    15767. Main Window - PIXCI®
    15768. Main Window - PIXCI®
    15769. Main Window - Scripts
    15770. Main Window - Utility
    15771. Main Window
    15772. Mathematical Constants
    15773. Mathematical Expression
    15774. Mathematical Functions
    15775. Mathematical Functions
    15776. max() Function
    15777. Maximum Value Function
    15778. Menu Bar
    15779. Micron MT9M001
    15780. Micron MT9M001C
    15781. Micron MT9P001
    15782. Micron MT9P001C
    15783. Micron MT9T001C
    15784. Micron MT9V022
    15785. Micron MT9V022C
    15786. Micron MT9V403
    15787. Micron MT9V403C
    15788. Mikrotron MC1310
    15789. Mikrotron MC1311
    15790. Mikrotron MC1360
    15791. Mikrotron MC1361
    15792. Mikrotron MC1362
    15793. Mikrotron MC1363
    15794. min() Function
    15795. Minimum Value Function
    15796. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-2048-20
    15797. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-2048-20
    15798. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-5000-20
    15799. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-5000-20
    15800. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-5000-40
    15801. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-5000-40
    15802. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-7450-20
    15803. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-7450-20
    15804. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-7450-40
    15805. Mitsubishi Rayon MKS-7450-40
    15806. Multiplication Operator
    15807. NAC 1280
    15808. NAC 1280C
    15809. NAC 512
    15810. NAC 512C
    15811. NaN Constant
    15812. NED XCM4040SAT2
    15813. Negative Operator
    15814. NIT WiDy SenS 640M-STPE
    15815. Noninteger Expressions
    15816. Noninteger Expressions
    15817. NTSC Cameras
    15818. NTSC Cameras
    15819. NTSC Cameras
    15820. NUC
    15821. NUC
    15822. NUC
    15823. NUC
    15824. NUC
    15825. NUC
    15826. NUC
    15827. NUC
    15828. NUC
    15829. NUC
    15830. NUC
    15831. NUC
    15832. NUC
    15833. NUC
    15834. NUC
    15835. NUC
    15836. NUC
    15837. NUC
    15838. Numeric Expression
    15839. Numeric Field Options
    15840. Open (morphological)
    15841. Operator Precedence
    15842. Operator, -
    15843. Operator, -
    15844. Operator, !
    15845. Operator, !=
    15846. Operator, %
    15847. Operator, &
    15848. Operator, >
    15849. Operator, >=
    15850. Operator, <
    15851. Operator, <=
    15852. Operator, (
    15853. Operator, )
    15854. Operator, *
    15855. Operator, /
    15856. Operator, ^
    15857. Operator, |
    15858. Operator, ~
    15859. Operator, ~
    15860. Operator, +
    15861. Operator, +
    15862. Operator, ==
    15863. Operators, Binary
    15864. Operators, Relational
    15865. Operators, Unary
    15866. OR Operator
    15867. Paint Brush - Foreground & Background
    15868. Paint Brush - Pattern
    15869. Paint Brush - Shape
    15870. PAL Cameras
    15871. PAL Cameras
    15872. PAL Cameras
    15873. Palette - Display
    15874. Palette - File
    15875. Palette - Modify - Band Coloring
    15876. Palette - Modify - Bit Slice
    15877. Palette - Modify - Bit Transposition
    15878. Palette - Modify - Black & Gain
    15879. Palette - Modify - Numerical & Mouse
    15880. Palette - Modify - White Balance
    15881. Palette
    15882. Pan
    15883. PBM Format
    15884. Perkin Elmer LD3521-LVDS
    15885. Perkin Elmer LD3522-LVDS
    15886. Perkin Elmer LD3523-LVDS
    15887. Perkin Elmer LD3541-LVDS
    15888. Perkin Elmer LD3542-LVDS
    15889. Perkin Elmer LD3543-LVDS
    15890. Perkin Elmer YD5010
    15891. Perkin Elmer YD5020
    15892. Perkin Elmer YD5040
    15893. Perkin Elmer YD5060
    15894. PerkinElmer LD3521-CL
    15895. PerkinElmer LD3521-LVDS
    15896. PerkinElmer LD3522-CL
    15897. PerkinElmer LD3522-LVDS
    15898. PerkinElmer LD3523-CL
    15899. PerkinElmer LD3523-LVDS
    15900. PerkinElmer LD3541-CL
    15901. PerkinElmer LD3541-LVDS
    15902. PerkinElmer LD3542-CL
    15903. PerkinElmer LD3542-LVDS
    15904. PerkinElmer LD3543-CL
    15905. PerkinElmer LD3543-LVDS
    15906. PerkinElmer SmartBlue SB0440
    15907. PerkinElmer SmartBlue SB1440
    15908. PerkinElmer SmartBlue SB2480
    15909. PerkinElmer SmartBlue SB4480
    15910. PerkinElmer YD5010
    15911. PerkinElmer YD5020
    15912. PerkinElmer YD5040
    15913. PerkinElmer YD5060
    15914. PGM Format
    15915. Photo Research PR-920
    15916. Photon Vision ACS-I
    15917. Photonfocus MV-D1024E
    15918. Photonfocus MV2-D1280
    15919. Photonis NOCTURN XL
    15920. Photonis NOCTURN XL
    15921. pi Constant
    15922. Pick Graphics Color
    15923. Pick Pixel Value
    15924. PIXCI® - Advanced
    15925. PIXCI® - Connections
    15926. PIXCI® - Driver Assistant
    15927. PIXCI® - Export & Import Video Setup
    15928. PIXCI® - Image-Pro Sourcery
    15929. PIXCI® - Multiple Boards
    15930. PIXCI® - Open/Close
    15931. PIXCI® - Serial Terminal
    15932. PIXCI® - Status
    15933. PIXCI® - TWAIN Sourcery
    15934. PIXCI® - Video Setup
    15935. PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture - Shortcuts
    15936. PIXCI® Image Viewer - Capture
    15937. PIXCI® Image Viewer Window
    15938. Pixel Values and Colors
    15939. Point Grey Gazelle GZL-CL-22C5
    15940. Point Grey Gazelle GZL-CL-22C5
    15941. Point Grey Gazelle GZL-CL-41C6
    15942. Point Grey Gazelle GZL-CL-41C6
    15943. Portable Map Format
    15944. Portable Map Format
    15945. Positive Operator
    15946. Power Operator
    15947. PPM Format
    15948. Pretrigger
    15949. Pretrigger
    15950. Pretrigger
    15951. Pretrigger
    15952. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) EC11000 Dual
    15953. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) EC11000
    15954. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) EC11000 Quad
    15955. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) EC16000
    15956. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) EP16000
    15957. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES11000 Dual
    15958. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES11000
    15959. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES11000 Quad
    15960. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES11000RGB
    15961. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES1602
    15962. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2001 Dual
    15963. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2001
    15964. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2001 Quad
    15965. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2001RGB
    15966. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2020
    15967. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2020RGB
    15968. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2093 Dual
    15969. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2093
    15970. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES2093RGB
    15971. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES3200
    15972. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES4020 Dual
    15973. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES4020
    15974. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES4020 Quad
    15975. Princeton Instruments (Redlake) ES4020RGB
    15976. Princeton Instruments EC11000 Dual
    15977. Princeton Instruments EC11000
    15978. Princeton Instruments EC11000 Quad
    15979. Princeton Instruments EC16000
    15980. Princeton Instruments EP16000
    15981. Princeton Instruments ES11000 Dual
    15982. Princeton Instruments ES11000
    15983. Princeton Instruments ES11000 Quad
    15984. Princeton Instruments ES11000RGB
    15985. Princeton Instruments ES1602
    15986. Princeton Instruments ES2001 Dual
    15987. Princeton Instruments ES2001
    15988. Princeton Instruments ES2001 Quad
    15989. Princeton Instruments ES2001RGB
    15990. Princeton Instruments ES2020
    15991. Princeton Instruments ES2020RGB
    15992. Princeton Instruments ES2093 Dual
    15993. Princeton Instruments ES2093
    15994. Princeton Instruments ES2093RGB
    15995. Princeton Instruments ES3200
    15996. Princeton Instruments ES4020 Dual
    15997. Princeton Instruments ES4020
    15998. Princeton Instruments ES4020 Quad
    15999. Princeton Instruments ES4020RGB
    16000. Printer Port Key
    16001. Printer Port Key
    16002. Printer Port Key
    16003. Printer Port Key
    16004. Printer Port Key
    16005. PRNU
    16006. PRNU
    16007. PRNU
    16008. PRNU
    16009. PRNU
    16010. PRNU
    16011. PRNU
    16012. PRNU
    16013. PRNU
    16014. PRNU
    16015. PRNU
    16016. PRNU
    16017. PRNU
    16018. PRNU
    16019. PRNU
    16020. PRNU
    16021. PRNU
    16022. PRNU
    16023. Product of Pixels
    16024. Program Setup - API
    16025. Program Setup - E-Mail
    16026. Program Setup - GUI
    16027. Program Setup - Internationalization
    16028. Program Setup - Start/End
    16029. Quad Pixel Merge - Hitachi KP-F100-S7
    16030. Radians
    16031. rand() Constant
    16032. randg() Constant
    16033. Raptor Photonics Condor
    16034. Raptor Photonics Condor
    16035. Raptor Photonics Cygnet CY4MP-CL
    16036. Raptor Photonics Cygnet CY4MP-CL
    16037. Raptor Photonics Cygnet
    16038. Raptor Photonics Cygnet
    16039. Raptor Photonics Cygnet RGB
    16040. Raptor Photonics Cygnet RGB
    16041. Raptor Photonics Eagle
    16042. Raptor Photonics Eagle
    16043. Raptor Photonics Eagle XO 42-10
    16044. Raptor Photonics Eagle XO 42-10
    16045. Raptor Photonics Eagle XO/XV 42-40
    16046. Raptor Photonics Eagle XO/XV 42-40
    16047. Raptor Photonics Eagle XO/XV 47-10
    16048. Raptor Photonics Eagle XO/XV 47-10
    16049. Raptor Photonics Falcon 285-CL
    16050. Raptor Photonics Falcon 285-CL
    16051. Raptor Photonics Falcon III
    16052. Raptor Photonics Falcon III
    16053. Raptor Photonics Hawk-CL
    16054. Raptor Photonics Hawk-CL
    16055. Raptor Photonics Hawk 1920 C
    16056. Raptor Photonics Hawk 1920 C
    16057. Raptor Photonics Hawk 1920
    16058. Raptor Photonics Hawk 1920
    16059. Raptor Photonics Hawk 252
    16060. Raptor Photonics Hawk 252
    16061. Raptor Photonics Hawk 800
    16062. Raptor Photonics Hawk 800
    16063. Raptor Photonics Hobby COTS
    16064. Raptor Photonics Hobby COTS
    16065. Raptor Photonics Kestrel 1000
    16066. Raptor Photonics Kestrel 1000
    16067. Raptor Photonics Kestrel 60
    16068. Raptor Photonics Kestrel 60
    16069. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher674 Colour
    16070. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher674 Colour
    16071. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher674 Colour
    16072. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher674
    16073. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher674
    16074. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher694 Colour
    16075. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher694
    16076. Raptor Photonics Kingfisher694
    16077. Raptor Photonics Kite-CL
    16078. Raptor Photonics Kite-CL
    16079. Raptor Photonics Ninox 1280
    16080. Raptor Photonics Ninox 1280
    16081. Raptor Photonics Ninox 640 II
    16082. Raptor Photonics Ninox 640 II
    16083. Raptor Photonics Ninox 640 SU
    16084. Raptor Photonics Ninox 640 SU
    16085. Raptor Photonics Osprey
    16086. Raptor Photonics Osprey
    16087. Raptor Photonics Osprey RGB
    16088. Raptor Photonics Osprey RGB
    16089. Raptor Photonics Owl 1280
    16090. Raptor Photonics Owl 1280
    16091. Raptor Photonics Owl 320 HS
    16092. Raptor Photonics Owl 320 HS
    16093. Raptor Photonics Owl 320 HS S
    16094. Raptor Photonics Owl 320 HS S
    16095. Raptor Photonics Owl 320
    16096. Raptor Photonics Owl 320
    16097. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 II
    16098. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 II
    16099. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 M
    16100. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 M
    16101. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 S
    16102. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 S
    16103. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 T
    16104. Raptor Photonics Owl 640 T
    16105. Raptor Photonics Toucan 3011
    16106. Raptor Photonics Toucan 3011
    16107. Ratio of Pixels
    16108. Redlake (DuncanTech MS3100-RGB(CL)
    16109. Redlake (DuncanTech) MS3100-RGB
    16110. Redlake (DuncanTech) RH1100
    16111. Redlake (Kodak) 1.4
    16112. Redlake (Kodak) 1.4i
    16113. Redlake (Kodak) 1.6i
    16114. Redlake (Kodak) 16.8i
    16115. Redlake (Kodak) 4.2i
    16116. Redlake (Kodak) 6.3i
    16117. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0
    16118. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/1015T
    16119. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/1030T
    16120. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/1215
    16121. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/1230
    16122. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/1260
    16123. Redlake (Kodak) ES-1.0/MV
    16124. Redlake (Kodak) ES-310
    16125. Redlake (Kodak) ES-310 Turbo
    16126. Redlake (Kodak) ES-4.0
    16127. Redlake ES-1020
    16128. Redlake ES-1020C
    16129. Redlake MASD 1.4 8 bit
    16130. Redlake MASD 1.4i 8 bit
    16131. Redlake MASD 1.6i 10 bit
    16132. Redlake MASD 1.6i 8 bit
    16133. Redlake MASD 16.8i 10 bit
    16134. Redlake MASD 16.8i 8 bit
    16135. Redlake MASD 4.2i 10 bit
    16136. Redlake MASD 4.2i 8 bit
    16137. Redlake MASD 6.3i 10 bit
    16138. Redlake MASD 6.3i 8 bit
    16139. Redlake MASD ES-1.0 8 bit 2 chan.
    16140. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/10 bit 1 chan.
    16141. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/10 bit 1 chan. RGB/Toucan8
    16142. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/10 bit 2 chan.
    16143. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/1015T
    16144. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/1015T RGB/Toucan8
    16145. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/1030T
    16146. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/1215 12 bit
    16147. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/1230 12 bit
    16148. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/1260 12 bit
    16149. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/C/8 bit 1 chan. Bayer
    16150. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/MV
    16151. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/SC 8 bit 1 chan.
    16152. Redlake MASD ES-1.0/SC RGB/Toucan8
    16153. Redlake MASD ES-1020
    16154. Redlake MASD ES-1020C
    16155. Redlake MASD ES-310 8 bit 2 chan.
    16156. Redlake MASD ES-310 Turbo 2 chan.
    16157. Redlake MASD ES-4.0 12 bit 1 chan.
    16158. Redlake MASD ES-4.0 12 bit 2 chan.
    16159. Redlake MASD ES-4.0 12 bit
    16160. Redlake MASD ES-4.0 8 bit 1 chan.
    16161. Redlake MASD ES-4.0 8 bit 2 chan.
    16162. Redlake MASD ES-4.0/E 12 bit 2 chan.
    16163. Redlake MASD ES-4.0/E 12 bit 2 chan.
    16164. Redlake MASD ES-4.0/E 8 bit 2 chan.
    16165. Redlake(DuncanTech) DT1100
    16166. Redlake(DuncanTech) MS3100-RGB
    16167. Redlake(DuncanTech) MS3100-RGB(CL)
    16168. Redlake(DuncanTech) RH1100
    16169. Relational Operators
    16170. Remainder after division Operator
    16171. replace() Function
    16172. Resolution, Explained
    16173. Road Map - Main Window
    16174. Road Map - PIXCI® Image Viewer Window
    16175. RS-170 Cameras
    16176. RS-170 Cameras
    16177. RS-170 Cameras
    16178. RS-170 Cameras
    16179. RS-170 Cameras
    16180. RS-232 Serial Controls.
    16181. RS-330 Cameras
    16182. RS-330 Cameras
    16183. RS-343 Cameras
    16184. RS-343 Cameras
    16185. S/VGA
    16186. S/VGA Tips
    16187. Sagebrush Pan-Tilt Gimbal Protocol 2.0
    16188. Salvador Imaging SI-16M4-EM-Color
    16189. Salvador Imaging SI-16M4-EM
    16190. Salvador Imaging SI-1M30-EM
    16191. Salvador Imaging SI-VGA60-EM-Color
    16192. Salvador Imaging SI-VGA60-EM
    16193. Saturation
    16194. Saturation
    16195. Saturation
    16196. Saturation
    16197. Saturation
    16198. Saturation
    16199. Saturation
    16200. Saturation
    16201. Saturation
    16202. Saturation
    16203. Saturation
    16204. Saturation
    16205. Saturation
    16206. Saturation
    16207. Saturation
    16208. Saturation
    16209. Saturation
    16210. Saturation
    16211. Saturation
    16212. Scripts - Edit
    16213. Scripts - Freeze/Thaw/Refresh Display
    16214. Scripts - Load Tool Bar
    16215. Scripts - Play
    16216. Scripts - Record
    16217. Scripts - Record
    16218. Scripts - Remote Control
    16219. Scripts - Tools
    16220. Scripts
    16221. Scroll
    16222. Segmentation - Clean & Separate.
    16223. Segmentation - Gradient over Boundary Threshold.
    16224. Segmentation - Numeric Threshold.
    16225. Segmentation - Sample within Object Threshold.
    16226. Sentech FS-C2KU7DCL
    16227. Sentech FS-C2KU7DCL
    16228. Sentech FS-C4KU7DCL
    16229. Sentech FS-C4KU7DCL
    16230. Sentech FS-C8KU7DCL
    16231. Sentech FS-C8KU7DCL
    16232. Sentech STC-1500
    16233. Sentech STC-CL1500
    16234. Sentech STC-CL202A
    16235. Sentech STC-CL202A
    16236. Sentech STC-CL232A
    16237. Sentech STC-CL33A
    16238. Sentech STC-CL33A
    16239. Sentech STC-CL500A
    16240. Sentech STC-CL83A
    16241. Sentech STC-CL83A
    16242. Sentech STC-CLC202A
    16243. Sentech STC-CLC202A
    16244. Sentech STC-CLC232A
    16245. Sentech STC-CLC33A
    16246. Sentech STC-CLC33A
    16247. Sentech STC-CLC500A
    16248. Sentech STC-CLC83A
    16249. Sentech STC-CLC83A
    16250. Sentech STC-CMB200CL
    16251. Sentech STC-CMB2MCL
    16252. Sentech STC-CMB401CL
    16253. Sentech STC-CMB4MCL
    16254. Sentech STC-CMC200CL
    16255. Sentech STC-CMC2MCL
    16256. Sentech STC-CMC401CL
    16257. Sentech STC-CMC4MCL
    16258. Sentech STL-2048
    16259. Sentech STL-2048
    16260. Sentech STL-5150
    16261. Sentech STL-5150
    16262. Sentech STL-7400RCL
    16263. Sentech STL-7400RCL
    16264. Sentech STL-7450
    16265. Sentech STL-7450
    16266. Sequence Capture
    16267. Sequence Capture
    16268. Sequence Capture
    16269. Sequence Capture
    16270. Sequence Capture
    16271. Sequence Capture
    16272. Serial Controls.
    16273. Serial Controls.
    16274. Serial Controls.
    16275. Serial Controls.
    16276. Setup - Segmentation
    16277. Shading Correction
    16278. Shortcuts
    16279. Shortcuts
    16280. Shortcuts
    16281. Shortcuts
    16282. Shortcuts
    16283. Shortcuts
    16284. Shortcuts
    16285. Silicon Imaging SI-1280FM
    16286. Silicon Imaging SI-1280FM
    16287. Silicon Imaging SI-1280FRGB
    16288. Silicon Imaging SI-1280FRGB
    16289. Silicon Imaging SI-1300M
    16290. Silicon Imaging SI-1300M
    16291. Silicon Imaging SI-1300RGB
    16292. Silicon Imaging SI-1300RGB
    16293. Silicon Imaging SI-14000
    16294. Silicon Imaging SI-14000RGB
    16295. Silicon Imaging SI-1920HD-M
    16296. Silicon Imaging SI-1920HD-M
    16297. Silicon Imaging SI-1920HD-RGB
    16298. Silicon Imaging SI-1920HD-RGB
    16299. Silicon Imaging SI-3170M
    16300. Silicon Imaging SI-3170M
    16301. Silicon Imaging SI-3170RGB
    16302. Silicon Imaging SI-3170RGB
    16303. Silicon Imaging SI-3171M
    16304. Silicon Imaging SI-3171M
    16305. Silicon Imaging SI-3171RGB
    16306. Silicon Imaging SI-3171RGB
    16307. Silicon Imaging SI-3300RGB
    16308. Silicon Imaging SI-3300RGB
    16309. Silicon Imaging SI-4000
    16310. Silicon Imaging SI-640HFM
    16311. Silicon Imaging SI-640HFM
    16312. Silicon Imaging SI-640HFRGB
    16313. Silicon Imaging SI-640HFRGB
    16314. Silicon Imaging SI-6600M
    16315. Silicon Imaging SI-6600M
    16316. Silicon Imaging SI-6600RGB
    16317. SILICON VIDEO® 0310
    16318. SILICON VIDEO® 0310C
    16319. SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL Camera
    16320. SILICON VIDEO® 10C-CL
    16321. SILICON VIDEO® 10C6 Camera
    16322. SILICON VIDEO® 10C6
    16323. SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL Camera
    16324. SILICON VIDEO® 10M-CL
    16325. SILICON VIDEO® 10M6 Camera
    16326. SILICON VIDEO® 10M6
    16327. SILICON VIDEO® 1281C Camera
    16328. SILICON VIDEO® 1281C
    16329. SILICON VIDEO® 1281M Camera
    16330. SILICON VIDEO® 1281M
    16331. SILICON VIDEO® 1310 Camera
    16332. SILICON VIDEO® 1310
    16333. SILICON VIDEO® 1310C Camera
    16334. SILICON VIDEO® 1310C
    16335. SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL Camera
    16336. SILICON VIDEO® 1514CL
    16337. SILICON VIDEO® 15C5 Camera
    16338. SILICON VIDEO® 15C5
    16339. SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL Camera
    16340. SILICON VIDEO® 1820CL
    16341. SILICON VIDEO® 1C45 Camera
    16342. SILICON VIDEO® 1C45
    16343. SILICON VIDEO® 1M45 Camera
    16344. SILICON VIDEO® 1M45
    16345. SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL Camera
    16346. SILICON VIDEO® 20C-CL
    16347. SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL Camera
    16348. SILICON VIDEO® 20M-CL
    16349. SILICON VIDEO® 2112 Camera
    16350. SILICON VIDEO® 2112
    16351. SILICON VIDEO® 2112C Camera
    16352. SILICON VIDEO® 2112C
    16353. SILICON VIDEO® 2212
    16354. SILICON VIDEO® 2212C
    16355. SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-C Camera
    16356. SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-C
    16357. SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-M Camera
    16358. SILICON VIDEO® 2KS-M
    16359. SILICON VIDEO® 5C10 Camera
    16360. SILICON VIDEO® 5C10
    16361. SILICON VIDEO® 5M10 Camera
    16362. SILICON VIDEO® 5M10
    16363. SILICON VIDEO® 642C Camera
    16364. SILICON VIDEO® 642C
    16365. SILICON VIDEO® 642M Camera
    16366. SILICON VIDEO® 642M
    16367. SILICON VIDEO® 643C Camera
    16368. SILICON VIDEO® 643C
    16369. SILICON VIDEO® 643M Camera
    16370. SILICON VIDEO® 643M
    16371. SILICON VIDEO® 9C10 Camera
    16372. SILICON VIDEO® 9C10
    16373. SILICON VIDEO® 9M001 Camera
    16374. SILICON VIDEO® 9M001
    16375. SILICON VIDEO® 9M001C Camera
    16376. SILICON VIDEO® 9M001C
    16377. SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C Camera
    16378. SILICON VIDEO® 9T001C
    16379. SILICON VIDEO® WGA-C Camera
    16380. SILICON VIDEO® WGA-C
    16381. SILICON VIDEO® WGA-M Camera
    16382. SILICON VIDEO® WGA-M
    16383. sin() Function
    16384. Sine Function
    16385. sinh() Function
    16386. Skeletons (morphological)
    16387. Skeletons and Thinning
    16388. Software Installation
    16389. SONY XCL-5000
    16390. SONY XCL-5005
    16391. SONY XCL-5005CR
    16392. SONY XCL-CG510
    16393. SONY XCL-SG1240
    16394. SONY XCL-U1000
    16395. SONY XCL-U1000C
    16396. SONY XCL-V500
    16397. SONY XCL-X700
    16398. Sourcery - Acquisition
    16399. Sourcery - Activation
    16400. Sourcery - Suggestions
    16401. Spot Mask Correction
    16402. sqrt() Function
    16403. Square Root Function
    16404. Start/End - Scripts & Shortcuts.
    16405. Status Bar
    16406. Status Bar
    16407. Status Bar
    16408. STC-CL500A
    16409. STC-CLC500A
    16410. STC-CMB200CL
    16411. STC-CMB2MCL
    16412. STC-CMB401CL
    16413. STC-CMB4MCL
    16414. STC-CMC200CL
    16415. STC-CMC2MCL
    16416. STC-CMC401CL
    16417. STC-CMC4MCL
    16418. String Expression
    16419. String Functions
    16420. strlen() Function
    16421. substr() Function
    16422. Subtraction Operator
    16423. SVGA Video
    16424. SVS-VISTEK SVS084SCL
    16425. SVS-VISTEK SVS085SCCL
    16426. SVS-VISTEK SVS085SCL
    16427. SVS-VISTEK SVS204SCCL
    16428. SVS-VISTEK SVS204SCL
    16429. SVS-VISTEK SVS205SCCL
    16430. SVS-VISTEK SVS205SCCL
    16431. SVS-VISTEK SVS205SCL
    16432. SVS-VISTEK SVS205SCL
    16433. SVS-VISTEK SVS285SCCL
    16434. SVS-VISTEK SVS285SCCL
    16435. SVS-VISTEK SVS285SCL
    16436. SVS-VISTEK SVS285SCL
    16437. SXGA Video
    16438. Symagery VCA1281
    16439. Symagery VCA1281C
    16440. Takenaka FC1300
    16441. Takenaka FC1300
    16442. Takenaka FC1500
    16443. Takenaka FC1500
    16444. Takenaka FC300
    16445. Takenaka FC300
    16446. Takenaka FC800
    16447. Takenaka FC800
    16448. Takenaka TL2048
    16449. Takenaka TL2048
    16450. Takenaka TL5150
    16451. Takenaka TL5150
    16452. Takenaka TL7450
    16453. Takenaka TL7450
    16454. tan() Function
    16455. Tangent Function
    16456. tanh() Function
    16457. Teli CleverDragon CSC12M25BMP19
    16458. Teli CleverDragon CSC12M25BMP19
    16459. Teli CleverDragon CSC12M25CMP19
    16460. Teli CleverDragon CSC12M25CMP19
    16461. Teli CleverDragon CSCQS15BC23
    16462. Teli CleverDragon CSCQS15BC23
    16463. Teli CleverDragon CSCQS15CC23
    16464. Teli CleverDragon CSCQS15CC23
    16465. Teli CleverDragon CSCQS15CC23
    16466. Teli CS3910
    16467. Teli CS3910
    16468. Teli CS3910BH
    16469. Teli CS3910BH
    16470. Teli CS3920
    16471. Teli CS3920
    16472. Teli CS3930UV
    16473. Teli CS3930UV
    16474. Teli CS6910CL
    16475. Teli CS6910CL
    16476. Teli CSB-4000CL-10A
    16477. Teli CSB-4000CL-10A
    16478. Teli CSL8000CL
    16479. Teli CSL8000CL
    16480. Text Field Options
    16481. The Image Viewer Window
    16482. The Main Window
    16483. Thinning (morphological)
    16484. Thomson TH78CA13
    16485. Thomson TH78CA14
    16486. Thomson TH78CA15
    16487. Thomson/Thales TH9560
    16488. Thomson/Thales TH9560
    16489. Tichawa CIS-0520-200
    16490. Tichawa CIS-0520-200
    16491. Tichawa MiniCIS-100
    16492. Tichawa MiniCIS-100
    16493. Tichawa MiniCIS-200
    16494. Tichawa MiniCIS-200
    16495. Tichawa MiniCIS-200x4
    16496. Tichawa MiniCIS-200x4
    16497. Tichawa MiniCIS-400
    16498. Tichawa MiniCIS-400
    16499. Tichawa MiniCIS-600
    16500. Tichawa MiniCIS-600
    16501. TIFF and BigTIFF Formats
    16502. TIFF Format
    16503. TIFF Format
    16504. Toshiba IK-SX1
    16505. Toshiba IK-SX1
    16506. Toshiba IK-SX1L
    16507. Toshiba IK-SX1L
    16508. Toshiba IK-TU51CU
    16509. Toshiba IK-TU61
    16510. Toshiba Teli CS8620i
    16511. Trigger
    16512. Trigger
    16513. Trigger
    16514. Trigger
    16515. Trigger, External Input
    16516. Trigger, GIO Event
    16517. Trigger, TTL
    16518. Triggered Sequence Capture Steps
    16519. Trigonometric Functions
    16520. Trigonometric Functions
    16521. TTL
    16522. TTL
    16523. TTL
    16524. TTL
    16525. TTL Trigger
    16526. TTY driver
    16527. TWAIN
    16528. TWAIN
    16529. TWAIN
    16530. TWAIN
    16531. Unary Not Operator
    16532. Unary Operators
    16533. UNIQ AS5000
    16534. Uniq AS5000
    16535. UNIQ AS5000C
    16536. Uniq AS5000C
    16537. UNIQ AS620
    16538. Uniq AS620
    16539. UNIQ UC-1000
    16540. Uniq UC-1000
    16541. UNIQ UC-1030
    16542. Uniq UC-1030
    16543. UNIQ UC-1800-CL
    16544. Uniq UC-1800-CL
    16545. UNIQ UC-1800 12 bit
    16546. UNIQ UC-1800
    16547. Uniq UC-1800
    16548. UNIQ UC-1800DS-CL
    16549. Uniq UC-1800DS-CL
    16550. UNIQ UC-1800DS
    16551. Uniq UC-1800DS
    16552. UNIQ UC-1830-CL
    16553. Uniq UC-1830-CL
    16554. Uniq UC-1830-CL
    16555. UNIQ UC-1830
    16556. Uniq UC-1830
    16557. UNIQ UC-2000-CL
    16558. Uniq UC-2000-CL
    16559. UNIQ UC-600-CL
    16560. Uniq UC-600-CL
    16561. UNIQ UC-600
    16562. Uniq UC-600
    16563. UNIQ UC-610-CL
    16564. Uniq UC-610-CL
    16565. UNIQ UC-610
    16566. Uniq UC-610
    16567. UNIQ UC-685-CL
    16568. Uniq UC-685-CL
    16569. UNIQ UC-685
    16570. Uniq UC-685
    16571. UNIQ UC-800-CL
    16572. Uniq UC-800-CL
    16573. UNIQ UC-800
    16574. Uniq UC-800
    16575. UNIQ UC-900-CL 12 bit
    16576. UNIQ UC-900-CL
    16577. Uniq UC-900-CL
    16578. UNIQ UC-900
    16579. Uniq UC-900
    16580. UNIQ UC-930-CL
    16581. Uniq UC-930-CL
    16582. UNIQ UC-930
    16583. Uniq UC-930
    16584. UNIQ UF-1000-CL
    16585. Uniq UF-1000-CL
    16586. UNIQ UF-1000
    16587. Uniq UF-1000
    16588. UNIQ UM-300
    16589. UNIQ UP-1000
    16590. Uniq UP-1000
    16591. UNIQ UP-1030
    16592. Uniq UP-1030
    16593. UNIQ UP-1800-CL
    16594. Uniq UP-1800-CL
    16595. UNIQ UP-1800 12 bit
    16596. UNIQ UP-1800
    16597. Uniq UP-1800
    16598. UNIQ UP-1800DS-CL
    16599. Uniq UP-1800DS-CL
    16600. UNIQ UP-1800DS
    16601. Uniq UP-1800DS
    16602. UNIQ UP-1830-CL 12 bit
    16603. Uniq UP-1830-CL 12 bit
    16604. UNIQ UP-1830-CL
    16605. Uniq UP-1830-CL
    16606. UNIQ UP-1830-CL PIV
    16607. Uniq UP-1830-CL PIV
    16608. UNIQ UP-1830
    16609. Uniq UP-1830
    16610. UNIQ UP-1830A
    16611. Uniq UP-1830A
    16612. UNIQ UP-600-CL
    16613. Uniq UP-600-CL
    16614. UNIQ UP-600
    16615. Uniq UP-600
    16616. UNIQ UP-610-CL
    16617. Uniq UP-610-CL
    16618. UNIQ UP-610
    16619. Uniq UP-610
    16620. UNIQ UP-680-CL
    16621. Uniq UP-680-CL
    16622. UNIQ UP-685-CL
    16623. Uniq UP-685-CL
    16624. UNIQ UP-685
    16625. Uniq UP-685
    16626. UNIQ UP-800-CL
    16627. Uniq UP-800-CL
    16628. UNIQ UP-800
    16629. Uniq UP-800
    16630. UNIQ UP-900-CL 12 bit
    16631. UNIQ UP-900-CL
    16632. Uniq UP-900-CL
    16633. UNIQ UP-900
    16634. Uniq UP-900
    16635. UNIQ UP-900DS-CL
    16636. UNIQ UP-930-CL
    16637. Uniq UP-930-CL
    16638. UNIQ UP-930
    16639. Uniq UP-930
    16640. upper() Function
    16641. Utilities - Audio Clip
    16642. Utilities - Devices
    16643. Utilities - I/O Ports
    16644. Utilities - Message Log
    16645. Utilities - Program Setup
    16646. Utilities - RS-232 Terminal
    16647. Utilities - Screen Capture
    16648. Utilities - Window Style
    16649. V4L2 driver
    16650. Varian PaxScan 1313
    16651. Varian PaxScan 2520
    16652. Varian PaxScan 2520
    16653. Varian PaxScan 4030A
    16654. Varian PaxScan 4030A.
    16655. Varian PaxScan 4030CB
    16656. Varian PaxScan 4030CB
    16657. Varian PaxScan 4030R
    16658. Varian Paxscan 4030R
    16659. VDS-Vosskuhler CMC-4000
    16660. VDS-Vosskuhler CMC-4000C
    16661. VGA Video
    16662. Video Sampling, Explained
    16663. Video Setup - Format
    16664. Video Setup - Resolution
    16665. Video to Disk File - Capture
    16666. Video to Disk File - Capture Pause Event
    16667. Video to Disk File - Capture Start/Stop Event
    16668. Video to Frame Buffers - Capture
    16669. Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Start/Stop Event
    16670. Video to Frame Buffers - Capture Strobe
    16671. Video to Image Files - Capture File & Format
    16672. Video to Image Files - Capture
    16673. Video to Image Files - Capture Pause Event
    16674. Video to Image Files - Capture Start/Stop Event
    16675. Video to StreamStor - Record
    16676. Video to StreamStor - StreamStor
    16677. Video to Virtual Memory - Capture
    16678. Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Pause Event
    16679. Video to Virtual Memory - Capture Start/Stop Event
    16680. Vieworks VA-1M120
    16681. Vieworks VA-1M120
    16682. Vieworks VA-1M120C
    16683. Vieworks VA-1M120C
    16684. Vieworks VA-29MC-C5
    16685. Vieworks VA-29MC-C5
    16686. Vieworks VA-29MC-M5
    16687. Vieworks VA-29MC-M5
    16688. Vieworks VA-2M68
    16689. Vieworks VA-2M68
    16690. Vieworks VA-2M68C
    16691. Vieworks VA-2M68C
    16692. Vieworks VA-2MW64
    16693. Vieworks VA-2MW64
    16694. Vieworks VA-2MW64C
    16695. Vieworks VA-2MW64C
    16696. Vieworks VA-4M32
    16697. Vieworks VA-4M32
    16698. Vieworks VA-4M32C
    16699. Vieworks VA-4M32C
    16700. Vieworks VA-8M16
    16701. Vieworks VA-8M16
    16702. Vieworks VA-8M16C
    16703. Vieworks VA-8M16C
    16704. Vieworks VC-4M110
    16705. Vieworks VC-4M110
    16706. Vieworks VC-4M110C
    16707. Vieworks VC-4M110C
    16708. Vieworks VC-4M160
    16709. Vieworks VC-4M160
    16710. Vieworks VC-4M160C
    16711. Vieworks VC-4M160C
    16712. Vieworks VC-4MC-M80
    16713. Vieworks VC-4MC-M80
    16714. Vieworks VH-11M-C
    16715. Vieworks VH-11M-C
    16716. Vieworks VH-11M
    16717. Vieworks VH-11M
    16718. Vieworks VH-16M-C
    16719. Vieworks VH-16M-C
    16720. Vieworks VH-16M
    16721. Vieworks VH-16M
    16722. Vieworks VH-2M-C
    16723. Vieworks VH-2M-C
    16724. Vieworks VH-2M
    16725. Vieworks VH-2M
    16726. Vieworks VH-4M-C
    16727. Vieworks VH-4M-C
    16728. Vieworks VH-4M
    16729. Vieworks VH-4M
    16730. Vieworks VH-VGA-C
    16731. Vieworks VH-VGA-C
    16732. Vieworks VH-VGA
    16733. Vieworks VH-VGA
    16734. Vieworks VM-11M-C
    16735. Vieworks VM-11M-C
    16736. Vieworks VM-11M
    16737. Vieworks VM-11M
    16738. Vieworks VM-16M-C
    16739. Vieworks VM-16M-C
    16740. Vieworks VM-16M
    16741. Vieworks VM-16M
    16742. Vieworks VM-2M-C
    16743. Vieworks VM-2M-C
    16744. Vieworks VM-2M
    16745. Vieworks VM-2M
    16746. Vieworks VM-4M-C
    16747. Vieworks VM-4M-C
    16748. Vieworks VM-4M
    16749. Vieworks VM-4M
    16750. VIF Format
    16751. Visualization
    16752. WebCam
    16753. WebCam
    16754. White Balance
    16755. White Balance
    16756. White Balance
    16757. White Balance
    16758. White Balance
    16759. White Balance
    16760. White Balance
    16761. White Balance
    16762. White Balance
    16763. White Balance
    16764. White Balance
    16765. White Balance
    16766. White Balance
    16767. White Balance
    16768. White Balance
    16769. White Balance
    16770. White Balance
    16771. White Balance
    16772. White Balance
    16773. White Balance
    16774. White Balance
    16775. White Balance
    16776. White Balance
    16777. White Balance
    16778. White Balance
    16779. White Balance
    16780. White Balance
    16781. White Balance
    16782. White Balance
    16783. White Balance
    16784. White Balance
    16785. White Balance
    16786. White Balance
    16787. White Balance
    16788. White Balance
    16789. White Balance
    16790. White Balance
    16791. White Balance
    16792. White Balance
    16793. White Level & Black Level
    16794. Windows 2000 - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16795. Windows 2000 - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16796. Windows 2000 - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16797. Windows 2000 - Manual Installation
    16798. Windows 95, 98 - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16799. Windows 95, 98, ME - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16800. Windows 95, 98, ME - Manual Installation
    16801. Windows ME - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16802. Windows NT - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16803. Windows NT - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16804. Windows NT - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16805. Windows NT - Manual Installation
    16806. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16807. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16808. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16809. Windows Vista 32/64-Bit - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details
    16810. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16811. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16812. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16813. Windows XP, XP(x64) - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details
    16814. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16815. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16816. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16817. Windows 7 32/64-Bit - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details
    16818. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Authorization Key - Manual Installation
    16819. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Forceful Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16820. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Frame Buffer Memory Allocation
    16821. Windows 8/10/11 32/64-Bit - Frame Grabber Driver Installation Details
    16822. X/Y ASCII Format
    16823. X/Y ASCII Format
    16824. X/Y Binary Format
    16825. X/Y Binary Format
    16826. XCAP-Lite Version
    16827. XCAP-Ltd Version
    16828. XCAP-Plus Feature
    16829. XCAP-Plus Version
    16830. XCAP-Plus Version
    16831. XCAP-Plus Version
    16832. XCAP-Std Version
    16833. XCAP-Viewer Version
    16834. XCAP Software Feature Comparison
    16835. XCAP Software Guide
    16836. XGA Video
    16837. XOR Operator
    16838. Z Units
    16839. Zoom
    16840. Zoran ZR732112-MQS
    16841. Zoran ZR732112-PQS
    16842. Zoran ZR732212-MQS
    16843. Zoran ZR732212-PQS
    16844. Zoran ZR732312-MLC
    16845. Zoran ZR732312-PLC
    16846. Zoran ZR732316-MLC
    16847. Zoran ZR732316-PLC